A 
ἂν 


UCSB LIBRARY 
ΘΑ 


Ke + 
fir “τ. ᾿ Z 
_ J 2 a ᾿ 
de > “~ 5 6 Akg 4 
> , é 
yo ve 
~ 
Soh. 
» OF: Το ome 4 “Ἵ δ ἢ 
| ie 


LIBRARY _ 


ee 
THE UNIVERSITY 


OF CALIFORNIA 
SANTA BARBARA 


PRESENTED BY 


Mr. Charles E. Easton 


THE 


FIRST THREE BOOKS 


oF 


HOMER'S ILIAD, 


ACCORDING TO THE ORDINARY TEXT, AND ALSO 
WITH THE RESTORATION OF THE 


DIGAMM A, 


TO WHICH ARE APPENDED 


ENGLISH NOTES, CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY, 
A METRICAL INDEX, AND HOMERIC 
GLOSSARY. 


BY 


CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D. 


JAY-PROFESSOR OF THE GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA 
COLLEGE, NEW-YORK, AND RECTOR OF THE GRAMMAR-SCHOOL. 


NEW-YORK: 


HARPER & BROTHTERS, 82 CLIFF-STREET. 


1844. 


Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1844, by 
Harper & Brotuers, 
In the Clerk’s Office of the Southern District of New-York. 


TO 


ΤῊΝ HON. JAMES HARPER, 


MAYOR OF-THE CITY OF-NEW-YORK, 


This TWork-is Dedicated, 


AS A TRIBUTE OF RESPECT FOR THE FAITHFUL DISCHARGE 


OF PUBLIC DUTIES, 


A TOKEN OF SINCERE REGARD FOR THE MANY EXCELLENT QUAL- 


ITIES THAT ADORN HIS PRIVATE CHARACTER, 


AND 


A MEMORIAL OF OLD AND UNINTERRUPTED FRIENDSHIP, 


BY 


THE EDITOR. 


vi PREFACE. 


best. On some occasions, however, where the sense 
or metre seemed to require it, alterations have been 
adopted from other and high authorities ; but in no in- 
stance has this been done without mention being made 
of it in the notes. To the regular text succeeds that 
given by Richard Payne Knight, with the Digamma 
restored according to his particular view of the sub- 
ject. So much has been said about the Digamma in 
connection with the poetry of Homer, and the work 
of Knight is so rarely met with in this country, that 
the editor conceives he has rendered no unimportant 
service to the student, in thus presenting him with a 
specimen of what has been regarded, by one eminent 
scholar at least, as a restoration of the ancient orthog- 
raphy of Homer. Still, however, though in many 
respects both curious and instructive, it must not be 
forgotten that this attempt to restore the earlier forms 
of words is merely the result of individual opinion, and 
must be received by us with due caution. A very 
casual examination will not fail to show that the learn- 
ed English scholar is not consistent in his alterations. 
Though he writes, for example, 70, G0, and φσ for ψ, 
and κα, xo, and ye for &, yet he retains the compara- 
tively modern letters 7, 3, φ, x, and @; and, lavish as 
he has been in his introduction of the Digamma, it may 
reasonably be doubted whether it ought not to have 
been inserted by him in many instances which he has" 
passed over in silence. In one or two cases, and in 
these only, has the editor ventured to deviate from his 
peculiar orthography; as, for example, in εἶπον for ἔσ- 
πον, &c.. Every thing else has been allowed to remain 
unchanged in this singular specimen of what is conceiv- 
ed to have been the early form of the Homeric text. 
The broken numbers, moreover, in the margin, will 


PREFACE: Vil 


show how many lines, and, indeed, whole passages, 
have been rejected by Knight with the most unsparing 
severity. 

The commentary is a full one, as every commenta- 
ry ought undoubtedly to be that professes to give the 
student a first acquaintance with the language of the 
Homeric poems. The materials have been drawn 
from numerous sources, but more especially from the 
learned labours of Wolf, Heyne, Buttmann, Niagels- 
bach, and Stadelmann, and contain all that is valua- 
ble in the works of these eminent scholars for the 
elucidation of the Homeric text. No notes, it will 
be perceived, have been given on the Catalogue of 
the Forces, since this is never read at schools, and 
any commentary on it would have swelled the vol- 
ume to too large a size. The arrangement, more- 
over, by which the Glossary is separated from the 
notes, cannot but prove satisfactory, since a union of 
translation and parsing in the compass of one and the 
same note would have proved both tedious and repul- 
sive to the learner. In framing the Glossary, care has 
been taken to give the latest views, as entertained by 
the best German scholars, relative to Homeric analy- 
sis, or, to speak more plainly, the parsing of Homeric 
Greek, and a great deal of old rubbish has according- 
ly been discarded. The Lexilogus of Buttmann, and 
his grammatical labours generally, together with those 
of Kihner and others, have here proved of peculiar 
value: very important aid also has been obtained 
from the excellent Greek and English Lexicon of Lid- 
dell and Scott, at present in a course of republication 
in this country, under the editorial care of an excellent 
American scholar, Mr. Drisler. One feature in this 
Glossary will, it is conceived, serve to distinguish it in 


Vill PREFACE. 


ἃ very marked degree trom every Homeric Lexicon 
that has preceded it in the English language, the in- 
troduction, namely, of Sanscrit and Linguistic etymol- 
ogies, the application of which to the Homeric text be- 
comes doubly interesting in consequence of the an- 
cient forms of the language which here continually 
present themselves. In order to render the Glossary 
useful to those also who may wish to pursue their 
reading beyond the portion of the Iliad contained in 
this volume, a full and accurate Index has been sub- 
joined to it. 

The Metrical Index has been carefully constructed, 
and with especial reference to the doctrine of the di- 
gamma, and its bearing on Homeric versification. 
Should any discrepancies be found to exist between 
the views taken here of digammated words and those 
entertained by Knight (and very few, it is conceived, 
will be so found), the student must in every instance 
regard the Metrical Index as his safer guide. 

As regards typographical appearance and accuracy, 
the editor thinks he may confidently assert, that the 
present volume is fully equal to any thing of the kind 
that has ever issued from the American press. For 
this accuracy, as well as for other important aids, he 
is mainly indebted to his friend and colleague, Mr. 
Drisler, to whom he has so often had occasion to ex- 
press his obligations. 


Columbia College, N. Y., August 1st, 1844. 


i == 


ln . 2 ᾿ » δ 
1 ; , ‘S$ > ἢ ΤΟΝ “ cg 
“2.2 teks Litt, / &, ot: Oe el, 


~ 


glass ve ley : 7 MVNA Ley), " 


HOMER’S ILIAD. 


BOOK L 
» 
Μῆνιν ἄειδε, Sed, ἸΤηληϊάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος, 
Οὐλομένην, ἣ μυρί᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖς͵ ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν, 
Πολλὰς δ᾽ ἰφθίμους ψυχὰς “Aide προΐαψεν 
Ἡρώων, αὐτοὺς͵ δὲ ἑλώρια͵, τεῦχε κύνεσσιν. 


3 


Olavoiat TE πᾶσι--Διὸς δ᾽ ἐτελείετο βουλή--- ΄ 5 
Ἐξ οὗ δὴ τὰ πρῶτα διαστήτην ἐρίσαντε 
᾽Ατρείδης τε, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν, καὶ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. : 


Τίς 7’ ἄρ σφωε: ϑεῶν ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι; 8 
Λητοῦς, καὶ Διὸς, υἱός - 63 “γὰρ βασιλῆϊ yorwbeic . 
Νοῦσον ἀνὰ στρατὸν ὥῤσε κακήν, ᾿ὀλέκοντο δὲ λαοί, 10 
Οὕνεκα τὸν ΙΧρύσην ἢ ἦτί ate ἀρητῆρα 
᾿ ᾿Ατρείδης: νὁ γὰρ ἦλθε ϑοὰς ἐπὶ, νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
“δ Λυσόμενός τε ϑύγατρα, φέ ρων ‘7 ᾿ ἀπερείσι’ ἄποινα, 
- Στέμμα τ’ ἔχων ἐ ἐν χερσὶν. ἑκηθόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος 
Χρυσέῳ ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ, καὶ ἐλίσσετο, “πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς, 15 
᾿Ατρείδα δὲ μάλιστα δύω, κοσμήτορε, λαῶν." 
-᾽ Ατρεῖδαΐ τε καὶ "ἄλλοι, ἐὐκνήμιδες Ἄχβιοα ; 
Ὑμῖν, μὲν —_ δοῖεν Ὀλύμπια, δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες 
: “πόλιν, εὖ͵ δ' οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι" 


δ' ἐμοὶ Nisei ες : φίλην, τά τ᾽ ἄποινα δέχεσθαι, 20 
Οἱ ᾿Διὸς υἱὸν ἑκηδόλον Ἀπόλλωνα." ν᾽ 


LoL μὲν͵ πάντες ἐπευφή mosey Anatol, 
ἱερῆα, kat are ,δέχθαι ἄποινα" ὁ 


ἘΦ}. ἃ 


2 BOOK L 


᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι͵ ἥνδανε ϑυμῷ, 
᾿Αλλὰ κακῶς ἀφίει, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ “μῦθον ἔτελλεν 95 


com & Μή σε, γέρον, κοίλῃσιν é ἐγὼ παρᾶ; νηυσὶ κιχείω, 

Ἤ νῦν͵ δηθύνοντ᾽ ἢ ὕστερον͵ αὗτις ἰόντα, 

Μή νύ τοι οὐ, χραίσμῃ σκῆπτρον καὶ στέμμα ϑεοῖο. 

Τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω " πρίν μεν καὶ γῆρας ἔπεισιν 
Ἡμετέρῳ ἐνὲ οἴκῳ, é ἐν "Apyei, τηλόθι πάτρης, 80 
Ἱστὸν ἐποιχομένην, καὶ ἐμὸν λέχος͵ ἀντιόωσαν " 

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἴθι, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε, σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι. 


cos 


Ὡς par’ + ἔδδεισεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων καὶ ἐπείθετο μύθῳ - 
Ba δ᾽ ἀκέων παρὰ Viva πολυφλοίσθοιο ϑαλάσσης. 
Πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε; κιὼν ἠρᾶθ᾽ ὁ γεραιὸς 85.» 
᾿Απόλλωνι ἄνακτι, τὸν ἠύκομος τέκε; Λητώ ς A 

Κλῦθί μευ, ᾿Αργυρότοξ', ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιθέθηκας, tf 
Κίέλλαν, τε͵ ζαθέην, Tevédacd τ τε ἶφι ἀνάσσειξ, Εν... 
Σμινθεῦ - el ποτέ TOL χορίεντ᾽ ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα, 
Ἢ εἰ δή ποτέ τοι κατὰ πίονα μηρί᾽ ἔκηα 
Ταύρων. ἠδ᾽ αἰγῶν, τόδε "μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ" 

Js Ὑίσειαν Δαναοὶ ἐμὰ δάκρυα. σοῖσι βέλεσσιν. 


L my) 
Ὡς paz’ εὐχόμενος " TOV, δ᾽ ἔκλυε ιΦοῖθος ᾿Ἀπῤλλων5 1% 
Bi δὲ Kar’ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων χωόμενος κῆρ, ᾿ a 
Toe’ ὦμοισιν ἔχων ἀμφηρεφέα, τε φαρέτρην : 
"Exhaygay δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ’ ὥμων χωομένοιο, 
Αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος" 6 O° ἤϊε νυκτὶ ἐοικώς - 4S 
Ἕζετ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε pepe, pera, δ' ἰὸν ἕηκεν δ, 
Δεινὴ δὲ κλαγγὴ γένετ᾽ ἀργυρέριο βιρῖο. 

Οὐρῆας μὲν ῥβῶτον ἐπῴχετο, καὶ κύνας, ἀργούς" 
Αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽, αὐτοῖσι ᾿βέλος ἐχεπευκὲς ἐφιεὶς, ᾿ 
Baan’ - ‘alei δὲ πυραὶ νεκύων καίοντο ϑαμειαί.. ἣ αἱ Sy 


Ἔννῆμαρ μὲν ἀνὰ στρατὸν, ᾧ NETO, κῆλα ϑεοῖο,. Sete! 
Τῇ δεκάτῃ δ᾽ ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο͵ λαὸν. ᾿Αχιλλεύς "ἢ 


Τῷ γὰρ ἐπὶ φρεσὶ ϑῆκε Sep λευκώλενος Ἥρη" τὸ 7 a iS 
Κήδετο γὰρ Δαναῶν, ὅτε pa θνήσκοντας ὁρᾶτο. . 


~ 


* 


BOOK I. 


Oi δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν ὁμηγερέες τ᾽ ἐγένοντο, 
Ῥοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 


᾿Ατρείδη, νῦν, ἄμμε παλιμπλαγχθέντας ὀΐω 
“Aw ἀπογοστήσειν, εἴ κεν ϑάνατόν γε φύγοιμεν, 
Ei δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ kal, λοιμὸς ᾿Αχαιούς. 
"ALN Gye, δή τινα;μάντιν ἐρείομεν, ἢ ἱερῆα, 
Ἢ καὶ -ὀνειροπόλον ς- καὶ γάρ τ᾽ ὄναρ ἐκ Διός͵ ἐστιν--- 
Ὅς κ᾽ εἴποι, ὅτι τόσσον ἐχώσατο͵ Φοῖδος ᾿Απόλλων, 
Εἶτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὅ by’ εὐχωλῆς ἐπιμέμφεται, εἴθ᾽ ἑκατόμθης " 
Αἴ κέν πως ἀρνῶν κνίσης ἀξγῶν, τε τελείων 
Βούλεται ἀντιάσας ἡμῖν ἀπὸ͵ λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι. 


Ἤτοι ͵ ὅγ᾽ ὡς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ Gp’ ἕζετο " τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη 
Κάλχας, Θεστορίδης, οἰωνοπόλων by’ ὦ ἄριστος, 
Ὃς ἤδη τὰ 7” ἐόντα τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα, 
Kai νήεσσ᾽ ἡγήσατ᾽ $e etiam Ἴλιον, εἴσω, 
Ἣν διὰ μαντοσύνην, τήν οἱ πόρε, Φοῖδος ᾿Απόλλων * 
ς Ὅ σφιν ἐνφρονέων ἀγορήσατο͵ Kat μετέειπεν " 
τ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, καὶ κέλεαί με, ὦ Adi φίλε, μυθήσασθαι 
Μῆνιν ᾿Απόλλωνος. ἑκατηδελέταο ἄνακτος. 
Τοιγὰρ ἐγὼν ἐρέῳ- σὺ δὲ, σύνθεο, καί μοι ὄμοσσον 
"He μέν͵ μοι πρόφρων. ἔπεσιν. καὶ i χερσὶν ἀρήξειν. 
"H γὰρ. ones ἄνδρ x λωσέμεν, ὃς μέγα πάντων 


᾿ aot ὕ 6, ὅτε, χώσεται, ἀνδρὶ χέρηϊ" 
| Bleep γάρ. τε <tr γε καὶ, αὐτῆμαρ καταχτέψῃ, 
me “αὶ μετόπισθεν ἔ ΩΣ κότον, ὄφρα τεξέσσῃ, 
ἊΣ σ i ες mane: MS φράσαι, εἴ με σαώσεις. 


ὅτε οἶσθα. 
ap "Ἀπόλλωνα Age φίλον, ᾧ ᾧτε σύ, Κάλχαν, 
ic Δαναοῖσι nips ens 


60 


65 


70 


15 


ς προσέφη πόδας͵ ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 


8ῦ 


4 BOOK I. 


Συμπάντων Δαναῶν" οὐδ᾽ ἢ ἣν Sy ha ergs, 90 
Ὃς νῦν πολλὸν ἄριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν, εὔχεται͵ εἷναι. 


Καὶ τότε δὴ ϑάρσησε καὶ ηὔδα͵ μάντις ἀμύμων * 

Οὔτ’ ἄρ᾽ δ΄ By? εὐχωλῆς ἐπιμέμφεται, οὔθ᾽ ἑκατόμθης, 

"AAW E Even? ἀρητῆρος, ov, ἠτίμησ᾽ ΠΑ a a 

Οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυδε ϑύγατρα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεδέξατ᾽ ἄποινα. 95 
\ Ῥοὔνεκ᾽ dp? ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν ‘ExnbdA0¢ ἠδ᾽ ἔτι͵ δώσει " 

Οὐδ᾽ ὅγε, πρὶν λοιμοῖο θαρείας͵ χεῖρας ἀῤέξει, 

Πρίν γ᾽ ἀπὸ ᾿πατρὶ gine ϑύβεναν ἐλικώπεδα; κούρην 

᾿Απριάτην, ἃ ἀνάποινον, ἄγειν vi ἱερὴν ἑκατόμθην 


Ἐς Χρύρην" τότε͵ κέν μιν ἱλασσάμενοι πεπίθοιμεν. 100 


Ἤτοι by’ ὡς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ ap’ ἕζετο", τοῖσι δ' ἀνέστη 
"Hpws ᾿Ατρείφης εὑρυκρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων ᾿ J 
᾿Αχνύμενος" μένεος δὲ μέγα φρένες. ἀμφιμόλαιναξ 

δέ εἰ 
Πίμπλαντ᾽, ὄσσε δέ οἱ πυρὶ λάμπετόωντρὲ ἐϊκτην" 3 
Κάλχαντα πρώτιστα κάκ᾽ ὀσσόμενος προςέειπεν " 105 9. 


Μάντι κακῶν, οὐ πώποτέ μοι τὸ κρήγνον͵ εἶπες " 
Αἰεΐ, τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα φρεσὶ μαντεύεσθαι" : 
Ἐσθλὸν, δ’ οὐδέ τί πῶ εἶπες ἔπος, οὐδ᾽ ἐτέλεσσα.. ὃ 
Καὶ νῦν ἐν Δαναοῖσι ϑεοπροπέων ἀγορεύεις, κ ἘΣ ΣΝ 
Ὥς δὴ τοῦδ᾽ ἕνεκά σφιν Ἑκηδόλος ἄλγεα, τεύχει, ὰ ὅπ: ὃ 
Οὕνεκ᾽ ἐγὼ κούρης Χρυσηΐδος͵ ἀγλά᾽ ἄποινα, ᾧ 
Οὐκ ἔθελον δέξασθαι; ἐπεὶ πολὺ βούλομαι͵ αὐτὴν — fits oh) 
Οἴκοι ἔχειν - καὶ yap ῥα ἐΚλυταιμνήστρης petit anny 
Κουριδίης ἀλόχου ἐπὰν οὔ ἐθέν,͵ dort xepeiov, 
οὐ δέμας, οὐδὲ φυὴν, οὔτ᾽ ἂρ φρένας, οὔτε τι ἔργα. ἐν 
᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἐθέλω Série πάλιν, εἰ τόγ᾽ ἄμεινον" ere AS 
Βούλομ᾽ ἐγὼ λαὸν dav ἔμμεναι, ἢ ἀπολέσθαι. Ρ Pe 
Αὐτὰρ ἐμοὶ γέρας͵ αὐτίχ᾽ ἑτοιμάσατ᾽, ὄφρα μὴ olog 
᾿Αργείων ἀγέραστος ἔω" ἐπεὶ, οὐδὲ ἔρικεν Ὁ 


Λεύσσετε yap Toye, πάντες, ὅ μοι γέρας, 2 


Ὑ τον 8° ἠμείδετ᾽ ἔπειτα ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς" Ὁ Ὁ ΝΣ 
᾿Ατρείδη κύδιστε, φιλοκτεανώτατε͵ πάνω. = e 


BOOK IL 5 


Πῶς γάρ, τοι δώσουσι γέρας μεγάθυμοι ᾿Αχαιοΐ; 

Οὐδέ τί που ἴδμεν ξυνήϊα, κείμενα, πολλά * 

᾿Αλλὰ τὰ μὲν πολίων ἐξ ἐπράθομεν, τὰ δέδασται, 120 
Λαοὺς δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπέοικε παλίλλογα ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαγείρειν. 

᾿Αλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν τήνδε ϑεῷ πρόες͵" αὐτὰρ ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
Τριπλῇ τετραπλῇ τ᾽ ἀποτίσομεν, αἴ κέ ποθι Ζεὺς 

Δῷσι πόλιν Τροίην εὐτείχεον ἐξαλαπάξαι. 


Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειθόμεγος προςέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων" 130 
Μὴ δ᾽ οὕτως, ἀγαθός περ ἐών, ϑεοείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 
Κλέπτε νόῳ" ἐπεὶ οὐ παρελεύσεαι, οὐδέ με πείσεις. 
“H ἐθέλεις, ὄφρ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔχῃς γέρας, αὐτὰρ ἔμ᾽ αὕτως 
Ἤσθαι jena κέλεαι δέ με͵ τήνδ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι ; 
᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας μεγάθυμοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ 135 
*Apoavrec κατὰ εϑυμὸν, ὅπως ἀντάξιον͵ ἔ ἔσται;,---: 
Εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ Kev, αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι 
Ἢ τεὸν͵ ἢ Αἴαντος ἰὼν γέρας, ἢ ᾿Οδυσῆος 
ἴλξω ἑλών 6 δέ κεν κεχολώσεται, ὅν κεν ἱκώμαι. 
᾿Αλλ’ ἤτοι μὲν; ταῦτα μεταφρασόμεσθα καὶ αὗτις" 140 
Nov δ᾽ ἄγε νῆα μέλαιναν ἐρύσσομεν εἰς ἄλα δῖαν, 
Ἔς δ᾽ ἐρέτας ὑπιρηδὰς ἀγείρομεν, ἐς δ᾽ ἑκατόμθην 
Θεέομεν, ἂν δ' αὐτὴν Xpuanida, καλλιπάρῃον 
Βήσομεν : εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ βουληφόρος ἔ ἔστω, 
“H Αἴας, ἣ ἢ ἢ ᾿Ἰδομενεύς, ἢ δῖος "Ὀδυσσεύς, 145 
"HE σύ, πηηλείδη, πάντων ἐκπαγλότατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν, 
Phe ἥμιν Ἑκάξργον ἱλάσσεαι ἱερὰ ῥέξας. 


Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα 1 ἰδὼν προζέφη πόδας͵ ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 
Ὦ μοι, ἀναιδείην. ἐπιριμένε, κερδαλεύφρον, 
Tig TOL πρόφρων ἔ ἔπεσιν πείθηται ᾿Αχαιῶν, 150 
δι , ἐλθέμεναι, ἡ ἢ ᾿ἀνδράσιν. idt μάχεσθαι ; : 
οὐ “yap ayo Τρώων Ever? :ἤλυθον͵ αἰχμητάων 
Δεῦρο μαχησόμενος" ἐπεὶ οὔτι μοι, αἴτιοί, εἰσιν. 
. οὐ γὰρ͵ πώποτ᾽ ἐμὰς Bove ἤλασαν͵ οὐδὲ μὲν ἵππους, 
᾿ Οὐδέ, ποτ᾽ ἐν Din ἐριδύλακ, βωτιανείῤῃ, 155 


πο ἐδηλήσαντ' * ἐπεὶ ἣ μάλα πολλὰ saa 
A 2 


ἣν 


Ὁ BOOK I, 


Οὔρεά τε σκιόεντα, ϑάλασσά τε ,ἠχήεσσα" 

᾿Αλλὰ ool, ὦ μέγ᾽ ἀναιδές, ἅμ᾽ ἑσπόμεθ᾽, ὄφρα σὺ χαίρῃς, 
Τιμὴν ἀρνύμενοι Μενελάῳ, σοί τε, κυνῶπα, 

Πρὸς Τρώων- --- τῶν οὔτι μετατρέπῃ οὐδ᾽ ἀλεγίζεις " 160 
Καὶ δή, μοι γέρας, αὐτὸς ἀφαιρήσεσθαι ἀπειλεῖς, 

"Qe ἔπι πόλλ᾽ ἐ ἐμόγησα, δόσαν δέ μοι υἷες Ἰαχαιῶν. 

Οὐ μὲν coi ποτε ἴσον ἔ ἔχω γέρας, ὁππότ’ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 

Τρώων͵ ἐκπέρσωσ᾽ εὐναιόμενον πτολίεθρον"- 

᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν πλεῖον πολυάϊκος πολέμοιο 165 
Xeipec ἐμαὶ διέπουσ᾽. ὁτὰρ, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, 

Σοὶ τὸ epee πολὺ μεῖζον, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὀλίγον τε φίλον τε 

, Ἔρχομ᾽ ἔχων ἐπὶ vinac, ane’ κεκάμω πολεμίζων. 

Nov δ᾽ εἶμι Φθίηνδ᾽, ἐπεὶ a πολὺ ᾿φέρτερόν͵ ἐστιν 

Οἴκαδ᾽ it τε σὺν νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν." οὐδέ σ᾽ ὀΐω 170 
Ἔνθάδ᾽, ἄτιμος ἐών, ἄφενος καὶ͵ πλοῦτον ἀφύξειν. 


“te: Tov δ᾽ ἠμείθετ᾽ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ὌΠ ees mgt . 
Φεῦγε μάλ᾽, εἴ τοι ϑυμὸς ἐπέσσυται;" οὐδέ σ᾽ ἔγωγε 
Λίσσομαι. elven’ ἐμεῖο μένειν " πάρ᾽ ἔμοιγε καὶ ἄλλοι, 
Οἵ κέ με͵ τιμήφουσε, μάλιστα δὲ μητίετα Ζεύς. 175 
Ἔχθιστος δέ ἴα ἐσσι Διρτρεφέων βασιλήων ᾿ Ἐπ 
Αἰεὶ γάρ τοι ἔρις τε-φίλη πόλεμοί τε μάχαι τε. 

Ei μάλα. καρτερός ἐσσι, ϑεός που͵ σοὶ τόγ᾽ ἔδωκεν. 

Οἴκαδ᾽ ἰὼν ody, νηυσί τε σῇς, καὶ "σοῖς ἑτάροισιν, 
Μυρμιδόνεσσιν ἄ ἄνασσε, σέθεν δ᾽ ἐγῶ; οὐκ ἀλεγίζω᾽ωτ, 180 
Οὐδ᾽ ὅθομαι κοτέοντος " ἀπειλήσω δέ τοι, ὧδε" ὁ 
Ὡς ἔμ᾽ ἀφαιρεῖται Χρυσηΐδα͵ Φοῖδος ᾿Απόλλων, 
Τὴν μὲν ‘bya σὺν νηΐ τ᾽ ἐμῇ καὶ ὶ ἐμοῖς ἑτάροισιν. 

. πέμψω, ἐγὼ δέ κ᾽ ἄγω Βρισηΐδα, καλλιπάρῃον, 
Αὐτὸς ἰὼν κλισίηνδε, τὸ σὸν γέρας " ὄφρ᾽ εὖ aligns 50. 
Ὅσσον φέρτερός εἶμι σέθεν, στυγέῃ δὲ καὶ ἄλλος. . e = 
Ἷσον ἐμοὶ φάσθαι, καὶ ὁμοιωθήμεναι ἄντην. Ὁ ee 
᾿ Ὡς φάτο" Πηλείωνι δ' ἄχος γένετ’, ἐν δέ Σ ἥτορ. ΤῊ 
Στήθεσσιν λασίοισι διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, 

Ἢ ὅγε φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος παρὰ μηροῦ 


> 


BOOK L 7 


Τοὺς μὲν ἀναστήσειεν. ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδητ' ἐναοίζοι, 
"HE χόλον παύσειεν, ἐρητύσειέ τε ϑυμόν. 
Ἕως ὅγε ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ ϑυμόν, 


. Ἕλκετο δ᾽ ἐκ κολεοῖο μέγα ξίφος, ἦλθε δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη 


Οὐρανόθεν - πρὸ γὰρ ἧκε ϑεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη, 195 
Ἄμφω ὁμῶς ϑυμῷ φιλέουσά τε κηδομένη τε. 


“ΧΣτῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν, ξανθῆς δὲ κόμης ἕλε ἸΤηλείωνα, 


Oiw φαινομένη, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων οὔτις ὁρᾶτο. 

Odubnoev δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς, μετὰ δ᾽ ἐτράπετ᾽ " αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔγνω 
Παλλάδ'᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην " δεινὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε φάανθεν. 200 
Kai μὲν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα mpocnvda * 


Τίπτ᾽ avr’, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, εἰλήλουθας ; 

Ἦ iva ὕθριν ἴδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρείδαο ; 

᾿Αλλ’ ἔκ τοι ἐρέω, τὸ δὲ καὶ τελέεσθαι ὀΐω, 

"Hic ὑπεροπλίῃσι τάχ᾽ ἄν ποτε ϑυμὸν ὀλέσσῃ. 205 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὗτε προςέειπε ϑεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη" 

Ἦλθον ἐγὼ παύσουσα τὸ σὸν μένος, αἴ κε πίθηαι, 

Οὐρανόθεν " πρὸ δέ μ᾽ ἧκε Sed λευκώλενος Ἥρη, 

"Aude ὁμῶς ϑυμῷ φιλέουσά τε κηδομένη τε. 

᾿Αλλ’ ἄγε λῆγ᾽ ἔριδος, μηδὲ ξίφος ἕλκεο χειρί" 210 

᾿Αλλ’ ἤτοι ἔπεσιν μὲν ὀνείδισον, ὡς ἔσεταί περ. 

ὯΩΑΣδε γὰρ ἐξερέω, τὸ δὲ καὶ τετελεσμένον ἔσται, 

Καί ποτέ τοι τρὶς τόσσα παρέσσεται ἀγλαὰ δῶρα 

Ὕῥριος εἵνεκα τῆσδε σὺ δ᾽ ἴσχεο, πείθεο δ᾽ ἡμῖν. 


ἋΧ Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειθόμενος προζέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς " 215 


Χρὴ μὲν σφωΐτερόν γε, ϑεά, ἔπος εἰρύσσασθαι, 


Καὶ μάλα περ ϑυμῷ κεχολωμένον - ὡς γὰρ ἄμεινον. 


κε ϑεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ᾽ ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ. a 
H, καὶ ἐπ’ ἀργυρέῃ κώπῃ σχέθε χεῖρα βαρεῖαν " 


"ἊΨ δ' ἐς κουλεὸν Gee μέγα ξίφος, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν 220 
— Μύθῳ ᾿Αθηναίης " ἣ δ᾽ Οὔλυμπόνδε βεθήκει 


τ΄ Δώματ' ἐς αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς μετὰ δαίμονας ἄλλους. 


., Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἀταρτηροῖς ἐπέεσσιν 
δὴν προτέειπε, καὶ οὔπω λῆγε χόλοιο " 


8 BOOK IL. 


Oivobapéc, κυνὸς ὄμματ᾽ ἔχων, κραδίην δ᾽ ἐλάφοιο, 225 

Οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον ἅμα λαῷ ϑωρηχθῆναι, 

Οὔτε λόχονδ᾽ ἰέναι σὺν ἀριστήεσσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν 

Τέτληκας ϑυμῷ " τὸ δέ τοι κὴρ εἴδεται εἷναι. 

"H πολὺ λώϊόν ἐστι κατὰ στρατὸν εὑρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν 

Δῶρ᾽ ἀποαιρεῖσθαι ὕςτις σέθεν ἀντίον εἴπῃ. 230 

Δημοθόρος βασιλεύς, ἐπεὶ οὐτιδανοῖσιν ἀνάσσεις " 

Ἦ γὰρ ἄν, ᾿Ατρείδη, νῦν ὕστατα λωθήσαιο. 

᾽Αλλ᾽ ἔκ τοι ἐρέω, καὶ ἐπὶ μέγαν ὅρκον ὁμοῦμαι, 

Nai μὰ τόδε σκῆπτρον, τὸ μὲν οὔποτε φύλλα καὶ ὄζους 

Φύσει, ἐπειδὴ πρῶτα τομὴν ἐν ὄρεσσι λέλοιπεν, . 235 

Οὐδ᾽ ἀναθηλήσει " περὶ γάρ ῥά & χαλκὸς ἔλεψεν 

᾿ Φύλλα τε καὶ φλοιόν " νῦν αὖτέ μιν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν 

Ἐν παλάμῃς φορέουσι δικάσπόλοι, οἵτε ϑέμιστας 

Πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται " ὁ δέ τοι μέγας ἔσσεται ὅρκος " 

Ἦ ποτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν “- 240 

Σύμπαντας " τότε δ᾽ οὔτι δυνήσεαι, ἀχνύμενός περ, 

Χραισμεῖν, εὖτ᾽ ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ᾽ “Ἄκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο 

Θνήσκοντες πίπτωσι " σὺ δ᾽ ἔνδοθι ϑυμὸν ἀμύξεις 

Χωόμενος, ὅτ᾽ ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας. 
Ὡς φάτο Πηλείδης " ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε yaig 245° 

Χρυσείοις ἥλοισι πεπαρμένον, ἕζετο δ᾽ αὐτός " ἐ 

Ὡς ᾿Ατρείδης δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐμήνιε" τοῖσι δὲ Νέστωρ 

‘Hoverij¢ ἀνόρουσε, λιγὺς Ἰτυλίων ἀγορητής, ρα 
Τοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ γλώσσης μέλιτος γλυκίων ῥέεν addi. ish Tee 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἤδη δύο μὲν γενεαὶ μερόπων ἀνθρώπων 
᾿Εφθίαθ᾽, οἵ οἱ πρόσθεν ἅμα τράφεν ἠδ᾽ ἐγένοντο 
Ἐν Πύλῳ ἠγαθέῃ, μετὰ δὲ τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν. 
Ὅ σφιν ἐϊφρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν " 


J 


Ὦ πόποι, ἣ μέγα πένθος ᾿Αχαιΐδα γαῖαν ἱκάνει. 
Ἦ κεν γηθήσαι ἸΤρίαμος, ἹΠριάμοιό te παῖδες ry ΝΗ 950 ἐπ 
ἴΛλλοι τε Τρῶες μέγα κεν κεχαροίατο ϑυμῷ, Ὁ fs ὟΣ 
Ei σφῶϊν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν, Ὁ 
Οἱ περὶ μὲν βουλῇ Δαναῶν, περὶ δ᾽ "ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι. 


BOOK IL 9 


᾿Αλλὰ πίθεσθ᾽ " ἄμφω δὲ vewrépw ἐστὸν ἐμεῖο. 
Ἤδη γάρ ποτ᾽ ἐγὼ καὶ ἀρείοσιν ἠέπερ ὑμῖν 260 
᾿Ανδράσιν ὡμίλησα, καὶ οὔποτέ μ᾽ oly’ ἀθέριζον. 
Οὐ γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον ἀνέρας, οὐδὲ ἔδωμαι, 
Οἷον Πειρίθοόν τε, Δρύαντά τε, ποιμένα λαῶν, 
Καινέα 7’, ᾿ξάδιόν τε, καὶ ἀντίθεον ἸΤολύφημον. 
[θησέα τ᾽ Αἰγείδην, ἐπιείκελον ἀθανάτοισιν. 265 
Κάρτιστοι δὴ κεῖνοι ἐπιχθονίων τράφεν ἀνδρῶν " 
Κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν, καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο, 
Φηρσὶν ὀρεσκῴοισι, καὶ ἐκπάγλως ἀπόλεσσαν. 
Καὶ μὲν τοῖσιν ἐγὼ μεθομίλεον ἐκ Ἰτύλου ἐλθών, 
Τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης " καλέσαντο γὰρ αὐτοί" 270 
Kai μαχόμην κατ᾽ ἔμ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐγώ " κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν οὔτις 
Τῶν, οἱ νῦν βροτοΐ εἰσιν ἐπιχθόνιοι, μαχέοιτο. 
Καὶ μέν μευ βουλέων ξύνιεν, πείθοντό τε μύθῳ. 
᾿Αλλὰ πίθεσθε καὶ ὕμμες " ἐπεὶ πείθεσθαι ἄμεινον. 
ΟΥ̓ Mire σὺ τόνδ᾽, ἀγαθός περ ἐών; ἀποείρρα κούρην, 275 
_ ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔα, ὥς ol πρῶτα δόσαν γέρας υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν - 
“Μήτε σύ, Πηλείδη, ἔθελ᾽ ἐριζέμεναι βασιλῆϊ 
᾿Αντιθίην " ἐπεὶ οὔποθ᾽ ὁμοίης ἔμμορε τιμῆς 
Σκηπτοῦχος βασιλεὺς, ὧτε Ζεὺς κῦδος ἔδωκεν. 
Ei δὲ σὺ κάρτερός ἐσσι, ϑεὰ δέ σε γείνατο μήτηρ, 280 
᾽Αλλ᾽ ὅδε φέρτερός ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πλεόνεσσιν ἀνάσσει. 
᾿Ατρείδη, σὺ δὲ παῦε τεὸν μένος - αὐτὰρ ἔγωγε 
Λίσσομ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆξ μεθέμεν χόλον, ὃς μέγα πᾶσιν 
Ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν πέλεται πολέμοιο κακοῖο. 


Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειθόμενος προςέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων" 285 

. Nai δὴ ταῦτά γε πάντα, γέρον, κατὰ μοίραν ἔειπες. 
ἝΞ "AAW ὅδ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐθέλει περὶ πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, 
Πάντων μὲν κρατέειν ἐθέλει, πάντεσσι δ᾽ ἀνάσσειν, 

Πᾶσι δὲ σημαίνειν, ἅ τιν᾽ οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω. 

᾿ς Ἐξ δέ μιν αἰχμητὴν ἔθεσαν ϑεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες, 290 
Wee Τοὔνεκά οἱ προθέουσιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι ; 

apa ὑποθλήδην ἠμείθετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς - 


=, 


Ἐν emer δ' ap’ 


2 
= 
est, 
- 
= 
- 


σ᾿,» 


10 BOOK IL 


Ἦ yap κεν δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην, 

Ei δὴ σοὶ πᾶν ἔργον ὑπείξομαι, ὅττε κεν εἴπῃς " 
ἤἌλλοισιν δὴ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιτέλλεο, μὴ γὰρ ἔμοιγε 395 
Σήμαιν" - od γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι σοὶ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω. ἡ 

ἴΛλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν" 

Χερσὲ μὲν οὕτοι ἔγωγε μαχήσομαι εἵνεκα κούρης, 

Οὔτε σοὶ οὔτε τῳ ἄλλῳ, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἀφέλεσθέ γε δόντες " 
Τῶν δ᾽ ἀλλὼν ἃ poi ἐστι ϑοῇ παρὰ νηὶ μελαίνῃ, 800 
Τῶν οὐκ ἄν τι φέροις ἀνελὼν ἀέκοντος ἐμεῖο. 

Ei δ᾽ ἄγε μὴν πείρησαι, ἵνα γνώωσι καὶ οἷδε" 

Αὐψά τοι αἷμα κελαινὸν ἐρωήσει περὶ δουρί. 


Χ Ὡς rey’ ἀντίδίοισι μαχεσσαμένω ἐπέεσσιν 
᾿Ανστήτην > λῦσαν δ᾽ ἀγορὴν παρὰ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 305 
Πηλείδης μὲν ἐπὶ κλεσίας καὶ νῆας ἐΐσας SS 
“Hie σύν τε Μενοιτιάδῃ καὶ οἷς ἑτάροιιν Ὁ β | 
᾽Ατρείδης δ᾽ ἄρα νῆα ϑοὴν ἅλαδε προέρυσσεν, 
"Ec δ᾽ ἐρέτας ἔκρινεν ἐείκοσιν, ἐς δ᾽ ἑκατόμδην : 
Βῆσε ϑεῷ - ἀνὰ δὲ Χρυσηΐδα καλλιπάρῃον 810 
Εΐσεν ἄγων - ἐν δ᾽ ἀρχὸς ἔδη πολύμητις Ὀδυσσεύς. =~ 
_ OF μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀναδάντες ἐπέπλεον ὑγρὰ κέλευι- 
«λαοὺς δ᾽ ᾽Ατρείδης ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι ἄνωγεν. ; 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἀπελυμαίνοντο, καὶ εἰς ἅλα λύματ᾽ ἔδαλλον - ᾿ς ἢ 
Ἔρδον δ᾽ ᾿Ἀπόλλωνι τεληέσσας ἑκα τόμ ας. ἙΒ815ϑ 
Ταύρων ἠδ᾽ αἰγῶν παρὰ ϑῖν᾽ ἁλὸς ἀτρυγέτοιο : 
Κοένη & sisavds Tits Diidenslodiiaiel mG : 
Ὡς of μὲν τὰ πένοντο κατὰ στρατόν" οὐδ Arann “a 
Λῆγ᾽ ἔριδος, τὴν πρῶτον ἐπηπείλησ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆ. 3 j 
᾿Αλλ᾽ bye Ταλθύδιόν τε καὶ Εὐρυδάτην προτέειπεν,, 8390 
τς towr, teens oat. Srres Deena pe 


" wy 


BOOK L ll 


Ὡς εἰπὼν προΐει, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν. 
Γὼ δ᾽ ἀέκοντε βάτην παρὰ Viv’ ἁλὸς ἀτρυγέτοιο, 
Μυρμιδόνων δ' ἐπέ τε κλισίας καὶ νῆας ἱκέσθην. 
Τὸν δ᾽ εὗρον παρά τε κλισίῃ καὶ νηϊ μελαίνῃ 
Ἥμενον " οὐδ᾽ ἄρα τώγε ἰδὼν γήθησεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 330 
Τὼ μὲν ταρδήσαντε καὶ αἰδομένω βασιλῆα 
Στήτην, οὐδέ τί μὲν προςεφώνεον οὐδ᾽ ἐρέοντο. 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ ἔγνω gow ἐνὶ φρεσὶ, φώνησέν τε" 
Χαίρετε, κήρυκες, Διὸς ἄγγελοι ἠδὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν, 
ἾΑσσον ἴτ᾽ - οὔτι μοι ὄμμες ἐπαίτιοι, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων, 335 
Ὃ σφῶξ προΐει Βρισηΐδος εἵνεκα κούρης. 
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄγε, Διογενὲς ἸΤατρόκλεις, ἔξαγε κούρην, 
Καί σφωΐῖν δὸς ἄγειν. Τὼ δ᾽ αὐτὼ μάρτυροι ἔστων 
Πρός τε ϑεῶν μακάρων, πρός τε ϑνητῶν ἀνθρώπων, 
Καὶ πρὸς τοῦ βασιλῆος ἀπηνέος, εἴ ποτε δ' atte 840 
Xpei@ ἐμεῖο γένηται ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι 
Τοῖς ἄλλοις. Ἢ γὰρ by’ ὀλοῇσι φρεσὶ ϑύει " 
Οὐδέ τι οἷδε νοῆσαι ἅμα πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω, 
Ὅππως of παρὰ νηυσὶ σόοι μαχέωνται ᾿Αχαιοί 


ες Ὡς φάτο" Térponleg 88 $Ogodmenette? irc. 345 
EK δ' ἄγαγε κλισίης Βρισηΐδα, καλλιπάρῃον, 


Δῶκε δ᾽ ἄγειν " τὼ δ' αὖτις ἴτην παρὰ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν" 

Ἢ δ᾽ ἀέκουσ᾽ ἅμα τοῖσι γυνὴ κίεν.-- Αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
Δακρύσας ἑτάρων ἄφαρ ἕζετο νόσῷι λιασθεὶς, 
Oiv’ ἐφ’ ἁλὸς πολιῆς, ὁρόων ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον. 3850 
Πολλὰ δὲ μητρὶ φίλῃ ἠρήσατο χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς" 

Μῆτερ, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἔτεκές γε μινυνθάδιόν περ ἐόντα, 

ἦν, πέρ μοι, ὄφελλεν Ὀλύμπιος ἐγγναλίξαι, 


Ζ ὺ δ᾽ οὐδέ με τυτθὸν ἔτισεν. 
Ἢ γάρ μ᾽" οτος μενεῖ supa 355 


7 ὡς Ὡς φάτο δακρυχέων" τοῦ͵ δ᾽ ἕκᾶνε πότνια μήτηρ 


ἐν ἐν βένθεσσιν ἁλὸς παρὰ, πατρὶ γέροντι. 
ari δ᾽ ἀνέδυ πολιῆς ἁλὸς, io? ὀμίχλη- 


13 BOOK I. 


Kai pa πάροιθ᾽ αὐτοῖο καθέξετο, δακρυχέοντος, 360 
Xeipi τέ μιν κατέρεξεν, ἔπος τ᾽ Ear’, ἔκ τ’ ὀνόμαξεν " 


Τέκνον, τί κλαίεις ; τί δέ σε φρένας ἵκετο, πένθος ; 
᾿Εξαύδα, μὴ κεῦθε νόῳ, iva, εἴδομεν͵ ἄμφω. 


Τὴν δὲ βαρυστενάχων προςέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς " 
Οἶσθα" τίη τοι ταῦτ᾽ εἰδυίῃ͵ πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύω ; 365 
Ὠιχόμεθ᾽ ἐς Θήδην, ἱερὴν πόλιν͵ Ἠετίωνος, 

Τὴν δὲ ἱεπράθομέν τε, Kai ἤγομεν͵ ἐνθάδε, πάντα " 

Καὶ τὰ μὲν͵ εὖ δάσσαντο μετὰ σφίσιν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν, 

"Ek δ᾽ ἕλον ᾿Ατρείδῃ Χρυδηΐδα, καλλιπάρῃον. 

Χρύσης, δ᾽ αὖθ᾽, ἱερεὺς ἑκατηθόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος, 370 
Ἦλθε ϑοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας͵ ᾿Αχαιῶν, χαλκοχιτώνων 

Λυσόμενός, τε ϑύγατρά, φέρων τ᾿ ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα, 
Στέμματ᾽ ἔχων ἐν, χερσὶν ἐκηδύλου ᾿Απόλλωνος 

Χρυσέῳ ava σκήπτρῳ, καὶ ἐλίσσετο, πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς, : 
᾿ ᾿Ατρείδα δὲ μάλιστα δύω, κοσμήτορε λαῶν. 815 
Ἔνθ᾽ ἄλλοι μὲν πάντες ἐπευφήμησαν Spe ΘΕΟΣ 

Αἰδεῖσθαί ϑ᾽ ἱερῆα, καὶ ἀγλαὰ. δέχθαι ἄποινα " 

"AAW οὐκ ῥΑτρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ἥνδανε vue, 


᾿Αλλὰ κακῶς ἀφίει, tad τω δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν. _— 
Χωόμενος δ᾽ ὁ γέρων πάλιν ᾧχετο; τοῖο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων 880. : x 
Ἐὐξαμένου ἤκουσεν, ἐπεὶ μάλα οἱ φίλος͵ δεν Ne" τ 


Ἧκε δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ἀργείοισι. κακὸν βέλος, - of δέ vv, λαοὶ 
θνῆσκον ἐπασσύτεροι᾽ τὰ 0 ἐπῴχετο, κῆλα ϑεοῖο δέ: 
Πάντη, ἁ ἀνὰ, στρατὸν, εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν. , "App δὲ “μάντις πὶ 
Ed εἰδὼς ἀγόρευε ϑεοπροπίας Ἐκάῤνεοι a Set 
Αὐτίι᾽ ἐγὼ πρῶτος κελόμην ϑεὸν ἱλάσκεσθαι " ἜΝ 
᾿Ατρείωνα δ᾽ ἔ ἔπειτα χόλος λάξευν αἶψα δ᾽ ἀναστὰς 
Ἠπείλησεν μῦθον, 6 ᾿δὴ τετελεσμένος, ἐστίν. 

Τὴν μὲν γὰρ σὺν νηΐ ϑοῇ ἑλέκωπες ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
Ἐς Χρύσην πέμπουσιν, ἄγουσι δὲ δῶρα ἄνακτι νυ κα 
Τὴν δὲ νέον κλισίηθεν ed κήρυκες ἄγοντες. ΄ 
Κούρην Βρισῆος, τὴν μοι δόσάν, υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν. i 
᾿Αλλὰ σύ, εἰ δύνασαί γε,τ περίσχεο͵ "παιδὸς ἑξῆος" Xe 


BOOK IL 13 


"EAOov0" ἐθὔλυμπάηδε Δία λίσαι, εἴ ποτε͵ δή τε 
"H ἔπει͵ ὥνησας κραδίην Διὸς, ἠὲ καὶ ἔργῳι 395 
Πολλάκι yap σέο, πατρὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄκουσα 
Εὐχομένης, ὅτ᾽ ἔφησθα κελαινεφέϊ Κρονίωνι 
Οἴη ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν ἀεικέα, λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι, 
ὋὉππότε μιν ξυνδῆσαι ᾿Ολύμπιοι,ἤθελον͵ ἄλλοι, 
Ἥρη τ’ ἠδὲ Ποσειδάων καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿ΑΛθήνη. 400 
᾿Αλλὰ σὺ ,τόνγ᾽ ᾿ἐλθοῦσα, ϑεά, ὑπελύσαο δεσμῶν, 
Ὦχ᾽ ἑκατόγχειρον ᾿καλέσασ᾽ ἐς μακρὸν φλύμποα, 
Ὃν Bou pear καλέουσι ϑερί, ἄνδρες. δέ τε "πάντες 
Αἰγαίων' . ὁ γὰρ, αὗτε βίῃ οὗ 'πατρὺς ἀμείνων" 
- Ὅς pa παρὰ Κρονίωνι καθέζετο, κύδεϊ γαίων " 405 
Tov καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες ϑεοί, οὐδέ τ’ ἔδησαν. 
Tov νῦν μὲν μνήσασα παρέζεο, καὶ λαθὲ γούνων, 
Al κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Ῥρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι., 
Τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ᾽ ἅλα ἔλσαι ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
᾿Κτεινομένους, ἵνα πάντες ἐπαύρωνται βασιλῆος, 410 
Γνῷ δὲ καὶ ᾿Ατρείδης εὐρυκρείων Bx be etl 
Ἣν ἄτην, 67’ getty evens οὐδὲν ἔτισεν. 
i 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἡμείθετ᾽ ἔπειτα θέτις κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα" 
Ὦ μοι, τέκνον ἐμόν, τί νύ σ᾽ ἔτρεφον, αἰνὰ τεκοῦσα; 
Al@’ ὄφελες παρὰ νηυσὶν ἀδάκρυτος καὶ ἀπήμων 41ῦ 
Ἧσθαι" ἐπεί νύ τοι αἷσα μίνυνθά περ, οὔτι μάλα δήν " 
Νῦν δ᾽ ἅμα τ᾽ ὠκύμορος καὶ ὀϊζυρὸς περὶ πάντων 
Ἔπλεο" τῷ. 08 κακῇ αἴσῃ τέκον ἐν μεγάροισιν. 
Τοῦτο δέ τοι ἐρέουσα ἔπος Διὶ τερπικεραύνῳ 
Elw αὐτὴ πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἀγάννιφον, αἴ κε πίθηται. 420 
᾿Αλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν νηυσὶ παρήμενος ὠκυπόροισιν 
Mave ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν, πολέμου δ᾽ ἀποπαύεο πάμπαν. 
Ζεὺς γὰρ ἐς ᾿Ὠκεανὸν μετ᾽ ἀμύμονας Αἰθιοπῆας 
Χθιζὸς ἔθη μετὰ δαῖτα, ϑεοὶ δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἕποντο" 
᾿Δωδεκάτῃ δέ τοι αὗτις ἐλεύσεται Οὔλυμπόνδε. 425 
᾿ Καὶ τότ᾽ ἔπειτά τοι εἶμι Διὸς ποτὲ χαλκοθατὲς δῶ, 
: Kai μὲν γουνάσομαι, καί μιν πείσεσθαι ὀΐω. 
ἐξ περ Β 


14 BOOK IL 


Ὡς dpa φωνήσασ᾽ ἀπεδήσετο- τὸν δ᾽ ἔλιπ᾽ αὐτοῦ 

Χωόμενον κατὰ ϑυμὸν ἐὐζώνοιο γυναικός, 

Τήν pa βίῃ ἀέκοντος ἀπηύρων.--- Αὐτὰρ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς 430 

Ἐς Χρύσην ἵκανεν ἄγων ἱερὴν ἑκατόμθην. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ λιμένος πολυθενθέος ἐντὸς ἵκοντο, 

Ἱστία μὲν στείλαντο, ϑέσαν δ᾽ ἐν νηὶ μελαίνῃ " 

Ἱστὸν δ᾽ ἱστοδόκῃ πέλασαν προτόνοισιν ὑφέντες 

Καρπαλίμως - τὴν δ᾽ εἰς ὅρμον προέρεσσαν ἐρετμοῖς. 435 

Ἔκ δ᾽ εὐνὰς ἔθαλον, κατὰ δὲ πρυμνήσι᾽ ἔδησαν" 

Ἔκ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ βαῖνον ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνι ϑαλάσσης " 

Ἔκ δ᾽ ἑκατόμθην βῆσαν ἑκηθόλῳ ᾿Απόλλωνι" 

Ἔκ δὲ Χρυσηὶς νηὸς βῆ ποντοπόροιο. 

Τὴν μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπὶ βωμὸν ἄγων πολύμητις Οδυσσεὺς 440 
ο Πατρὶ φίλῳ ἐν χερσὶ τίθει, καί μὲν προςέειπεν " — 


Ὦ Χρύση, πρό μ᾽ ἔπεμψεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
Παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν, Doibw ϑ᾽ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμθην ~ : 
ἹῬέξαι ὑπὲρ Δαναῶν, ὄφρ᾽ ἱλασόμεσθα ἄνακτα, 

Ὃς νῦν ᾿Αργείοισι πολύστονα κήδε" ἐφῆκεν. 445 


Ὡς εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ τίθει, ὁ δ᾽ ἐδέξατο χαίρων 
Παῖδα φίλην" τοὶ δ᾽ ὧκα Sed κλειτὴν ἑκατόμθδην 
Ἑ ξείης ἔστησαν ἐύΐδμητον περὶ βωμόν" 
Χερνίψαντο δ᾽ ἔπειτα, καὶ οὐλοχύτας ἀνέλοντο. 
Τοῖσιν δὲ Χρύσης μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο χεῖρας ἀνασχών: 450 


Κλῦθί μευ, ᾿Αργυρότοξ᾽, ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιθέθηκας, 
Κίλλαν τε ζαθέην, Τενέδοιό τε ἶφι ἀνάσσεις " 
"Hon μέν ποτ᾽ ἐμεῦ πάρος ἔκλυες εὐξαμένοιο, 
Τίμησας μὲν ἐμέ, μέγα δ᾽ ἔψαο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν " 
"HO ἔτι καὶ νῦν μοι τόδ᾽ ἐπικρήηνον ἐέλδωρ " 455 3 
᾿Ηδὴ viv Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἄμυνον - A a: 
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ ebyduevog: τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Φοῖθος ᾿Ἀπόλλων. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ εὔξαντο, καὶ οὐλοχύτας προθάλοντο, | 08. 
Αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα, καὶ ἔσφαξαν καὶ ἔδειραν, ~ 
Μηρούς 7’ ἐξέταμον, κατά τε κνίσῃ ἐκάλυψαν 400 


. 
» 
" 


BOOK IL 15 


Δέπτυχα ποιήσαντες, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν δ᾽ ὡμοθέτησαν. 
Καῖε δ᾽ ἐπὶ σχίζῃς 6 γέρων, ἐπὶ δ᾽ αἴθοπα olvov 
Λεῖθε " νέοι δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔχον πεμπώθολα χερσίν. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ μῆρ᾽ ἐκάη, καὶ σπλάγχν᾽ ἐπάσαντο, 
Μίστυλλόν 7’ ἄρα τἄλλα, καὶ ἀμφ᾽ ὀθελοῖσιν ἔπειραν, 465 
"[Ὥπτησάν τε περιφραδέως, ἐρύσαντό τε πάντα. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου, τετύκοντό τε δαῖτα, 
Δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι ϑυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο, 
Κοῦροι μὲν κρητῆρας ἐπεστέψαντο ποτοῖο" 470 
Νώμησαν δ᾽ dpa πᾶσιν ἐπαρξάμενοι δεπάεσσιν. 
Οἱ δὲ πανημέριοι μολπῇ ϑεὸν ἱλάσκοντο 
Καλὸν ἀείδοντες παιήονα κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν, 

“Μὲλποντες ‘Exdepyov > ὁ δὲ φρένα τέρπετ᾽ ἀκούων. 


Ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος κατέδυ, καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἦλθεν, 475 
Δὴ τότε κοιμήσαντο Tapa πρυμνήσια νηός. 
"Huog δ᾽ ἠριγένεια φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος ᾿Ἦώς, 
Καὶ τότ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνάγοντο μετὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν" 
Τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἴκμενον οὖρον ἵει ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἱστὸν στήσαντ᾽, ἀνά ϑ᾽ ἱστία λευκὰ πέτασσαν: 480 
Ἔν δ᾽ ἄνεμος πρῆσεν μέσον ἱστίον, ἀμφὶ δὲ κῦμα 
Στείρῃ πορφύρεον μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχε, νηὸς ἰούσης " 
‘H 6’ ἔθεεν κατὰ κῦμα διαπρήσσουσα κέλευθον. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἵκοντο μετὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
Νῆα μὲν οἵγε μέλαιναν én’ ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν 485 
'Ypov ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις, ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἕρματα μακρὰ τάνυσσαν " 
Αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο κατὰ κλισίας τε νέας τε.--- 
γ Αὐτὰρ ὁ μήνιε νηυσὶ παρήμενος ὠκυπόροισιν, 
Διογενὴς Πηλέος υἱός, πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς " 
Οὔτε ποτ᾽ εἰς ἀγορὴν πωλέσκετο κυδιάνειραν, 490 
Οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον - ἀλλά φθινύθεσκε φίλον κῆρ 
Αὖθι μένων, ποθέεσκε δ᾽ ἀῦτήν τε πτόλεμόν τε. 
"AAW ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐκ τοῖο δυωδεκάτη γένετ᾽ ἠώς, 
Καὶ τότε δὴ πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἴσαν ϑεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες 


16 BOOK 1. 


Πάντες ἅμα, Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἦρχε. Θέτις δ᾽ οὐ λήθετ᾽ ἐφετμέων 495 
Παιδὸς ἑοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἥγ᾽ ἀνεδύσετο κῦμα ϑαλάσσης, 
Ἠερίη δ᾽ ἀνέθη μέγαν οὐρανὸν Οὔλυμπόν τε" 
Ἐρεν δ᾽ εὐρύοπα Κρονίδην ἄτερ ἥμενον ἄλλων 
᾿Ακροτάτῃ κορυφῇ πολυδειράδος Οὐλύμποιο. 
Kai pa πάροιθ’ αὐτοῖο καθέζετο, καὶ λάθε γούνων 500 
Σκαιῇ " δεξιτερῇ δ᾽ ap’ ὑπ᾽ ἀνθερεῶνος ἑλοῦσα, 
Λισσομένη προςέειπε Δία Κρονίωνα ἄνακτα" 

Ζεῦ πάτερ, εἴ ποτε δῆ σε μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν ὄνησα 
Ἢ ἔπει ἢ ἔργῳ, τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ " 
Τίμησόν μοι υἱόν, ὃς ὠκυμορώτατος ἄλλων 605 
Ἔπλετ᾽ - ἀτάρ μιν νῦν γε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
Ἠ τίμησεν - ἑλὼν γὰρ ἔχει γέρας αὐτὸς ἀπούρας. 
᾿Αλλὰ σύ πέρ μὲν τῖσον, ᾿Ολύμπιε μητίετα Ζεῦ" 
Τόφρα δ᾽ ἐπὶ 'Τρώεσσι τίθει κράτος, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
Ὑἱὸν ἐμὸν τίσωσιν, ὀφέλλωσίν τέ ἑ τιμῇ. οἴ 5, 


Ὡς φάτο: τὴν δ᾽ οὔτι προςέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς, 
"AAW ἀκέων δὴν ἦστο " Θέτις δ᾽ ὡς ἥψατο γούνων, 
Ὡς ἔχετ᾽ ἐμπεφυυῖα, καὶ εἴρετο δεύτερον αὗτις " 


Νημερτὲς μὲν δῆ μοι ὑπόσχεο καὶ κατάνευσον, 
Ἢ ἀπόειπ᾽ " ἐπεὶ οὔ τοι ἔπι δέος " ὄφρ᾽ εὖ εἰδῶ, 515 
Ὅσσον ἐγὼ μετὰ πᾶσιν ἀτιμοτάτη ϑεός εἶμι. 


Τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προζέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς" 

Ἦ δὴ λοίγια ἔργ᾽, ὅτι jv’ ἐχθοδοπῆσαι ἐφήσεις 
Ἥρῃ, ὅτ᾽ ἄν μ᾽ ἐρέθῃσιν ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσιν. 
Ἢ δὲ καὶ αὔτως μ᾽ αἰὲν ἐν ἀθανάτοισι ϑεοῖσιν 520 
Νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν. Ὗ 
᾿Αλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν αὗτις ἀπόστιχε, μή σε νοῆσῃ — 
Ἥρη’ ἐμοὶ δέ κε ταῦτα μελήσεται, ὄφρα τελέσσω. ae, 
Ei δ᾽ ἄγε τοι κεφαλῇ κατανεύσομαι, ὄφρα πεποίθῃς Ms il 
Τοῦτο yap ἐξ ἐμέθεν ye μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι μέγιστον «= HH 
Τέκμωρ - οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν παλινάγρετον, οὐδ᾽ ἀπατηλόν, 
Οὐδ᾽ ἀτελεύτητον, ὅτι κεν κεφαλῇ κατανεύσω. Sy 

)ςς ᾽ 


BOOK IL 17 


"H, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων " 
᾿Αμϑρύσιαι δ᾽ ἄρα χαῖται ἐπεῤῥώσαντο ἄνακτος 
Κρατὸς ἀπ᾽ ἀθανάτοιο" μέγαν δ᾽ ἐλέλιξεν ᾽ολυμπον. 530 


Toy’ ὡς βουλεύσαντε διέτμαγεν " ἣ μὲν ἔπειτα 
Εἰς ἅλα ἅλτο βαθεῖαν ἀπ᾽ αἰγλήεντος Ὀλύμπου, 
Ζεὺς δὲ ἑὸν πρὸς δῶμα. Θεοὶ δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἀνέσταν 
"EE ἑδέων σφοῦ πατρὸς ἐναντίον " οὐδέ τις ἔτλη 
Μεῖναι ἐπερχόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντίοι ἔσταν ἅπαντες. 535 
Ὡς ὁ μὲν ἔνθα καθέζετ᾽ ἐπὶ ϑρόνου " οὐδέ μιν Ἥρη 
᾿Ἠγνοίησεν ἰδοῦσ᾽, ὅτι οἱ συμφράσσατο βουλὰς ὁ 
᾿Αργυρόπεζα θέτις, ϑυγάτηρ ἁλίοιο γέροντος. 
Αὐτέκα κερτομίοισι Δία Kpoviwva προςηύδα " 


Τίς δ᾽ αὖ τοι, δολομῆτα, ϑεῶν συμφράσσατο βουλάς ; 540 
Alet τοι φίλον ἐστὶν, ἐμεῦ ἀπονόσφιν ἐόντα 
Κρυπτάδια φρονέοντα δικαζέμεν " οὐδέ τί πώ μοι 
Πρόφρων τέτληκας εἰπεῖν ἔπος ὅττι νοήσῃς. 

Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείθετ᾽ ἔπειτα, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε ϑεῶν τε" 
Ἥρη, μὴ δὴ πάντας ἐμοὺς ἐπιέλπεο ᾿ὐΘΟΒς 545 
Εἰδήσειν + χαλεποί Tot ἔσοντ’, ἀλόχῳ Ἐξ ἐούσῃ. 

"AAW ὃν μέν κ᾽ ἐπιεικὲς a ἀκουέμεν, οὔτις ἔπειτα 
Οὔτε ϑεῶν πρότερος τόνγ᾽ εἴσεται, οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπων " 
Ὃν δέ κ᾽ ἐγὼν. ἀπάνευθε ϑεῶν ἐθέλωμι νοῆσαι, 
Μήτι σὺ ταῦτα γεν. Ta domme? μετάλλα. 550 
: , ἰ βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη" 
Αἰνότατε Kpelle ign y μῦθον εἶτος: ¢ 
. κα λιν σε πάρος γ᾽ « οὔτ᾽ εἴρομαι, οὔτε μεταλλῶ- 
᾿Αλλὰ μάλ᾽ εὔκηλος τ τὰ φράξεαι, doo’ ἐθέλῃσθα. 
Now δ᾽ αἰνῶς « δείδοικα κατὰ φρένα, μή σε παρείπῃ 555 
᾿Αργυρόπεζα, Θέτις, ϑυγάτηρ. ἁλίοιο γέροντος. 
"Hepin γὰρ ootye , Kal Adbe γούνων - 
Τῇ σ᾽ ὀΐω κατανεῦσαι ἐτήτυμον, ὡς ᾿Αχιλῆα 
Tysons, ὀλέσῃς δὲ πολέας ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Ρ δ᾽ ἀπαμειθόμενος προςέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς" 560 
B2 


ξς; 


18 BOOK L 


Aatuovin, αἰεὶ μὲν dieat, οὐδέ σε λήθω" 

Πρῆξαι δ᾽ ἔμπης οὔτι δυνήσεαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ ϑυμοῦ 
Μᾶλλον ἐμοὶ ἔσεαι > τὸ δέ τοι καὶ ῥίγιον ἔσται. 

Ei δ᾽ οὕτω τοῦτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι. 
᾽Αλλ᾽ ἀκέουσα κάθησο, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ἐπιπείθεο μύθῳ" 

Μή νύ τοι οὐ χραίσμωσιν ὅσοι ϑεοί εἰσ᾽ ἐν Ὀλύμπῳ, 
ἾΑσσον ἰόνθ᾽ ὅτε κέν τοι ἀάπτους χεῖρας ἐφείω. 


Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ - ἔδδεισεν δὲ βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη " 
Καί ῥ᾽ ἀκέουσα καθῆστο, ἐπιγνάμψασα φίλον Kip: 
Ὥχθησαν δ᾽ ἀνὰ δῶμα Διὸς ϑεοὶ Οὐρανίωνες... 
Τοῖσιν δ' Ἥφαιστος κλυτοτέχνης ἦρχ᾽ ἀγορεύειν 
Μητρὶ φίλῃ ἐπίηρα φέρων λευκωλένῳ Ἥρῃ ᾽ 


Ἦ δὴ λοίγια ἔργα τάδ᾽ ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἀνεκτά, 
Ei δὴ σφὼ ἕνεκα ϑνητῶν ἐριδαίνετον ὧδε, 
Ἔν δὲ ϑεοῖσι κολῳὸν ἐλαύνετον " οὐδέ τι δαιτὸς ~ 
᾿ἘΕσθλῆς ἔσσεται ἧδος, ἐπεὶ τὰ χερείονα νικᾷ. 
Μητρὶ δ᾽ ἐγὼ παράφημι, καὶ αὐτῇ περ νοεούσῃ, 
Πατρὶ φίλῳ ἐπίηρα φέρειν Διὶ, ὄφρα μὴ αὗτε 
Νεικείῃσι πατήρ, σὺν δ᾽ ἧμιν δαῖτα ταράξῃ. 
Eimep γάρ x’ ἐθέλῃσιν ᾽Ολύμπιος ἀστεροπητὴς 
"EE ἑδέων στυφελίξαι - ὃ γὰρ πολὺ φέρτατός ἐστιν. 
᾿Αλλὰ σὺ τόνγ᾽ ἐπέεσσι καθάπτεσθαι μαλακοῖσιν " 
Αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵλαος ᾽Ολύμπιος ἔσσεται ἡμῖν. 

Ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἔφη καὶ ἀναΐξας δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον 
Μητρὶ φίλῃ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει, Kai μιν προςέειπεν " 


TérAaht, μῆτερ ἐμή, καὶ ἀνάσχεο, κηδομένη π΄ 
Μή σε, φίλην περ ἐοῦσαν, ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδωμαι 


Θεινομένην " τότε δ᾽ οὔτι δυνήσομαι, ἀχνύμενός περ, 


Χραισμεῖν > ἀργαλέος yap ᾽Ολύμπιος ἀντιφέρεσθαι. 
Ἤδη γάρ με καὶ ἄλλοτ᾽ ἀλεξέμεναι μεμαῶτα 
‘Pipe ποδὸς τεταγὼν ἀπὸ βηλοῦ ϑεσπεσίοιο. 

Πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ φερόμην, ἅμα δ᾽ ἠελέῳ καταδύντι 
Κάππεσον ἐν Λήμνῳ - ὀλίγος δ᾽ ἔτι ϑυμὸς ἐνῆεν" 
Ἔνθα με Σίντιες ἄνδρες ἄφαρ κομίσαντο πεσόντα. 


565 


570 


575 


580 


585 


BOOK tL 


Ὡς φάτο" μείδησεν δὲ Sed λευκώλενος Ἥρη" 
Μειδήσασα δὲ παιδὸς ἐδέξατο χειρὶ κύπελλον. 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ τοῖς ἄλλοισι ϑεοῖς ἐνδέξια πᾶσιν 
Οἰνοχόει γλυκὺ νέκταρ ἀπὸ κρητῆρος ἀφύσσων. 
ἼΛσθεστος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐνῶρτο γέλως μακάρεσσι ϑεοῖσιν, 
‘Q¢ ἴδον Ἥφαιστον διὰ δώματα ποιπνύοντα. 


Ὡς τότε μὲν πρόπαν ἦμαρ ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα 
Δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι ϑυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης, 
Οὐ μὲν φόρμιγγος περικαλλέος, ἣν ἔχ᾽ er, 
Μουσάων 9’, al ἄειδον ἀμειθόμεναι ὀπὲ 


Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατέδυ λαμπρὸν φάος ἦε 
Οἱ μὲν κακκείοντες ἔθαν οἱκόνδε ἕκαστος, 
"Hye ἑκάστῳ δῶμα περικλυτὸς ᾿Αμφιγνήεις 
Ἥφαιστος ποίησεν ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν. 

Ζεὺς δὲ πρὸς ὃν λέχος ἤϊ᾽ ᾽᾿οΟλύμπιος ἀστεροπητής, 


Ἔνθα πάρος κοιμᾶθ᾽, ὅτε μιν γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἱκάνοι " 
Ἔνθα καθεῦδ᾽ ἀναθάς - παρὰ δὲ χρυσόθρονος Ἥρη. 


Firrtid Fel, IF pete 


19 
595 


600 


605 


610 


HOMER’S ILIAD. 


oe (ow Pali \w. 


BOOK IL. 


ἼΛλλοι μέν pa ϑεοΐ τε καὶ ἄνδρες ἱπποκορυσταὶ 
Εὖδον παννύχιοι. Δία δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχε νήδυμος ὕπνος" 
"AAW ὅγε μερμήριζε κατὰ φρένα, ὡς ᾿Αχιλῆα 
Τιμήσῃ, ὀλέσῃ δὲ πολέας ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Ἥδε δέ οἱ κατὰ ϑυμὸν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλῆ, 


Πέμψαι ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι οὗλον ὄνεϊρον " 


Kai μὲν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προςηύδα. 


Βάσκ᾽ ἴθι, obde ὄνειρε, ϑοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν " 


Ἐλθὼν ἐς κλισίην ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρείδαο 
Πάντα wed ἀτρεκέως ἀγορευέμεν, ὡς ἐπιτέλλω. 
Θωρῆξαί ἑ κέλευε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Δαρκυὺς 
Πανσυδίῃ " νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοι πόλιν εὐρυάγυιαν 


Τρώων " οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἀμφὶς ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες 


᾿Αθάνατοι φράζονται" ἐπέγναμψεν γὰρ ἅπαντας 
Ἥρη λισσομένη " Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται. 


10 


15 


Ὡς φάτο" βῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὄνειρος, ἐπεὶ τὸν εὐδὸν Manas ἢ 


Καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκανε ϑοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν " 


Bi δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ’ ᾿Ατρείδην ᾿Αγαμέμνονα + τὸν δ᾽ ἐκίχανεν 
Εὕδοντ᾽ ἐν κλισίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἀμθρόσιος κέχυθ᾽ ὕπνος. 


Στῆ δ᾽ dp’ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς Νηληΐῳ vir ἐοικώς, 


5Σ 


Νέστορι, τόν pa μάλιστα γερόντων τῖ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων" 


Τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προςεφώνεε ϑεῖος ὄνειρος * 
Εὕδεις, ᾿Ατρέος υἱὲ, δαΐφρονος, ἱπποδάμοιο ; 
Οὐ χρὴ παννύχιον εὕδειν βουληφόρον ἄνδρα, 


att ep 


BOOK It 


"Qu λαοί τ᾽ ἐπιτετράφαται, Kai τόσσα μέμηλεν. 


Nov’ ἐμέθεν ξύνες ὦκα " Διὸς δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἶμι, 
᾿Ὃς σεῦ ἄνευθεν ἐὼν μέγα κήδεται ἠδ᾽ ἐλεαίρει. 


Θωρῆξαΐ σε κέλευσε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
Πανσυδίῃ νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοις πόλιν εὐρυάγυιαν 
Τρώων. οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἀμφὶς Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες 
᾿Αθάνατοι φράζονται- ἐπέγναμψεν γὰρ ἅπαντας 
Ἥρη λισσομένη - Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται 

"Ex Διός. ᾿Αλλὰ σὺ σῇσιν ἔχε φρεσί, μηδέ σε λήθη 


Αἱρείτω, εὖτ᾽ ἄν σὲ μελίφρων ὕπνος ἀνήῃ. 


~ "Qe ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπεθήσετο" τὸν δ' ἔλιπ᾽ αὐτοῦ 


ΚΡ 


Ta φρονέοντ᾽ ἀνὰ ϑυμὸν, ἅ ῥ᾽ οὐ τελέεσθαι ἔμελλον. 
Φῆ yap by’ αἱρήσειν Ἰριάμου πόλιν ἤματι κείνῳ, 
Νήπιος - οὐδὲ τὰ ἤδη, ἅ pa Ζεὺς μήδετο ἔργα. 
Θήσειν yap ἔτ' ἔμελλεν ἐπ᾽ ἄλγεά τε στοναχάς τε 
Τρωσί τε καὶ Δαναοῖσι διὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας. 
Ἔγρετο δ᾽ ἐξ ὕπνου - Vein δέ μιν ἀμφέχυτ᾽ ὀμφή. 
Ἕζετο δ᾽ ὀρθωθείς . μαλακὸν δ᾽ ἔνδυνε χιτῶνα, 
Καλόν, νηγάτεον " περὶ δὲ μέγα βάλλετο φᾶρος " 
Ποσσὶ δ᾽ ὑπὸ λιπαροῖσιν ἐδήσατο καλὰ πέδιλα + 
᾿Αμφὶ δ᾽ ap’ ὦμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον. 
Εἵλετο δὲ σκῆπτρον πατρώϊον, ἄφθετον αἰεί" 

Σὺν τῷ ἔθη κατὰ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων. 


Ἠὼς μέν pa Sea 'προςεθήσετο μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον 


‘ fas φόως ἐρέουσα καὶ ἄλλοις ἀθανάτοισιν " 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ κ κηρύκεσσι. λεγυφθόγγοισι κέλευσεν 


I ἡρύθριον: ἀγορήνδε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς 


ov, τοὶ δ᾽ ἐπ γείροντο μάλ᾽ ὦκα. 


ete ak 


Bala δὲ πρῶτον ieee: ige γερόντων 


= Ἐπ ΠΝ παρὰ νηΐ Πυλοιγενέος βασιλῆος" 
ee Γοὺς a συγκαλέσας πυκινὴν ἠρτύνετο βουλήν - 


τε, φίλοι" ϑεῖός μοι ἐνύπνιον ἦλθεν ὄνειρος 


2 Aue 2 σίην διὰ νύκτα" μάλιστα δὲ Νέστορι δίῳ 


21 
20 


30 


35 


40 


45 


50 


55 


22 BOOK II. 


Eldéc τε μέγεθός τε, φυήν T° ἄγχιστα ἐῴκει. 
Στῆ δ᾽ ap’ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς, καί με πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν" 
Εὕδεις, ᾿Ατρέος υἱὲ, δαΐφρονος, ἱπποδάμοιο ; 60 
Οὐ χρὴ παννύχιον εὕδειν βουληφόρον ἄνδρα, 
"Qt λαοί 7’ ἐπιτετράφαται, καὶ τόσσα μέμηλεν. 
Nov δ᾽ ἐμέθεν ξύνες ὦκα - Διὸς δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἰμι, 
Ὃς σεῦ ἄνευθεν ἐὼν μέγα κήδεται ἠδ᾽ ἐλεαίρει. 
Θωρῆξαί σε κέλευσε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς 65 
Ilavovdin: νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοις πόλιν εὐρυάγυιαν 
Τρώων - ov γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἀμφὶς ᾽Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες 
᾿Αθάνατοι φράζονται" ἐπέγναμψεν γὰρ ἅπαντας 
_ Ἥρη λισσομένη " Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται 

Ἔκ Διός " ἀλλὰ σὺ σῇσιν ἔχε φρεσίν.----Ὡς ὁ μὲν εἰπὼν 70 
"Quyer’ ἀποπτάμενος, ἐμὲ δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἀνῆκεν. 

PSALM ἄγετ᾽, αἴ κέν πως ϑωρήξομεν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Πρῶτα & ἐγὼν ἔπεσιν πειρήσομαι, ἣ ϑέμις ἐστίν, 
Καὶ φεύγειν σὺν νηυσὶ πολυκλήϊσι κελεύσω" 


Ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος ἐρητύειν ἐπέεσσιν. "5 ἕ | 
Ἤτοι by’ ὡς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ dp’ ἕζετο. Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνέστη ie 


Νέστωρ, ὅς pa Πύλοιο ἄναξ ἣν ἠμαθόεντος " 
Ὅ σφιν ἐδφρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν " 
Ὦ φέλοι, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες, 
Εἰ μέν τις τὸν ὄνειρον ᾿Αχαιῶν ἄλλος ἔνισπεν, — 
ψεῦδός κεν φαῖμεν, καὶ νοσφιζοίμεθα μᾶλλον + ; 
Nov δ᾽ ἴδεν ὃς μέγ᾽ ἄριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν εὔχεται εἶναι. «Ὁ 
᾿Αλλ’ ἄγετ᾽, αἴ κέν πως ϑωρήξομεν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας βουλῆς ἐξ ἦρχε νέεσθαι. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπανέστησαν, πείθοντό τε ποιμένι λαῶν, 
Σκηπτοῦχοι βασιλῆες " ἐπεσσεύοντο δὲ λαοί. 
ἮἨῦτε ἔθνεα εἶσι μελισσάων ἀδινάων, 
Πέτρης ἐκ γλαφυρῆς αἰεὶ νέον ἐρχομενάων " 
Βοτρυδὸν δὲ πέτονται ἐπ᾽ ἄνθεσιν εἰαρινοῖσιν * 
Al μέν τ᾽ ἔνθα ἅλις πεποτήαται, al δέ τε ἔνθα " a 
Ὡς τῶν ἔθνεα πολλὰ νεῶν ἄπο Kal κλιιάων τὶ 
2 : % 


“ 


» ἡ “ῷ 


peer 


BOOK II. 23 


Ἠϊόνος προπάροιθε βαθείης ἐστιχόωντο 

Ἰλαδὸν εἰς ἀγορήν " μετὰ δὲ σφίσιν Ὄσσα δεδήει. 
Ὀτρύνουσ᾽ ἰέναι, Διὸς ἄγγελος - οἱ δ᾽ ἀγέροντο. 

Τετρήχει δ᾽ ἀγορή, ὑπὸ δὲ στεναχίζετο yaia 95 
Λαῶν ἱζόντων, ὅμαδος δ᾽ ἣν - ἐννέα δέ σῴεας 

Κήρυκες βοόωντες ἐρήτυον, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἀὐτῆς 

Σχοίατ᾽, ἀκούσειαν δὲ Διοτρεφέων βασιλήων. 

Σπουδῇ δ᾽ ἕζετο λαός, ἐρήτυθεν δὲ καθ᾽ ἕδρας 

Παυσάμενοι κλαγγῆς " ἀνὰ δὲ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων 100 
Ἔστη σκῆπτρον ἔχων, τὸ μὲν Ἥφαιστος κάμε τεύχων, 
Ἥφαιστος μὲν δῶκε Διὲ Kpoviwve ἄνακτι" 

Αὐτὰρ ἄρα Ζεὺς δῶκε διακτόρῳ ᾿Αργειφόντῃ " 

Ἑρμείας δὲ ἄναξ δῶκεν ἸΤέλοπι πληξίππῳ " 

Αὐτὰρ ὁ αὗτε Πέλοψ δῶκ᾽ ᾿Ατρέϊ, ποιμένι λαῶν " 105 
᾿Ατρεὺς δὲ ϑνήσκων ἔλιπεν πολύαρνι Θυέστῃ" 

Αὐτὰρ 6 αὗτε Θυέστ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι λεῖπε φορῆναι, 
Πολλῇσιν νήσοισι καὶ “Apyst παντὶ ἀνάσσειν. 

Τῷ ὅγ᾽ ἐρεισάμενος Exe’ ᾿Αργείοισι μετηύδα" 


Ὧ φέλοι, ἥρωες Δαναοί, ϑεράποντες “Apnoc, 110 
Ζεύς με μέγα ἹΚρονίδης ἄτῃ ἐνέδησε βαρείῃ" 
Σχέτλιος, ὃς πρὶν ΜΕᾺ μοι ὑπέσχετο καὶ κατένευσεν 
Ἴλεον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ εὐτείχεον ἀπονέεσθαι " 
Nov δὲ κακὴν ἀπάτην βουλεύσατο, καί με κελεύει 
Δυςκλέα "Apyoc ἱκέσθαι, ἐπεὶ πολὺν ὥλεσα λαόν. 11 
Οὕτω που Διὶ μέλλει ὑπερμενέϊ φίλον εἶναι, 


Ὃς δὴ πολλάων πολίων κατέλυσε κάρηνα, 


"HS ἔτι καὶ λύσει " τοῦ γὰρ κρᾶτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον. 
᾿λἰσχρὸν. γὰρ τόδε γ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ ἐσσομένοισι πυθέσθαι, 
οὕτω τοιόνδε τοσόνδε τε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν 120 
πόλεμον πολεμίζειν, ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι 
᾿Ανδράσι παυροτέροισι, τέλος δ᾽ οὔπω τι πέφανται. 
sp γάρ κ᾽ ἐθέλοιμεν ᾿Αχαιοί τε Ὑρῶές τε 
| πιστὰ ταμόντες ἀριθμηθήμεναι ἄμφω, 
᾿ ae eerie ὅσσοι ἔασιν, 125 


24 BOOK Il. 


Ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐς δεκάδας διακοσμηθεῖμεν ᾿Α χαιοί, 

Τρώων δ᾽ ἄνδρα ἕκαστον ἑλοίμεθα οἰνοχοεύειν " - 

TloAAai κεν δεκάδες devoiaro οἰνοχόοιο. 

Τόσσον ἐγώ φημὶ πλέας ἔμμεναι υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν 

Τρώων, οἱ ναίουσι κατὰ πτόλιν " ἀλλ᾽ ἐπίκουροι 180 

πολλέων ἐκ πολίων ἐγχέσπαλοι ἄνδρες ἔασιν, 

Οἵ με μέγα πλάζουσι, καὶ οὐκ εἰῶσ᾽ ἐθέλοντα 

Ἰλίου ἐκπέρσαι εὐναιόμενον πτολίεθρον. 

’"Evvéa δὴ βεθάασι Διὸς μεγάλου ἐνιαυτοΐ, 

Καὶ δὴ δοῦρα σέσηπε νεῶν, καὶ σπάρτα λέλυνται " 135 

Αἱ δέ που ἡμέτεραΐ τ᾽ ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 

Εζατ᾽ évi μεγάροις ποτιδέγμεναι - ἄμμι δὲ ἔργον 

Αὔτως ἀκράαντον, οὗ εἵνεκα δεῦρ᾽ ἱκόμεσθα. 

"AAW ἄγεθ', ὡς ἂν ἐγὼν εἴπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες " 

Φεύγωμεν σὺν νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν" 140 

Οὐ γὰρ ἔτι Τροίην αἱρήσομεν εὐρυάγυιαν. a 
Ὡς φάτο" τοῖσι δὲ ϑυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὄρινεν 

Πᾶσι μετὰ πληθὺν, ὅσοι οὐ βουλῆς ἐπάκουσαν. 

Κινήθη δ᾽ ἀγορὴ, ὡς κύματα μακρὰ ϑαλάσσης," 

Πόντου Ἰκαρίοιο, τὰ μὲν τ᾽ Evdpoc τε Νότος τε 145 

*Qpop’ ἐπαΐξας πατρὸς Διὸς ἐκ νεφελάων. ἷ 

“Ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε κινήσῃ Ζέφυρος βαθὺ λήϊον ἐλθών, 

Λάθρος ἐπαιγίζων, ἐπί τ᾽ ἠμύει ἀσταχύεσσιν " 

Ὡς τῶν πᾶσ᾽ ἀγορὴ κινήθη. Tot δ᾽ ἀλαλητῷ 

Νῆας ἔπ᾽ ἐσσεύοντο, ποδῶν δ᾽ ὑπένερθε κονίη 

Ἵστατ᾽ ἀειρομένη " τοὶ δ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι κέλευον 

ἍΛπτεσθαι νηῶν, ἠδ᾽ ἔχεαν εἰς ἅλα δῖαν " 

Οὐρούς 7” ἐξρξάθαιρον" ἀντὴ δ᾽ οὐρανὸν κεν 

Οἴκαδὲ ἱεμένων - ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἥρεον ἕρματα νηῶν. 
Ἔνθα κεν ᾿Αργείοισιν ὑπέρμορα νόστος ἐτύχθη, 

Ei μὴ hist es Bt ἘΡΑΤΩΝ ἔειπεν" 


Οὕτω δὴ οἱκόνδε φίλην ἐς tpi γαῖαν. 
᾿Αργεῖοι Sieg ἐπὶ εὐρέα νῶτα Dahon . 


BOOK If. 


Kao δέ κεν εὐχωλὴν τηριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ λίποιεν 
᾿Αργείην Ἑλένην, ἧς εἵνεκα πολλοὶ δρυμῶν 

Ἔν Τροίῃ ἀπόλοντο, φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ; 

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἴθι νῦν κατὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιζώνων- 

Σοῖς ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ἐρήτυε φῶτα ἕκαστον, 

Μηδ᾽ εἴα νῆας ἅλαδ᾽ ἑλκέμεν ἀμφιελίσσας. 

Ὡς par’: οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε Sed γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη. 
Βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα" 
[Καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκανε ϑοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν ‘y. 
Ripev ἔπειτ᾽ "Odvoja Ari μῆτιν ἀτάλαντον 
‘Eota6r’: οὐδ᾽ bye νηὸς ἐῦσσέλμοιο μελαίνης 
“ἽΑπτετ᾽, ἐπεί pv ἄχος κραδίην καὶ ϑυμὸν ἵκανεν. 

᾿ΤΑγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προςέφη γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη " 


Διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, πολυμήχαν᾽ Ὀδυσσεῦ, 
Οὕτω δὴ οἱκόνδε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν 
Φεύξεσθ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι πολυκλήϊσε πεσόντες ; 

Κὰδ δέ κεν εὐχωλὴν Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ λίποιτε 
᾿Αργείην Ἑλένην, ἧς εἵνεκα πολλοὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν 

Ἔν Τροίῃ ἀπόλοντο, φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ; 
᾿Αλλ; ἴθι νῦν κατὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν, μήδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐρώει " 
Σοῖς δ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ἐρήτυε φῶτα ἕκαστον, 
M70’ εἴα νῆας ἅλαδ᾽ ἑλκέμεν ἀμφιελέσσας. 

Ὡς φάθ᾽ - ὁ δὲ ξυνέηκε ϑεᾶς ὅπα φωνησάσης. 
Bi δὲ ϑέειν, ἀπὸ δὲ χλαῖναν βάλε". τὴν δ᾽ ἐκόμισσεν 
Κήρυξ Ἐὐρυθάτης ᾿Ιθακήσιος, ὅς οἱ ὀπήδει. 
Αὐτὸς δ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδεω ᾿Αγαμέμγονος ἀντίος ἐλθὼν 
Δέξατό οἱ σκῆπτρον πατρώϊον, ἄφθιτον αἰεί " 
Σὺν τῷ ἔθη κατὰ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων. 


Ὅντινα μὲν βασιλῆα καὶ ἔξοχον ἄνδρα κιχείη, 
Tow δ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ἐρητύσασκε παραστάς " 


Ἂς 


ἐμόνι᾽, οὔ σε ἔοικε, κακὸν ὥς, δειδίσσεσθαι + 
Ὗς Cabri τε κάθησο, Kai ἄλλους idpve λαούς. 
Οὐ yap πῳ σάφα οἷσθ᾽, οἷος νόος ᾿Ατρείωνος " 


160 


165 


170 


175 


180 


185 


190 - 


26 BOOK IL 


Nov μὲν πειρᾶται, τάχα δ᾽ ἴψεται υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Ἐν βουλῇ δ᾽ οὐ πάντες ἀκούσαμεν οἷον ἔειπεν. 
Μή τι χολωσάμενος ῥέξῃ κακὸν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 195 
Θυμὸς δὲ μέγας" ἐστὶ Διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος " 
Τιμὴ δ᾽ ἐκ Διός ἐστι, φιλεῖ δέ ἑ μητίετα Ζεύς. 
Ὃν δ᾽ αὖ δήμου τ᾽ ἄνδρα ἴδοι, βούωντά 7’ ἐφεύροι, 
Τὸν σκήπτρῳ ἐλάσασκεν, ὁμοκλήσασκέ τε μύθῳ" 


Δαιμόνι᾽, ἀτρέμας ἧσο, καὶ ἄλλων μῦθον ἄκονε, 200 
Ot σέο φέρτεροί εἶσι > σὺ δ᾽ ἀπτόλεμος καὶ ἄναλκις, 
Οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐν πολέμῳ ἐναρίθμιος, οὔτ᾽ ἐνὶ βουλῇ. 
Οὐ μέν πως πάντες βασιλεύσομεν ἐνθάδ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί" 
Οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη " εἷς κοίρανος ἔστω, 
Εἷς βασιλεύς, ᾧ ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω.,ἁ 205 
ΓΣκῆπτρόν 7 ἠδὲ ϑέμιστας, ἵνα σφίσι βασιλεύῃ.] 

Ὡς bye κοιρανέων diene στρατόν " οἱ δ᾽ ἀγορήνδε 
Adtic ἐπεσσεύοντο νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων 
Ἠχῇ, ὡς ὅτε κῦμα πολυφλοίσθοιο ϑαλάσσης 
Αἰγιαλῷ μεγάλῳ βρέμεται, σμαραγεῖ δέ τε πόντος. 210 


ἔλλλοι μέν ῥ᾽ ἕζοντο, ἐρήτυθεν δὲ καθ’ ἕδρας. 

Θερσίτης δ᾽ ἔτι μοῦνος ἀμετροεπὴς ἐκολῴα, 

Ὅς ῥ᾽ ἔπεα φρεσὶν ἧσιν ἄκοσμά τε πολλά τε ἤδη, 

Μὰψ, ἀτὰρ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον, ἐριζέμεναι. βασιλεῦσιν, 

᾽Αλλ᾽ ὅτι οἱ εἴσαιτο γελοίϊον ᾿Αργείοισιν 215 

Ἔμμεναι. Αἴσχιστος δὲ ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν " ᾿ 
ἈχΦολκὸς ἔην, χωλὸς δ᾽ ἕτερον πόδα " τὼ δέ οἱ ὥμω Oe 

Κυρτώ, ἐπὶ στῆθος συνοχωκότε " αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν x 


Φοξὸς Env κεφαλήν, ψεδνὴ δ᾽ ἐπενήνοθε λάχνη. Ae 2 

Ἔχθιστος δ᾽ ᾿Ἀχιλῆϊ μάλιστ᾽ ἣν. ἠδ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆϊ" ‘: 2 

Τὼ γὰρ νεικείεσκε - τότ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι δίῳ YE i 
<= 


Ὀξέα κεκληγὼς λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα " τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾽'Αλχὶ ὃ 

«Ἐκπάγλως κοτέοντο, νεμέσσηθέν τ᾽ évi Suu@. > 

Αὐτὰρ ὁ μακρὰ βοῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνονα νείκεε μύθῳ", 
’Atpsidn, τέο δ᾽ adr’ ἐπιμέμφεαι ἠδὲ χατίζεις 3 


BOOK It 


Πλεῖαΐ τοι χαλκοῦ κλισίαι, πολλαὶ δὲ γυναῖκες 
Εἰσὶν ἐνὶ κλισίῃς ἐξαίρετοι, ἅς τοι ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
Πρωτίστῳ δίδομεν, εὖτ᾽ ἂν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν. 

Ἢ ἔτι καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐπιδεύεαι, ὅν κέ τις οἴσει 
Τρώων ἱπποδάμων ἐξ Ἰλίου, υἷος ἄποινα, 

Ὅν κεν ἐγὼ δήσας ἀγάγω, ἢ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν ; 

"He γυναῖκα νέην, ἵνα μίσγεαι ἐν φιλότητι, 
Ἥντ᾽ αὐτὸς ἀπονόσφι κατίσχεαι ;—ov μὲν ἔοικεν 
᾿Αρχὸν ἐόντα κακῶν ἐπιθασκέμεν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
"Q πέπονες, κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχε᾽, ᾿Αχαιΐδες, οὐκέτ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοΐ, 
Οἴκαδέ περ σὺν νηυσὶ νεώμεθα " τόνδε δ᾽ ἐῶμεν 
Αὐτοῦ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ γέρα πεσσέμεν, «ὄφρα ἴδηται, 

Ἤ ῥά τί οἵ χ᾽ ἡμεῖς προςαμύνομεν, ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί" 
Ὃς καὶ νῦν ᾿Αχιλῆα, ἕο μέγ᾽ ἀμείνονα φῶτα, 
Ἠτίμησεν " ἑλὼν γὰρ ἔχει γέρας, αὐτὸς ἀπούρας. 


27 


230 


235 


240 


᾿Αλλὰ μάλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ χόλος φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ μεθήμων - 


Ἦ γὰρ ἄν, ᾿Ατρείδη, νῦν ὕστατα λωθήσαιο. 


Ὡς φάτο νεικείων ᾿Αγαμέμνηνα, ποιμένα λαῶν, 
Θερσίτης - τῷ δ᾽ ὦκα παρίστατο δῖος ᾽Οδυσσεὺς, 
Καί μιν ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν χαλεπῷ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ" 


Θερσῖτ᾽ ἀκριτόμυθε, λεγύς περ ἐὼν ἀγορητής, 
Ἴσχεο, μηδ᾽ ἔθελ᾽ οἷος ἐριζέμεναι βασιλεῦσιν. 
Οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ σέο φημὶ χερειότερον βροτὸν ἄλλον 
Ἔμμεναι; ὅσσοι ἅμ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδῃς. ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθον. 
Τῷ οὐκ ἂν βασιλῆας ἀνὰ στόμ᾽ ἔχων ἀγορεύοις, ἡ 


‘Kai σφιν ὀνείδεά τε προφέροις, νόστον τε φυλάσσοις. 


Ὃ οὐδέ τί πω σάφα ἴδμεν, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα, 
. Ἢ εὖ ἠὲ κακῶς νοστήσομεν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
[To νῦν ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ποιμένι λαῶν, 
Hoar ὀνειδίζων, ὅτε οἱ μάλα πολλὰ διδοῦσιν 
“Ἥρωες Δαναοί σὺ δὲ κερτομέων ἀγορεύεις. 
gaa ἔκ τοι ἐρέω, τὸ δὲ καὶ τετελεσμένον & ἔσται, 
ἰ Li cod σ᾽ he ts κιχήσομαι, ὥς νύ περ ὧδε, 
τ᾽ ᾿᾽Οδυσῆξ κάρη ὦμοισιν ἐπείη, 


245 


250 


255 


28 BOOK IL 


Μηδ᾽ ἔτι Τηλεμάχοιο πατὴρ κεκλημένος εἴην, 

Ei μὴ ἐγώ σε λαθὼν ἀπὸ μὲν φίλα εἵματα δύσω, 
Χλαϊῖνάν 7 ἠδὲ χιτῶνα, τά τ᾽ αἰδῶ ἀμφικαλύπτει, 
Αὐτὸν δὲ κλαίοντα ϑοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἀφήσω 
Πεπληγὼς ἀγορῆθεν ἀεικέσσι πληγῇσιν. 


Ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἔφη - σκήπτρῳ δὲ μετάφρενον ἠδὲ καὶ ὥμω 
Πλῆξεν" ὃ δ᾽ ἰδνώθης ϑαλερὸν δέ οἱ ἔκπεσε δάκρυ. 
Σμῶδιξ δ᾽ αἱματόεσσα μεταφρένου ἐξυπανέστη 


Σκήπτρου ὕπο χρυσέου" 6 δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Eero, τάρθησέν τε" 


᾿λλγήσας δ᾽, ἀχρεῖον ἰδὼν, ἀπομόρξατο δάκρν. 
Οἱ δέ, καὶ ἀχνύμενοί περ, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ἡδὺ γέλασσαν " 
ὯΩΟΩδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον " 


“Ὦ πόποι, ἣ δὴ μυρί᾽ ᾿οδυσσεὺς ἐσθλὰ ἔοργεν 
Βουλάς τ᾽ ἐξάρχων ἀγαθὰς, πόλεμόν τε κορύσσων ", 
Nov δὲ τόδε μέγ᾽ ἄριστον ἐν ᾿Ἀργείοισιν ἔρεξεν, 
Ὃς τὸν λωθητῆρα ἐπεσθόλον ἔσχ᾽ ἀγοράων. 

Οὔ ϑήν μιν πάλιν αὗτις ἀνήσει ϑυμὸς ἀγήνωρ 
᾿ Νεικείειν βασιλῆας ὀνειδείοϊς ἐπέεσσιν. 


260 


265 


270 


275 


Ὡς φάσαν ἡ πληθύς " ἀνὰ δὲ πτολίπορθος Ὀδυσσεὺς - 


Ἔστη σκῆπτρον ἔχων---παρὰ δὲ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη 
Eldowévn κήρυκι σιωπᾶν λαὸν ἀνώγει, 

Ὡς ἅμα ϑ᾽ οἱ πρῶτοί τε καὶ ὕστατοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Μῦθον ἀκούσειαν, καὶ ἐπιφρασσαίατο βουλήν---- 

Ὅ σφιν ἐυφρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν " 


᾽᾿Ατρείδη, νῦν δή σε, ἄναξ, ἐθέλουσιν ᾽Αχαιοὶ 


Πᾶσιν ἐλέγχιστον ϑέμεναι μερόπεσσι βροτοῖσιν " 
Οὐδέ τοι ἐκτελέουσιν ὑπόσχεσιν, ἥνπερ ὑπέσταν 
Ἔνθάδ᾽ ἔτι στείχοντες ἀπ᾽ [Ἄργεος ἱπποδότοιο, 


280 


᾿ 
Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ εὐτείχεον ἀπονέεσθαι. + Sorts i 


“ὥςτε yap ἢ παῖδες veapol χῆραΐξ τε γυναῖκες, $52 


᾿Αλλήλοισιν ὀδύρονται οἱκόνδε νέεσθαι. 
Ἦ μὴν καὶ πόνος ἐστὶν ἀνιηθέντα νέεσθαι. 
Καὶ γάρ τίς 8 ἕνα μῆνα μένων ἀπὸ ἧς ἀλόχοιο 


BOOK It. 


᾿Ασχαλάᾳ σὺν νηΐ πολυζύγῳ, ὅνπερ ἄελλαι 
Χειμέριαι εἰλέωσιν ὀρινομένη τε ϑάλασσα " 

Ἡμῖν δ᾽ εἴνατός ἐστι περιτροπέων ἐνιαυτὸς 
᾿Ἔνθάδε μιμνόντεσσι. Te ov νεμεσίζομ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
᾿Ασχαλάαν παρὰ νησνσὲ κορωνίσιν - ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης 
Αἰσχρόν τοι δηρόν τε μένειν, κενεόν τε νέεσθαι. 
Ῥλῆτε, φίλοι, καὶ μείνατ᾽ ἐπὶ χρόνον, ὄφρα δαῶμεν, 
Ἢ ἐτεὸν Κάλχας μαντεύεται, ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί. 

Εὖ γὰρ δὴ τόδε ἴδμεν évi φρεόίν " ἐστὲ δὲ πάντες 
Μάρτυροι, οὺς μὴ Κῆρες ἔθαν ϑανάτοιο φέρουσαι " 
Χθιζά τε καὶ πρώϊζ᾽, ὅτ᾽ ἐς Αὐλίδα νῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Ἠγερέθοντο κακὰ Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ φέρουσαι " 
Ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἀμφὶ περὲ κρήνην ἱεροὺς κατὰ βωμοὺς 
Ἔρδομεν ἀθανάτοισι τεληέσσας ἑκατόμθας, " 

Καλῇ ὑπὸ πλατανίστῳ, ὅθεν ῥέεν ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ " 


"Ev? ἐφάνη μέγα σῆμα" δράκων ἐπὶ νῶτα δαφοινός, 


Σμερδαλέος, τόν p’ αὐτὸς ᾽᾿Ολύμπιος ἧκε φόωςδε, 
Βωμοῦ ὑπαΐξας πρός pa πλατἄνιστον ὄρουσεν. " 
Ἔνθα & ἔσαν στρουθοῖο νεοσσοί, νήπια τέκνα, 
"Ow ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῳ πετάλοις ὑποπεπτηῶτες, 

Ὀκτώ, ἀτὰρ. μήτηρ ἐνάτη ἣν, ἣ νεώριον 

Ἔνθ᾽ ὅγε τοὺς ἐλεεινὰ wath σθιε : 
Μήτηρ δ᾽ ἀμφεποτᾶτο ὀδυρομένη φίλα + τέκνα" 
πτέρυγι p haber ἀμφιαχοῖαν. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ τέκν᾽ ἔφαγε στρουθοῖο, καὶ αὐτήν, 


᾿Αᾶαν γάρ ΤΣ ie ἐρήμου σοὶ ἀβξιδηρήριο: 


ΕΝ 


Ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἑσταότες ϑαυμάζομεν , οἷον ἐτύχθη. 


Ὡς οὖν δεινὰ prety eg εἰςῆλθ᾽ ἑκατόμθας, 

Κάλχας δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα ϑεοπροπέων ἀγόρευεν. 

ae ἀνέω ἐγ. , καρηκομόωντες. ᾿Αχαιοί; ; 
iv μὲν τόδ᾽ ἔφηνε τέρας μέγα͵ μητίετα Ζεὺς 

᾿ Ὄψιμον, ὀψιτέλεστον, ὅου κλέος οὔποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται. 


δι, 


᾿ ἴὩς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε στρουθοῖο καὶ αὐτήν, 


Ὀκτώ, ἀτὰρ μήτηρ ἐνάτη ἦν, ἣ τέκε τέκνα" 
C2 


29 


295 


300 


305 


310 


815 


320 


325 


90 BOOK Ik 


Ὡς ἡμεῖς τοσσαῦτ᾽ ἔτεα πτολεμίξομεν αὖθι, 

Τῷ δεκάτῳ δὲ πόλιν αἱρήσομεν εὐρυάγυιαν. 
Κεῖνός ϑ᾽ ὡς dyopeve τὰ δὴ νῦν πάντα τελεῖται. 
᾿Αλλ’ ἄγε μίμνετε πάντες, ἐδκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοΐ, 
Αὐτοῦ, εἰςόκεν ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμοιο ἕλωμεν. 


Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ - ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ ἴαχον---ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες 
Σμερδαλέον κονάθησαν ἀὐσάντων br’ ᾿Αχαιῶν---- 
Μῦθον ἐπαινήσαντες ᾿Οδυσσῆος ϑείοιο. 

“Τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπε Ρερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ * 


Ὃ πόποι, ἡ δὴ παισὶν ἐοικότες ἀγοράασθε 
Νηπιάχοις, οἷς οὔτι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα. 
Πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι τε καὶ ὅρκια βήσεται ἥμιν ; 
Ἐν πυρὶ δὴ βουλαί τε γενοίατο μήδεά τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν, 
Σπονδαΐί τ᾽ ἄκρητοι καὶ δεξιαὶ, ἧς ἐπέπιθμεν " 
Aitws γάρ ῥ᾽ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐριδαίνομεν, οὐδέ τι μῆχος ᾿ 
Εἰ ὑρέμεναι δυνάμεσθα, πολὺν χρόνον ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντες. 
᾿Ατρείδη, σὺ δ᾽ ἔθ᾽ ὡς πρὶν ἔχων ἀστεμφέα βουλὴν 
“Apyew’ ᾿Αργείοισι κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας " 
Τούςδε δ᾽ ἔα φθινύθειν, ἕνα καὶ δύο, τοί κεν ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Νόσφιν βουλεύωσ’---ἄνυσις δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσσεται αὐτῶν---- 
Πρὶν "Apyocd’ ἰέναι, πρὶν καὶ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο 
Τνώμεναι εἴτε ψεῦδος ὑπόσχεσις, ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί. 
Φημὶ γὰρ. οὖν κατανεῦσαι ὑπερμενέα Κρονίωνα 
Ἤματι τῷ, ὅτε νηυσὶν ἐπ᾽ ὠκυπόροισιν ἔθαινον 
᾿Αργεῖοι Τρώεσσι φόνον καὶ Kijpa φέροντες, 
᾿Αστράπτων ἐπιδέξι᾽, ἐναίσιμα σήματα φαίνων. 
Τῷ μήτις πρὶν ἐπειγέσθω οἱκόνδε νέεσθαι, 
Πρίν τινα πὰρ Τρώων ἀλόχῳ κατακοιμηθῆναι, 
Τίσασθαι δ᾽ ΕἙλένης ὁρμήματά τε στοναχάς τε. 
Ei δέ τις ἐκπάγλως ἐθέλει οἱκόνδε νέεσθαι, 
᾿Απτέσθω ἧς νηὺς ἐὐσσέλμοιο μελαίνης, 
Ὄφρα πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων ϑάνατον καὶ πότμον ἐπίσπῃ. 
᾿Αλλά, ἄναξ, αὐτός τ᾽ εὖ μήδεο, πείθεό τ᾽ ἄλλῳ " 
Οὔτοι ἀπόθλητον ἔπος ἔσσεται, ὅττι κε εἴπω" 


390 


.335 


340 


345 


350 


355 


360 


~ ἣν 


Ὗ iy sks 


BOOK Il. 31 


ν 


Kpiv’ ἄνδρας κατὰ φῦλα, κατὰ φρήτρας, ᾿Αγαμέμνον, 

‘Qe φρήτρη φρήτρῃφιν ἀρήγῃ, φῦλα δὲ φύλοις. 

Ei δέ κεν ὡς ἔρξῃς, καί τοι πείθωνται ᾿Αχαιοΐ, 

Τνώσῃ ἔπειθ᾽, ὅς ϑ᾽ ἡγεμόνων κακὸς, ὅς TE VY λαῶν, 365 
"HO ὅς κ᾽ ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι " κατὰ σφέας γὰρ μαχέονται " 
Γνώσεαι 0’, εἰ καὶ ϑεσπεσίῃ πόλεν οὐκ ἀλαπάξεις, 

Ἢ ἀνδρῶν κακότητι καὶ ἀφραδίῃ πολέμοιο. 


Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειθόμενος προςέφη κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων " 
Ἦ pay αὖτ᾽ ἀγορῇ νικᾶς, γέρον, υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 370 
Al γάρ, Ζεῦ te πάτερ. καὶ ᾿Αθηναίη καὶ "Ἄπολλον, 
Τοιοῦτοι δέκα μοι συμφράδμονες elev ᾿Αχαιῶν " 
Τῷ κε τάχ᾽ ἠμύσειε πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος, 
_ Xepoiv ὑφ᾽ ἡμετέρῃσιν ἁλοῦσά τε περθομένη τε. 
“Αλλά μοι αἰγίοχος Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν, 810. 
Ὅς με μετ᾽ ἀπρήκτους ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει. 
Καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼν ᾿Αχιλεύς τε μαχεσσάμεθ᾽ εἵνεκα κούρης 
᾿Αντιθίοις ἐπέεσσιν, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἦρχον χαλεπαίνων" 
Εἰ δέ ποτ᾽ ἔς γε μίαν βουλεύσομεν, οὐκέτ᾽ ἔπειτα 
Τρωσὶν ἀνάθλησις κακοῦ ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἠθαιόν. 380 
Nov & ἔρχεσθ᾽ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἵνα ξυνάγωμεν “Apna: 
Εὖ μέν τις δόρυ ϑηξάσθω, εὖ δ᾽ ἀσπίδα ϑέσθω, 
Εὖ δέ τις ἵπποισιν δεῖπνον δότω ὠκυπόδεσσιν, 
Ev δέ τις ἅρματος ἀμφὶς. ἰδὼν. πολέμοιο μεδέσθω " 
Ὥς κε πανημέριοι στυγερῷ κρινώμεθ᾽ "Apt. . 385 
Οὐ yap παυσωλή γε! Μετέσσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἠδαιόν,, 
Ei μὴ νὺξ ἐλθοῦσα διακρινέει. μένος ἀνδρῶν. 
Ἱδρώσει μέν τευ τελαμὼν ἀμφὶ στήθεσσιν 
 ᾿Ασπέδος ἀμφιθρότης, περὶ δ᾽ ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται" 
᾿Ἰδρώσει δέ rev ἵππος ἐύξοον ἅρμα τιταίνων. 390 
Ὃν δέ κ᾽ ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε μάχης ἐθέλοντα νοήσω 


Μιμνάζειν παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν, οὔ οἱ ἔπειτα 
"Άρκιον ἐσσεῖται φυγέειν κύνας ἠδ᾽ οἰωνούς. 


ὶ 


x Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ - ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ ἴαχον, ὡς ὅτε κῦμα 
herd ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῇ, ὅτε κινήσῃ Νότος ἐλθών, 395 


= * — e 


32 BOOK IL 


Προθλῆτιε σκοπέλῳ + τὸν δ᾽ οὔποτε κύματα λείπει 
Παντοίων ἀνέμων, ὅτ᾽ ἂν ἔνθ᾽ ἢ ἔνθα γένωνται. 
᾿Ανστάντες δ᾽ ὀρέοντο, κεδασθέντες κατὰ νῆας, 
Κάπνισσάν τε κατὰ κλισίας, καὶ δεῖπνον ἕλοντο. 
ἼΛλλος δ᾽ ἄλλῳ ἔρεζε ϑεῶν αἰειγενετάων, 
Εὐχόμενος ϑάνατόν τε φυγεῖν καὶ μῶλον “Apnoc. 
Αὐτὰρ ὃ βοῦν ἱέρευσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
Πίονα, πενταέτηρον, ὑπερμενέϊ Kpoviwre* 
Κέκλησκεν δὲ γέροντας ἀριστῆας Παναχαιῶν, 
Νέστορα μὲν πρώτιστα καὶ Ἰδομενῆα ἄνακτα, 
Αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ Αἴαντε δύω καὶ Τυδέος υἱόν, 
Ἕκτον δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Ὀδυσῆα, Act μῆτιν ἀτάλαντον. 
Αὐτόματος δέ οἱ ἦλθε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος - 
Ἤιδεε γὰρ κατὰ ϑυμὸν ἀδελφεὸν ὡς ἐπονεῖτο. 
Βοῦν δὲ περιστήσαντο, καὶ οὐλοχύτας ἀνέλοντο" 
Τοῖσιν δ᾽ εὐχόμενος μετέφη κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων > ἶ 


Ἂ χεῦ κύδιστε, μέγιστε, κελαινεφές, αἰθέρι ναίων, 
Μὴ πρὶν ἐπ᾽ ἠέλιον δῦναι, καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἐλθεῖν, 
Πρέν με κατὰ πρηνὲς βαλέειν Πριάμοιο μέλαθρον 
Αἰθαλόεν, πρῆσαι δὲ πυρὸς δηΐοιο ϑύρετρα, 
ἝἝκτόρεον δὲ χιτῶνα περὶ στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 
Χαλχῷ ῥωγαλέον " πολέες δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι 
Πρηνέες ἐν κονίῃσιν ὀδὰξ λαζοίατο γαῖαν. 


Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ - οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ οἱ ἐπεκραίαινε ἹΚρονίων " 


AAW ὅγε δέκτο μὲν ἱρά, πόνον δ᾽ ἀμέγαρτον ὄφελλεν " 


Αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ εὔξαντο, καὶ οὐλοχύτας προθάλοντο, 
Αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα, καὶ ἔσφαξαν καὶ ἔδειραν, 
Μηρούς 7’ ἐξέταμον, κατά τε κνίσῃ ἐκάλυψαν 
Δέπτυχα ποιήσαντες, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν δ᾽ ὠμοθέτησαν. 

Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄρ σχίζῃσιν ἀφύλλοισιν κατέκαιον " 
Σπλάγχνα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμπείρακσος ὑπείρεχον ‘Hpatoroto. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατὰ μῆρ᾽ ἐκάη, καὶ σπλάγχν᾽ ἐπάσαντο, 
Μίστυλλόν τ᾽ ἄρα τἄλλα καὶ ἀμφ᾽ ὀδελοῖσιν ἔπειραν, 
᾿ὨὭπτησάν τε περιφραδέως, ἐρύσαντό τε πάντα. 


400 


405 


410 


415 


420 


- 


BOOK Il 33 


Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου, τετύκοντό τε δαῖτα, 480 
Δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι ϑυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης. 

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο, 

Τοῖς ἄρα μύθων ἦρχε Τερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ" 


᾿Ατρείδη κύδιστε, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον, 
Μηκέτι δὴ νῦν αὖθι λεγώμεθα, μηδ᾽ ἔτι δηρὸν 435 
᾿Αμθαλλώμεθα ἔργον, ὁ δὴ ϑεὸς ἐγγναλίζει. 
᾽Αλλ᾽ ἄγε, κήρυκες μὲν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων 
Λαὸν κηρύσσοντες ἀγειρόντων κατὰ νῆας " 
Ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἀθρόοι ὧδε κατὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Ἴομεν, ὄφρα κε ϑᾶσσον ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna. 440 


Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ + οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων " 
Αὐτίκα κηρύκεσσι λιγυφθόγγοισι κέλευσεν 
Κηρύσσειν πόλεμόνδε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 
Οἱ μὲν ἐκήρυσσον, τοὶ δ᾽ ἠγείροντο μάλ᾽ ὦκα. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρείωνα Διοτρεφέες βασιλῆες 445 
Θῦνον κρίνοντες " μετὰ δὲ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη 
Αἰγίδ᾽ ἔχουσ᾽ ἐρίτιμον, ἀγήραον, ἀθανάτην τε" 
Τῆς ἑκατόν ϑύσανοι παγχρύσεοι ἠερέθονται, 
Πάντες ἐὐπλεκέες, ἑκατόμθοιος δὲ ἕκαστος, 
Σὺν τῇ παιφάδαθυῃσα διέσσυτο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν ᾿ 450 
Ὀτρύνουσ᾽ ἰέναι " ἐν δὲ σθένος ὦρσεν ἑκάστῳ 
Καρδίῃ ἄλληκτον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι. 
Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἄφαρ πόλεμος γλυκίων γένετ᾽ ἠὲ νέεσθαι 
Ἐν νηυσὶ γλαφυρῇσι φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν. 


Ἦ τε πῦρ ἀΐδηλον ἐπιφλέγει ἄσπετον ὕλην 455 
Οὔρεος ἐν κορυφῆς, ἕκαθεν δέ τε φαίνεται αὐγή " 
“Qe τῶν ἐρχομένων ἀπὸ χαλκοῦ ϑεσπεσίοίο 
Αἴγλη παμφανόωσα dv αἰθέρος οὐρανὸν ἵκεν. 


Τῶν δ᾽, ὥςτ᾽ ὀρνίθων πετεηνῶν ἔθνεα πολλά, 
“Χηνῶν ἢ γεράνων ἢ κύκνων δουλιχοδείρων, 460 
Asia ἐν λειμῶνι, ἹΚαὐστρίδυ audi ῥέεθρα, 
Ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα ποτῶνται ἀγαλλόμενα πτερύγεσσιν, 


94 BOOK Il. 


Κλαγγηδὸν προκαθιζόντων, σμαραγεῖ δέ τε λειμών " 

Ὡς τῶν ἔθνεα πολλὰ νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων 

Ἔς πεδίον προχέοντο Σκαμάνδριον " αὐτὰρ ὑπὸ χθὼν 465 
Σμερδαλέον κονάθιζε ποδῶν αὐτῶν τε καὶ ἵππων. 

Ἔσταν δ' ἐν λειμῶνι Σκαμανδρίῳ ἀνθεμόεντι 

Μυρίοι; ὅσσα τε φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ. 


"Hite μυιάων ἀδινάων ἔθνεα πολλά, 
Aire κατὰ σταθμὸν ποιμνήϊον ἠλάσκουσιν 470 
“Opn ἐν εἰαρινῇ, bre Te γλάγος dyyea δεύει " 
Τόσσοι ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι καρηκομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
Ἐν πεδίῳ ἵσταντο, διαῤῥαῖσαι μεμαῶτες. 


Τοὺς δ᾽, ὥςτ᾽ αἰπόλια πλατέ᾽ αἰγῶν αἰπόλοι ἄνδρες 
‘Peta διακρίνωσιν, ἐπεί κε νομῷ μιγέωσιν " 475 
Ὡς τοὺς ἡγεμόνες διεκόσμεον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 
“Ὑσμίνηνδ᾽ ἰέναι" μετὰ δὲ κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων, ~ 
Ὄμματα καὶ κεφαλὴν ἴκελος Διὶ τερπικεραύνῳ, 

"Αρεΐ δὲ ζώνην, στέρνον δὲ ἸΤοσειδάωνι. 


"Hite βοῦς ἀγέλῃφι μέγ᾽ ἔξοχος ἔπλετο πάντων 480 
Ταῦρος " ὃ γάρ τε βόεσσι μεταπρέπει ἀγρομένῃσιν * 

Τοῖον ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδην ϑῆκε Ζεὺς ἤματι κείνῳ, 

Ἔκπρεπέ᾽ ἐν πολλοῖσι καὶ ἔξοχον ἡρώεσσιν. ὁ. 


Ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι ᾽Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι " 
Ὑμεῖς yap ϑεαί ἐστε, πάρεστέ τε, ἴστε τε πάντα, 485 
Ἡμεῖς δὲ κλέος οἷον ἀκούομεν, οὐδέ τι ἴδμεν" 

Οἵτινες ἡγεμόνες Δαναῶν καὶ κοίρανοι ἧσαν. ~ 

πληθὺν δ᾽ obt ἂν ἐγὼ μυθήσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ὀνομήνω " 

Οὐδ᾽ εἴ μοι δέκα μὲν γλῶσσαι, δέκα δὲ στόματ᾽ εἶεν, 

Φωνὴ δ᾽ ἄῤῥηκτος, χάλκεον δέ μοι ἧτορ ἐνείη " 490 
Ei μὴ ᾿Ολυμπιάδες Μοῦσαι, Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο 

Θυγατέρες, μνησαίαθ᾽, ὅσοι ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθον. 

᾿λρχοὺς αὖ νηῶν ἐρέω, νῆάς τε προπάσας. 

Βοιωτῶν μὲν Πηνέλεως καὶ "Λήϊτος ἦρχον, 
᾿Αρκεσίλαός τε ἸΤροθοήνωρ te KAoviog τε" 495 


BOOK It 35 


Οὗ 3 Ὑρίην ἐνέμοντο καὶ Αὐλίδα πετρήεσσαν, 
Σχοῖνόν τε Σκῶλόν τε, πολύκνημόν τ᾽ "ETEwvor, 
Θέσπειαν, Τραϊάν τε καὶ εὐρύχορον Μυκαλησσόν, 
Οὗ τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ “Apw ἐνέμοντο καὶ Ἐϊλέσιον καὶ "Ερύθρας, 
Οἵ τ᾽ ᾿Ελεῶν᾽ εἶχον ἠδ᾽ Ὕλην καὶ Πετεῶνα, 500 
᾿Ὡκαλέην, Μεδεῶνά τ’, &ixtipevov πτολίεθρον, 
Κώπας, Ἑὔτρησίν τε, πολυτρήρωνά τε Θίσθην, 
Οἵ τε Κορώνειαν καὶ ποιήενθ᾽ "Αλίαρτον, 
Οἵ τε Πλάταιαν ἔχον, ἠδ᾽ of Τλίσαντ᾽ ἐνέμοντο, 
Οἵ ϑ᾽ ‘YroOjbac εἶχον, ἐὐκτίμενον πτολίεθρον, 505 
᾽"Ὄγχηστόν 3, ἱερὸν ἸΠοσιδήϊον ἀγλαὸν ἄλσος, 
Οἵ τε πολυστάφυλον Ἄρνην ἔχον, οἵ τε Μίδειαν, 
Νῖσάν τε ζαθέην, ᾿Ανθηδόνα 7’ ἐσχατόωσαν " 
Tov μὲν πεντήκοντα νέες κίον - ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ 
Κοῦροι Βοιωτῶν ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι βαῖνον. 510 
Οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Ασπληδόνα ναῖον id’ Ὀρχομενὸν Μινύειον, 
Τῶν ipy’ ᾿Ασκάλαφος καὶ Ἰάλμενος, υἷες “Apnoc, 
Οὺς τέκεν ᾿Αστυόχη δόμῳ Ακτορος ᾿Αζείδαο, 
Παρθένος αἰδοίη, ὑπερώϊον εἰςαναθᾶσα, 
"Αρηϊ κρατερῷ " ὁ δέ οἱ παρελέξατο λάθρη " 515 
Τοῖς δὲ τριήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο. 
Αὐτὰρ Φωκήων Σχεδίος καὶ ᾿Επίστροφος ἦρχον, 
Ὑἱέες ᾿Ιφίτου μεγαθύμου Ναυθολίδαο" 
Οἱ Κυπάρισσον ἔχον, ἸΤυθῶνά τε πετρήεσσαν, 
Κρῖσάν τε ζαθέην καὶ Δαυλίδα καὶ ἸΤανοπῆα, τς 520 
Of τ᾽ ᾿Ανεμώρειαν καὶ Ὑάμπολιν ἀμφενέμοντο, 
Oi τ᾽ ἄρα πὰρ ποταμὸν Κηφισὸν δῖον ἔναιον, 
Οἵ τε Λίλαιαν ἔχον πηγῆς ἔπι ἹΚηφισοῖο" 
Τοῖς δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 
Οἱ μὲν Φωκήων στίχας ἵστασαν ἀμφιέποντες " 525 
Βοιωτῶν δ᾽ ἔμπλην ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ ϑωρήσσοντο. 
Λοκρῶν δ᾽ ἡγεμόνευεν ᾿Οἱλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας, 
 Μείων, οὔτι τόσος γε ὅσος Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, 
᾿Αλλὰ πολὺ μείων - ὀλίγος μὲν ἔην, λινοθώρηξ, 


36 BOOK IL 


Ἐγχείῃ δ᾽ ἐκέκαστο ἸΤανέλληνας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς " 590 
Οἱ Κῦνόν τ᾽ ἐνέμοντ᾽, ᾽᾿Οπόεντά τε Καλλίαρόν τε, 

Βῆσσάν τε Σκάρφην τε καὶ Αὐγειὰς ἐρατεινάς, 

Ῥάρφην τε Θρόνιόν τε Boaypiov ἀμφὶ ῥέεθρα" 

Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο 


«Λοκρῶν, of ναίουσι πέρην ἱερῆς Ev6oine. 580 


Οἱ δ᾽ Evbotay ἔχον μένεα πνείοντες Γλθαντες, 
“Χαλκίδα τ᾽ ἙϊΠρέτριάν τε, πολυστάφυλόν 8’ Ἱστίαιαν, 
Κήρινθόν 7 ἔφαλον, Δίον τ᾽ αἰπὺ πτολίεθρον, 
Οἵ τε Κάρυστον ἔχον, ἠδ᾽ of Στύρα ναιτετάασκον " 
Τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευ᾽ ᾿Ελεφήνωρ, ὄζος "Ἄρηος, 540 
Χαλκωδοντιάδης, μεγαθύμων ἀρχὸς ᾿Αθάντων. 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ Γλθαντες ἕποντο ϑοοί, ὄπιθεν κομόωντες, 
Αἰχμηταί, μεμαῶτες ὀρεκτῇσιν μελίῃσιν 
Θώρηκας ῥήξειν δηΐων ἀμφὶ στήθεσσιν " 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 545 


Οἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αθήνας εἶχον, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον, 
Δῆμον Ἐρεχθῆος μεγαλήτορος, ὅν ποτ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη 
Θρέψε, Διὸς ϑυγάτηρ---τέκε δὲ ζείδωρος "Apovpa— 
Kad δ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αθήνῃς εἷσεν, ἑῷ ἐν πίονι νηῷ " ᾿ 
"EvOdde μιν ταύροισι καὶ ἀρνειοῖς ἱλάονται 550 
Kovpot ᾿Αθηναίων, περιτελλομένων ἐνιαυτῶν * 
Τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνεν᾽ υἱὸς ἸΤετεῶο Μενεσθεύς. 
Τῷ δ᾽ οὔπω τις ὁμοῖος ἐπιχθόνιος γένετ᾽ ἀνὴρ 
Κοσμῆσαι ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας---- 
Νέστωρ οἷος ἔριζεν + ὁ γὰρ προγενέστερος ἧεν--- 555 
TO δ᾽ ἅμα πεντήκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


Αἴας δ᾽ ἐκ Σαλαμῖνος ἄγεν δυοκαίδεκα νῆας. 
[στῆσε δ᾽ ἄγων ἵν᾽ ᾿Αθηναίων ἵσταντο φάλαγγες. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ΓΑργος τ᾽ εἶχον, Τίρυνθά τε τειχιόεσσαν, 
Ρρμιόνην, ᾿Ασίνην τε, βαθὺν κατὰ κόλπον ἐχούσας, 560 
Τροιζῆν᾽, ᾿Ηϊόνας, τε καὶ ἀμπελόεντ᾽ ᾿Επίδαυρον, 

Οἵ τ᾽ ἔχον Αἴγιναν Μάσητά τε, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν " 


BOOK It. 37 


τῶν αὖθ ἡγεμόνευε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης, 
Καὶ Σθένελος, Καπανῆος ἀγακλειτοῦ φίλος vide: 
Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ Ἑὐρύαλος τρίτατος κίεν, ἰσόθεος φώς, 565 
Μηκιστέος υἱὸς Tadaiovidao ἄνακτος. 
Συμπάντων δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης " 
Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ὀγδώκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 
᾿ς ΟΣ δὲ Μυκήνας εἶχον, éixtipevov πτολίεθρον, 
᾿Αφνειόν τε Κόρινθον, ἐὐκτιμένας τε Κλεωνάς, 570 
*Opvetac τ’ ἐνέμοντο, ᾿Αραιθυρέην τ᾽ ἐρατεινήν, 
Καὶ Σικυῶν᾽, ὅθ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ΓΑδρηστος πρῶτ᾽ ἐμθασίλευεν, 
Οἵ & Ὕπερησίην τε καὶ αἰπεινὴν Τονόεσσαν, 
Πελλήνην τ᾽ εἶχον, ἠδ᾽ Αἴγιον ἀμφενέμοντο, 
Αἰγειαλόν 7 ἀνὰ πάντα, καὶ ἀμφ᾽ “Ἑλίκην εὐρεῖαν. 575 
Τῶν ἑκατὸν νηῶν ἦρχε κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων, 
᾽Ατρείδης - ἅμα τῷγε πολὺ πλεῖστοι καὶ ἄριστοι 
Λαοὶ ἕποντ᾽ - ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐδύσετο νώροπα χαλκὸν 
Κυδιόων, πᾶσιν δὲ μετέπρεπεν ἡρώεσσιν, 
Οὔνεκ᾽ ἄριστος ἔην, πολὺ δὲ πλείστους ἄγε λαούς. δ80 


Οἱ δ᾽ εἶχον κοίλην Λακεδαίμονα κητώεσσαν, 
dapiv τε Σπάρτην τε, πολυτρήρωνά τε Μέσσην, 
Βρυσειάς τ᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Αὐγειᾶς ἐρατεινάς, 
Οἵ τ᾽ dp’ ᾿Αμύκλας εἶχον, “Ἕλος 7’, ἔφαλον πτολίεθρον, 
Οἵ τε Λάαν εἶχον, ἣδ᾽ Οἴτυλον ἀμφενέμοντο: 585 
Τῶν οἱ ἀδελφεὸς ἦρχε, βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος; 
“Ἑξήκοντα νεῶν - ἀπάτερθε δὲ ϑωρήσσοντο. 
Ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς κίεν ἧσι προθυμίῃσι πεποιθώς, 
Ὀτρύνων πόλεμόνδε - μάλιστα δὲ ἵετο ϑυμῷ 
Τίσασθαι Ἑλένης ὁρμήματά τε στοναχάς τε. ὅ90 
Οἱ δὲ πύλον τ᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ ᾿Αρήνην ἐρατεινήν, 
Kai Θρύον, ᾿Αλφειοῖο πόρον, καὶ ἐΐκτιτον Αἷπυ, 
Καὶ Κυπαρισσήεντα καὶ ᾿Αμφιγένειαν ἔναιον, 
Καὶ Πτελεὸν καὶ Ἕλος καὶ Δώριον---ἔνθα τε Μοῦσαι 
᾿Αντόμεναι Θάμυριν τὸν Θρήϊκα παῦσαν ἀοιδῆς, 595 
Οἰχαλίηθεν ἰόντα παρ᾽ Εὐρύτου Οἰχαλιῆος" 
᾿ D. 


98 BOOK IL 


Στεῦτο yap εὐχόμενος νικησέμεν, εἴπερ ἂν αὐταὶ 
Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν, κοῦραι Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο " 

Al δὲ χολωσάμεναι πηρὸν ϑέσαν, αὐτὰρ ἀοιδὴν 
Θεσπεσίην ἀφέλοντο, καὶ ἐκλέλαθον κιθαριστύν --- 
Τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευε Τερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ" 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἐνενήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο. 

Οὗ δ᾽ ἔχον ᾿Αρκαδίην ὑπὸ Κυλλήνης ὄρος αἰπύ, 
Αἰπύτιον παρὰ τύμθον, iv’ ἀνέρες ἀγχιμαχηταΐ, 
Οἱ Φένεόν τ᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ ᾿Ορχομενὸν πολύμηλον, 
“Ῥέπην τε Στρατίην τε καὶ ἠνεμόεσσαν ’Eviorny, 
Καὶ Τεγέην εἶχον καὶ Μαντινέην ἐρατεινήν, 
Στύμφηλόν τ’ εἶχον, καὶ Ταῤῥασίην ἐνέμοντο" 
Τῶν ἦρχ᾽ ᾿Αγκαίοιο πάϊς, κρείων ᾿Αγαπήνωρ, 
᾿Ἑξήκοντα νεῶν " πολέες δ᾽ ἐν νηΐ ἑκάστῃ 
᾿Αρκάδες ἄνδρες ἔθαινον ἐπιστάμενοι πολεμίζειν... 
Αὐτὸς γάρ σῴιν δῶκεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων 
Νῆας ἐῦσσέλμους περάαν ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον, 
᾽Ατρείδης " ἐπεὶ οὔ σφι ϑαλάσσια ἔργα μεμήλει. 


Οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα Βουπράσιόν τε καὶ Ἤλιδα δῖαν ἔναιον, 
Ὅσσον éd’ Ὕρμίνη καὶ Μύρσινος ἐσχατόωσα, 
Πέτρη τ᾽ ’QAevin καὶ ᾿Αλείσιον ἐντὸς ἐέργει" 

Τῶν αὖ τέσσαρες ἀρχοὶ ἔσαν " δέκα δ᾽ ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ 
Νῆες ἕποντο ϑοαΐ, πολέες δ᾽ ἔμθαινον ᾿Ἐπειοί. 

Τῶν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αμφίμαχος καὶ Θάλπιος ἡγησάσθην, 
Yiec, ὃ μὲν Κτεάτου, ὃ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἑὐρύτου ᾿Ακτορίωνος " 
Τῶν δ᾽ ᾿Αμαρυγκείδης ἦρχε κρατερὸς Διώρης " 

Τῶν δὲ τετάρτων ἦρχε ἸΠολύξεινος ϑεοειδῆς, 

Ὑἱὸς ᾿Αγασθένεος Αὐγηϊάδαο ἄνακτος. 


Οἱ δ᾽ ἐκ Δουλιχίοιο, ἜἜΠχινάων ϑ᾽ ἱεράων | 
Νήσων, al ναίουσι πέρην ἁλός, "Ἤλιδος ἄντα" 
Τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευε Μέγης, ἀτάλαντος "Ἀρηΐ, 
Φυλείδης, ὃν τίκτε Διὶ φίλος ἱππότα Φυλεύς, 

Ὅς ποτε Δουλίχιόνδ᾽ ἀπενάσσατο πατρὶ χολωθείς " 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


600 


605 


610 


615 


620 


625 


630 


BOOK It. 


Αὐτὰρ Ὀδυσσεὺς ἦγε Κεφαλλῆνας μεγαθύμους, 
Οἵ ῥ᾽ Ἰθάκην εἶχον καὶ Νήριτον εἰνοσίφυλλον, 
Καὶ Κροκύλει᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Αἰγίλιπα τρηχεῖαν, 
Οἵ τε Ζάκυνθον ἔχον, ἠδ᾽ of Σάμον ἀμφενέμοντο. 
Οὗ τ᾽ ἤπειρον ἔχον, ἠδ᾽ ἀντιπέραι᾽ ἐνέμοντο" 

Τῶν μὲν Ὀδυσσεὺς ἦρχε, Ati μῆτιν ἀτάλαντος " 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα νῆες ἕποντο δυώδεκα μιλτοπάρῃοι. 
Αἰτωλῶν δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο Θόας, ᾿Ανδραίμονος υἱός, 


» 


Οἱ Πλευρῶν᾽ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Ὥλενον ἠδὲ ἸΤυλήνην, 


Χαλκίδα 7 ἀγχίαλον, Καλυδῶνά τε πετρήεσσαν---- 


Οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ Οἰνῆος μεγαλήτορος υἱέες ἧσαν, 


Οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔην, Save δὲ ξανθὸς Μελέαγρος--- 


Τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντ᾽ ἐτέταλτο ἀνασσέμεν Αἰτωλοῖσιν " 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


Κρητῶν δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἡγεμόνευεν, 
Οἱ Κνωσόν 7’ εἶχον, Τόρτυνά τε τειχιόεσσαν, 
Λύκτον, Μίλητόν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Λύκαστον, 
Φαιστόν τε 'Ῥύτιόν τε, πόλεις εὐναιεταώσας, 
*AAdot ϑ᾽, of Κρήτην ἑκατόμπολιν ἀμφενέμοντο. 
Τῶν μὲν ap’ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἡγεμόνευεν, 
Μηριόνης τ᾽, ἀτάλαντος "Evvadiw ἀνδρειφόντῃ " 
Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ὀγδώκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


Τληπόλεμος δ᾽ Ἡρακλείδης, hve τε μέγας τε, 
Ἐπ 'Ῥόδου ἐννέα νῆας ἄγεν Ῥοδίων ἀγερώχων * 
Οἱ Ῥόδον ἀμφενέμοντο διὰ τρίχα κοσμηθέντες, 
Λίνδον, Ἰηλυσόν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Κάμειρον. 
Τῶν μὲν Τληπόλεμος δουρικλυτὸς ἡγεμόνευεν, 
Ὃν τέκεν ᾿Αστυόχεια βίῃ ‘HpaxAnety. 

Τὴν ἄγετ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Εφύρης, ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος, 
Πέρσας ἄστεα πολλὰ Διοτρεφέων αἰζηῶν. 


Τληπόλεμος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφη ἐν μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, 


Αὐτίκα πατρὸς ἑοῖο φίλον μήτρωα κατέκτα, 
Ἤδη γηράσκοντα Λικύμνιον, ὄζον ΓΆρηος. 
Αἶψα δὲ νῆας ἔπηξε, πολὺν δ᾽ ὅγε λαὸν ἀγείρας, 


635 


640 


645 


650 


655 


660 


40 BOOK IL 


By φεύγων ἐπὶ πόντον - ἀπείλησαν γάρ οἱ ἄλλοι 665 
Ὑἱξες viwvoi τε Bing Ηρακληείης. 

Αὐτὰρ by’ ἐς Ῥόδον ἷξεν ἀλώμενος, ἄλγεα πάσχων, 
Τριχθὰ δὲ ᾧκηθεν καταφυλαδόν, ἠδ᾽ ἐφίληθεν 

Ἔκ Διός, ὕςτε ϑεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισιν ἀνάσσει. 

Καί σφιν ϑεσπέσιον πλοῦτον κατέχευε Κρονίων. 670 


Νιρεὺς αὖ Σύμηθεν ἄγε τρεῖς νῆας ἐΐσας, 
Νιρεύς, ᾿Αγλαΐης υἱὸς Χαρόποιό τ᾽ ἄνακτος, . 
Νιρεύς, ὃς κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν 
Τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν per’ ἀμύμονα ἸΤηλείωνα" 
"AAW ἀλαπαδνὸς ἔην, παῦρος δέ οἱ εἵπετο λαός. 675 


Οἱὲ δ᾽ dpa Νίσυρόν τ’ εἶχον, ἹΚράπαθόν te Kdoor τε, 
Καὶ Κῶν, Εὐρυπύλοιο πόλιν, νήσους τε Καλύδνας" 
Τῶν αὖ Φείδιππός τε καὶ ΓΑντιῴος ἡγησάσθην, 
Θεσσαλοῦ υἷε δύω “Ἡρακλείδαο ἄνακτος " 
'οῖς δὲ τριήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο. 680 


Nov αὖ τοὺς, ὅσσοι τὸ Πελασγικὸν ἔλργος ἔναιον, 
Οἵ 7’ "AAov, οἵ τ᾽ ᾿Αλόπην, οἵ τε Τρηχῖν᾽ ἐνέμοντο, 
Οἵ τ᾽ εἶχον Φθίην ἠδ᾽ Ελλάδα καλλιγύναικα" 
Μυρμιδόνες δὲ καλεῦντο καὶ “Ἕλληνες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί" 
Τῶν αὖ πεντήκοντα νεῶν ἣν ἀρχὸς ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 685 
"AAW oly’ οὐ πολέμοιο δυςηχέος ἐμνώοντο " 
Οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅςτις σφιν ἐπὶ στίχας ἡγήσαιτο. 
Κεῖτο γὰρ ἐν νήεσσι ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
Κούρης χωόμενος Βρισηΐδος ἠὐκόμοιο, 
Τὴν ἐκ Λυρνησσοῦ ἐξείλετο πολλὰ μογήσας, 690 
Λυρνησσὸν διαπορθήσας καὶ τείχεα Θήθης " 
Kao δὲ Μύνητ᾽ ἔθαλεν καὶ ᾿Ε'πίστροφον ἐγχεσιμώρους, 
Ὑἱέας Ἐηνοῖο Σεληπιάδαο ἄνακτος " 
Τῆς ὅγε κεῖτ᾽ ἀχέων, τάχα δ᾽ ἀνστήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν. 

Οἱ δ᾽ εἶχον Φυλάκην καὶ Πύρασον ἀνθεμόεντα, 695 © 
Δήμητρος τέμενος, Ἴτωνά τε, μητέρα μήλων, 
᾿Αγχίαλόν 7 ᾿Αντρῶνα ἰδὲ Πτελεὸν λεχεποίην " 


BOOK Il. 41 


Τῶν αὖ Πρωτεσίλαος ᾿Αρήϊος ἡγεμόνευεν, 

Ζωὸς ἐών - τότε δ᾽ ἤδη ἔχεν κάτα γαῖα μέλαινα. 

Τοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀμφιδρυφὴς ἄλοχος Φυλάκῃ ἐλέλειπτο, "00 

Καὶ δόμος ἡμιτελής - τὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε Δάρδανος ἀνὴρ 

Νηὸς ἀποθρώσκοντα πολὺ πρώτιστον ᾿Αχαιῶν. 

Οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ᾽ οἱ ἄναρχοι ἔσαν, πόθεόν γε μὲν ἀρχόν, 

Αλλά σφεας κόσμησε ἸΤοδάρκης, ὄζος ΓΆρηος, 

Ἰφίκλου υἱὸς πολυμήλου Φυλακέδαο, 705 

Αὐτοκασίγνητος μεγαθύμου Πρωτεσιλάου, 

ὋὉπλότερος γενεῇ " ὃ δ᾽ ἅμα πρότερος καὶ ἀρείων, 

Ἥρως Πρωτεσίλαος ᾿Αρήϊος " οὐδέ τε λαοὶ 

Δεύονθ᾽ ἡγεμόνος, πόθεόν γε μὲν ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα" 

Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 710 
Οἱ dé Φερὰς ἐνέμοντο παραὶ Βοιδηΐδα λίμνην, 

Βοίθην καὶ TAadipac καὶ ἐῦκτιμένην ᾿Ιαωλκόν - 

Τῶν ἦρχ᾽ ᾿Αὐμήτοιο φίλος παῖς ἕνδεκα νηῶν, 

Εὔμηλος, τὸν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αδμήτῳ τέκε δῖα γυναικῶν, 

*AAknotic, Πελίαο ϑυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστη. 715 
ΟΣ δ᾽ dpa Μηθώνην καὶ Θαυμακίην ἐνέμοντο, 

Καὶ Μελίθοιαν ἔ ἔχον καὶ ᾿Ολιζῶνα τρηχεῖαν " 

Τῶν δὲ Φιλοκτήτης ἦρχεν τόξων ed εἰδώς, 

Ἑπτὰ νεῶν - ἐρέται δ᾽ ἐν ἑκάστῃ πεντήκοντα 

᾿Εμθέθασαν, τόξων εὖ εἰδότες ἶφι μάχεσθαι. 720 

᾽Αλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν Ev νήσῳ κεῖτο κρατέρ᾽ ἄλγεα πάσχων, 

Λήμνῳ ἐν ἠγαθέῃ, ὅθι μιν λίπον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν, 

“Ἕλκεϊ μοχθίζοντα κακῷ ὀλοόφρονος ὕδρου " 

*Ev@’ ὅγε κεῖτ᾽ ἀχέων - τάχα δὲ μνήσεσθαι ἔμελλον 

Ἀργεῖοι παρὰ νηυσὶ Φιλοκτήταο ἄνακτος. 725 

Οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ᾽ οἱ ἄναρχοι ἔσαν, πόθεόν ye μὲν ἀρχόν, 

᾿Αλλὰ Μέδων κόσμησεν, ᾿Οἱλῆος νόθος υἱός, 

Τόν ῥ᾽ ἔτεκεν Ῥήνη ὑπ᾽ ᾿Οἱλῆϊ πτολιπόρθῳ. 
Οἱ δ᾽ εἶχον Τρίκκην καὶ ᾿Ιθώμην κλωμακόεσσαν, 

Οἵ τ᾽ ἔχον Οἰχαλίην, πόλιν Ἐὐρύτου Οἰχαλιῆος " 730 

Tov αὖθ᾽ ἡγείσθην ᾿Ασκληπιοῦ δύο παῖδε, 

D2 


42 BOOK IIL 


Ἰητῆρ᾽ ἀγαθώ, ἸτΤοδαλείριος ἠδὲ Μαχάων " 
Τοῖς δὲ τριήκοντα γλαφυραὶ νέες ἐστιχόωντο. 


» 


Of δ᾽ ἔχον ᾿Ορμένιον, of τε κρήνην Ὑ πέρειαν, 
Οἱ 7 ἔχον ᾿Αστέριον, Τιτάνοιό τε λευκὰ κάρηνα" 
Τῶν ἦρχ᾽ Ἑὐρύπυλος, Ἑὐαίμονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός " 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


Οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Αργισσαν ἔχον, καὶ Τυρτώνην ἐνέμοντο, 


Ὄρθην, ᾿Ηλώνην τε, πόλιν τ᾽ ᾽Ολοοσσόνα λευκήν" 


Τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἡγεμόνευε μενεπτόλεμος ἸΤολυποίτης, 
Ὑἱὸς Πειριθόοιο, τὸν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς ---- 
Τόν ῥ᾽ ὑπὸ Πειριθόῳ τέκετο κλυτὸς ᾿Ἱπποδάμεια 
Ἤματι τῷ, ὅτε Φῆρας ἐτίσατο λαχνήεντας, 

Τοὺς δ᾽ ἐκ Πηλίου ὦσε, καὶ Αἰθίκεσσι πέλασσεν ---- 
Οὐκ οἷος, ἅμα τῷγε Λεοντεύς, ὄζος ἴλρηος, 

Ὑἱὸς ὑπερθύμοιο Kopovoev Καινείδαο " 

Τοῖς δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


Τουνεὺς δ᾽ ἐκ ἹΚύφου ἦγε δύω καὶ εἴκοσι νῆας " 
Τῷ δ᾽ Ἐνιῆνες ἕποντο, μενεπτόλεμοί τε Περαιθοί, 
Οἱ wept Δωδώνην δυςχείμερον oixi’ ἔθεντο, 

Οἵ τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ἱμερτὸν Τιταρήσιον ἔργ᾽ ἐνέμοντο " 
Ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐς Πηνειὸν προΐει καλλίῤῥοον ὕδωρ " 

Οὐδ᾽ ὅγε ἸΤηνειῷ συμμίσγεται ἀργυροδίνῃ, 

᾿Αλλά τέ μιν καθύπερθεν ἐπιῤῥέει, HiT’ ἔλαιον " 
Ὅρκονυ γὰρ δεινοῦ Στυγὸς ὕδατός ἐστιν ἀποῤῥώξ. 

Μαγνήτων δ᾽ ἦρχε Πρόθοος, Τενθρηδόνος υἱός, 
Οἱ περὶ Πηνειὸν καὶ Πήλιον εἰνοσίφυλλον 
Naieoxov: τῶν μὲν Πρόθοος ϑοὸς ἡγεμόνευεν " 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἅμα τεσσαράκοντα μέλαιναι νῆες ἕποντο. 


ἣν χά τ ra - s 7 Ma 
Οὗτοι ap’ ἡγεμόνες Δαναῶν καὶ κοίρανοι ἧσαν. 


΄ 9» Ἂν» Ν) » » ‘A ν a. ' 
Tic 7’ dp τῶν ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος ἔην, σύ μοι ἔννεπε, Μοῦσα, 


Αὐτῶν, ἠδ᾽ ἵππων, οἱ ἅμ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδῃσιν ἕποντο. 


Ἵπποι μὲν μέγ᾽ ἄρισται ἔσαν Φηρητιάδαο, 
Τὰς Εὔμηλος ἔλαυνε, ποδώκεας, ὄρνιθας ὥς, 


735 


740 


745 


- 750 


755 


760 


BOOK IL 43 


Ὄτριχας, οἰέτεας, σταφύλῃ ἐπὶ νῶτον ἐΐσας " 765 
Τὰς ἐν IInpety ϑρέψ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων, 

"Audw ϑηλείας, φόθον ἔλρηος φορεούσας. 

᾿Ανδρῶν αὖ μέγ᾽ ἄριστος ἔην 'Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, 

Ὄφρ' ᾿Αχιλεὺς μήνιεν " ὃ γὰρ πολὺ φέρτατος ἧεν, 

Ἵπποι 8, of φορέεσκον ἀμύμονα Πηλείωνα. 770 
᾿Αλλ ὁ μὲν ἐν νήεσσι κορωνίσι ποντοπόροισι,» 

Keir’ ἀπομηνίσας ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ποιμένι λαῶν, 

᾿Ατρείδῃ - λαοὶ δὲ παρὰ ῥηγμῖνι ϑαλάσσης 

Δίσκοισιν τέρποντο καὶ αἰγανέῃσιν ἱέντες 

Τόζοισίν ϑ᾽ + ἵπποι δὲ παρ᾽ ἅρμασιν οἷσιν ἕκαστος, 775 
Λωτὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι ἐλεόθρεπτόν τε σέλινον, 

Ἕστασαν" ἅρματα δ᾽ εὖ πεπυκασμένα κεῖτο ἀνάκτων 

Ἐν κλισίῃς " οἱ δ᾽ ἀρχὸν ᾿Αρηΐφιλον ποθέοντες 

Φοίτων ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα κατὰ στρατόν, οὐδ᾽ ἐμάχοντο. 


Ot δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἴσαν, ὡςεί τε πυρὶ χθὼν πᾶσα νέμοιτον [80 
Τάϊα δ᾽ ὑπεστενάχιζε, Ati ὡς τερπικεραύνῳ 
Xwouévy, ὅτε τ᾽ ἀμφὶ Τυφωέϊ γαῖαν ἱμάσσῃ 
Hiv ᾿Αρίμοις, ὅθι φασὶ 'Τυφωέος ἔμμεναι εὐνάς " 
Ὡς ἄρα τῶν ὑπὸ ποσσὶ μέγα στεναχίζετο γαῖα 
᾿Ἔρχομένων - μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα διέπρησσον πεδίοιο. 785 


Τρωσὶν δ᾽ ἄγγελος ἦλθε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις 

Πᾶὰρ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο σὺν ἀγγελίῃ ἀλεγεινῇ. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ἀγορὰς ἀγόρευον ἐπὶ ἸΙριάμοιο ϑύρῃσιν, 

Πάντες ὁμηγερέες, ἠμὲν νέοι ἠδὲ γέροντες. 

᾿Αγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προζςέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις " 790 

Kioato δὲ φθογγὴν υἷι ἸΤριάμοιο ἸΤολίτῃ, 

Ὃς Τρώων σκοπὸς ἷζε, ποδωκείῃσι πεποιθώς, 

Τύμθῳ ἐπ’ ἀκροτάτῳ Αἰσυήταο γέροντος, 

Δέγμενος, ὁππότε ναῦφιν ἀφορμηθεῖεν ᾿Αχαιοί" 

Τῷ μιν ἐεισαμένη μετέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις " 795 
Ὦ γέρον aici τοι μῦθοι φίλοι ἄκριτοί εἰσιν, 

“Ὡς ποτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης " πόλεμος δ᾽ ἀλίαστος ὄρωρεν. 

TH μὲν δὴ μάλα πολλὰ μάχας εἰςήλυθον ἀνδρῶν, 


44 ᾿ BOOK IL 


᾿Αλλ’ οὔπω τοιόνδε τοσόνδε τε λαὸν ὄπωπα" 
Ainv γὰρ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἢ ψαμάθοισιν 
Ἔρχονται πεδίοιο, μαχησόμενοι περὶ ἄστυ. 
Ἕκτορ, σοὶ δὲ μάλιστ᾽ ἐπιτέλλομαι, ὧδέ γε ῥέξαι " 
Πολλοὶ γὰρ κατὰ ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμου ἐπίκουροι, 
"Λλλη δ᾽ ἄλλων. γλῶσσα πολυσπερέων ἀνθρώπων " 
Τοῖσιν ἕκαστος ἀνὴρ σημαινέτω, οἷσί περ ἄρχει, 
Τῶν δ᾽ ἐξηγείσθω, κοσμησάμενος πολιήτας. 

Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽ - “Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ οὔτι ϑεᾶς ἔπος ἠγνοίησεν, 
Aina δ᾽ ἔλυσ᾽ ἀγορήν " ἐπὶ τεύχεα δ᾽ ἐσσεύοντο. 
Πᾶσαι δ᾽ ὠΐγνυντο πύλαι, éx δ᾽ ἔσσυτο λαός, 
Πεζοί & ἱππῆές τε" πολὺς δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρει. 

Ἔστι δέ τις προπάροιθε πόλιος αἰπεῖα κολώνη, 
"Ev πεδίῳ ἀπάνευθε, περίδρομος ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα" 
Τὴν ἤτοι ἄνδρες Βατίειαν κικλήσκουσιν, 
᾿Αθάνατοι δέ τε σῆμα πολυσκάρθμοιο Μυρίνης " 
Ἔνθα τότε Τρῶές τε διέκριθεν ἠδ᾽ ἐπίκουροι. 

Τρωσὶ μὲν ἡγεμόνευε μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ, 
Πριαμίδης - ἅμα τῷγε πολὺ πλεῖστοι καὶ ἄριστοι 
Λαοὶ ϑωρήσσοντο, μεμαότες ἐγχείῃσιν. 

Δαρδανίων abt’ ἦρχεν ἐὺς παῖς ᾿Αγχίσαο, 
Αἰνείας, τὸν ὑπ’ ᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε dv’ ᾿Αφροδίτη, 
Ἴδης ἐν κνι σι ϑεὰ βροτῷ εὐνηθεῖσα" 

Οὐκ οἷος, ἅμα τῷγε δύω ᾿ΑΛντήνορος υἷε, 
᾿Αρχέλοχός τ᾽ ᾿Ακάμας τε, μάχης εὖ εἰδότε πάσης. 

Οἱ δὲ Ζέλειαν ἔναιον ὑπαὶ πόδα νείατον Ἴδης, 
᾿Αφνειοί, πίνοντες ὕδωρ μέλαν Δἰσήποιο, 

Τρῶες τῶν αὗτ᾽ ἦρχε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός, 
Πάνδαρος, ᾧ καὶ τόξον ᾿Απόλλων αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Αδρήστειάν 7 εἶχον καὶ δῆμον ᾿Απαισοῦ, 
Καὶ Πιτύειαν ἔχον καὶ Typsing ὄρος αἰπύ" 

Τῶν ἦρχ᾽ "Αδρηστός τε καὶ ΓΑμφιος λινοθώρηξ, 
Tle δύω Μέροπος ἹΠερκωσίου, ὃς περὶ πάντων 


800 


810 


815 


820 


825 


830 


5" 


-~BOOK It. 


"Hides μαντοσύνας, οὐδὲ οὺς παῖδας ἔασκεν 
Στείχειν ἐς πόλεμον φθισήνορα " τὼ δέ οἱ οὔτι 
Πειθέσθην > ΚΚῆρες γὰρ ἄγον μέλανος ϑανάτοιο. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα Περκώτην καὶ Πράκτιον ἀμφενέμοντο, 
Καὶ Σηστὸν καὶ "A6vdov ἔχον καὶ δῖαν ᾿Αρίσθην " 
Τῶν αὖθ᾽ "Ὑρτακίδης ἦρχ᾽ ΓΔσιος, ὄρχαμος ἀνδρῶν, 
“Aatoc Ὑρτακίδης, ὃν ᾿Αρίσθηθεν φέρον ἵπποι 
Αἴθωνες, μεγάλοι, ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος. 
Ἱππόθοος δ᾽ ἄγε φῦλα ἸΤελασγῶν ἐγχεσιμώρων, 
Tov οἱ Λάρισσαν ἐριθώλακα ναιετάασκον " 
Τῶν ἧρχ᾽ Ἵππόθούός τε Ἰύλαιός 7’, ὄζος ΓΆρηος, 
Tie δύω Λήθοιο ἸΤελασγοῦ Τευταμίδαο. 
Αὐτὰρ Θρήϊκας iy’ ᾿Ακάμας καὶ ἹΤείροος ἥρως, 
Ὅσσους Ἑλλήςποντος ἀγάῤῥοος ἐντὸς ἐέργει. 
Εὔφημος δ᾽ ἀρχὸς Κικόνων ἦν αἰχμητάων, 
Tide Τροιζήνοιο Διοτρεφέος Keddao. 


Αὐτὰρ Πυραίχμης ἄγε ἸΤαίονας ἀγκυλοτόξους 


- Τηλόθεν ἐξ ᾿Αμυδῶνος, an’ ᾿Αξιοῦ εὐρυρέοντος, 
ἸΑ ξιοῦ, οὗ κάλλιστον ὕδωρ ἐπικίδναται αἷαν. 


Παφλαγόνων δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο ἸΤυλαιμένεος λάσιον κῆρ 
Ἔξ ᾿Ενετῶν, ὅθεν ἡμιόνων γένος ἀγροτεράων * 
Οἵ ῥα Κύτωρον ἔχον, καὶ Σήσαμον ἀμφενέμογ: > 
"Audi τε Παρθένιον ποταμὸν κλυτὰ δώματ᾽ ἔνατον, 
Κρῶμνάν τ᾽ Αἰγίαλόν τε καὶ ὑψηλοὺς ᾿Ερυθίνους. 
Αὐτὰρ "Αλιζώνων ’Odiog καὶ ᾿Ἐπίστροφος ἦρχον 
τηλόθεν ἐξ ᾿Αλύθης, ὅθεν ἀργύρου ἐστὶ γενέθλη. 
Μυσῶν δὲ Χρόμις ἦρχε καὶ Ἔννομος οἰωνιστής " 
᾿Αλλ’ οὐκ οἱωνοῖσιν ἐρύσσατο Kijpa μέλαιναν, 
᾽Αλλ᾽ ἐδάμη ὑπὸ χερσὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο 
Ἔν ποταμῷ, ὅθι περ Τρῶας κεράϊζε καὶ ἄλλους. 
Φόρκυς αὖ Φρύγας ἦγε καὶ ᾿Ασκάνιος ϑεοειδὴς 
Τῆλ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Ασκανίης " μέμασαν δ᾽ ὑσμῖνι μάχεσθαι. 


45 


840 


845 


850 


860 


46 BOOK IL 


Μήοσιν αὖ Μέσθλης τε καὶ "Αντιφος ἡγησάσθην, 
Yle Ταλαιμένεος, τὼ Τυγαίη τέκε Λίμνη, 
Οἱ καὶ Μήονας ἦγον ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας. 
Νάστης αὖ Καρῶν ἡγήσατο βαρθαροφώνων,᾽ 
Οἱ Μέλητον ἔχον, Φθειρῶν τ᾽ ὄρος ἀκριτόφυλλον, 
Μαιάνδρου τε ῥοάς, Μυκάλης τ᾽ αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα" 
Tov μὲν ap’ ᾿Αμφίμαχος καὶ Νάστης ἡγησάσθην, 
Νάστης ᾿Αμφίμαχός τε, Νομίονος ἀγλαὰ τέκνα, 
Ὃς καὶ χρυσὸν ἔχων πύόλεμόνδ᾽ Lev, HiTE κούρη " 
Νήπιος " οὐδέ τί οἱ TOY’ ἐπήρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον " 
᾿Αλλ ἐδάμη ὑπὸ χερσὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο 
Ἔν ποταμῷ, χρυσὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἐκόμισσε δαΐφρων. 


Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ ἦρχεν Λυκίων καὶ Τλαῦκος ἀμύμων, 
τηλόθεν ἐκ Λυκίης, Ξάνθου ἄπο δινήεντος. 


865 


870 


875 


ru 


HOMER’S ILIAD. 


BOOK III. 


Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κόσμηθεν ἅμ᾽ ἡγεμόνεσσιν ἕκαστοι, 
Τρῶες μὲν κλαγγῇ τ᾽ ἐνοπῇ τ᾽ ἴσαν, ὄρνιθες ὥς " 
"Hote περ κλαγγὴ γεράνων πέλει οὐρανόθι πρό " 


Air’ ἐπεὶ οὖν χειμῶνα φύγον καὶ ἀθέσφατον ὄμθρον,. 


Κλαγγῇ ταίγε πέτονται ἐπ᾽ ’QKeavoio ῥοάων, 
᾿Ανδράσι ἸΤυγμαίοισι φόνον καὶ Kijpa φέρουσαι" 
Ἠέριαι δ᾽ ἄρα ταΐίγε κακὴν ἔριδα προφέρονται " 
Οἱ δ᾽ ap’ ἴσαν σιγῇ μένεα πνείοντες ᾿Αχαιοί, 

Ἐν ϑυμῷ μεμαῶτες ἀλεξέμεν ἀλλήλοισιν. 

Εὐτ᾽ ὄρεος κορυφῇσι Νότος κατέχευεν ὀμίχλην, 
Ποιμέσιν οὔτι φίλην, κλέπτῃ δέ τε νυκτὸς ἀμείνω, 
Τόσσον τίς. τ᾽ ἐπιλεύσσει, ὅσον τ᾽ ἐπὶ λᾶαν ἵησιν " 
Ὡς ἄρα τῶν ὑπὸ ποσσὶ κονίσαλος ὥρνυτ᾽ ἀελλὴς 
"Epyouévav: μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα διέπρησσον πεδίοιο. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ ὀχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες, 
Τρωσὶν μὲν προμάχιζεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος ϑεοειδὴς 
Παρδαλέην ὦμοισιν ἔχων καὶ καμπύλα τόξα 
Καὶ ξίφος " αὐτὰρ ὁ δοῦρε δύω κεκορυθμένα χαλκῷ 
Πάλλων ᾿Αργείων προκαλίζετο πάντας ἀρίστους 
᾿Αντέθιον μαχέσασθαι ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι. 

ἡ Tov δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησεν ᾿Αρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος 
Ἐρχόμενον προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου, μακρὰ βιθῶντα, 
Ὥςτε λέων ἐχάρη μεγάλῳ ἐπὲ σώματε κύρσας, 
Εὑρὼν ἢ ἔλαφον κεραὸν ἢ ἄγριον alya 


15 


pi 


48 ᾿ BOOK IItl. 


Πεινάων + μάλα yap τε κατεσθίει, εἴπερ ἂν αὐτὸν 25 
Σεύωνται ταχέες τε κύνες ϑαλεροΐ τ᾽ αἰζηοί " 

Ὡς ἐχάρη Μενέλαος ᾿Αλέξανδρον ϑεοειδέα 

᾿οφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδών - φάτο γὰρ τίσεσθαι ἀλείτην " 

Αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν ἅἄλτο χαμᾶζε. 


Τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος ϑεοειδὴς 30 
"Ev προμάχοισι φανέντα, κατεπλήγη φίλον 7Top- 
“Aw δ᾽ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο Kijp’ ἀλεείνων. 
Ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τε δράκοντα ἰδὼν παλίνορσος ἀπέστη 
Οὔρεος év βήσσῃς, ὑπό τε τρόμος ἔλλαθε γυῖα, 
"Aw τ᾽ ἀνεχώρησεν, ὦχρός τέ μιν εἶλε παρειάς " 90 
Ὡς αὗτις καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἔδυ Τρώων ἀγερώχων 
Asioac ᾿Ατρέος υἱὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρος ϑεοειδῆς. 
Τὸν δ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ νείκεσσεν ἰδὼν αἰσχροῖς ἐπέεσσιν " 


2. Averapt, εἶδος ἄριστε, γυναιμανές, ἠπεροπευτά, 


Αἴθ᾽ ὄφελες ἄγονός τ᾽ ἔμεναι, ἄγαμός 7 ἀπολέσθα. 40 


Kai κε τὸ βουλοίμην, καί κεν πολὺ κέρδιον ἧεν, " 

Ἢ οὕτω λώδην 7’ ἔμεναι καὶ ὑπόψιον ἄλλων. 

Ἦ tov καγχαλόωσι καρηκομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοΐ, 

Φάντες ἀριστῆα spine ἔμμεναι, οὕνεκα καλὸν 

Εἶδος ἔπ᾽ - ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι βίη φρεσὶν οὐδέ τις ἀλκή. 45 
Ἢ τοιόςδε ἐὼν ἐν ποντοπόροισι νέεσσιν 

Πόντον ἐπιπλώσας, ἑτάρους ἐρίηρας ἀγείρας, 

Μιχθεὶς ἀλλοδαποῖσι, γυναῖκ᾽ εὐειδέ᾽ ἀνῆγες 

ἜΣ ἀπίης γαίης, νυὸν ἀνδρῶν αἰχμητάων, 

Πατρί τε σῷ μέγα πῆμα πόληϊ τε παντί τε δήμῳ, δ0 
Δυςμενέσιν μὲν χάρμα, κατηφείην δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ ; 

Οὐκ ἂν δὴ μείνειας ᾿Αρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον ; - 
Γνοίης χ᾽, οἵου φωτὸς ἔχεις ϑαλερὴν παρἄκοιτιν. Rey 
Οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις, τά τε δῶρ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη, 
Ἥ τε κόμη, τό τε εἶδος, ὅτ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι peyeing. 50 88 
᾿Αλλὰ μάλα Τρῶες δειδήμονες " ἣ τέ κεν ἤδη sere 
Adivov ἕσσο χιτῶνα κακῶν ἕνεχ᾽, ὅσσα ἔοργας. ged 


Tov δ᾽ aite mpocéertev ᾿Αλέξανδρος ϑεοειδής "΄ 


BOOK Itt. 


49 


Ἕκτορ" ἐπεί με κατ᾽ αἷσαν ἐνείκεσας, οὐδ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἷσαν - 


Alsi τοι κραδίη πέλεκυς ὥς ἐστιν ἀτειρής, 

Ὅςτ᾽ εἷσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ᾽ ἀνέρος, ὅς ῥά τε τέχνῃ 
Νήϊον ἐκτάμνῃσιν, ὀφέλλει δ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἐρωήν " 

Ὡς σοὶ ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀτάρθητος νόος ἐστίν. 

Μή μοι δῶρ᾽ ἐρατὰ πρόφερε χρυσέης ᾿Αφροδίτης " 
Οὔτοι ἀπόθλητ᾽ ἐστὶ ϑεῶν ἐρικυδέα δῶρα, 

Ὅσσα κεν αὐτοὶ δῶσιν, ἑκὼν δ᾽ οὐκ ἄν τις ἕλοιτο. 
Nov avr’ εἴ μ᾽ ἐθέλεις πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι, 
Λλλους μὲν κάθισον Τρῶας καὶ πάντας ’AyaLovc, 
Αὐτὰρ ἔμ᾽ ἐν μέσσῳ καὶ ᾿Αρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον 
Συμθάλετ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ "Ελένῃ καὶ κτήμασι πᾶσι μάχεσθαι" 
Ὁππότερος δέ κε νικήσῃ, κρείσσων τε γένηται, 
Κτήμαθ᾽ ἑλὼν εὖ πάντα γυναῖκά τε οἴκαδ᾽ ἀγέσθῳ " 
Of δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ ταμόντες 
Ναίοιτε Τροίην ἐριθώλακα " τοὶ δὲ νεέσθων 

ἔλργος ἐς ἱππόθοτον καὶ ᾿Αχαιΐδα καλλιγύναικα. 


60 


70 


7d 


Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽ “Extwp δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐχάρη μέγα μῦθον ἀκούσας, 


Καί ῥ᾽ ἐς μέσσον ἰὼν Τρώων ἀνέεργε φάλαγγας, 
Μέσσου δουρὸς ἑλών " τοὶ δ᾽ ἱδρύνθησαν ἅπαντες. 
Τῷ δ᾽ ἐπετοξάζοντο καρηκομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ, 
Ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκύμενοι λάεσσί τ᾽ ἔθαλλον, 
Αὐτὰρ ὃ μακρὸν ἄῦσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων " 


4. Ἴσχεσθ᾽, ᾿Αργεῖοι, μὴ βάλλετε, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν " 
Στεῦται γάρ τι ἔπος ἐρέειν κορυθαιόλος Ἕκτωρ. 


Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽ - of δ᾽ ἔσχοντο μάχης, ἀνέω τ’ ἐγένοντο. 
᾿Εσσυμένως' seierep δὲ μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἔ ἔειπεν " 
Κέκλυτέ μευ, Τρῷες καὶ ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί, — 
Μῦθον ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο, τοῦ εἵνεκα νεῖκος ὄρωρεν. 
ἴλλλους μὲν κέλεται Τρῶας καὶ πάντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
Tetyea nad’ ἀποθέσθαι ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυθοτείρῃ, 
Αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἐν μέσσῳ καὶ ᾿Αρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον 
᾿ Οἴους ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Βλένῃ καὶ κτήμασι πᾶσι μάχεσθαι" 
- pag Ω E 


80 


90° 


50 BOOK IIl. 


ὋὉππότερος δέ κε νικήσῃ κρείσσων τε γένηται, 
Κτήμαθ᾽ ἑλὼν εὖ πάντα γυναῖκά τε οἴκαδ᾽ ἀγέσθω - 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ τάμωμεν. 


Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽ - of δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ. 90 
Τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος " 
Κέκλυτε νῦν καὶ ἐμεῖο: μάλιστα γὰρ ἄλγος ἱκάνει 
θυμὸν ἐμόν . φρονέω δὲ διακρινθήμεναι ἤδη 
᾿Αργείους καὶ Tp@ac, ἐπεὶ κακὰ πολλὰ πέποσθε 
Eiver’ ἐμῆς ἔριδος καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἀρχῆς " 100 
Ἡμέων δ᾽ ὁπποτέρῳ ϑάνατος καὶ μοῖρα τέτυκται, 
Τεθναίη" ἄλλοι δὲ διακρινθεῖτε τάχιστα. 
Οἴσετε δ᾽ ἄρν᾽, ἕτερον λευκόν, ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν, 
Τῇ τε καὶ Ἤελίῳ - Διὶ δ᾽ ἡμεῖς οἴσομεν ἄλλον. 
“Agere δὲ ἸΤριάμοιο βίην, ὄφρ᾽ ὅρκια τάμνῃ 105 
Αὐτός, ἐπεί οἱ παῖδες ὑπερφίαλοι καὶ ἄπιστοι " 
Μή τις ὑπερθασίῃ Διὸς ὅρκια δηλήσηται. 
Αἰεὶ δ᾽ ὁπλοτέρων ἀνδρῶν φρένες ἠερέθονται " 
Οἷς δ᾽ ὃ γέρων μετέῃσιν, ἅμα πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω 
Λεύσσει, ὅπως by’ ἄριστα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι γένηται. 110 
Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽ - of δ᾽ ἐχάρησαν ᾿Αχαιοί τε Τρῶές τε 
᾿ Ἐϊλπόμενοι παύσεσθαι ὀϊζυροῦ πολέμοιο. 
Καί ῥ᾽ ἵππους μὲν ἔρυξαν ἐπὶ στίχας, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔθαν αὐτοί, 
Tetyed τ᾽ ἐξεδύοντο, τὰ μὲν κατέθεντ᾽ ἐπὶ γαίῃ 
Πλησίον ἀλλήλων, ὀλίγη δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶς ἄρουρα. 115 


“Ἕκτωρ δὲ προτὶ ἄστυ δύω κήρυκας ἔπεμπεν 
Καρπαλίμως ἄρνας τε φέρειν, Πρίαμόν τε καλέσσαι. 
Αὐτὰρ ὃ Ταλθύθιον προΐει κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων 
Νῆας ἔπι γλαφυρὰς ἰέναι, ἠδ᾽ ἄρν᾽ ἐκέλευεν 


Οἰσέμεναι- ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ οὐκ ἀπίθησ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι δίῳ.---ὀ 180. 


Ἶρις δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ᾿Ελένῃ λευκωλένῳ ἄγγελος ἦλθεν, 
Εἰδομένη γαλόῳ, ᾿Αντηνορίδαο δάμαρτι, 353 
Τὴν ᾿Αντηνορίδης εἶχε κρείων ‘EAtkawy, 
Λαοδίκην, Ἰριάμοιο ϑυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστην. 


. 
ark ’ i 
νὰ. 


Wi vot Sate 
ye ae 
ie as 4 


BOOK IIL 


Τὴν δ᾽ eip’ ἐν μεγάρῳ " ἡ δὲ μέγαν ἱστὸν ὕφαινεν, 
Δίπλακα πορφυρέην " πολέας δ᾽ ἐνέπασσεν ἀέθλους 
Τρώων ϑ᾽ ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων, 
Otc ἐθεν εἵνεκ᾽ ἔπασχον ὑπ᾽ "Ἄρηος παλαμάων. 
᾿Αγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προςέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις " 
Δεῦρ᾽ ἴθι, νύμφα φίλη, ἵνα ϑέσκελα ἔργα ἴδηαι 
Τρώων ϑ᾽ ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων" 
Ol πρὶν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι φέρον πολύδακρυν "Apna 
"Ev πεδίῳ, ὀλοοῖο λιλαιόμενοι πολέμοιο, 
OL δὴ viv ἕαται σιγῇ---πόλεμος δὲ πέπαυται--- 
᾿Ασπίσι κεκλιμένοι, παρὰ δ᾽ ἔγχεα μακρὰ πέπηγεν. 
Αὐτὰρ ᾿Αλέξανδρος καὶ ᾿Αρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος 
Μακρῇς ἐγχείῃσι μαχήσονται περὶ σεῖο" 
Τῷ δέ κε νικήσαντι φίλη κεκλήσῃ ἄκοιτις. 


Ὡς εἰποῦσα ϑεὰ γλυκὺν ἵμερον ἔμθαλε ϑυμῷ 
᾿Ανδρός τε προτέροιο καὶ ἄστεος ἠδὲ τοκήων. 
Αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἀργεννῇσι καλυψαμένη ὀθόνῃσιν 
Θρμᾶτ' ἐκ ϑαλάμοιο, τέρεν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα" 
Οὐκ οἴη, ἅμα τῇγε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι δύ᾽ ἕποντο, 
Αἴθρη, ᾿Πετθῆος ϑυγάτηρ, Κλυμένη τε βοῶπις. 
Αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκανον ὅθι Σκαιαὶ πύλαι ἧσαν. 

Οἱ δ᾽ audi Πρίαμον καὶ Πάνθοον ἠδὲ Θυμοίτην, 
Λάμπον τε Κλυτίον ϑ᾽, Ἵκετάονά 7’, ὄζον "Άρηος, 
Οὐκαλέγων τε καὶ ᾿Αντήνωρ, πεπνυμένω ἄμφω, 
Εἴατο δημογέροντες ἐπὶ Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν " 
Τήραϊ δὴ πολέμοιο πεπαυμένοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγορηταὶ 
Ἐσθλοΐ, τεττίγεσσιν ἐοικότες, οἶτε καθ᾽ ὕλην 
Δενδρέῳ ἐφεζόμενοι ὅπα λειριόεσσαν ἰεῖσιν" 

Τοῖοι ἄρα Τρώων ἡγήτορες ἦντ᾽ ἐπὶ πύργῳ. 
Θὲ δ᾽ ὦ ὡς οὖν εἴδονθ᾽ “Ἑλένην ἐπὶ πύργον ἰοῦσαν, 
τρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον " 


Ob νέμεσις Τρῶας καὶ ἐὐκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιοὺς 


Ἐν ἀμφὶ γυναικὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἄλγεα πάσχειν" 


51 
125 


130 


135 


140 


145 


150 


52 BOOK IT 


Αἰνῶς ἀθανάτῃσι ϑεῆς εἰς ὧπα ἔοικεν. 
᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὥς, τοίη περ ἐοῦσ᾽, ἐν νηυσὶ νεέσθω, 
Μηδ’ ἡμῖν τεκέεσσί τ᾽ ὀπίσσω πῆμα λίποιτο. 160 


Ὡς dp’ ἔφαν " Πρίαμος δ᾽ “Ἑλένην ἐκαλέσσατο φωνῇ 
Δεῦρο πάροιθ᾽ ἐλθοῦσα, φίλον τέκος, ἵζευ ἐμεῖο, 
Ὄφρα ἴδῃ πρότερόν τε πόσιν πηούς τε φίλους TE— 
Οὔτι μοι αἰτίη ἐσσί, ϑεοί νύ μοι αἴτιοί εἶσιν, 
Οἵ μοι ἐφώρμησαν πόλεμον πολύδακρυν ᾿Αχαιῶν--- 16 
“Ὡς μοι καὶ τόνδ᾽ ἄνδρα πελώριον ἐξονομήνῃς, 
Ὅστις ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶν ᾿Αχαιὸς ἀνὴρ Hic τε μέγας τε. 
Ἤτοι μὲν κεφαλῇ καὶ μείζονες ἄλλοι ἔασιν, 
Καλὸν δ᾽ οὕτω ἐγὼν οὔπω ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσιν, 
Οὐδ᾽ οὕτω γεραρόν " βασιλῆϊ γὰρ ἀνδρὲ ἔοικεν. 110 


Τὸν δ᾽ Ἑλένη μύθοισιν ἀμείθετο, δῖα γυναικῶν " 
Αἰδοῖός τέ μοί ἐσσι, φίλε ἑκυρέ, δεινός τε" ! 
Ὡς ὄφελεν ϑάνατός μοι ἁδεῖν κακός, ὁππότε δεῦρο 
Yiéi σῷ ἑπόμην, ϑάλαμον γνωτούς τε λιποῦσα 
Παῖδά τε τηλυγέτην καὶ ὁμηλικίην ἐρατεινήν. 175 
᾿Αλλὰ Tay’ οὐκ ἐγένοντο, τὸ καὶ κλαίουσα τέτηκα. 
Τοῦτο δέ τοι ἐρέω, 5 μ᾽ ἀνείρεαι ἠδὲ μεταλλᾷς" 
Οὗτός γ᾽ ᾽Ατρείδης, εὐρυκρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων, 
᾿Αμφότερον, βασιλεύς τ᾽ ἀγαθός, κρατερός τ᾽ αἰχμητής " 
Δαὴρ ait’ ἐμὸς ἔσκε RUPE, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην γε. 180 


Ὡς φάτο" τὸν δ᾽ 6 γέρων ἠγάσσατο, φώνησέν τς ἊΣ 
Ὦ μάκαρ ᾽Ατρείδη, μοιρηγενές, ὀλθιόδαιμον, 
Ἦ ῥά νύ τοι πολλοὶ δεδμήατο κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Ἤδη καὶ Φρυγίην εἰςήλυθον ἀμπελόεσσαν, : 
Ἔνθα ἴδον πλείστους Φρύγας, ἀνέρας αἰολοπώλους, 185. 
Λαοὺς Ὀτρῆος καὶ Μύγδονος ἀντιϑέοιο, a Se 
Οἵ pa τότ᾽ ἐστρατόωντο παρ᾽ ὄχθας Sayyaptoww  Ὁὃὁ 
Καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼν ἐπίκουρος ἐὼν μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην 
Ἤματι τῷ, ὅτε τ᾽ ἦλθον ᾿Αμαζόγες ἀντιάνειραι. Ὁ 
᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οἱ τόσοι ἧσαν, ὅσοι ἑλίκωπες ᾿Αχαιοί. 190 


BOOK III. 53 


Δεύτερον αὖτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆα ἰδὼν ἐρέειν᾽ 6 yepatdg 
Ein’ ἄγε μοι καὶ τόνδε, φίλον τέκος, ὅςτις ὅδ᾽ ἐστίν " 
Μείων μὲν κεφαλῇ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρείδαο, 
Εὐρύτερος δ᾽ ὦμοισιν ἰδὲ στέρνοισιν ἰδέσθαι. 
Τεύχεα μέν οἱ κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυθοτείρῃ, 195 
Αὐτὸς δὲ, κτίλος ὥς, ἐπιπωλεῖται στίχας ἀνδρῶν. 
"Apve@ μιν ἔγωγε ἐΐσκω πηγεσιμάλλῳ, 
Ὅςτ᾽ ὀΐων μέγα Ted διέρχεται ἀργεννάων. 


Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείθετ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ “Ἑλένη, Διὸς ἐκγεγαυῖα" 
Οὗτος δ᾽ αὖ Λαερτιάδης, πολύμητις ᾽Οδυσσεύς, 200 
Ὃς τράφη ἐν δήμῳ ᾿Ιθάκης, κραναῆς περ ἐούσης, 
Εἰδὼς παντοίους τε δόλους καὶ μήδεα πυκνά. 


Τὴν δ᾽ abt’ ᾿Αντήνωρ πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα" 

Ὦ γύναι, ἣ μάλα τοῦτο ἔπος νημερτὲς ἔειπες. 
Ἤδη γὰρ καὶ δεῦρό ποτ’ ἤλυθε δῖος ᾽Οδυσσεὺς 2005 
Lev ἕνεκ᾽ ἀγγελίης σὺν ᾿Αρηϊφίλῳ Μενελάῳ " 
Τοὺς δ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐξείνισσα καὶ ἐν μεγάροισι φίλησα, 
᾿Αμφοτέρων δὲ φυὴν ἐδάην καὶ μήδεα πυκνά. 
᾿Αλλ’ ὅτε δὴ Τρώεσσιν ἐν Cyponévaroty ἔμεχθεν, 
Στάντων μὲν Μενέλαος ϑκείβοχεμ, εὐρέας ὦμους, 210 
“Aude δ' ἑζομένω, γεραρώτερος ἦεν ᾿Οδυσσεύς. 
᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ μύθους καὶ μήδεα πᾶσιν ὕφαινον, 
Ἤτοι μὲν Μενέλαος ἐπιτροχάδην᾽ ἀγόρευεν, 
Παῦρα μέν, ἀλλὰ μάλα λιγέως - ἐπεὶ οὐ πολύμυθος, 
Οὐδ᾽ ἀφαμαρτοεπής, εἰ καὶ γένει ὕστερος ἦεν. Ἧς. 0 
᾽Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πολύμητις ἀναΐξειεν ᾿Οδυσσεύς, 
Στάσκεν, ὑπαὶ δὲ ἴδεσκε, κατὰ χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας, 

δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ὀπίσω οὔτε προπρηνὲς ἐνώμα, 
"ALA? ἀστεμφὲς ἔχεσκεν, ἀϊδρεὶ φωτὲ ἐοικώς " 
Φαίης κε pa i τέ τιν᾽ ἔμμεναι, aT αὔτως: 220 
*AAN ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ bra τε μεγάλην ae al ἵει 
: Καὶ ἔπεα Ν᾿ ὐὐουιὸ ἐοικότα χειμερίῃσιν, 
οὐκ ἂν ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆϊΐ γ᾽ ἐρίσσειε βροτὸς ἄλλος" 
Οὐ τότε γ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆος ἀγασσάμεθ᾽ εἶδος ἰδόντες. 

Ε 2 


54 BOOK IIL 

Τὸ τρίτον air’ Αἴαντα ἰδὼν ἐρέειν" ὁ γεραιός * 
Τίς τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὅδ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιὸς ἀνὴρ hig τε μέγας τε, 
Ἔξοχος ᾿Αργείων κεφαλὴν ἠδ᾽ εὐρέας ὦμους ; 


Τὸν δ᾽ "Ελένη τανύπεπλος ἀμείθετο, dia γυναικῶν " 


Οὗτος δ᾽ Αἴας ἐστὶ πελώριος, ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν" 
Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐνὶ ἸΚρήτεσσι, ϑεὸς ὡς 

. Ἕστηκ᾽ " ἀμφὶ δέ μιν Ἱξρητῶν ἀγοὶ ἠγερέθονται. 
Πολλάκι μεν ξείνισσεν ᾿Αρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος 
Οἴκῳ ἐν ἡμετέρῳ, ὁπότε Κρήτηθεν ἵκοιτο. 


Νῦν δ᾽ ἄλλους μὲν πάντας ὁρῶ ἑλίκωπας ᾿Αχαιούς, 


Otc κεν bb γνοίην, καί τ᾽ οὔνομα μυθησαίμην " 
Δοιὼ δ᾽ οὐ δύναμαι ἰδέειν κοσμήτορε λαῶν, 


Κάστορά ϑ᾽ ἱππόδαμον καὶ πὺξ ἀγαθὸν Πολυδεύκεα, 


Αὐτοκασιγνήτω, τώ μοι μία γείνατο μήτηρ. 
Ἦ οὐχ ἑσπέσθην Λακεδαίμονος ἐξ ἐρατεινῆς ; 
Ἢ δεύρω μὲν ἕποντο νέεσσ᾽ ἔνι ποντοπόροισιν, 


Nov avr’ οὐκ ἐθέλουσι μάχην καταδύμεναι ἀνδρῶν, 


Αἴσχεα δειδιότες καὶ ὀνείδεα πόλλ᾽, & μοί ἐστιν; 


Ὡς φάτο: τοὺς δ᾽ ἤδη κατέχεν φυσίζοος aia 
Ἐν Λακεδαίμονι αὖθι, φίλῃ ἐν πατρίδι yaiy.— 


Κήρυκες δ᾽ ἀνὰ ἄστυ ϑεῶν φέρον ὅρκεα πιστά, 
*Apve δύω καὶ οἷνον ἐύφρονα, καρπὸν ἀρούρης, 
᾿Ασκῷ ἐν αἰγείῳ - φέρε δὲ κρητῆρα φαεινὸν 
Κήρυξ Ἰδαῖος ἠδὲ χρύσεια κύπελλα" 

Ὥτρυνεν δὲ γέροντα παριστάμενος ἐπέεσσιν = 


Ὄρσεο, Λαομεδοντιάδη, καλέουσιν ἄριστοι 
Τρώων ϑ᾽ ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων 
Ἐς πεδίον καταθῆναι, lv’ ὅρκια πιστὰ τάμητε " 
Αὐτὰρ ᾿Αλέξανδρος καὶ ᾿Αρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος _ 
Μακρῇς ἐγχείῃσι μαχήσοντ᾽ ἀμφὶ γυναικί" 

Τῷ δέ κε νικήσαντι γυνὴ καὶ κτήμαθ᾽ ἕποιτο 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ ταμόντες 
Ναίοιμεν Τροίην ἐριθώλακα: τοὶ δὲ νέονται 
ἤλργος ἐς ἱππόδοτον καὶ ᾿Αχαιΐίδα καλλιγύναικα. 


225 


290 


240 


245 


BOOK ΠῚ. 


Ὡς φάτο" ῥίγησεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, ἐκέλευσε δ᾽ ἑταίροις 
Ἵππους ζευγνύμεναι " τοὶ δ᾽ ὀτραλέως ἐπίθοντο. 
“Av δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθη Πρίαμος, κατὰ δ᾽ ἡνία τεῖνεν ὀπίσσω " 
Ildp δέ οἱ ᾿Αντήνωρ περικαλλέα βήσετο δίφρον. 
Τὼ δὲ διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ᾽ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους. 


᾽Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκοντο μετὰ Ὑρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, 
Ἐξ ἵππων ἀποθάντες ἐπὶ χθόνα πουλυθότειραν 
Ἐς μέσσον Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐστιχόωντο. 
Ὥρνυτο δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων, 
“Av δ᾽ Ὀδυσεὺς πολύμητις - ἀτὰρ κήρυκες ἀγανοὶ 
Ὅρκια πιστὰ ϑεῶν σύναγον; κρητῆρι δὲ οἶνον 
Μέσγον, ἀτὰρ βασιλεῦσιν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ χεῖρας ἔχευαν " 
᾽Ατρείδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος χείρεσσι μάχαιραν, 
Ἥ οἱ πὰρ ξίφεος μέγα κουλεὸν αἰὲν ἄωρτο, 
᾿Αρνῶν ἐκ κεφαλέων τάμνε τρίχας " αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 

_ Κήρυκες Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν νεῖμαν ἀρίστοις. 

Toiow δ᾽ ᾽Ατρείδης μεγάλ᾽ εὔχετο χεῖρας ἀνασχών " 

Ζεῦ πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, κύδιστε, μέγιστε, 
Ἠέλιός ϑ᾽, ὃς πάντ᾽ ἐφορᾷς, καὶ πάντ᾽ ἐπακούεις, 
Kai Ποταμοὶ καὶ Ῥαῖα, καὶ of ὑπένερθε καμόντας 
᾿Ανθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅτις κ᾽ ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, 
ὙὝὙμεϊς μάρτυροι ἔστε, φυλάσσετε δ᾽ ὅρκια πιστά" 
Ei μέν κεν Μενέλαον ᾿Αλέξανδρος καταπέφνῃ, 
Αὐτὸς ἔπειθ᾽ “Ἑλένην ἐχέτω καὶ κτήματα πάντα, 
Ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι νεώμεθα ποντοπόροισιν " 
Ei δέ κ᾽ ᾿Αλέξανδρον κτείνῃ ξανθὸς Μενέλαος, 
Τρῶας ἔπειθ᾽ Ἑλένην καὶ κτήματα πάντ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι, 
Τιμὴν δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοις ἀποτινέμεν, ἥντιν᾽ ἔοικεν, 
Ἥτε καὶ ἐσσομένοισι μετ᾽ ἀνθρώποισι πέληται. 
Ei δ᾽ ἂν ἐμοὶ τιμὴν Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες 
Tivery οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν, ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο πεσόντος, 
Αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ καὶ ἔπειτα μαχήσομαι εἵνεκα ποινῆς 

YAH μένων, εἵως κε τέλος πολέμοιο κιχείω. 
"H, καὶ ἀπὸ στομάχους ἀρνῶν τάμε νηλέϊ χαλκῷ, 


- 


265 


270 


275 


280 


285 


290 


56 BOOK IIL 


Καὶ τοὺς μὲν κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ χθονὸς ἀσπαίροντας, 

Θυμοῦ δευομένους - ἀπὸ γὰρ μένος εἵλετο χαλκός. 

Oivoy δ᾽ &% κρητῆρος ἀφυσσάμενοι δεπάεσσιν 295 
Ἔκχεον, ἠδ᾽ εὔχοντο ϑεοῖς αἰειγενέτῃσιν * 

"Qde δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων τε" 


Ζεῦ κύδιστε, μέγιστε, καὶ ἀθάνατοι ϑεοὶ ἄλλοι, 
'Ὁππότεροι πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια πημήνειαν, : 
"Q0E of” ἐγκέφαλος χαμάδις ῥέοι, ὡς ὅδε οἷνος, 309 
Αὐτῶν καὶ τεκέων, ἄλοχοι δ᾽ ἄλλοισι δαμεῖεν. 


Ὡς pay: οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ σφιν ἐπεκραίαινε ἹΚρονίων. 
Τοῖσι δὲ Δαρδανίδης Πρίαμος μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπεν" 


Κέκλυτέ μευ, Τρῶες καὶ ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί" 
Ἤτοι ἐγὼν εἷμε προτὶ Ἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν 305 
“Ay, ἐπεὶ οὕπως τλήσομ᾽ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶσθαι 
Μαρνάμενον φίλον υἱὸν ᾿Αρηϊφίλῳ Μενελάῳ 
Ζεὺς μέν που τόγε οἷδε καὶ ἀθάνατοι ϑεοὶ ἄλλοι, 
'Οπποτέρῳ ϑανάτοιο τέλος πεπρωμένον ἐστίν. 


Ἦ pa, καὶ ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας ϑέτο ἰσόθεος φώς " 910 
"Av δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθαιν᾽ αὐτός, κατὰ δ᾽ ἡνία τεῖνεν ὀπίσσω " 
Πὰρ δέ οἱ ᾿Αντήνωρ περικαλλέα βήσετο δίφρον - 
Τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἄψοῤῥοι προτὶ Ἴλιον ἀπονέοντο. 


Ἕκτωρ δὲ Πριάμοιο πάϊς καὶ δῖος ᾽Οδυσσεὺς 
XGpov μὲν πρῶτον διεμέτρεον, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 315 
Κλήρους ἐν κυνέῃ χαλκήρεϊ βάλλον ἑλόντες, 
'Οππότερος δὴ πρόσθεν ἀφείη χάλκεον ἔγχος. 
Λαοὶ δ᾽ ἠρήσαντο, ϑεοῖσι δὲ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον, 
"Qde δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων τε" 


58 


Ζεῦ πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, κύδιστε, μέγιστε, 820. 


ὋὉππότερος τάδε ἔργα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἔθηκεν, 


“> 


Tov δὸς ἀποφθίμενον δῦναι δόμον *Aidog εἴσω, ete 
Ἡμῖν δ᾽ αὖ φιλότητα καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ γενέσθαι. ὃ 


4 


Ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἔφαν + πάλλεν δὲ μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ Ὁ 


BOOK 1[{{1- 57 


“Aw ὁρόων " Πάριος δὲ ϑοῶς ἐκ κλῆρος ὄρουσεν. 325 
Oi μὲν ἔπειθ᾽ ἵζοντο κατὰ στίχας, ἦχι ἑκάστῳ 

Ἵπποι ἀερσίποδες καὶ ποικίλα τεύχε᾽ ἔκειτο. 

Αὐτὰρ by ἀμφ᾽ ὦμοισιν ἐδύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ 

Δῖος ᾿Αλέξανδρος, Ἑλένης πόσις ἠὐκόμοιο. 

Κνημῖδας μὲν πρῶτα περὲ κνήμῃσιν ἔϑηκεν, 330 
Καλάς, ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας " 

Δεύτερον av ϑώρηκα περὶ στήθεσσιν ἔδυνεν 

Oio κασιγνήτοιο Λυκάονος " ἥρμοσε δ᾽ αὐτῷ. 

᾿Αμφὲ δ᾽ ap’ ὦμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον, 

Χάλκεον - αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα σάκος μέγα Te στιθαρόν τε. 380 
Kpari δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἰφϑίμῳ κυνέην εὔτυκτον ἔθηκεν, Ὁ 
Ἵππουριν " δεινὸν δὲ λόφος καθύπερθεν ἔνευεν. 
Εἵλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἔγχος, 6 οἱ παλάμῃφιν ἀρήρει. 
Ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως Μενέλαος ᾿Αρήϊος ἔντε᾽ ἔδυνεν. 


Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἑκάτερθεν ὁμίλου ϑωρήχθησαν, 340 
Ἐς μέσσον Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐστιχόωντο 
Δεινὸν δερκόμενοι " ϑάμθος δ᾽ ἔχεν εἰςορόωντας 
Τρῶάς & ἱπποδάμους καὶ ἐνκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς. 
Καί p’ ἐγγὺς στήτην διαμετρητῷ ἐνὶ χώρῳ, 
Σείοντ᾽ ἐγχείας, ἀλλήλοισιν κοτέοντε. 345 
Πρόσθε δ᾽ ᾿Αλέξανδρος προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
Καὶ βάλεν ᾿Ατρείδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην, 
Οὐδ᾽ ἔῤῥηξεν χαλκόν" ἀνεγνάμφθη δέ οἱ αἰχμὴ 
᾿Ασπίδ᾽ évi κρατερῇ. ‘O δὲ δεύτερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ 


᾽Ατρείδης Μενέλαος ἐπευξάμενος Διὲ πατρί" 850 


“Ζεῦ ἄνα, δὸς τίσασθαι, ὅ με πρότερος κάκ᾽ ἔοργεν, 
Δῖον ᾿Αλέξανδρον, καὶ ἐμῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶ δάμασσον " 
 Ὄφρα τις ἐῤῥίγῃσι καὶ ὀψιγόνων ἀνθρώπων 
Ξεινοδόκον κακὰ ῥέξαι, ὅ κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ. 
Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 855 
‘Kai βάλε Πριαμίδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ' ἐΐσην. 
Διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε φαεινῆς ὄθριμον ἔγχος, 
: Καὶ διὰ ϑώρηκος πολυδαιδάλου ἠρήρειστο" 


τς 


eS 


58 BOOK IIL 


᾿Αντικρὺ δὲ παραὶ λαπάρην διάμησε χιτῶνα 
Ἔγχος " ὃ δ᾽ ἐκλίνθη, καὶ ἀλεύατο Kijpa μέλαιναν. 360 
᾽Ατρείδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον, 
Πλῆξεν ἀνασχόμενος κόρυθος φάλον" ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap’ αὐτῷ 
Τριχθά τε καὶ τετραχθὰ διατρυφὲν ἔκπεσε χειρός. 
᾽Ατρείδης δ᾽ ᾧμωξεν ἰδὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν " 

Ζεῦ πάτερ, οὔτις σεῖο ϑεῶν ὀλοώτερος ἄλλος" 865 
Ἦ τ᾽ ἐφάμην τίσεσθαι ᾿Αλέξανδρον κακότητος " 
Νῦν δέ μοι ἐν χείρεσσιν ἄγη ξίφος " ἐκ δέ μοι ἔγχος 
"HiyOn παλάμηφιν ἐτώσιον, οὐδ᾽ ἔθαλόν μιν. 

Ἦ, καὶ ἐπαΐξας κόρυθος λάθεν ἱπποδασείης, 
Ἕλκε δ᾽ ἐπιστρέψας μετ᾽ ἐὐκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς " 910 
ἴἤλγχε δέ μιν πολύκεστος ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑπὸ δειρήν, 
Ὅς οἱ ὑπ᾽ ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο τρυφαλείης. 
Καί νύ κεν εἴρυσσέν τε, καὶ ἄσπετον ἤρατο κῦδος, 
Ei μὴ ἄρ᾽ ὀξὺ νόησε Διὸς ϑυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη, 
Ἥ οἱ ῥῆξεν ἱμάντα βοὸς ἶφι κταμένοιο " 375 
Κεινὴ δὲ τρυφάλεια ἅμ᾽ ἕσπετο χειρὶ παχείῃ. 
Τὴν μὲν ἔπειθ᾽ ἥρως μετ᾽ ἐὐκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
‘Piy’ ἐπιδινήσας, κόμισαν δ᾽ ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι. 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ ἂψ ἐπόρουσε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων 
Ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ - τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη 380 
"Peia μάλ᾽, ὥςτε ϑεός " ἐκάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ, ᾿ 
Kad δ᾽ sio’ ἐν ϑαλάμῳ εὐώδεϊ, κηώεντι. 
Αὐτὴ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ "Ἑλένην καλέουσ᾽ ἴε" τὴν δ᾽ ἐκίχανεν 
Πύργῳ ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῷ - περὶ δὲ Τρωαὶ ἅλις ἧσαν. 
Χειρὶ δὲ νεκταρέου ἑανοῦ ἐτίναξε Aabovoa* 385 
Τρηὶ δέ μιν εἰκυῖα παλαιγενέϊ προςέειπεν, . 
Elpox6uw, ἥ of Λακεδαίμονι ναϊεταώσῃ es 
"Hokey εἴρια καλά, μάλιστα δέ μιν φιλέεσκεν " oa 
Τῇ μιν ἐεισαμένη προςεφώνεε Ov ᾿Αφροδίτη 

Δεῦρ᾽ 10+ ᾿Αλέξανδρός σε καλεῖ οἵκόνδε νέεσθαι. 890 
Κεῖνος ὅγ᾽ ἐν ϑαλάμῳ καὶ δινωτοῖσι λέχεσσιν, ὃ 
Κάλλεϊ τε στίλθων καὶ εἵμασιν " οὐδέ κε paing δι 


BOOK IL. 59 


’"Avdpi μαχεσσάμενον τόνγ᾽ ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ χορόνδε 

Ἔρχεσθ᾽, ἠὲ χοροῖο νέον λήγοντα καθίζειν. 
Ὡς φάτο" τῇ δ᾽ ἄρα ϑυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν Spivey 395 

Kai ῥ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε ϑεᾶς περικαλλέα δειρὴν, 

Στήθεά ϑ᾽ ἱμερόεντα καὶ ὄμματα μαρμαίροντα, 

Θάμθησέν τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν " 
Δαιμονέη, τί με ταῦτα λιλαίεαι ἠπεροπεύειν ; 

Ἦ πή με προτέρω πολίων εὐναιομενάων 400 

"Agee ἢ Φρυγίης ἢ Μῃονίης ἐρατεινῆς, 

Ei τίς τοι καὶ κεῖθι φίλος μερόπων ἀνθρώπων ; 

Οὔνεκα δὴ νῦν δῖον ᾿Αλέξανδρον Μενέλαος - 

Νικήσας ἐθέλει. στυγερὴν ἐμὲ οἴκαδ᾽ ἄγεσθαι, 

Τοὔνεκα δὴ νῦν δεῦρο δολοφρονέουσα παρέστης ; 405 

"Hoo παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα, ϑεῶν δ᾽ ἀπόεικε κελεύθου " 

Μηδ’ ἔτι σοῖσι πόδεσσιν ὑποστρέψειας Ὄλυμπον, 

᾿Αλλ’ αἰεὶ περὶ κεῖνον ὀΐζυε, καί ἑ φύλασσε, 

Εἰςόκε σ᾽ ἢ ἄλοχον ποιήσεται, ἢ ὅγε δούλην. 

Κεῖσε & ἐγὼν οὐκ εἷμι---“νεμεσσητὸν δέ κεν εἴη--- 410 

Κείνου πορσννέουσα λέχος - Τρωαὶ δέ μ᾽ ὀπίσσω 

Πᾶσαι μωμήσονται " ἔχω δ᾽ dye’ ἄκριτα ϑυμῷ. 
Τὴν δὲ χολωσαμένη προςεφώνεε δι᾽ ’Adpodity - 

Μή μ᾽ ἔρεθε, oxeTAin, μὴ χωσαμένη σε μεθείω, 

Tas δέ σ᾽ ἀπεχθήρω, ὡς νῦν ἔκπαγλ᾽ ἐφίλησα, 415 

Μέσσῳ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων μητίσομαι ἔχθεα λυγρὰ, 

Τρώων καὶ Δαναῶν, σὺ δέ κεν κακὸν οἶτον ὄληαι. 
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ - ἔδδεισεν δ᾽ Ἑλένη, Διὸς ἐκγεγαυῖα" 

Βῆ δὲ κατασχομένη ἑανῷ ἀργῆτι φαεινῷ 

Σιγῇ" πάσας δὲ Τρωὰς λάθεν - ἦρχε δὲ δαίμων. 420 
Αἱ δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο δόμον περικαλλέ ἵκοντο, 

᾿Αμφέπολοι μὲν ἔπειτα ϑοῶς ἐπὶ ἔργα τράποντο, 

Ἢ δ᾽ εἰς ὑψόροφον ϑάλαμον κίε dia γυναικῶν. 

: τῇ & ἄρα δίφρον ἑλοῦσα φιλομμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη, 

"Αντῦ ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο Sea κατέθηκε φέρουσα - 425 
α κάθιζ᾽ Ἑλένη, κούρη Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο, 

Ε πάλιν κλίνασα, πόσιν δ᾽ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ - 


00 BOOK Ill. 


Ἤλυθες ἐκ πολέμου" ὡς ὥφελες αὐτόθ᾽ ὀλέσθαι 
᾿Ανδρὶ δαμεὶς κρατερῷ, ὃς ἐμὸς πρότερος πόσις ἦεν. 
Ἦ μὲν δή πρίν γ᾽ εὔχε᾽ ᾿Αρηϊφίλον Μενελάου 480 
Σῇ τε βίῃ καὶ χερσὶ καὶ ἔγχεϊ φέρτερος εἷναι " 
᾽Αλλ᾽ ἴθι νῦν προκάλεσσαι ᾿Αρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον 
᾿Εξαῦτις μαχέσασθαι ἐναντίον. ᾿Αλλά σ᾽ ἔγωγε 
Παύσασθαι κέλομαι, μηδὲ ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 
᾿Αντέῤιον πόλεμον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι 435 
᾿Αφραδέως, μήπως τάχ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήης. 


Τὴν δὲ Πάρις μύθοισιν ἀμειθόμενος προςέειπεν " 
Μή με, γύναι, χαλεποῖσιν ὀνείδεσι ϑυμὸν ἔνιπτε. 
Noy μὲν γὰρ Μενέλαος ἐνίκησεν σὺν ᾿Αθήνῃ" 
Keivoy δ᾽ αὗτις ἐγώ - παρὰ yap ϑεοί εἰσι καὶ ἡμῖν. 440 
"AAR ἄγε δὴ φιλότητι τραπείομεν εὐνηθέντε. 
Οὐ γὰρ πώποτέ μ᾽ ὧδέ γ᾽ ἔρως φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν " 
Οὐδ᾽ ὅτε σε πρῶτον Λακεδαίμονος ἐξ ἐρατεινῆς © 
Ἔπλεον ἁρπάξας ἐν ποντοπύροισι νέεσσιν, 
Νήσῳ δ᾽ ἐν Κρανάῃ ἐμίγην φιλότητι καὶ εὐνῇ, 445 
"Q¢ ceo νῦν ἔραμαι, καί με γλυκὺς ἵμερος αἱρεῖ. 


Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ἄρχε λέχοςδε κιών " ἅμα δ᾽ εἵπετ᾽ ἄκοιτις " 
Τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐν τρητοῖσι κατεύνασθεν λεχέεσσιν. 
᾽Ατρείδης δ᾽ av’ ὅμιλον ἐφοίτα, ϑηρὶ ἐοικώς, 
Ei που ἐςαθρήσειεν ᾿Αλέξανδρον ϑεοειδέα. 450 
"AAW οὔτις δύνατο 'Τρώων κλειτῶν τ᾽ ἐπικούρων 
Δεῖξαι ᾿Αλέξανδρον τότ᾽ ᾿Αρηϊφίλῳ Μενελάῳ. 
Οὐ μὲν γὰρ φιλότητί γ᾽ ἐκεύθανον, εἴ τις ἴδοιτο" 
Ἶσον γάρ σφιν πᾶσιν ἀπήχθετο Knpi μελαίνῃ. 
Τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων * 455 


Κέκλυτέ μευ, Τρῶες καὶ Δάρδανοι ἠδ᾽ ἐπίκουροι" 
Νέκη μὲν δὴ φαίνετ᾽ ᾿Αρηϊφίλου Μενελάου" 
Ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ᾿Αργείην “Ἑλένην καὶ κτήμαθ' ἅμ᾽ αὐτῇ 
Ἔκδοτε, καὶ τιμὴν ἀποτινέμεν, ἥντιν᾽ ἔοικεν, are hae 
"Hre καὶ ἐσσομένοισι μετ᾽ ἀνθρώποισι πέληται. 460 


Ὡς ἔφατ’ ᾽Ατρείδης " ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἤνεον ἄλλοι ᾽Αχαιοΐ. 


HOMER’S ILIAD, 


ACCORDING TO THE EARLIER ORTHOGRAPHY. 


7 3 


FIAFIAS & 


MHNIN afede, bea, mndefradal Aytdefog 

Ολομενὴν, Fn wofpv AyarFoue adye’ εθηκεν, 

Πολλας δ᾽ ἐφθιμοιῖς movFyac aftdt προιαπτσεν 

Εηροίζων, aFtof¢ δὲ ξελωρι᾽ ετευχε κυνεσιν, 

Οεξωνοισι te παντσι" Διος δ᾽ ετελεξετο βουλη" 5 
Exe Fofo dn ta πρωτα διαστητὴν ερισαντε 

Arpefidne te, Ἑανακς ανδρων, καὶ duFoo AytAdAete. 

Τὶς τ᾽ ap odofe θεων epide youveFnke μαχεσθαι ; 
Λητοος kat Διὸς ἔνιος " Fo yap βασιλειξι χολωθενς 
Νουσον ava στρατὸν ὡρσε κακὴν " odexovTo δὲ λαιξοι " 10 
Εοονεκα tov Χρυσε.᾽ ητιιἔμησ᾽ ἀρητηρα 
Ἀτρεξιδης" Fo yap nade θοξας ext vaFag AyatFwr, 
Λυΐσομενος τε Ovyatpa, φερων τ᾽ απερεισι᾽ αποινα, 
Στεφμαθ᾽ exwv εν χερσιν ξεκηθολο." Απολλωνος, 
Χρυσεωι ava σκηπτρωι" καὶ ἐλίσσετο παντας AyatfoFe, 15 
Atpefida δὲ μαλιστα, ὄνω κοσμητορε λαιξων " 

AtpeFidas τε, καὶ αλλοι ξευκνημιδὲς AyatFor, 
Ευμὲν μὲν θεοι δοιεν, Ολυνπιὰ δωμαθ᾽ εχοντες, 
Ἑκπερῦσαι Tprapofo πολιν, καὶ Ἐοικαδ᾽ Εἰκεσθαι " 
Παιδα δὲ μοι Avfoat τε φιλην, ta δ᾽ ἀποινα δεχεσθαι, 20 
Εαδσομενοι Διος ἔνιον ξεκηθολον Ἀπολλωνα. 
᾿ς Ἐνθ᾽ αλλοι μὲν παντες ἐεπευφημησαν Αχαιοι, 
Αἰδεεσθαι θ᾽ tepeFa, καὶ ayAafa δεχθαι αποινα" 
a » ; 


62 FIAFIAS I. 


AA οὐκ Atpefidne Αγαμεμνονι Favdave OvFpwt, 
Ada κακὼς αφιξεε, κρατερον δ᾽ emt μυιθον ετελλεν " 25 
My σε, γερον, κοιληισιν Eyw παρα vaFoL κιχείω, 
H νυν dnOvFvovr’ ἡ ξυστερον afri¢ ἰοντα, 
Mn vv Tot ov χραξσμηι σκῆπτρον, καὶ στεῴμα OeoFo. 
Τὴν δ᾽ eyw ov Avfow* πριν μὲν καὶ γηρας επειτιν, 
Εημετερωε eve Εοικωι, ev Apyet, τηλοθι πατρῆης, 30 
Εεστον εποιχομενην, καὶ ἐμὸν λεχος αντιαοντσαν " 
Αλλ᾽ Ot, μὴ μ᾽ ἐερεθιὅσε, σαωτερος Fag κε νεηαι. 
Εως εφατ᾽" εδδειδσεν δ᾽ Fo γερων, καὶ ἐπείθετο pvF Oat. 
By δ᾽ ἀκεων παρα θινα πολυφλοισῦο.ο θαλασσης, 
Πολλα δ᾽ erect’ ἀπανευθε κίων npal? o yepaFoc 35 
Ἀπολλωνι Favaxtt, Tov nuKomocg Texe Λητω" 
Κλυθι ef’, apyvporoxo’, Foc Χρυσην ἀαμφιθεθηκας 
Κιλλαν τε doabenv, Tevedofo τε Fide Favacoetc, 
Σμινθε. " εἰ ποτε Tor χαριεντ᾽ ext vafov epepaa, 
H’ εἰ δὴ ποτε τοι Kata πιονα pnp’ exna 40 
Ταυρων, ηδ᾽ αἰγων, τοδὲ μοι KpaFnvov εελδωρ * 
Tifosrav Δαναοι ἐμὰ daxpvfa σοισι βελεσσιν. 
Εως εφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος “ tofo δ᾽ εκλυε Φοιθος Ἀπολλων " 
By τε κατ᾽ Ολυμπο.ιο καρηνων χωομενος Keap, 
Toxo’ ὠμοισι Feywv, aupnpedea te φαρετρὴν " 45 
Ἑκλανγσαν δ᾽ ap’ οἰστοι en’ @pwv ywouevofo. . 46 
Fedoer’ erect’ ἀπάνευθε vafwr, μετα δ᾽ Fifov εἴηκεν 48 
Adetvn δὲ κλανγὴ yever’ apyvpsofo Biofo. 
Ovpefag μεν πρωτον ETWLYETO, καὶ κυνας ἀργοῖς " 50 
Afrap erett’ af roo. βελος ξεχεπευκες edifeve, 
Badd’: atfer de πυραι νεκυων kafovto θαμειαι. 
FevyFquap μὲν ava στρατὸν wiyeto κηλα Oeofo- 
Ty δεκατηι δ᾽ ayopnvd’ exadeooato Aafov Αχιλλεις" 
Tax yap emt φρεσ᾽ εθηκε Oca λειξκωλενος Ἑηρῆ " » δ 
Kydero yap Aavawy, Fort pa θνησκοντας Foparo. 
Fou δ᾽ ἐπεὶ wv ἡγερθεν, ξομήγερεες τ᾽ eyevovro, 
Τοισι δ᾽ avfiorapuevoc μετεφὴη ποδας weve Αχιλλεῖς " 
Atpefidn, νυν ἀμμὲ παλινπλαᾳνχθεντας otf a 


FIAFIAS 1. 63 


Arc απονοστήσεεν, εἰ kev θανατον ye φυγοιμεν * 60 
Ex δὴ Fouoo πολεμος τε δαμαι καὶ λοιμὸς Axatfose. 
AA aye δὴ τινα μαντιν εἐρείομεν, ἡ Είερεξα, 
H kat ονειροπολον, καὶ yap τ᾽ ovap ex Δίος εστιν " 
Foe ἔειποι, Fo te τόσον exwoato Φοιθος Ἀπολλων " 
Ex τ᾽ ap’ Foy’ ευχωλῆς επιμεμφεται, et εκατονθης" 65 
At kev πως Fapywr κνίσης avywy Te τελείων 
Βουλητ᾽ avtiacave Fnucy aro Aovyov ἀαμυξναι. 
Hrot Foy’ ἕως Fetrwy, κατ᾽ ap’ Fedoeto* τοισι δ᾽ aveorn 
Kadyave Θεστοριδὴς o.fwvoroAwy Foy’ ἀριστος, 
Foc Fowdee ta τ᾽ εοντα, Ta τ᾽ εσσομενα, πρὸ τ᾽ covta, "πὸ 
Καὶ vafeo’ ξηγησατ᾽ Αχαίξων FrAFiov εἰσω, 
Fav δια μαντοσυνην, την ἔοι trope Φοιθος Ἀπολλων " 
Fo σφιν ξευφρονεων ayopefaarto, καὶ μετεξειπεν " 
Q Aytdef, κελεαι με, Au φιλε, μυξθησασθαι 
Μηνιν Απολλωνος, ξεκατηθελεταιο ἕανακτος. 75 
Tovyap eyw Fepew: ov de συνθεο, καὶ μοι ομοσσον, 
H μεν μοι προφρων ξεπεσιν καὶ χερσίν apnyceev. 
H yap otfouat ανδρα χολωώσεμεν, Foo peya παντων 


Ἀργείων κρατεει, καὶ Foe πείθονται AyatFot. 79 
Tov δ᾽ απαμειθομενος προσεφὴ ποδας ὠκὺς AytAAeFo- 
Θαρσησανς pada, Ferre θεοπροπιον, Fort ξοιδσθα. 85 


Ov pa yap AroAAwva, Au φιλον, Farte ov, Καλχαν, 
Evyouevoc Aavaotot θεοπροπιας avadacveic, ᾿ 
Ουτις, ἐμεο doaFoo καὶ ext χθονε δερκομενο. ΓΟ, 
Loe κοίληις παρα vafor βαρυιας χεῖρας ἐποίσει, 
Τσυνπαντων Δαναων" ovd’ nv Αγαμεμνονα ξείπηις, 90 
Εος νυν πολλον αριστος Evi στρατωι εὐχεταῖ εεναῖι. 

Και tore dn θαρσησε, καὶ ηυξδαε μαντις αμυμων" 
Ov?’ ap’ Foy’ ευχωλὴς επιμεμφεταῖι, ov’ εκατονθης " 
AAW Fever’ ἀρητῆρος, Fov ἡτεΐμησ᾽ Αγαμεμνων, 
Ovd’ ἀπελυ.σε θυγατρα, καὶ οὐκ απεδεχσατ᾽ anova. 9 
Τοονεκ᾽ ap’ adye’ εδωκεν F exnbodoc, ηδ᾽ ετι δωσει" 
Ουδ᾽ Foye πριν λοιμο.ο βαρυιας χειρας αφεχσει, 
Πριν γ᾽ απὸ πατρι φιλωι δομεναι ξελεκωπιδα kof pnv 


64 FIAFIA® I. 


ἈΑπριατην, ααποινον, ayeev θ᾽ tepnv Fexatov6nv 
Ἐς Xpvonv " tote κεν μιν FiAacoapevor πεπιθοιμεν. 100 

Hrot Foy’ ἕως ξείπων κατ᾽ ap’ ξεδσετο" τοισι δ᾽ aveory 
Εηρως Ατρεξιδὴης evpuxpefwv Αγαμεμνων 
Αχνυμενος " μένεος δὲ weya φρενες αμφιμελαιναι 
Πιμπλαντ᾽, οσσε δὲ ἔοι πυρι λαμπεταοντι Βεικτὴν " 
Καλχαντα πρωτιστα Kak’ οσσομενος προσεξειπεν " 105 

Marte κακῶν, Ov Tw ποτὲ μοι TO κρήγυον «ξειπας " 
Ae Tot Ta Kak’ ἐστι φιλα φρεσι μαντείεσθαι " 

Ἐσσθλον δ᾽ ουδὲ τε man ξειπας ἕεπος, οὐδ᾽ ετελεσσας" 

Kaz νυν ev Δαναοισι θεοπροπεων ayopefecc, 

Εως δὴ τοοδ᾽ Fevexa σφιν ξεκηθολος adyea τεύχει, 110 
Εοονεκ᾽ eyw κοιξρης Xpvoefidocg ayAas’ αποινα 

Ουκ εθελον δεχσασθαι - exer πολυ βουλομαι αἴτην. 112 
Αλλα καὶ Fag εθελω δομεναι παλιν, εἰ Toy’ ἀμεινον" 116 
Βουλομ᾽ eyw Aafov σαον ἐσμεναῖι, n’ απολεσθαι. 

Afrap εμοι γερας af tix’ ετοιμασαθ᾽, οφρα jun otoc 
Apystfwv ἀγεραστος ew* eter ουδὲ FeFotkev. 

Aefooete yap Toye παντες, Fo wou yepac epyerat αλλη. 120 

Tov δ᾽ nueiber’ exeita ποδαρκης duFoc Ἀχιλλεὶς" 
Arpefidn κυΐξδιστε, φιλοκτεανωτατε παντων, 

Ilwe yap τοι δωσοντι γερας μεγαθυΐμοι AyatFot ; 

Ουδ᾽ ere 7@ Fiduev yournifa κειμενα πολλα" 

Αλλα τα μεν πολίων εκσεπραθομεν, Ta δεδασται, 125 
Aafof¢ δ᾽ οὐκι ξείοικε παλινλογα τα.τ᾽ επαγειρεεν. 
Αλλα ov μεν νυν τηνδὲ θεωι προ.ξες " aftap Αχαιοι 
Τριπληι tetpanAn τ᾽ αποτιΐσομεν, at Ke ποθι Δσεις 
Δωητι Τροίην ξευτείχεον ἐκσαλαπακσαι. 

Tov δ᾽ απαμειθομενος προσεφὴ Kpefwv Αγαμεμνων" 130 
M70’ FoF twee, ayabog περ εων, θεοιΓεικελ᾽ Αχιλλε!, ὁ 
Κλεπτε vow eet ov παρελευθσεαι, ουδὲ με πειθσεις. 

H’ εθελεις, Fodp’ αὖτος ξεχῆς γερας, af rap ew’ af rar 
Εησθαι defouevov ; κελεαι δὲ με τηνδ᾽ ἀποδωναι ; 

AAR’ εἰ μεν δωσοντι γερας peyabv For Axatfor, 185 
Ἄρσαντες kata θυΐμον, Forwe ανταγσιίον εσται " 


ΕἹΛΕΙΑΣ I. 65 


Ez δὲ xe μη δωωντιν, eyw δὲ κεν aftocg Εελωμαι 
H tefov, 9 atfavtoc, wv γερας, 7° Fodvoefoc. 138 
AAW nro μὲν ταῦτα μεταφρασομεσθα Kat αετις. 199 
Nov δ᾽ aye, ναιξξα μελαιναν ξερυσσομεν εἰς Fada δίιξαν, 140 
Ἐς δ᾽ ἐερετας ἐεπιτηδὲες ἀγήρομεν, ες δ᾽ ξεκατονθην 
Θησομεν, av δ᾽ αὔτην Χρυσεξιδα καλλιπαρηον 
Βησομεν + Feve δὲ tig αρχος avnp βουλήφορος εστω, 
H’ atfave, 7 Idopeveso, ἡ dtfog Fodvacete " 145 
He ov, Indrefidn, παντων εκπαγλοτατ᾽ avdpwyr, 
Εοφρ᾽ Fnuty Fexafepyov FrAacoeat Frepa pexoare. 

Tov δ᾽ ap’ Furrodpa Fidwy προσεφὴη ποδας ὠκὺς ἈΑχελλειῖς" 
Q μοι, ααἰδειην ἐπιίξεσμενε, κερδαλεοῴρον, 
Ilwe τις Toe προῴφρων ἔεπεσιν πειθηταιῖ Αχαιων, 150 
H’ Fodov eAGeuevar, 4° ανδρεσι Fide μαχεσθαι ; 
Ov yap eyw Tpofwyr Fever’ ἡλυθον aryuntaf wv 
Δευρο μαχήησομενος" ETTEL οὔτι MOL ALTLOL EVTLY. 
Ov yap mw ποτ᾽ ἐμας βοιξας nAacay, ουδὲ μεν Ειππο.ῖς, 
Ovde ποτ᾽ ev OOF nt ἐεριθωλακι, βωτιανειρηι, 155 
Καρπον εδηλησαντ᾽ - eretn pada πολλα μετακσυ 
Opea τε σκιοεντα, θαλασσα τε ξηχήεντσα " 
Adda aot, ὦ μεγ᾽ ααιδες, Faw’ Feoroued’, Εοῴρα σὺ χαιρηις, 
Tifunv apyvupevoe MevedaFwt, σοι τε, κυνωπα, 
Προς Τροιξων " των ovti μετατρεπε᾽", οὐδ᾽ αλεγιδσεις " 160 
Και dn μοι γερας αὔτος αφαιρησεσθαι απειλεις, 
Fae emt TOAA’ ἐμογησα, δοσαν de pot Feo AyarFwv. 
Ov μεν σοι ποτε Fecofov Feyw yepac, Forror’ Ayatfor 
Τροιων εκπερθσωνθ" ευναίομενον πτολίεθρον. 
Αλλα To μὲν πλειον πολυαξικος πολέμοιο 165 
Χειρες ἐμαι dtFerovt’* atap nv ποτε δασμος Fixnrat, 
Lot τὸ γερας πολὺ μειδσον, eyw δ᾽ ολίγον TE φιλον TE 
Epxou’ ξεχων ent vafac, ἐπὴν κε καμω πολεμιδσων. 
Νὺυν δ᾽ εἰμι Φθιιηνδ᾽" exern πολὺ φερτερον εστιν 
Εοικαδ᾽ twev γσυν vafo. κορωνισιν " οὐδὲ σ᾽ oF. 170 
Ev@a0’ ατιῦμος εων, Εαφενος καὶ πλουτον αφυκσεεν. 

Tov δ᾽ ημειθετ᾽ ἐπειτὰ ξανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνων " 

Ξ F 2 


66 FIAFIAS I. 


Pevye war’, εἰ Tor OvFuog ἐπεσσυται" οὐδὲ σ᾽ eyarye 
Atooouat Fevven’ eueFo peveev> παρ᾽ ἐμοιγε καὶ aAAdot, 

Foe κε μὲ TtFenoovTl μαλίστα δὲ μητίετα Δσε.ς. 175 
Ἐχθιστος de μοι ἐσσι διοτρεφεων Bactdef wy. 176 
Ἐπ ada καρτερος eco, Geog mofo oot Toy’ εδωκεν. 178 
Εοικαδ᾽ wwv γσυν vafot τε onic, καὶ σοισ᾽ ξεταροισιν, 
Μυρμιίδονεσι ξανασσε" σεθεν δ᾽ eyw οὐκ αλεγιδσδω, 180 
Ουδ᾽ οθομαι κοτεοντος " ἀπειλήσω de tot Εωιδὲε " 

ἕως eu’ αφαιρεεται Xpvoefida φοιθος Ἀπολλων, 

Τὴν μὲν eyo γσυν vaft τ᾽ ἐμηι καὶ ἐμοισ᾽ Εεταροισιν 
Πεμπσω " eyw δὲ κ᾽ ayw Bptoefida καλλιπαρηῖον, 

Afro¢ wy κλέσιηνδε, tTefov γερας " Fodp’ Fev ξειδηις, 185 
Εοσον φερτερος nut σεθεν, orvyent δὲ καὶ αλλος : 
Fecofov ἐμοι φασθαι, και Ἑομοιωθημεναι ἀντην. 

Εως φατο" Πηλεξιξωνι δ᾽ axoc γενετ᾽ " ev de For Top 
Στηθεσσιν λασιοισι διανδιχα μερμηρικσεν, , 
H’ Foye φασγανον Forov ξερυσσαμενος παρα μήηροο, 190 
Tof¢ μεν αναστήσειεν, Fo δ᾽ Atpefidny εναρικσοι, 

He χολον παίσειεν, ερητυ ἔσειε τε OvF ov. 

Εεος Fo ταῦθ᾽ ορμαινε κατα φρενα καὶ κατα θύμον, 
Εελκετο δ᾽ εἰς κολεοῖο μεγὰα χσιῴος " ηλθε δ᾽ Αθηνὴ 
Ovpavobev + mpo yap ἕηκε θεα λειξκωλενος ξηρῆ, 195 
Ἄμφω ἔομως OvFuer φιλεοντσα τε, κηδομενὴ τε" 

Στὴ δ᾽ οπιθεν, χσανθης δὲ κομης Fede Πηλείωνα, 
Oar φαινομενη, των δ᾽ adAwy οὔτις Εορατο. 
Θαμθησεν δ' Αχιλεῖς, μετα δ᾽ ετραπετ᾽" afrika δ᾽ ἐγνω 
Παλλαδ᾽ Αθηναίην" δδεινω δὲ For ooo’ εφαιξενθην: 200 
Kat μὲν φωνησανς Ferea πτεροεντὰα προσηνυἔδα" 
Τιπτ᾽ afr’, avytFoxofo Avog τεκος, ηληλουθας ; 
H’, Feva Fubpiv «ιδηις ἄγαμεμνονος AtpefidaFo ; 
AAW’ εκ Tot Fepew, To de καὶ τελεεσθαι o1Fw, 
Fag ξυπεροπλέίηισι tay’ av ποτε θυΐξμον ολεσση. 205 

Tov δ᾽ afre προσεξειπε Sea γλαΐξκωπις Αθηνη" 

Ἦλθον eyw παίΐσοντσα τεῖον μενος, αἱ κε πιθηαι, 
Ovpavobev + προ δὲ μ᾽ ἕηκε Oca λεξκωλενος Fnpn, 


ΕἹΛΕΙΑΣ 1. 67 


Ando Fouws θυξμωι φιλεοντσα τε, κηδομενὴ τε. 

Αλλ᾽ aye, Any’ ἐριδος μηδὲ χσιφος FeAKeo χειρί" 210 
AAW ητοι ξεπεσιν μεν ονειδισον, ἕως εσεταῖι περ. 

Fwde yap exofepew, To δὲ καὶ τετελεσμενον εσται" 

Kaz ποτε Tot τρίς τόσα παρεσσεταί ayAafa δῶρα, 

Ευόριος ἕεινεκα τησδε" ov δ᾽ Εισχεο, πειθεο δ᾽ Fac. 

Τὴν δ᾽ απαμειθομενος προσεφὴ ποδας ὠκυς Ἀχιλλειῖς" 
Χρὴ μεν opofitepov γε, Gea, ἔεπος ἐρυἔσασθαι, 216 
Και pada περ OvF on κεχολωμενον - ἕως yap ἀμειῖνον. 
Fog κε θεοισ᾽ επιπειθητιαῖι, pada τ᾽ exAvfov afToo. 

H, καὶ ev’ ἀργυρεηι κωπηι oxebe χειρα βαρυιαν" 

Ane δ᾽ ες κουλεον wOae μεγα χσιφος, ovd’ απιθησεν 220 
Μυΐξθωι Αθηναιης - Fn δ᾽ Ολυνπονδ᾽ εθεθηκεεν, 
Δωματ᾽ ες avytFoxoFfo Atocg, μετα δαίμονας αλλοῖς. 

Πηλεΐξιδὴης δ' exoaftic αταρτηροίῖσι ξεπεσσιν 
Atpefidnv προσείξειπε, καὶ ov πω Arye χολο.ο" 

Forvobapec, κυνος οπμαθ᾽ exw, kpadiny δ᾽ ελαῴο.ο, 225 
Ουτε ποτ᾽ ες πολεμον ἔαμα λαίωι θωρηχθηναι, 

Ουτε λοχονδ᾽ μεναι γσυν aprorefecty χα ων, 
Τετληκας θυΐμωι" To δὲ τοι κηρ ξειδεταῖ eevat. 

H πολα λαξιον eort, κατα στρατον evpvy Ayatfwv 

Awp’ αἀποίαιρεεσθαι, Footi¢ σεθεν avtiov ξείπηι" 290 
Δημοῦορος βασιλεξς, exer ovtidavorot ξανασσεις " 

H yap αν, Atpefidn, νυν Fvotata λωθησαιο " 

AAA’ ex Tot Fepew, καὶ ἐπὶ μεγαν Fopkoy ομοομαι, 

Nat μα tode σκηπτρον, To μὲν ov ποτε φυλλα Kat odooFc 
Ovfoet, ἐπειδὴ πρωτα τομὴν εν ορεσσι λελοιπεν, 235 
Ovd’ ἀαναθηλῆσει " περι yap pa Fe χαλκος εἐλεπσεν 

φυλλα τε καὶ φλοιξον " νυν afte μιν ἔνιες AyatFwv 

Ev παλαμηις φορέοντι δικασπολοι, For τε θεμιστας 

Προς Διὸς ηρυξαται" Fo δὲ τοι μεγας ἐσσεταῖ ἕορκος " 

H ποτ᾽ Αχιλλεῖος ποθὴ ξικσεται Furag Αχαιξων 240 
Τσυνπαντας" τοῖς δ᾽ ουτι δυνησεαι, ἀχνυμενος περ, 
Χραΐσμεεν, evr’ αν πολλοι Fud’ Extopoc ανδροῴονο.ο 
Θνήσκοντες πίπτωντι" σὺ δ᾽ ενδοθι θυΐμον ἀαμυκσεις. 243 


68 ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ I. 


Fac dato Iindefidng* ποτι δὲ σκηπτρον βαλε γαίηι 245 


“Χρυσειοισ᾽ ξηλοισι πεπαρμενον " Fedosto δ᾽ αεἴτος. 
Ατρεξιδὴς δ᾽ Εετερωθεν eunvife* τοισι de Νεστωρ 
Fadufenne avopofos, λιγυς πυλίων ayopef rnc, 


Too kat απὸ yAwoone μελιίτος γλυκίων pefev avon. 


Tar δ᾽ ηδὴ Ovo μὲν yeveat μερόπων ανθρωπων 

Πεφθιαθ᾽ οἱ Fou προσθεν Fay’ ετραφεν nd? ἐγενοντο 
Ev Πυλωε ayabent, μετα δὲ τριτατοισ᾽ εξανασσεν" 
Fo σφιν Fevppovewy ayopefoaro, Kat μετε,ξειπεν " 


Q ποποι! ἡ peya πενθος Ayatfida γαιαν FiKavet. 


H κεν γηθησαι ἸΤριαμος, Iprayofo τε παιδες, 
Adda te Tpofeg μεγὰ κεν κεχαροίατο OvF pwr, 
Ex ogofiv rade παντα πυθοιατο papvapevoty, 


Foe περὶ μὲν βουλην Aavawy, περι δ᾽ cote μαχεσθαι. 


Αλλα πιθεσθ᾽ " ἀμῴφω δὲ νειξωτερω εστον euefo- 
Hon yap ποτ᾽ eyw καὶ ἀρειοσιν ἡεπὲρ ξυμιν. 


ἈΑνδρεσι Εομιλίξησα, καὶ ov ποτὲ μ᾽ Fory’ αθεριδσον. 


Ov yap πω τοιοοῖς Fidov avepac, ουδὲ Ειδωμαι, 
Εοιον ἸΤειριθοιον te, Δρυξαντα te ποιμενα λαίξων, 
Kavefa 7’, Exoadtov τε, καὶ αντιθεον ἸΤολυφημον, 
Και μεν τοῖσιν eyw μεθομελίξεον εἰς Πυλο."᾽ ελθων, 
Τηλοθεν exe απιῆς γαιῆης " καλεσαντο yap αἱτοι" 


Ka μαχομὴν κατ᾽ ew’ aftov eyw* κείνοισι δ᾽ αν outic 


Twy, Foe νυν βροτοι evtiv επίχθονιοι, μαχεοιτο" 


Kaz μεν peo βουλεων γσυνξιιξεν, πειθοντο τὲ μυΐξθωι. 


Adda πιθεσθε Kat υμμες, emer πειθεσθαι ἀμεινον" 
Μητε ov tovd’, αἀγαθος περ εων, απο.ξαιρεοκοίξρην, 


rw 
οι 
& ; 


255 


200 


275 


AAW eFa’, Fac For mpwr’ εδοσαν yepag Fureg AyatFwr 


Myre ov, Iindefid’, eed’ εριδσεμεναι Bactrete 
Avribiny* ἔπει ov ποθ᾽ ομοιῆης μεμορε τιίμης 


Σκήπτονοχος βασιλεῖς, Fwite Δσειῖς κυιΐξδος εδωκεν. 


Ex δὲ ov καρτεέρος εσσι, θεα δὲ σ᾽ eynvato μητήρ, 
AAW Foye φερτερος εστιν, επει πλεονεσι Favaocet. 
Ατρεξιδη, ov de παιξε tefov μενος " afrap eywye 
Λισσομ᾽ Αχιλλειξι μεθεμεν χολον, Foc μεγα παντσιν 
Εερκος Ἀχαιοῖσιν πελεταῖ πολεμο.ο KaKkofo. 


280 


FIAFIAZ I. 69 


Tov δ᾽ απαμειθομενος προσεφὴη KpeFwv Αγαμεμνων " 285 
Nai δη ταῖτα γε παντα, γερον, κατα μοίραν εἰξειπες. 
AAW Fod’ avnp εθελει περι πάντων Eopevat αλλων, 
Tlavtwy μεν κρατεεὲν εθελει, παντσιν δὲ Εανασσεεν, 
Ilavrot δὲ onuatveev* Fa τιν᾽ ov πειθσεσθαι o1Fw. 
Ee de μὲν αἰχμήτην εθεσαν θεοι arfev εοντες, 290 
Toovexa Fou προθεοντιν overdea μυιξθησασθαι ; 

Tov δ᾽ ap’ Ευποθληδὴν ημειθετο difoc Αχιλλεῖς" 
H yap ke δειλος τε καὶ ουτιδανος καλεοιμην, 
Ex oot παν Fepyov ξυποιξεικσομαι, Fore κε ξείπηῖς" 293 
Αλλο δὲ τοι Fepew, ov δ᾽ eve φρεσι βαλλεο σηισιν 2917 
Χερσι μὲν ουτοιῖ eywye μαχήσομαι, ξείνεκα κοιρης" 598 
Tov δ᾽ αλλων, Fa μοι ἐστι OoF ne παρα vate μελαινηι, 300 
Τῶν οὐκ av tt φεροις avFedwy, αἰξεκοντος euefo. 
Ex δ᾽, aye μην, πείρησαι, Fiva γνωωντι καὶ Βοιδὲ" 
Auroa Tot Fara κελαῖνον epofnos περὶ OoFpt. 

Fac τωγ᾽ αντιθιοισι μαχεσσαμενὼω ἕεπεεσιν 
Avorntny: Avfoav δ᾽ ἀγορὴν παρα vaFow AyatFwv. 305 
ΠηλεςΓιδὴς μεν ent κλισιας καὶ vaFac Ferofac 
Hee, συν τε Μενοιτιαδὴι καὶ FeFotg Ἑεταροισιν " 
Atpeftdne δ᾽ apa ναιξα θοιξην Εαλαδὲ mpoFepvocer, 
Ἐς δ᾽ eperag exptve ξεικοσιν, ες 0’ ξεκατονθην 
Βησε θεωι" ava δὲ Xpvoefida καλλιπαρηιον 910 
Εεσσεν αγων" εν δ᾽ ἀρχος ebn πολυμητις ξοδυσσε.ξς. 

Foe μὲν erect’? ἀναθαντες ἐπεπλεῖον ξυγρα κελευθα. 
Aafofo δ᾽ Atpeftdn¢g ἀπολοιμαινεσθαι avwyer. 
Fou δ᾽ ἀπελοιίΐμαινοντο, καὶ εἰς Fada λοιῖματ᾽ εθαλλον " 
Epdov δ᾽ Απολλωνι τεληεντσας Fexatovbac 915 
Tavpwr ηδ᾽ avywr, παρα Orv Fadog ατρυγετο.ο" 
Κνισὴ δ᾽ ovpavov Fike ξελισσομενὴ περι καπνωι. 

Εως ἔοι μὲν τὰ πενοντὸ κατὰ στρατον" οὐδ᾽ Αγαμεμνων 
Any’ εριδος, τὴν πρῶτον επηπειλησ᾽ Αχιλεξι. 
AAW Foye Ταλθυθιον τε καὶ Evpv6arny προσεξεῖπεν, 320 
Tw ἔοι εσαν κήρυκε καὶ οτρήρω θεραποντε" 

Epyeo0ov κλισιὴην ἸΤηλεξιαδα.Γ᾽ Αχιλείος, 


70 FLAFIA®S 1. 


Χειρος ξελοντ᾽ ayeuev Βρισεξιδα καλλιπαρηϊῖον * 
Ἐπ de κε μη δωητιν, eyw δὲ κεν aftocg FeAwpat, 
Ἑλθων γσυν πλεονεσι" τὸ ἔοι kat ριγίον eora. 325 
Εως ξείπων mpofifee, κρατερον δ᾽ ext pvFOov ετελλεν. 
Tw δ᾽ αεκοντ᾽ εβατὴν παρα Ov’ Fadoc atpvyetofo, 
Μυρμίδονων δ᾽ emt τε κλίσιας καὶ ναιξας ξικεσθην. 
Tov δ᾽ Εευρον παρα τε κλισίηι καὶ vase μελαινηι 
Εημενον " ovd’ apa τωγε Fidwy γηθησεν Αχιλλεῖς. 330 
Tw μεν ταρβησαντε, καὶ αἰδομενω βασιλεια, 
Στήτην, οὐδὲ Te μὲν προσεφωνεον, ovd’ ερεοντο. 
Aftrap Foy’ eyvw FeFnuoy eve peo’ εφωνησεν τε" 
Xaupere, κηρυκες, Δίος avyedot, nde καὶ avdpwr " 
Ασσον tt’* ovTe μοι υμμες επαίτιοι, AA’ Αγαμεμνων, 335 
Εος ogoft mpofufee Βρισειδος Fervexa κοιξρης. 
AAW aye, διίογενες Πατροκλεες, ἐκσαγε κοιξρην, 
Καὶ ogofiv δος ἀγεεν " τω δ᾽ αἴτω μαρτυροι εστων, 
Προς τε θεων μακαρων, προς τε θνητων ανϑρωπων, 
Και προς too βασίλειος ἀπηνεος" εἰ ποτε δ᾽ afte, 340 
Xpefw euefo γενηταῖ aferkea Aoryov auwvf vas 
Tove αλλοισ᾽ -—n yap Foy’ ολοιξηισι φρεσι OvFet, 
Οὐδὲ τι Foe νοησαι ἔαμα προσσωι Kat οπίσσωι, 
Forrwe ἔοι παρα vafot σαοι μαχεοιατ᾽ Αχαιοι. 
Εως dato Πατροκλος δὲ φίλωι επεπειθεθ᾽ εταιρωι, 345 
Ex δ᾽ ayaye κλισιης Βρισεξιδα καλλιπαρηιον, 
Δωκε δ᾽ ἀγεεν" Tw δ᾽ αὖτις τὴν παρα vaFacg Αχαιξων" 
Fn δ᾽ afexovro’ ἔαμα τοισι γυνὴ κίεν. Αὐταρ Αχιλλεῖς 
Aaxpufoave ἕεπᾳρων, Εαφαρ ξεδσετο, νοῴσι λιίασθενς, 
Θιεν᾽ ef’ αλος πολίης, Fopawy emt Εοινοπα ποντον. 350 
Πολλα δὲ μητρι φιληι ἡρησατο, χειρας ορεγνυνς" 
Myrep, emer μ᾽ ετεκες γε μινυνθαδιον περ EovTa, 
Τεΐμην περ μοι οφελλεν Ολυνπίος evyvadrkoat 
Δσεις ξυπσιθρεμετης " νυν δ᾽ ovde με τυτθον ετι σεν. 
H yap μ᾽ Ατρειξιδης ευρυκρεῖων Αγαμεμνων 355 
Hrifunoev: Fedwy yap Feyet yepac, af toc anafparve. 
ἕως dato δακρυχειων " tofo δ᾽ exdvfe ποτνια μητηρ, 


ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ I. 71 


ἕημενη ev βενθεσσιν Fadoc παρα tazpt γεροντι" 
Καρπαλίμὼς δ᾽ avedv πολίης Fakoc, nut’ ομιχλὴη" 
Και ρα παροιθ᾽ aftofo Kabedceto δακρυχείοντος, 360 
Xeipt Te wiv κατερεκσε, ἕεπος τ᾽ epar’, ex τ᾽ ονομαδσεν " 
Τέκνον, te κλαΐξεις ; τι δὲ σε φρενας Fixeto πενθος ; 
Εκσαυ δα, μη κεῖθε νοωι, Εινα ξηδομεν aude. 
Τὴν δὲ βαρυστονάχων προσεφὴη ποδας ὠκυς Ἀχιλλεις" 


Εοιδσθα" tin Tor ταῦτα Fidvine παντ᾽ ayopeFa ; 365 
Αλλα ov, et dvvacat γε, περίσχεο παῖδος FeoFo. 393 
Ελθοντ᾽ Ολυνπονδὲ Ata Atoat, εἰ ποτε On τι 

H Ferret ὠνησας κραδιὴην Διος, ne τι Fepywe. 995 


Πολλακι yap oefo, πατρος eve weyapototy, axofoa 
Ἑυχομενης, For’ εφησθα κελαίνεφει KpoviFwre 
Orn εν αθανατοισιν αἰεικεα λοιγον auvFvat, 
Εοποτε μὲν γσυνδησαι Ολυνπιοι ηθελον αλλοι, 
Εηρὴ τ᾽ nde Ποσειδαιξων, καὶ ἸΤαλλας Αθηνη. 400 
Αλλα σὺ τονγ᾽ ελθοντσα, θεα, FuTeAvfoao δεσμων, 401 
χ᾽ εκατονχείρον καλεσαντσ᾽ ες waxpov Ολυνπον, 402 
Atyatwy’ -—Fo yap afte Bint Fofo πατρος ἀμείνων "--- 404 
Fo¢ pa παρα KpowFwre καθεδσετο, κυΐδει γαξων- 405 
Tov καὶ Fureddecdoav μακαρες θεοι, οὐδ᾽ ex’ εδησαν. 
Τῶν vuv μὲν μνησαντσα παρ.Γεδσεο καὶ Aabe yovFwr, 
Ac κεν πὼς εθελητιν ext Τροίεσιν ἀρηγσαῖι, 
Tof¢ δὲ κατα πρυμνας τε καὶ aud’ Fada FeAfoa AyatfoFs¢ 
Κτεινομενο.ῖς, Fiva παντες exafpwvtat Baotdefoc, 410 
Tvone δ᾽ Ατρειιδης evpuxpefwv Ἀγαμεμνων 
Fav afatny, For’ ἀριστον Αχαιξων οὐδεν ετι, σεν. 

Tov δ᾽ ημειθετ᾽ εἐπειτα Θετις, κατα δακρυ χεοντσα" 
Q μοι, TEKYOV ἐμον, TL νυ σ᾽ ετρεφον αἰνὰ τεκοντσα; 
Aw? οφελες παρα vaFotv αδακρυτος καὶ ἀπημων 415 
Fno@a* enet νυ Tot aoa μινυνθα περ, ovtt pada δὴν 
Νὺυν δ᾽ ἔαμα τ᾽ ὠκυμορος Kat οἰδσυιξρος περι παντων 
Ἑπλεο" τῶι σὲ κακῆι αἰσηι τεκον εν μεγαροισιν. 
Tofro δὲ tot ἔερεοντσα ἕεπος Au τερπικεραυνωι 
Ey αξτη προς Ολυνπον ἀγαννιῴον, at κε πιθηται. 420 


72 FIAFIAS 1. 


Αλλα ov μεν νυν, vafou παριξημενος ὠκυποροισιν, 
Μηνι. Αχαιοισιν, πολεμοο δ᾽ aromafeo πανπαν. 
Δσε.ῖς yap ες Ὥκεανον μετ᾽ ἀαμυΐμονας Αιθιοπειας 
Χθιδσος εθη μετα δαιτα, θεοι δ᾽ ἔαμα παντες ξεποντο. 
Δοδεκατὴι δὲ tor αὖτις ελευθσεται Ολυνπονδὲε " 425 
Kae tor’ erecta tot εἰμὶ Διος rote χαλκοῦθατες dw, 
Καὶ μὲν yovFacouat, καὶ μὲν πειθσεσθαι oF w. 
Εως apa φωνησαντσ᾽ απεθησατο" τον δ᾽ ελιπ᾽ aftoo 
Xwouevov κατα OvFuov, Fevdowvefo γυναίκος, 
Τὴν pa Bint afexovtoc arnfpaov. AFtap Fodvocefe 430 
Ec Xpvonv efixaver, ἀγὼν Frepyy Fexatovb6nv. 
Fou δ᾽ Fore dn λίμενος πολυθενθεὸς εντος Εικοντο, 
Εεστια μὲν στηλαντ᾽, εθεσαν δ᾽ εν vaft μελαινηι" 
Frotov δ᾽ Ειστοδοκηι πελασαν, προτονοισιν ξυφεντες 
Καρπαλιμως " τὴν δ᾽ εἰς ἕορμον προερεσσαν ερετμοις " 435 
Ek δ᾽ evvac ebadov, kata δὲ πρυμνησι᾽ εδησαν " 
Ex δὲ καὶ afrot εθαινον ent Ἐρηγμίνι θαλασσης" 
Ex δ᾽ Fexatov6nv βησαν ξεκηθολωι Ἀπολλωνι" 
Ex δὲ Xpvoefi¢g ναιξος Bn ποντοπορο.ο. 
Τὴν μεν erect’ ἐπὶ βωμον ἀγὼν πολυμητις ξοδυσσειῖς 440 
Πατρι φιλῶωι εν χερσ᾽ ετιθεε, Kat μὲν προσε(ξειπεν " 
Q Xpvoef, πρὸ μ᾽ εἐπεμπσε ξανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνων, 
Παιδα τε σοι ἀγεμεν, Φοιθωι θ᾽ ἱερὴν ξεκατονθην 
Ρεκσαι Furep Δαναων, Εοφρ᾽ ξελασομεσθα Favaxra, 
Fog νυν Apyetforot πολυστονα κηδε᾽ εφηκεν.. 445 
Εως Εείπὼν ev χερσ᾽ ετιθεεν " Fo δ᾽ edeyoato χαίρων 
Παιδα φιλην" Fo δ᾽ ὠκα θεωι κλειτην Fexatovbnv 
Εεχσείης ἐστησαν Εευδμητον περι βωμον. 
Χερνίπτσαντο δ᾽ eretta, καὶ ολιξοχυτας avferovto. 
Τοισιν δὲ Xpvoefo μεγαλ᾽ εὐχετὸ χείρας ανασχων" 480 
Χλυθι wef’, ἀργυροτοκσ᾽, Foo Χρυσην ἀμφιθεθηκας, 
Κιλλαν τε ὅσαθεην, Tevedofo τε Fidu Βανασσεις, 
H6n μεν ποτ᾽ ἐμεο παρος exAvFeo evyoapevofo: 
TiFfpnoave μεν eue, μέγα δ᾽ ᾿πτσαο Aafov Αχαιων " 
Ηδ᾽ ete καὶ viv μοι τοῦδ᾽ ἐπικραιξηνον εελδωρ,, 455 
Ηδὴ νυν Δαναοισιν aFerea λοιγον ἀμυξνον. 


FIAFIA® I. 73 


ἕως εφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος" tofo δ᾽ exAvfe Φοιθος Ἀπολλων. 
Afrap επει ρ᾽ εὐχσαντο, καὶ ολιξοχυτας προθαλοντο, 
AF fepvoay μεν πρωτα, καὶ ἐσφαγσαν, καὶ εδεριαν, 
Μηροοξς τ᾽ εκσεταμον, κατα Te κνισηι εκαλυπτσαν, 460 
Ainrvya ποιησαντες, ev’ αὐτων δ᾽ ὠμοθετησαν. 
Kafe δ᾽ ext σχιδσηισ᾽ Fo γερων, exe δ᾽ αἰθοπα ἕοινον 
Aeibe* vefor δὲ παρ᾽ aftov Feyov πεμπωθολα χερσιν. 
Afrap eret kata μηρ᾽ exafn, καὶ σπλανχν᾽ ἐπασαντο, 
Μιστυλλον τ᾽ apa 7’ adda, καὶ aud’ οθελοισιν ἐπηραν, 465 
Ὥπτησαν τε περιῴραδεως, FepvoavTo Te παντα. 
AFftap eve. tafoavTo Tovoo, τετυκοντο τε δαῖτα, 
Δαινυντ᾽ " οὐδὲ τι OvFuocg edefeto δαιτος Feo Fne. 
Afrap επει ποσίος καὶ εδητυος εκς Epov ἕεντο, 


Kofpot μὲν κρητηρας ἐεπεστεῴσαντο ποτο.0 " 470 

Νωμησαν δ᾽ apa παντσιν, ἐπαρχσαμενοι δεπαεσιν. 

Fo de παν.ξημεριοι μολπηι θεον Ειλασκοντο. A472 
Ἡμος δ᾽ ηελιος κατεδυ, καὶ ert κνεφας ηλθεν, 475 


Aq Tor’ εκοιμησαντο Tapa πρυμνήσια vaFoc. 
Ἦμος δ᾽ npvyever’ εφανη Ἐροδοδακτυλος nue, 
Kaz tor’ ἐπειτ᾽ avayovro peta στρατὸν εὐρυν Αχαιων. 
Τοισιν δ᾽ Εεκμενον οὐρον Fifeev Fexafepyoc Ἀπολλων. 
Εοι δ᾽ Feorov στησαντ᾽, ava θ᾽ στιὰ λεικ᾽ επετασσαν - 480 
Ev δ᾽ ἀνεμὸος πρηθσεν μεσον Frotiov, aude δὲ κυῖμα 
Στειίρηι πορφύρεον μεγ᾽ εξιιξαχε, vaFoc ἐοντσης " 
Fy δ᾽ εθειξεν kata κυΐμα διαπρήησσοντσα κελευθον. 
Aftap eet ρ᾽ εξικοντὸ κατὰ στρατὸν evpvy Αχαιων, 
Nafa pev Fouye μελαιῖναν en’ ἡπειρο. efepvocav 485 
Afro δ᾽ eoxtdvavto κατα κλισιας τε vaFac τε. 487 
Afrdap Fo unvife, vafou παριξημενος ὠκυποροισίν, 
AvFoyevng Iindefog Furic ποδὰς weve Αχιλλεξς, 
Ουτε ποτ᾽ εἰς ἀγορὴν πωλεσκετο κυ τι διανειραν, 490 
Ουτε ποτ᾽ ες πόλεμον" ἀλλα φθινυθεσκε φιλον κεαρ 
ASO μενων, ποθεεσκε δ᾽ ἀξυξτην τε πτολεμον τε. 
AAW Fore δὴ p’ ex tofo δυωδεκατὴ yever’ ηως, 
Kaz tote δὴ προς Ολυνπον toav Oeot arfev eovrec 494 
G 


74 FIAFIAS I. 


Παντες Faya, Aoef¢ δ᾽ ηρχε΄ Θετις δ᾽ ov ληθετ᾽ εφετμεων 
Παιδὸς FefoF’, aad’ Fny’ avedvfoato κυιμα θαλασσης, 
Hepin δ᾽ avebn μεγαν ovpavov, Ολυνπον τε" 
Εευρεν δ᾽ ευρυοπα Kpovidny ατερ Fnuevov αλλων 
Ακροτατηι κορυφηι πολυδειραδος Ολυνπο.ο. 
Καὶ pa παροιθ᾽ aftofo καθεδσετο, καὶ Aabe yovfwv 500 
Σκαίηι " δεχσιτερηι δ᾽ ap’ Fur’ ἀνθερεωνος ἔελοντσα, 
Λισσομενὴ προσεξειπε Ata Χρονιιξωνα Favakta " 

Acef πατερ, εἰ ποτε δὴ σὲ μετ᾽ αθανατοιίσιν ονῆσα, 
H Ferret, ἡ ἔεργωι, τοδὲ μοι xpaFnvov εελδωρ " 
Τεΐμησον μοι Furov, Foo ὠκυμορωτατος aAAwy 505 
Ἐπλετ᾽ " atap μιν νυν ye ἕανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνωὼν 
Ἡτιμησεν " Fedwy yap exer yepac, aftoc ἀπαίρανς. 
Adda ov περ μιν τιισον, Ολυνπιε, μητιετα AgeS - 

Τοῴρα δ᾽ ext Tpofeat τιθεε κρατος, Εοφρ᾽ αν AyatFou 
Ενιον ἐμὸν τιιίσωντιν, οφελλωτιν τε Fe Tefen. _ 510 
Εως dato: τὴν δ᾽ ovtt mpocedyn νεφελήηγερετα Δσε.ῖς, 
AAW ἀκεων δην Fnoto: Θετις δ᾽, ἕως ξαπτσατο γονίξων, 

Εως ξεχετ᾽ evrepuFura, καὶ εἰρετοὸ deftepov af Tic’ 
Νήημερτες μεν On μοι ξυποσχεο, καὶ KaTavevoor, 
HW’ αποιξειπ᾽ " ere ov Tot ἐπὶ Odeog* Εοφρ᾽ Fev ξειδω, 515 
Εοσον eyw peta παντσιν ατιιμοτατη θεος nit. 
Τὴν de psy’ οχθησανς προσεφὴη νεφελήηγερετα AoeFc* 
H δὴ λοιγια Fepy’, For’ eu’ ἐεχθοδοπησαι εφήσεις 
Εηρηι, For’ av μ᾽ ἐερεθητιν ονειδειοισι ξεπεσσιν. 
Fn δὲ καὶ αὔτως μ᾽ atfer ev αθανατοισι θεοισιν 520 
Newket, καὶ τε μὲ φητι μαχηι Tpofeory apnyetv. 
Λλλα ov μεν νυν αξτις αἀποστιχε, μη σε vonont 
Εηρὴ" emo δὲ ke ταῦτα μελήσεται, ξοῴφρα τελεσσω. 
Ex δ᾽ aye, τοι κεφαληι κατανευσομαι, Fodpa πεποιθηις. 
Tofro yap exc ἐμεθεν ye μετ᾽ αθανατοισι μεγιστον = 25 
Texkuwp* ov yap ἐμὸν παλιναγρετον, ovd’ ἀπατηλον, 
Ovo’ ατελειτητον, Forts κεν κεφαληι κατανευσω. 
H, και xvFavenioty ἐπ᾽ οφρυσι vevoe Kpovifwr. 
Av6poota δ᾽ apa χαῖται erepofoavto Favaxtoc 
Κρατος an’ abavarofo: peyav δ᾽ ελελικσεν Ολυνπον. 530 


ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ I. 75 


Twy’ Fac BovAefoarte διετμαγεν" Fn μεν erecta 
Ev¢ Fad’ efadto βαθυιαν an’ αἰγληεντος Ολυνποο, 

Aoef¢ de Fefov προς δωμα. Θεοι δ᾽ Faua παντες ἀνεσταν 
Exc ξεδεων, apofo πατρος εναντίον ovde τις ετλῆη 

Μῆηναι exepyouevor, αλλ᾽ ἀντίοι εσταν ξαπαντες. 535 
Foc Fo μεν evOa καθεδσετ᾽ ext Opovof’- οὐδὲ μὲν Fnpy 
Hyvwyae Fidovto’, Fore Fou γσυνῴρασσατο BovAac 
Apyvporedoa Θετις, θυγατηρ Fadtofo γεροντος " 

Afrika κερτομίοισι Ava Kpovifwva προσηυ δα" 

Tec δ᾽ af τοι, δολομητα, θεων γσυνῴρασσατο βουλας ; 
Avfet tor φιλον ἐστιν euef’ απὸ νοσῴφιν εοντα; 541 
Κρυπταδια φρονεοντα δικαδσεμεν " οὐδὲ τι πωι μοὶ 
Προῴφρων τετληκας ἔξείπεεν ἕεπος, ἔοτε vonoetc. 

Τὴν δ᾽ ημειθετ᾽ exetta πατὴρ ανδρων τε θεων τε" 
ξηρη. un δὴ παντας εμο.ῖς επιιξελπεο μυ.Γθο.ῖς 545 
ξειίδησεεν " χαλεποι Tor ecovd’, adAoywe περ εοντσηι. 

AAW’ Fov μεν κ᾽ επιξεικες akoFeuev, ουτις ἐπειτα 

Ovte θεων προτερος τον ξειδσεται, ovt’ ανθρωπων " 

Fov δ᾽ av ἐεγων ἀπανευθε θεων εθελοιμι νοῆσαι, 

My τι ov ταῦτα ξεκαστα διειρεο, unde μεταλλα. 550 

Tov δ᾽ ημειθετ᾽ execta Bofwrig ποτνια Fnpn 
Awvorate Kpovidy, ποιον tov pufOov efettrec ; 

Kat ALFnv σε παρος γ᾽ ovr’ etpowat, ovte μεταλλω, 

* AAAa pan’ ξευκηλος ta φραδσεαι, Faco’ εθεληισθα. 
Νὺυν δ᾽ avwe δεδδοιδκα κατα φρενα, μη σε mapfermme 555 
Apyvporedaa θετις, θυγατὴρ Fadsofo γεροντος" 
Hepin yap σοιγε mapfedoeto, kat Aabe yovFwr. 
Ty σ᾽ olfw Katavevoat ξετητυμον, ἕως AytAefa 
TrFunonic, oAconic δὲ πολυας ext vafowv Αχαιων. 

Τὴν δ᾽ απαμειθομενος προσεφη νεφεληγερετα Acefco 560 
Δαιμονιη, αἰξει pev otFeat, ουδὲ σε ληθω - 
mpnyoat δ᾽ ἐνπης οὔτι δυνησεαι, add’ aro θυιῖμοο 
Μαλλον euot eceat, To δὲ τοι Kat ριγιον εσται" 

Ἐπ δ᾽ Fofrw Toft’ ἐστιν, euot μελλει φιλον εεναι. 
᾿Αλλ’ ἀκεοντσα καθησο, enon δ᾽ επιπειθεο μυΐξθωι - 565 


76 FIAFIAS I. 


My vv τοι ov χραξσμωντιν, Fooot Geot evr’ ev OAvrTat, 
Ἄσσον tov@’, ore κεν ToL aanTofe χειρας εφειω. 
Fac εφατ᾽ " eddecdcev de βοιξωπις morvia ξηρῆη, 
Kat p’ axeovroa καθῆστο, extyvaunoavtoa φιλον Keap. 
QyOncav δ᾽ ava δωμα Διος θεοι ovpaviFwvec. 570 
Τοισιν δ᾽ Fndatotoc κλυτοτεχνὴς npy ayopefecv, 
Μητρι φιληι exinpa depwv λεξκωλενωι Fnpnt - 
H δὴ Aotyta Fepya tad’ eocerat, ovd’ et’ avfeyta, 
Ex 6n ogo’ Fevexa θνητῶν εριδαίνετον Fade, 
Ev de θεοισι κολοιον ehafvetov* οὐδὲ τι δαῖτος 575 
ἘΕσθλης eccetat Fndoc, ἐπεὶ ta χερείονα νικαι. 
Μητρι δ᾽ eyw παραφημι, καὶ af tnt περ νοεοντσῆι, 
Πατρι φιλωι exinpa φερεεν Aut, Fodpa μὴ afte 
Νεικειῆτι πατήρ, your δ' ἔημιν δαιτα ταραχσηι. . 
Ecrep yap κ᾽ εθελητιν Ολυνπιίος αστεροπητῆς 580 
Exc ξεδεων στυφελικσαι " Fo yap πολυ φερτατος ἐστιν. 
Adda σὺ τονγε ξεπεσσι καθαπτεσθαι μαλακοισιν " 
Astin’ ἐπειθ᾽ thaFoc Ολυνπιος εἐσσεται ξημιν. 
Εως ap’ edn, kat ἀναξικσανς, δεπας αμφικυπελλον 
Μητρι φιληι εν xepo’ ετιθεε, Kat μὲν προσεξειπεν " 585 
Τετλαθι, μητερ Eun, Kat avacyeo, κηδομενὴ περ, 
Mn σε, φιλην περ εοντσαν, ev οφθαλμοισι Ειδωμαι 
Θεινομενὴν " tote δ᾽ ουτι δυνησομαι, αχνυμενος περ, 
Χραΐσμεεν - ἀργαλεος yap Ολυνπιος αντιφερεσθαι. 
Ηδὴ yap με kat αλλοτ᾽ adexceuevat μεμαίξωτα 590 
Ριπτσε, ποδος τεταγων, απὸ BnAofo θεσπεσιο.ο " 
Παν δ᾽ Fnuap φερομην, ἔαμα δ᾽ ηελίωι καταδυντι 
Κατπεσον ev Λημνωι" ολιγος δ᾽ ετι θυΐμος ενῆεν" 
Ev6a με Σιντιες ανὄρες ἕαφαρ κομίσαντο πεσοντα. 
ἕως gato: μειδησεν de θεα λεξκωλενος ξηρὴ" 595 
Μειδησαντσα de, tatdoc edeyoato χειρι κυπελλον. 
Aftap Fo τοις αλλοισι θεοισ᾽ ἐνδεχσια παντσιν 
Forvoyofee, γλυκυ vekTap απὸ κρητῆρος αφυσσων " 
Ασθεστος δ᾽ ap’ evwpto γελος μακαρεσι θεοισιν, 
Εως Fidov Ἑηφαιστον δια δωματα ποιπνυξοντα. 600 


FIAFIA® I. 


Εως ToTe μεν προπαν Fnuap ες neAtov καταδυντα 
Δαινυντ᾽" οὐδὲ τι θυΐμος edeFeTo δαιίτος ἔεισίης, 
Ov μεν φορμινγος περικαλλεος, Fav Fey’ Απολλων, 
Mofoafwy θ᾽, at afedov, ἀμειθομεναι Fore καληι. 

Afrap exet κατεδυ λαμπρον dafoc ἡελίο.Γο, 

Fou μὲν κατκείοντες ebay Forxovde ἕεκαστος, 

Faye ἕεκαστωι δωμα περικλυτος ἀμφιγυηενς 

ξηφαιστος ποιῆσε ξιδυιηισι πραπιδεσιν" 

Δσε.ῖς δὲ προς Fov λεχος nu’ Ολυνπιος αστεροπητής, 

Ἔνθα παρος Kowa’ ore μὲν γλυκυς ξἕυπνος ξικανοι. 
G2 


77 


610 


HOMER’S ILIAD, 


ACCORDING TO THE EARLIER ORTHOGRAPHY. 


FIAFIAS TI. 


AAAOI μεν pa θεοι τε Kat avepec ΕΓιπποκορυσται 
Fevdov παννύχιοι, Ava δ᾽ οὐχ exev ξηδυμος ξυπνος" 
AAW Foye pepunpidce κατα φρενα, Εως Aytdefa 
TiFunont, ολεσηι de πολυας emt vafowv Ayatfor. 
Fade de Fou kata OvFuov aptorn epatvero βουλη, 5 
Tleurroat ex’ Atpefidne Αγαμεμνον᾽ oAofov ovetpor " 
Kae μὲν φωνησανς Ferea mrepoevta mpoonulda * 
Βασκ᾽ «6 oAof’ ονειρε, Oofac emt vaFacg Ayatfwr * 
Ἑλθων ες κλισίην Αγαμεμνονος AtpeFidatfo 
Tlavra pad’ ατρεκεως ayopefenev, Εως επιτελλω" 10 
Θωρηκσαι Fe κελειῖε καρηκομαοντας ΑχαιΓο.ῖς 
Πανσυδιηι " νυν yap κεν Fedor πολιν ευρυναγνυιαν 
Tpofwy* ov yap et’ audic Ολυνπια δωμαθ᾽ εχοντες 
Αθανατοι φραδσονται " επεγναμπτσεν yap Faravrac 
Fapn λισσομενὴ " Tpofeor δὲ κηδε᾽ εφαπται. 1ὅ 
ἕως φατο" Bn δ᾽ ap’ ονειρος, eer Tov μυξθον ακο.ῖσεν " 
Καρπαλιμὼως δ᾽ eFixave θοιας emt vafag Ayarfwr* 
By δ᾽ ap’ ex’ Atpefidnv Αγαμεμνονα" tov’ δ᾽ extyavev 
Fevdovr’ ev κλισιηι, περι δ᾽ avbpoaroc κεχυθ᾽ υπνος. 
Στή δ᾽ ap’ Furrep κεφαλης, Νηλεξιωι Fou Βειοικως, 20 
Neotopt, τον pa μαλιστα γεροντων Tif? Αγαμεμνων" 
Τῶι μὲν ξειδσαμενος προσεφωνε᾽ ολοίῖος ονειρος " 
Εευδεις, Ατρειος Ευιε δαιιφρονος, ξεπποδαμο.ο; 
Ov χρὴ παννυχίον Fevdeev βουληφορον avdpa, ᾿ 
Fax λαΐῖοι τ᾽ ἐπιτετραφαταῖ, καὶ τοσα μεμηλεν. 25 


ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ II. 79 


Νὺυν δ᾽ ἐμεθεν youvvFec wxa* Διος de τοι ἀνγελος nut. 26 
OwpyKoat σ᾽ exedefoe καρηκομαοντας Ayatfof¢ 28 
Tlavovdint* νυν yap κεν Fedor πολιν evpvayviav 
Tpofwyv* ov yap ev’ audic Ολυνπια δωμαθ᾽ exyovteg 980 
Αθανατοι φραδσονται - exeyvauntoev yap ἕαπαντας 
ξηρὴ λισσομενὴ - Τροΐξεσι δὲ κηδε᾽ εφαπται 
Ex Διὸς " Adda ov σηισιν Feye φρεσι, μηδὲ σε ληθη 
Εαιίρεετω, evr’ av σε μελιῴρων ξυπνος avFnnt. 
Fac apa φωνησανς απεθησατο" τον δ᾽ elim’ aftoo 8 
Ta φρονεοντ᾽ ava OvF pov, Fa ρ᾽ ov τελεεσθαι ἐμελλεν. 
Φη yap Foy’ Fatpnoeev Πριαμοο πολιν ἕηματι κειίνωι, 
Νηπίος ! οὐδὲ τα Foude’, Fa pa Δσε.ῖς μηδετο Fepya. 
Θησεεν yap et’ ἐμελλεν ex’ adyea TE στοναχας TE 
Tpofot te kat Δαναοισι δια Kpatepac ξυσμινας. 40 
Eypeto δ᾽ exc ξυπνοο" θειη de μὲν αμφεχυτ᾽ oudn* 
ξεῦσετο δ᾽ ορθωθενς " μαλακον δ᾽ evdvfve χιτωνα, 
Καλον, νηγατεον" περι δ᾽ af wey’ εθαλλετο dafpoc " 
Ποδσι δ᾽ Furo λιπαροισιν εδησατο Kaha πεδιλιξα" 
Αμφι δ᾽ ap’ ὠμοισιν Badeto χσιῴος ἀαργυροιηλον" 45 
ξελλετο δὲ σκῆπτρον tatpoftov αφθιτον αἰξει, 
Tovv τωι εθη κατα vafac Αχαιξων χαλκοχιτωνων. 
Ηως μεν pa Gea προσεθησατο μακρον Ολυνπον, 
Aonvi φαῖος Fepeovtoa καὶ αλλοισ᾽ αθανατοισιν " 
Afrap Fo κηρυκεσι λιγυφθονγοισ᾽ εκελειῖσεν 50 
Κηρύυσσεεν ayopnvde καρηκομαοντας AyatFofe " 
ἔοι μὲν εκηρυσσον, Tot δ᾽ ηγείροντο μαλ᾽ ὠκα. 
Βουλην de πρωτον μεγαθυΐξμων Εεδσε γεροντων, 
Neoropent παρα vaft Πυλοιγενεος βασιλειος " 
Tof¢ Foye συνκαλεσανς, πυκινὴν ηρτυΐνετο βουλην: 55 
KAvte, φιλοι, θειος μοι ενιξυπνιον ηλθεν ονειρος 
Av6pooinv δια νυκτα " μαλιστα δὲ Νέστορι διιωι, 
Εειδος τε, μεγαθος τε, φυξην 7’, ἀανχιστ᾽ ἐξειξοικεεν. 
Στὴ δ᾽ ap’ ἕυπερ κεφαλῆς, kat μὲ προς wuFOov εξειπεν " 
Fevderc, Atpefoc Fue δαιιφρονος, Firmodapyofo ; 60 
Ov χρη παννυχίον Fevdeey βουληφορον avdpa, 


80 FIAFIAS If. 


Far Aafot τ᾽ exiteTpagarat, Kat τοσσα μεμηλεν. 

Νὺυν δ᾽ ἐμεθεν γσυνιξες wea Atoc de τοι avyedoc nu, 63 
Θωρηκσαι σ᾽ exedefoe καρηκομαοντας Ayatfof¢ 65 
Ilavovdint* νυν yap κεν Fedo πολιν evpvayviay 
Tpofwy " ov yap et’ audic Ολυνπια δωμαθ᾽ ἐχοντες 
Αθανατοι φραδσονται" ἐπεγναμπτσεν yap Faravrac 

Εηρὴ λισσομενη Τροίξεσι δὲ κηδε᾽ εφαπται 

Ek Διὸς " adda ov σηισι ἔεχε φρεσιν. Fae Fo μεν Fertwr 
Quyer’ ἀποπταμενος " ἐμὲ δὲ γλυκυς Furvoc avFnkev. 1 
AAW ayer’, αἱ kev πὼς θωρηκσομεν ἔνιας Ayatfwr- 
IIpwra δ᾽ eyw ξεπεσιν πειρησομαι, Fue θεμις ἐστιν, 

Και φευγεεν your vafot πολυκληξιεσι κελειξσω " 


Ευμεες δ᾽ αλλοθεν αλλος epntufeucy ἔεπεεσιν. 73 
ἕως apa φωνησανς βουλῆς exc ypxe νεεσθαι. 84 
Fou δ᾽ ἐεπανεστησαν, πειθοντο Te ποιμενι AaFwr, 85 


Σκηήπτοίοχοι βασιλειξες - ἐπεσσείοντο de λαοὶ. 

Hote FeOve’ ιαντι μελίσσαιξων ξαδιναιξων, 

Πετρῆς ex γλαφυρὴς afer vefov epyouevaF wr, 

Botpvdov de πετονταῖι ex’ ἀνθεσι ξεαρινοισιν. 89 
Fac των Fe@vea πολλα vafwv απὸ Kat κλισιαιξων 91 
Huovog προπαροιθε Babving eotuyaovto 

FraFadov εἰς ἀγορὴν " μετα de σφισι Fooo’ ededyeev, 
Οτρυ.ξνοντσ᾽ ἱμεναι, Atoc ἀνγελος " ἔοι δ᾽ ἀγεροντο" 
Τετρῆχεε δ᾽ ayopn, ἕυπο δὲ στοναχιδσετο γαία, 98 
Aafwyv ξιδσοντων, Fouadoc δ᾽ ἣν" Fevvea δὲ σῴεας 
Κηρυκες βοαοντες epytufov, εἰ ποτ᾽ αξυξτης 

Σχοιατ᾽, axofoeay, de διοτρεφεων βασιλειξων. 

Σπουδηι δ᾽ Εεόσετο Aafoc, ερήτυ.ἔθεν δὲ καθ᾽ edpac, 
Tlafoapusvoe κλανγῆς. ava δὲ κρεξων Αγαμεμνων 100 
Ἑστη, σκήηπτρον ἔεχων, to μὲν ξηφαιστος καμε τεύχων. 
ξηφαιστος μὲν εδωκε Au Κρονέξωνε Εανακτιε" 

Afrap apa Δσες δωκε διακτορωι Ἀργειφοντηι" 

Εερμειας δὲ ἕανακς δωκεν ΤἸελοπι πληγσιξίππωι " 

Aftrap Foy’ afte ελοπς dwn’ AtpeFt, ποιμενι λαιξων " 105 
Atpefo¢ δὲ θνησκὼν ελίπεν πολυξαρνι OvFeorne 


ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ I. 81 


AFrap Foy’ αὖτε Oveor’ Αγαμεμνονι λείπε φορηναε, 
Πολληιῖσιν νησοίῖσι kat ἄργει παντὶ ξανασσεεν " 
Τῶι Foy’ eperdoapevoc, Ferea πτεροεντα προσηνυ δα" 

Q φιλοι, ἕηρωςξες Δάναοι, θεράποντες ApeFoc, 110 
Δσε.ῖς pe μεγα Κρονιδὴς αξατηι ενεδῆσε βαρυιηι " 
Σχετλίος, Fog πριν μεν μοι ξυπεσχετο καὶ κατενεύσεν, 
FiAFtov ἐκπερθσανθ᾽ evreryeov ἀπονεεσθαι" 

Nvv δὲ κακὴν anatny βουλεισατο, καὶ pe κελεξει. 
Avokiee’ Αργος ἕικεσθαι, ἐπεὶ πολυν ὠλεσα Aafov. 115 
Εοτωι too Au μελλει Ευπερμενεῖ φίλον eevat, 

Εος δὴ πολλαιξων πολίων KaTeAvfoe καρῆνα, 

Ho’ ett καὶ Avfoer* tofo yap κρατος εστι μεγιστον. 
Avoxpov yap Tode γ᾽ ett Kat εσσομενοισι πυθεσθαι, 

Mare Foftw torovde τοσονδὲ te Aafov Ayatfwv 120 
Απρηκτον πολεμον troAeutdceuer, nde μαχεσθαι 

Avdpeot taFpotepotat " τελος δ᾽ ov πω TL πεφανται. 

Ectep yap κ᾽ εθελοιμὲεν Αχαιοι te Tpofec τε 123 
Tpofag μεν λεγσασθαι, εφεστίοι Fooor εαντιν, 125 
Fnueac δ᾽ ες dexadac διακοσμηθημεν᾽ Ayatfofe, 

Tpofwv δ᾽ avdpa Fexaoror ξελοιμεθα Forvoyofefecr, 
TloAAat κεν dexadec deforato Forvoyofofo. 

Tosov eyw φημι πλεας εἐσμεναι ἔνιας Αχαιξων. 429 

Fevvea δη βεθααντε Διος μεγαλο." eviaf rot, 134 
Kaz δὴ dopfa σεσηπε vaFwv, καὶ onapta λελυνται" 135 
Fat de πο.Γ᾿ Εημετεραι Fadoyot, kat vata τεκνα, 

Εηαται ev μεγαροις ποτίδεχμεναι * au de Fepyov 

Aftw¢ axpafavtov, FoF’ Fervexa devp’ Fixouecda. 

AAW aye? ὡς av eyw ξειπω, πειθωμεθα παντες " 
Φευγωμεν γσυν vafor φιλην ες πατριδα γαίαν" 140 
Ov yap ετι Tpofinyv ξαιρησομεν ευρναγυιαν. 

Εως pato* τοισι de θυιῖμον evt στηθεσσιν optver. 142 
Κινηθὴ δ᾽ ayopn, ἕως κυΐματα μακρα θαλασσῆης 144. 
Tlovtofo Fixaptofo, τὰ μὲν τ᾽ evpog Te νοτος τε 145 
Qpop’, eraftkoave πατερος Διος ex νεφελαζων. 

Fac δ᾽ Fore κινητι doepupog Babu Anftov ελθων, 


82 FIAFIA® II. 


Aabpog exatyidowy, ext τ᾽ nuvfer ἀσταχύυεσιν " 
Fw¢ των παντσ᾽ ἀγορὴ κινηθὴ " To δ᾽ αλαλητωι 
Nafac en’ εἐσσειξοντο" ποδων δ᾽ Ευπενερθε κονι.Γη 
Feorar’ αἰ ειρομενὴ " tot δ᾽ αλληλοισ᾽ εκελειον 
Εαπτεσθαὶ ναίων, ηδ᾽ ξελκεμεν εἰς Fada διιξαν, 
Ovpof¢ τ᾽ ἐεκσεκαθαίρον " afuvFrn δ᾽ ουρανον Fikev 


Εοικαδὲ Ειεμενων - Ευπο δ᾽ Fatpeov Fepuara ναίων. 


Ev0a κεν Ἀργεις(ξοισιν Ευπερμορα νοστος ετυχθὴη, 
Ex μη Αθηναίην ξηρὴ προς pvFOov efertrev " 
 ποποι! αἰγιοχοςο Atog τεκος ατρυτωνη, 
Foftw δὴ Fouxovds, φιλὴην ες πατρίδα yaar, 
Ἄργει.Γοι φευγσονται en’ evpva νωτὰ θαλασσης ; 
AAW ἐθὲε νυν μετα Aafov Αχαίξων χαλκοχιίτωνων, 
M70’ efae vaFac ξαλαδ᾽ ξελκεμὲεν ἀμφιελίσσας. 
Εως epat’* ovd’ ἀαπιθησε θεα γλαϊξκωπις Αθηνὴ " 
By δὲ κατ᾽ Ολυνποιο καρηνων aFtkoavtoa, 
Kapradiuwe δ᾽ efixave θοιας emt vafac Αχαιξων " 
Fevpev emer’ Odvoefa, Au μητιν ξαταάλαντον, 
Ἑεσταοτ᾽ " οὐδ᾽ Foye vafocg FevoeAuofo μελαίνης 
Farrer’, ἐπεὶ μὲν αχος κραδιην καὶ θυΐῖμον Εικανεν. 
Avyofo δ᾽ Εἰσταμενη προσεφη γλαΐξκωπις Αθηνη" 
Δέξογενες Λαϊξερτιαδη, πολυμηχαν᾽ Εοδυσσε., 
Εοΐτω δὴ Fotxovde, φιλὴν ες πατριδα γαιαν, 
Φευγσεσθ᾽, ev vafeot TOAVKAEFLEOL πεσοντες ; 
Κατ δὲ κεν ευχωλην Πρίιαμωι καὶ Τρο.ῖσι λιποιτε 
ApyeFny ξελενην, Εῆς ξεινεκα πολλοι Αχαιξων 
Ev Tpoftn ἀπολοντο, φιλῆης απὸ πατριδὸς axne ; 
AAW tt νυν μετὰ Aafov AyaFwv, μηδὲ τ᾽ ἐροίξεε " 
Lac δ' ἀγανοισι ἕεπεσσιν epntvfe φωτα ἔεκαστον, 
Μηδ᾽ efae vafag Fadad? ἔελκεμεν ἀμφι(ελισσας. 


Fac bab’: ο δὲ γσυνειξηκε θεας Fora φωνησαντσὴης" 
By de Oefeev, απο δὲ χλαιναν βαλε" τὴν δ᾽ εκομίσσεν 


Κηρυκς Ἑυρυθατηῆς Ἰθακησιος, Foc ἔοι οπήδεεν. 
Afrog δ᾽ Atpefidaf’ Αγαμεμνονος ἀντιος ελθων, 
Δεχσατο ἔοι σκηπτρον natpoftov, αφθιτον, αἱ.ξει " 
Γσυν τωι εθη κατὰ vafac AyaFov χαλκοχιτωνων. 


150 


155 


159 


163 
165 


170 


175 


180 


185 


ΕἸΛΕΙΑΣ Ii. 83 


Εοντινα μὲν βασιλεία καὶ ἐκσίξοχον avdpa κιχείη, 

Tov δ᾽ ἀαγανοισι ἕεπεσσιν epntvfoacke παραστανς" 
Δαιμονί᾽, ov σε εξοικε, κακον Ἑως, δειδισσεσθαι" 190 

AAA’ afroc τε καθησο, καὶ αλλοιῖς FidpvFe AaFoFc. 

Ov yap πω σαφα Γοιδσθ᾽, Εοιος νοος Atpefidafo. 192 
Fov δ᾽ af dnwofo τ᾽ avdpa Fidot, βοαοντα τ᾽ εφευροι, 198 

Tov σκήηπτρωι ελασασκεν, FouoxAqoacke τε pvF Ger 
Δαιμονι᾽, atpewac Fnoo, kat adAwy pvfOov axofe, 200 

Foe σεῖο φερτεροι evte* ov δ᾽ ἀπτολεμος Kat ααλκις, 

Ουτε ποτ᾽ εν πολεμῶι εναριθμιος, ουτ᾽ eve βουληι. 

Ov μεν πως παντες βασιλείῖσομεν ενθαδ᾽ Αχαιοι " 

Ovk ἀγαθον πολυκοιρανίη" ἔενς κοίρανος eoTw, 

ἕενς βασιλεῖς, Far εδωκε Kpovoo παῖς ανκυλομητεο" 205 
Εως Foye κοιρανεων διιξεπε στρατον " ἔοι δ' ayopnvde 207 

Afric ἐπεσσείοντο, ναίων απο Kat KALoLaF wr, 

Fnxyyt* ἕως Fore κυΐμα πολυφλοισθο.ο θαλασσης 

Avytadwt μεγαλα βρεμεται, σμαραγει de te ποντος. 210 
Αλλοι μεν ρ᾽ ξεδσοντ᾽, ἡρητυ.ῖθεν δὲ καθ᾽ edpac. 

Θερσιτὴς δ᾽ ett μουνος auetpofenng exoAofa, 

Εος ξεπεα φρεσιν ξηισιν ἀκοσμα τε πολλα τε ξοιδεεν, 

Marc, atap ov κατα κοσμον, epidoeuevat βασιλεςῖσιν, 

AAR’ Fo τι Fou Fecdoarto yeAoftov Ἀργει(ξοισιν. 215 

Εχθιστος δ᾽ AytaAefe μαλιστ᾽ nv, ηδ᾽ Εοδυσε Γι" 220 

Tw yap νεικειεσκε. Tot’ af Αγαμεμνονι diFwr 

Foxova κεκληγως Aey’ ονειδεα " τῶι δ᾽ ap’ Ayatfot 

Ἐκπαγλως κοτεοντο, νεμεσηθεν τ᾽ eve OvF par. 223 
Atpeftdn, τεο δ᾽ afr’ extueudeat, nde χατιδσεις; 225 

TlAeeat Tot yaAKoo κλίσιαι, ToAAat δὲ γυναικες 

Evtiv eve κλισιηισ᾽ exoFatperot, Fag τοι Ayatfot 

Πρωτίστωι διδομεν, evr’ av πτολίεθρον FedAwper. 

H’ ett καὶ ypvooF’ exidefeat, Fov κε τις Fotoet 

Tpofwv Firmodauwy exc FraftoF’, Futo¢g αποινα, 230 

Fov κεν eyw δησανς ayayw, 7° αλλος AxatFwr ; 231 

Q werrovec, Kak’ edeyye’, Axatfidec, ove et’ Αχαιοι, 235 

Forxade περ youv vafot νεωμεθα" τον δ᾽ εξαωμεν 


84 FIAFIA® Il. 


Afrof evt Tpofint yepa πεσσεμεν, Fodpa ξιδηται 

H pa τι Foe x musec προσαμυΐξξνομεν, ne καὶ OVKL* 

Εος καὶ νυν Aytdefa, Fefo wey’ ἀμείνονα φωτα, 
Hrifunoev* Fedwy yap exet γερας, αὔτος amafpavc. 240 
Αλλα pan’ οὐκ Axtdsfe χολος φρεσιν, ἀλλα μεθημων - 

H yap αν, ἀτρεξιδη, νυν ξυστατα λωθησαιο. 

ἕως dato νεικείων γαμεμνονα, ποιμενα λαίξων, 
Θερσιτης " τῶι δ᾽ wKa παριιστατο Atfog ξοδυσσεξς, 

Και μὲν Furrodpa Ειδων χαλεπωι ἠνίπαπε pvF Owe. 245 

Θερσιτ᾽ axpiTouvlOe, λέγυς περ εων ayopeF TNC, 

Froyeo, μηδ᾽ εθελ᾽ οἱος εριδσεμεναι βασιλεῖσιν " 

Ov yap eyw oefo φημι χερειοτερον βροτον αλλον 
Ἑσμεναι, Fooor Faw’ Atpefedmo’ ἕνπο FiAftov ηλθον. 

Twx οὐκ av Baotdefac ava στομ᾽ ἔεχων ayopeforc, 250 
Kat σφιν oveidea te προφεροις, νοστον τε φυλασσοις. 951 
AAW ex τοὶ Fepew, τὸ δὲ καὶ τετελεσμενον εσται" 257 
Ex κ᾽ ett σ᾽ αφραινοντα κιχήσομαι, ἕως νυ περ Fads, 
Μηκετ᾽ επειθ᾽ Odvoeft καρὴ ὠμοισιν επειῆ, 

Μηδ᾽ ett TyAguaxofo πατὴρ κεκλήμενος εἰὴν, 260 
Ex pn ey@ σε λαθων aro μεν φιλα Feopara duvfow, 
Χλαιναν 7 nde χιτωνα, Ta τ᾽ adou’ ἀμφικαλύυπτει, 

Aftov δὲ κλαίξοντα θοιας ext vaFacg αφησω 

Πεπλήγως αγορηθεν aferkecot πληγηισιν. 

Εως ap’ ein” σκήηπτρωι δὲ μεταφρενον nde καὶ wpa 265 
Πληγσεν" Fo δ᾽ ιδνωθη, θαλερον δὲ For εκπεσε δακρυ. 
Σμωδινγς δ᾽ Εαιματοεντσα petadpevos’ εκσιξυπανεστη 
LanntpoF Furo xpveeof’ Fa δ᾽ ap’ ξεδσετο, ταρθησεν τε" 
Adrynoare δ᾽, ἀχρεῖον Fidaw, ἀπεμοργσατο δακρυ. 

Εοι de, kat ἀχνυμενοι περ, ἐπ᾿ afta ξηδυ γελασσαν- 270 
Fade δὲ τις ξείπεσκε, Ειδων ες πλήσιον αλλον " 

Q ποποι! ἢ δὴ μυξρι’ Εοδυσσεςξς εσθλα Fefopyev, 

Βουλας 7’ exoapywv ἀγαθας, πολεμοὸν τε κορυσσων. 

Νὺυν δὲ τὸ δὴ μεγ᾽ ἀαριστον ev Ἀργειίξοισιν ερεκσεν, 

Εος tov λωθητηρα ξεπεσδολον ἐσχ᾽ ayopafwy. 275 
Ov Onv μιν παλιν αὖτις avfnoe OvFuocg aynvap 
Νειίκείεεν Baordefac ονειδειοισι ξεπεσσιν. 


FIAFIA® If. $5 


Εως φασαν Fn πληθὺυς - ava δ᾽ Fo πτολίπορθος ξοδυσσε.ς 
Ἑστη σκῆπτρον ξεχων " παρα δε, γλαιξκωπις Αθηνη, 
Εειδομενὴ κηρυκι, σιωπᾶν Aafov avwyer, 280 
Fac Εαμα θ᾽ οἱ πρωτοῖ τε Kat ξυστατοι ξυιες AyatFwv 
Mv‘0ov axofoeav, kat επιφρασσαίατο βουλὴν" 

Fo σφιν Fevdpovewy ayopefoato, kat μετεξειπεν " 

Atpefidn, νυν On σε, Favanc, εθελοντιν Axatfot 
Παντσιν ελενχίστον Oepevar μεροπεσι βροτοισιν " 285 
Ovde τοι ἐκτελεοντιν ξυποσχεσιν, ἕηνπερ FuTeotay, 
ἙἘνθαδ᾽ ett στείχοντες an’ Ἄργεος Fimmobotofo, 

FiAFtov ἐκππερθσανθ᾽ εὐτείχεον ἀπονεεσθαι. 

Εωστε yap ἡ παίδες vefapol, ynpat τε γυναῖκες, 
Αλληλοισιν odvFpovta Βοικονδὲ νεεσθαι. 290 
H μὴν και πονος εστιν aviFnGevra νεεσθαι. 

Και yap τις Feva μῆνα μενων απὸ Fang ξαλοχο.ο 
Ασχαλαει γσυν vaft πολυδσυγωι, ἕηνπερ afeAdat 
Χειμεριαι ξελίξεωντιν, ορινομενη τε θαλασσα" 

Fav δ᾽ ξεννατος εστι περιτροπεων ενίαιτος 295 
Evade μιμνοντεσι" τῶι ov νεμεσιδσομ᾽ AyatfoF¢ 
Ασχαλαεεν mapa vafot κορωνίσιν " adda Kat ἐνπης 
Αἰσχρον tot δηρον τε μένεεν, Keveov τε νεεσθαι. 

TAnre, φιλοι, καὶ μηνατ᾽ ext χρονον, Fodpa δαωμεν 
Ex Fereov Καλχανς pavteferat, ηξ καὶ οὐκι. 300 
Fev yap bn Toye Fiduev eve φρεσιν, cote δὲ παντες 
Maprtupot, Foo μη κῆρες ebay Oavatofo φεροντσαι 
XOidoa τε Kat πρωιδο᾽, For’ ες AFAtda vafeg AyatFwv 
Ἠγερεθοντο, kaka prayer καὶ Tpofor φεροντσαι, 

Εημεες δ᾽ aude Tepe κρηνην. Ειεροιῖς κατα βωμο.ῖς 305 
Epdopev αθανατοῖσι teAnevtoac Fexatovbac, 

Καληι Furo πλατανίστωι, Foley pefev ayAafov Fufdwp* 
Ev@’ epavn peya σημα, dpakwy ἐπὶ vwra δαφοινος, 
Σμερδαλεος, τον p’ αὔτος Ολυνπιος Funke φαιξοσδε, 

Βωμο.Γ᾿ ξυπαξικσανς προς pa πλατανιστον opofoev: 310 
Ἔνθα δ᾽ εσαν στρουθο.ο vefooco, νηπία τεκνα, 

Οὗσωι en’ ἀκροτατωι, πεταλοισ᾽ ξυποπεπτηωτες, 


Η 


86 FIAFIA® Il. 


Εοκτω" atap μητὴρ Fevatn nv, Fn texe τεκνα. 
Ev@’ Foye tof¢ ελεεινα κατήσθιε τετριγωτας " 


Myrnp δ᾽ ἀμφεποτατο odufpouern φιλα τεκνα" 315 
Tyv de Ἐελικσάμενος πτερυγος Aabev αμφιξαχυιαν" 316 
Faueec δ᾽ Feotaotec GaFuadoouer, ξοιον ετυχθη. 320 
Kadyave δ᾽ afin’ exetta θεοπροπεων ayopefer * 322 


Tint’ aafou ἐγενεσθε, καρηκομαοντες AyatFot ; 
ξημιν μεν tod’ epnve τερας peya μητίετα Δσεξς, 

Οπσιμον, οπσιτελεστον, Fofo κλεος ov ποτ᾽ ολεεται. 820 
Εως Fofto¢ κατα τεκν᾽ εφαγε στρουθο.ἔο, καὶ αἴτην, 
Εοκτω, atap untnp ἕενατη nv, Fn τεκὲε τεκνα " 

Εως ἔημεες τοσαῦτα Fetea πτολεμίκσομεν af Ot, 

Tox δεκατωι δὲ πολιν Faipnoouev ευρνυαγνιαν. 

Κεῖνος τως ayopefe* ta δὴ νυν παντα τελεεται. 330 
AAW aye, μίμνετε παντες, ξευκνημίδες Axatfot, 

Afrof, εἰς οκε ἔαστυ μεγα Πριαμοίο ξελωμεν. 

Εως εφατ᾽ - Apyerfor δ᾽ en’ eFtfaxov, aude δὲ vafec 
Σμερδαλεον κοναθησαν, afvfoavtwr Fun’ Ayatfwv. 334 
Τοισι de καὶ μετεξειπε Τερηνιος ξίπποτα Neotwp*. 336 

Q ποποι! ἡ δὴ παιδσι ξειοικοτες ayopefecbe 
Νηπιαχοισ᾽, Foto’ ουτι μελει πολεμηια Fepya. 

Πη δὴ γσυνθεσιαι τε και ἕορκία βησεται ἔημιν ; 

᾿ Ἐν trvpt δὴ βουλαι τε γενοίατο, undea τ᾽ avdpwr, 340 
Σπονδαι τ᾽ axpynrot, Kat δεχσιαι, ξηισ᾽ ἐεπεπιθμεν " 

Aftwe yap pa Fereco’ εριδαινομεν, ovde τι μῆχος 
Fevpenevat δυναμεσθα, πολὺυν χρονον evOad’ εοντες. 
Atpefidn, ov δ' εθ᾽ ὡς πριν, Feywv ἀστεμῴεα βουλὴν, 
Apyef’ Ἀργειίξοισι, κατα κρατερας Ευσμινας " 345 
Τοῖς δ᾽ efae φθινυθεεν, Feva και δυο, τοι κεν Ayatfwv 
Noogiv βουλειωντ᾽, ανυσις δ᾽ οὐκ ἐσσεται aFTwr, 

Πριν γ᾽ Ἀργοσδ᾽ tusvat, πριν και Διος αἰγιοχο.ο 
Τνωμεναι εἰτε πσευδος ξυποσχεσις, ne καὶ οὔκι. 

Φημι yap wy κατανεῦσαι ξυπερμενεα Kpovifwva 350 
Εηματι τωι, Fore vaFfotv ev ὠκυποροισιν ebarvov 


Apyerfor, Tpofeot dovov kat Knpa φεροντες " 


FIAFIA® II. 87 


Aorpantwy emdeyou’, εναιίσιμα onuata φαινων. 
Tat, μὴ τις πριν επειγεσθω Fotxovde νεεσθαι, 
Πριν τινα παρ Τροξων ξαλοχωι κατακοιμηθῆναι, 35 
TifoasGa δ᾽ ξελενης Fopunuata τε orovayac τε. 
Ez de τις εκπαγλως εθελει Forxovde νεεσθαι 
ξαπτεσθω ἕης ναιξος FevoeAuofo μελαινης, 
Fodpa προσθ᾽ αλλων θανατον καὶ ποτμον εφεσπηι. 
Αλλα, ἕανακς, aFtoc θ᾽ ev μηδεο, πειθεο 7 αλλω. 860 
Ovrot αποῦλητον ἕεπος εσσεταῖ, Fort κε Ferro. 
Κριν᾽ avdpac κατα φυ,ξλα, κατα φρητρας, Ἀγαμεμνον, 
ἕως φρητρη φρητρηφιν apnynt, φυξλα δὲ φυξλοις " 
Ez δὲ κεν ἕως epxonic καὶ tot πειθωνται AyatFot, 
Tvwoe’ επειθ᾽ ος θ᾽ ηγεμονων κακος, Fog τε νυ λαίζων, 365 
Hd’ Foe κ᾽ εσθλος εητι " κατα σφεας yap μαχεονταῖι. 
Tvwoea δ᾽ et καὶ θεσπεσιηι πολὲν οὐκ adaraxcetc, 
H ανδρων κακοτῆτι, καὶ αφραδιηι πολεμο.ῖο. 

Tov δ᾽ ἀαπαμειθομενος προσεφη κρείων Αγαμεμνων " 
H μαν afr ἀγορῆι νικαιῖς, yepov, ἔνιας Αχαιξων " 370 
At yap, Aoef te πατερ, kar AOnvatn, kat Απολλον, 
Τοιοῦτοι dexa μοι youvopaduovec erev Αχαίξων " 
Tat κε tay’ nuvFoee πολις Πριαμο.ο ξανακτος, 
Χερσιν Fug’ ημετερηισιν Fadovroa τε περθομενῆὴ τε. 
Αλλα μοι αἰγιξοχος Κρονιδης Δσε.ῖς adye’ εδωκεν, 375 
Fog με μετ᾽ ἀαπρηκτοῖς epidac και νεικεα βαλλει. 376 

Νὺυν δ᾽ ἐρχεσθ᾽ ext δειπνον, Fiva γσυναγωμεν Apefa. 381 
Fev μὲν τις δορυ θηγσασθω, Fev δ᾽ ἀσπιδα θεσθω, 
Fev δὲ τις ξίπποιῖσιν δειπνον δοτω ὠκυποδεσιν, 
Fev δὲ τις ἕαρματος audi Fidwy πολέμοιο μεδεσθω * 


or 


Εως κέ mavFnueptoe στυγερωι κρινωμεθ᾽ Apest. 385 
Ov yap παιξσωλὴ γε μετεσσεται, ovd’ ηδαιον. 386 
Fidpwoet μεν Teo τελάμὼων aude στηθεσιν 388 


Aontdoc ἀμφιδροτης, περι δ᾽ evyet χειρα καμεεται " 
Ἑεδρωσει δὲ τεο ἕιππος Fevycofov ἕαρμα τιταίνων. 390 
Fov & av eywy ἀπανευθε μαχῆς εθελοντα νοησω 
Μιμναδσεεν παρα vafot κορῶνισιν, ov ἔοι exetta 


Ἄρκιον eceetat φυγεεεν κυνας ηδ᾽ οἱὡ(Γωνο.ῖς. 


: 


88 FIAFIA® II. 


ἕως epat’+ Αργειοι δ᾽ ex’ eftFayov, ἕως Fore κυμα 
Axrne ex’ ξυπσηληι, ἔοτε κινητιν νοτος ελθων 395 
Προὔλητι σκοπελωι " tov δ᾽ ov ποτε κυΐματα λειπει, 
Παντοίων ἀνεμων, For’ av ev? 7 ενθα γενωνται. 
Αὐστᾶντες δ᾽ ορεοντο, κεδασθεντες κατα vaFac, 
Καπνισσαν τε κατα κλισίας, καὶ δειπνον ἔελοντο" 
Αλλος δ᾽ ἀλλωι εἐρεδσε θεων atferyeveTaF or, 400 
Evyouevoc θανατον te φυγεεν καὶ μωλον Apefoc. 
Afrap Fo Bofy Frepefoe ξανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνων 
IlcFova, mevrafernpor, Furepuever KpoviS wre 
Κικλησκεν de γεροντας ἀριστείας παναχαιων" 
Neotopa μεν πρωτιστα, καὶ Ἰδομενειξα ξανακτα, 405 
Aftrap exer’ Atfavre dvw, καὶ Tufdefog νιον - 
Fextov δ᾽ af@ Odvoefa, Au μητιν Ἑαταλαντον. 
Afrowatog de Foe nAGe βοὴν αἀγαθος Mevedafoc. 408 
Bofv de περιστησαντο, καὶ ολιίξοχυτας avfedovto. 410 
Τοισιν δ᾽ εὐχομενος μετεφὴ κρείων Αγαμεμνων " 

Δσε. κυΐξδιστε, μεγιστε, κελαίνεφες, αἰθερι ναίων, 
Mn πριν ex’ ἡελίον dvFvat, καὶ ext κνεφας ελθεεν, 
Πριν μὲ kata πρῆνες βαλεεεν Πρίαμο.ῖο μελαθρον 
Abadoev, πρηθσαι δὲ πυρος daftofo θυρετρα" 415 
Εεκτορεον δὲ χίτωνα περι στηθεσι δαίκσαι 
Χαλκωι Ερωγαλεον " πολῦες δ᾽ aud’ αὔτον ξεταίροι 
Πρηνεες εν κονιιηισιν οδακς λαδσοιατο yaiav. 

Εως εφατ᾽ - οὐδ᾽ apa πω ἔοι exexpafatve ἹΚρονι(ζων " 
AAW Foy’ edexto μεν Fispa, πονον δ᾽ ἀμεγαρτον οφελλεν,. 
Afrap επει ρ᾽ ευχσαντο, καὶ ολίξοχυτας προθαλοντο, 421. 
AF Fepvoay μεν πρωτα, kat εσφαγσαν Kat edefpar, 

Mnpof¢ τ᾽ exoeTauov, κατα TE κνισηι εκαλυπτσαν 5 
Δέπτυχα ποιήσαντες, ἐπ᾽ aFtwv δ᾽ ὠμοθετησαν - ᾿ 
Και τα μεν ap σχιδσηισιν αφυλλοισιν Katexafov: 425 
Σπλανχνα δ᾽ ap’ ανπείραντες Furrepfexov Fndacorofo. 
Afrap επει κατα pnp’ exaFn, kat σπλανχν᾽ ἐπάσαντο, 
Μιστυλλον τ᾽ apa τ᾽ αλλα, καὶ aud’ οθελοισιν επειραν, 
ὥπτησαν τε περιφραδεως, FepvoavTo Te παντα. 


FIAFIAS If. 


Afrap eres mafoavtTo πονοο, τετυκοντο TE δαίτα, 
Δαινυντ᾽, οὐδὲ τι OuFpog edefeto δαιτος ξεισιξης. 
Aftap emet ποσιος Kat εδητυος Exe ἐρον ἔεντο, 
Toto’ apa μυιξθων npxe Τερήηνιος ἔιπποτα Νεστωρ᾽ 
Atpefidn κυΐξδιστε, Εανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνον, 
Μηκετι νυν bn? af Ot λεγωμεθα, μηδ᾽ eve δηρον 
᾿Ανθαλλωμεθα Fepyov, Fo dn θεος ἐενγυαλιόσει. 
AAW aye, κηρυκες μὲν Αχαίξων χαλκοχιτωνων 
Aafov κηρυσσοντες αγείροντων κατα vafac * 


ξημεες δ᾽ Fadpofo: Fade κατα στρατὸν ευρυν AyaFov 


louev, Εοῴφρα κε θασσον ἐγείρομεν Foxovy Apefa. 


89 
480 


410 


Εως εφατ᾽ - ovd’ ἀαπιθησε Favanc ανδρων Αγαμεμνων" 


Afrika κηρύυκεσι λιγυφθονγοισ᾽ exeAeFoev 
Κηρυσσεεν πολεμονδὲ καρηκομαοντας Αχαιξοςς. 
Foe μὲν εκηρυσσον, τοι δ᾽ ηγείροντο pad’ wKa. 
οι δ᾽ aud’ Atpefifwva διοτρεῴφεες βασιλεςξες 
Ovsvov κρίνοντες " μετα δε, γλαιξκωπις AOnvy 
Αἰιγιδ᾽ Feyovto’ epitifpwov, aynpaov, αθανατὴν τε" 
Ty¢ ξεκατον θυσανοι πανχρύυσεοι nfepeOorvto, 
Παντες ξευπλεκεες - Fexatovbofio¢g δὲ ἕεκαστος. 
Τσυν tH παιφασσοντσα διεσσυτο Aafov Ayafwr, 
Οτρυνοντσ᾽ ἐμεναι" εν δὲ σθενος ὡρσεν ξεκαστωι" 
Toot δ᾽ Fadap πολεμος γλυκίων γενετ᾽, ne νεεσθαι 
Ἐν ναΐξεσι γλαφυρηισι φιλὴην ες πατριδα γαιαν. 
Hurte πὺυρ αξιδηλον επιφλεγει ἀσπετον ξυλίξην 
Ορεος ev κορυφηισ᾽ " ξεκαθεν δὲ te φαίνεται α.Γγη " 
Fao των ἐρχομένων, απὸ yadKofo θεσπεσιο.ῖο 
AtyAn πανφαναοντσα δι᾽ αἰθερος ουρανον Εικεν. 
Tov δ᾽, Fwor’ ορνιχθων πετέηνων ξεθνεα πολλα, 
Χηνῶων, ἡ γερανων, ἡ κυκνων δολιχοδειρων, 
Ἄσιωι εν λειμωνι, Καυστριο.Γ᾽ aude ρεξεθρα, 
Ἔνθα και ενθα ποτωνταῖ ἀγαλλομενα πτερυγεσιν, 


Κλανγηδον προκαθιδσοντων, σμαραγει δὲ τε λειμων " 


Fac των ξεθνεα πολλα vafwr απο Kat κλισιαιξων 


460 


Ἐς πεδίον προχείξοντο Καμανόριον > afrap Furo χθων 465 


ἈΠῈ ἢ 


90 FIAFIA® II 


Σμερδαλεον Kovabidoe ποδων aFTwy τε Kat ξίππων. 
Eoray 0” εν λειμωνι ἸΚαμανδριωι αὐθεμοεντι 
Mvfptot, Fooa τε φνλλα καὶ avOea yryverat Ἑωρηι. 

Hote μνιαιξων Fadivafwv ξεθνεα πολλα, 

Fate kata σταθμον ποιμνηίον ηλασκοντιν, 410 
Εωρῆι ἔεαρινηῖ, Fore te γλαγος avyea δεῦει" 

Τοσοι ext Tpofeot καρηκομαοντες Ayatfot 

Ev πεδιωι Froravro, διαίραισι μεμαιξωτες. 

Tof¢ δ᾽, Fwor’ αἰπολια πλατυ᾽ αἰγὼν αἰπολοῖ ανδρες 
Ῥεξα διακρινεωντιν, ἐπει KE νομῶι μιγεωντιν " 475 
Εως tof¢ ξηγεμονες διεκοσμεον evOa καὶ eva, 

Ευσμινηνδ᾽ μεναι" μετα de, kpefwv Αγαμεμνων, 

Οπματα καὶ κεφαλὴν ξικελος Au τερπικεραύνῶωι, 

Apeft de ὅσωνην, στερνον δὲ ἸΤοσειδαιξωνι. 

Hute 6o0F¢ ἀγεληφι pey’ ἐκσιοχος ἐπλετὸ παντῶν 480 
Ταῦρος " Fo yap τε BoFeot μεταπρεπει ἀγρομενῆηισιν " 
Totov ap’ Atpefidnv θηκε Acefo ξηματι κεινωι, 

Exnpere’ ev πολλοῖσι καὶ exofoyov ξηροίξεσιν. 

Femete νυν μοι, Mofoat, Ολυνπια δωματ᾽ ἐχοντσαι" 
ξυμεες yap θεαι εστε, παρεστε τε, Fidote τὲ παντα, 485 
ἕημεες δὲ κλεος οἱον ἀκούομεν, ovde τι Ειδμεν " 

Εοιτινες ηγεμονες Aavawy Kat κοιρανοι ἡσαν. 
Πληθυν δ᾽ ovk av eyw μυ.ξθησομαι, ovd’ ονομηνω, 
Ουδ᾽ et μοι δεκα μεν γλωσσαι, deka δὲ στοματ᾽ εἰεν, 


Φωνὴ δ' aFpnytoc, χάλκεον δὲ μοι ἤτορ ενείη. 490 
Βοιωτῶν μεν ἸΠηνελαιξος καὶ Aefitoc npxov, 494 
Ἀρκεσίλαος τε, ἸΠροθοιηνωρ τε, KAoviog τε" 495 


For θ᾽ Ὑριην ενεμοντο, καὶ Α.Ελιδα πετρηεντσαν, 

Σχοινον τε, Σκωλοὸν τε, πολυκνημον τ᾽ Ἑτεωνον, 
Θεσπειαν, Tpaay τε, καὶ evpvyopov Μυκαλῆσσον " 

Εοι τ᾽ aud’ Fapw’ ἐνεμοντο, καὶ Ἐπλεσιον, καὶ Epv6pac, 
Εοι τ᾽ Ελεων᾽ εσχον, nd’ Ευλίξην, καὶ ἸΤετεωνα, 500 
Qradenv, Medewva θ᾽, εὐκτίμενον πτολίεθρον, 

Kwrac, ξευτρησιν τε, πολυτρηρωνα τε Θισθην " 

Foe τε Κορωνειαν, καὶ ποιηενθ᾽ Αλιαρτον, 


FIAFIA® II. 91 


ἔοι te Πλαταιαν Feyov, 70’ For Τλισσαντ᾽ eveuorro, 

Foe @ YroOnbac εσχον, ξευκτιμενον πτολίεθρον, 505 

Ονχῆστον θ᾽, ἱερον Ποσιδηιον, ayAafov αλσος " 

Fou te πολυσταφυλον Fapyny ἔεχον, For τε Μιδειαν, 

Niooay τε ὅσαθεην, Ανθηδονα τ᾽ ἐσχαταοντσαν * 

Τῶν μεν πεντηκοντα ναΐξες κίον" εν δὲ Fexaorne 

Kofpot Βοιωτῶν Fexarov καὶ ξεικοσ᾽ εθαίνον. 610 
ἔοι δ᾽ Ασπληδον᾽ εναίον, ιδ᾽ Ορχομενον Μινυαίον " 

Tov ηρχ᾽ Ασκαλαφος καὶ Ἰαλμενος, ἔνιες Αρεξος, 

Fof¢ texe Faorvfoyn, douwwe Ακτορος Adoefidafo, 

Παρθενος αἰδοίη, FuTepoftov εἰσαναθαντσα, 

Apeft kpatepwr* Fo de Foe παρελεχσατο λαθρηι" 515 

Tog de τρίηκοντα yAadupat ναξες εστιχαοντο. 
Aftap ®wxeFwv Σχεδιος καὶ Ἐππιστροφος npxov, 

Fuse Fiditofo weyabuFuofo Nafboddafo- 

ἔοι Κυπαρισσον Feyov, Ilv@wva te πετρηεντσαν, 

Κρισσαν τε ὅσαθεην, καὶ Δαλιδα, καὶ Iavorefa, 520 

Fot τ᾽ ἀνεμωρειαν, kat Fufautodry aud’ ενεμοντο, 

Fot τ᾽ apa παρ ποταμὸν Κηφισσον difov evator, 

Fot te Λιλαιαν Feyov, πηγηις ext Κηφισσοο" 

Toc δ᾽ ἔαμα τεσσαρακοντα μελαῖναε vaFeg Ferrovto. 

ἔοι μὲν Φωκειξων στιχας Feotacay augiFerovtec, 525 

Bowtwv δ᾽ ἐνπλὴν ex’ aptotepa θωρησσοντο. NN 
Aoxpwv δ᾽ Fayeuovefev Fo FrAFefoc taxve Atfave, 527 

Fot Kufvov τ᾽ evewovr’, Oroevta τε, Καλλίαρον te, 531 

Βησσαν te, Σκαρῴην te, καὶ AF yevac eparetvac, 

Taponv τε, Opoviov te, BofaypioF’ aude pefebpa " 

Tot δ᾽ ἔαμα τεσσαρακοντα μελαιῖναι vate Ferovto. 534 
Fou δ᾽ Εευδοιαν Feyov wevea πνείοντες Αθαντεςξ, 536 

Xadxida τ᾽, Epstpiav te, πολυσταφυλον θ᾽ Ἑστίαιαν, 

Κηρινθον τ᾽ εφαλον, Διιοο τ᾽ αἱἰπυ πτολίεθρον, 

Foe te Καρυστον ἔεχον, nd’ ἔοι Στυρα ναιεταεσκον " 

Twyr δ᾽ α.[θ᾽ nyeuove®’ Ἐλεφηνωρ, οὗσος ApeFoc, 540 

“Χαλκωδοντιαδης, weyabvuFuwv ἀαρχος Αθαντων " 

Tax δ᾽ Fay’ Αθαντες ἕεποντο θοίοι, οπιθεν κομαοντες, 


92 FIAFIA® Il. 


Aiypntat, μεμαιξωτες ορεγτηιῖσιν μελιηισιν 

Θωρηκας Fonyoeev δαιξιων aude στηθεσσιν " 

Tor δ᾽ Faua τεσσαράκοντα μελαιναι vafeg ἕεποντο. 545 
Fou δ᾽ ap’ Αθηνας εσχον, ξευκτίμενον πτολίεθρον" 546 


Twv α.θ᾽ ηγεμονε.!", ἔνιος Ileteofo, Mevecdesc. 552 
Tw δ᾽ ἔαμα πεντήκοντα pedavar vase ἕεποντο. 556 
Aifave δ᾽ εκ Σαλαμινος ayev δυο kat deka vaFac. 557 


ἔοι τ᾽ Apyog 7’ eayov, Tipvv0a τε τειχίοεντσαν, 559 
Εερμίονην, Λσινὴην τε, βαθυν Kata κολπον Fexovtoac, 560 
Τροιδσην᾽, Hiovag τε, καὶ ἀμπελοεντ᾽ Ἐπέίδαιρον, 

For θ᾽ εχον Αἰγιναν, Μασητα τε, κοῦροι Αχαιξων " 

Tov δ᾽ af@ ἡγεμονειξε βοην ayabocg Διομηδης, 

Kat Σθενελος, Καπανειος ἀγακλείτοο φιλος ἔνιος " 

Tovar δ᾽ Fay’ Evpyfadog τριτατος κιε, ξεισιξοθεος φως, 565 
Μηκίστειος ἔυις TadAatfovidafo ξανακτος. 

Τσυνπαντων δ' ξηγεετο βοὴν ἀγαθος Διομηδὴς " 

Τοῖσι δ᾽ Fay’ Εογδωκοντα μελαίναι ναιξες ἕεποντο. 

For δὲ Mvknvac eaxyov, ξευκτιμενον πτολίεθρον, 
Εαφνειον te Κορινθον, ξευκτιμενας τε KAewvac, 570 
Ορνειας τ᾽ ἐνεμοντο, Παραιθυρεὴν τ᾽ ἐρατεινὴν, 

Και Σικυων᾽, Εοθ᾽ ap’ Αδρηστος πρωτ᾽ ενθασιλεξεν " 

For θ᾽ Ὑπερησειὴν τε, και αἰπειίνὴην Τονοεντσαν, ᾿ 
Πελλήνην τ᾽ εσχον, 40’ Arytov aud’ ενεμοντο, 

Avytadov 7’ ava παντα, καὶ apd’ ξελικην ευρυιαν: 575 
Twv Fexatov vafwv npxye kpefwv Αγαμεμνων 

Arpefidn¢g* ἔαμα τωι ye πολὺ πλειστοι καὶ ἀριστοι 

Λαΐοι ξεποντ᾽" ev δ᾽ αὔτος edvfoato νωροπα χαλκον, 
Kv fdtawy, Fore παντσι μετεπρεπεν ξηροίξεσιν. 579 

Fot δ᾽ εσχον κοιλην Aaxedatuova καιεταεντσαν, 581 

Φαριν τε, Σπαρτὴν τε, πολυτρηρωνα τε Μεσσῆν, 

Βρυσειας τ᾽ ενεμοντο, καὶ ΔΑ. ἔγειας ερατεινας, 

For τ᾽ ap’ AuvkAac εσχον, Fedoc 7’, εφαλον πτολίεθρον, 
Fou te AaFav εσχον, nd’ OrrvAov aud’ εἐνεμοντο: 585 
Twv Fou FadeAdefoc ηρχε, Bony ayaboc Mevedafoc, 
Fexonkovta ναίων, ἀπατερθε de θωρησσοντο. 587 


ΕἹΛΕΙΑΣ II. 93 


For de IIvAov τ᾽ ἐνεμοντο, καὶ Ἀρηνὴν ἐρατεινην, 591 
Καὶ Opvfov, AAdetofo πορον, καὶ ξευκτίτον Arrv, 
Και Κυπαριίισσηεντα, καὶ Ἀμφιγενειαν εναιίον, 
Και Πτελεον, καὶ Fedoc, καὶ Δωρίον" ενθα te Mofoar 
Avrousvat Θαμυριν τον Opefixa παιῖσαν af otdnc, 595 
Οεχαλιηθεν ἰοντα, παρ᾽ evpytoF’ Ovyadtefoc " ' 
irefro yap ευχομενος νικήσεμεν, εἰπὲερ av aFTat 
Mofoat afedorev, kofpar Avoc atytFoxoFo* 
Fat de χολωσαμεναι tnpov θεσαν, afrap aFordnv 
Θεσπεσιην αφελοντο, καὶ exdedabov κιθαριστυν. 600 
Twrv af@’ ηγεμονε.ξε Τερηνιος ἔίπποτα Νεστωρ" 
Tw δ᾽ «ξενενηκοντα γλαφυραι vafec ἐστιχαοντο 

For δ᾽ Feyov Apkadinyv, Furo Κυλληνῆς ορος airy, 
Aurutiov παρὰ τυμῦον, Fir’ avepec avytuaynrat, 
ἔοι Peveoy τ᾽ ἐνεμοντο, Kat Opyouevov πολυμηλον, 605 
Ριπὴν te, Στρατίὴν τε, Kat ἀνεμοεντσαν Evionny, 
Και Τεγεὴν eoyov, καὶ Μαντινεὴν ἐρατεινήν, 
Στυμφηλον τ᾽ ἐσχον, καὶ ἸΠαρρασιὴν ενεμοντο" 
Twv npx’ AvKatofo παῖς, κρεξων Ἀγαπήνωρ, 
Fexonxovta vaFwy* moAvec δ᾽ ev vate ξεκαστηι 610 
Apkadec ανδρες εθαινον ἐπιστάμενοι πολεμο.ο. ᾿ 
Afto¢ yap σφιν εδωκε ἕανακς ανδρων Ἀγαμεμνων 
Nafac ξευσελμο.ῖς, περαεεν ἐπὶ Fotvorra πόντον, 
Ατρεξιδὴης + emer ov odt θαλασσια Fepy’ ἐμεμήλεεν. 

ἔοι δ᾽ apa Bofmpaciov τε καὶ ἤλιδα dtfav εναιον, 615 
Εοσον ed” Ὑρμινὴ καὶ Μυρσινος ἐσχαταοντσα, 
Πετρὴ τ᾽ Ὥλενιη, kat Αλεισιον ἐντὸς ξεργει " 
Τῶν af τεσσαρες αρχοι εἐσαν, δεκα δ᾽ ανδρι ξεκαστωι 
Nafec¢ ἕεποντὸ Oofat, πολυες δ᾽ ενθαινον Ἑϊπειοι. 
Twv μεν ap’ Ἀμφιμαχος καὶ Θαλπιος ξηγησασθην, 620 
Fuec, Fo μεν Krearos’, Fo δ᾽ ap’ Evputo’’, Ἀκτοριξωνε" 
Τῶν δ᾽ Ἀμαρυνκεξιδης npye κρατερὸς Atfwpne- 
Twyv de τεταρτων ηρχε Πολυχσεινος Geof edne, 
Ενιος ἀγασθενεὸος AfyeFtadafo Favaxroc. 

Far δ᾽ ex Aovdrytofo, Ἐχέναι ων θ᾽ tepaFov- 625 


94 ΕἸΛΕΙΑΣ II. 


Τῶν af? nyewovefe Μεγης, Εαταλαντος ἀρεξι, 


Φυΐλεξιδης, Εον ετικτε Aut φιλος Firmora ᾧυ.λεςξς, 


Fo¢ ποτε Δουλιχιονδ᾽ απενασσατο πατρι χολωθενς " 
Τῶι δ᾽ Faua τεσσαράκοντα μελαίναι vafeg ἕεποντο. 
For δ᾽ Ἰθακὴν εσχον καὶ Νηριτον εννοσιφυλλον, 

Και Κροκυλει᾽ εἐνεμοντο, καὶ Αἰγιλιπα τρήχυιαν, 


Εοι te Δακυνθον Feyor, 40’ For Σαμον aud’ ενεμοντο, 


ἔοι τ᾽ πειρον Feyor, nd’ Αντιπεραι᾽ ἐνεμοντο " 
Twv μεν ξοδυσσειξς ηρχε, Au μητιν Εαταλαντος " 
Tox δ᾽ Εαμα vafeg Ferovto δυωδεκα μιλτοπαρηιοι. 
Aitwawyv δ᾽ Εηγεετο Θοιανς, Ἀνδραίμονος Futoc, 
Fot Πλευρων᾽ εἐνεμοντο, kar Ὥλενον, nde Πυληνην, 
Xadxida 7’ ἀνχίαλον, Καλυδωνα te πετρηεντσαν " 
Tw. δ᾽ ἔαμα τεσσαράκοντα μελαίναι vateg ξεποντο. 
Κρητῶν δ᾽ Idowevef¢ δορξικλυτος ξηγεμονεεν, 
Εοι Κνωσον 7’ ἐσχον, Τορτυνα τε τειχιοεντσὼν, 
Λυκτον, Μιλητον τε, καὶ apytvoevta Λυκαστον, 
Φαιστον τε, ἔρυτιον τε, πολίας Fev ναιεταοντσας, 
Αλλοι θ᾽, οἱ Κρητὴν ξεκατονπολίν ἀμφ᾽ ἐνέμοντο. 
Τῶν μεν ap’ Ἰδομενε.ῖς δορξικλυτος ξηγεμονειξεν" 
Tar δ᾽ ἔαμα Εογδωκοντα pedava vaFeg Ferovto. 
Τληπόλεμος δ᾽ ξηρακλειδης, nue τε μεγας τε, 
Ex Fpodof’ Fevvea vaFac ayev Fpodiwy ἀγερωχων " 
ἔοι Fpodov aud’ eveuovto διατριχα κοσμήηθεντες, 
Awvdov, Ἰηλυσσον τε, καὶ apytvoevTa Kapetpov * 
Τῶν μεν Τληπολεμος δοριικλυτος ξηγεμονεξεν, 
Εον texe Faorufoxyera βιηι ξηρακλεει.ηι, 
Τὴν ayer’ εκς Equpye ποταμο.Γ᾽ απο Σελλήεντος, 
Περθσανς Faorva πολλα διοτρεφεων αἰδσηων. 


Τληπολεμος δ᾽, ἐπεί ὧν τραφὴ εν μεγαρωι ξευπήγτωι, 


Afrika πατρος FeFfofo φιλον μήτροια κατεκτα 
Hdn γηρασκοντα Λικυμνιίον, οὗσον Apefoc. 


627 


630 
632 


635 


640 


644 
645 


650 
652 


655 


660 


Αἰπσα de vafac exnyoe* πολὺυν δ᾽ Foye Aafov aynpaye 


By φευγων ἐπι ποντον " ametAnoay ‘yap Fot αλλοι 
Fusec, FurFwvor τε βιης Ἑηρακλεει.ἕης. 


665 


FIAFIAS II. 95 


Afrap Foy’ ες Fpodov ξικσεν ἀλώμενος, adyea πασχων " 

Τριχθα δ᾽ eforxnOev καταφυνξλαδον, ηδ᾽ εφιληθεν 

Ex Διος, Foore θεοῖσι καὶ ανθρωποισι ξανασσει. 669 
Nipef¢ δ᾽ af Συμηθεν ayev tpeac vafac Ferofac, 671 

Νιρε.ῖς, AyAafing θ᾽ viog Xapotroo τε ξανακτος, 

Νιρειῖς, Fog καλλιστος avnp Furro ξιλίξιον ηλθεν 

Τὼν αλλων Aavawy, μετ᾽ αμυΐμονα Πηλεξιίξωνα " 

AAW αλαπαδνος env, παῖρος δὲ Fou ἔεσπετο Aafoc. 675 
For δ᾽ apa Νισσυρον τ᾽ ἐσχον, Κραπαθον te, Kaoor τε, 

Καὶ Kafov, Evputviofo πολιν, νησοιῖς te Καλυδνας" 

Twv af Φειδεξιππος τε καὶ Ἀντιφος ξηγησασθην, 

Θεσσαλο." we ὄνω, ξηρακλειδα.ο Εανακτος " 

Τοις δὲ τριηκοντα γλαφυραι vafeg εἐστιχαοντο. 680 
Εοι δ᾽ Αλον, Fos τ᾽ Αλοπην, Fou τε Τρηχιν᾽ ἐνεμοντο, 682 

Foe τ᾽ εσχον Φθιξην, ηδ᾽ ξελλαδα καλλιγυναικα" 683 

Tov af πεντηκοντα vafwr nv apyog AytAdefe. 685 

AAW Foy’ ov πολεμο.ο δυσιξηχεος euvafovto* 

Ov yap env, Footi¢ σφιν ent στιχας ξηγήησαῖτο " 

Κειτο yap ev vafeot ποδαρκῆς διιος Αχιλλεςῖς, 

Kofpn¢ χωομενος Βρισεξιδος ηνκομο.ο, 

Τὴν ex Λυρνησσο."", ἐκσίξελλετο πολλα μογησανς, 690 

Λυρνησσον διαπορθησανς, Kat τειχεα Θηθης " 

Κατ de Μυνητ᾽ ebadev και Ἐπιστροῴφον ενχεσιμωρο.ῖς, 

Fuuac Fevfnvofo, Σεληπιαδα.ο Favaxroc. 693 
Foe δ᾽ εσχον Φυλακην, καὶ Πυρασον avOeuoevta, 695 

Δημητρος τεμενος, Σιτωνα τε, μητερα μήλων, 

Avyifadov τ᾽ Αντρων᾽, nde Iredeov λεχεποιῆὴν " 

Τῶν af ἸΤρωτεσιλαιίος Apeftocg ξηγεμονείεν, 

Acafo¢ εων" tore δ᾽ ηδη ἔεχεν κατα γαια μελαινα. 

Too δὲ καὶ ἀμφιδρυφης ξαλοχος Φυλακηι ελελειπτο, 700 

Kat δομος ξημιτελῆς " tov δ᾽ extave Δαρδανος avnp, 

Nafo¢ αποθρωσκοντα πολὺ πρωτιστον ἈΑχαιξων. 

Ovde μεν οὐδ᾽ For ἀαρχοι ἐσαν, ποθεον γε μὲν ἀρχον, 

Αλλα σφεας κοσμησε ποδαρκης, οὗσος Apefoc, 

FigexAof’ ἔνιος πολυμηλοιο Φυλακιδα.ῖο, 705 


96 FIAFIA® II. 


AFroxactyvntog μεγαθυ μο.ο TpwrectdAafoo, 
Εοπλοτερος yevent* Fo δ᾽ apa προτερος Kat ἀρείων. 
Twe δ᾽ Faua tecoapakovra μελαίναι vate ἕεποντο. 

For de Φερας ἐνεμοντὸ παραι Βοιθηιδα λίμνην, 
Βοιθην, καὶ TAadvpac, καὶ Ἐευκτιμενὴν FraFoAKov " 
Tov ηρχ᾽ Aduntofo φιλος παῖς Fevdexa vaFov 
Εευμηλος, tov Fur’ Αὅμητωι τεκε difa γυναικων 
Αλκηστις, Πελία.ο θυγατρῶν Fewdo¢ apiorn. 

Εοι δ᾽ apa Μηθωνὴν καὶ Θαιξμακιὴν ἐνέμοντο, 

Kat Μελεθοιαν Feyor, καὶ OAtdowva τρηχυιαν " 
Τωνδὲ Φιλοκτητῆς npxev, τοκσων Fev ἔειδως, 

ξεπτα vafwy* epetat δ᾽ ev ξεκαστηι πεντήκοντα. 
AAW’ Fo μεν ev νήσῶι κεῖτο κρατερ᾽ adyea πάσχων, 
Λήμνωι ev ayabent, FoOt μὲν λίπον Ευιες Aya ων, 
Εελκει μοχθιδσοντα kaxwt ολοιξοφρονος FuFdpoo. 
Ovde μεν οὐδ᾽ οι ἀαρχοι eoav, ποθεον γε μὲν ἀρχον, 
Αλλα Medwv κοσμησεν, Fo FrAFefoce νοθος Ευιος, 
Tov p’ ετεκεν, Ῥηνὴ ξυπο FlafeFt πτολιπορθωι. 

For δ᾽ εσχον Τρικκην, καὶ Ἰθωμὴν κλωμακοεντσαν, 
For @ εχον Οιχαλιην, πολὲν Evputof’ Οεχαλιειος " 
Twv α.[θ᾽ ἡγεεσθην Ἀσκλήπιο.ο dva παιδε, 

Fifnrnp’ ἀγαθω, Ποδαλειῤῥιος nde Mayafwr " 

Τοῖς δὲ tpinkovra γλαφύυραι va ec ἐστίχαοντο. 

Εοι δ᾽ Feyov Ορμενίον, Four τε Ἰζρηνην Ευπερειαν, 
Εοι θ᾽ εχον Ἀστεριον, Titavofo τε λεῖκα καρῆνα " 
Των ηρχ᾽ Ἑνρυπυλος, Fevfatuovoc ayAaFog Ευιος " 
Τῶι δ᾽ Faua τεσσαρακοντα μελαιναι ναιξες εποντο. 

Εοι δ᾽ Αργισσαν Feyov, καὶ Τυρτωνὴν ἐνέμοντο, 
OpOnv, Ἡλωνὴν τε, πολιν τ᾽ Ολοιξοσσονα λείξκὴν " 
Τῶν α.Γθ᾽ nyenovefe μενεπτόλεμος ἸΤολυποιτῆς, 
Ευιος Πεῖριθο.Γο.Γο, tov ἀαθανατος τεκετὸ Δσεῖς" 
Ουκ οιος " Faua tavye Aefovtefc, οὗσος ApeFoc, 
Ενιος ξυπερθυμο.ο Kopwvofo Katvefidafo " 

Toc δ᾽ Εαμὰ τεσσαρακοῦτα μελαύναι vafec εποντο. 

TovFefo δ᾽ ex Kupol? nye dvw καὶ Fetxoot vaFag " 


707 


710 


715 


719 
721 


723 
726 


730 


735 


740 
141 
745 


ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ 11. 97 


Tar δ᾽ Evinvec ἕεποντο, μενεπτολεμοῖ te Tepac6or, 

Fou rept Δωδωνὴν δυσχείμερον Fore’ εθεντο, 750 
Fo τ᾽ aud’ Fiweptrov Τιταρήσιον Fepy’ ἐνέμοντο, 

Foc p’ ες IInvecov mpoftfet καλλίροιον Fufdwp - 

Ovd’ Foye Πηνειωι γσυνμισγεταῖ ἀργυροδινηι, 

Adda τε μιν καθυπερθεν exipefer, nut’ ελαιον " 

Fopkofo yap δεινοο Στυγος ξυΐδατος ἐστιν anofpwy¢. "90 

Μαγνητῶων δ᾽ ηρχε pobefoc, 'Τενθρηδονος Futoc, 
ἔοι περι Πηνεῖον καὶ Πηλίον ἐεννοσιφυλλον 
Ναιεσκον “ των μεν Ipo8ofo¢ θοιος FaryewoveFev " 

Tar δ᾽ Faua τεσσαρακοντα μελαίναι vateg ἕεποντο. 

Foftot ap’ ξηγεμονες Aavawy καὶ κοιρανοῖί noav. 760 
Tic τ᾽ ap των Foy’ αρίστος env, ov pot ενεπε, Mofoa, 
Afrwy 70” Firmwy, Fou Fay’ Atpeftdquoty ἕεποντο. 

Ferrroe μεν ey’ aptotat εἐσαν Pnpntiadafo, 

Tac ξευμηλος ehafve, ποδωκεας, ορνίχθας Fac, 

Fotpiyac, FoFfeteac, σταφυλῆι ext νωτον Ferofac~ 765 
Tac ev IleFepine tpedo’ apyvpotokoog Ἀπολλων, 

Aude Ondviac, pobov ApeFog φορεοντσας. 

Avdpwr δ᾽ af wey’ aptotocg env Τελαμωώνιος Ατόανς, 

Fodp’ AytAefo unvifev> Fo yap πολὺ φερτατος nev, 
ξεπποι θ᾽, ot dopecoxoy ἀμυμονα TinkeftFova. 770 

AAW’ Fo μεν ev vafeot κορωνισι ποντοποροίσιν 
Keir’, arounvifoave Αγαμεμνονι, ποιμενε Aaf wr, 
AtpeFtdnt- AaFot de παρα ἔρηγμινι θαλασσης 
AloKoLoLy τερποντοὸ καὶ acyaventoty Fifertec, 

Tokoovory θ᾽ " exrroe de, παρ᾽ ἕαρμασιν Forowv Fexaoroc, 775 
Λωτον ἐρεπτόμενοι, ξελεοθρεπτον τε σελινον, 

ἕεστασαν " ἕαρματα δ᾽ Fev πεπυκασμενα κεῖτο Favaxtwv 
Ev κλισιηισ᾽ . For δ᾽ apyov apefidtAov ποθεόντες 

Φοιταον ενθα καὶ evOa κατα στρατον, ovd’ ἐμάχοντο. 

For δ᾽ ap’ toav, Εως εἰ τε πυρὶ χθων παντσα νεμοιτο " 780 
Ta:a δ᾽ ξυπεστοναχιδσε, Au ἕως τερπικεραυνωι 
Χώομενωι, Fore τ᾽ aude Τυφα.Γει Γι γαιαν Ειμασσηι 
Evy Αριμοισ᾽, Εοθι φαντι Tudatefocg ἐσμεναι ευνας" 

- I 


98 FIAFIA® II. 


Fwe apa τῶν Furro ποῦσι pey’ eorovayidceto yaa 

Ἑρχομενων " pada δ᾽ wKa διεπρῆσσον mediofo. 785 
Tpofeat δ᾽ ἀνγελος nAde ποδηνεμὸος wkva Fiptc, 

Παρ Διος atytFoyofo, συν avyeAint adeyervnt. 

ἔοι δ᾽ ayopacg ayopefov ext Iptapofo θυρηισιν 

Παντες Founyepeec, ἡμὲν veFor, nde γεροντες. 

Avyofo δ᾽ Εἰσταμενὴ προσεφη ποδας ὠκυα Ειρις " 790 
Ὁ γερον, arFet Tot wuFOor φιλοι ἀκριτοι εντιν, 796 

Fwe ποτ᾽ ex’ εἰρηνης " πόλεμος δ᾽ adtfaorog opwpev. 

Η μεν dn pada πολλα μαχας εἰισηλυθον ανδρων, 

AA ουπω totovde τοσονδὲ τε λαιον οπωπῶ" 

AvFny yap φυλλοισι FeFotkotec, ἡ πσαμαθοισιν, 800 

Ερχονται πεδιο.ξο, μαχήσομενοι περι ξαστυ. 801 
Εὼς εφαθ᾽ " Ἑκτωρ δ᾽ ovtt θεας ἔεπος ηγνωησεν, 807 

Αἰπσα δ᾽ ελυ.Γσ᾽ ἀγορὴν " ent τευχεα δ᾽ ἐσσείοντο. 

Tlavroa δ᾽ ὠιγνυντο πυλαι, ex δ᾽ εἐσσυτο Aafoc, 

Πεδσοι θ᾽, emme feo τε" πολὺς δ᾽ ορυμαγδος ορωρεεν. 810 
Ἐστι de τις προπαροιθε πολίος αἰπνια κολωνὴ, 

Ev πεδίωι ἀπανευθε, περιδρομος ενθα καὶ ενθα" 

Τὴν nrot ἄνδρες Βατίειαν κεκλησκοντεν, 

Αθανατοι de τε σημα πολυσκαρθμο.ο Μυρινης - 

Ἔνθα tore Tpofec τε διεκριθεν ηδ᾽ επικουροι. 815 
Tpofot μεν ξηγεμονειε μεγας kopv0arFodoc Fextwp 

Πριαμιδὴς - ἔαμα τωιγε ποὰλν πλεῖστοι καὶ ἀριστοι 

Aafot θωρήσσοντο, μεμαξοτες ενχειηισιν. 
Aapdaviwy afr’ npxev, Feve mare AvytoaFo, 

Avvetag* tov Fun’ Avytom tere δι. Adpodtrn, 820 

Idn¢ ev κνημοισι Gea βροτωι ευνηθεντσα " 

Ουκ οἷος " Faua τωιγε dvw Αντηνορος ἔυιϊε, 

Αρχελοχος τ᾽ Ἀκαμανς τε, μαχης Fev ξειδοτε παντσῆς. 
For de Δελείαν evatov Fura toda vefarov Idne, 

Εαφνειοι, πίνοντες Fudwp μελαν Aronnofo, 825 

Tpofeg> τῶν aft’ npxe Avxafovog ayAaFoc¢ Futoe, 

Tlavdapoc, Fax καὶ τοκσον Ἀπολλων afroc edwxev. 
For δ᾽ Αδρηστειαν τ᾽ eaxov καὶ δημον Απαισοο, 


ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ Π. 99 


Και Πιτυειαν Feyov, καὶ Τηρείης ορος atv " 
Tar ηρχ᾽ Αδρηστος te καὶ Audifog λινοθωρηξς, 830 
Fue duw Μεροπος Tepxworok’, Foo mepte παντων 
Εοιδεε μαντοσυνας, ovd’ FeFoFe παιδας εξασκεν 
Στείχεμεν ες πολεμον φθισηνορα " τω de ἔοι ουτὶ 
Πειθεσθην + Κηρες yap ayov μελανος θανατο.ο" 
ἔοι τ᾽ apa Περκωτὴν καὶ Ipaxtiov aud’ ἐνεμοντο, 835 
Kaz Σηστον καὶ Αθυΐξδον Feyor, καὶ duFav Ἀρισθην" 
Twv af@ Ὑρτακιδης ηρχ᾽ Actoc, ορχαμος avdpwr, 
Ἄσιος ξυρτακιδης, Fov Ἀρισδηθεν φερον Ειπποι 
AOwvec, μεγαλοι, ποταμο.Γ᾽ απο Σελληεντος. 
Firmobofoc δ᾽ aye φυ.λα ἸΤελασγων ενχεσιμωρων, 840 
Τῶν, For Aafpiooav εριθωλακα ναϊεταεσκον " 
Τῶν ηρχ᾽ ξιπποθοιος τε, Ἰυλαίος τ᾽, οὗσος Apefoc, 
Fue δνω Ληθο.ιο Πελασγο.ο Τευταμιδα.ξο. 
Afrap Opefixac ny’ Ακαμανς, καὶ Tletpofog ἕηρως, 
Fooof¢ ξελλησποντος ayavpofoc εντος eepyet. 845 
Εευφημος δ᾽ apyoc Κικονων ἣν aryuntaf or, 
Ευιος Τροιδσηνο.ο διοτρεφεος Keadafo. 
Afrap Πυραιχμῆς aye Παιονας ανκυλοτοκσο.ῖς, 
Τηλοθεν exc Αμυδωνος, an’ Ayowof’ ευρυ pefovroc. 849 
Παφλαγονων δ᾽ ξηγεετο Πυλαίμενεος λασιον κεαρ, 851 
Εκς ἕενετων, Εοθεν Ἑημίονων γενος ἀαγροτεραιζων " 
Εοι pa Κυτωρον ἔεχον, καὶ Σησαμον aud’ ενεμοντο, 
Auge te Παρθενιον ποταμον κλυτα δωματ᾽ εναιον, 
Κρωμναν τ᾽, Αιγιαλον τε, καὶ ξυπσηλοοιῖς Ἐρυθινο.ῖς. 855 
Afrap ξαλιδσωνων ἔοδιος καὶ Ἐϊπιστροφος ἡρχον, 
Τηλοθεν exc Αλυθης, Εοθεν apyupof’ ἐστι γενεθλη. 
Mvowy de Χρομιος τε, καὶ Ἑινννομος οιξωνιστης" 
AAW οὐκ otFwvototy epufoato κηρα μελαιίναν. 859 
Φορκυνς af ᾧρυγας nye, καὶ Ασκανιος θεοιειδης, 862 
Τηλ᾽ exc Ἀσκανιῆς " μεμασαν δ᾽ ξυσμινι μαχεσθαι. 
Μηιοσιν af Μεσθλης τε καὶ Avtidog ξηγησασθην 
Fue Πυλαιμενεος, τω ΤῸ ἔγαιη τεκε Λιμνη, 865 
Fot καὶ Μηίιονας γον Furo Τμωλωε γεγαωτας. 


100 ΕΙΛΕΙΑΣ Il. 


Ναστης aF Καρων ξηγήσατο βαθαροφωνων, 
Fot Μιλητον ἔεχον, Φθειρων τ᾽ ορος ἀακριτοφυλλον, 
Μαιανδρο." te pofac, Μυκαλῆς τ᾽ αἰπνυινα καρηνα" 
Τῶν μεν ap’ Ἀμφιμαχος καὶ Ναστης ξηγησασθην, 870 
Ναστης, Ἀμφιμαχος te, Νομίιξονος ayAafa τεκνα, 
Foc καὶ χρυσον ξεχὼν πολεμονδ᾽ tev, ηυτε KoFpn, 
Νηπιος ! οὐδὲ τι ἔοι toy’ exnpkece λυγρον ολεθρον. 873 
Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ ηρχεν λυκιων, καὶ Τλαΐκος ἀμυΐμων, 876 
Τηλοθεν εκ Λυκίης, Xoav00F aro dtvnfevroc. 


HOMER’S ILIAD, 


ACCORDING TO THE EARLIER ORTHOGRAPHY. 


FIAFIA®S ITT. 


AFTAP ere κοσμηθεν Fay’ ξηγεμονεσιν Εεκαστοι, 


Tpofec μεν kAavynt τ᾽, ἐνοπὴηι τ᾽ toav, ορνιχθες «Κως" 


Hure περ κλανγὴ γερανων πελει ουρανοθι προ, 
Fact’ ἐπεὶ ὧν χειμων᾽ εφυγον καὶ αθεσφατον ομῦρον, 
Κλανγῆι tat ποταονταῖ ex’ wKeavofo pofaFwr. 
Fo δ᾽ ap’ toav σιγηι pevea πνείοντες AxatFot, 
Ev θυΐμωι μεμαξωτες ἀλεκσεμεν αλληλοισιν. 

Ευτ᾽ ορεος κορυφηισι Νοτος κατεχειξεν ξομίχλην, 
Ποιμεσιν ovte φιλην, κλεπτηι δὲ τε νυκτὸς ἀμεινω, 


Τοσον τις τ᾽ extAefooet, Fooov 7’ ext Aafav Fifnriv: 


Εως apa των ξυπο ποῦσι κονίσαλος ὡὠρνυτ᾽ afedAnc 
Ἑρχομενων - pada δ᾽ ὠκα διεπρησσον πεδιο.Γο. 

Fot δ᾽ Fore dn σχεδον ησαν ex’ αλληλοισιν iovrec, 
Tpofect μὲν mpouayidoev Αλεκσανδρος OeoFetdne, 
Tlapdadenv ὠμοισιν Feywy καὶ καμπυλα τοκσα. 

Tov δ᾽ ἕως ὧν evonoev Apefidtdog Μενελαιξος 
Epyouevov προπαροιθεν FoutaAfofo, μακρα βιθωντα, 
Εωστε λείων εχαρὴη μεγάλωι ent σωματι κυρσανς, 
Fevpwr 7) ἐλαφον κεραον, 1 ayptov arya, 

Tlevafwv " pada yap τε κατεσθιει, εἰπερ av afrov 
LoefwvTa tayvec τε κυνες, θαλεροι τ᾽ aidanot: 

Εως exapn Μενελαῖος Ἀλεκσανδρον θεο.ξειδεα 
Οφθαλμοισι ξιδων - dato yap τιΐσασθαι αλιτὴν " 
Ασΐτικα δ᾽ exc ἔοχεων γσυν τευχεσ᾽ efadro χαμαδσε. 
᾿ς Tov δ᾽ ἕως ὧν evonoev Αλεκσανδρος θεο.ξειδης 

; 12 


10 


80 


102 FIAFIA® III. 


Ev προμάχοισι φανεντα, κατεπληγη φιλον nrop* 

Ang δ᾽ ξεταρων εἰς ἔεθνος exyadoero κηρ᾽ αλειξεινων. 

Εως δ᾽ Fore τίς τε δρακοντα Fidwy παλίνορσος απεστη 

Ορεος ev βησσηισ᾽ ἔνπο τε τρομος eAabe γνια, 

Ane τ᾽ ανεχωρῆσεν, ὠχρος τε μιν ξελλε παρειας " 

Fac aFtic καθ᾽ ομιλιξον edv Tpofwr ἀγερωχων 

Δδειῦσανς Atpefoc Futov AAexoavdpoc θεο.Γειδης. 

Tov δ᾽ Fextwp νεικεσσε Fidwy αἰσχροισι ξεπεσσιν " 
Δυσπαρι, ξειδος aptore, γυναίμανες, ἡπεροπεῖτα! 

Af? οφελες ἀγονος τ᾽ euevat, ἀγαμος τ᾽ ἀαπολεσθαι. 

Και κε τὸ βουλοιμην, καὶ κεν πολν κερδιον nev, 

H Foftw Awbny τ᾽ euevat καὶ ξυποπσιον αλλων. 

H πο.ο κανχαλαοντι καρηκομαοντες Αχαιςοι, 

Φῴαντες aptorefa πρόμον εἐσμεναῖ, Foovexa καλον 

Εειδος ἐπ᾽ " aad’ οὐκ εστι Bin φρεσιν, ουδὲ τις αλκῆη. 

Η τοῖος δὴ εων, ev ποντοποροῖσι ναίξεσιν 

Ποντον exitAwoave, Fetapof¢ ἐρίηρας αγηρανς, 

Μίέχθενς αλλοδαποισι, γυναικ᾽ evFerds’ ανηγες 

Εἰκς amine γαίης, νυὸν ανδρων aryunrafwr ; 

Πατρι Te owt μεγα πημα, πολιστι τε, TaVTL TE δημωι, 

Δυσμενεσιν μεν χαρμα, κατηφειην δὲ cot αὔτωει; 

Ουκ av δὴ μηνειας Ἀρεςξιφιλον MeveAafor ; 

Γνοίης χ᾽, οἱο.ο φωτος ξεχεις θαλερὴν παρακοιτιν. 

Ovk av Tot xpaFfount κιθαρις, τα τε δωρ᾽ Αφροδιτης, 

Fn τε κομῆ, τὸ τε Fetdoc, or’ εν κονι.ξηισι μιγειῆς. 

Αλλα μαλα Tpofec δδειδημονες " ἡ τε Kev dn 

Λαξινον Feooo yitwva, κακων Fevey’ οσα FeFopyac. 
Tov δ᾽ afte mpoosfermev AXexoavdpoc Geof ede " 

FexTop, ἐπεὶ μὲ κατ᾽ aoav ενεικεσας, οὐδ᾽ Ευπερ aca’ 

Aifer Tot κραδιη, πελεκυς ως, ἐστιν ateipyc, 

Fo¢ εἰτιν δια δοῖῖρος, Fur’ avepoc, Fog pa te τεχνῆι 

Naftov extauvyrev, οφελλει δ᾽ avdpog epoFny* 

Εως tor eve στήθεσσιν ἀταρθητος νοος ἐστιν. 

Μη μοι δωρ' epara mpopeps χρυσεης Ἀφροδιτης * 

Ουτοι αποθλητ᾽ sort θεων ερικυξδεα δωρα. 


35 


40 


45 


50 


55 


60 


65 


FIAFIA® Il. 103 


Νὺυν δ᾽ afr’ εἰ μ᾽ εθελεις πολεμιὅσεμεν nde μάχεσθαι, 67 
Αλλοοῖς μεν καθισον Tpofac καὶ παντας AyatfoFfe, 
Afrap εμ᾽ εν μεσσωι καὶ Ἀρεξιφελον Mevedafov 
Τσυνθαλετ᾽ aud’ Fedevne καὶ κτημασι παντσι μαχεσθαι + 70 
Εοποτερος δὲ κε νίκησηι, κρεισσων τε γενῆται, 
Κτημαθ᾽ ελων Fev παντα, γυναίκα τε, Forxad’ ἀγεσθω" 
Fot δ᾽ αλλοι, φιλοτητα καὶ ἔορκια πιθτα ταμοντες, 
Ναίοιτε Tpofinv εριθωλακα " τοι δὲ νεεσθων 
Ἄργος ες Ειπποῦοτον καὶ Αχαιξιδα καλλιγυναικα. 75 
Fac εφαθ᾽ " Extwp δ᾽ afr’ exapn μεγα wvfOov axofoarve, 
Kaz p’ ες μεσσον των, Τροιξων avefepye φαλανγας. 77 
Tw δ᾽ επετοκσαδσοντο καρηκομαοντες AyatFot, 79 
Εεξοισιν τε τιτυσκομενοι Aafecot τ᾽ εθαλλον" 80 
Afrap Fo μακρον afufoe ἕανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνων " 
Froyeo@’, ApyetFot, μη βαλλετε, κοῦροι Αχαιξων" 
Στεςῖται yap τι ἕεπος Fepecev xropvOarFodoc Fextwp. 
Fac eda’: οἱ δ᾽ ecyovto payne, aaFot τ᾽ eyevorTo 
ἙΕσσυμενως " Fextwp de μετ᾽ ἀαμφοτεροισιν efertrev * 85 
Kexdvute peo, Tpofec, kat ξευκνημιδες AyatFot, 
Mvf@ov AAexoavdpofo tof’ ξείνεκα νεῖκος opwpev. 
Αλλοοῖς μεν Kederat Tpofac καὶ παντας AyatFofs 
Tevyea kad’ ἀποθεσθαι ext χθονι πολυθοτειρηι" 
Afrov δ᾽ εν μεσσωϊ καὶ Ἀρεξιφιλον Mevedafov 90 
OwoF¢ ἀμφ᾽ ξελενηι καὶ κτημασι παντσι μαχεσθαι - 
Εοποτερος δὲ κε VLKNONL, κρείσσων TE γενηταῖι, 
Κτημαθ᾽ ελων Fev παντα, γυναίκα τε, Βοικαδ᾽ ἀγεσθω " 
Foe δ᾽ αλλοι φιλοτητα καὶ ξορκια πιθτα ταμωμεν. 
ἕως εφαθ᾽ " οἱ δ᾽ apa παντες ἀκὴν ἐγενοντο σιωπηι. 95 
Τοισι δὲ καὶ μετειξειπε βοην ἀγαθος Μενελαιος " 
Κεκλυτε νυν καὶ euefo* μάλιστα yap αλγος Εικανει 
Ovs ov ἐμον, φρονεω de διακρινθημεναι dn 
Apyetfof¢ καὶ Τροίας, eret kaka πολλα πεποσθε 
Εεινεκ᾽ ἐμῆς ἐριδος, kat AAexoavdpos Fever’ ἀρχῆς 100 
Εημεων δ᾽ οποτερωι θανατος καὶ μοιρα τετυχταῖι, 
Τεθναιη" αλλοι δὲ διακρινθειτε ταχιστα. 


104 ΕΥΛΕΙΑΣ ΠῚ. 


Εοισετε Βαρν᾽, ἕετερον λείξκον, Ferepny δὲ μελαιναν, 
Tye te καὶ Ἠελιωι" Awd’ ξημεες Forcousy αλλον. 


Αγσετε δὲ Πριαμο.ο βιην, Εοφρ᾽ Fopkia ταμνὴι 105 
Af7voc, exet Fou παιδες, ξυπερφιαλοι καὶ απιθτοι-" 
M7 τις ξυπερθασιηι Διος ξορκία δηλησηται. 107 


ἕως εφαθ᾽ - οἱ δ᾽ ἐχαρησαν Ayasfou te Tpofeg τε, 111 
Εελπομενοι παιῖσεσθαι odovF poo πολεμο.ῖο. 
Kaz p’ ξεππο.ῖς μεν ἐρυκσαν ent στιχας, εἰς δ᾽ εθαν αὐἴἔτοι, 
Tevyea τ᾽ exoedvfovto, τα μὲν κατεθεντ᾽ ἐπι γαιηι 
Πλησιον ἀλλήλων, ολίγη δ᾽ nv audio apofpa. 115 
Fextwp δὲ προτι Faorv δυω κηρυκας ἐπεμπεν 
Καρπαλιμως, Fapvac τε φερεεν, Πρίαμον τε καλεσσαι. 
Afrap Fo Ταλθυθιον mpofifes κρεξων Αγαμεμνων 
Nafag ext γλαφυρας μεναι, καὶ Ἑαρν᾽ εἐκελειῖξεν 
Εοισεμεναι" Fo δ᾽ ap’ οὐκ απιθησ᾽ Αγαμεμνονι διίξωι. 130 
Εερις δ᾽ α.:θ’ Ἑλενηι λειξκωλενωε ἀνγελος ηλθεν, 
Εειδομενη γαλαξωι, Avtnvopidato δαμαρτι, 
Τὴν Avrnvopidng eoxe κρείων ξελικαιξων, 
Aafodixnv, ἸΤρίαμο.ο θυγατρων ἔξειδος ἀαριστην. 
Τὴν δ᾽ Feup’ εν μεγαρωι " Fn δὲ μεγαν Frorov ξυφαινεν, 125 
Διίπλακα, μαρμαρεὴν " πολυας δ᾽ ενεπασσεν αἰεθλο.ῖς 
Tpofwv θ᾽ ἐπποδαμων, καὶ Ayatfov χαλκοχίτωνων, 
Fof¢ ξεθεν Fecvex’ ἐπασχον Fun’ ρειος παλαμαιξων. 
Avyofo δ᾽ Frorauevn προσεφὴ ποδὰς ὠκυα Fipic* 
Δευρ᾽ ιθι, νυμφα φιλη, Feva θεσκελα Fepya Γιδηαι 130 
Tpofwr θ᾽ ἐπποδαμων, καὶ Αχαίξων χαλκοχιτωνων" 
Fou πριν ex’ αλληλοισ᾽ εφερον πολυδακρυν Apefa 
Ev πεδίωι, oAofofo λελαιίομενοι πολεμο.ῥο " 
Foe dn νυν ἔεαται ovynt, πόλεμος de teva frat, 
Aorist κεκλίμενοι, Tapa δ᾽ evyea μακρα πεπηγεν. 135 
Afrap Adexoavdpoc καὶ Ἀρεξιφιλος Mevedafog 
Μακρηισ᾽ evyerniot μαχησονταῖ περι σεο" 
Τῶι δὲ xe νικησαντι φιλη κεκλησε᾽ Ἑακοιτις. 
Εως ξείποντσα θεα γλυκυν Ειμερον evbade θυΐμωι 
Ανδρος τε προτεροο, καὶ Faorvoc, nde τοκειξων. 140 


ΕΊΛΕΙΑΣ ff. . 105° 


Afrixa δ᾽ ἀργεννηισι καλυπτσαμενὴ Εοθονηισιν 

Εορμαετ᾽ εκ Oadauofo, Tepev κατα δακρυ χειοντσα" 

Ουκ οιη, ἔαμα τηιγε καὶ ἀμφιπολοι dv’ ξεποντο. 143 

Atroa δ᾽ επειτ᾽ εξικανον ἔοθι Ekarfar πυλαι σαν. 145. 
Foe δ᾽ aude Πριαμον, καὶ ἸΤανθοιον, nde Θυμοιτην, 

Λαμπον τε, Κλυτιον θ᾽, Inetafova τ᾽, odcov Apefos, 

Ουκαλεγων τε καὶ Αντηνωρ, πεπνυμένω ἀμφω, 

Εηατο δημογεροντες ert Σκαι(ηισι πυληῖσιν, 

Τηραι bn πολεμο.ο πεπαμενοι" add’ ayopefrat 150 

EodAo, τεττινγεσι ξειοίκοτες, Forte καθ᾽ vAFny 

Aevdpe’ εφεδσομενοι Fora λειρίοεντσαν Ειβεντιν" 

Toro: apa Tpofwy ξηγήτορες ἔεντ᾽ emt πυργωι. 

Fot δ᾽ Εως wy Fecdov ξελενὴν emt πυργον ἰοντσαν, 

Εηκα προς aAAndofe ξεπεα πτεροεντ᾽ ἀγορειξον" 150 
Ον νεμεσις, Τροίας και ξευκνημιδας Ααι.ο.ῖς 

Towns’ aude γυναικε πολὺν χρονον adyea πασχεεν" 

Avo αθανατηῖσι θεηισ᾽ εἰς wra FeFfourer. 

Αλλα καὶ Εως, Torn περ εοντσ᾽, ev vafot νεεσθω, , 
Μηδ᾽ ξημιν τεκεεσι τ᾽ οπισσω πημα λιποιτο. 160. 
ἕως ap’ εφαν + Πριαμος δ᾽ Fedevny exadecoato φωνὴι" 

Asvpo παροιθ᾽ ελθοντσα, φιλον τεκος, Ειδσε᾽ euefo, 

Foppa Ειδηις προτερον te ποσιν, THOS τε, φιλοιῖς τε" 

Outs μοι αἰτιῆ εσσι, θεοι νυ μοι αἴτιοι ἐντιν, 

Fou μοι εφορμησαν πολεμον πολυδακρυν ΑΧχαιων " 165 

Εως μοι καὶ τονδ᾽ avdpa πελωριον εκσονομηνήις, 

Εοστις Fod’ ἐστιν Αχαίος avnp nue τε μεγας τε. 

Ητοι μεν κεφαλῆι καὶ μειόσονες αλλοι εαντιν" 

Καλον δ᾽ Foftw εἐγων ov πω Fidov οφθαλμοισιν, ᾿ 

Ουδ᾽ Foftw γεραρον - βασιλεῖι yap avdpt Fefouxev. 110 
Tov δ᾽ Fedsvn μυξθοισιν ἀμειθετο, difa γυναικων " 

Αἰδοιος τε wor εσσι, φιλε Fexupe, ὄδεινος τε" 

Εως μοι οφελλε Fadeev θανατος κακος, Foote devpo 

Fut owt Ferrounv, θαλαμον γνωτοοῖς τε λίποντσα, 

Παιδα τε τηλυγετην, καὶ ξομηλικίην epareryny. 170 

Αλλα.ταγ᾽ οὐκ ἐγενοντο" τὸ καὶ κλαξοντσα τετηκα. 


106 FIAFIA® ΠῚ. 


Tofro δὲ Tot Fepew, Fo μ᾽ ἀνειρεαι nde μεταλλαῖς " 

FoFro¢ γ᾽ AtpeFtdne, evpuxpefwv Αγαμεμνων, 

Αμφοτερον, βασιλεῖς τ᾽ ayaboc, κρατερος τ᾽ αἰχμητης" 

Aafnp af?’ ἐμὸς εσκε κυνωπίιδος, εἰ ποτ᾽ env γε. 180 
Fac φατο" tov δ᾽ Fo γερων ἡγασσατ᾽, εφωνησεν τε" 

Ὁ μακαρ AtpeFidn, μοιρηγενες, ολθιοδαιμον ! 

H pa vv tot πολλοι dedunato κοιῖροι AyatFwv. 

Hon και Φρυγιην εισηλυθον ἀμπελοεντσαν, 

Ev@ εξιδον πλειστοιῖς Ppvyac, ἀνερας αιολοπωλοςῖς, 185 

AafoF¢o Otpefog kat Μυγδονος ἀντιθεο.Γο, 

Fou pa Tor’ eotpataovto παρ᾽ Foy0ac Lavyapioso. 

Kat yap eywv επικουρος εων peta Toray edexOnv. 188 

AAW’ οὐδ᾽ ἔοι toot noav, Fooor ξελικωπες Ayarfot. 190 
AeFrepov af’, Odvoefa Fidwy, epesrv’ Fo yepafoc: 

Fein’ aye μοι Kat τονδε, φιλον τεκος, Footi¢ Fod’ ἐστιν" 

Μείων μεν κεφαλὴν Αγαμεμνονος AtpefidaFo, 

Evpvrepoc δ᾽ ὠμοισιν we στερνοίσι ξΕιδεσθαι. 

Tevyea μεν ἔοι κείται ext χθονι πολυθοτειρηι, 195 

Afrog de, κτιλος Fac, επιπωλεεταῖ στίχας avdpwr. 196 
Tov δ᾽ ημειθετ᾽ επειθ᾽ Edevn, Διος exyeyavia* 199 

Fofro¢g δ᾽ aF Λαξερτιαδης, πολυμητις Fodvocese, 200 

Εος τραφὴ ev δημωι Ἰθακης κραναῆς περ εοντσῆς, 

Εειδως παντοιο.ῖς τε δολο.ῖς καὶ μηδεα πυκνα. 
Τὴν δ᾽ afr’ Αντηνωρ πεπνυμενος avtiov nuda: 

Ὁ γυναι, ἡ μαλα τοῦτο ἔεπος νήμερτες eFectrec. 

Hon yap καὶ devpo ποτ᾽ ἡλυθε δέος Fodvacete, 205 

ef? Fever’ avyehing, youv Ἀρεξιφιλωι Μενελα,ζωι. 

Τοῖς 0’ eyw exoetvicoa, Kat ev μεγαροισ᾽ edtAnoa* 

Apotepwr de dvF nv edanv καὶ μηδεα πυκνα. 

AAW’ Fore dn Τροίεσιν ev ἀγρομενοίσιν εἐμιχθεν,, 

Σταντων μεν, Μενελαίος FurrepFeyev evpvac wuofc, 210 

Αμφω δ᾽ Fedooneva, yepapwrepoc nev ξοδυσσεῖς. 

AAW Fore δὴ μυξθο!ῖς xatundea παντσιν Ευφαινον, 

Ἦτοι μὲν Mevedafog επιτροχαδὴν ayopeFer, ’ 

Παΐῖρα μεν, adda pada λιγυως, emer ov πολυμυθος. 214 


ΕἸΛΕΙΑΣ III. 107 


AAW’ Fore δὴ πολυμητις avafixoeev Fodvocese, 216 
Στασκεν, ξυπαι de Fideoxe κατα χθονος ompata πηγσανς, 
Σκηπτρον δ᾽ ουτ᾽ οπίσω, ουτε προπρῆνες, ενωμα, 

AA ἀστεμῴφες ξεχεσκεν, afidpu φωτι Βεξβοικως " 219 
Αλλ᾽ Fore dn Fora τε μεγαλὴν ex στηθεος Fifeev, 221 
Kae ἔεπεα νεφαδεσι Fefouxota χειμεριηίσιν, 

Ovk ἂν επειθ᾽ Odvoeft γ᾽ ερίσσειε βροτος αλλος. 223 

To τριτον aft’, Αιαντα Fidwy, ἐρεειν᾽ Fo γεραος" 225 
Τὶς τ᾽ ap’ Fod’ addog Axatfoc avnp nug τε peyac TE, 
Exofoxyoc Apye.fwv κεφαλὴν ηδ᾽ evpvacg ὠμοῖς ; 

Tov δ᾽ Fedevn τανυπεπλος aperbeto, diFa yuvatkwy* 
Fofro¢ δ᾽ Aifave εστι πελωριος, Fepxog Αχαιξων" 
Idouevef¢ δ᾽ FerepwOev ενι Kpnreat, θεος ἕως, 230 
Feornk’* aude de μὲν Κρητων ayoe ἀγερεθονται. 

Ππολλακε μὲν χσείνισσεν Ἀρεξιφιλος Mevedafoc 

ξοίκωι ev ἕημετερωι, ἔοποτε Κρητηθεν Fixocro. 

Νὺυν δ᾽ αλλοίῖς μεν παντας Fopw ξελέκωπας ΑχαιΓοῖς. 234 
Aow δ᾽ ov δυναμαε Fidesev κοσμήτορε Aafwr, 236 
Kaoropa θ᾽ ἐπποδαμον, καὶ πυγς ayabov Πολυδευκεα, 
AFTOKGOLYVNTW, τω μοι μια γηνατο μητήρ. 

HY ovy εἐσπεσθην Λακεδαίμονος exe ἐρατεινῆς ; 

H devpo μεν Ferovto vafeo” eve ποντοποροίσιν, 240 
Novy δ᾽ afr’ οὐκ εθελοντε μαχην καταδυΐξμεναι avdpwr, 
Αἰσχεα δεὄδδιοτες καὶ ονειδεα πολλ᾽, Fa μοι ἐστιν ; 

Fac φατο" tof¢ δ᾽ ηδὴ κατεχεν φυσιδσαος aia. 248 
Κηρυκες δ᾽ ava Faotv θεων φερων ἔορκια πιθτα, 245 
Fapve dum, καὶ Forvoy Fevdpova, καρπον apofpye, 

Ἄσκωι ev αἰγείωι " φερε de κρητηρα φαΐεινον 
Κηρνκς Ἰδαιος, nde χρυσεια κυπελλα" 
Qrpvvev δὲ γεροντα παριξέσταμενος ἔεπεεσιν " 

Ορσεο, Λαιξομεδοντιαδὴ " καλεοντιν ἀαρίστοι 250 

Tpofwv θ᾽ τπποδαμων, kat Αχαιξων χαλκοχίτωνων, 
Ἐς πεδίον katabnvat, Fiv’ Fopxta πιθτα ταμῆται " 
Afrap Αλεκσανδρος καὶ Ἀρεξιφιλος MeveAafoc 

Maxpyio’ ενχείηισι μαχησοντ᾽ aude γυναικε" 


108 ΕἸΛΕΙΑΣ III. 


Tau δὲ νικησαντι γυνὴ καὶ κτημαθ᾽ ἐποιτο" 255 
Fou δ᾽ adAot, φιλοτητα καὶ ἔορκια πιθτα ταμοντες, 
Ναιοιμεν Tpofinv ἐριθωλακα" ro δὲ νεωνται 

Ἄργος ες ξπποθοτον καὶ Ayatfida καλλιγυναιίκα. 

ἕως dato: ριγῆσεν δ᾽ Fo γερων, exedefoe δ᾽ Fetaipofe 
Εὐπποοῖς δσευγνυμεναι" tot δ᾽ ξοτραλεως ἐπιθοντο. 260 
Av δ᾽ ap’ εθη Πριαμος, xara δ᾽ Fy’ ετείνεν οπίσσω " 

Παρ δὲ ἔοι Αντηνωρ περικαλλε᾽ εθησατο διφρον. 
Τὼ δὲ δια Skarfewv πεδιονδ᾽ Feyov ὠκυας Εἰππο.ῖς. 

AAW’ Fore δὴ ρ᾽ εξικοντο μετα Tpofac καὶ Ayatfote, 
Exc Firnwv ἀποθαντες ext yOova πολυθοτειραν, 265 
Ἐς μεσσον Tpofwrv καὶ AyatFwv eotiyaovro. 

Ὥρνυτο δ᾽ afrix’ ereita ἕανακς ανδρων Αγαμεμνων, 

Av δ᾽ Fodvoef¢ πολυμητις " atap KnpvKec ἀγαξοι 

Fopkia πιθτα θεων γσυναγον, κρητηρι δὲ Forvov 

Muioyov: αταρ βασιλειῖσιν Fudwp emt χείρας ἔχειξον " 270 
Ατρεξιδης δὲ Fepvooapevoc χειρεσε payatpay, 

Εη ἔοι παρ χσιφεος peya κούυλεον αιεν αἰξορτο, 

Εαρνωὼν ex κεφαλεων ταμνε τρίχας" ἀξταρ εἐπειτὰ 
Κηρυκες Tpofwr καὶ χαιιξων νημᾶν αρίστοις. 

Τοισιν δ᾽ Ατρεξιδης μεγαλ᾽ evyero, χειρας ανασχων: 275 

Aoef πατερ, ἴδηθεν μεδεων, κυΐδιστε, μεγιστε, 

Hedtoc θ᾽, ος παντ᾽ εφοραις, καὶ παντ᾽ ἐπακοΐξεις, 

Καὶ Ποταμοι, καὶ Tata, καὶ Fou Ευπενερθὲ καμοντας 
AvOpworof¢ τιξνυσθ', Footi¢ κ᾽ ἐπίορκον ομοσσηι, 

Ευμεες μαρτύυροι εστε, φυλασσετε δ᾽ Fopkia πιθτα" 280 
Ex μὲν κεν MeveAafov Αλεκσανδρος καταπεῴνηι, 

Afrog επειθ᾽ EXevny FeyeTw καὶ κτήματα πᾶντα, 

Εημεες δ᾽ εν vaFeot νεωμεθα ποντοποροισιν" 

Ἐπ δὲ x’ Αλεκσανδρον κτείνηι χσανθὸς MeveraFfoc, 
Tpofac επειθ᾽ Ἑλένην καὶ κτήματα παντ᾽ ἀποδωναι. 285 

H, καὶ emt στομαχοῖῖς ἕαρνων ταμε νηλει χαλκῶι" 292 
Και tof¢ μεν κατεθῆκεν ent χθονος ασπαίροντας, 293 
ἔοινον δ᾽ ex κρῆήζηρος αφυσσαμενοι δεπαεσιν "295 
Exyefov, ηδ᾽ evyovro θεοισ᾽ αἱιιξειγενετηίσιν" 

Fade de τις ξειπεσκεν Ayatfwv te Τροιων τε" 


ἙΙΛΕΙΑΣ If. 109 


Δσε. κυΐδιστε, μεγιστε, καὶ abavarot θεοι ἄλλοι, 
Εοποτεροῖ πρότεροι Futrep ἕορκια πημήγνειαν, 

Fade σφ᾽ ἐνκεφαλος χαμαδὶς peFor, Εως Fode Εοινος, 300 
AFrwv, καὶ Texewv " Εαλοχοι δ᾽ αλλοισι μιγειεν. 

Εως εφαν " οὐδ᾽ apa πω σφιν επεκραιξαινε Kpovif ov. 
Toot δὲ Δαρδανιδὴης ἸΙριαμοὸς μετὰ μυξθον εἰξειπεν" 

Κεκλυτε peo, Tpofec, και Ἐευκνημίδες AxyatFot " 

Hrot eywv εἰμὶ προτι Ειλιξιον ἀνεμοεντσαν 305 
Are, eet ov πω τλησομ᾽ ev οφθαλμοισιν Εορασθαι 
Μαρναμενον φιλον ξυιον Ἀρεξβιφιλωι Μενελαξωι. 

Δσειῖς μὲν too τογε Fowde καὶ ἀαθανατοι θεοι αλλοι, 
Εοποτερωι Oavatofo τελος πεπρώμενον EOTLY. 

H ρα, καὶ ες διῴρον Fapvac Geto ξεισιξοθεος φως" 310 

Av δ᾽ ap’ εθαιν᾽ aFroc, κατα δ' Fn’ ετεινεν οπίσσω" 

Παρ δὲ For Ἀντήνωρ περικαλλε᾽ εθησατο διῴρον " 

Tw μεν ap’ anoopofot προτι Εελιξιον ἀπονεοντο. 

Εεκτωρ δὲ Πρίαμο.ο παῖς καὶ διιῖος ξοδυσσεξς, 

Xwpov μεν πρωτον διεμετρεον, αὐταρ ἔπειτα 910 
KAnpol¢ εν κυνεηι yadnnper ἐεπαλλον Fedovtec, 
Εοποτερος δὴ προσθεν adern χαλκεον evyoc, 

Aafou δ᾽ ηρησαντο, θεοισι δὲ χειρας ἀνεσχον" 

Fade δὲ τις ξειπεσκεν Ayatfwv te Tpofwv τε. 

Aoef πατερ, Ἰδηθεν μεδεων, κυΐξδιστε, μέγιστε, 320 
Forrotepoc tade Fepya pet’ audortepotory εθῆκεν, 

Tov δος αποφθίμενον dufvat dowov AFido¢ etow, 
Εημιν δ᾽ af φιλοτητα καὶ Fopkia πιθτα γενεσθαι. 

Εως ap’ εφαν " παλλεν δὲ μεγας κορυθαίολος FexTwp, - 
Arc Fopawyv+ Παρίος δὲ θοξως εἰς κλῆρος opofoev. 325 
Εοι μὲν επειθ᾽ ιὅσοντο Kata στιχας, Fnye Εεκαστωι 
Εεπποι αξερσίποδὲς καὶ ποικίλα τευχε᾽ ἔκειτο. 

AFfrap Foy’ ἀμφ᾽ ὠμοισιν εδυισατο τευχεα καλα 
Διεξος Αλεκσανδρος, ξελενὴης ποσις nuKouoFo. 
Κνημίδας μὲν πρωταὰ Περι κνημηισιν εθηκεν 390 
Καλας, apyvpeototy επισφυριοισ᾽ ἀραρυιας " ; 
Aefrepov aF Owpnka περι στήθεσσιν eduFvev 

K 


110 FIAFIA® III. 


Fofo κασιγνήτο.ο Aveafovocs ἡρμοσε δ᾽ af rat: 
Auge δ᾽ ap’ ὠμοισιν Badeto χσιφος apyvpofniov, 
Χαλκεον " aftap emetta σακος μεγα τε στιθαρον τε 335 
Κρατι δ᾽ ex’ ἰιφθιμωε κυνεὴν ξευτυχτον εθηκεν, 
Εἐππουριν > ὄὅδεινον de λοῴφος καθυπερθεν evevev " 
FeAdeto δ᾽ ἀλκιμον ενχος, Fo ἔοι παλαμηφιν ἀρηρεεν. 
Εως δ᾽ αὔτως Μενελαῖος Apeftog evre’ edufvev. 

For δ᾽ exer ὧν ξεκατερθεν FouAFoFo θωρηχθησαν, 340 
Ἐς μεσσον Τροξων καὶ Αχαιξων εἐστιχαοντο, * 
Δδεινον depkouevors θαμῦος δ᾽ Feyev εἰσξοραοντας" 3842 
Καὶ p’ ἐενγυς στητην διαμετρήητωι ενι χωρωι, 344 
Σειοντ᾽ evyerac, αλληλοισιν KOTEOYTE. 345 
Προσθε δ᾽ Αλεκσανδρος mpofifee δολιχοσκίον evxoc, 
Και βαλεν Atpefidafo κατ᾽ ἀσπιδα παντοσε ἕεισίξην, 


Ovd’ εὔρηγσεν χαλκον, ανεγναμφθη δὲ ἔοι αἰχμὴ 
Aon’ evt κρατερηι" Fo δὲ deftEepog wpvuTo χαλκωι 


Ατρεξιδης MeveAafog, ἐπευχσαμενος Au πατρι" 850 
Acef Fava, δὸς τιισασθ᾽ Foc με προτερος κακα ἔοργεν, 
Foppa τις av ριγητι καὶ οπσιγονων ανθρωπων 353 


Xoewvodoxov kaka pexoat, Foc av φιλοτητα παρασχηι. 

H pa, και ἀνπεπαλων mpofifee δολιχόσκιον evyoc, 355 
Ka βαλε Iptaudafo κατ᾽ ἀσπιδα παντοσε ἔεισίξην " 
Ata μεν ασπιδος ηλθε φαξεινης οὔριμον ενχος, 
Καὶ δια θωρηκος πολυδαιδαλο." npnperdoto " 
Αντιίκρυς δὲ παρα: λαπαρὴν διαμησε χιτωνα 
Evyoc* Fo δ᾽ εκλινθη, καὶ adefoato κηρα pedavav: 60 
ArpeFtdne de Fepvacapevoc χσιῴος ἀργυροξηλον 
Πληγσεν avacxyouevoc κορυθος φαλον" aude δ᾽ ap’ afrot 
Τριχθα τε καὶ τετραχθα διατρυφεν ἐκπεσε xeEtpoc " 
Ατρεξιδης δ᾽ ὠιμωγσε, ξιδων εἰς ουρανον ευρυν " 

Acef πατερ, ovtic σεῖο θεων ολοξωτερος adAog: 365 
H τ᾽ εφαμὴν τιΐσασθαι Αλεκσανδρον κακοτητος " 
Νὺυν δὲ μοι εν χειρεσ᾽ efayn χσιφος " ek δὲ μοι ενχος 
Η ιχθὴ παλαάμηφι ξετωσιον, ovd’ εθαλον μιν. 

H, καὶ ἐπαξικσανς κορυθος Aabev Ειπποδασυιης, 


FIAFIA® IiIl. 111 


Εελκε δ᾽ ἐεπιστρεῴσανς μεθ᾽ ευκνημιδας AyatfoFe* 870 
Avye δὲ μὲν πολυκεστος Ειμανς ξαπαλην Furo δειρὴν, 

Fog ἔοι Fur’ ἀνθερεωνος ξοχε.ῖς τετατο τρυφαλειης. 

Καὶ νυ κεν efepvoev τε, καὶ ἀσπετον Fnpato κυδος, 

Ez μὴ ap’ Foxov vonoe Διος θυγατὴρ Αφροδιτη, 

Εη Foe ἔρηγσεν ξιμαντα βοίος Fidu κταμενο.ο " 375 
Κηνὴ de tpvdadeta Fay’ ἔεσπετο χειρὶ παχνιηι. 

Τὴν μεν ere?’ nowe μεθ᾽ ευκνημιίδας AxatFoFe¢ 

Pinto’ επιδινειῖσανς, κομίσαν δ᾽ εριηρες ξεταιροι. 

Aftap Foy’ απς ἐπορο.ῖδε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων 
Evyet χαλκείωι" tov δ᾽ εκσιξαρπακσ᾽ Ἀφροδιτη 380 
Pefa pad’, Fwore θεος" εκαλύυπτσε δ᾽ ap’ nept πολλῆι, 
Κατ δ᾽ Feao’ ev θαλαμωι, Fevwdet, κηωεντι. 

Afrn δ᾽ af @ Ἑλενην καλεοντσ᾽ te* τὴν δ᾽ εκιχανεν 
Tlupywe ed’ υπσηλωι" περὶ de TpoFideg Fadte ἡσαν" 

Χειρι de vexrapeoo Feavof’ ertvance Aabovtoa* 385 
Tpaft de μιν Fefixvia nadaryever mpooefecrev 

Expokoper, Fy For Λακεδαίμονι ναϊεταοντσηι 

Ησκεεν epta nada, μαλιστα δὲ μὲν φιλεεσκεν * 

Tye μὲν ξειδσαμενὴ προσεφώνεε δι." Adpoditn * 

Δευρ᾽ εθ᾽ - Αλεκσανδρος σε καλεῖ Forxovde νεεσθαι" 390 

Κεῖνος Foy’ ev θαλαμωι και δινωτοισι λεχεσσιν, 
Καλλει te στιλθων και ξεσμασιν, ovde κε φαιῆης 
Avdpt μαχήσαμενον τονγ᾽ ελθεμεν, adAa yopovde 

Epyeo6", ne yopofo vefov ληγοντα καθιδσεεν. 

Fag gato: τηι δ᾽ apa OvFwov evt στηθεσσιν ορινεν " 395 
By de κατασχομενὴ Feaver apynte φαΐξεινωι, 419 
Σιγῆι " παντσας de Tpofidac λαθεν" npye de δαιμων. 420 

Fae δ᾽ For’ AAexoavdpofo δομον περικαλλε᾽ Fixovro, 
Αμφιπολοι μὲν ererta Gof we ext Fepy’ ἐτράποντο, 

Εη δ᾽ εἰς Ευπσοροφον θαλαμον Ke di fa γυναικων. 

Ty δ᾽ apa διῴρον ἕελοντσα φιλομειδὴς Αφροδιτη 

Αντι᾿ Adexoavdpofo θεα κατεθηκε φεροντσα" 425 
Ενθα καθιδσ᾽ Fedevn, κοιρη Διος αἰγιξοχο.ο, 

Oove παλιν κλέναντσα" ποσιν δ᾽ ηνίπαπε μυξθωι" 


112 FIAFIA® III. 


Ηλυθες εκ πολεμο. > Foo ὠφελες afro’ ολεσθαι, 
Avdpt δαμενς κρατερωι, Foc euog προτερος ποσις NEV. 
H μεν bn πριν γ᾽ evye’ Apefiptdoo Μενελα.οο 480 
Σῆι τε Bint, και χερσι, καὶ EVEL, φερτερος εεναι" 
AAW ht νυν προκαλεσσαι ApefidtAov Mevedasov 
Exoaftic μαχεσασθαι ἐναντίον - adda σ᾽ eywye 
Παέσασθαι κελομαι, μηδὲ χσανθωι Μενελαίξωι 
Αντιθιον πολεμοὸν πολεμιδσεμεν, ηδὲ μαχεσθαι 435 
Adpadewe, μη πως Tax’ Fur’ aftofo dopft δαμειης. 

Τὴν de Παρις μυθοισιν ἀαμειθόμενος προσεξειπεν " 
M7 με, γυναι, χαλεποισιν ονειδεσι OvFuov ενισπε. 
Νὺυν pev yap Mevedafog ενίκῆσε γσυν Αθηνηι" 
Κεινον δ᾽ αὖτις ey" παρα yap Geo εντι καὶ ξημιν. 440 
AAW aye δὴ φιλοτητι τραπείομεν ευνηθεντε" 
Ov yap mw ποτε μ᾽ Fade φρενας ἐρος αμφεκαλυπτσεν, 
Ovd’ Fore σε προτερον Λακεδαίμονος exc ἐρατεινῆς 
Erdefov ἕαρπακσανς ev ποντοποροίσι ναΐξεσιν, 
Νήσωι δ᾽ εν Kpavane ἐμιγὴην φιλοτητι kat εὐυνηι, 445 
Fac osfo νυν epauat, καὶ με γλυκὺυς Ειμερος Farpet. 

H pa, καὶ ηρχε λεχοσδὲ κιων, Faua δ᾽ ξεσπεθ᾽ ακοιτις" 
Tw μεν ap’ εν τρητοῖσι κατευνασθὴν λεχεεσιν. 
Ατρεξιδης δ᾽ av FoutaAfov εφοιταε, θηρι FeForxwe, 
Ex πο." εσαθρησείεν AAekoavdpov θεο(ξειδεα. 450 
AAW ουτις δυνατὸ Τροίων κλητων τ᾽ επικουρων 
Δεικσαὶ Adexoavdpov tor’ Ἀρεξιφιλωι Mevedafat. 452 


NOTES. 


ee 


= 5 Ἴ x" ty 
a ὦ" 


a? 


SS ee ere ae εἴν 
eee 


Sobre + set ηθονβκολαραδάρρνδμαμ»: a 
τ a ἊΣ αλλ how Re ve sey Oe ᾿ a . re 

, ‘ Ὁ» ; eo > a 
na ae "ἐνώμα + ay tata oe eT 
BS CN yt Di ARIE, | BR EET ς κἢ 


Pe io Aer ΒΟΟΣ ole Fr ? Ving, τ 


Ἐξ ϑλᾶς, τα 
ἐλ ᾿ ee ec) ee ee 


“basi er sakes 2m: ata? setae eget cal : 


oe ὦν , " . 
i δ Hee es Ἐκ τους oe ck » 
paegee eet μηρί τ ΡΥ eae oe 


es - ΩΣ ΘΒ 


αν ποτα a: =r ry 1a wl etl jet Kr = ioe 


re pm eases, nee 


= lat ἀνϊλόνν δι με 7 we Ζ. 
( 


NOTES ON THE FIRST BOOK. 


ARGUMENT. 


THE PESTILENCE, AND THE QUARREL BETWEEN ACHILLES AND AGA- 
MEMNON. 


Durine the War of Troy, the Greeks, having sacked some of the 
smaller towns of the Troad, and having obtained among the plunder 
two beautiful female captives, Chryséis and Briséis, allot the for- 
mer of these to Agamemnon, and the latter to Achilles. Chryses, 
the father of Chryséis, and a priest of Apollo, thereupon comes to 
the Grecian camp for the purpose of ransoming his daughter from 
slavery. He meets, however, with a harsh refusal from Agamem- 
non, and, on his departure from the presence of the monarch, offers 
up an earnest prayer for redress and vengeance to the deity whom 
he serves. His appeal is heard, and Apollo retaliates on the Greeks 
by inflicting upon the host a destructive pestilence. After this pes- 
tilence had raged for the space of nine days, Achilles calls a gen- 
eral assembly of the forces, and bids Calchas, the soothsayer of the 
Grecian army, declare to the collected people the cause of the plague 
under which they are suffering. Calchas, after some hesitation, as- 
cribes the pestilence to Apollo’s anger at the refusal of Agamemnon 
to restore the daughter of Chryses. Thereupon a violent quarrel 
ensues between Agamemnon and Achilles, which Nestor strives to 
pacify, but the immediate result of which is the seizure by Aga- 
memnon of Briseis, the prize of Achilles, out of revenge for the loss 
of his own captive Chryseis, whom he sends away to her father. 
Achilles, in anger, withdraws himself and his forces from the rest 
of the Greeks, and complains to his mother Thetis, entreating her 
to interest Jupiter in his behalf, and induce him to grant success to 
the Trojans, that the Greeks may feel the loss of their bravest war- 
rior. Jupiter, on being supplicated by Thetis, grants her prayer, but 
thereby incenses Juno, and an angry dialogue ensues between the 
monarch of Olympus and his spouse, until Vulcan interposes, and 
dexterously effects a reconciliation. 


116 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


The poem opens, in the tenth year of the war, with the visit of 
Chryses to the Grecian camp. The time occupied by the first book 
is generally computed at twenty-two days, namely, nine during the 
plague, one in the assembly of the forces and the quarrel of Achilles 
with Agamemnon, and twelve for Jupiter’s stay among the Ethiopi- 
ans, at his return from among whom Thetis prefers her request. 
Consult, however, the note on verse 222.—The scene lies at first 
in the Grecian camp, then changes to Chrysa, the residence of 
Chryses, and lastly to Olympus. 


1-2. Μῆνιν ἄειδε Sed, x. τ. Δ. “ Sing, goddess, the destructive 
wrath of Achilles, son of Peleus.” ‘The bard invokes Calliope, the 
muse of epic poetry, to sing, that is, to inspire the poet himself with 
suitable ability for celebrating, in song, the anger of Achilles and its 
injurious consequences tothe Greeks. The opening of the Iliad has 
been much admired by both ancient and modern critics, for its boldly 
hurrying the reader into the very midst of affairs.—Observe in μῆ- 
νιν the absence of the definite article. In the old epic language, 
the article, as such, is never expressed. When the forms ὁ, 7, τό, 
‘&c., do occur in Homer, they stand for the demonstrative pronoun, 
this, that, &c., changing occasionally, in our idiom, into the per- 
sonal pronoun. (Vid. Excursus 1.) In translating, therefore, from 
the Homeric language into our own, we are to be guided entirely by 
the context, as in Latin, with respect to the employment of the Eng- 
lish definite and indefinite articles. 

Gea. Calliope is meant, the muse of epic poetry, who is called by 
Hesiod (Theog., 79) “ the most excellent of all,” προφερεστάτη ἁπα- 
σέων.---οὐλομένην. The poetic participle here passes over into an ad- 
jective, with the active signification of “destructive” or “ fatal.” 

h pope ᾿Αχαιοῖς ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν. ‘‘ Which brought countless suffer- 
ings upon the Greeks.”’ Literally, “‘ which placed.”—’Ayatoic. In 
Homer’s time there was no general appellation for the Grecian race 
(the term Ἕλληνες being one of later origin). The poet, therefore, 
when he wishes to designate the Greeks collectively, employs the 
names of some powerful and ruling tribes. The Achzan race bore 
sway at this period in the Peloponnesus, and they are hence put for 
the Greeks in general. On other occasions we have Aavaoi and 
᾿Αργεῖοι. 

3-5. Πολλὰς δ᾽ ἰφθίμους ψυχὰς, x. τ. Δ. “ And hurled to Hades 
many valiant souls of heroes.” Observe, that by ‘‘ Hades’’ a person 
is here meant, the god of the lower world. So in Virgil (4in., ii., 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 117 


398), multos Danatim demittimus Orco.’—A difference of opinion 
exists with regard to the meaning of προΐαψεν in this line, many com- 
mentators translating it “ prematurely sent.” This, however, is in- 
correct. The preposition πρό has here in composition the force of 
“ onward,” or “forward,” and προϊάπτω has the literal meaning of 
“to hurl onward,” just as in Latin we have proturbare, propellere, 
protrudere, where pro has no reference whatever to time. Compare 
verse 435 of this book, προέρεσσαν ἐρετμοῖς, “they urged forward 
with oars,” and also Apollon. Rhod., i., 386, where the form προπρο- 
θιαζόμενοι is employed with the double preposition, to denote the 
strenuous efforts of the Argonauts in pushing forward their ship 
from the land into the sea. 

αὐτοὺς δὲ ἑλώρια, κ. τ. Δ. “And made themselves a prey for dogs 
and all birds,” 1. e., made their bodies, the pronoun αὐτοὺς being 
equivalent here, in effect, to σώματα αὐτῶν. Observe the reflexive 
meaning of αὐτοὺς, the oblique cases of αὐτός having this force 
whenever they begin the construction. 

Διὸς δ᾽ ἐτελείετο βουλή. “And yet the will of Jove was all this 
while undergoing its accomplishment.” This is said parentheti- 
cally. Notwithstanding the fierce resentment of Achilles, and the 
disastrous consequences which resulted from it to the Greeks, still 
the will of Jove, that Troy should fall, was all the while advancing 
to its accomplishment, and converting the apparently implacable 
wrath of the son of Peleus into a means for accomplishing its end. 
The disasters which befell the Greeks in consequence of the with- 
drawal of Achilles urged his friend Patroclus to the battle-field, 
and the fall of that friend roused Pelides himself to take up arms 
once more, and become reconciled to Agamemnon. Then ensued 
the death of Hector and the fall of Troy.—éreAeiero. Observe the 
peculiar force of the imperfect in denoting continuance of action. 

6-7. ἐξ ob δὴ, x. τ. A. “From that very time when both the son 
of Atreus, king of men, and the godlike Achilles first stood apart 
after having quarreled.” The words ἐξ οὗ refer back to προΐαψεν 
and τεῦχε, and when resolved are equivalent to ἐκ τοῦ χρόνου δὴ, ἐξ 
οὗ. The particle δή, when joined with an adverb of time, or, as in 
the present instance, with a clause indicative of it, denotes a pre- 
cise point of time. Thus, Hesiod says, when you hear the note of 
the crane, δὴ τότε yoprdlew ἕλικας βοῦς, x. τ. A., “then is the very 
time to fodder well,” &c.—rd πρῶτα. Wolf distinguishes between 
τὰ πρῶτα and ταπρῶτα, making the former equivalent to res primas, 
the latter to imprimis. This, however, is denied by Spitzner: τὰ 
πρῶτα is here poetic for πρῶτον. 


118 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


8-10. τίς τ᾽ dp σφῶε, x. τ. A. “ And what one, then, of the gods 
brought them both together, so as to contend in angry words?” 
Heyne joins ἔρειδε in construction with ξυνέηκε, but Wolf, with far 
more propriety, connects it with μάχεσθαι, making it define more 
particularly the idea contained in this Jatter verb, which in its gen- 
eral acceptation refers to arms and bloodshed, but here relates 
merely to an angry collision in words. Some grammarians supply 
ὥστε before μάχεσθαι, but this is hardly necessary, the infinitive be- 
ing freely appended to ξυνέηκε in order to mark the result. 

Αητοῦς καὶ Διὸς υἱός. “The son of Latona and Jove,” i. e., Apol- 
lo. This is an answer to the preceding question. We are not, 
however, to suppose that the muse herself here takes up the strain. 
The bard still speaks, but after having been inspired by the muse 
whom he has invoked.—6 γὰρ. “For this (deity).” Observe that 
ὁ is not the article, either here or anywhere else in Homer, but the 
demonstrative pronoun, and equivalent to οὗτος. Compare note on 
verse 1.--βασιλῆϊ. Agamemnon.—éva στρατὸν ὦρσε. “ Excited 
throughout the host.’’—dAéxovro dé λαοί. “And the people kept 
perishing.” Observe the force of the imperfect. By Aaoi are 
meant the various tribes or communities of which the Grecian army 
Was composed. 

11-13. οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην, κι τ. Δ. ‘ Because the son of Atreus 
had treated with indignity that Chryses, the priest.” Observe here 
again the demonstrative force of τὸν. It is not the prose article, 
simply prefixed to a proper name, but denotes that Chryses who 
plays so important a part in the legend of the Trojan war; that 
Chryses, who was, in one sense, the cause of the memorable quar- 
rel between Achilles and Agamemnon. 

6 yap. “For this (priest).”—Avoduevo¢e te. “ Both to redeem.” 
More literally, “ to free for himself,” i. e., as a father. Observe the 
force of the middle.—¢épwr 7 ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα. “ And bringing a 
boundless ransom,” i. ¢., an invaluable one. Observe the force of 
the active in φέρων : bringing for another, i. ¢., for his child. 

14-15. στέμμα 7 ἔχων ἐν χερσὶν, x. τ. A. “ And having in his hands 
the fillet of the far-darting Apollo on a golden sceptre,” 7. ¢., attach- 
ed to, or wound around the sceptre at the top. The preposition ἀνά 
is found with a dative in the epic language, and also among the 
lyric writers, and denotes in this construction continuance or rest. 
The fillet and the sceptre or staff both denote the sacerdotal office, 
and the former is called the “ fillet of Apollo” because accustomed 
at other times to be worn by Chryses around his brow, as the priest 
of that god. The following woodcuts represent back and front 


NOTES TO BOOK IL 119 


views of the heads of statues from Herculaneum, on which we per- 
ceive the fillet. 


The earlier editions have στέμματ᾽ ἔχων, for which H. Stephens 
substituted στέμμα 7 ἔχων, which has been followed by Heyne and 
others. It is certainly the preferable reading, and would appear to 
be confirmed by στέμμα in verse 28. Those commentators are 
wrong who suppose στέμματ᾽ to refer to fillets of wool wrapped 
around a staff or branch after the manner of suppliants. This cus- 
tom on the part of suppliants was not known in Homeric times, but 
came in with a later age. Equally erroneous is it, notwithstanding 
the authority of the minor scholiasts, to make στέμμα signify “a 
crown of bay.” In the first place, the ornament termed a crown 
was not as yet known in the time of Homer; and, secondly, the 
legend of the metamorphosis of Daphne was subsequent to the po- 
et’s day. Pope’s translation, therefore, of a ‘“laurel-crown”’ is 
wrong. 

σκήπτρῳ. The σκῆπτρον was properly a staff. As the staff was 
used not merely to support the steps of the aged and infirm, but as 
a weapon of defence and assault, the privilege of habitually carry- 
ing it became emblematic of situation and authority. Hence we 
find the sceptre borne in ancient times, not enly by kings, princes, 
and leaders, but also by judges, heralds, priests, and seers. The 
original wooden staff, in consequence of its application to the uses 
just described, received a variety of ornaments or emblems. It 
early became a truncheon, pierced with golden or silver studs 
(Compare verse 246.) It was also enriched with gems, and was 
sometimes made of precious metals or ivory. The woodcut on the 
following page, taken from a fictile vase, and representing /Eneas 
followed by Ascanius, and carrying off his father Anchises, who 
holds the sceptre in his right hand, shows its form as used by kings. 

17-18. καὶ ἄλλοι ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί. “ And ye other well-greaved 
Greeks.” The greave, or κνημίς (in Latin, ocrea), covered the leg in 
front, from the knee to the ankle. That the Greeks took great de- 
light in handsome greaves may be inferred from the epithet employ- 


120 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


ed here and elsewhere, as also from Homer’s minuteness in descri- 
bing some of their parts. (Compare note on book iii., verse 331.)— 
ὑμῖν μὲν ϑεοὶ δοῖεν, x. τ. 2. ‘Unto you, indeed, may the gods, who 
occupy the Olympian mansions, grant to sack the city of Priam, 
and in safety to come unto your home.” More literally, ‘and hap- 
pily to come,’”’ &c. Observe the opposition between μέν, in this 
part of the sentence, and dé in παῖδα δέ. Observe, also, the use of 
the aorist in δοῖεν, ἐκπέρσαι, and ἱκέσθαι, to express the speedy oc- 
currence of certain wished-for events. 

19-20. παῖδα δ᾽ ἐμοὶ λῦσαί τε, x. τ. 2. “* But both release unto me 
my child, and receive this ransom.” The infinitives λῦσαι and dé- 
χεσθαι are here employed as imperatives, a construction which Her- 
mann regards as a remnant of the old simplicity of the language, in 
which the action required is expressed by means of the verb used 
absolutely, without any ellipsis. We have given Adcai τε, with 
Heyne. The old reading Atcare, the penult of which is short, vio- 
lates the metre, unless we have recourse to the doctrine of the arsis, 
or cesural pause. Barnes’s λύσασθε offends against the sense, in- 
asmuch as the Greeks are entreated to release for another, not for 
themselves, and therefore the middle cannot stand here. Clarke 
reads λύσαιτε and δέχεσθε, to which no material objection can ex- 
ist, since the optative λύσαιτε will imply the earnest entreaty of 
Chryses for the immediate release of his daughter, while the change 
to the imperative in δέχεσθε denies any reluctance in paying the 
Tansom, in case of such release. 

τὰ ἄποινα. . Observe here the force of the demonstrative τά, for 


ἣν 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 121 


ταῦτα, as indicating a gesture on the part of Chryses, who points at 
the ransom which he has brought with him. 

21-25. ἐπευφήμησαν αἰδεῖσθαι, κ. τ. Δ. ‘* Testified by acclamations 
their assent, both to reverence the priest and to receive the splen- 
did ransom.”” Compare, as regards ἐπευφήμησαν, the explanation 
of the minor scholiast: yer’ εὐφημίας ἐθόησαν. Plato, in his meta- 
phrasis of this part of the Iliad, has of μὲν ἄλλοι ἐσέθοντο καὶ συνή- 
ψουν.---ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, κι τ. ἃ. ‘* But not to the son of 
Atreus was it pleasing in soul; on the contrary, he dismissed him 
rudely, and added thereunto a harsh injunction.” Compare, as re- 
gards the force of κακῶς, the explanation of Plutarch (De Aud. Poet., 
p. 67, R.): κακῶς, τουτέστιν, ἀγρίως καὶ αὐθαδῶς Kai παρὰ τὸ προσῆ- 
κον.--- κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ, x. τ. ἃ. Observe here the adverbial force of 
ἐπί, “ thereunto,” or “ besides.”” In the older state of the language, 
as, for example, in Homer and Herodotus, it is a very common thing 
to find the preposition and the verb separated by other words. This 
is not properly a émesis, that is, the separation of a word used at 
that time in its compounded form; but the prepositions, at this pe- 
riod of the language, served really as adverbs, which were put either 
immediately before or after the verbs. At a later period, however, 
particularly in Attic, the composition became more firmly estab- 
lished, and the prepositions were considered as a part of the verb. 
(Vid. Excursus 11.) 

26-28. Μή ce κιχείω. “Let me not find thee.” More literally, 
“let me not catch thee.” Observe the force of the subjunctive. 
Some commentators supply ὅρα, others φυλάσσου, before μή. There 
is, however, no need of any ellipsis at all. The strong emotion of 
the speaker supplies the place of any verb.—# ὕστερον αὗτις ἰόντα. 
“Or hereafter coming again.”” Avric, as a reading, is softer and 
more Ionic than αὖθις.---μή νύ τοι od ypaioun, xk. τ. Δ. * Lest, in 
that event, the sceptre and the fillet of the god prove in reality 
of no avail.” Observe the force of νύ (shortened from νυν), analo- 
gous to the more prosaic οὖν. So, again, roc has here the force of 
τῷ ὄντι, “in reality,” “in truth.” Compare, as regards both these 
particles, the compound form τοίνυν, for which, in book vii., 352, we 
have τῷ νυ.---σκῆπτρον Kai στέμμα ϑεοῖο. By “the sceptre and the 
fillet of the god’ are meant the sceptre, and fillet which he is ac- 
customed to wear as a priest of the god. Compare note on verse 14. 

29-32. Τὴν. ‘“ This daughter of thine.’’ Observe the demonstra- 
tive force of τὴν, which does not here, however, refer to Chryseis 


as being present, but only near at hand. Or else, and perhaps more 


correctly, to the maiden as having been just mentioned in her fa- 


4 


199 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


ther’s speech.—éy. Emphatic, and therefore expressed.—zpiv pew 
καὶ γῆρας ἔπεισιν. “Sooner upon her shall even old age come,” 2. δι; 
she shall rather remain a captive of mine, even until old age shall 
come upon her. Compare the explanation of Heyne: “ Potius illa 
consenescet apud me in servili conditione.” ‘This clause is often erro: 
neously translated as follows: “before even old age comes upon 
her.” Such a meaning, however, would require the verb to be in 
the infinitive. Observe, with regard to ἔπεισιν, that εἶμι, “to go,” 
&c., has regularly in the present the signification of the future. 

ἐν "Apyei. “In Peloponnesus.” By "Apyoc is here meant, not 
the city of that name, for this was under the sway of Diomedé, but 
a large portion of the Peloponnesus, including particularly the cities 
of Mycene and Tiryns, and constituting, along with many adjacent 
islands, the hereditary dominions of Agamemnon.—'lorév ἐποιχοὸ- 
μένην. . “ Plying the loom.” Literally, “‘ going unte the loom.” 
The reference here is to the upright loom, the management of which 
required the female to stand, and move about, at one time coming 
toward, at another receding from it. There was also another kind 
of loom, at which they sat. The annexed woodcut gives the pic- 
ture of Circe’s loom, in the very ancient illuminated manuscript of 
Virgil’s ΖΕ ποῖά, preserved at Rome in the Vatican library. 


καὶ ἐμὸν λέχος ἀντιόωσαν. “And preparing my couch.” A eu- 
phemism, involving a much grosser idea. ᾿Αντιόωσαν 1s equivalent 
here, as the old grammarians correctly explain it, to εὐτρεπίζουσαν, 
and the phrase λέχος avridv is precisely analogous to λέχος πορσύ- 
νειν, in book iii., 411, and Od., iii., 403. We must be careful, in this 
passage, not to translate, as some do, “sharing my couch,” a mode 
of rendering which would make the Greek imply something wished 
for and desired on the part of the female captive, a meaning direct- 
ly opposite to the spirit of the context. ’Avridy, with the genitive 
λέχεος, Would undoubtedly mean “to partake of,” or “share my 
couch ;” but not with the accusative, as in the present instance, 
( Buttmann, Lezil., vol. i., p. 10.) 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 123 


"AQ te. “Go, then.” More literally, “‘(Tarry not, then), but go.” 
The abrupt use of ἀλλά here is intended to mark strong excite- 
ment.—cadrepoc ὥς κε νέηαι. “In order that thou mayest, in that 
event, depart with greater safety.” Observe here the force of xe 
(analogous to ἄν in prose), and consult the remarks of Donaldson 
on this particle. (New Cratylus, p. 248.) 

33-36. ἔδδεισεν δ' ὁ γέρων. “That old man thereupon became 
afraid.” Observe, again, the demonstrative force of 6, as equivalent 
to οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος : that same Chryses of whom the bard has just 
been speaking.—dxéov. “In silence.’’ He utters not his prayer 
for vengeance until out of hearing of the Grecian host. Hence the 
remark of the scholiast, in explanation of this silence: iva μὴ ἀκού- 
σωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι.---παρὰ iva πολυφλοίσθοιο ϑαλάσσης. “ Along 
the shore of the loud-roaring 568. Observe the beautiful onoma- 
topeia in πολυφλοίσδοιο, as imitative of the dashing of the waves 
and the loud roar of the sea when lashed by tempests. The advo- 
eates for the Romaic mode of pronouncing the ancient Greek have 
fallen into a singular error with regard to the Homeric term πολύ-. 
φλοισῦος, in consequence of their viewing it as an epithet for the 
sea on all occasions. They enunciate the words in the text as if 
written polyphlisvéo thalasses, and then add that this expression re- 
fers to “the gentle laving of the shore by a summer-wave, and not 
the roaring of a wintry ocean.’”’ But what becomes, in that event, 
of the Homeric φλοῖσδος, as indicating the din and roar of battle? 
Must we render it ‘‘ the gentle murmur of the fight?” 

πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε κιὼν, x. τ. Δ. “And then, going apart, 
that aged man prayed earnestly to King Apollo, whom the fair-haired 
Latona bore,” 7. e., going to adistance from the Grecian camp. So 
Plato, in his prose metaphrase of this passage, has ἀποχώρησας 
δ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου.---ἄνακτι. A general term of honor here, as 
indicating one high in power, and applied to many gods. (Compare 
Donaldson’s New Cratylus, p. 417.)—rov. For ὃν, a usage retained 
afterward in Ionic Greek. 

37-38. ’Apyvpéro?. ‘ Bearer of the silver bow,” 7. ¢., the bow 
adorned with silver. So aureus arcus (Virg., Ain., xi., 652), as ap- 
plied to a bow with golden ornaments, such as the ring or handle, 
&e.—i¢ Χρύσην augibébnxac. “ Who hast ever protected Chrysa.” 
Observe here the continued action implied by the perfect, which 
makes ἀμφιδέθηκας equivalent, in effect, to “ who hast protected and 
still dost continue to protect.” Observe, also, the peculiar mean- 
ing of the verb itself, “to go around,” “to keep moving around,” 
“to guard or protect on all sides.’”” The god keeps watch, as it 


194 NOTES TO BOOK 1. 


were, over this, his favored city.—Xpvonv. Chrysa, the residence 
of Chryses, was a town of Troas, on the coast, to the south of Troy, 
and near the promontory of Lectum. Strabo, however, places it in 
the innermost part of the Adramyttian Gulf, and hence some are in 
favor of making two places of this name, an old and a new Chrysa. 
The city spoken of in the text, wherever it was situate, was famous 
for a temple of Apollo Smintheus, called Sminthium, a name some- 
times applied to the town itself. 

KiAAav. Cilla was a town of Troas, not far to the northwest of 
Adramyttium, and lying in what was called Cilicia Thebaica. It 
also contained a temple of Apollo.—Tevédoc6 re ἶφι ἀνάσσεις. “ And 
(who) rulest powerfully over Tenedos,” i ¢., and who art the tutelary 
god and powerful defender of Tenedos. The island of Tenedos lay 
off the coast of Troas, and directly opposite to Troy. It was sacred 
to Apollo, whose worship appears to have been brought in by a 
Cretan colony. (Compare Miiller, Gesch. Hell. St., vol. ii., p. 218, seg.) 
-- ἀνάσσεις. This verb governs the genitive here, because that case 
expresses the object which calls forth the activity of the subject. 

39-42. Σμινθεῦ. “Ὁ Smintheus.” Apollo was worshiped under 
‘this appellation in various parts of Asia Minor, but particularly at 
Chrysa, where he had a temple called Sminthtum.(ZuiwGeiov). The 
origin of the name Smintheus is variously explained. The most 
common derivation is from the Cretan term σμίνθος, “a rat,” 
Apollo having indicated, by means of field-mice, to the Teucri, when 
migrating from Crete, the place where they were to settle. The 
Teucri had been told by an oracle to make their new abode in that 

_place where they should first be attacked by the original inhabitants 
of the land; and having halted for the night in a particular spot, a 
large number of field-mice came and gnawed away the leathern 
straps of their baggage, and the thongs of their armor. Here, then, 
says the legend, they fixed their settlement, and hence the deity 
who had directed their wanderings was called by them Smintheus, 
Another and better explanation makes Apollo to have derived this 
name from the rat as the type of primitive night ; and thus the 
animal in question, when placed in works of art at the base of 
Apollo's statue, indicated the victory of day over night. 

el ποτέ τοι yapievt’, x. τ. A. “If ever, beside other acts of hom- 
age, I erected unto thee the beauteous temple.” ’Evi (more literal- 
ly, “in addition”) is here, according to strict Homeric usage, an 
adverb, and is not to be regarded as merely separated from ἔρεψα by 
tmesis. (Compare note on verse 25.) 

Epewa. An erroneous translation of this verb is often given here 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 125 


in the sense of “to adorn,” or “to hang with garlands.” This, 
however, is very far from being its meaning in the present passage. 
The verb ἐρέφω properly signifies ‘to cover over,” “to roof over,” 
and the literal sense of the text, therefore, is, “if ever I have roofed 
over for thee a beauteous temple.” As, however, the operations of 
roofing over and completing a structure are nearly identical, the 
former is here employed to express the latter, and ἔρεψα becomes 
equivalent to the simple ὠκόδομησα. It is in this sense that the 
present passage is understood by Plato in his metaphrasis, where 
he has ἐν ναῶν οἰκοδομήμασιν, by Eustathius in his commentary, who 
remarks, ἰστέον dé ὅτι τὸ Epewa σημαίνει μὲν τὸ ὠρόφωσα, and by some 
of the best scholars in modern times. (Compare Ast, ad Plat., De 
Rep., iii., p. 293.) But how can a mere priest be said to erect a 
temple! This difficulty, which is noticed by Heyne, may easily be 
obviated by supposing, as the name itself of the priest would almost 
appear to indicate, that Chryses combined in his own person the 
offices of both priest and ruler at Chrysa, a union of dignities often 
met with in ancient times. Ast thinks that ἔρεψα contains a special 
reference to the completing of a structure by the erection of the 
pediment or fastigium, called by the Greeks dérwua or ἀετός, be- 
cause the pediment of the earliest temples which were dedicated to 
Jupiter was usually ornamented by an eagle in relief, an instance 
of which is afforded by the coin represented in the annexed wood- 
cut. 


"H εἰ δή ποτέ τοι, κ᾿ τ. Δ. “Or if ever, then, (before this), I con- 
sumed in honor of thee.” We have here what is termed the use 
of δή in gradation, when a fresh topic is introduced into a discourse. 
—«ard. An adverb. The same remark applies to it as to ἐπέ in 
the previous line. The literal meaning of κατὰ éxna is, “I burned 
completely,” or “entirely,” i. ¢., “1 consumed.’ Chryses means, 
that the choicest parts of the victim were given to the god, and 
that none were reserved for — purposes.—réde μοι κρήηνον 


4 


196 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


ééAdwp. ‘Accomplish for me this desire.” The prayer is based 
on the rude idea entertained of the deity in an early age. The 
priest enumerates what he has done for the god, and then asks for 
a recompense.—ticeay Δαναοὶ ἐμὰ δάκρυα, x. τ. 2. “May the 
Greeks atone by thy arrows for my tears,” 1. ¢., by the slaughter 
which thy arrows shall inflict—Aavaoi. Consult note on verse 2. 
We have here again a special appellation used in speaking of a _ 
whole race. The term Δαναοί is considered by some as equivalent 
to γηγενεῖς. Thus the scholiast on A¢schylus (Prom., 568) remarks, 
οἱ γὰρ Δωριεῖς τὴν γῆν δᾶν φασιν. (Compare Haupt, Quest. Zschyl., 
ii., 70.) 

43-45. τοῦ δ. ‘‘ This one thereupon.”—B7 δὲ κατ᾽, x. τ. Δ. “And 
he went down from the summits of Olympus.’’ Observe the ad- 
verbial force of κατά, and also the idea of motion from a place im- 
plied in καρήνων.---κῆρ. Accusative of nearer definition. —rd?. 
“ His fearful bow.” The plural of excellence or intensity.—duonpe- 
géa te φαρέτρην. “And his closely-covered quiver.” More literal- 
ly, “and his quiver covered all around.” The top or cover of the 
ancient quiver was called πῶμα, and resembled an inverted drink- 
ing cup, whence the name. 

46-49. "Ἔκλαγξαν & ἄρ᾽ ὀϊστοὶ, κι τ. Δ. ‘“ And then the arrows rat- 
tled on the shoulders of him enraged, as he himself moved along.” 
Literally, ‘he himself having been moved.’ The arrows rattled 
on the shoulders of the god as he moved along in anger.—avrod. 
Observe the reflexive force of the oblique case, as it begins the 
clause ; and compare note on verse 4.—4é δ᾽ ἤϊε νυκτὶ ἐοικώς. ‘And 
he moved along like the night.” More literally, “and this same 
deity moved along,” &c. A nobly-graphic image. Eustathius in- 
dulges in a far-fetched explanation, when he makes the present 
passage a figurative allusion to the thick and vapory appearance 
of the atmosphere, proceeding from the corruption of the air, during 
the season of pestilence. The meaning merely is, that the god 
moved along gloomy of visage, and fearful as the night. So Hesy- 
chius has, φοδερὸς τὴν ϑέαν, καταπληκτικὸς καθάπερ νύξ. 

μετὰ δ᾽ ἰὸν ἕηκε. “And discharged an arrow at them,” i. ¢., at 
the ships. More literally, “ sent an arrow after (i. ¢., among) them.” 
Clarke supplies νῆας after μετά, but the adverbial nature of the latter 
forbids, of course, any such ellipsis. If we explain this part of the 
poem physically, the discharge of the arrow marks the beginning 
of the pestilence, which arose, very probably, from the action of the 
sun on the stagnant waters in the vicinity of the Grecian camp, and 
near the mouth of the Simois. Hence the figurative allusion to the 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 127 


arrows of the god, that is, his burning rays.—dew# δὲ κλαγγὴ yéver’, 
κι τ᾿. “ And fearful was the twang of his silver bow.” Observe, in 
ἀργυρέοιο βεοῖο, the beautiful onomatopeeia, or echo of sound to sense, 

50-52. Οὐρῆας. The poet here appears as a close observer of 
nature. In pestilential disorders, four-footed animals are said to be 
first attacked, from their living more in the open air than man, and 
being, therefore, more immediately affected by any change in the 
purity of the atmosphere. (Compare Wolf, Vories. zu Hom , Ii., vol. 
i., p.66.)—éxdyero. “Heattacked.” Literally, “he went against.” 
Passow incorrectly refers this to the arrow itself. (@riech. Hand- 
wort, s. v. ἐποίχομαι.)--- Αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ’, αὐτοῖσι, x. τ. 2.“ But after- 
ward, discharging a sharp-pointed arrow at (men) themselves, he 
kept smiting, and numerous pyres of the dead were continually be- 
ing burned.’’ An incorrect punctuation of this line makes αὐτοῖσε 
apparently violate the rule about the reflexive force of the oblique 
cases of αὐτός when beginning a clause. The difficulty, however, 
is removed, and the rule saved from infraction, by placing a comma 
after ἔπειτ᾽, and another after ἐφεείς. : 

éyerevxéc. This is commonly rendered “bitter,” ¢. e., deadly or 
destructive. Buttmann, however, has shown, very conclusively, 
that the radical idea in ἐχεπευκής is not that of ditterness, but of 
pointedness. (Lexil., vol. i., p. 18.)---Βάλλ᾽. Observe the continued 
action indicated by the imperfect.—@aue:ai. Commonly, but er- 
roneously, rendered ‘“ frequent,’”’ which makes a tautology with 
aici. The idea meant to be conveyed is that of funeral piles stand- 
ing closely together, or, as it were, crowded together. 

53-56. ὥχετο. ‘Kept going.” More freely, ‘‘ continued to speed 
their way.”’—xaAécoaro. ‘Summoned.’’ Observe-here the pecu- 
liar force of the middle voice. Achilles takes upon himself the 
responsibility of summoning the people to an assembly, an idea 
that harmonizes well with his own impetuous character—ro γὰρ 
ἐπὶ φρεσὶ, x. τ. A. “For Juno, fair-armed goddess, had suggested 
it in mind unto this warrior.”’ More literally, ‘‘ had put it upon his 
mind unto this one.” The preposition ἐπί with the dative (a case 
the leading idea of which is rest or continuance) has here in some 
degree the force of év.—gpeci. Homer, following the idea of a 
rude and early age, places the region of thought in the breast; of 
the head, as the seat of intellect, he knows nothing. The legend of 
Minerva springing from the head of Jove is of later origin. —@fjxe. 
Observe the pluperfect force which the aorist here assumes, and 
which we often find in similar cases. (Compare Nagelsbach, ad loc. 
and Kiihner, G. G., ὁ 444.) 


- 


195 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


Κήδετο yap. The particle γάρ is twice employed, once in this, and 
once in the previous line, in order to explain a result arising from 
two combined causes. Achilles summoned the people because Juno 
had suggested the idea; and Juno suggested this idea because she 
felt concerned for the Greeks.—érc fd. ‘Because, namely.” Ob- 
serve here the explanatory force of the particle ῥά, corresponding to 
the Latin nempe, scilicet, or utique. 

57-58. Oi δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν, x. τ. 2. “ Now when these, then, 
were collected (from on all sides), and had become assembled to- 
gether.” The particle οὖν, if more freely rendered, would be, “in 
consequence of this summons.”—Heyne thinks that there is some- 
thing tautological in the text, if we form ἤγερθεν from dyeipw, and 
proposes, therefore, to deduce it from éyeipw, “to arouse,” making it 
refer to an arousing, or calling forth, of the people from their pre- 
vious employments or situations. This, however, is very justly 
condemned by Wolf, in his Review of Heyne’s edition, who re- 
gards the passage as merely marking the progress of an action from 
its commencement to its completion. The people are first collected 
from the various quarters of the camp, and flock in from on all 
sides, and at last the assembly itself becomes full, and ready to 
proceed to basiness. 

Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνιστάμενος, x. τ. A. ** AMong these (same) thereupon, 
Achilles, swift of foot, arising, spoke.’? Observe the force of δέ in 
this verse. It is by no means expletive, as some suppose, but fol- 
lows out the idea expressed by the particle dé in the previous line. 
Observe also the peculiar meaning of the dative in τοῖσι, equivalent, 
in fact, to ἐν τούτοις, and compare the remarks of Kihner on the 
Dativus localis. (Gr. Gr., § 568, 2.) The idea of ‘‘ among” is still 
farther expressed by the preposition μετά in μετέφη, though not re- 
quired to be given in translation. Some editors make roto: depend 
for its government on this same μετά, but such a construction would 
not be Homeric, μετά having here merely the force of an adverb. 
Nagelsbach regards τοῖσί as the dative of advantage (‘‘ for these’’), 
but this is decidedly inferior. Equally objectionable is Passow’s 
explanation, who makes τοῖσι the same here as τούτοις ἔπεσι or μύθοις. 

59-60. ’Arpeidn, viv ἄμμε; x.t. A. “Son of Atreus, I am of opinion 
that we, having wandered away (from the object of our expedition), 
will have to go back (to our homes),” i. e., that we having utterly 
failed in our object, &c. The object of the expedition was, of course, 
the taking of Troy. Observe, in παλιμπλαγχθέντας, the use of the 
passive in a middle sense. This participle is commonly, but erro- 
neously, rendered “having renewed our wanderings,” or “ having 


NOTES TO BOOK lL 129 


again wandered.” In the first place, there were, in fact, no previous 
wanderings ; and, in the next, the adverb πάλιν in Homer, whether 
in or out of composition, has always the meaning of “ back,” or 
“away from,” analogous to the Latin retro, and never that of 
“again.” This last-mentioned signification is of later date. Con- 
sult, on the whole passage, the remarks of Doederlein, Lat. Syn. und 
Etymol., vol. i., p. 92. 

el κεν ϑάνατόν ye φύγοιμεν. “ If, perchance, we would escape death 
at least.” The particle κὲν is here employed to denote something 
uncertain and contingent, so that the meaning of the clause, when 
more fully given, is, “if, (should it so please heaven), we would es- 
cape,” &c., equivalent to εἰ, ϑεοῦ διδόντος, φύγοιμεν ἂν ϑάνατον, “ if, 
the deity granting this, we might in that event escape.”—ddvarév 
ye. Observe here the limiting force of γέ, “‘if we would escape death 
at least, since we have not been able to escape war and pestilence.” 

61-63. Εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ, x. τ. A. “Since, as things now go, both war 
and pestilence together are subduing the Greeks.” Observe that εἰ 
with the indicative has here the meaning of “ since,” as denoting 
certainty, whereas in the previous line, when joined to the optative, 
it has its usual conditional force.—dé7. This particle here refers to 
matters as at present existing, and fully determinate in their char- 
acter. Hence the ease with which it passes, in the next line, into 
the kindred meaning of “‘now.”—day¢. For a literal translation 
supply another δαμᾷ with λοιμός. The combined effect is expressed 
by ὁμοῦ, the separate action in producing it, by the verb in the sin- 
gular. 

ἄγε δή. “Come now.”—riva μάντιν ἐρείομεν. “ Let us interro- 
gate some seer,”’ i. ¢., let us consult, &c. Present subjunctive, for - 
ἐρέωμεν.---μάντιν. The term μάντις indicates one inspired by the 
deity, and who, by virtue of such inspiration, unfolds the future to 
the view. Hence its meaning of seer or prophet. On the other 
hand, ἱερεύς is a priest of some particular deity, who discloses the 
future from an inspection of the entrails of victims, &c. And again, 
ὀνειροπόλος is an expounder of dreams, who discovers in them an — 
expression of the will of heaven.—xai γάρ τ᾽ ὄναρ, κι τ. Δ. “ For even 
the dream too is from Jove,” i. e., even the dream, as well as other 
signs, is an indication of his will. Observe the peculiar force of ἐκ, 
literally ‘‘ out of,” 7. ¢., out of; or emanating from the great source of 
all knowledge. 

64-67. Ὃς x’ εἴποι, ὅτι τόσσον, K.T. 2. ‘ Who, in that event, might 
tell on what account Phebus Apollo has become so greatly incens- 
ed.” Observe the force of the particle xe, “ who, on our asking him.” 


130 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


--ὅτι. Equivalent to the later δι᾽ ὅτι.---ἐχώσατο. The aorist here 
denotes the having passed into that state which is indicated by the 
present. 

_ El r’ dp’ 57 εὐχωλῆς, x. τ. Δ. “ Whether, then, this particular deity 
has a complaint against us, either on account of a vow (unperform- 
ed) or a hecatomb (unoffered).”’ There is properly an ellipsis here. 
The sentence ought to begin as follows: “ And let us see whether,” 
&c.—éy. Observe the force which the particle γέ imparts to ὁ, 
namely, “this deity for his part,” 1. ¢., this same deity.—ebywAje. 
This genitive, and also ἑκατόμθδης, are commonly supposed to be gov- 
erned by ἕνεκα understood. It is better, however, to make the em- 
ployment of the genitive here a general one, equivalent, literally, to 
“im respect of,” “by reason of.” (Compare Matthie, § 337.) 

Al κέν πως ἀρνῶν, x. τ. 2. “If in any way, after having enjoyed 
the savor of perfect lambs and goats, he may be willing to ward off 
destruction for us,” i. ¢., from us. The particle ai here takes the 
place of the ordinary εἰ, from its implying a latent wish that things 
may turn out so. (Consult Hartung, part ii., p. 214.)—reAciov. It 
was essential that the victim be free from imperfection or blemish 
of any kind. The same was also enjoined on the Israelites respect- 
ing the sacrifice of the paschal lamb. (Ezod., xii., 5.)\—xev βούλεται. 
Not the indicative, as some think, showing it to be very probable 
that such an offering will propitiate the god; on the contrary, 
βούλεται is the old form for the subjunctive βούληται.---ἀντιάσας. 


- 


feo 


Rot 8.58 δὲ 
9) ΤΙΝ τ, ἢ 
Ss ee ee 


Ἢ aN f 


ΓΤ 


NOTES TO BOOK IL. 131 


More literally, “having participated in,” “having partaken of.” 
(Buttmann, Lezil., 5. ν.)--τἀπό. Used adverbially, according to Ho- 
meric usage. 

68-73. Ἤτοι 5) ὡς εἰκὼν. “ This warrior, indeed, having thus 
spoken.” More literally, “this warrior, indeed, for his part.” The 
particle gro: is nearly the same in force as μέν. The two principal 
points of difference are that 7roc is the more poetic term, and that it 
may stand first in a clause or sentence. (Compare Hartung, vol. 
ii., p. 358.)—%¢. Observe the accentuation here, distinguishing 
this ὥς (for οὕτως) from the ordinary ὡς, “as,” &c.—«a7’ ἄρ᾽ Kero. 
No tmesis. Compare note on verse 25. 

Oecropidnc. ‘The son of Thestor.”—d7’. “By far.” The term 
ὄχα occurs only in Homer, and is used to strengthen the superlative. 
-ὃς ἤδη τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, x. τ. ἃ. “ Who knew as well the things that 
are, and the things that shall be, and the things that are (gone) be- 
fore,”’ t. ¢., the present, future, and past. Observe the peculiar de- 
monstrative force in τά as connected with ἐόντα and ἐσσόμενα, “ those 
“things that are,” “those things that are to be.” So in English, 
*“‘ that which is,”’ “that which is to be.” 

Kai νήεσσ᾽ ἡγήσατ᾽, x. τ. A. “And was guide for the ships of the 
Greeks unto Ilium.” We must be careful not to connect with 
ἡγήσατο here any idea of command or authority. The term merely 
indicates the influence which a seer like Calchas would exercise over 
such an expedition, in explaining omens, and other signs from on 
high, and in determining by these means the course of the fleet.— 
Ἴλεον. The accusative of motion toward a place, and not depend- 
ing on εἔσω.---ἣν διὰ μαντοσύνην. “ΒΥ means of his skill in divina- 
tion.” ἣν for ἐήν.--τήν. “Which.” Epic for ἦν. 

"O ogw tidpovéwr, x. τ. Δ. “This one, being favorably disposed 
toward them, harangued and spoke among them (as follows).” 
Literally, “this one thinking well for them.” We have given ὅ σφιν, 
with Wolf and Spitzner, as supported by the authority of Aristar- 
chus and the best ancient grammarians ; and have assigned to 6 the 
force of οὗτος, as usual. (Compare Usteri, Wolf Vorles., vol. i., p. 
75.) Some make 6, however, Homeric for ὅς (Kiihner, § 343); and 
Heyne and others read at once ὅς σφιν.---ἀγορήσατο. This merely 
relates to the occasion on which the speech was delivered, namely, 
in a public assembly ; it was so far, therefore, an dyopd, or concio. 
The term μετέειπεν, on the other hand, refers to the contents of the 
speech. 

74-79. κέλεαί ue. “Thou biddest me.” Not directly, but impli- 
edly.—ajviv. “The cause of the wrath."—épéw. “ Will declare 


132 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


it.” Nagelsbach supplies ἔπος, in the sense of rem; but this is un- 
necessary, since ἐρέω refers back to μῆνεν.---οὺ δὲ σύνθεο. “ Do 
thou, however, consider well.” More literally, “ place (or arrange) 
the matter carefully in thy own mind.” Supply φρεσίν. Observe 
the force of the middle voice: Achilles must do this for himself; he 
must take the whole responsibility.—éuzoccov. We have removed 
the comma after this verb, in order to connect it immediately with 
what follows. The old punctuation turns on an erroneous transla- 
tion of σύνθεο. 

i μέν μοι πρόφρων, x. τ. 2. “ That thou wilt in very truth prompt- 
ly aid me with words and hands.” More literally, “wilt ward off 
(danger) for me.” In the form ἢ μέν, the particle μέν corresponds 
to the prose form μήν. (Consult Nagelsbach’s Excursus on μήν.)--- 
πρόφρων. Observe the employment of the nominative with the in- 
finitive, the reference being to the same individual that forms the 
subject of the preceding verb.—7 yap ὀΐομαι ἄνδρα χολωσέμεν. “ For 
I do assuredly think that I shall anger the man.’’ Observe the force” 
of 7. Some connect it, in translating, with χολωσέμεν, but it unites 
more naturally with ὀέομαι.----χολωσέμεν. When the subject of the 
infinitive is the same with that of the preceding finite verb, it is 
omitted with the former, unless an emphasis be laid upon it. 

μέγα. “ With powerful sway.”’—xai of πείθονται ᾿Αχαιοί. “ And 
him the Greeks obey.”” We have here what grammarians call a 
Parataxis, the personal pronoun οἱ taking the place of the relative 
ᾧ, or, in other words, the expression “and him” being employed in- 
stead of “and whom.” In Homer, this construction savors of the 
simplicity of the early language, when the relative was not as yet 
generally employed. With later writers, however, it is done either 
to avoid the too frequent use of the relative, or else to impart addi- 
tional force to what is said by the sudden turn of expression. 

80-83. κρείσσων γὰρ βασιλεὺς, x. τ. Δ. ‘For a king is the more 
powerful (of the two) whenever he shall have become incensed 
against a man of inferior rank.” Commentators are divided here in 
opinion relative to the form yooera:, some regarding it as the simple 
future, others as the aorist of the subjunctive with a shortened mood- 
vowel. The latter appears to be the more correct view of the mat- 
ter, since the reference is merely to a supposed case, which has no 
connection with the reality at the moment when the words are ut- 
tered. (Compare Nagelsbach, Stadelmann, Crusius, &c., ad loc.) 

εἴπερ yap Te χόλον ye, x. τ. Δ. “For though he may have stifled 
open wrath, indeed, even on the same day, yet at least afterward also 
does he retain secret resentment in his breast until he may have 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 133 


fulfilled (its dictates).’’ The particle ὄφρα with the aorist of the 
subjunctive is here equivalent to donec in Latin with the Futurum 
exactum. (Ndagelsbach, ad ἰος.)---χόλον. By χόλος is meant an out- 
burst of passion, open resentment ; by κότος, on the other hand, a 
feeling of secret anger, long harbored in the breast. Compare the 
Etym. Gud., χόλος δὲ οἱονεὶ κίνησις χολῆς, κότος δὲ ζέσις τοῦ περικαρ- 
᾿ diov αἵματος.---ἀλλά ye. We have given this reading, with Heyne. 
More recent editors have ἀλλά τε. 

σὺ δὲ φράσαι. “ Do thou therefore consider.’ Observe here the 
force of the middle voice. In the active, φράζω means “to speak to 
or with another ;"’ but in the middle, “to or with one’s self,” 7. e., 
to consider, to deliberate.—ei με σαώσεις. ‘* Whether thou wilt save 
me (from harm),” 7. ¢., wilt protect me. 

85-88. ϑαρσήσας μάλα. “ Having taken courage fully.”—eiré 
ϑεοπρόπιον,κ. τ. Δ. ‘* Explain the heavenly sign, what thou knowest 
(it to be).” The heavenly sign here meant is the plague, viewed as 
an indication of the will of the deity. We have given to ϑεοπρόπιον 
the meaning assigned to it by Buttmann, who derives the word from 
ϑεός, and πρέπω in the sense of σημαίνω. According to this writer, 


134 NOTES TO BOOK 1» 


therefore, the old expression ϑεὸς πρέπει means “a god sends a 
sign."* The sign sent was called ϑεοπρόπιον, and the interpreter 
of it ϑεοπρόπος. (Buttmann, Lezxil., vol. i., p. 19.) 

οὐ μὰ yap ’AwoAAwva. ‘No! for by Apollo.” The particle οὐ 
makes here, in fact, a double, that is, a stronger negation with 
οὔτις in verse 88.—re. “And unto whom.” To be construed 
with εὐχόμενος.--- ϑεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις. ‘‘ Revealest his heavenly 
signs,” 7. e., explainest their import. The term ϑεοπροπία is the 
same in effect as ϑεοπρόπιον.---ἐμεῦ ζῶντος, x. τ. A. “ While I live 
and see on earth,” 2. e., live and enjoy the blessing of sight. Com- 
pare the Attic ζῶν καὶ βλέπων, and the Latin rivus vidensque. 

89-91. mapa. ‘ At,”—Papeiag χεῖρας ἐποίσει. ‘ Shall lay heavy 
hands,” 7. ¢., the hand of violence.—ovd’ ἢν εἴπῃς. ‘Not even 
though thou mention,” ὁ. ¢., not even though thou name as the 
cause of Apollo's anger, The more common construction in prose 
would be, οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων, ἢν ἄρα τοῦτον εἴπῃς.---ὃς viv πολλὸν 
ἄριστος, κ. τ. Δ. “Ὑγ8πὸ professes to be at the present time by far 
the most powerful of the Greeks.” We must be careful not to 
render εὔχεται εἶναι, “ boasts that he is.” It is the Latin profitetur 
esse, and is explained in Plato (Gorg., p. 449, B.) by ἐπαγγέλλεται, 
‘“ proclaims himself.” We have here the plain and simple man- 
ners of an early age, where nothing boastful is intended, but an in- 
dividual merely says of himself what he actually thinks. “I am 
an inspired singer,” says the bard. “I am the representative of 
Jove,” says the monarch.—oAAév. Equivalent to πολύ, or the 
Latin multo, longe. 

92-96. ϑάρσησε. ‘Took Courage.” More literally, “ became 
encouraged.” Compare ἐχώσατο verse 64.—Ot7’ dp’. “ Neither, in 
very truth.” The speaker, according to Kihner, begins an address 
with οὔτ᾽ dpa.... οὔτε, when he opposes some false view of a mat- 
ter that has just been taken previously. (G. G., § 755. Compare 
Hartung, vol. i., p. 431, 444.) ε 

οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσε ϑύγατρα. “ΝΟΥ did he release his daughter.” Our 
form of expression would be, “and whose daughter he released 
not.”—robver’ dp’. “On this account, namely,” 7. ¢., on this very 
account. The particle dpa is here explanatory, and serves, as it 
were, to recapitulate what has gone before. (Nagelsbach, Excurs., 
§ 3.) 

97-100. οὐδ᾽ dye πρὶν, x. τ. A. “Nor will this same deity keep 
away his heavy hands from the pestilence, before, at least, some 
one give back unto her father the maid of the quick-rolling eye,” 
&c. Observe the repetition of πρίν in order to impart additional 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 135 


force to the expression ; literally, “sooner, sooner at least ;” and 
observe also the force of ye with the second πρίν, more freely, ‘“ be- 
fore that, at all events.” -- χεῖρας. Markland conjectured Κῆρας, but 
χεῖρας is more correctly preferred by Heyne, Spitzner, and others. 
The meaning is, that Apollo will not keep off his hands from send- 
ing the pestilence. Compare the analogous form of expression in 
the Odyssey (xxii., 316), κακῶν aro χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι. 

ἀπό. Used adverbially here, as usual. No tmesis of ἀποόδόμεναι. 
--ὀόμεναι. We must supply before this infinitive the indefinite 
pronoun τινά. Calchas is afraid of naming Agamemnon, though 
he means him all the while —é”:cko7ida. Referring to the quick- 
glancing, flashing eye, that forms so striking a constituent of female 
beauty, and is indicative also of youth and spirits. 

ἀπριάτην, ἀνάποινον. ‘ Without price, without ransom,.”” Two 
adverbs. The absence of the connecting conjunction is here in- 
tended to mark how free the surrender must be. (Nagelsbach, ad 
lot.) —Xptenv. Consult note on verse 37.—rére κέν μιν, κ. τ. A. 
“Then, perhaps, after having propitiated, we may persuade him (to 
Save),” i. ¢., after having propitiated him by the surrender of the 
maiden, we may prevail upon him, by sacrifices, to remove the 
pestilence from among us. 

101-105. ἧτοι by ὡς εἰπὼν. “This one, indeed, having thus 
spoken.” The particle ὥς (observe the accent) is here again put 
for οὕτως.---τοῖσι. Consult note on verse 58.—yéveog dé μέγα φρένες, 
κι tT. Δ. “And his diaphragm, black all around, was greatly filled 
with anger.’ By φρένες is here meant the diaphragm. When the 
mind is violently agitated by passion, the veins become swollen 
with blood, and the φρένες are properly said to be uéAacvar.—éace 
δέ of πυρὶ, x. τ. Δ. “And his two eyes resembled blazing fire.” 
Literally, “the two eyes for him.”—xdéx’ ὀσσόμενος. “Sternly re- 
garding.’’ The verb ὄσσομαι has also the meaning of foreseeing, 
together with that of prognosticating and foreboding. Hence Butt- 
mann remarks, that although, in the present passage, the first and 
most simple signification is certainly that of looking at one sternly 
or malevolently, yet doubtless ὄσσεσθαι is chosen as the more ex- 
pressive word, to show that Agamemnon’s look threatened and 
foreboded evil. (Lezil., 5. Ὁ.) 

106-108. μάντι κακῶν. ‘* Prophet of ills.” Compare the explana- 
tion of Eustathius: ὁ κακὰ μαντευόμενος.---τὸ κρήγυον. “That which 
was pleasing.” The primitive meaning of this term approximates, 
perhaps, more closely to ‘“ good,” “useful.” We have given 
“pleasing,” however, as more in accordance with the spirit of the 


136 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


passage.—ailei rot τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ, κι τ. A. “Ever are the things that 
are evil dear in mind unto thee to predict,” i. ¢., ever dost thou 
take delight in divining what is evil. We have adopted here what 
appears to be the more natural construction. The common mode 
of rendering is, “ever unto thee is it dear in mind to predict the 
things that are evil.” According to this latter view, φίλα is here 
for φίλον. (Consult Nagelsbach, ad loc.)—7é& κάκ᾽. Observe the de- 
monstrative force of τά. More literally, “those things (that are) evil.” 

ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὐδέ Ti πω, κ. τ. Δ. ‘ Neither hast thou ever as yet ut- 
tered any favorable prediction, or done aught that was advantageous 
(for 16). The commonly-received translation of οὐδ᾽ ἐτέλεσσας, 
“nor brought it to its accomplishment,” cannot stand, though 
sanctioned by the names of Wolf, Heyne, and others; for how can 
a diviner be said to accomplish his own prediction? (Consult 

Vagelsbach, ad loc.) 

109-115. ϑεοπροπέων. “Revealing signs from on high,” i. ¢., 
pretending to reveal them. Consult note on verse 85.—d¢ δὴ. 
“‘How that, forsooth.” The particle δή is here ironical, and an- 
swers to the Latin scilicel.—xovon¢ Xpvonidoc. “Of the damsel 
Chryseis,” 7. e., offered for her.—ézei πολὺ βούλομαι, κ. τ. Δ. “ Since 
much do I wish to have herself at my home.” Αὐτήν is here put in 
opposition to ἄποινα, and answers to the Latin ipsam, not eam.— 
καὶ yap pa, κι τ. 2. “For in very truth I prefer her even to Cly- 
temnestra, my wedded wife.”” The particle καί must be joined in 
construction with the proper name.—zpo6é6ovAa. Observe the force 
of the perfect here. Literally, I have preferred, and I continue to 
prefer.”—xovpidin¢. The Homeric adjective xovpidiog does not 
mean “ youthful,” as many render it, but “ wedded,” and is opposed 
to the union between master and slave, or to concubinage.—( Butt- 
mann, Lezil., s. Ὁ.) 

ἐπεὶ οὔ ἑθέν, x. τ. Δ. *“* Since she is not inferior to her, either in 
person or in mien, either, again, in mind, or at all in accomplish- 
ments,” 7. e., or in any accomplishments.—é@éy. The accentuation 
of this pronoun in the greater number of editions is erroneously 
given as ἔθεν. The law is correctly laid down by Spitzner: “ Si 
persone tertie pronomina ἕο, εὖ, ἔθεν, ad eum ipsum, de quo sermo est, 
referuntur, tenor in tis subsistit, sin ad alium quempiam pertinent, in- 
clinatur.” In the present instance, therefore, since ἐθέν refers not 
to Chryseis, but to Clytemnestra, it becomes an enclitic. 

déuac. By δέμας appears to be here meant, in strictness, the de- 
velopement of the frame ; by φυή, on the other hand, the symmetry, 
or proportion of the different parts to one another, the natural air 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 137 


or carriage. Voss, in his review of Heyne’s edition, states the dif- 
ference between the two terms very accurately: “ Weder an Leibes- 
wuchs, noch an Bildung,” meaning by the latter expression, “an 
schinem Verhaltniss dieses Wuchses.” (Usteri, Wolf Vorles, vol. i., p. 
87.)--οὔτ᾽ ἄρ. The particle dp is here employed to carry on, and 
give a new view to, the enumeration; just as we would say in 
English, “ nor then again.”—ipya. By ἔργα are here meant accom- 
plishments in the Homeric sense of the term, namely, such as were 
of a domestic nature, especially those appertaining to the loom. 
116-120. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥς. “ And yet even thus,” 7. 6., even though 
the case stand thus, and she be so beautiful and accomplished.— 
ἐθέλω. “1am willing.”—rddcv. “ Back,” i. e.,to her father. Con- 
sult note on verse 59.—réy’. ‘* This particular course.” Observe 
the limiting force of γε.--- βούλομαι. “1 wish rather.” This verb, 
when followed by 7, has frequently the force of βούλομαι μᾶλλον, 
or the Latin malo.—airip ἐμοὶ γέρας, x. τ. 2. “But prepare ye 
straightway (another) reward for me, that I may not alone,” &c. 
The particle αὐτάρ is poetic, and has the same force as ἀλλά, or dé, 
in prose, denoting a difference and opposition.—éuoi. Observe the 
employment of the emphatic form of the pronoun.—é¢pa. For iva. 
---οἷος. ‘ Alone.” Not to be confounded with οἷος, “‘such as.” 
ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔοικε. “ Since that is not fitting either.” Observe the 
force of οὐδέ. While, on the one hand, it is not right for Agamem- 
non tu retain a prize that involves the ruin of his followers, so, on 
the other, it is not fitting either that he alone, the leader of the ex- 
pedition, should be without a reward.—é μοὶ γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλη. 
* That my prize is going in another direction,” 7. ¢., than was orig- 
inally intended. That another is about to take it from me. The 
allusion is to the surrender of the daughter into the hands of her 
father.—6. The neuter of the relative ὅς stands here, by Homeric 
usage, for ὅτε. (Matthie, § 486, 3.)0--Φλλη. An adverb, and incor- 
rectly written with the subscript ε, as is shown by the Doric form 
ἀλλᾶ. Most adverbs with the dative (or locative) flection express 
not only the relation of rest (dativus localis), but also the direction 
whither, as in the present instanee. (Kiihner, § 571, An. 3.) 
122-124. ᾿Ατρείδη κύδιστε, x. τ. Δ. “Son of Atrens, most con- 
spicuous for thy station, most greedy of all men.’”” The rapacious 
spirit of Agamemnon does not destroy his claim to official respect. 
In the simple language of an early age, both qualities are mention- 
ed, without any actual clashing of the one epithet with the other.— 
πῶς γάρ τοι, x. τ. A. “(Why talk in this way?) for how shall the 
high-souled Greeks give thee a reward !”’ 7. ¢., why talk of another 
M2 


138 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


prize t for how shall the host be able now to give thee one? The 
particle γάρ is here, as often elsewhere, elliptical, and refers to 
something preceding, and to be suppiied. 

οὐδέ ti που iduev, x. τ. A. ‘ Neither do we at all know of any 
quantity of presents lying any where in common,” i. ¢., remaining 
any where undivided. We may supply with πολλά either χρήματα 
or γέρα. Observe the very delicate use of the particle οὐδέ. Nei- 
ther, if the Greeks should even deem it right for thee to have an- 
other prize, are they now possessed of the means of bestowing one. 
—ri. Many editors read οὐδ᾽ ἔτε που We have-given, however, the 
lection of Spitzner, which is more in accordance with Homeric usage. 

125-126. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πολίων, κ. τ. Δ. “ But those things, indeed, 
(which) we once obtained by sacking from cities, these have been 
divided.”’ More literally, “ (which) we once sacked from cities.” 
Observe here the peculiar employment of the demonstrative, as sa- 
voring of the simplicity of the early language before the relative 
was as yet commonly employed. It is the same as if we were to 
say in English, “‘ hat we plundered, that we have divided.”” Com- 
pare the English version of Scripture, ‘‘ take ¢hat thine is.” (Matth., 
xx., 14.)--τὰ δέδασται. Observe that there is no dé in this clause, 
answering to μέν in the preceding one, because μέν has there a 
strong affirmative force, which is carried out still farther in τὰ dé- 
δασται. 

λαοὺς δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπέοικε, x. τ. 2. ‘And it is not fitting that the peo- 
ple heap up these gathered back,” i. e., gather these back from their 
previous possessors, and heap them up preparatory to a second dis- 
tribution. Observe in érayeipew the force of ἐπί in composition, 
“to gather upon,” i. e., to heap one upon the other, and compare the 
German an in anhaufen.—rnadirAoya. More literally, “ selected 
back.” The idea involved is that of going around unto all who had 
received prizes, picking these out from among their other possessions, 
and bringing them back to some general place of deposit preparatory 
to a new division of the same. 

127-129. τήνδε Sed mpdec. “ Send on this (maiden) out of rever- 
ence toward the god,” 7. ¢., and propitiate the god by so doing. 
Observe the force of πρό in πρόες. ‘ Send forward,” “send onward 
to her home.”” Compare note on verse 3, προΐαψεν.---ἀποτίσομεν. 
‘‘ Will recompense (thee).” More literally, “ will pay thee back.” 
There is no need, when thus translating literally, of our supplying 
τήνδε here with special reference to Chryseis. The poet merely 
has in view the general idea of loss sustained by Agamemnon, 
without any more particular allusion. 


NOTES TO BOOK IL. 139 


. αἵ κέ ποθι Ζεὺς δῷσι. “If Jove, perchance, ever grant (unto us).”’ 
Observe the employment here of ai for εἰ, as indicating a latent 
wish that things may turn out so. Compare note on verse 66. 
- πόλιν Τροίην εὐτείχεον. ‘The well-walled city, Troy.” Not 
Τροίης, as we find with πτολέεθρον, nor Τροίην of three syllables, as 
Aristarchus and Herodian maintain. (Consult Spotzner, ad loc.) 

131-132. μὴ δ᾽ οὕτως, κι τ. Δ. “ Now do not thus, godlike Achilles, 
because thou art an exceedingly clever man, conceal (thy real senti- 
ments) in mind ; since thou wilt not overreach nor persuade me.” 
The term ἀγαθός is here “clever,” or “ skilful,” not “brave,” as it 
is commonly rendered.—zep. Not to be taken here in the sense of 
quamvis, a meaning which it often elsewhere has with the participle, 
but with the force of valde. It is the same, therefore, as the Latin 
per, in such expressions as “ pergrata perque jucunda,” ‘per mihi. 
mirum visum est.”—éov. To be taken “ causaliter.” 

κλέπτε vow. The object of the verb is not named, but may be 
easily supplied by the mind. The verb κλέπτω here is the same as 
furtim oceulto.—mnaperevoeat. A metaphor borrowed from the race, 
in which one competitor runs by, or outstrips another. Hence to 
overreach, to outwit. 

133-134. ἢ ἐθέλεις, ὄφρ᾽ αὐτὸς, κ. τ. Δ. ‘* Dost thou wish that thou 
thyself have a prize, but for me to be sitting thus in want of one?” 
The interrogative meaning of 7 arises very naturally from its original 
disjunctive force: ‘(am 1 wrong in my surmise), or dost thou wish,” 
&ec.—é¢p’ αὐτὸς Eync. The construction of ὄφρα with the subjunc- 
tive, followed by the accusative with the infinitive, after a verb of 
wishing like ἐθέλω, has excited some surprise on the part of com- 
mentators. The truth is, however, that ὄφρα with ἔχῃς is intended 
to mark the purpose or object in a more emphatic manner than 
ordinary, and therefore this construction is expressly employed. 

αὔτως. A difference of opinion exists with regard to the proper 
form of this adverb. Buttmann, following Damm and Heyne, main- 
tains that it ought always to be written αὕτως, with the aspirate. 
Hermann, on the other hand, is decidedly in favour of αὔτως with 
the lenis, and his decision appears the more correct one. In the 
present passage it means, ‘‘thus,” or “even as you now see me,” 
and answers to hoc ipso modo in Latin. (Herm., Opusc., vol. i., p. 
308, 341.—Butimann, Lezil., s. Ὁ.) 

135-139. ἀλλ΄. “ Well, then.’’"—ddcover γέρας. Supply μοι.--- 
ἄρσαντες κατὰ ϑυμὸν, x. τ. A. “ Having adapted it to my mind, so 
that it shall be a full equivalent, (all will be right).” The ellipsis 
after ἔσται may be supplied as follows: πάντα καλῶς ἔξει. This con- 


140 NOTES TO BOOK IL. 


struction forms what grammarians call σχῆμα ἀνανταπόδοτον.-":-ἀγ- 
τάξιον. Equal in value to the one which 1 shall have lost; namely, 
to Cnryseis. 

ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι, x. τ. Δ. “Then, in that event, will I in 
person, having gone, seize either thine or Ajax’s prize, or having 
taken, will lead away that of Ulysses.” Briseis had fallen to the 
share of Achilles, Tecmessa to Ajax, and Laodice, daughter of 
Cyecnus, to Ulysses. Agamemnon threatens that he will come and 
bear away any one of these whom he pleases.—7 ᾿Οδυσῆος ἄξω ἑλών. 
The excitement under which the speaker labors leads him here into 
a kind of repetition. This is in accordance with the character of 
early eloquence, where the main idea is continually brought forward 
and dwelt upon. The change from the middle Aa: to the active 
ἑλών is particularly worth observing. ; 

ὁ δέ Kev κεχολώσεται. ‘And that one shall long be angry,” 7. δ.» 
shall have cause for lasting resentment. The exercise of authority 
on the part of the speaker shall be so galling in its nature as long 
to be remembered. Observe the continuance of action expressed 
by the third future. The particle κὲν has reference to the same 
particle in the second clause : in case Agamemnon shall have come 
unto any one, in that event this one shall have occasion long to be 
angry.—év κεν. “* Unto whomsoever.” 

140-142. μεταφρασόμεσθα καὶ αὗτις. ‘“ We will deliberate upon 
even hereafter.” Observe here the force of μετά in composition, 
“we will consider among ourselves,” ἢ. e., I will take into my own 
consideration.—xai αὖτις. Literally, ‘even again,” 7. e., at some 
other time.—vja μέλαιναν. Heyne refers this to the action of the 
air and water in blackening the sides of the ship; but Wolf, with 
more propriety, to some color or preparation laid over the timbers 
to protect them from the atmosphere, &c. It was probably a mix- 
ture of wax and pitch. (Compare Miller, Archaol., § 320, 3.) 

ἐρύσσομεν. For ἐρύσωμεν. “Let us draw.” The ships were 
drawn up on the shore when a voyage was ended, and drawn down 
again when one was to be commenced.—diav. To be rendered here 
“boundless.’’ Literally, “divine.” The idea of boundless extent 
and vast energy is here transferred from the deity to one of the no- 
blest of his works.—é¢ δ᾽ dyeipovev. “And let us collect and put 
into it.” Observe that ἀγείρομεν is for dyeipwuev. The employ- 
ment of the adverb é¢ supplies, as it were, the place of a second 
verb. Compare the explanation of Nagelsbach : “ Collectos remiges 
imponamus in navem.”’—initndéc. . “ΑΒ Many as are proper.” A 
neuter in -e¢, attached adverbially to ἀγείρομεν, here supplies the 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 141 


cs 


AM 


same sense as its adjective would give if joined to ἐρέτας in the ac- 
cusative plural. (Butimann, Lezil., 5. v.)\—éxatou6nv. Consult note 
on verse 315, 2 

143-145. ϑείομεν. For ϑῶμεν.---ἂν δὲ βήσομεν. “ And up let us 
cause to go,” 7. ¢., up the sides of the vessel. More freely, “let us 
put on board.” Observe here the causative meaning in βήσομεν 
(which is for βήσωμεν). In other words, βήσομεν comes from the 
old stem-form Bde, “ to cause to go,” the middle future of which is 
borrowed by Gaivw. The signification here given, however, is con- 
fined to the Ionics and poets.—avryv. “Herself.” Referring to 
Chryseis, who is thus placed in opposition to é«atéu6y.—ei¢ τις. 
«Some one,” ὦ. e., one, Whoever he may be.—dioc Ὀδυσσεύς. Com- 
pare Glossary verse 7, δῖος. 

146-147. ἠὲ σύ. “Or eventhou.”—éxrayAérar’. “Most formida- 
ble.” The literal meaning of ἔκπαγλος is “ striking,” “ terrible,” 
and the root is ἐκπλαγῆναι, the first 2 being dropped for the sake of 
euphony. This would make the primitive form to have been ἔκπλα- 
γλος. (Buttmann, G. G., p. 290, Robinson’s transl.) The epithet 
ἐκπαγλότατε is not to be taken here in an ironical sense. It is rather 
a surly admission of the possession of distinguished qualities. 

ἱλάσσεαι. For iAdoonat.—ispa ῥέξας. Having offered sacrifices.” 
More literally, “having performed sacred things.” Compare the 
analogous use of facio in Latin : ‘‘ Quum faciam vituld pro frugibus.” 
(Virg., Eclog., iii., 773.) 


142 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


148-151. τὸν. Depending in construction on προςέφη.---ὑπόδρα 
ἰδὼν. “Having sternly eyed.”—o μοι. “Ah!” The exclamation 
of one stung with indignation. Observe the accentuation. The in- 
terjection ὦ has a twofold accent, namely, the circumflex in the 
sense of calling, &c., that is, before the vocative ; but the acute or 
grave when employed as an exclamation, that is, before the other 
cases.—dvaideinv ἐπιειμένε. Man clothed with shamelessness (as 
with a garment). Similar metaphorical expressions are not un- 
frequent in Holy Writ. Compare Psalm xxxiv., 26; cix., 18, 29, 
&c.—xepdaredgpov. “ Lusting after gain.”—ro. ἔπεσιν. “ Thy 
orders.” Literally, “orders for thee.’’ Equivalent to ἔπεσι σοῖς. 

ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι. “To go on any expedition,” 7. ¢., any plundering 
expedition. Literally, “to go along the way,” 1. e., to go maraud- 
ing, and seizing whatever they may fall in with. We have here one 
of the usual aspects of early warfare. The other is expressed by 
ἀνδράσιν ἶφι μάχεσθαι, warfare in the battle-field. Achilles, therefore, 
asks how any one of the Greeks can willingly engage in either of these, 
for the sake of a monarch who will always appropriate to himself the 
best part of the plunder, and even take away from others what be- 
longs of right to them; and who, on the other hand, will requite 
exertions in the battle-field with the basest ingratitude. The view 
which we have here given of the phrase ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι is not, how- 
ever, the one generally adopted. The ancient commentators refer 
the expression to the going into, or laying an ambuscade; while 
some of the more recent German critics, such as Nagelsbach and 
Stadelmann, give the phrase a general meaning, as applicable to 
any going forth (“ Gang,’’ im allgemeinen), as, for example, an em- 
bassy. Both these explanations appear inferior. 

152-157. ob γὰρ ἐγὼ, x. τ. Δ. “(1 will not, for one), for I came 
not hither,” &c. Observe the elliptical force of γάρ, requiring 
something to be supplied like what we have here inserted.—jor al- 
riot. “In fault toward me,” ὁ. ¢., the authors of any injury unto 
me.—ov πώποτε. ‘ Never as yet.”—#Aacav. “ Drove they away.” 
—oidé μὲν. “Nor yet.” The meaning is that they did not even 
drive away his horses, although these were much more tempting 
objects of plunder, and more frequently carried off than cattle. 

ἐριθώλακι, .βωτιανείρῃ. ‘ Deep of soil, nurse of heroes.” It is 
more in accordance with the spirit of the Homerie poems to trans- 
late the epithets separately from the noun.—By Phthia is meant the 
native district of Achilles in Thessaly, forming part of the larger 
district of Phthiotis.—éwe? 7 μάλα πολλὰ, x. τ. A. “Since both 
very many shade-covered mountains, indeed, (lie) between,” &c. 


oe 


NOTES TO BOOK I. “1483 


We have given ἐπεὶ 7, with Spitzner, Thiersch, and Bothe, in pref- 
erence to ἐπειὴ, the reading of Heyne and Nagelsbach. It is far 
more emphatic, and avoids, besides, the abbreviation é7eij, in the 
middle of a word. (Thiersch, G. G., § 149.)---σκιόεντα. Referring 
to mountains clothed with forests, and therefore covered with 
shade ; not mountains casting a shade around them. 

158-160. ἀλλὰ coi. Not ἀλλά σοι, since coi has the emphasis.— 
ὦ μέγ᾽ ἀναιδές. “Ὁ truly shameless man.” Literally, “ greatly 
shameless.”—éy’ ἑσπόμεθ. The verb ἕπομαι is found very frequent- 
ly, in Homer, in connection with ἅμα and μετά. In this there is 
nothing pleonastic, but it is because the primitive meaning of érw 
refers, not to any following after another, but to the being employed 
upon (ἐπί) any matter in obedience to, or under the control or influ- 
ence of another.—dé¢pa σὺ χαίρῃς. The subjunctive is frequently 
used, although the preceding verb be in past time, when the verb 
which depends upon the conjunction denotes an action which is 
continued to the present time. - (Matthie, § 518, 1.) 

τιμὴν ἀρνύμενοι. ‘“ Seeking to obtain satisfaction.” By τιμή is 
here meant a penalty, amercement, or fine, which the Trojans were 
to pay, independently of the restoration of Helen.—x«vvdra. ‘ Thou 
dog-faced:one.”’ More literally, “dog-eyed.”” The dog was with 
the ancients the type of impudence and shameless effrontery.—rév 
οὔτι μετατρέπῃ, κι τ. A. “ Which things thou not at all regardest nor 
carest for.” τῶν for ὧν. The literal force of μετατρέπεσθαι is “to 
turn one’s self toward any thing,” “ to turn one’s self and go after it.” 

161-164. καὶ δή. “ And now, forsooth,”—yor. To be construed 
with ἀπειλεῖς, not with ἀφαιρήσεσθαι. ‘Thou threatenest me, to 
my very face.”—adro¢. ‘That thou, with thine own hands,” i. e., 
that thou in person. Observe the employment of the nominative 
with the infinitive, and consult note on verse 77.— ἔπι. “ For 
which.” In later Greek, ἐφ᾽ 6.—décav dé μοι, x. τ. A. “And the 
sons of the Greeks gave (it) to me.” Commonly, but incorrectly, 
rendered, “ and (which) the sons of the Greeks gave to me.” « Cru- 
sius falls into this error, making δόσαν dé stand here for ὃ ἔδοσαν. 
The true principle is stated in the note on verse 79. 

οὐ μὲν coi ποτε, x. τ. Δ. “ Never, indeed, have I a prize equal to 
thee, whenever the Greeks may have sacked any well-inhabited 
town of the Trojans,” 1. ¢., any town of Troas. Observe here the 
employment of ἔχω in the present, in order to bring the action more 
fully before the eyes. Heyne and others, with less propriety, assign 
here to ἔχω a future signification, and make Τρώων πτολίεθρον refer 
to Troy itself—coi ἶσον. According to the usage of the earlier lan- 


144 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


guage, the personal pronoun is here employed, where we would ex- 
pect the possessive. Compare the somewhat analogous usage in 
Livy: “Supra Coclites Muciosque id facinus esse” (ii., 13); and, 
again, “ Jovis Sulisque equis equiparari dictatorem” (Υ., 23). 

165-168. ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πλεῖον, x. τ. Δ. ‘Yet the greater part of 
Ἢ harassing warfare my hands despatch; while if at any time,” ἄτα. 
More literally, “‘ my hands are busied upon.” Consult note on verse 
158.—zAciov. Supply uépoc.—coi τὸ γέρας. ‘* Unto thee (devolves) 
that prize (which is).”. Supply ἐστί with σοί.---ὀλίγον τε φίλον Te. 
‘One both small and dear,” z. ¢., small, but yet not the less dear 
on that account. Compare the explanation of Nagelsbach : ‘ Klein, 
aber nichts desto weniger lieb.” Wolf cites Od., vi., 208. δόσις 
ὀλίγη τε φίλη Te, a gift small, indeed, but yet acceptable, since one 
perceives that it is well meant.—ényy κεκάμω πολεμίζων. To be 
construed immediately after ἐγὼ δ᾽. 

169-171. viv δ' εἶμι Φθίηνδ᾽. ‘* Now, however, I will go to Phthia,” 
t. e, I will return to my home. Consult note on verse 155.—elus. 
The present indicative of this verb is used in a future sense fre- 
quently by Homer, and invariably by the Attic-writers.—érei 7. 
Consult note on verse 156.—ovdv νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν. ‘ With my ships 
of bending sterns,”’ i. e., of curved or rounded sterns. The sterns 
of ancient vessels, as may be seen in the representations that have 
come down to us, were much rounder than the prow. This round- 
ing was called κορώνη, from which is formed the adjective κορωνίς. 
Compare Hesychius: xopuvidec. καμπυλόπρυμνοι νᾶες. Consult, 
also, Képpen, ad loc. 

οὐδὲ σ᾽ οἴω, κι τ. A. “ΝΟΥ do I think that I, being (thus) unhon- 
‘ored, will obtain abundance and wealth here for thee.’’ There is 
considerable doubt respecting the true sense of this passage. Ey- 
ery thing depends on the question whether the oz in σοί can be 
elided by apostrophe, since, if the answer be in the affirmative, the 
translation which we have given will be correct ; whereas, if σ᾽ is to 
be taken for σέ, ἀφύξειν must be referred to Agamemnon, and ἄτιμος 
ἐών taken either as a nominative absolute, or else in close connec- 
tion with ἐγώ, the nominative (not expressed) to ὀΐω. The weight 
of authority seems to be in favor of making o’ here to be apostro- 
phized from coi, while Bentley and others propose, as a sort of mid- 
dle course, to read σοὶ οἴω. (Consult Lobeck ad Soph., Ajac., 191 ; 
Buttmann, Ausf. Spr., ὁ 30, 6; Heyne ad 1]., vol. vii., p. 401; 
Spitzner, Excurs., xiii., ad Hom., Il., § 3, p. xxxix; Kishner, G. G., 
§ 33, 3.) 

ἄφενος. This word, according to Buttmann (Lezil., s. v.), implies 


-ὦ ὁ φῖαι - 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 145 


nothing more than the simple idea of the wealth and abundance in 
which a person is living. Its adjective is ἀφνειός.---ἀφύξειν. The 
primitive meaning of ἀφύσσω is “to draw,” “to draw from a larger 
into a smaller receptacle ;”’ hence “to obtain,”’ “ to acquire general- 
ly.” If the form ἀφύξεσθαι had been employed, this would have 
been an argument in favor of σ᾽ for σέ, and would have referred to 
Agamemnon ; whereas ἀφύξειν indicates acquiring or obtaining for 
another, not for one’s self, and must relate to Achilles. 

173-175. φεῦγε μάλ᾽, κι τ. Δ. “ Desert by all means, if thy spirit 
has been incited (to that course) for thee,” 2. e., if thy spirit has 
prompted thee to such a course. Observe here the peculiar force 
of φεῦγε, and the contemptuous idea connected with it.—aa’. Na- 
gelsbach makes μάλα equivalent here to καὲ λέην, and explains it by 
“ so sehr du magst,” t. e., “ by all the means in thy power.”—éywye. 
“T, for my part.”—zxdp’ ἔμοιγε καὶ ἄλλοι, x. τ. Δ. “ For me, indeed, 
there are even others present, who will probably honor me.” Ob- 
serve that here πάρ’ is for πάρεεσε, as Wolf maintains, and as we 
have indicated by the accent. Heyne reads zap’ ἔμοιγε, making 
map’ the preposition, or, Homerically speaking, the adverb, and un- 
derstanding, of course, eict. But an ellipsis here is at variance 
with the strong idea intended to be conveyed.—éuorye. Observe 
here the force of ye, ‘‘ for a man such as I am,” “for a man of my 
rank in the host.”—«e τιμήσουσι. The particle κέ or κέν (the prose 
ἄν), when joined with the future indicative, designates as only prob- 
able that which the future alone would declare decidedly to be about 
to happen. In the present instance, however, this expression of 
probability subserves the purposes of irony. Agamemnon says, 
“There are others, 1 think, who will honor me,” when he knows 
very well that they will certainly do so. 

176-177. ἔχθιστος δέ wot ἐσσι. Not opposed to ἄλλοι in verse 174, 
but a continuation of the thought expressed in οὐδέ σ᾽ ἔγωγε λίσσο- 
μαι.--- Διοτρεφέων. This epithet designates monarchs as peculiar 
objects of care unto Jove, and calls in a religious feeling to strength- 
en their political power.—épi¢ re φίλη. Observe that ἔρις is here 
placed first, in order to show that Achilles was fonder of wrangling 
than even of warfare. This, of course, is intended as a bitter sar- 
casm. 

178-181. εἰ. “Even if.’—ede που cot τόγ᾽ ἔδωκεν. “Some 
deity, I think, gave thee this.” The particle ποὺ is here equiva- 
lent to the prose δήπου, or the Latin opinor.—oje. For oaic.—Mup- 
μιδόνεσσιν ἄνασσε. ‘“ Keep ruling over thy Myrmidons,” i. e., keep 
tuling over thy own immediate subjects, for they alone are worthy 

N 


146 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


of having such a prince. Do not think to rule over us here.-—Ob- 
serve the employment of the dative here to denote continuance. 
The Myrmidons were a Thessalian tribe, on the southern borders 
of that country. 

σέθεν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀλεγίζω, x. τ. Δ. “ Thee, indeed, I regard not, 
nor care for, though angry.’ The verb ὄθομαι, according to Butt- 
mann, has for its radical idea that of shyness or timidity. (Lezil., 
vol. i., p. 270.)-—detAjow dé. The particle δέ has here the mean- 
ing of “still, however.” 

182-187. ὡς. “ Since.”—odv νηΐ τ᾽ ἐμῇ, κι τ. Δ. “ With both my 
own ship and my own companions,” z.¢., in both my own ship.— 
ἑτάροισιν. His more immediate followers are meant. —éyo dé 
κ᾽ ἄγω, κι τ. 2. “ But I, having gone myself to thy tent, will in 
all probability lead away the fair-cheeked Briseis, that prize of 
thine,” 1. 6., thy own reward. Observe here the difference between 
πέμψω and κ᾽ ἄγω. The former denotes something that will cer- 
tainly take place; the latter, something that will probably be done. 
—Bpicnida. We have followed custom in calling this female Bri- 
seis. The true meaning of the term, however, is ‘‘ the daughter of 
Brises.” Her real name was Hippodameia, and she was made cap- 
tive by Achilles at the sack of Lyrnessus. (Compare book ii., 689; 
Tzetzes ad Lycophr.. 299.) 

orvyén. “May dread.” Literally, “‘may hate.” Compare the 
remark of Heyne: “ Est autem orvyeiv, hoc loco, simpliciter vereri. 
Apollon., Lex., ἐπὶ τοῦ φοθεῖσθαι.""--ἶσον ἐμοὶ φάσθαι, x. τ. Δ. To 
‘call himself equal to me, and to liken himself openly unto me.” 
Some give a different turn to the first part of this clause, making it 
refer to the claiming of equal freedom of speech with Agamemnon 
(ἐξ ἴσης ἐμοὶ λέγειν. Bekker, Paraphr.). The explanation, however, 
which we have adopted is far simpler, and is also more in unison 
with what follows. Compare the following, as given by one of the 
scholiasts: φάσθαι ἑαυτὸν εἶναι ἶσον ἐμοί.---ὁμοιωθήμεναι. The passive 
with a middle signification.—dvryv. More literally, ‘to my (very) 
face.” 

188-192. ἄχος yéver’. “Indignant grief arose.”"—év. dé ob ἥτορ, 
κι τ. A. “And his heart within, in his hairy bosom, meditated in 
two ways,” 1. ¢., between two courses. Observe the adverbial force 
of ἐν.---στήθεσσι λασίοισι. A hairy breast is here, as with us, the 
sign of manhood, and of the full development of physical powers.— 
ἢ dye. ‘ Whether he.” A beautiful use of γέ with the demonstra- 
tive. The heart, within the bosom of the hero, deliberates whether 
this one, namely, the hero to whom that heart belonged, should 


ingle ph. 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 147 


pursue this course or that. Hence, in such cases, where a kind of 
recapitulating power is assigned to the pronoun and particle in com- 
bination, the form ὅγε has somewhat of the force of αὐτός. 

τοὺς μὲν ἀναστήσειεν. “ Should make these, indeed, rise up (from 
their seats),” i. ¢., should drive them from their seats. By τούς are 
meant the assembled princes and leaders of the host, and the demon- 
strative becomes, with reference to these, beautifully graphic.—o δ΄. 
* And whether he.” The form ὁ δ᾽, which seems at first super- 
fluous after dye, is nevertheless required here as a necessary oppo- 
sition to τοὺς μέν.---ἠὲ χόλον παύσειεν, k. τ. Δ. “ Or whether he 
should even cause his wrath to cease, and restrain his feelings.’’ 
Observe the force of the active voice in zatceev. The middle 
would be, “ should cause himself to cease,” i. ¢., should cease. 

193-196. ἕως dye ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε, κι τ. A. ‘ While he was deliber- 
ating upon these things in his mind and in his soul, and was draw- 
ing,” ἄς. “We have adopted here the reading proposed by Bentley 
(ἕως ὅγε to be pronounced ὡς dye), as both simple in its character, 
and in accordance with the Homeric idiom. The common text has 
ἕως ὁ, making an amphibrach. In order to avoid such a foot as this 
in dactylic measure, Clarke supposes that ἕως ὁ is to be pronounced 
rapidly, as if forming Gow, or ὥσεο. Heyne, on the other hand, 
thinks that the pronunciation ought to be ἕως ὁτταῦθ᾽, doubling the 
initial letter of the succeeding word. Knight deduces ἕως from the 
ancient digammated form £Foc, and contends that the first syllable 
is sometimes long and sometimes short. Hermann is of opinion 
that, in such cases as the present, we must read εἴος, an earlier form 
for εἴως, Homer having preferred εἴως with its final syllable shorten- 
ed, to the ordinary ἕως. (Elem. Doctr. Metr., i., 10, p. 58.) Thiersch 
coincides in this view of the subject. (G. G., p. 221.) Spitzner 
endeavors to explain the difficulty on the principle of accentuation 
(De Vers. τας. Heroic., p. 82), while Wolf ranks all such anomalies 
under the head of “‘lectiones tolerabiles” (Pref. ad Hom. Nov. Ed., 
p. iv.) Williams, again, the author of a treatise on the Versifica- 
tion of Homer, adopts Bentley’s reading, as we have done, and 
makes this passage one of the sources of argument in favor of his 
“Theory of the Particles’ in Homer. (Versif. of Homer, p. 12, 
δεῃῇ.) 

ὥρμαινε. The verb ὁρμαίνω, according to Buttmann, always oc- 
curs with the idea of reflection, of deliberating what to do; but 
generally, as might be expected from the stem or root ὁρμᾶν, ac- 
companied by a quickness or warmth of feeling. (Lezil., vol. ii., p. 
V.)—xard φρένα καὶ κατὰ ϑυμόν. Compare the explanation of the 


148 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


scholiast : φρένα (δηλοῖ) τὸν λογισμόν, ϑυμὸν δὲ τὸ ϑυμικόν.---ἔλκετο. 
A beautiful use of the imperfect, the prolonged action, which it ex- 
presses, denoting the calming influence of reflection as it steals 
over and soothes an excited spirit. This same idea, indeed, appears 
to be allegorized (if we may talk of allegories in Homer) by the de- 
scent of Minerva. 

ἦλθε S ᾿Αθήνη. “That instant, then, came Minerva.’ Observe 
the use of the aorist in denoting instantaneous action, and also the 
force of the particle δέ (‘‘ then,” “thereupon”).—zpo ἧκε. “Sent 
her forth.” Observe the adverbial force of πρό, and compare note 
on verse 3, and also on verse 25.—xydouévy te. There ought to be 
no comma before this clause. Such a stop is erroneously placed 
there by those who make κηδομένη govern a genitive (ἀμφοῖν or 
αὐτῶν) understood. But verbs of caring are not unfrequently join- 
ed with the accusative as transitives, and κηδομένη, therefore, refers 
back to ἄμφω along with φιλέουσα. (Bernhardy, Wiss. Synt., p. 176; 
Kithner, § 533, 1.) 

197-198. στῇ δ᾽. “She took her station thereupon.’? Minerva’s 
descent from the skies, and her entering the tent and taking her 
station behind Achilles, are instantaneous acts.—fav6ijc κόμης. “ By 
a lock of his auburn hair.” Observe the employment of the genitive 
as indicating a part. The accusative Πηλείωνα, on the other hand, 
shows that the whole man was brought under the influence of the 
goddess, and his whole attention aroused.—oiw. ‘To him alone.” 
-- τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων. The particle dé is here equivalent to γάρ, and 
φαινομένη should, therefore, have a comma, not a colon after it.— 
ὁρᾶτο. ‘Saw her.’’ Homer always uses the middie of ὁράω in an 
active signification. 

199-201. μετὰ δ᾽ ἐτράπετ᾽. “ And turned around.” More literal- 
ly, “ turned himself after,” (7. ¢., in the direction of) the one who 
was grasping his hair from behind.—éyvw. “ He recognized.”— 
dewe δέ οἱ dace φάανθεν. ‘* Dreadful, thereupon, did her eyes ap- 
pear to him,” i. eg fearfully shone the eyes of the goddess. The 
ancients assigned to Minerva a bright, piercing, brilliant eye, of a 
light bluish-gray color, as indicated bythe epithet yAavxOmic.—éoce. . 
Supply αὐτῆς. The reference is to the eyes of Minerva, not to those 
of Achilles. Compare, as regards the bright-glowing eyes here as- 
signed to the goddess, the language of Virgil (4in., v. 647) : * divini 
signa decoris, Ardentesque nolate oculos."—tnea πτερόεντα. “ Winged 
words.” The epithet πτερόεντα carries with it not only the idea of 
swiftness, but also that of flying forth from the lips.—n.v προςηύδα. 
“He addressed unto her.” Observe that zpogyida has here two. 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 149 


accusatives depending upon it, namely, μὲν and ἔπεα. The former 
of these connects it closely with the adverbial πρός. 

202-203. τίπτ᾽ air’. “ Why, then, again?’’ τίπτ᾽ is here for τέ 
ποτε, and answers to the Latin guid tandem, “ why, then,” ‘* why, 
pray.” ‘The particle αὖτε implies some previous visit on the part of 
the goddess, probably in some previous moment of excitement on 
the part of Achilles.—réxoc. “ Offspring,” i. e., daughter.—7 ἵνα 
ἴδῃ. "15 it that thou mayest see ?”’ 7. ¢., mayest be a witness unto. 
As regards the interrogative force of 7, consult note on verse 133. 

204-205. ἀλλ᾽ Ex τοι ἐρέω. “ But I will declare to thee openly.” 
Observe here the force of ἀλλά. It is the same as saying, Grossly 
indeed has he insulted me, but dearly shall he pay for it.—éx. Ob- 
serve the adverbial force of this word. As before remarked, there 
is ne tmesis here; and yet ἐξερέω occurs in book viii., 286.—épéw. 
The future, from the present εἔρω, which, in the sense of ‘I say,” is 
epic.—ro δὲ καὶ τελέεσθαι ὀΐω. “" And I think that this (which I am 
going to declare) will even be accomplished.”” Observe the demon- 
strative force of τό.---τ-ελέεσθαι. This form of the future occurs 
also elsewhere, as in book ii., 36, 156, and especially in the Odyssey 
(i., 201; iii., 226; iv., 664, &e.). The common text has τετελέσθαι, 
which Heyne, Wolf, and others very properly reject, following in 
this the authority of Aristarchus. The objection to τετελέσθαι is, 
that it is not common with Homer to use the perfect for the future. 
The only way of saving τετελέσθαι (and this, too, is a very doubtful 
process) is, as Heyne remarks, to deduce it from τετέλομαι as a 
present, changing the place of the accent to the antepenult. 

ἧς ὑπεροπλίῃσι τάχ᾽ ἄν, x. τ. Δ. “By his acts of arrogance shall 
he at some early period or other, in all probability, lose his life.” 
Observe the combined force of the particles τάχα and ποτέ, the for- 
mer implying that a thing will soon take place, while the latter shows 
that the particular time is uncertain. Observe also the force of ἄν 
With the subjunctive, denoting something uncertain, indeed, but high- 
ly probable-—imeporAino:. The idea of arrogance lies at the basis of 
this word, as is shown by Buttmann (Lezil., vol. ii., p. 215). The 
plural is employed here, moreover, with reference to various pre- 
ceding acts of arrogance on the part of Agamemnon, all which go to 
form the general character of ὑπεροπλία, as expressed by the sin- 
gular. (Consult Roth, Excurs. ad Tac. Agric., p. 112; and Nagels- 
bach, Excurs., xx., “ Die Metonymischen Plurale.”) 

206-208. τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε. “Him, then, in turn.”—ded γλαυκῶπις. 
“The bright-eyed goddess.” The epithet γλαυκῶπις indicates prop- 
erly an eye of a bluish-gray like that of the cat ortheowl. The com- 


N2 


159 ; NOTES TO BUOK I. 


mon translation, however, of ‘blue-eyed’ does not convey its 
meaning with sufficient clearness, since it does not express the as- 
sociate idea of brightness. The eye assigned to the goddess of wis- 
dom among the Greeks was one of a bluish-gray, bright and piercing, 
the gray colour preponderating over the blue. Compare the remarks 
of Donaldson on the adjective γλαυκός. (New Cratylus, p. 559.) 


ἦλθον ἐγὼ. ‘I have come this instant,” Observe here the force 
of the aorist in denoting instantaneous action ; and also the emphatic 
employment of the personal pronoun.—zavaovea τὸ σὸν μένος. “To 
cause this excitement of thine to cease.” Consult note on verse 
192.—ai xe πίθηαι. “1, perchance, thou wilt obey (me).” More lit- 
erally, ‘‘ wilt persuade thyself (to follow my directions).” Observe 
the employment of ai for εἰ, implying a wish, on the part of the god- 
dess, that Achilles would listen to her monitions. Consult note on 
verse 66.—otpavéev. The position of this word in the sentence is 
worth noting. It is brought in last, in order to add full force, to- 
gether with the accompanying gesture, to all that precedes. 

210-211. μηδὲ ἕλκεο. “Nor be drawing.”—yerpi. Not a mere 
poetic appendage, as Wolf explains it, but uttered, as the gramma- 
rians term it, δεικτικῶς, that is, Minerva points, while using the 
word, to the hand of Achilles, as it still rests on the hilt of his sword. 
--ὠἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι ἔπεσιν μὲν ὀνείδισον, x. τ. Δ. * But yet reproach him in 
words just as it shall be,” 7. ¢., just as they shall happen to occur to 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 151 


thee. The particle ἤτοι is here employed to indicate concession. 
(Nagelsbach, Excurs., ii, § 13.) 

212-214. ἐξερέω. ‘* Will declare openly.’’ Compare, with regard 
to this verb, and also the expression τὸ dé, following immediately 
after, the note on verse 204.—xai τετελεσμένον ἔσται. “ Shall even 
be accomplished.” Minerva speaks here like a deity, but Achilles, 
in verse 204, like a mere mortal, who only expresses his opinion as 
to the future.—«xai ποτέ τοι, x. τ. A. ‘* Hereafter, even thrice so 
many splendid gifts shall be present unto thee,” i. ¢., shall be pre- 
sented unto thee. Alluding to the future reconciliation of the two 
chieftains.—icyeo. ‘Restrain thyself.”—juiv. Referring to her- 
self and Juno. ‘ 

216-218. χρὴ μὲν σφωΐτερύν ye, x. τ. Δ. “It behooves me, O god- 
dess, to observe the mandate of you two in particular,” i. e., of you 
two at least, if of no other of the gods. The allusion here is to pre- 
vious acts of favor shown toward him by these two deities, to whom, 
of course, he ought to be particularly grateful and obedient.—c¢ui- 
τερον. Formed from the dual σφῶξ, and therefore possessing a dual 
force. The old grammarians took σφωΐἕτερον, by a strange kind of 
enallage, as equivalent merely to reév, and referring to Minerva 
alone! (Etym. Mag., 8. v.) Buttmann thinks that the poet (or re- 
citer, as he terms him) intentionally chose this form, which the ear 
so seldom met with, in order to make it at once perceptible that 
Achilles intended only the two goddesses, who were in this case the 
sole agents ; although afterward (v. 218), by avery natural transition 
to a more general mode of expression, he speaks of all the deities 
collectively. (Lezil., vol. i., p. 52.) 

εἰρύσσασθαι. The primitive meaning of ἐρύειν is “to draw;” in 
the middle voice, “to draw to one’s self,” “to draw for one’s self,” 
&ce. It is thus applied, in its middle signification, to the drawing of a 
dead body, in battle, toward one’s self, to get it into a place of safety, 
whether it be the body of a friend or a foe. From this idea of drag- 
ging from amid a crowd of enemies comes the general idea of “ to 
save,” whence arises the collateral meaning of “ to keep,” “to ob- 
serve,” “to watch” that which has thus been dragged away ; and 
hence we have the more general idea of “to observe, keep, or 
obey,” on any occasion.—{ Butimann, Lezil., 5. Ὁ.) 

καὶ μάλα περ, x. τ. Δ. “Even though greatly incensed in soul,” 
i. €., however much incensed.—dc. For οὕτως.---ἄμεινον. Supply 
éori.—i¢ xe. “ Whosoever.”—yada τ’ ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ. “Him very 
readily are they even accustomed to hear.”’’ Observe the force of 
the aorist in ἔκλυον, denoting what is accustomed to take place. 


152 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


The particular import οὔτε, on the other hand, will best appear from 
a paraphrase: “In proportion as a man obeys the gods, in that same 
proportion are they wont to listen tohis prayers.’’ (Hartung, vol. i., 
p. 58, 69.)—airod. This pronoun carries with it here a peculiar 
force. The construction forms a kind of parataxis, for which in the 
later language we would have τούτου μάλα τ᾽ ἔκλυον. 

219-222. 7. For ἔφη.----ἐπ᾽ ἀργυρέῃ κώπῃ. ‘On his silver ἈΠΕ, 
ἃ. €., his silver-decked hilt. The epithet ἀργυρέῃ has here the same 
force as ἀργυροήλῳ, “adorned with silver studs.”—oyé@e. ‘“* He 
checked.”—doe. ‘He drove.’-—fidore. The early Greek sword 
had generally a straight, two-edged blade (ἄμφηκες, Il., x., 256), 
rather broad, and nearly of equal width from hilt to point.—7 δ᾽ 
Οὔλυμπόνδε βεθήκει. ‘That goddess, however, had gone unto 
Olympus.”’ Observe here the beautiful use of the pluperfect in de- 
noting rapidity of action. Achilles drove back his weapon into its 
sheath, and the goddess that same instant had gone to the skies. 

μετὰ δαίμονας ἄλλους. “Τὸ the midst of the other deities.” More 
literally, “among.” Observe that in this passage the “terminus ad 
quem” is indicated in three different ways : unto Olympus, and when 
she has come there, znto the palace of Jove, and then into the midst 
of the other deities —The ancient critics raise a difficulty here. 
How, they ask, can Minerva be said to have either come from the 
skies, or to have gone back to the same and to the society of the 
other deities, when in verse 423 it is stated that Jupiter had, on the 
previous day, gone with al} the gods into Zthiopia? To this some 
of them reply, that either all the deities of Olympus did not accom- 
pany Jupiter on this occasion, or else that the gods alone went, and 
that the goddesses were left behind! Voss, however, takes a much 
more reasonable view of the matter. According to this scholar, 
several days were occupied in sending the ship to Chrysa ¢v. 308), 
in purifying the army (v. 313), and in offering up the heeatomb (¥. 
315). It is after this that Achilles is deprived of Briseis (ν. 318), 
and then has the interview with his mother, who informs him that 
the gods had gone to Athiopia on the previous day. (Voss, Anm., 
p. 7.) 

223-224. ἐξαῦτις. “Again anew.”—draprnpoi¢ ἐπέεσσιν. “In 
injurious words,” 7. e., grossly personal and offensive. The scholi- 
ast explains the epithet by βλαθεροῖς, χαλεποὶς.---λῆγε χόλοιο. Achil- 
les obeys Minerva, in ceasing from open strife and collision (ἔριδος, 
but he still goes on giving vent to his angry feelings. 

225-228. olvobapéc. “Man heavy with wine,” 7. e., drankard. 
This epithet refers here more to the habit of intoxication than its 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 153 


influence at the moment. Observe in the language of Achilles a 
picture of the rude manners of a semi-barbarous age. Freedom of 
speech is ever characteristic of such a state of society, and Plato, 
therefore, was wrong in blaming the poet for the employment of such 
language as we find in the text. He ought to have praised him 
rather for his close adherence to nature. (Plat., Repub., iii., p. 390, 
A.) Equally unnecessary, moreover, was the rejection of the whole 
passage, down to verse 233, by the grammarian Zenodotus. His 
object appears to have been to shield the poet against the attack 
made upon him by the philosopher. 

κυνὸς ὄμματ᾽ ἔχων, x. τ. Δ. “Having the eyes of a dog, but the 
heart of a stag,” i. ¢., impudent in visage, but a coward at heart. 
The dog, as already remarked, was a type among the ancients of 
impudence and effrontery. Compare verse 159.—otre ποτ᾿. * Nei- 
ther at any time.”—é¢ πόλεμον ϑωρηχθῆναι. ‘To arm thyself for 
war.” The passive in a middle sense.—Adéyovd’. “To an ambus- 
cade.” — τέτληκας ϑυμῷ. “Hast thou dared in soul.” Observe 
the continued action implied by the perfect. The verb τλῆναι, in 
such constructions as the present, refers to the taking upon one’s 
self what is beyond one’s powers, or contrary to one’s nature. Lit- 
erally, “hast thou endured in soul.”—r6 dé τοι, x. τ. A. “For this 
appears to thee to be death,” i. ¢., very death, death itself. Κῆρ is 
here equivalent to ϑάνατος. 

229-232. 7. “In very truth.”—Adiov. Tronical.—xara στρατὸν 
εὐρὺν. ‘Throughout the wide army.”—ddp’ ἀποαιρεῖσθαι. “To 
take away unto thyself the gifts (of that one),” ἢ. ¢., to appropriate 
unto thyself. Observe the force of the middle.—éc¢ri¢ εἴπῃ. In 
prose ὅςτις ἂν εἴπῃ.--- σέθεν ἀντίον. “In opposition to thee.” 

δημοδόρος βασιλεύς. “Thou art a people-devouring king,” 7. ¢., a 
king that lives on, or wastes the property of his people. It is better 
to supply εἰ here, with Eustathius, than to make this a species of 
exclamation in the nominative, as is done by Nagelsbach.—éret 
οὐτιδανοῖσιν ἀνάσσεις. ‘ Since thou reignest over men of no worth.” 
The particle ἐπεί serves here to explain what immediately precedes. 
‘Thou devourest the substance of thy people, because they are too 
spiritless to resist thee.—7 γὰρ ἂν, Arpeidn, x. τ. Δ. “For in very 
truth (were this not so), thou wouldst now, for the last time, have 
been insolent.” In order to complete the sentence, we may supply, 
after 7 yap, with Eustathius, εἰ μὴ οὐτιδανοὶ ἧσαν οἷς ἀνάσσεις. 
_Achilles means that if the Greeks were not so spiritless, they would 
soon put a stop to the rapacity of their king. The main idea with 
“the speaker is the insult which he has received, and he therefore 


154 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


alludes at once to this, without expressing the collateral idea, “ if 
this were so.” 

233-236. ἀλλ᾽ ἔκ τοι épéw. Consult note on verse 204.—ém?. “In 
addition.” Anadverb. Consult note on verse 25.—vai μὰ. “Yes! 
by.”—cxgjrrpov. Consult note on verse 15.—rd. For ὅ.---φύσει. 
“* Will produce.” The meaning of the oath is this: as surely as this 
sceptre shall never again put forth leaves and branches, so surely 
shall the absence of Achilles from the battle-field be keenly felt by 
the Greeks.—irewd7 πρῶτα. “Since first.”—roujv. “The trunk,” 
i. €., its parent trunk.—zepi γὰρ, x.t. a.‘ For round about, in very 
truth, has the brass lopped it of both Jeaves and bark.’’ Observe 
that περί is here merely adverbial. Observe, also, that the verb 
ἔλεψεν takes here a double accusative, one of the whole (é), and 
another of individual parts (φύλλα τε καὶ φλοιόν). When, in addition 
to the whole object, which receives the operation of the verb, partic- 
ular specification is also made of a part, in which this operation | is 
immediately and principally shown, both the whole and part stand, 
as proximate objects, in the accusative. (Rost, G. G., ὁ 104, 6.) 
This construction is called by the grammarians σχῆμα καθ᾽ ὅλον καὶ 
pépoc.—é. This pronoun stands here as a neuter, for αὐτό, referring 
to σκῆπτρον. Homer and Herodotus frequently use it, in all three 
genders, for the corresponding parts of αὐτός. (Matthie., § 147.) 

237-239. viv adré μιν. ‘ Now, onthe contrary, it.’ The particle 
aire here denotes an opposition to its former state, when it flourish- 
ed as a branch of the parent tree. Observe that μέν is for abré.— 
δικασπόλοι. The sceptre which Achilles here holds is not his own, 
but a herald’s sceptre or staff, which the chieftain had taken into his 
hands when arising to speak. Whoever rose to speak in the gen- 
eral assembly of the host, received a sceptre or staff from one of 
the heralds, which he held in hand while delivering his sentiments. 
(11., 18, 505; 23, 566; Od., 2, 38.) Not every one, however, was 
allowed to speak in assembly, but only a particular class; and as 
these privileged individuals also acted on other occasions as “ dis- 
pensers of justice’’ (δικασπόλοι), Achilles here designated them by 
that particular name, to show that they formed a particular class. 

oite ϑέμιστας, x. τ. A. “ And who watch over the laws (received 
by them) from Jove.” All human laws, according to the poet, come 
from Jove, the great source and fountain-head of justice, and kings 
and rulers receive these from him to watch over and defend. Ob- 
serve, therefore, the force of πρός here with the genitive, and com- 
pare the following passage of Plutarch, where the same explanation 
is given to the present text: καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς "Ὅμηρός φησιν οὐχ 


ia i νων μ ϑμννιι........... 


“τ 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 155 


ἑλεπόλεις οὐδὲ ναῦς χαλκήρεις, ἀλλὰ ϑέμιστας παρὰ τοῦ Διὸς Aauba-— 


νοντας ῥύεσθαι καὶ φυλάσσειν. (Vit. Demetr., 42.)—oire. Literally, 
«even who.’ Observe the force of re in showing the relation of 
the latter clause to the one that goes before : as they are δικασπόλοι, 
even so do they watch over, &c.—6d8. “ And this.” —éyaco: ¢ Great 
in its consequences,” ὃ. ¢., fraught with serious vacate to 
Agamemnon. epotsiw 729 
240-244. ἡ ποτ΄. “ Assuredly hereafter,’?z.:ci, doudads aipon it, at 
some future day.—AycAAjoc ποθὴ. 1 A-desire.for Achilles,?%.e.; 
regret for the absence of the warrior! fromthe battle-field»> Gom- 
pare the Latin desigerium. .. Homer uses’ the: feminine: fornym67 
much more frequently than) the, masculines πόθος. ἀχνύμενός ὑπέρ 
“Though deeply troubled: (thereat).nset7 dv.io/For ὅτ᾽: dite! 
Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφύνοίο ϑφήσκοντες. "- “ Dying beneath jthe band of the 
ape ompR Vera δ᾽ ἔνδοθι ϑυμὰν. ἀμύξεις: And tho 
in thee; shalt, tear thy soul,” t¢:, and thy) bosomoshathbe torn 
be keen, remorse. » Observe that. évdoGqis here equivalent ϑοισῃμάθς 
---κωύμενος,:."" Ἐηταροά. at thine own self."orso% ὙΠ ππτ πο 9 
245-249. ποτὲς Ret mpdg.—xpuceiose ἥλοισι πεπαρμένον. . * Piereed 
through ‘and; through with; golden, Π4}15,᾽ ἐς ¢.; adornéd , with golden; 
studs. The heads of the nails formed the-studs.égsto δ᾽ αὐτός." 
The pronoun. is bere introduced: to mark an opposition, between the 
ΒΑΡΆΘΒ. of, the hero, and the,act; just; performed «by: him.—érépuder 
wah “: Kept. raging.on the other. side.” «Observe the force of the; 
imperfect, —Aryi¢ Πυλίων ἀγορητής. ‘The -clear-toned speaker of, 
the. Pylians.”,, By the -Pylians| are meant the subjects of Nestor, 
who, was), King-of Pylos, inthe Peloponnesus..; The) epithet-Aijig: 
refers, here te the,clear and, silver tones:of.age.:'! Among a-people: 
__ like the Greeks, a clear and harmonious enunciation would, forny, of 
course; one of the most important; reqnisitesof. a,public’ speaker. 
To,this; however, was joined, in: acticatadt etna eeeeen eer 
of a lengthened. life. ebor on} Is) ova of bi ΟἿ escovill insia 
ἡτοῦ καὶ; ἀπὸ:γλώφσης; Ki τ᾿ der =tSdeiepaltschigedn paar also: piles 
speech, sweeter than honey.”..Observe that) rod.is:here for-ob iolf 
we place a fuller,stop after ἀγορητής, then τοῦ: will Β6 (ΟΥ̓ τούτοδς but: 
this appears harsh,on account.of the:presence of τῷ ΤῸ τούτῳ in the’ 
line that follows.—xai. «This: parti¢le must not:be joined with μέλε-. 
τος, θυ refers, back ito ἡδυεπής, and 15 intended -to introduce a still: 
farther explanation ‘of that, epithet.—avdy. Referring not’ soe much: 
to.the subject-matter of what he, said, as to his;voiee and. its varied! 
intonations:,, These came,.as: the poet-remarks,, mpc in to; 
thegan shan heneysi is, wont to.come to the tongue. τ. 0 τον oi ὁπ 85 


33! nl 


a 


Ὅν" 


156 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


250-252. τῷ δ᾽ ἤδη. “Unto this one already,” i. ¢., during his 
lifetime. A peculiar usage of the dative, indicating, in fact, the 
period during which an action is represented to have been going on. 
(Compare Bernhardy, Wiss. Synt., p. 79.).--μερόπων ἀνθρώπων. “ΟΥ̓ 
articulate-speaking men.” The term μέροψ distinguishes man 
from the inferior class of creatures. The latter merely utter inar- 
ticulate cries; whereas the human voice breaks up and divides off 
its sounds, so as to form syllables and words.—é¢@ia?. “ Had 
passed away.” More literally, “shad been destroyed,” or ‘ had 
perished,”’ ἡ. e., had fulfilled their allotted time on earth. 

τράφεν ἠδ᾽ ἐγένοντο. ‘ Had been reared, amd had lived.” Na- 
gelsbach regards this as a Hysteron-proteron, for ‘had lived and 
been reared.”’ Not so, by any means. The poet refers to the two 
generations individually. The first of these had been nurtured along 
with Nestor, and reared with him to manhood. The second came 
into being about thirty years after his birth, and lived with him as ἃ 
younger generation. And now he was reigning among a third. 
’ Reckoning thirty years, or thereabout, for a generation, Nestor 
would be over sixty years of age at the commencement of the Tro- 
jan war.—yera τριτάτοισιν. ‘Among the men of a third.” For 
the more prosaic μετὰ τριτάτῃ, scil. γενεᾷ. 

Πύλῳ. There were three places named Pylos, in the Peloponne- 
sus, all of which contended for the honor of having been the birth- 
place of Nestor. One was situate about eighty stadia to the east 
of the city of Elis ; a second was situate in the Triphylian district 
of the country of Elis; while the third was on the western coast 
of Messenia, opposite the island of Sphacteria. The second of these 
appears to have the best argument in its favor, and is so regarded 
by Strabo. 

253-258. ὅ σφιν éddpovéwr, x. τ. Δ. Repeated from verse 73.—2 
πόποι. ‘Oye gods.” We have here a very early term. The an- 
cient Dryopes are said to have called the gods πόποι, which, when 
we examine it etymologically, appears to mean nothing more than 
“ fathers.” Compare the forms πάπας, παπαῖ, papa, &c., and con- 
sult Pott., Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 193.--7. “In very truth.”— 
᾿Αχαιΐδα γαῖαν ἱκάνει. ‘Is coming unto the Grecian land.”—«xev 
γηθήσαι. ‘ Would be delighted.”—yéya κεν κεχαροίατο. “ Would 
greatly exult.”—ei σφῶϊν τάδε πάντα, x. τ. Δ. “If they should learn 
all these things of you two contending together,” %. ¢., if they should 
hear of your contending in this way. Homer says πεύθεσθαΐ τι, 
and πεύθεσθαί τινος ποιοῦντος, i. €., ὅτι ποιεῖ. In the present pas- 
sage he has blended these two constructions together, so that σφῶϊν 


Obi lis Wii | 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 157 


depends on τάδε πάντα, and μαρναμένοιιν is to be resolved, in a free 
translation, into ὅτε, &c. 

of περὶ μὲν βουλῇ, x. τ. A. “ (You), who are superior to the rest 
of the Greeks in counsel, and are superior (to them) in fight,” 1. e., 
superior as senators in counsel, and as warriors in the field. We 
must. be careful not to regard βουλή here as equivalent merely to 
νοῦς or φρήν, intelligence or mental power.—yéyeofa:. The infini- 
tive is here employed as a kind of noun. Scheffer cites a similar 
instance in prose, where the infinitive occurs without an article as 
a substantive: ἀποτρέψαι τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιτίθεσθαι τῇ Λιθύῃ. (Diod. 
Sic., xx., 68.—Scheff. ad Plut., vol. i., p. 183, v. 35.) 

259-262. ἄμφω dé. The particle dé is here equivalent to yép.— 
ἤδη ποτ΄. “Many a time before this.” Compare Stadelmann : 
« Schon manchmal.”’—éxep ὑμῖν. ‘Than even you.” This is the 
reading of the grammarian Zenodotus, which Aristarchus rejected, 
because, in his opinion, derogatory to Achilles, and for which he 
substituted ἡμῖν, a lection in which he is followed by Spitzner, Na- 
gelsbach, and others. We have retained ὑμῖν, however, with 
Heyne, as the more spirited reading, and more in accordance with 
what follows.—Observe that ἠέπερ is much stronger than the sim- 
ple ἡ, and implies that Achilles and Agamemnon are also distin- 
guished for valour ; as if we were to say, “than you, brave though 
(περ) you undoubtedly both are.” (Kiihner, § 747, 4.) Observe, also, 
that we have the dative ὑμῖν, not the nominative ὑμεῖς. The reason 
of this is as follows: ἠέπερ ὑμῖν is the same as ἠέπερ ὑμῖν ὁμιλῶ ; 
but as this is not in accordance with the English idiom, we are com- 
pelled to render the clause as if the Greek had been ἠέπερ ὑμεῖς 
ἐστὲ οἷς viv 6utAd.—( Kithner, § 748, δ.) 

καὶ οὔποτε οἵγ᾽. ‘‘ And not even these ever.” The particle γέ, 
when it has, as in the present instance, the force of the Latin vel, 
combines with a preceding negative, and the two then become 
equivalent to ne guidem.—od γάρ zw. The particle γάρ here serves 
to explain more fully the previous clause, καὶ dpeioow ἠέπερ ὑμῖν.---- 
οὐδὲ ἴδωμαι. “ΝΟΥ am I likely to see,’’ i. e., nor do present appear- 
ances lead me to entertain the belief that I will again see such. 
Observe here the employment of the subjunctive to indicate likeli- 
hood or probability. The future would have been too strong, and, 
in conjunction with the negative, would have meant that he was 
never again to see such. (Rost., ὁ 119, 8.) 

263-265 Πειρίθουν. Pirithoiis was son of Ixion and Dia, and 
monarch of the Lapithe, a Thessalian race. At his nuptials with 
Hippodamia arose the famous contest between the Lapithe and 

O 


158 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


Centaurs, to which Nestor presently alludes. The other chieftains 
mentioned in the text were also Lapithe, with the single exception 
of Theseus. Polyphemus must not be confounded with the Cyclops 
of that name. He was the son of Elatus. (Compare Apollon. 
Rhod., i., 40.) —Onoéa 7’ Aiyeidnv. This line is regarded as spurious 
by Wolf, since it is wanting in most manuscripts, and is mentioned 
by no scholiast. It is supposed to have been interpolated from He- 
siod (Scut. Herc., 182) by some Athenian, who was anxious to have 
mention made of his national hero. (Miller, Homerische Vorschule, 
p. 84, seq.) 

266-270. κάρτιστοι δὴ. “The very bravest.” The particle δῆ 
has here what is termed its determinative force, and when joined 
with an adjective, as in the present instance, denotes that such 
adjective is to be taken in its fullest possible extent of meaning. 
(Hartung, vol. i., p. 280, seq.; Kithner, § 691, 692, C. ς.) --Φηρσὶν 
ὀρεσκῴοισι. ‘* With the wild race dwelling on the mountains,” ἡ. ¢., 
the Centaurs. By the term Φηρσίν (i. ¢., ϑήρσιν) are here indicated 
a wild and savage race of men, inhabiting Mount Pelion, and known 
in mythic history, by the name of Centaurs. Of the form assigned 
to them by fable, namely, half human, half that of the horse, Homer 
knew nothing. This appears to have been a later addition.—éx7d- 
γλως ἀπόλεσσαν. “In a terrific manner did they destroy them,” 
ἢ. e., did the Lapithe destroy the Centaurs. As regards the form 
ἐκπάγλως, consult note on verse 146.—-xai μὲν. “ And, as I tell 
you.”” Observe that μέν is here equivalent to μήν, which, in this 
passage, has the force of ὥσπερ λέγω.---τηλύόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης. 
“From afar, out of a distant land.” An Homeric abundance of 
terms. We must be careful not to confound the din yain οἵ Ho- 
mer with the ᾿Απία γῆ of the tragic writers. The former:means 
merely a distant land, whereas the latter denotes the'Peloponnesus. 
There is also a difference between the two terms ‘as regards quan+ 
tity. The Homeric adjective has the initial vowel short;\ whereas 
the geographical appellative, ’A7ia, has it long:' \(Butimann, Lexil., 
5. v.)—~Kadréoavro. ‘Called me unto. σιθιν τη ΒΡΗ͂Σ the re of 
the middle. nett: ΟΣ ont bast goon 

271-274. κατ᾽ ἔμ᾽ αὐτόν. “To the bestiof eater ‘Diteraily, 
“ according to myself,” is ¢., according to the strengtheT had) Com- 
pare the scholiast : κατὰ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ δύναμιν Someveoimentators 
render this differently, “ by myself, and refer? insapport: of their 
version, to κατὰ σφέαξ, in book i (366) τ The two ocdses, However, 
are by noimeans parallel -deivourr)) ἢ With’ those Warriors" \0A8 
κεῖνος ‘Or ἐκέϊνος ‘refers’ renérally to ah’ object more ‘or less distant, 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 159 


we may see in its use here a reference to those who are now dead 
and gone; in other words, to the men of an earlier and more pow- 
erful day.—rov. For τούτων. 

καὶ μέν. “And I can assure you.” Observe that μέν is here, 
again, for μήν. τεμευ βουλέων Fiviev. ‘They listened to my coun- 
sels.” βουλέων for βουλάων. So, in verse 495, ἐφετμέων for ἐφετ- 
μάων, as Πηληιάδεω for Πηληιάδαο.---ξύνιεν. The common text has 
ξύνιον, for which we have given, with Spitzner, the reading of Aris- 
tarchus.—dAAd καὶ ὕμμες. ‘ Do you, therefore, also.” The parti- 
cle ἀλλά has here a kind of hortatory force. 

275-276. ἀγαθός περ ἐών. “ Powerful though thou art.” Nagels- 
bach and Stadelmann, following one of the scholiasts, regard these 
words as a kind of “captatio benevolentie,” making the meaning to 
be, ‘‘ who art a most excellent man ;’’ so that, according to them, 
Nestor advises Agamemnon not to commit an act unworthy of him- 
self. The version which we have given, however, appears much 
more natural. Compare verse 131.—révd’ ἀποαίρεο κούρην. Ob- 
serve the double accusative depending on the verb. 

ἀλλ᾽ ἔα, ὥς, οἱ, x. 7.2. “Βαϊ let (him retain her), even as the sons 
of the Greeks first gave (her as) a prize unto him,” 7. ε., let him 
retain her, since he has the better right to her. Supply αὑτὸν ἔχειν, 
or something equivalent. Some understand αὐτήν, but ἔα αὐτήν 
would mean, “let her go.” 

277-279. ἔθελ᾽. “Feel inclined.” Equivalent to the Latin indu- 
cas in animum. Observe that the verb ἐθέλω expresses in particular 
that kind of wish in which there lies a purpose or design ; conse- 
quently, a desire of something, the execution of which is in one’s 
own power, or at least appears to be so. (Buttmann, Lezil., s. v.)— 
ἐπεὶ οὕποθ' ὁμοίης, x. τ. A. “Since a sceptre-bearing king, unto 
whom Jove has given glory, has never received for his share equal 
honor (with the rest of men, but an elevation far exceeding theirs).” 
By τιμή is here meant elevation, rank, or standing in society. We 
have given to this passage the explanation of Nagelsbach. Thus, 
ὁμοίης, scil. τῇ τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλὰ μείζονος. (Compare book v., 441, 
seq.) Heyne has a different and inferior interpretation, ὁμοίης, scil. 
τῇ τοῦ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος τιμῇ. “ Since no sceptre-bearing king, &c., has 
ever obtained honor equal to his,” ἡ. e., to Agamemnon’s.—ézuope. 
The perfect, not the aorist—@re. Compare note on verse 79. 

280-284. εἰ dé σὺ κάρτερός ἐσσι, κ. τ. Δ. “ For if thou art valiant, 
and (if) a goddess mother brought thee forth, yet is this one here 
more powerful,” &c. Observe the peculiar force of ei with the in- 
dicative, not implying any doubt whatever in the mind of the speak- 


100 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


er, but referring rather to what is actually the case: “if thou art 
valiant, and the son of a goddess, as we all well know.’’—riedvecow. 
The dative is here employed to denote continuance of rule. Com- 
pare note on verse 180. 

*Arpeidn, ov δὲς For σὺ δὲ, ’Atpeidn. The vocative of the proper 
name is often placed thus before the personal pronoun, for the sake 
of emphasis.—avrap ἔγωγε λίσσομαι, x. τ. Δ. ‘For it is I, even I, 
that entreat thee to lay aside thy wrath in the ease of Achilles.”” We 
have given a free translation here, in order to show the meaning 
more clearly. -The more literal version would be: “ But I, for my 
part, entreat,” &c. Observe here the force of αὐτάρ, which in- 
volves in some degree the meaning of γάρ. So in Latin, we often 
find autem where enim might stand:—AyAAqi. More literally, ** to,” 
or “for Achilles,” i. ¢., for the behoof or advantage of Achilles. 
The dativus commodi, or dative of advantage. (Kiihner, ὁ 579, 3.) 

μέγα ἕρκος πολέμοιο κακοῖο. ‘The great defence against evil 
war,” 2. ¢., the great rampart against the foe. So a shield is called 
ἔρκος ἀκόντων, “ΟΥ̓ defence against darts.” 

286-291. vai δὴ. * Yes, indeed.” --γέρον. “ Aged warrior.”— 
κατὰ μοῖραν. ** Rightly.”—a2’ 60’ ἀνὴρ, x. τ. A. Agamemnon ad- 
mits the correctness of all that Nestor has said, and acknowledges 
that all would be well were it not for the arrogant and domineering 
spirit of Achilles —zepi. ‘‘ Above,” i. ¢., superior t0.—xparéetv. 
“To bear rule‘over.”—avdoce. “Τὸ lord it over.”—onuaiver. 
“To prescribe.” —4 tw’ οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω. _‘‘ In which things I think 
that some one will not obey him.’’ Observe that ἅ is here the ac- 
cusative of nearer definition, while in τενά Agamemnon alludes to 
himself, and he uses this form of expression in order not to provoke 
his antagonist anew by any more direct employment of words. 

ei dé. ‘For if.’—@ecav. Equivalent to éxoinoav.—rotvexa οἱ 
προθέουσιν; ‘ Do they on this account give him the right?”’ Ob- 
serve that προθέουσιν is from the simple stem-form προθέω, whence 
προτίθημι comes, It stands, therefore, for προτιθεῖσιν.« 

292-294. ὑποῦλήδην. ‘Interrupting his speech.”” Compare the 
scholiast : μεσολαδήσας τὸν ᾿Αγαμέμνονος λόγον, πρὶν ἢ σιωπῆσαι av- 
τὸς εἰπών.---ἢ γάρ κεν, κιτ. Δ. “(68, indeed), for assuredly I should 
be called both a coward,” &c. The particle γάρ is here, as often 
elsewhere, elliptical, and refers to something going before and un- 
derstood. ‘Yes, indeed,” exclaims Achilles, “I have done right 
in acting as I have, for,” &c.—ei δὴ σοὶ, πᾶν ἔργον, x. τ. Δ. “UT 
shall now any longer give way to thee in every affair, whatsoever 
thou mayest direct,” i. ¢., if I shall yield to thy every command. 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 161 


Observe that ὑπείξομαι is here the future of the indicative, and not, 
as some pretend, the aorist of the subjunctive, with a shortened 
mood-vowel. The future is required to express certainty and full 
determination. ‘The propriety of its employment, moreover, instead 
of the optative, will plainly appear if we resolve ὅττι κὲν εἴπῃς into 
its equivalent ἐάν τι εἴπῃς.---πᾶν ἔργον. The accusative of nearer 
definition. 

295-296. ἄλλοισι δὴ. ‘Unto others, whosoever they may be.” 
Inasmuch as the particle δῆ supports and strengthens the meaning 
of the word with which it is connected, it makes definites still more 
definite, and indefinites, on the other hand, still more indefinite. 
In the present case the indefinite nature of ἄλλοισι is increased by 
it, and, therefore, the true force of δή is, “‘ be they who they may,” 
“ whomsoever it may please,” &c. (Hartung, vol. i., p. 277.—Na- 
gelsbach, ad loc.)—py yap ἔμοιγε σήμαιν'. “For prescribe not unto 
me, at least.’” The particle γάρ refers back to ἄλλοισιν ἐπιτέλλεο, 
and shows why that was said.—die. ‘Iam resolved.” 

297-299. σὺ 0d’ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν. ‘+ And do thou lay it up in 
thy mind.” Observe that we have here, not εἰς φρένας, but ἐνὶ with 
the dative. The meaning intended to be conveyed, therefore, is, 
that Agamemnon must not only put or cast these things into his 
mind, but must keep them there. The preposition ἐν here, with 
the dative, reminds us, therefore, of Virgil’s “tu condita mente 
teneto.” 

Κούρης. Briseis.—otre τῳ ἄλλῳ. “ΝΟΥ with any one 6]56.᾽ rw 
for tivi.—érei μ᾽ ἀφέλεσθέ ye δόντες. “Since, after having given, ye 
even took her away from me.’’ The true force of γέ here is ex- 
planatory, so that ἐπεί... γε may be rendered more freely, “ἀπά 
that too because,” as in Latin, “idque propterea quod.” (Hartung, 
vol. i., p. 390.)—’ ἀφέλεσθε. For pe ἀφέλεσθε αὐτήν. 

300-301. τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων...... τῶν. ‘Of those other things, how- 
OVER... of these.” We have here in τῶν an instance of repeti- 
tion common to many Janguages. Sometimes this is resorted to 
when a long clause intervenes, and it is then done for the sake of 
perspicuity ; sometimes, as in the present instance, it is made to an- 
swer the purposes of emphasis. (Kihner, § 632.)—odx ἄν τι φέροις 
ἀνελών. “Thou shalt not, I think, having taken up, bear any one 
away.’’ Observe here the indefinite meaning which ἄν imparts to the 
optative, and which is made to subserve the purposes of bitter irony. 
We have expressed it by the words “I think.”—dveAdr. Indicating 
the manner ; that is, coming openly, and taking up boldly, in order to 
carry away. Heyne, following the Venice edition, reads ἂν ἑλών, 


O02 


162 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


making this an instance of the repetition of the particle ἄν, as it 
often subsequently occurs in the Attic writers. 

302-303. εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε μὴν πείρησαι. But if thou wilt, come indeed, 
make trial for thyself,” i. e., make the experiment in person. Ob- 
serve the force of the middle voice. With εἰ δὲ supply βούλει, a 
common ellipsis.—dye μήν. Wolf places commas on either side of 
this clause, but Spitzner very correctly removes them.—iva γνώωσε 
καὶ οἵδε. ‘In order that these here also may know,” i. e., may 
know the truth of what I say, may see me do what I threaten.— 
ἐρωήσει περὶ δουρί. ‘Shall stream around my spear.” More lit- 
erally, ‘‘shall stream around for my spear.’’ Observe that epi, ac- 
cording to Homeric usage, is an adverb here, not a preposition. 

304-306. ὡς μαχεσσαμένω. ‘* After having both contended thus.” 
ὥς for οὕτως. Buttmann considers μαχεσσαμένω more in accordance 
with analogy than μαχησαμένω, the reading of Aristarchus and Wolf. 
—Aicav δ᾽ ἀγορὴν. “And dissolved the assembly.” As the dual is 
not a necessary form, the subject of a proposition may be in this 
number, and the verb in the plural, and vice versa.—vja¢ ἐΐσας. 
‘‘ Equal ships,” z. e., having equal sides, a general epithet for a ship, 
as indicative of its shape and structure. The ships of the Greeks 
were drawn up on shore between the two promontories of Sigeum 
and Rheteum, and probably in several rows, one behind the other. 
Achilles had his ships in the foremost row inland, on the right wing 
toward Sigeum ; and Ajax, the son of Telamon, had his ships sta- 
tioned on the left wing of the same row, toward Rheteum, while 
the Athenians are thought to have occupied the centre of this line. 
The hindermost row of all contained the ships of Agamemnon, 
Ulysses, and Diomede. In front of the ships were the tents, which 
were, in reality, rude huts, tents of canvass being then unknown. 

307-311. Μενοιτιάδῃ. ‘The son of Meneetius.” Patroclus, the 
intimate friend.of Achilles.—zpoépuccev. ‘ Launched.” Literally, 
“dragged forward,” 7. ¢, caused this to be done.—é¢ δ᾽ ἔκρινεν. 
“ And selected and put into it.”” Consult note on verse 142,—. 
ἑκατύμθην. Consult note on verse 315.—é¢ dé Bice. * And into it 
caused to go.’’ Consult note on verse 144.—dra δὲ εἶσεν ἄγων. 
‘‘And up (its side) conducting, seated (therein). Observe the ae- 
tive force of eicev, sedere fecit, or collocavit—év δ᾽ ἀρχὸς én. “And 
in (it) went as commander.”—zoAvpyrtic. “The sagacious.” A 
common epithet of Ulysses. 

312-314. dvabdivrec. ‘Having embarked.’ Literally, “ having 
gone up (the: vessel’s sides).”"—éxéxAeov ὑγρὰ κέλευθα. “ Began to 
sail upon the watery ways,” 1. ¢., the watery paths of ocean. Beck 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 163. 


maintains that ὑγρός is not a general term for any thing liquid or 
watery, but that it means something in a tumid state, and which, if 
touched, will gently recede. If this be correct, ὑγρός is the very ad- 
jective to be employed here. (Beck, Comment. prima de Interpret. 
Lat. Scriptorum et Monum., &c., Lips., 1791, p. xviii.) 
ἀπολυμαΐνεσθαι. “To purify themselves,” i. ¢., to perform a lus- 
tration. The reference is to bodily ablutions, by which both a medi- 
cal and religious end were answered. The washing of the person 
would be conducive to health, and would also be a symbol of expia- 
tion from sin. The Grecian host had become impure by contact 
with the bodies of the dead, and also by reason of the offence of 
Agamemnon ; but, as the anger of Apollo had ceased with the sub- 
mission of the monarch, the people were to be purified, partly as a 
sanatory measure, and partly that they might be able to engage in 
the solemn sacrifice to the god.—xai εἰς ἅλα Avuar’ ἔδαλλον. “ And 
cast the offscourings into the 868." By λύματα is here meant the 
water by which the ablution of their persons had been effected. 
On the present occasion it was thrown into the sea. It was cus- 


164 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


tomary also to cast it into rivers, and if neither sea nor river was 
near at hand, to dig a hole in the earth, and pour it in. (Hase, 
Class. Alterthumsk., vol. i., p. 94.)—i6aAAov. Observe the force of 
the imperfect in denoting an act done by many in succession. 

315-317. ἔρδον. “ They sacrificed.” Consult note on verse 147. 
- τεληέσσας éxatoubac. ‘ Perfect hecatombs,” i. ε., of perfect and 
unblemished victims. Consult note on verse 66.—éxatoubac. Ac- 
cording to the common explanation, a hecatomb was an offering 
of a hundred oxen; but it was afterward used to express every 
solemn sacrifice at which several animals were slain. Thus, one 
hecatomb, mentioned in the Iliad (vi., 115: 2b., 308), consisted of 
twelve bulls. The hecatomb which Ulysses bore in his galley to 
Chrysa was probably a still smaller number. That vowed to the 
Sperchius consisted of fifty sheep. (Hase, Public and Private Life of 
the Greeks, p. 101.) 

mapa Biv’. “ Along the shore.” Oiy’ is here the accusative, and 
the action is so represented by this, as if the acting parties had 
spread themselves over the shore. Qui sacra faciunt, non in litore 
sed per litus versantur. (Nagelsbach, ad loc.)\—xvioy δ' οὐρανὸν ἧκεν, 
«.T. 4. ‘And the savor went to the sky, whirling itself in the 
smoke round about it.” We have given here the interpretation of 
Nagelsbach, according to which ἑλεσσομένη is middle, not passive ; 
and περί belongs to καπνῷ, not to the participle. As regards the 
middle meaning here assigned to ἑλισσομένη, compare 1]., xxi., 11. 
So, again, with respect to the construction here given to περί, com- 
pare the phrase ἀμφὲ πυρὶ στῆσαι (Od., viii., 434). 

318-325. τὰ πένοντο. ‘* Were busily employed upon these things.” 
The reference is to the process of purification, and after that to the 
offering up of the hecatombs.—ryv πρῶτον. ‘“ With which in the 
first instance.’—dA2’ ὅγε. ‘This hero, on the contrary.”—ro of 
ἔσαν. “Who were unto him.” τώ for ὥ.---ὀτρηρὼ ϑεράποντε. 
“ Active attendants.” : 

ἔρχεσθον κλισίην. ‘Go ye two unto the tent.”” With verbs of 
going, coming, &c., the accusative of the place whither is often 
joined, without a preposition.—yerpoc ἑλόντ᾽ ἀγέμεν. ‘ Having 
taken by the hand, lead away.’ Observe that ἑλόντ᾽ is for éAdvre, 
and that ἀγέμεν, the infinitive, has here the force of an imperative, 
instances of which often occur in the poets. (Mattha., § 546.) 
Some editors place a comma after ’Ay:Ajoc, and then make ἀγέμεν 
equivalent to ὥστε ἄγειν, but this wants spirit.—ei dé κε μὴ δώῃσιν, 
κι τ. Δ. Compare verse 137.---σὺν πλεόνεσσι. ‘With greater num- 
bers.” Literally, “ with more men.” Supply ἀνδράσι.---τό. For 6, 


NOTES TO BOOK I. © 165 


326-330. προΐει. “He sent them onward.” Compare note on 
προΐαψε, verse 3,and Gloss., verse 25.—xparepov δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελ- 
Aev. Compare verse 25.—dékxovre. ‘*Reluctant.”—Gadrgv. For 
ἐθήτην.--- Μυρμιδόνων. Consult note on verse 180.---ἐπί τε κλισίας, 
κι τ. ἃ. The adverb ἐπί serves here to determine with more pre- 
cision the direction expressed by the accusative. (Kihner, § 545, 
2.)—rév δ᾽ εὗρον, x. τ. A. Referring to Achilles.—oid’ dpa τώγε 
ἰδὼν, κι τ. 4. “Nor, in very truth, did Achilles rejoice on having 
seen these two.” 

331-333. τὼ μὲν ταρδήσαντε, κ. τ. Δ. ‘ They both stood, having 
become confused (the instant they beheld him), and continuing to 
regard the monarch with looks of reverence.” Observe the change 
from the aorist to the present participle, and the peculiar force of 
each. ‘The former has reference to what took place at the instant, 
the latter to what was continued. —ovde τί μὲν προςεφώνεον. 
“Neither did they address aught unto him.”’ Observe the double 
accusative in τί μὲν, the Jatter term being for αὐτόν.---ἔγνω ἧσιν ἐνὶ 
φρεσί. ‘* Knew in his own mind (the object of their coming).” 

334-342. χαίρετε. “ Hail,” i. ¢., joy be with ye. The common 
expression on either accosting or taking leave.—Acoc¢ ἄγγελοι ἠδὲ 
καὶ ἀνδρῶν. Heralds are called “‘ messengers of Jove,” because they 
are the interpreters of that which Jove has established on earth 
through the agency of kings. The epithet, therefore, has reference 
to the supporting of regal authority. So, again (JI., viii., 517), they 
are called Aci φίλοι, inasmuch as they share in the honor rendered 
unto kings, which honor the latter derive, along with their power, 
from Jove. 

μοι ἐπαίτιοι. “In fault toward me,’ ἃ. ¢., blamable in my eyes. 
—é6. For ὃς.---Διογενὲς Πατρόκλεις. ‘* High-born Patroclus.” Ob- 
serve that proper names in -κλος are often declined like those in 
-κλῆς, and again, those in -κλῆς like those ἰῃ -κλος. Hence Πατρόκλεις, 
for Πάτροκλε. (Matthia, ᾧ 92, 1.)—cdwiv. The dative of the pro- 
noun of the third person, differing from that of the second person in 
being always an enclitic. (Thiersch, ὁ 204, 6.)—ro δ᾽ αὐτὼ μάρτυροι 
ἔστων, κι τ. A. ‘* And let these two themselves be witnesses both 
before the blessed gods,” &c., i. ¢., witnesses of the insult offered 
to Achilles by Agamemnon. Observe the peculiar force of τὼ αὐτὼ, 
not ‘these same persons,” but “these very persons themselves,’’ who 
are made the innocent instruments in carrying into execution the 
unjust mandates of another.—xai πρὸς τοῦ βασιλῆος ἀπηνέος. “And 
before that hard-hearted king.” 

εἴποτε δ᾽ aire, “If ever again hereafter.” For εἴποτε δὴ αὖτε, 


166 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


not dé aire. These words are generally made to commence a new 
sentence, which is supposed to break off abruptly after τοῖς ἄλλοις 
by an aposiopesis. ‘The reading of Wolf, however, which places a 
comma after ἀπηνέος, instead of a colon, and which we have adopted 
in our text, is decidedly preferable. According to this reading, the 
words εἔποτε δ᾽ aire κ. τ. λ. form the ending of the previous sentence, 
not the beginning of a new one. Wolf is followed by most of the 
recent editors of Homer.—duiva:. ‘For the purpose of warding 
off.” The infinitive is here employed to express the object or intent. 
- τοῖς ἄλλοις. Consult note on ἡμῖν in verse 67. 

342-344. ἡ γὰρ by ὀλοῇσι, x. τ. Δ. “For, in very truth, this man 
tages with destructive thoughts,” 1. ¢., intends, in his ungovernable 
excitement, to do things fraught with the most pernicious conse- 
quences.—ovdé τι οἷδε, x. τ. A. “ΝΟΥ does he at all know how to 
observe at the same time the future and the past,” 2. e., tomake the 
events of the past the lessons for the future—ooa. ‘In safety,” 
i. €., 80 far as security can be found in the battle-field. Referring 
to the taking of all proper steps to secure success, both by personal 
prowess and sagacious plans.—yayéwvrat. We have followed here 
the conjecture of Schaffer. The common text has μαχέοιντο, but 
the subjunctive harmonises better with olde that precedes. Thiersch 
proposes μαχέονται, 7. ε., μαχέσονται. The common reading makes 
an hiatus before ᾽Αχαιοί. 

346-351. ἐκ κλισίης. ‘ Forth, out of the tent.” © Observe the ad- 
verbial force of ἐκ.--- δῶκε δ᾽ ἄγειν. “ And gave (her to them) to lead 
away.”—airi¢ ἔτην. ‘* Went back.”"—zapé νῆας. Consult note on 
ἐπὶ κλισίας in verse 328.—7 δὲ γυνή. ‘And she, the woman.”— 
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεύς. The particle αὐτάρ, according to Kihner (ὁ 739, 
3), generally expresses something unexpected, or surprising, &c. 
On the present occasion, when we should have looked for a calmer 
and more quiet deportment in the warrior, we are, as it were, taken 
by surprise on finding him suddenly burst into tears. 


δακρύσας. ‘“ Having burst into tears.” These were tears, not of . 


sorrow for the loss of Briseis, but of indignation for the insult which 
had been offered him in her abduction. Compare verse 355, seg.— 
ἑτάρων ἄφαρ tlero, x. τ. Δ. “ Forthwith, turned away from his com- 
panions, seated himself on the shore of the hoary sea, looking upon 
the dark-hued deep.’’ The genitive ἑτάρων depends on νόσφε λιασ- 
θείς, which may be more literally rendered, “having gone aside 
from.” (Butimann, Leril., vol. i, p. 73.) 

Biv’ ἔφ. Observe here that iv’ is by apostrophe for diva, the 
accusative, and that it is erroneous to write div’, which would be for 


NOTES TO BOOK TI. 167 


ϑινί, the dative. The accusative ϑῖνα here depends, not on the ad+ 
verbial ἐπί, nor yet on ἕζετο merely, but on the combined idea im- 
plied by both. (Kiihner, § 619, b.—Nagelsbach, ad loc.) —didg πολιῆς: 
The reference here is to the sea near the shore, where the dark bil- 
lows break into foam, the adjective πολεός denoting properly some- 
thing that is of a gray color, or a mixture of dark and bright. Its 
root is found also in the Latin pullus, and palleo. (Pott, Etymol. 
Forsch., vol. i., p. 120.) —oivora πόντον. Referring to the appearance 
of the main ocean, afar off from the land. Observe that οἴνοπα has 
here the force of μέλανα, the early wine, according to Eustathius, 
having been of a dark hue, approaching to black: ὅτι ἔοικε τὸ παλ- 
atov ὁ olvog μέλας εἶναι τὴν χροίαν. 

πολλὰ. ‘ Earnestly.”—yeipac ὀρεγνύς. It was customary, in 
praying to a deity of ocean, to stretch out the hands in front. 

352-356. ἐπεί μ᾽ ἔτεκές ye, κι τ. Δ.  “ Since thou didst indeed bring 
me forth, being very short-lived.” The particle γέ here serves to 
strengthen the idea expressed by the verb: Achilles addressed Thetis 
as indeed his mother. (Hartung, vol. i., p. 364.) Observe, more- 
over, that πέρ has here the force of valde, while in the succeeding 
clause it passes into the kindred meaning of omnino.—tipjv πέρ μοι 
ὄφελλεν, x. τ. ἃ. “Olympian Jove, the lofty thunderer, ought by all 
means to have bestowed honor upon me. Now, however, he has 
honored me not even in a small degree,’’ i. ¢., as matters now go, 
however, &c. 

ἢ γάρ. ‘For in very truth.”—avtro¢ ἀπούρας. ‘ Having taken it 
away by his own authority.” These words form an epexegesis, or 
additional explanation, to ἑλών, which merely indicates the seizure, 
without the additional idea implied in αὐτός. 

357-861. πότνια μήτηρ. “His revered mother.”—év βένθεσσιν 
ἁλὸς. The sea-deities were supposed to dwell amid the depths of 

.the 5688.---παρὰ πατρὶ γέροντι. “ΒΥ her aged sire.” Alluding to 
Nereus, one of the earliest of the sea-deities, and the eldest son of 
Pontus and Terra. He married Doris, and became by her the father 
of the Nereids, of whom Thetis was one.—dvédv. “She emerged.” 
--ἠῦτ' ὀμίχλη. The comparison here refers merely to ἀνέδυ, the idea 
expressed by καρπαλίμως being excluded.—rdpoW αὐτοῖο. ‘In front 
of him.” She seated herself in such a way as to be seen fully from 
the place where her son was sitting. Hence the genitive adroto.— 
χειρί τέ μιν κατέρεξ᾽, κι τ. 2. “ And she both soothed him with her 
hand, and said what she wished to say, and uttered it aloud.” Com- 
pare the version of Nagelsbach : "" Sie sagte, was sie zu sagen hatte, 
und sagte es vollig heraus.” The words ἐκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν are often er- 


168 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


roneously translated “and called him by name.” The incorrectness 


of this version is sufficiently shown by what immediately follows.— _ 


Observe, that the comma must be removed from the ordinary text 
after ἔφατ᾽, because ἔπος is the object of both verbs. 

362-363. τί dé ce φρένας ἵκετο πένθος; “* And why has grief come 
suddenly upon thee in thy mind?” 7. e., upon thy mind. Observe 
the instantaneous action denoted by the aorist, and also the double 
accusative connected with the verb. The principle on which this 
construction is founded has been explained in the note on verse 236. 
—éfavda, μὴ κεῦθε vow. The asyndeton, or absence of the copuia- 
tive, shows the earnest character of the speech.—iva εἴδομεν ἄμφω. 
“That we both may know.” Observe the dual subject with the 
plural verb, and note also that eidouev is for eidapev> 

365-366. oicfa. “Thou knowest (already).”— τίη ἀγορεύω. 
“Why need I tell.” Observe the force of the subjunctive.—zévr’. 
Depending on εἐδυίῃ.---φχόμεθ᾽ ἐς Θήδην. ““ We went to Thebe.” 
The reference is to Thebde, a city of Mysia, north of Adramyttium, 
and called, for distinction’ sake, Hypoplacian, because lying at the 
foot of Mount Plakos (ὑπό and Πλάκος). Eétion was king of this 
city, and was slain in its defence, along with his sons, by Achilles. 
Eétion was father of Andromache, the wife of Hector.—In the 
Venice edition of Homer, 27 lines, beginning with the 366th, are 
marked with an obelus, and a scholium on line 365 says that they 
are interpolated. Knight is of opinion that they were introduced 
into the text by some inattentive and ignorant rhapsodist, who con- 
founded the city of Thebe, the native place of Andromache, with 
Chrysa, the native city of Chryseis. From a discussion of this 
kind, however, nothing satisfactory can ever be elicited. Chryseis 
might have been sojourning in Thebe at the time of its capture, or 
the city of Chrysa might have been sacked by the same force that 
plundered Thebe. Consult, also, note on verse 369. 

ἱερὴν πόλιν. “Sacred city.” Cities, regions, &c., are often 
termed “sacred’’ by the earlier poets, when nothing more appears 
to be meant than that they are under the protection of some deity 
or other. Heyne, however, regards ἑερήν here as equivalent to pre- 
claram, just as ϑεῖος and dio¢ are often used in speaking of any mel 
superior of its kind. 

267-368. τὴν δὲ. “And this (city).” After the Trojans had shut 
themselves up within their walls, which they did very early in the 
war, the Greeks were compelled to ravage the adjacent countries in 
order to obtain subsistence for their numerous forces. In one of 
these plundering excursions the city of Thebe was sacked.—xal τὰ 


—_—— Δι νὰ 


δ δι ναι ιν... Δι ιν... «᾿ 


a 
NOTES TO BOOK I. 169 


uév εὖ δάσσαντο, κ. τ. ἃ. ‘And these things the sons of the Greeks 
divided fairly among themselves.” Observe that the accentuation 
here is μετὰ σφίσιν, not μετά σφισιν. Enclitic pronouns always be- 
come independent when orthotone prepositions precede them ; re- 
taining, then, their natural accent, because, by reason of the prepo- 
sition, the pronoun is expressed independently, and with an em- 
phasis. (Gottling, § 47, 3.) 

369-370. ἐκ δ᾽ ἕλον. ‘“ And out of them they selected,” 7. ¢., asa 
peculiar reward, independently of his proper share of the booty. 
Princes and distinguished chieftains always received such. Com- 
pare Od., xi., 534: Νεοπτόλεμος μοῖραν καὶ γέρας ἐσθλὸν ἔχων ἐπὲ 
νηὸς ἔθαινεν.----,( ρύσης δ᾽ αὖθ᾽, κι τ. Δ. The lines that follow this are 
a repetition of those that occur in the beginning of the poem. It 
seems probable, remarks Valpy, that these repetitions, so frequent 
in Homer, are derived from the detached manner in which his po- 
ems were scattered among the Greeks. Separate parts were doubt- 
less sung at festivals and public entertainments ; and therefore, to 
complete the sense, a necessity would frequently arise of fetching 
introductions and explanatory verses from preceding parts of the 
poem. The same solution, he adds, may be applied to the recur- 
rence of many single verses at the beginning of speeches through- 
out the poem. 

380-388. πάλιν Gyeto. ‘“* Went back.” Consult note on verse 
59, as regards the Homeric force of πάλιν.---τοῖο δὲ εὐξαμένου, κ. τ. A. 
‘* And this one, (on his) having prayed, Apollo heard.” τοῖο for τοῦ, 
i. €., τούτου. ---ἧκε δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι, x. τ. Δ. ‘ And he sent a destruc- 
tive shaft against the Greeks.” Observe that the dative here de- 
pends on the verb, and that ἐπί merely marks the direction of the 
action. Consult Nagelsbach, Excurs., xvii., p. 308.—of δέ νυ λαοΐ. 
“ And they, the forces, now.” Observe the pronominal force of of, 
approximating in our idiom to a personal more than a demonstra- 
tive meaning, but still radically the latter. Observe, also, the pecu- 
liar meaning of the particle vv, as if we were to Say in a paraphrase, 
“one can now well imagine that the forces,” ὅχο.---ἐπασσύτεροι. 
“One after another.” Compare the scholiast: Αἰολεκὴ λέξις, τῇ 
ἐπαλληλίᾳ πυκνότεροι, ἀλλεπάλληλοι, συνεχεῖς. ; 

τὰ δὲ κῆλα ϑεοῖο. “But they, the arrows of the god.”—zévrn. 
“In every direction.” The terminus ad quem, which is still more 
fully explained by ἀνὰ στρατόν. ---- εὐρύν. “The wide,” i. e., wide- 
spread.—Seorxpoxiac. Consult note on verse 87.---ἠπείλησεν μῦθον, 
κι τ Δ. “He uttered a threat, which in very truth has been ac- 
complished,” i. ¢., carried into effect. Literally, “he threatened a 

: P 


170 NOTES TO BOOK 1. 


speech,” 7. ¢., uttered a threatening speech.— 6. Used for the rela- 
tive dc. 

389-392. τὴν μὲν. “The one (female).” Literally, “this (fe- 
maie), indeed.” Referring to Chryseis.—éAixwrec. Consult note 
on verse 98. ---πέμπουσιν. ‘Are escorting.”—dvaxtr. “To the 
king,”’ z.¢., to Apollo. Consult note on verse 30.--- τὴν δὲ κούρην 
Βρισῆος. ‘ While the other, the daughter of Brises.’’ Literally, 
“but this one, the daughter,” &c. Observe the latent demonstra- 
tive meaning in τὴν μέν and τὴν δέ.---- νέον. “ But just now.”  Lit- 
erally, “lately,” or ‘* recently.” —r7v μοι δόσαν. For ἣν μοι δόσαν. 

393-398. ei δύνασαί ye. ‘If, at least, thou art 8016." The in- 
dicative here implies a strong belief on his part that she does pos- 
sess this ability.— περίσχεο παιδὸς ἐῆος. ‘Aid thy valiant son.” 
We must write ἐῆος, not éjoc. It is the genitive of év¢. This ex- 
pression of self-praise on the part of Achilles is in full accordance 
with the habits, &c., of the heroic age. The form ἑῆος is supposed 
to be the genitive of év¢ or ἑεύς, a sister form of éé¢, and to have the 
meaning of “thy.” But consult Butimann’s Lezilogus, s. Ὁ. 

εἴ ποτε δή τι. Compare verse 40.---Ἣινησας. ‘Thou didst grati- 
fy.”—é καὶ. “Or even, also.” πολλάκι yap σέο, x. τ. Δ. “For 
often, in the halls of my father, have I heard thee boasting, when 
thou didst say that thou alone, among the immortals, didst ward off 
unseemly destruction from the dark-cloud-enveloped son of Saturn.” 
Compare the analogous Latin form of expression: audiebam ex te, 
quum diceres.—céo. Depending on ἄκουσα. The palace of Peleus 
is meant, not the ocean-abode of Nereus. Had this latter been in- 
tended, the Greek would have been πατρὸς coio. Achilles had 
never been in the ocean-house of Nereus ; and, besides, the separa- 
tion of Thetis from Peleus is a posthomeric legend. The bard 
makes no mention of any such divorce. (Consult Spitzner, ad loc.) 

κελαινεφέϊ. A striking epithet, applied to the god of rains and 
tempests, and describing him as enthroned amid darkest clouds, or, 
as Virgil expresses it, ‘media nimborum nocte.” (Georg., i., 328.) 
Compare the explanation of Passow : “τη diistre Gewolke gehulten.” 
(Lex., 8. v.)— οἴη. Observe the employment of the nominative with 
the infinitive, the reference being to the same subject with the verb 


(ἔφησθα) that precedes.—As regards the literal force of the dative _ 


Κρονίωνι, consult note on verse 67. 

400-404. Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη. Neptune and Juno, the latter more 
especially, were frequently brought into collision with Jove; but 
_Minerva, the beloved daughter of Jupiter, seldom, if ever. Wolf, 
therefore, prefers the reading of Zenodotus, who gives Φοῖδος ᾿Απόλ- 


a 


NOTES TO BOOK IL. 171 


Rov instead of Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.---τόν γ᾽ ὑπελύσαο δεσμῶν. “ Didst 
rescue this same deity from bonds.” Observe the force of yé in con- 
junction with rév: “this deity, indeed,” “this particular deity,” 
‘this same deity.” Observe, also, in ὑπελύσαο the force of ὑπό in 
composition, ‘ didst free him from falling under fetters,” i. e., under 
the control of fetters. 

ἑκατόγχειρον. * The hundred-handed one.”— Βριάρεων. “ Bri- 
areus.” This name is supposed to mean “the powerful one,” and 
is regarded as a derivative from the adjective βριαρός. It is worthy 
of observation, that, according to lian (V. H., 11), the Columns 
of Hercules were called, in the earliest poetry, αἱ στῆλαι Βριάρεω, 
“the Columns of Briareus.”"—xaAégover deoi. Homer often gives 
two names to objects, one of these being, according to him, the ap- 
pellation used by the gods, and the other that employed by men. 
On all such occasions, the so-called language of the gods is sup- 
posed to give the oldest forms of expression, such, for example, as 
were employed in the earliest poetic legends, wherein the gods 
themselves were introduced as speakers, and which forms or names 
became, in process of time, more or less obsolete; whereas, by the 
language of men, he means the common or current idiom of his 
own day. Hence the remark of the scholiast : τὸ μὲν προγενέστερον 
ὄνομα εἰς τοὺς ϑεοὺς ἀναφέρει ὁ ποιητής. ‘The poet attributes the 
more ancient name to the gods.” 

ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Alyaiwy’. “ But all men also #geon.”’ Ob- 
serve here the peculiar force of te. The gods named him Briareus ; 
and men also gave him a name, but this latter was /Egeon.— 
Αἰγαίων. The gigantic being here alluded to had fifty heads and 
a hundred hands. His brothers were Gyges and Cottus, each with 
the same number of heads and hands. With regard to the parent- 
age of the three, however, ancient legends differ. Hesiod makes 
them the sons of Uranus and Gea; whereas Homer would seem to 
indicate Neptune as their father, an account in which the scholiast 
agrees, who, in speaking of A2geon, remarks, τὸν πατέρα Ποσειδῶνα 
κατεθράδευεν. Many commentators, however, prefer the pedigree 
given by Hesiod, and make Neptune to have been merely the father- 
in-law of gzon, the latter having married his daughter Cymopo- 
leia. (Wolf, Vorles. ed. Ust., p. 145.) The three beings here men- 
tioned are mere personifications“f the extraordinary powers of 
nature, as developed in earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and the 
like. 

404-406. ὁ γὰρ aire Bin, x. τ. Δ. “For this one, in his turn, was 
better in strength than his sire.” By πατρός Neptune is meant, 


179 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


whether we are to regard him as the father or father-in-law of 


ZEgeon. (Consult preceding note.)—ydép. This particle refers back 
to καλέσασ᾽, and assigns the reason why Thetis called on him for 
aid.—aire. Neptune, in union with the other gods, was more pow- 
erful than Jupiter; but Briareus or Agzon, in his turn, was stronger 
than Neptune. } 

ὅς ῥα. ‘ Who, namely,” i. e., he, namely. We have here in 
Greek an instance of the construction so frequent in Latin, where 
the relative is introduced after one or more intermediate clauses, 
and takes the place of a personal or demonstrative pronoun. In 
such cases the particle pa or dpa is added to the relative, in order 
to indicate recapitulation, and show that the thread of the narrative 
is resumed. (Kiihner, § 800.) Compare Cic., Phil., iv., 5: “ Virtus 
est una altissimis defiza radicibus: que (i. e., hec enim) nunguam 
ulla vi labefactari potest,” &c.—xidei γαίων. ““ Exulting in his high 
renown,” 7. é., proud of the conspicuous part he was performing. 

τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν, x. τ. A. “This one the blessed gods even 
dreaded, nor did they bind (Jove).” Literally, “ nor did they also 
bind.” Observe here the peculiar force of re. As,on the one hand, 
they dreaded Briareus, so also, on the other, they bound not Jupiter : 
or, in the Latin idiom, “ πιὸ illum metuecbant, ita nec Jovem vinciebant.” 
The legend partially detailed in the text is given more fully by one 
of the scholiasts. Jupiter, after having obtained the sovereignty of 
the skies, indulged in a tyrannical exercise of authority, and a sedi- 
tion in consequence arose among the other gods, who formed there- 
upon a conspiracy to bind him. Thetis, however, having learned 
their intentions by means of Nereus, her prophetic sire, hastened to 
the aid of Jove, attended by Briareus, who terrified the gods from their 
purpose. Jupiter, as a punishment, suspended Juno by the wrists 
from the skies, and commanded Neptune and Apollo to work for 
Laomedon, and build the walls of Troy. ; 

407-412. καὶ Aa6é γούνων. * And take hold of him by the knees.” 
Supply μὲν. Observe in the genitive γούνων the reference to a part 
of the entire frame. The usual attitude of suppliants was to clasp 
the knees of the person addressed with one hand, and to touch his 
chin or beard with the other. Compare verse 500, seq.—ai κέν 
πως. “If, perchance, in any way.’ Observe the wish that this 
may happen, implied in the particle ai, and consult note on verse 
66. — ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι. ‘To lend aid unto the Trojans.”’ Here, 
as before, there is no tmesis, but the adverb ἐπί, though forming 
one blended idea with the verb, retains, nevertheless, its distinct 
adverbial signification. 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 173 


τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας, x. τ. Δ. “ And to hem in those others, the 
Greeks, at their sterns, and round about the sea (shore), getting 
slaughtered (all the while).’’ As regards the force of ἔλσαι here, 
consult Buttmann, Lezil., s.v. The sterns of the vessels, as these 
lay drawn up on the beach, were turned toward the inland parts, 
and their prows toward the sea. This was always customary after 
voyages. Achilles, therefore, wishes that the Greeks may be hem- 
med into the space between the first line of ships and the land. 
Compare note on verse 306.---ἐπαύρωνται. ‘May enjoy.”  Ironi- 
¢eal.—v ἄτην. “His evil folly.” The term ἄτη appears to imply 
here a kind of judicial blindness, inflicted on erring mortals, under 
the influence of which they commit deeds which finally induce their 
own destruction. (Compare Williams’s Homerus, p. 82.)— ὅτ᾽. For 
ὅτε. “When.” Not for ὅτε. 

413-416. κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα. “ Pouring down the tear.” Ob- 

serve the adverbial force of κατά.---τέ vd.‘ Why, indeed.” Anal- 
ogous to the Latin qguidnam.—aivé. ‘“ Unhappily,” 2. ¢., in an evil 
hour. The neuter plural of the adjective is here employed ad- 
verbially, instead of the regular adverbial form αἰνῶς. 
. αἴθ' ὄφελες ἦσθαι. ‘* Would that thou wast sitting.” Thescholiast 
refers ἦσθαι to an idle and inactive life (φησὶ dé ὅτι προεθέμην ἂν σὲ 
ἄπρακτον βίον ζῆσαι). Not so, however. The spirit of the wish is 
contained in ἀδάκρυτον and ἀπήμονα.---ἐπεί νύ τοι, Kk. τ. Δ. “Since, 
indeed, the fated portion of existence unto thee is for a very short 
time, and not at all very long.’ In the old language the same idea 
is often expressed twice, once affirmatively, and immediately there- 
after negatively.—yivuva. The adverbs μένυνθα and δήν come in 
here with a sort of adjective force. So we have ὥς for τοῖος, in Jl., 
iv., 318, and elsewhere; yaderdc.for χαλεπόν, Il, vii., 424, &e.— 
πέρ. Equivalent here to the Latin valde. 

417-420. περὶ πάντων. “ Above all.” Compare verses 258 and 
287.—énieo. ‘Thou art.” Properly speaking, ‘thou wast and 
still art.” The imperfect of πέλομαι has very commonly, as here, 
the force of a present.—rd. “Therefore.” For τούτῳ, i. ¢., διὰ 
τοῦτο.---κακῇ αἴσῃ. “Unto an evil destiny.”—ror ἐρέουσα. “Τὸ 
communicate for thee,” i. ¢., for thy gratification : toc for cou.—ely’ 
αὐτή. “I myself will go.” Compare, as regards the force of εἶμε 
here, the note on verse 169. 

ἀγάννιφον. “The very snowy.’* Homer has here Olympus in 
view merely as a mountain, and therefore describes it as having its 
summit covered with snow. Modern travellers agree in this, and 
portray Olympus as never free from snow at the top. (Dodweil, 

P2 


174 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


Class. Tour, vol. ii., p. 105.) When, however, the poet has Olympus 
before his imagination as the abode of the gods, all is bright and 
clear, and no mention whatever is made of a snowy mountain. 
(Consult Vélcker, Hom. Geogr., p. 6.) 

422-424. yyy’ ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν. “ Indulge thy wrath against the 
Greeks.” More literally, ‘be angry with the Greeks.” —é¢ ’Qxear- 
ὃν, μετ᾽ ἀμύμονας, &c. “To Oceanus, among the blameless Athio- 
pians, unto a banquet.” As regards the distinction between é¢ and 
μετά, Voss correctly remarks, that these two prepositions, or rather 
adverbs, are frequently so employed in connection by Homer, that 
the former has reference to the place, the latter to the assemblage 
encountered there. (Kr. Bl., i., p. 200.) 

’Qxeavov. According to Homer, the earth is a circular plane, and 
Oceanus is an immense stream circling around it, and from which the 
different rivers run inland in the manner of bays. Homer terms 
the Oceanus ἀψόῤῥοος, because it thus flowed back into itself.— 
Αἰθιοπῆας. Who the Homeric thiopians were is a matter of 
doubt. The poet elsewhere speaks of two divisions of them, one 
dwelling near the rising, the other near the setting of the sun, both 
having imbrowned visages, from their proximity to that luminary, 
and both leading a blissful existence, because living amid a flood of 
light ; and, as a natural concomitant of a blissful existence, blame- 
less, and pure, and free from every kind of moral defilement. By 
the Eastern AXthiopians, Homer is generally thought to mean the 
imbrowned natives of Southern Arabia, who brought their wares to 
Sidon; and by the Western ‘Ethiopians the Libyans. Vélcker, how- 
ever, is in favor of making the legend of the Eastern Athiopians 
to have arisen from some obscure acquaintance, on the part of the 
Greeks, with the land of Colchis. (Homerische Geogr., p. 87, seqq:) 

pera daira. The gods here attend a banquet or great festival 
given by the blameless and pious race of the Athiopians, but wheth- 
er given by the Eastern or Western race is not stated by the poet. 
—The common text has μετὰ δαῖτα, as we have given it. Wolf 
and Heyne, however, following Aristarchus, give κατὰ daira, in or- 
der to avoid the double werd. But κατὰ daira, as Spitzner remarks, 
ean only signify ad cibum ‘sili parandum, which is certainly not the 
meaning here. Besides, that Homer is not averse to the repetition 
of prepositions, the following passages will abundantly show. IL. 
XVii., 482: τὼ δ' οὔτ᾽ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἐπὶ πλατὺν 'Ελλήσποντον ἠθελέτην 
ἰέναι.----Οἀ., i, 183: πλέων ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον én’ ἀλλοθρόους ἀνθρώ- 
move.—Il., xxii., 503, δε. : ebdeck’ ἐν Δλέκτροισιν, ἐν ieee 
τιθήνης, εὐνῇ ἔνι μαλακῇ, &e 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 175 


425-427. δωδεκάτῃ. Supply ἡμέρᾳ, which is already implied in 
χθιζός.--- τοι. “LTassure thee.” More literally, “for thee.” In both 
this and the following line, τοί must be regarded, not as the ordinary 
particle, but as the dative of the pronoun, that is, τοί for σοΐ.. (Na- 
gelsbach, Excurs., ii, p. 178.)—xai τότ᾽ ἔπειτά τοι, x. τ. Δ. “ And 
then thereupon will I go, I promise thee, to the brazen-based 
mansion of Jove.” Literally, “will I go for thee.”—yuv πείσεσθαι. 
*«That he will acquiesce.” More literally, “that he will persuade 
himself (to listen to my prayer).”’ 

429-430. ἐὐζώνοιο γυναικός. ‘On account of the well-cinctured 
female,” i. ¢., the female of graceful form. Observe here the em- 
ployment of the genitive, to denote “in respect of,” “‘on account 
of.’ There is no need whatever of supplying tvexa.—rjv pa βίῃ 
ἀέκοντος, x. τ. Δ. “ Whom, namely, they had taken away by force 
from him unwilling.” More literally, however, “by force in re- 
spect of him unwilling,” ὁ. e., exercised toward him unwilling. 
Observe that τήν ῥα is for ἦν pa, and consult note on verse 405. 

431-435. ἵκανεν. “Was proceeding, meanwhile.” More literal- 
ly, “was coming.”—ol δ' ὅτε δὴ ἵκοντο. ‘And when these now were 
come.”—oreiAavro. “ They furled.”—Sécav. Supply αὐτά.----ἰστὸν 
δ᾽ ἱστοδόκῃ πέλασαν, x. τ. Δ. “ And the mast they brought to its 
receptacle, having lowered it quickly by ropes.” By the ἑστοδόκη is 
meant the place for receiving the mast when lowered, while by the 
πρότονοι are indicated the ropes or main-stays passing over the head 
of the mast and secured at both the prow and stern. Hence, as the 
mast sank in one direction on being lowered, the stay in the other 
direction would keep it from descending too rapidly. (Consult Terp- 
stra, Antig. Hom., p. 312.) 4 

τὴν δ᾽ εἰς ὅρμον προέρεσσαν ἐρετμοῖς. “ And they rowed her for- 
ward with oars into her moorage.” We have given, with Spitzner, 
προέρεσσαν, the reading of several grammarians, instead of the 
προέρυσσαν of the ordinary text. The verb προερύειν is not,to im- 
pel by means of oars, but, to drag forward or launch, as in verse 
308. According to Eustathius (ad Qd., 9, 73), προέρεσσαν was the 
reading also of Aristarchus. Consult Spitzner'’s remarks, in oppo- 
sition to those of Heyne and Voss. 

436-437. εὐνάς. “The sleepers.” These were large stones 
thrown out on the shore, unto which the halsers were made fast 
from the stern of the ship. Anchors were not known in the heroic 
ages —xara dé πρυμνήσι᾽ ἔδησαν. “ And down thereunto they bound 
the stern-fasts.” Observe the adverbial force of κατά.----καὶ αὐτοί. 
Compare the scholiast: οὐ μόνον τὰς εὐνὰς ἐξέδαλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ 


176 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


ἐξέδαινον.---- βαῖνον. The imperfect is here worthy of notice in the 
midst of so many aorists, and indicates a coming forth of several per- 
sons in succession. The victims, on the other hand, are driven out 
in a body ; and so, again, Chryseis comes forth individually, where 
the aorist is again employed.—émi ῥηγμῖνι. The adverbial ἐπέ merely 
denotes the direction of the action that is executed, and as this ac- 
tion is continued, or, in other words, as they remain some time on 
the shore, the dative is employed. 

438-441. βῆσαν. ‘They caused to go.” Consult note on verse 
310.—ynd¢g ποντοπόροιο. ‘From the ocean-traversing ship.”—thv 
μὲν ἔπειτ᾽. “This female thereupon.”—zarpi φίλῳ ἐν χερσὶ. “In 
the hands of her father.” Literally, ‘‘in the hands unto her father.,’’ 

442-448. πρό pw’ ἔπεμψεν. “Sent me forth.” Compare note on 
verse 3, προΐαψεν, and on verse 195, πρὸ yap jxe.—pésar. Consult 
note on verse 147.---ὄφρ᾽ ἱλασόμεσθα. ‘In order that we may pro- 
pitiate.’” The subjunctive, with the mood-vyowel shortened.—vrir. 
“ Lately.”—odvorova κήδε. ‘* Woes productive of many groans.” 
— ὁ δὲ, “The other, thereupon.” Consult note on verse 391.—roi 
© ὦκα. “And they quickly.” Literally, “and these quickly.” τοὶ for 
οἱ.-τ- ἑξείης. ‘In continued order.” 

449-450. χερνίψαντο δ᾽ ἔπειτα. “And then they washed their 
hands.”” Wenow enter upon the details of a sacrifice, and the feast. 
consequent thereon. Before the officiating personages touched any 
thing belonging to the sacrifice, they always washed their hands in, 
lustral water, that is, water consecrated by a religious rite.—xai, 
οὐλοχύτας ἀνέλοντο. ‘ And took up the salted barley-meal.” The 
head of the victim, before it was killed, was in most cases strewed, 
with roasted barley-meal (οὐλόχυτα or οὐλοχύται) mixed with salt ; 
answering to the mola salsa of the Latins.—roiow δὲς Consult note 
on verse 58.—eyad’. ‘* Earnestly.” 

451-456. κλῦθί μεν, x. τ. Δ. Repeated from verse 37, &¢c.—jdy 
μέν ποτε πάρος. “ Already, on one occasion before this.” We 
have retained here the common reading, with Heyne, Wolf, and 
Nagelsbach. Spitzner gives ἦ μὲν δή ποτε. ---τίμησας μὲν ἐμέ: 
“Thou didst honor me, indeed.” This line is in apposition with 
the one that precedes, and hence arises the asyndeton, or absence 
of the connecting conjunction. Observe, also, that τίμησας, as” 
shown by the accentuation, and the presence of μέν and dé, is the, 
aorist indicative, and not the participle. The latter would have 
been written τιμήσας, its final syllable being long.—7d’ ἔτε καὶ νῦν. 
“And now still farther, also.’ ἠδ᾽ is for ἠδέ, not ἤδη.---ἤδη viv. 


j: 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 177 


“This very instant.” More literally, “‘now, (even) now.’ The 
addition of νῦν to ἤδη, as Hoogeveen remarks, excludes all delay. 

458-463. αὐτὰρ ἐπεί pa. ‘But when then.”-—xai οὐλοχύτας προ- 
6dAovro, “And had cast forward the salted meal,” 2. ¢., had 
sprinkled it on the head of the victim. They had held the salted 
meal in their upraised hands during the prayer of Chryses. Com- 
pare verse 449.—avépucay μὲν πρῶτα. “They first drew back (the 
neck),”’ 7. ¢., 80 as to turn the throat upward, the sacrifice being one 
to a celestial deity. When a victim was offered to a god of the 
lower world, the throat was turned downward.—xai ἔσφαξαν καὶ 
ἔδειραν. “And cut the throats, and flayed (the victims).”"—xaré re 
κνίσῃ ἐκάλυψαν. ‘And covered them completely with fat.” Ob- 
serve the peculiar force of the adverbial κατά. The primitive idea 
is “down,” “down to the very bottom,” and hence ‘ completely,” 
‘‘thoroughly.”—dinruya ποιήσαντες. ‘‘ Having made it double,” 
i. ¢., having placed upon them double pieces of fat. This was done 
in order to expedite the burning. Observe that δίπτυχα is here the 
accusative singular of δίπτυξ, agreeing with κνίσην understood. 
Compare Buttmann’s Lezxil., p. 208, ec. Fishlake, and the note of the 
translator. 

ἐπ’ αὐτῶν δ᾽ ὠμοθέτησαν. “And upon them placed raw pieces.”’— 
ἐπὶ σχίζῃς. ‘On sticks of cleft wood.” σχίζῃς for σχίζαις.---λεῖθε. 
“Kept pouring a libation.”” Observe the change from the aorists 
to the imperfects καῖε, λεῖθε, ἔχον, &c., as denoting continuance of 
action.—zap’ αὐτόν. We should here expect παρ᾽ airé. The accu- 
Sative, however, is correct enough, since a kind of motion is, in 
fact, implied. We translate zap’ αὐτόν, “beside him;” but the 
meaning properly is, “having come up éo him and placed them- 
selves by his side.” 

πεμπώδολα. ‘ Five-pronged forks.” With these they held down 
the more important entrails, or if any had, amid the action of the 
flames, escaped from their places, they restored them to these. 
This was done to prevent any part of the entrails from falling to the 
ground, which would have been a most inauspicious omen. 

464-465. αὐτὰρ, ἐπεὶ κατὰ μῆρ᾽ ἐκάη, x. τ. A. ‘But when the 
thighs were completely consumed, and they had tasted the en- 
trails." -- σπλάγχνα. By these are meant the lungs, liver, heart, 
&c., which were always tasted by those present, before the regular 
meal commenced on the roasted flesh of the victim.—picrvardy τ᾽ 
ἄρα τἄλλα, κι τ. Δ. “They then both cut into small pieces the other 
parts, and pierced them through and through with spits.” Observe 
the peculiar construction in dug’ ὀθελοῖσιν : literally, ‘they pierced 


118 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


them round about with spits,” i. ¢., they pierced them in such a way 
that the flesh covered the spit all around, or, in other words, lay all 
around the spit. 

466-468. ἐρύσαντό te πάντα. “And drew them all off,” 7. ε., off 
from the spits. Observe the middle voice: drew them off for them- 
selves.— πόνου. ‘From their labor,’ i. ¢., the toil connected with 
the details of the sacrifice, and more particularly the preparations 
for the banquet after the sacrifice.—otdé re ϑυμὸς ἐδεύετο, κ. τ. 2. 
“Nor did the feelings (of any one) at all feel the want of an equal 
banquet,” 7. e., the banquet was an equal one for all, and all took 
an equal share of it. (Compare Voss, Kr. Bl.,i., p. 207.) N&agels- 
bach gives a different, but less natural explanation: “ Nor did the 
feelings (ἢ. ¢., the craving) of any one at all feel the want of food 
proportioned (to them),”’ 7. e, proportioned to that craving. In other 
words, the feast was an abundant one, and each one could satisfy 
his craving for food to his own content. According to this view, 
we must supply ϑυμῷ after ἐΐσης. 

469-470. ἐπεὶ ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο. “ When they had taken away from 
themselves the desire.” Observe the force of the middle in fro. — 
κρητῆρας ἐπεστέψαντο ποτοῖο. ‘They filled the mixers to the brim 
with drink.” We have followed in this the explanation of Buttmann 
(Lezil., i., p. 92). There is no allusion whatever to any crowning 
of the bowl, or encircling it with garlands, but the vessel is suppo- 
sed to be filled as full as possible, the liquor rising slightly above 
the brim, and thus forming a kind of cover, or what may be called 


in poetic language ἃ crown.—Observe that by κρητῆρας are meant, _ 


not drinking-cups, but large bowls in which the wine was mized 
with water, and from which the liquor was then served to the 
guests. The ancients very seldom drank their wine pure. 

471-473. νώμησαν δ᾽ ἄρα πᾶσιν, x. τ. A. “ And then they distribu- 
ted unto all, having given a part (unto each) in cups.” The ex- 
pression ἐπαρξάμενοι δεπάεσσιν is commonly rendered, “ having be- 
gun (from the left) in cups.” But the erroneous nature of this 
version has been fully shown by Buttmann, who gives ἐπαρξάμενοι 
the meaning which we have adopted, and deduces it from the pecu- 
liar force of ἄρχεσθαι, as regards religious ceremonies, namely, “to 
take away,” “to take part of,” “to take from.” The preposition 
ἐπί, moreover, in combination with ἄρχεσθαι, indicates here the re- 
lation of the simple ἄρχεσθαι to the individuals to whom it is given, 
or among whom it is divided. (Buttmann, Lezil., i., p. 110.) 

οἱ δὲ, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν. * And they, the sons of the Greeks.” Con- 
‘sult note on verse 2. — πανημέριοι. “ All day long.” Compare 


ee μος. ῃψἀν δίων 


NOTES TO ΒΟΌΚ I. 179 


ἠερίη, in verse 497.—iAdoxovro. “Strove to propitiate.”—xaddv 
παιήονα. “A beautiful pean.” By “pean” is meant a hymn or 
song, which was originally sung in honor of Apollo, and which 
seems to be as old as the worship of that deity.—Knight considers 
this verse, and the one that follows, spurious, because παιήων in 
Homer is not a pean, but the name of the god of Medicine, who is 
distinct from Apollo. Heyne also inclines to the opinion that they 
were inserted by some rhapsodist at a later day, when the names 
Παιήων and Παιάν had become customary designations for Apollo. 

475-478. ἐπὶ ἦλθε. ‘Had come on.”—d7 τότε κοιμήσαντο, κ. τ. 2. 
“Then, indeed, they laid themselves down to sleep by the stern- 
fasts of the ship.” The expression παρὰ πρυμνήσια forms what is 
termed ‘‘constructio pregnans,’’ an instance of which we have al- 
ready had at verse 463: they went to, and laid themselves down to 
sleep by, &c.—«ai τότ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνάγοντο, x. τ. Δ. “ Then, thereupon, 
also they began to get under weigh for the wide-spread army of the 
Greeks.” ᾿Ανάγεσθαι is a nautical term, and equivalent to é τοῦ 
λιμένος ἀναπλέειν, the opposite to which is κατάγεσθαι, “to sail into 
harbor from the main ocean.” With ἀνάγοντο we must supply τὴν 
ναῦν. Observe, also, that as the mast was not yet raised, and the 
sail not yet spread, the imperfect here denotes the ‘‘ conatus rei fa- 
ciende.”’ 

480-487. στήσαντ᾽. ‘Set up.”—dvd W ἱστία λευκὰ πέτασσαν. 
“ And spread on high the white sails.” Observe the adverbial force 
of dva.—év δ᾽ ἄνεμος πρῆσε, x. τ. A. “And the wind streamed pow- 
erfully within, against the middle of the 5481}. Observe here the 
peculiar adverbial force of ἐν : the wind streamed against the sail 
im such a way that it was therein-—dudi δὲ στείρῃ. ‘* While at the 
keel round about,” 2. e., round about the keel. Observe the adverb- 
ial force of ἀμφί, and note that στείρῃ is properly the locative case, 
indicating “at” or “in” a place.—vno¢ ἰούσης. “The ship proceed- 
ing on her way,” 7. ¢., as the ship proceeded. 

ἔθεε κατὰ κῦμα. “ Ran along the wave.”—yerd στρατόν. A more 
correct reading than the common κατὰ στρατόν, and adopted by Spitz- 
ner. Ulysses and his companions came ¢o the Grecian army, not 
through it.—vija μὲν οἶγε μέλαιναν, x. τ. 2. “ These same (standing) 
upon the shore drew the black ship high up on the sands.” Observe 
that γέ in ofye has here a recapitulating force —The genitive ἠπείροιο 
denotes the spot to be reached, and from which, in the present in- 
stance, the motion of drawing commences, while the adverbial ἐπέ 
indicates the direction of the vessel’s course toward the shore in 
obedience to that same motion. When the vessel has reached the 


180 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


shore, the next thing to be done is to draw it high up on the sand: 
here ἐπέ is again employed to denote direction, and we have now 
the dative in ψαμάθοις, because this is to be a permanent resting-place 
for the ship.—i76 δ᾽ ἕρματα μακρὰ τάνυσσαν. *‘ And they extended 
long props beneath.’’ These props were placed on each side of the 
vessel, in order to keep it upright. Grashof, however, thinks that 
they were long beams, placed lengthways, on each side of the ves- 
sel, in a line with the keel, and thus keeping the ship erect. This, 
as he thinks, would allow more space between the different vessels, 
and more room for fighting. (Das Schiff bei Homer und Hesiod, p. 
31.)—écxidyayro. ‘ Scattered themselves.” 

488-492. αὐτὰρ ὁ μήνιε. “ But that (other) one (meanwhile) kept 
cherishing his wrath.” Observe the demonstrative force of 6, as 
indicating Achilles, and the continued action expressed by the im- 
Ροτίθοϊ. ---ὠὀκυπόροισιν. We have placed a comma after this word 
with Wolf, in order to bring in the next line with more force.—Odré 
ποτ᾽ εἰς ἀγορὴν, κι τ. A. ‘Neither at any time did he go to the as- 

“sembly which makes men illustrious,” i. e., where men have an op- 
portunity of acquiring renown by their eloquence and wisdom.— 
φθινύθεσκε φίλον κῆρ. “He kept pining away (in) his heart.” The 
minor scholiast makes φθινύθεσκε transitive here, and equivalent te 
ἔφθειρε. It is more Homeric, however, to give it an intransitive 
signification, and to make κῆρ the accusative of nearer definition. 

αὖθι μένων. “Remaining there (where he was).”—oéecke δ᾽ 
dirqv, x. τ. Δ. “And he longed for the battle-ery and the war,’’ 7. ¢., 
he wished some engagement to take place, in order that his absence 
from the battle-field might be severely felt by the Greeks, especial- 
ly by Agamemnon, since he firmly believed that they could not 
conquer without his aid. 

493-497, ἐκ τοῖο. ‘From that time.” τοῖο for τοῦ (i. €., τούτου), 
with an ellipsis of χρόνου.---δυωδεκάτη. Compare verse 425.—xai 
τότε δὴ. “ Then, indeed, also.”” Observe here the force of καί: not 
only the twelfth morning came, but the gods then also proceeded to 
Olympus.— ἅμα. “Αἴ the same time.”-—jpye. “ Led the way.” 
-- ἀλλ᾽ try ἀνεδύσετο κῦμα ϑαλάσσης. “But this same (goddess) 
came up unto the wave of the sea,” z. e., unto the surface of the 
sea. We must be careful not to render κῦμα ϑαλάσσης, as some 
do, “ from the wave of the sea;” this would require the genitive 
κύματος. Compare verse 359, ἀνέδυ πολιῆς ἁλός, and Od., ν., 337, 
ἀνεδύσετο λίμνης; in both of which cases the genitive is rightly em- 
ployed, for there the idea is that of emerging from. In the present 


᾿ 
a .... 


NOTES TO BOOK IL 181 


instance, however, Thetis comes forth from the deep waters, unio 
the waves on their surface (hence the accusative of motion to- 
ward), and then ascends to the skies. Consult Na@gelsbach, ad loc. 
hepin δ' avéby. ‘ And amid the mist of the morning she ascended.” 
We have adopted the meaning given to ἠερίη, in this passage, by 
Voss: “Stieg sie in neblichter Fruhe,” &c., and which is adopted by 
Nagelsbach. The common translation is, ‘‘ early in the morning ;” 
but, if this be correct and 7epin be merely a designation of time, it 
ought to have been mentioned in the first clause, with ἀνεδύσετο, 
and not reserved for the second. According, however, to the ex- 
planation of Voss, 7epin can have nothing to do with dvedicero, and 
belongs, therefore, rightly enough, to ἀνέθη. The passage, too, in 
this way, gains vastly in poetic beauty.—otpavéy, Οὔλυμπόν τε. 
First she reaches the sky (οὐρανός), and then the summit of the 
fabled Olympus, which pierces the sky, and rises far upward on the 
other side of the vault of heaven, into the regions of eternal light. 

498-502. ἄτερ ἥμενον ἄλλων. ‘Sitting apart from the rest.”— 
ἀκροτάτῃ κορυφῇ. The palace of Jove was on the highest peak of 
the mountain.—roAvdeipidog Οὐλύμποιο. ‘Of the many-peaked 
Olympus.”? Compare the explanation of πολυδειράδος, as given by 
the scholiast : πολλὰς ἐξοχὰς ἔχοντος. In the language of poetry, 
Olympus had thrice three hundred summits assigned to it. Com- 
pare the scholiast : “ τρὶς δὲ τριηκόσια: κορυφαὶ νιφόεντος Ολύμπου." 

ὑπ’ ἀνθερεῶνος ἑλοῦσα. “ Having taken him under the chin.” In 
verse 407, mention is made of clasping or taking hold of the knees ; 
to this is now added the touching of the chin. Hence Pliny re- 
marks: “ Antiquis Grecia, in supplicando, mentum attingere mos erat. 
(Η. Ν., xi., 5, 103. Compare also Eurip., Hec., 342.) The genitive 
ἀνθερεῶνος depends more on ἑλοῦσα than on the adverbial ὑπό. 
Thetis took Jove by the chin (hence ἀνθερεῶνος, the genitive of 
part) in such a way that her hand was extended under (ὑπό) the 
same.—dvaxta. ‘Monarch of the skies.” 

503-506. εἴ ποτε δή. Consult note on verse 40. ---- μετ’ ἀθανά- 
τοῖσιν. “ Among the immortals.”—riuqoov. “ Honor.” Tobe taken 
in a general sense, and equivalent to “‘ make illustrious,” ‘render con- 
spicuous,” “bestow favors upon,” &c.—Oxvuoporatog ἄλλων ἔπλετ᾽, 
“Ts the most swift-fated of all.” Equivalent, in fact, to ὠκυμορώ- 
Tepog ἄλλων, OY ὠκυμορώτατος πάντων. The literal meaning, “ most 
swift-fated of others,” would appear to us ungrammatical, and yet 
ἄλλοι merely excludes an individual of the same kind with the rest, 
though differing from them in degree, so that the same person may 
be said both to belong and not to belong to the class in question. 


Q 


182 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


We have an imitation of this construction in Tacitus (Agric., 
34): “ Hi ceterorum Britannorum fugacissimi.”—éinder. Equiva- 
lent here to ἐστί. Consult note on verse 418.—daridp. “For.” A 
similar usage prevails in Latin, where auéem sometimes has the 
force of enim. Thus we may say, as a paraphrase of the present 
passage, “ Honore filium orna; est autem nunc quidem ducis nous 
privatus honore.” (Ndagelsbach, ad loc.) 

508-510. ἀλλὰ σύ πέρ μιν ticov. “Do thou, however, by all 
means honor him,” 7. e., do thou certainly extend to him that honor 
which others have failed to render him.— μητίετα Zed.“ Counsel- 
ling Jove,” 7. ε., Jove, parent-source of all wise counsels.—éxi Τρώ- 
ἐσσι τίθει κράτος. ‘ Bestow might upon the Trojans,’ 1. ¢., the 
might that leads to victory. The adverbial ἐπέ here increases the 
idea of the continuance of that power. It is to be given éo the Tro- 
jans, and to rest upon them for a time.—dgéAAwoi τε é τιμῇ. “And 
may advance him in honor.’’ Literally, “may increase him with 
honor.”” Compare the Latin, “ augere aliguem honore.” 

511-513. νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς. ‘The cloud-collecting Jove.”—o¢ 
ἥψατο γούνων, x. τ. Δ. “ As she touched his knees, so she kept hold- 
ing, having grown unto them (as it were).”” With ἔγετο supply γούνων 
or αὐτῶν, though not required in the translation. We have here, in 
ἐμπεφυυῖα, a singular but bold expression. She clung to the knees 
as firmly as if she had grown unto them and now formed part of 
the very frame of Jove. Virgil has a very feeble imitation of this in 
his “ genua amplexus hercbat.” (Ain., iii., 607.) It must be observed 
that, in a strict Homeric translation, the particle ὡς would be demon- 
strative here in both clauses: ‘so she touched his knees, so she kept 
holding.” Compare the German idiom, “so viel Képfe, so viel 
Sinne,” and also the well-known passage in Virgil, “‘ ué vidi, μὲ perii, 
ut me malus abstulit error.” (Eclog., viii., 41.) 

514-516. νημερτὲς μὲν δή μοι ὑπόσχεο. “ Promise me now, in- 
deed, for certain.”” Observe that μέν is here for μήν. The particle 
δή, on the other hand, intimates a wish that no farther delay take 
place, but that the request be granted at once.—xai κατάνευσον. 
“And ratify (that promise) with a nod,” 7. e., and give me some 
outward sign of such promise.—érei οὔ τοι ἔπι δέος. ‘Since there 
is no cause for fear unto thee.” Observe that δέος here is not 
metus, but causa metuendi.— ἔπι. For ἔπεστι. ---ὅσσον. .“ How far,” 
i. e., in what degree.—driuordrn ϑεός. “The least honored deity.” 

517-519. μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας. * Greatly disturbed.” According to Butt- 
mann (Lezil., s. v.), the verb ὀχθέω denotes, in general, every kind 
of violent emotion at events, actions, and words which strike the 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 183 


mind unpleasantly.—7 δὴ λοίγια ἔργ. Assuredly, now, (these will 
be) mischievous doings.” Supply rad’ ἔσται, not ἐστί, and compare 
verse 573, where the full form of expression is given.—6rz. 
“Since.”—6r’ dv μ᾽ ἐρέθῃησιν. +“ When she shall provoke me.” The 
particle dv implies the possibility of such an event soon taking place, 
from the known character of Juno. 

520-527. ἡ δὲ καὶ αὕτως μ᾽ αἰὲν νεικεῖ. ‘ For she, even thus, is 
ever taunting me,” ἡ. ¢., even as in the present instance, without 
any provocation on my part, and in full accordance with her suspi- 
cious and haughty temper.—xai τέ φησι. “And says, also.” —airi¢ 
ἀπόστιχε. “Go back again.”—vojoy. * May perceive it,” 7. e., may 
perceive thy visit to the skies.—xe μελήσεται. ‘* Will be a care to 
me, if naught prevent.” Observe the force of the particle xe in 
lessening the certainty implied by the future.—éei δ᾽ Gye. Consult 
note on verse 802.---ἐξ ἐμέθεν ye. ‘ From me, at least.” Implying 
that other gods may have other modes of giving a pledge, but that 
this is his.—ovd yap ἐμὸν παλινάγρετον, κ. τ. A. “ For that of mine 
is not revocable, neither accustomed to deceive, nor not to be ac- 
complished, whatsoever I shall confirm by a nod with my head.”— 
ὅτι. Observe the comprehensive meaning of this term, ‘* whatever 
it may be,” “οἵ what kind soever,”’ ἄς. It is incorrect, therefore, 
to refer ἐμόν to τέκμωρ merely. On the contrary, it relates to what- 
ever comes from Jove, whatever is ordained by him. 

528-530. ἡ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν én’ ὀφρύσι, x. τ. Δ. “The son of Saturn 
spoke, and nodded thereupon with his dark eyebrows.’”?’ When 
Phidias, the famous sculptor, was asked from what pattern he had 
framed his noble statue of the Olympian Jove, he answered, it was 
from the archetype which he found in this line of Homer. Virgil, 
remarks Valpy, gives us the nod of Jupiter with great magnificence: 
* Annuit, et nutu totum tremefecit Olympum.” But Homer, in descri- 
bing the same thing, pictures the sable brows of Jupiter bent, and 
his ambrosial curls shaken at the moment when he gives the nod, 
and thereby renders the figure more natural and lively.—érefjdcav- 
το. “Streamed one upon the other.” Observe the force of éri.— 
μέγαν δ᾽ ἐλέλιξεν "ολυμπον. “ And he caused the mighty Olympus 
to tremble (to its base).” The verb ἐλελίζω here expresses a quick 
vibratory motion. 

531-535. διέτμαγεν. “ Separated.”—Zede δὲ ἑὸν πρὸς δῶμα. “ But 
Jove (proceeded) to his own abode.” Supply ἔδη, which is to be 
elicited, in fact, out of ἀλτο.---σφοῦ πατρὸς ἐναντίον. “In the pres- 
ence of their sire.” Observe the genitive here with ἐναντίον, the 
cause of motion, on the part of the assembled gods, coming from 


184 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


the entrance of their sire.—eivar ἐπερχόμενον. “Τὸ wait for him 
approaching.” More literally, “coming on.’’-— ἀντίοι. ‘ Before 
him.” 

536-539. ὥς. ‘ Thus,” 2. 6.7 under such circumstances.—ovdé μιν 
Ἥρη ἠγνοίησεν, x. τ. 2. “ΝΟΥ concerning him was Juno ignorant ; 
having seen, how that,” &c.—oi συμφράσσατο βουλάς. ‘Had just 
been concerting plans with him.” Observe the force of the aorist, 
in referring to what has just taken place.-—dAiowo γέροντος. “Οἵ 
the old man of the sea,’ 1. 6.. of the aged sea-god. Referring to 
Nereus.—xeprouioit. “In heart-cutting (words).” Supply ἔπεσι. 

540-543. τίς δ᾽ ad. “And who again.” 0’ ad for dé ad. Nagels- 
bach, with less propriety, makes it to be for 67 αὖ.---δολομῆτα. 
“ Artful οη6." --συμφράσσατο βουλάς. “Concerted plans with thee 
amoment ago.”—é6vra. Observe the employment of the accusative 
here, σέ being understood, where we would expect the dative, agree- 
ing with σοί. In Attic Greek this becomes a common usage.— 
κρυπτάδια φρονέοντα δικαζέμεν. ‘ Revolving secret things in mind 
to come to decisions thereon,” 2. e., to make secret decisions, to de- 
cide on things apart from me.—eizeiv μοι ἔπος ὅττι νοήσῃς. “Τὸ 
declare unto me any plan thou mayest have devised.” More lit- 
erally, ‘to declare unto me. ἃ plan, whatsoever one thou mayest 
have devised.” 

545-550. μὴ δὴ πάντας ἐμοὺς, x. τ. a. “Do not, indeed, build any 
hopes upon (this), that thou shalt become acquainted with all my 
determinations.’’ Observe the peculiar force of ἐπέ in composition, 
and compare the explanation of Nagelsbach, “ hoffe nicht darauf.” 
--χαλεποί τοι ἔσοντ᾽, κι τ. Δ. ‘ They will prove burdensome. unto. 
thee, although thou art the partner of my couch,” 7. ¢., they will 
prove too burdensome for thy feebler intellects, as a female, al- 
though thou art my spouse. The scholiast makes χαλεποί equiva- 
lent here to GAaébepoi, “ hurtful,’’ “injurious,” but in this way the 
words ἀλόχῳ περ ἐούσῃ lose all their force. 

ἀλλ᾽ ὅν μέν κ’ ἐπιεικὲς ἀκουέμεν. ‘ But whatever one, indeed, it 
may be fitting (for thee) to hear.’’. With ὃν supply μῦθον .----κ’ ἐπιεικὲς. 
Supply 9, so that x’ 7 becomes equivalent to the prose ὧν ἢ.---πρότερος 
τόνγ᾽ εἴσεται. “Shall know this same one sooner (than thou).” 
Observe the recapitulating force of yé in combination with the pro- 
noun.—y7 τὶ σὺ ταῦτα ἕκαστα, κ. τ. A. ‘“ Do not thou at all interrogate 
respecting each of these things, nor be prying into them.” After 
ὃν μὲν we would expect τοῦτον, but ταῦτα ἕκαστα take its place, 
showing clearly that ὃν is to be taken collectively. 

551-554. βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη. ‘‘ The large-eyed, revered Juno.” 


NOTES TO BOOK IL 185 ~ 


In poetic language, and especially in epic phraseology, two or more 
epithets are often added to a single substantive, without any con- 
necting conjunction, when these are merely ornamental epithets, 
and serve to point out the object more fully tothe view. (Kiihner, ὃ 
760, πι.)---βοῶπις. A large, full eye was an important ingredient in 
Grecian beauty, and the epithet βοῶπις is well qualified to express 
this, signifying, literally, “ ox-eyed,” z. e., one who has large eyes 
like an ox. The term, moreover, is not confined in Homer to Juno 
merely, but is applied by him on one occasion to a Nereid (Ji., 
xviii., 40), and on two other occasions to two other females. (J1., 
iii., 144; vii., 10.) Muller thinks that it had a special reference 
originally to the worship of the Argive Juno, and the legend of Io. 
( Wissensch. Mythol., p. 263.) 

aivérare. ‘ Most dread.’’—rotov τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες; “ What kind 
of word is this thou hast just uttered?” Equivalent to ποῖον ἔειπες 
τοῦτον τὸν μῦθον, “Of what kind hast thou uttered this very word?” 
—kai λίην ce πάρος γ᾽, κι τ. A. ‘* Heretofore, at least, I even alto- 
gether neither interrogate thee, nor pry.” Observe here the em- 
ployment of «ai λίην (literally, “even very greatly”) to express a 
strong and positive assertion. Jt may be paraphrased by “even as 
much as thou thyself couldst wish.” (Consult Nagelsbach, ad loc.) 
—sipouar. The present here, as well as in μεταλλῶ and φράζεαι, is 
not for the perfect, as some explain it, but is purposely employed to 
bring the whole range of the past before the eyes, and to denote 
long-continued habit.—da/Aa μάλ᾽ εὔκηλος, x. τ. Δ. But, very free 
from interruption on my part, thou meditatest on those things, what- 
soever thou mayest wish.” The adjective εὔκηλος in Homer is 
nearly equivalent to “tranquil,” but only with the idea of freedom 
from all anxiety, interruption, danger, or other uncomfortable feel- 
ings. (Butimann, Lezxil., i., p. 141.)—éoo’. Observe that ἅσσα is 
for ἅτινα. ᾿ 

555-558. σε παρείπῃ. ““ΜΑΥ have persuaded thee wrong.’’ Ob- 
serve here the force of παρά, as showing a deviation from the right 
way, as in παρὰ μοῖραν, παρὰ δόξαν, παρὰ τὰ δίκαια. Hence ce 
παρείπῃ may be literally rendered, “ May have spoken unto thee by 
the side of what was right, and not in the same path with it.”—rj σ᾽ 
ὀΐω κατανεῦσαι ἐτήτυμον. ‘Unto this one I imagine that thou didst 
nod assent for certain.” 

561-564. δαιμονίη. “Strange one.” We have given here the 
meaning which appears to lie at the basis of δαιμόνιος. The or- 
dinary translation, “madam,” carries with it a ludicrous air.—aiei ἡ 
μὲν ὀΐεαι, οὐδέ ce λήθω. “Thou art ever, indeed, imagining, nor do 

Q2 


186 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


I (at any time) escape thy observation.”—0’ ἔμπης. “ And yet, after 
all.” ἔμπης is equivalent to ἐν πᾶσιν.---ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ ϑυμοῦ, κ. τ. A. 
“On the contrary, thou shalt be farther away from my bosom,” @. δ.» 
more estranged than ever from my affections. Observe that ἀπό 
here is merely an adverb, “away,” and that “from” is implied by 
the case itself of ϑυμοῦ.---τοι καὶ ῥίγιον. “Even more unpleasant 
for thee.”—otrw. Referring to ἀπὸ ϑυμοῦ μᾶλλον ἐμοὶ ἔσεαι. 

566-567. μὴ νύ τοι οὐ χραίσμωσιν, κ. τ. ἃ. “ Lest, in that event, 
as many gods as there are in Olympus prove in reality of no avail 
unto thee against me coming near, whenever I shall have laid my un- 
approachable hands upon thee.” Consult, as regards the form μὴ νύ 
τοι, the note on verse 28.—dacov idvé’. More literally, ‘coming near- 
er,” 7. e., than 1 at present am. A difference of opinion exists with 
regard to iév? in this passage. Buttmann (Lezil., i., 1) maintains 
that it is not for the accusative singular ἰόντα, agreeing with ye 
understood, but for ἰόντε the nominative dual, in the sense of the 
plural, and agreeing with @eoi. This, however, is opposed by 
Kihner, Spitzner, and others. Buttmann himself, on a previous 
oceasion (Ausfuhr. G. G., i., p. 136, note) was of the same way of 
thinking. The whole question turns on this, whether we can use 
after χραισμεῖν the accusative of the concrete object (person or 
thing) to be warded off, and not merely such general ideas as ὄλε- 
θμος, ϑάνατος, ἕο. Buttmann insists that we cannot, but the op- 
posite opinion appears the more correct one; and, besides, even sup- 
posing Buttmann’s position to be correct, still, in the present in- 
stance, ἄσσον ἰόνθ᾽ is nothing more, in fact, than ἐμὲ ὄλεθρον φέροντα. 

569-572. καί pa. ‘‘ And accordingly.”—émeyvdupaca φίλον κῆρ. 
“‘ Having bent her heart (to submission).”—éy@yjcav. ‘* Were sore 
distressed.”’—xAvroréyvy¢. ‘Illustrious artificer,’’ 7. e., famed for 
his skill in the manual arts. To Vulean, the fire-god, and son of 
Jupiter and Juno, was ascribed in fable a perfect acquaintance with 
the working of metals, and with all the secrets of the mechanical 
arts.—éninpa φέρων. “Striving to gratify.” Literally, “ bringing 
agreeable things.’ We have retained éxinpa, the commonly-re- 
ceived reading. Buttmann, however, adduces some strong reasons 
in favour of ἐπὲ ἦρα φέρων, making ἦρα the accusative of an obsolete 
nominative 7p. (Lezil., i., p. 149.) 

573-579. ἡ δὴ λοίγια, x. τ. 2. Consult note on verse 518.—dde. 
“Thus,” 7. €., even as you are now doing. Not, *so violently.” 
The Greek for this would be τόσον.---κολῳὸν ἐλαύνετον. “ Excite a 
disturbance.” —darri¢ ἐσθλῆς ἦδος. “ Enjoyment of the goodly ban- 
quet."—érei τὰ χερείονα νικᾷ. “Since these practices, which are 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 187 


growing worse and worse, are gaining the ascendancy.” Literally, 
“ since these worse things conquer.’'—0’ ἐγὼ παράφημι. “1 recom- 
mend, therefore.”—xai αὑτῇ περ νοεούσῃ. ‘* Although she herself is 
possessed of intelligence,” ὁ. c., has mind of her own, and therefore 
needs no advice from me.—y% aire νεικείῃσι. “May not again 
wrangle (with her).” Observe the force of aire: “ again,” 7. ¢., as 
he often before has done.—ovv δ᾽ ἡμῖν daira ταράξῃ. “ And disturb 
the banquet for us among ourselves,” i. ¢., our common banquet. 
Observe the force of σύν, “ among ourselves” or ‘ one another,” a 
meaning arising from the ordinary signification, ‘‘ together.” 

580-585. στυφελέξαι. ‘To hurl (us).” According to the point- 
ing we have adopted, which is that of Heyne, Wolf, and Spitzner, 
there is an aposiopesis after στυφελίξαι, and we must add, in order 
to complete the sense, “ he can easily do 50. Some place a comma 
after ἐθέλῃσιν, and make στυφελέξαι the optative, but this weakens 
the force of the passage. According to our pointing, στυφελίξαι is 
governed by ἐθέλῃσιν.--τφέρτατος. “The most powerful.”—rév γ᾽ 
ἐπέεσσι καθάπτεσθαι μαλακοῖσιν. ‘Strive to soothe this same one 
with soft words.” The infinitive is here used absolutely for the 
imperative, without our being under any necessity of having re- 
course to an ellipsis of μέμνησο or μνῆσαι. Consult note on verse 
323.—atrix’ ἔπειθ᾽. ‘ Immediately thereupon.” 

καὶ ἀναΐξας, x. τ. Δ. “ And, having started up, placed a double cup 
in the hand of his mother.” Literally, “in the hand unto his 
mother.” By δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον is meant a drinking vessel having 
a cup at both ends. That this was the form of the vessel in ques- 
tion is shown by a passage in Aristotle (ἢ. A., 9, 40), where he is 
describing the cells of bees as having two openings divided by a floor, 
like ἀμφικύπελλα. 

586-589. τέτλαθι. “ Endure it.”—dvdoyeo. “ Restrain thyself.” 
—-oiAnv περ ἐοῦσαν. The particle πέρ is here equivalent to valde, 
whereas with κηδομένη, in the previous line, it has the meaning of 
“though.”—év ὀφθαλμοῖσιν. ‘ With my own eyes.” The adver- 
bial ἐν, as Nagelsbach remarks, here denotes that the scene in 
question dwells, as it were, within his very eyes, and hence indicates 
the lasting impression which such a scene would naturally produce. 
-πΟϑεινομένην. “Getting beaten.”—dpyadéog γὰρ ᾿᾽Ολύμπιος ἀντιφέ- 
ρεσθαι. “Since the Olympian (king) is difficult to be opposed.” 
More literally, ‘to be borne up against.”” Compare the explanation 
of Wolf: “ difficilis est, cui resistalur.” Some, less correctly, make 
ἀντιφέρεσθαι the middle voice. 

590-591. ἤδη yap καὶ ἄλλοτ᾽. “ For before now also, on another 


188 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


oceasion.”—dAetéuevar. “To aid (thee).”—zodd¢ τεταγών. “ Hav- 
ing seized me by the foot.” Observe in ποδός the genitive of a part. 
Eustathius says that Jove flung him from heaven, as one would’ 
fling a hare, or some other animal of the kind, having caught it, 
namely, by the leg !—The fall of Vulcan from the skies is supposed, 
by some, to be symbolical of the lightnings descending from the 
clouds; and he falls on the island of Lemnos, because it is a volcanie 
isle. The common fable, however, to which the poet here alludes, 
is told by the scholiast as follows: Hercules, having taken and 
sacked the city of Troy, was, on his return, driven to the island of 
Cos by a storm of Juno’s raising. This goddess, who hated him 
bitterly, had contrived to cast Jupiter into a deep sleep, that he 
might not interrupt her purpose. Jupiter, on awakening, discover- 
ed the deception, and cast Juno into fetters; and Vulcan, on at- 
tempting to loosen these, was discovered by Jupiter, and cast head- 
long down to Lemnos. 

592-594. πᾶν jap. “ All day long.”"—xdarecov. “41 fell down.” 
For κατέπεσον.---ὀλίγος δ᾽ ἔτι ϑυμὸς ἐνῆεν. “ And but little life was 
yet in me.”—Zivtiec ἄνδρες. “The Sintian men.” According to 
the common account, the Sintians were a Thracian community, of 
rude and barbarous habits, who inhabited a district on the banks of 
the Strymon, north of the Siropeones. They once occupied, as is 
said, the island of Lemnos. Miiller makes them Tyrrheni, which is 
the most probable supposition.—dgap κομίσαντο. “ὁ Immediately 
bore away,” 7. ¢., bore to their homes and tended. 

596-598. παιδὸς ἐδέξατο χειρὶ κύπελλον. ‘ Received in her hand 
the cup from her son.’’ Observe that παιδός is here the Terminus 
a γιιο.---ἐνδέξια. “In a direction from left to right.” Consult 
Buttmann (Lezil., i., p. 174), who shows that at a banquet there was 
always a fixed place where they began to pour out the wine, and 
from this the cup went round in a direction from left to right. 
Whatever else was done in rotation on these occasions, was done 
from superstitious motives in the same direction.—oivoyder.. ‘ Kept 
pouring out,” 2. ¢., the nectar.—xpytipoc. The mixer on this ocea- 
sion contains the pure, undiluted beverage of the gods. Compare 
Glossary, on ἀφύσσων, line 598. 

599-604. ἄσόδεστος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐνῶρτο, x. τ. A. “And inextinguishable 
laughter did thereupon arise among the blessed gods, when they 
saw Vulcan bustling about throughout the mansion.” The verb 
ποιπνύω, in its original sense, meant “to be out of breath ;” in Ho- 
mer’s time, however, it was softened down into the idea merely of 
great exertion. (Buttmann, Lezil., i., p. 176.) The gods laughed 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 189 


at the clumsy attempt of the lame deity to imitate the graceful move- 
ments of a Hebe or a Ganymede. 

οὐ μὲν φύρμιγγος περικαλλέος, x. τ. A. “ΝΟΥ, indeed, of the very 
beautiful lyre, which Apollo held.” The form οὐ μέν (i. €., οὐ μήν) is 
equivalent to ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ here.—Movodwv 8. “ΝΟΥ of the Muses.” 
Literally, “ and of the Muses.” —dyec6ouevac. “Responsive.” More 
literally, “ answering in turn.” 

606-611. κακκείοντες. ‘For the purpose of lying down.” — 
οἰκόνδε. “To his home.” Each deity had a separate palace on 
Olympus.—dudryvjece. “* Lame of both legs.”” This lameness was 
the consequence of his fall, when hurled from the skies by Jupiter. 
—idvinot πραπίδεσσι. ‘ With knowing mind,” z. e., skilful inven- 
tion.—mpoc ὃν λέχος. “To his own couch.”—év0a πάρος κοιμᾶθ᾽. 
“ Where before he was wont to lie down.” —ére μιν γλυκὺς, κ. τ. A. 
“ As often as sweet sleep came upon him,” Observe here the em- 
ployment of ὅτε with the optative, to express what takes place re- 
peatedly or customarily. (Butimann, α΄. G., § 139, 6.)—xaGedd’. 
** He lay down to repose.”’ Observe that καθεῦδ᾽ does not here mean 
“ἢ slept,” for he is described as still awake at the commencement 
of the second book, but only ‘‘ he lay down in order to court repose.” 
—rapa dé. “ And by his side.” Knight rejects this last verse as 
spurious. He regards it as the interpolation of a rhapsodist, who 
wished to terminate the canto as a particular rhapsody. His argu- 
ment against it is, that Jove is represented in the beginning of the 
second book as still awake. An answer to this is given above, in 
the note on καθεῦδ᾽.---γρυσόθρονος. ‘ Of the golden throne,” an ep- 
ithet applied to Juno as the Queen of Heaven. 


NOTES ON THE SECOND BOOK, 


ARGUMENT. 


THE DREAM.—THE TRIAL OF THE FEELINGS OF THE ARMY.—THE MUS- 
TER - AND CATALOGUE OF THE FORCES. 


Juprrer, in accordance with the prayer of Thetis, determines to 
distress the Greeks, in order that he may do honor to Achilles, and 
make his absence from the battle-field more sensibly felt by the 
host. In pursuance of this resolve, he sends a deceptive vision 
to Agamemnon, persuading him to lead the army to battle. - This 
leader, who is thus deluded with the hope of taking Troy without 
the aid of the son of Peleus, having feared lest the army might be 
discouraged by the absence of that warrior, and the recent plague, as 
well as by the long continuance of the siege, contrives to make trial 
of their feelings by a stratagem. He first communicates his design 
to the princes in council, informing them of his dream, and of his 
intention to propose a return to the soldiers, at the same time re- 
questing the assembled leaders to stop the movements of the forces, 
in case his proposals were embraced by these. Then he assembles 
the whole multitude, and,on his recommending a return to Greece, 
they with one voice agree to it, and run to launch the ships. Ulys- 
ses, however, succeeds in detaining them, the assembly is re- 
called, several speeches are made on the occasion, and at length 
the advice of Nestor is followed, which was to make a general mus- 
ter of the troops, and to divide them into their several nations, 
tribes, kindred, &c., before they proceeded to battle. This gives 
occasion to the poet to enumerate all the forces of the Greeks and 
Trojans in a long catalogue. 

The time employed in this book consists of not quite one day. 
The scene lies at first in the Grecian camp, and upon the sea- 
shore: toward the close it changes to Troy. 


NOTES TO BOOK II 191 


1-4. "Αλλοι μέν ῥα, κι τ. Δ. “The rest, then, both gods and men 
who fight armed from chariots.” Observe that ἄλλοι is here equiv- 
alent to the later of ἄλλοι. In Homer, we can only tell from the 
context when ἄλλοι is to be thus rendered, since the article as 
such is never employed by the poet.—fa. A particle here of con- 
tinuation, and connecting the last line of the preceding book with 
the first line of the present one.—immoxopvorai. Compare the scho- 
liast : ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων μαχόμενοι. As fighting from on horseback was 
not practised in Homeric times, the expression ἀφ᾽ ἵππων is the same 
as ἐφ᾽ ἅρματος. 

Δία δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχε νήδυμος ὕπνος. Compare the meaning assigned to 
καθεῦδ᾽ in the last line of the previous book. — ἀλλ᾽ ὅγε μερμήριζε. 
“ But this same deity kept pondering.” Observe the recapitulating 
power of γέ.---ὡς ᾿Αχιλῆα τιμήσῃ. “In what way he may honor 
Achilles, and destroy many at the ships of the Greeks.” Since a 
past tense, μερμήριζε, precedes, we would naturally expect an opta- 
tive to follow. Instead of this mood, however, we have here the 
subjunctive, or what grammarians call ‘“ conjunctivus deliberativus.” 
Jove is supposed to say to himself, while deliberating on the objects 
to be accomplished by him, πῶς... τιμήσω ; πῶς... ὀλέσω ; and this 
same mood still remains in the narration, after the person is changed, 
and the direct interrogation altered to the oblique. The optatives 
τιμήσαι and ὀλέσαι, or, according to another form, τεμήσει᾽, are here 
less correctly preferred by some. 

5-7. ἥδε δέ. “ The following, thereupon.”—fovdy. “ Device.”— 
πέμψαι ἐπ’ ᾿Ατρείδῃ, x. τ. A. ‘To send upon Agamemnon, son of 
Atreus.” Observe that here ᾿Ατρείδῃ is the dative of disadvantage 
depending immediately upon the verb, and that the adverbial ἐπί 
mefely indicates the direction of the action. —ovAov ὄνειρον. “A 
pernicious dream.” Some read "Ovecpov with a capital letter, as if 
the Dream-god himself were here meant. Not so, however. By 
ὄνειρον is to bee understood merely a particular dream, to which, in 
commen with dreams in general, a species of personal existence is 
here assigned, and which, from the nature of its destination in the 
present instance, is termed οὗλον, “ pernicious” or “ baneful.” The 
epithet οὗλος would be manifestly improper as a general designation 
for the god of dreams, and would make all dreams more or less per- 
nicious in their nature. —«ai μὲν φωνήσας, κ. τ. A. Observe that 
φωνήσας is here intransitive, and that μέν depends on προςηύδα. 

8-10. Βάώσκ᾽ ἴθι. “Go, speed thee.’ More literally, “go, go.” 
An expression intended to mark haste. Hence Aulus Gellius (xiii., 
24) remarks, “ Quits tam obtuso est ingenio, quin intelligat, Back’ ἴθι, 


192 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


ote ὄνειρε, καὶ βάσκ᾽ ἴθε "Ipe ταχεῖα, verba duo idem significantia non 
Srustra posita esse ἐκ παραλλήλου,.μὶ quidam putant, sed hortamentum 
esse acre imperate οεἰεγι αἰ 15." --- ἐλθὼν ἐς κλισίην. Observe the asyn+ 
deton here, occasioned by the absence of δέ. This is owing to the 
emphatic nature of the command. Hence the scholiast remarks, 
τὸ πρέπον (** the emphatic nature”) τῆς ἐγκελεύσεως διὰ τοῦ ἀσυνδέτου 
φαίνεται.---ἀγορευέμεν. “Utter.”’ The infinitive for the imperative. 
Consult note on book i., verse 323.—dc¢ ἐπιτέλλω. ‘ As I enjoin.” 
11-15. ϑωρῆξαι ἑ κέλευε, κ. τ. Δ. “Bid him arm with all energy 
the long-haired Greeks.” Long hair was regarded by the early 
Greeks as a mark of strength and valor. (Schol. brev., ad loc.); and 
hence the term καρηκομόωντες becomes in Homer a constant, and, 
at the same time, a sort of national epithet. Among the later 
Greeks it was the badge of a free condition, and was forbidden to 
slaves. (Compare Xen., Rep. Laced., xi.,3; Aristot., Rhet., i., 9.)\— 
mavovdin. More literally, “with all his might.’ Compare the ex- 
planation of Wolf: “cum omni impetu: mit voller Macht.”’ Some 
translate it “in full force,” and so the scholiast has it, πανστρατί. 
This, however, is rather the meaning which the word bears in later 
writers. 
νῦν γάρ κεν ἕλοι. ““ἘῸΥ now will he probably take,”’ i. e., now has 
he a chance of taking. Observe that Jupiter does not, as some pre- 
tend, utter here a direct falsehood, and promise the capture of the 
city, when no such capture is about at the moment to take place. 
On the contrary, the language is purposely guarded, the particle κέν 
with the optative denoting mere contingency, and only as much is ~ 
said as may lead Agamemnon into error; such being the design of 
Jove. Observe, also, that Jove addresses the dream in the directa 
oratio, and hence we have the indicative φράζονται in verse 14.—Had 
the future been employed instead of κέν with the optative, a certain 
promise would have been made, and Jove would then have been 
guilty of an untruth. . 
οὐ tr’ ἀμφὶς φράζονται. ‘No longer think dividedly.” More liter- 
ally, ‘‘no longer deliberate (all) around,” 7. e., in detached groups, 
or separate parties, each of these differing in opinion from the rest, 
Observe the force of the middle voice in φράζονται.---ἐπέγναμψεν 
ἅπαντας. “Has bent all (to her will)."—Tpdéecor ἐφῆπται. ‘Ime 
pend over the Trojans.’’ Observe the continued action implied by 
the perfect, which gives it the force of a present. j 
16-22. τὸν μῦθον. “This mandate.” Observe the demonstrative 
force of rév.— G7 δ᾽ dp’ ἐπ’. “ And then it repaired unto.”—rov δ᾽, 
“ But this warrior.’—repi δ᾽ dubpdavog κέχυθ᾽ ὕπνος. “ And ambro- 


NOTES TO BOOK It. 193 


sial sleep was diffused around.” By the epithet ‘“ ambrosial” is 
meant the strengthening, healing nature of sleep; and to express 
this the poet selects an epithet indicative of strengthening, eter- 
nizing power borrowed from the food of the gods. (Buttmann, 
Lexil., i., p. 134.)—xéyv@’. Observe the continued action expressed 
here by the pluperfect, and which gives it the force of an imperfect : 
“had been diffused, and still continued diffused.”—wzép. κεφαλῆς. 
“‘ Over his head,”’ 7. e., at the head of the sleeper, and bending over 
him. - 

Νηληΐῳ υἷε ἐοικώς, Νέστορι. ‘Like to the son of Neleus, io 
Nestor.” Literally, ‘to the Neleian son.”—rov ῥα μάλιστα, κ. τ. 2. 
“ Whom, namely, Agamemnon was wont to honor most of the elder 
(chieftains).” Hence the dream assumed his form, in order that 
what it said might carry more weight with Agamemnon. 

23-25. εὕδεις ᾿Ατρέος υἱὲ, x. τ. Δ. ‘ Sleepest thou, son of Atreus, 
the warrior, the tamer of steeds?” We have placed a comma be- 
fore δαΐφρονος, thus giving each of the epithets a translation sep- 
arate from the noun, a construction far more Homeric and spirited 
than the ordinary one.—Observe that Homer here makes Atreus 
the father of Agamemnon and Menelaus, whereas Apollodorus makes 
him their grandfather. (Apollod., iii., 2, 2.)--- ἱπποδάμοιο. A con- 
stant epithet in Homer for warriors, from their having so much to 
do with steeds. At this early period horses were scarce in Greece, 
and were possessed only by the opulent.—-6 λαοί τ᾽ ἐπιτετράφαται, 
κι τ. A. “Unto whom both nations have been intrusted, and things 
of so much importance are a care.” The term λαοί has reference 
here to the Grecian army, as composed of so — distinct tribes 
or communities: 

26-34. viv δ᾽ ἐμέθεν ξύνες dea “Now, therefore, understand 
from me quickly,” 7. e., quickly attend to me.—Aud¢ dé τοι. For Διὸς 
γάρ σοι.---ἅνευθεν ἐών. “ Although away.” More literally, “apart,” 
t. €., at a distance from thee.—éAeaiper. Supply σε.----ϑωρῆξαίΐ ce, κ 
t. 2%. The words of Jove are now repeated by the dream, with a 
change of person from the third to the second. 

Eye. ‘“ Keep it,” i. ¢., what I have just told thee.—pndé σε λήθη 
aipeitw. “Nor let forgetfulness take thee unto itself.” Observe 
the force of the active.—eir’ dv. For 6rav.—dvjy. “May have 
released thee (from its influence).”’ More literally, “may have sent 
thee away,” 1. 6.) may have left thee. 

35-36. τὸν δ᾽ ἔλιπ᾽ αὐτρῦ, κι τ. a. “ And left that warrior there, 
pondering those things in mind which, namely, were not about to be 
accomplished.”” Qbserye that the verb is here in the plural (ἔμελλον), 

R 


194 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


where, from the ordinary rule respecting neuters plural, we would 
expect the singular number. Neuters plural take the verb in the 
singular when things, not persons, are referred to; because things 
are regarded as forming merely one class, and as destitute of indi- 
viduality ; whereas, when they refer to persons, the verb is put in 
the plural, because persons are considered separately, not classified 
together. In the present instance, however, each of the objects 
which Agamemnon expects to accomplish arises so distinctly and 
vividly on his view, that a kind of separate personality is given to 
them, and the verb with which they are connected becomes of the 
plural number. 

3740. φῆ γὰρ Sy αἱρήσειν. ‘For he thought that he will take.” 
More literally, “he said (within his own soul).” The verb φημί is 
often thus used in Homer. Observe, also, that no pronoun is ex- 
pressed before αἱρήσειν, which shows that the reference is to the 
same person that forms the subject of the preceding verb.—r7ruo¢. 
“Child that he was.’’ A constant expression in Homer to denote 
rashness and folly in coming to any eonclusion.—ovdé τὰ ἤδη, κ. τ. 
2. “Nor did he know those deeds which Jove was really medita- 
ting.” The more prosaic form of expression would be, οὐδὲ ἤδη τὰ 
ἔργα & ῥα Ζεὺς μήδετο.---ϑήσειν éx’, x. τ. 2. * Toinfliet both sufferings 
and groans upon the Trojans as well as the Greeks.” The adverbial 
ἐπί is to be taken in close construction with ϑήσειν.---διὰ κρατερὰς 
ὑσμίνας. “Through mighty conflicts.” Observe that δεά is here 
equivalent to the Latin per, and does not, as the minor’ scholiast 
says, supply with the accusative the place of the genitive, namely, 
διὰ ὑσμίνας for διὰ ὑσμίνων. 

41-42. ἔγρετο. “He awoke.”—ein δέ μιν, x. τ. Δ. “And the 
divine voice was diffused around him,” 2. e., the accents of the 
heaven-sent dream still rang in his ear.—ép6w@eic. ‘ Erect.” The 
literal translation of ἔζετο ὀρθωθείς would be, “ having raised him- 
self, he sat (in that posture),”’ ὀρθωθείς being used in a middle sense. 
—évdvve. “He put on.” The literal meaning presents a much live- 
lier image, “‘ he got into.” 

χιτῶνα. The tunic or chiton was the only kind of ἔνδυμα, or un- 
der garment, worn by the Greeks. Of this there were two kinds, 
the Dorian and Ionian. The former, as worn by males, was a short 
woollen shirt without sleeves ; the Ionian was a long linen garment 
with sleeves. The Dorian seems to have been originally worn in 
the whole of Greece, and is the one referred to in the text. 

43-44. φᾶρος. The English term “cloak,” though generally adopt- 
ed as the translation of this term, conveys no accurate conceptian 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 195 


of the form, material, or use of the garment which it denoted. This 
was always a rectangular piece of cloth, exactly, or, at least, near- 
ly square. It was used in the very form in which it was taken from 
the loom, being made entirely by the weaver. The following cut - 
shows the φᾶρος wrapped around the body to defend it from cold. It 
is from a very ancient intaglio. 


In the following, which represents a statue of Phocion, a more 
graceful and convenient mode of wearing this same garment is 
shown. 


196 NOTES TO BOOK I. 


ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ λιπαροισῖν, x. τ. A. * And under his white feet he bound 
the beautiful sandals.” In the Homeric age, the sandal consisted 
of a wooden sole, fastened to the foot with thongs. In later times, 
however, the sandal must be distinguished from the ὑπόδημα, which © 
was a simple sole bound under the foot, whereas the sandal was 
then a sole with a piece of leather covering the toes, so that it 
formed the transition from the ὑπόδημα to real shoes. 

45-47. ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὦμοισιν, x. τ. Δ. “And then around his shoul- 
ders he cast the silver-studded sword,” i. ¢., the belt from which 
hung suspended the sword. The belt was supported by the right 
shoulder, and hung obliquely over the breast, as may be seen in the 
following cut, taken from a cameo in the Florentine museum. 


σκῆπτρον. Consult note on booki., verse 15.---πατρώϊον, ἄφθιτον 
αἰεί. ‘Hereditary, ever imperishable.”’ These epithets are to be 
translated separately from the noun. Consult note on verse 23.— 
The sceptre is called πατρώϊον, because the family-sceptre of the 
line ; and ἄφθιτον, because made by Vulcan. Compare verse 101, 
seqgq.—kata νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων. ‘ Down to the ships of 
the bronze-mailed Greeks.” Literally, “ of the Greeks arrayed in 
tunics of bronze.” 

48-55.’Hoc. Aurora, or Eos, the goddess of the dawn, dwelt 
with her spouse, Tithonus, on the eastern borders of the Oceanus- 
encompassed earth-plane. She precedes her brother Helios, the 
sun-god, in a two-horse car (Od., xxiii., 245), and bends her course 
through the heavens, entering in at the eastern door of the skies, 
and passing out at the western; when, together with her brother, 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 197 


she descends to the great stream of Oceanus, where a golden ship 
reconveys them both, with winged speed, to their Eastern home. 
Her approach to Olympus, as mentioned in the text, means, there- 
fore, her drawing near to the eastern portal of the heavens. (Voss, 
Kr. BL., i., 234.) 

épéovoa. “To announce.”’ Future participle.—airdp 6. “But 
that warrior.” Equivalent to ἐκεῖνος, and referring to Agamemnon 
as the chief person in the narrative.—oi wév .... . toi de. “ These, 
indeed ... . but those.”—ovAy δὲ πρῶτον ife, x. τ. A. “ And first 
a council of high-souled elders sat at the ship of Nestor, the Pylos- 
born king.” A question arises here about the true reading. Zeno- 
dotus, one of the ancient grammarians, was in favor of βουλήν, 
making ife βουλήν signify, ‘he caused a council to sit,” the objec- 
tion to βουλή being that ἔζω in the active means “ to cause to sit,” Ὁ 
but iouac in the middle “to sit,” and that βουλὴ ife, therefore, would 
not make sense. In reply to this, it may be urged, that Homer uses 
ἔζω as well in the sense of “to sit” as “to cause to sit,” and, in- 
deed, in the former much more frequently than in the latter. The 
scholiasts, moreover, inform us that βουλή was the reading of Aris- 
tarchus, Aristophanes, and of the best copies ; and it has been adopt- 
ed, also, in modern days, by Heyne, Wolf, Spitzner, and others. 

Πυλοιγενέος βασιλῆος. Observe the apposition between βασιλῆος and 
the genitive Νέστορος as implied in Necropéy. This species of apposi- 
tion takes place in the case of adjectives derived from proper names, 
if the proper name contained in them is designed to include a defi- 
nition. (Matthia, ὁ 431, 1.)---πυκινὴν ἠρτύνετο βουλήν. “He ar- 
ranged a skilful plan.’”” Compare the explanation of Wolf: “er 
spann den klugen Rath.” 
~ 56-59. ϑεῖος ὄνειρος. “A divine dream,” i. ¢., heaven-sent.— 
ἐνύπνιον. ‘In sleep.” The neuter of the adjective taken adverb- 
ially, and equivalent to évurviwc.— ἀμθροσίην διὰ νύκτα. ““ During 
the ambrosial night.” The epithet du6pocin here applied to νύξ is 
the same, in fact, as Gu6poro¢ or ἀθρότη, and by “ ambrosial night” 
is therefore meant, according to Buttmann, “divine,” or “sacred 
night.” (Lezil., i., p: 134.)—dAcora δὲ Νέστορι δίῳ, κ. τ. Δ. “ And 
especially did it very closely resemble the noble Nestor, in both ap- 
pearance as well as size and mien.”’ Observe that μάλιστα here is 
equivalent to the Latin potissimum, and that ἄγχιστα is to be taken 
in close connection with @xet.—xai μὲ πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν. Observe 
that the accusative here denotes the terminus ad quem, and depends 
in construction on the verb, not on the adverbial πρός. Consult 
Néagelsbach, Excurs., xvi., p. 305. 

R2 


198 NOTES TO BOOK IL 


71-75. ᾧχετ᾽ ἀποπτάμενος. ‘ Flew quickly away.” Literally, “ de- 
parted, having flown away.” The verb oiyoua: is often used thus 
with a participle, and always, in this connection, indicates rapidity 
of movement. The meaning here is, that the moment the dream 
had thus spoken it flew away.—darjjxev. Consult note on ἀνήῃ, verse 
34.—dA7 dyer’. ‘‘ But come, (let us try).”’ Supply πειρώμεθα. In 
strictness, however, there is no ellipsis here, but πειρώμεθα, or some- 
thing analogous, is implied in the context.—Bwpyiouev. “ We may 
arm.” For ϑωρήξωμεν, the subjunctive with the mood-vowel short- 
ened. 

πρῶτα 0 ἐγὼν, κ. τ. Δ. “1, therefore, will first, as it is right, try 
them with words,”’ ἡ. ¢., I will do this first in order, as it is right 
that a commander should, and do you then follow me in this. We 
have given 7, with Buttmann and Spitzner. The more usual ac- 
centuation is 7, but this has in the epic language, as Buttmann re- 
marks, a reference merely to place, namely, ‘‘ whither,” ‘“‘ where,” 
and cannot mean, as some pretend, ‘“‘as far as.”—Agamemnon is 
apprehensive lest his treatment of Achilles may have alienated from 
himself the feelings of the host, and diminished their ardor in the 
prosecution of the war. In order, therefore, to try their minds, and 
ascertain how they stood affected toward himself and the enter- 
prise, he intends to propose a return home, and looks to the other 
chieftains to prevent its actually taking place, by their influence and 
expostulations, should the army really feel inclined to depart. 

σὺν νηυσὶ πολυκλήϊσι. ‘* With their many-benched ships,” i. δ.» 
of many banks of oafs, or benches of rowers.—iyeic ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος, 
κι T. 2. . * But do you, one from one quarter, another from another, 
restrain them by your words,” 2. e., do you, visiting different parts 
of the host, etc. Observe that ἐρητύειν is the infinitive for the im- 
perative. Consult note on book i., verse 323. 

77-78. ὅς ῥα Πύλοιο, x. τ. Δ. “ Who was king, namely, of sandy 
Pylos.” The particle ῥά has here an explanatory power. -Com- 
pare note on book i., verse δ6.---χμαθόεντος. Toward the coast, 
the soil of Elis becomes sandy. A broad line of sand stretches 
along the sea, nearly as far as the Triphylian Pylos, which from this 
circumstance is frequently spoken of by Homer as “sandy.” (Mil- 
ler’s Dorians., vol. i., p. 84.)—6 σφιν éigpovéwr, x. τ. A. Consult 
note on book i., verse 73. 

81-82. ψεῦδός κεν φαῖμεν, x. τ. Δ. “ We would, in all likelihood, 
pronounce it a falsehood, and rather turn from (than believe) it.” 
Observe the force of κέν with the optative-—udAAov. Nagelsbach, 
following Nitsch (ad Od., i., 331), makes μᾶλλον here signify “ the 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 199 


more,” or “so much the more.” This, however, cannot be correct, 
since it would imply that there already existed some degree of-aver- 
sion, on the part of Nestor and his colleagues, to the very narrative 
of Agamemnon, and a want of full reliance on its accuracy.—d¢ μέγ᾽ 
ἄριστος εὔχεται εἶναι. Consult note on book i., verse 9]. The rank 
and standing of Agamemnon preclude, according to Nestor, all pos- 
sibility of deception on his part. 

84-86. ἦρχε νέεσθαι. ‘He began to depart.”—oi δ᾽ ἐπανέστησαν, 
x. τ. 2. ‘And they, the sceptre-bearing kings, thereupon arose and 
proceeded to obey the shepherd of the tribes.” Observe the de- 
monstrative force of oi, though partially concealed in our idiom un- 
der the form of the personal pronoun. (Consult note on book i, 
. verse 1. --- πείθοντος. The rising was an instantaneous act, but 
the execution of the orders a continued one. Hence in the former 
ease we have the aorist, in the latter the imperfect.—zouuéve λαῶν. 
Agamemnon, not Nestor.éreccetovto.. “Came rushing toward 
them.” The tribes, seeing their leaders gathering together, came 
thronging to the spot. Compare the scholiast : ὁρῶντες ἤδη συνίοντας 
τοὺς ἐν τέλει καὶ αὐτοὶ ἠκολούθουν ἅμα. 

87-90. ἠῦτε ἔθνεα εἶσι, x. τ. Δ. “Even as go the swarms of the 
closely-thronging bees.” Literally, ‘the nations.’”? The term ἔθνεα 
is purposely employed here to keep up the comparison, though re- 
quiring to be softened down in an English version.—elot. Observe 
here the singular verb with the neuter plural; and also that εἶμε is 
here used in the present with a present, and not with a future mean- 
ing. In Homer this is not unfrequent; but, in Ionic prose and Attic 
prose and poetry, eiuc as a future regularly occurs, and the excep- 
tions are very rare. (Passow, s. υ.)--μελισσάων ἀδινάων. Observe 
the similarity of termination in these words, and also in ἐρχομενάων. 
The object of this is to make the sound an echo to the sense, and to 
express at once the loud buzzing and the numbers of the bees. 

véov. “Afresh,” ¢.e¢.,in fresh numbers. The spirit of the com- 
parison lies in this: As the bees came forth continually in fresh 
numbers, so fresh bands of Greeks keep continually pouring forth 
from the ships and tents. It is worthy of note, that this is the 
first simile in Homer.—forpvdov.. “Τὴ clusters.” Literally, “ clus- 
ter-like.”—éx’ ἄνθεσιν εἰαρινοῖσιν. ‘Unto the vernal flowers.” 
Commonly, but erroneously rendered, “over the vernal flowers.” 
The dative here denotes direction, and the adverbial ἐπέ increases 
its foree. (Stadelmann, ad loc.—Ktikner, § 612, b.)—ai μέν τ᾽ ἔνθα 
ἅλες, x. τ. Δ. “Some have sped their flight in crowds in this direc- 
tion, others in that.” Observe here the peculiar_force of the per- 


900 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


fect in denoting rapidity of movement. Before one swarm of hees 
has been long observed, it has passed away, and a fresh swarm has 
taken its place, to be as rapidly sueceeded by another. 

91-94. ὡς τῶν ἔθνεα πολλὰ. “So the numerous nations of these,” 
i. e., of the Greeks.—7idvog προπάροιθε, x. τ. Δ. +“ Kept marching 
in squadrons, in front of the deep shore, to the place of assembiy.” 
By the “deep shore”? appears to be here meant one of wide extent, 
or, in other words, extending far inward to the land. Nagelsbach, 
with less propriety, makes it refer to the deep sand of the sea- 
shore, ‘“‘tief sandig.”’ 

Ὄσσα δεδήει. ‘*Blazed Rumor,” i. ¢., rumor was rife. A surmise 
had arisen among the troops that Agamemnon intended to return 
home, and a rumor, founded upon this, was now travelling in hot - 
haste throughout the numerous host. This is what the poet means 
when he says that “ Rumor blazed,’’ more literalty, ‘‘ burned among 
them.” Rumor, moreover, is here personified, and made the mes- 
senger of Jove, since rumors, the origin of which ofttimes no one 
could trace, were wont to be ascribed to the special interposition of 
the deity.—dtptvovo’ ἰέναι. The rumor made them all anxious to 
attend the assembly, in order to ascertain its truth.—ol δ᾽ dyépovro. 
“ And they kept gathering themselves together.” Observe the force 
of the middle voice. 

95-98. τετρήχει. ‘“ Was tumultuous.” Observe the use of the 
pluperfect in an imperfect sense. The assembly had been previous- 
ly tumultuous, and.still remained so. The peculiar meaning of this 
tense will plainly appear, when we contrast it with κενήθη at verse 
144. There the passive aorist is employed to express the moment 
of transition from calm to tumult, whereas here τετρήχει marks the 
continuance of the agitation. (Buttmann’s Lexilogus, p. 509, ed. Fish- 
lake.)\—AaGy ἱζόντων. “As the tribes seated themselves.” Geni- 
tive absolute, not depending on the adverbial ὑπό. 

ἐρήτυον. ‘‘ Strove to restrain.” The imperfect is here employed 
to express the conaius rei faciende, as the grammarians term it. 
(Kithner, § 438, 2.)—el mor dire σχοίατ᾽. “If, at length, they 
would refrain from clamor,” i. ¢., in order that they might at length 
refrain, é&¢.—Avotpedéwv. A standing epithet in Homer for kings, 
as being under the constant and special care of Jove and the other 
gods. 

99-101. σπουδῇ. ‘ With difficulty.” Commonly, but erroneous- 
ly, rendered “in haste.” Compare the scholiast : (ἰστέον) ὅτι σπουδῇ 
λέγει (ποιητὴς) οὐχ οἷον (λέγεται), ἐν τάχει, ἀλλὰ μόγις καὶ δυσχερῶς, 
ὡς τὸ, ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἄτερ σπουδῆς τάνυσεν μέγα τόξον ᾽Οδυσσεύς. (Od., XXi., 


NOTES TO BOOK IL. 201 


409.)---ἐρήτυθεν δὲ xa ἕδρας. ‘And were restrained in their re- 
spective divisions of seats.” Observe that by ἕδραι are here meant, 
not the individual seats of each, but the divisions of seats assigned 
to a particular number. Compare Od., iii., 7: ἐννέα δ᾽ ἔδραι ἔσαν, 
πεντηκόσιοι δ᾽ ἐν ἑκάστῃ εἵατο. The adverbial κατά, therefore, has here 
not a local, but a distributive force. (Consuit Ndgelsbach, ad loc.) 

ava δὲς “Up, then.”—oxjrrpov ἔχων. “ Holding his sceptre.” 
The sceptre is here the symbol of dominion. This dominion was 
bestowed on Pelops by Jove, and, as a sign of this bestowal, he re- 
ceived the sceptre in question from Hermes or Mercury, the mes- 
senger of the gods. Consult note on book i. verse 15.—rd μὲν 
Ἥφαιστος κάμε τεύχων. ‘Which Vulcan, fabricating, had bestowed 
labor upon,” ἢ. e., which Vulcan had toiled at making. Observe that 
τὸ is here for 6. 

102--109.---Ἤφαίστος μὲν. “ Vulcan, in the first instance.’’ Ob- 
serve the force of μέν in the protasis.—atrdp dpa Ζεὺς, x. τ. Δ. “ But 
Jupiter hereupon gave it to his messenger, the slayer of Argus.”’ 
Mercury slew the many-eyed Argus, who had been placed by Juno 
as a keeper over Io, after the latter had been transformed into a 
heifer. Observe the force of dpa in continuing the heads of a nar- 
rative. It may be more freely rendered ‘still farther,” ΟΥ̓“ next in 
turn.” (Consult Nageisbach, Excurs., ili., § 14, 15.)-- Ἑρμείας δὲ 
ἄναξ. “ And King Mercury next.”—airdp ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ. ‘** But he, 
again, Pelops.”” More literally, ‘‘ but this one, again, Pelops.” 

Ovéor’. For Θυέστα. The nominative. Masculine words retain a 
unaltered in the nominative, where euphony or versification requires 
it: otherwise ¢ is added to the root, and the @ is lengthened into 
n. The form in a remained peculiar to the olic dialect, the form 
in ἧς to the Attic and common language. (Thiersch, § 178.)—zoA- 
λῇσι νήσοισι, κ. τ. A. “To rule over many islands, and all Argos.” 
By Argos is here meant either the whole Peloponnesus, as Heyne 
and Voss maintain, or else a very large portion of the same. It 
was so called from the powerful kingdom of the Persida, which 
Atreus obtained after the death of Eurystheus. The city of Argos, 
it must be remembered, was at this period under the sovereignty 
of Diomede. The islands referred to in the text are supposed to 
have been those in the Argolic and Saronic Gulfs. It is more than 
probable, however, that others also are meant. 

ἐρεισάμενος. “ Having leaned.’ Literally, “ having supported 
himself.” — ἔπε᾽ ᾿Αργειοίσι μετηύδα. ‘Spoke words (as follows) 
among the Greeks.” 

110-113. ϑεράποντες “Apnocs. ‘Servants of Mars.” A very ap- 


202 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


propriate term for warriors, who, as worshippers, figuratively, of the 
god Mars, are called his attendants, ministers, or servants. The 
ministers or attendants of any deity were called, in common par- 
lance, the ϑεράποντες of that deity—pe μέγα ἄτῃ évédnoe βαρείῃ. 
‘Has greatly entangled me in a heavy misfortune.” More literally, 
“has greatly bound me in,’ ἄς. Observe that μέγα is taken ad- 
verbially, and qualifies ἐνέδησε. 

σχέτλιος. “Cruel one,” 1. ¢., cruel deity.—piv. ‘In former 
days,” i. e., in the earlier stages of the war.—'IAuov ἐκπέρσαντ᾽, κ. τ. 
a. “That I should depart after having sacked the well-walled 
Ilium.” Observe that ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ is here for ἐκπέρσαντα, and agrees 
with μὲ understood before ἀπονέεσθαι. We must not, as some do, 
make it stand for the dative ἐκπέρσαντι, and refer it back to μοι. 

114-118. viv δὲ κακὴν ἀπάτην βουλεύσατο. * Now, however, he 
has resolved upon an evil deceit.” Observe the employment of 
βουλεύσατο With an accusative, a construction not frequently met 
with.—dvoxAéa. “Inglorious.” This term properly denotes one 
who has been unfortunate in acquiring renown.—émei ὥλεσα. “ΑΓΕ 
ter I have lost.”—otrw mov Διὶ μέλλει, x. τ. Δ. “In this way, I sup- 
pose, is it likely to prove pleasing to Jove, superior in might.” Ob- 
serve here the force of the indefinite πον in softening down an as- 
sertion, and subserving at the same time the purposes of sarcastic 
complaint. It is equivalent to the Latin nz fallor.—é¢ δή. ** Who 
before now.” —70" ἔτε καὶ. “ And still 4150." --- τοῦ γὰρ κράτος, x. τ. 
_4. “For the power of this one is very great,” 7. ¢., is supreme. 

119-122. αἰσχρὸν γὰρ. The particle γάρ refers back to δυσκλέα, 
and the context shows in what this inglorious posture of affairs con- 
sisted.—xai ἐσσομένοισι πυθέσθαι. ‘Even for posterity to learn.” 
Literally, “even for those about to be.” The meaning is that the 
disgrace of the Greeks will not be confined to the present age, but 
will be heard of by posterity also.— ay οὕτω πολεμίζειν. “ Are thus 
to no purpose waging.’ Observe that οὕτω here is to be connected 
in construction with μάψ',, not with τοιόνδε. Such an expression as 
οὕτω τοιόσδε would not be Greek.—avporépoict. +‘ Fewer in num- 
ber (than themselves).”—réAo¢ dé, x. τ. Δ. “For no end has as yet 
appeared,” z. e., no effectual result has yet been made to appear. 
Observe that dé is here equivalent to γάρ, and that we have in this 
clause a repetition, or, rather, enlargement of the idea contained in 
μάψ. 

124--180. ὅρκια πιστὰ ταμόντες. “Having struck ἃ faithful league.” 
According to Buttmann (Lezil., p. 439, ed. Fishl.), ὅρκια means prop- 
erly a contract or agreement on oath; and as this is concluded by 


NOTES TO BOOK If. 203 


a sacrifice of lambs, the throats of which are cut by the contracting 
parties (Jl., iii, 292), this is sufficient to explain the meaning of 
ὅρκια ταμεῖν, Without the necessity of supposing that ὅρκια was used 
in this single phrase in another sense, namely, as an adjective, dpxia, 
scil. ἱερεῖα : particularly as the analogy of the Roman custom, and 
of the Latia language in the formula fertre fedus, agrees with it so 
decidedly ; for fertre fedus is nothing more than feriendd hostid facere 
Sadus. 

Τρῶας μὲν λέξασθαι, x. τ. ἃ. “To select the Trojans, on the one 
hand, as many as are inhabitants of the city ; and if we Greeks, on 
the other hand, should be distributed in order into decads,” &c. 
Qbserve the force of the middle in λέξασθαι, “to select for our- 
selves,” ἃ. e., for the purpose of a comparison with ourselves as re- 
gards παι θυ. ---ἐφέστιοι. Referring to those who have a domestic 
hearth (éoriav éyovoc) in the city, or, in other words, are inhabitants 
of the same, not mere transient sojourners.—jyeic¢ δ᾽ ἐς δεκάδας, x. 
τ. Δ. The construction changes here, and is no longer dependent 
on εἴπερ κ᾽ ἐθέλοιμεν. Properly speaking, the sentence ought to 
have run on as follows: εἴπερ yap «’ ἐθέλοιμεν ἀριθμηθήμεναι ἄμφω, 
(καὶ) Τρῶας μὲν λέξασθαι, ἡμεῖς δὲ διακοσμηθήμεναι, .... Τρώων δὲ 
ἕκαστον ἑλέσθαι... πολλαί κεν, κ. τ. A. 

οἰνοχοεύειν. “To pour out wine (for us).”—«ev. “In that event.” 
---τόσσον ἐγώ φημι, κι τ. A. Reckoning the Greeks at 120,000, or, 
with Aristarchus, at 140,000, and taking the statement in the text 
for our guide, namely, that the Greeks were to the Trojans in point 
of numbers as more than ten to one, we shall find the number of 
Trojans who were inhabitants of the city to have been less than 
12,000 or (if we take Aristarchus’s estimate) than 14,000. To these 
we are to add 38,000 allies, making in the whole 1655 than 50,000. 
The Greeks, therefore, were more than twice as numerous as the 
coinbined forces of their opponents ; and hence the disgrace of a su- 
perior army retiring home from before an inferior one. 

131-135. ἐγχέσπαλοι ἄνδρες. In apposition with ἐπίκουροι.---ἔασιν. 
Equivalent to the Latin adsunt.— oi μὲ μέγα πλάζουσι. ‘“* Who 
cause me to wander widely (from my intended purpose),” ἃ. e., who 
prevent me from achieving the conquest of the city.—ééAovra. 
“Though desirous.” 

δὴ Bebdact. ‘ Have already gone Ὀγ.᾽"---Διὸς μεγάλου ἐνιαυτοί. 
Jove sends all things unto men, even the circle of the year. The 
ἐνιαυτοί here meant are the then usual ones of ten months each. 
(Wolf, ad loc.)—xai δὴ δοῦρα σέσηπε νεῶν, κ. τ. 2. ““ And by this time 
the timbers of the ships have rotted, and the ropes have become un- 


‘204 NOTES TO BOOK IL 


twisted.” Observe the art of the speaker. In addition to the dis- 
grace of returning home without having accomplished their purpose, 
the danger is hinted at of their attempting to recross the sea in the 
present decayed state of their shipping. 

σπάρτα. By this term are properly meant ropes made of Spanish 
broom (Spartum scoparium, Linn.), the genista of Pliny. The an- 
cients, however, applied the name to various other plants, also, of a 
similar kind; and hence the objection of Varro falls to the ground, 
who maintained that the Greeks in Homer’s time, having no inter- 
course with Spain, were unacquainted, of course, with the spartum, 
and that, therefore, in the text of Homer, we must read, not oxdpra, 
but σπαρτά, “res sative.” (Aul. Gell., xvii. 8.}.--λέλννται. Ob- 
serve here the plural verb after a plural neuter, according to the 
earlier usage of the Greek tongue, although in σέσηπε we have the 
singular. Nagelsbach thinks that this is done merely on metrical 
grounds. (Excurs., xxi., p. 338.) In this opinion Kihner coin- 
cides (ᾧ 424, 4). 

136-139. ai dé που, x. τ. Δ. “ While they, most probably, both 
our wives and infant children, sit in our homes expecting (us).” For 
ἡμέτεραι ἄλοχοί τε καὶ νήπια τέκνα.---αὔτως ἀκράαντον. “15 thus un- 
Βηϊδιιθα.".--πειθώμεθα πάντες. “ (80) let us all obey.” The whole 
speech of Agamemnon is so managed as, under the appearance of 
recommending a return home, to depict actually in striking colors 
the difficulty and danger of the undertaking. 

142-146. τοῖσι δὲ ϑυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν, κ. τ. Δ. “ And he aroused 
a strong feeling in their breasts unto these, unto all among the 
throng, as many as had not heard of his scheme,” 7. ¢., as many as 
were not privy to the design which he had avowed before the coun- 
cil of elders.—Saidoonec, πόντου ᾿Ικαρίοιο. “Of the sea, the Icarian 
deep.” The first of these genitives (ϑαλάσσης) has a general refer- 
ence; the second, a more special one. Both, however, are in mu- 
tual apposition.—By the “Icarian deep” is meant the sea around 
Tearia, a small island near Samos. It was a stormy and dangerous 
part of the A2gean, especially the strait between the two islands 
just named. (Tournefort, ii., p. 139, Germ. transl.) : 

τὰ μέν τ’, κι τ. A. “ Which, indeed, even both the southeast wind 
and the south are wont toraise.” The particle re is often joined, as 
here, to the relative clause, in order to show more clearly the agree- 
ment between two members of a comparison. Hence we may 
render more freely, in the present instance, * Ay, and these, in 
truth,” for μέν is here merely the shortened form of μήν.---ὦρορ᾽. Ob- 
serve the force of the aorist in denoting what is customary or usual, 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 205 


147-148. κινήσῃ. . We have given here, with Spitzner, the reading 
of the Venice manuscript. The common text has κενήσει, but the 
propriety of employing the future in a comparison is extremely 
doubtful. — Ζέφυρος. This is commonly translated “the West- 
wind,” but the Ζέφυρος of Homer, in the Iliad, is evidently the 
North-northwest, and hence he makes it come, along with Boreas, 
from the regions of Thrace. (i/., ix., 5.) To the inhabitants of 
Asia Minor, therefore, the Homeric Zephyrus was a cold and stormy 
wind, since it came to them from the Thracian and Macedonian 
mountains. In the Odyssey, on the other hand, the wind Ζέφυρος is 
considered, at one time, as tempestuous; at another, as mild, and 
favoring vegetation. (Montbel, ad loc.) 3 

βαθὺ λήϊον. “The thick-standing corn.” --- λάδρος ἐπαιγίζων. 
‘Rushing down upon it impetuous.” This serves as a kind of 
epexegesis to ἐλθών. Some editions incorrectly read ἐλθὼν λάδρος, 
disuniting Ad6po¢ from ἐπαιγίζων.---ἐπί τ᾽ ἠμύει ἀσταχύεσσιν. * And 
it bends unto (the blast) with its ears.’ Observe the force of the 
adverbial ἐπέ. The subject of ἠμύει is not Ζέφυρος, but λήϊον. So 
sudden a change of subjects, however, is unusual in Homer. The 
poet, in the two similitudes here given, has judiciously made choice, 
remarks an anonymous commentator, of the two most wavering 
and inconstant things in nature tocompare with the multitude—the 
waves andtheearsofcorn. The first alludes to the noise and tumult 
of the people, in the breaking and rolling of the billows; the second, 
to their taking the same course, like corn bending one way; and 
both to the ease with which they are moved by every breath. 

149-154. ἀλαλητῷ. “ With shouting.” Dative of the manner. 
—iocevovto. ‘ Began to rush.”—zoddv δ' ὑπένερθε, x. τ. 2. Con- 
strue as follows : κονίη δ᾽ ἵστατο, ἀειρομένη ὑπένερθε ποδῶν.---ἅπτεσ- 
θαι. “To lay hold οἵ," ---ἅλα δῖαν. Consult note on B. 1, vy. 141.— 
οὐρούς τ᾽ ἐξεκάθαιρον. “ And they began to clean out the trenches.” 
These received the keels of the galleys, and served to guide them in 
their descent to the water.—oikade ἱεμένων. ‘Of them desiring to 
return home.” Literally, “of them sending themselves home- 
ward.” Observe the force of the middle voice, and compare the 
ternark of Heyne: leuévwy est de cupientibus οἴκαδε ἰέναι.---ὑπὸ νηῶν. 
“From under the ships.’”"—épuara. Consult note on book i., verse 
486. 

155-156. ἔνθα κεν ᾿Αργείοισιν, x. τ. A. “Then would a return 
have been effected for the Greeks, contrary to fate.”. The decrees 
of destiny, according to the Homeric notion, can be put off by human 
agency, though they can never be finally averted. In the present 

5 - 


206 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


case, the fates had decreed that Troy should fall; the time, how- 
ever, for bringing this to pass could have been deferred by the pre- 
mature departure of the Greeks, and this the poet calls ὑπέρμορα..---- 
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αθηναίην, «x. τ. Δ. Construe ei "Hon μὴ ἔειπεν μῦθον πρὸς 
᾿Αθηναίην. 

157-165. Ὦ πόποι. Consult note on book i., verse 254.--- τέκος. 

We have placed a comma after this word, with Spitzner, thus 
separating it from ᾿Ατρυτώνη. According to the common punctua- 
tion, ᾿Ατρυτώνη agrees with τέκος by synesis. This, however, is 
harsh. —’Arpvtévy. “ Unwearied one.” A fine epithet to apply 
to the goddess of intellect, and indicative of the indomitable en- 
ergies of the mind.—otrw δή. Equivalent to the Latin sicctne jam. 
—én’ εὐρέα νῶτα. “ Over the wide surface.” More literally, “upon 
the broad back.”—xaé dé κεν εὐχωλὴν, x. τ. Δ. “ And can they leave 
behind the Grecian Helen, as a boast unto Priam and the Trojans ?” 
Kad is here for κάτ, the final consonant being assimilated to the ini- 
tial one in the following word ; and κάτ is an old form for κατά. ----κὲν 
λίποιεν. Observe the peculiar force here of κέν with the optative; 
equivalent to *‘ might (7. ¢., can) they by any possibility leave,” &c. 
--φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης. “ Away from their native land.” Com- 
pare book i., verse 562: ἀπὸ ϑυμοῦ. 
« ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι viv, κι τ. Δ. Before ἀλλά we must supply here, in trans- 
lating, the negative, ‘‘No.”—xard λαὸν. ‘Throughout the peo- 
ple.” —coic δ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν. “ΜῈ thy own mild words.” Ob- 
serve the emphatic power of σοῖς.--- μηδ᾽ εἴα. “ΝΟΥ suffer (them).” 
We have read εἴα, with Thiersch, for reasons given in the Metrical 
Index. The common lection ἔα vitiates the 11Π6.---ὠἀμφιελίσσας. 
“Tmpelled on both sides by oars,” but v. Glossary. 

166-171. γλαυκῶπις. Consult note on book i., verse 306.--- κατ᾽ 
ἀΐξασα. “ Having rushed down.”—xapradiuwc δ᾽ ἵκανε. This verse 
is omitted in some manuscripts.—Avi μῆτιν ἀτάλαντον. “ Equal in 
counsel to Jove,” i. ¢., a counselor equal in prudence to Jove. — 
ἅπτετ᾽. Consult note on verse 152.—érei μὲν ἄχος, k. τ. Δ. “Since 
indignant grief was come upon him in heart and soul.” Observe 
the double accusative with ixavev, and compare note on book i, 
verse 362. 

173-79. πολυμήχαν. “ Of many expedients,” 7. ε., inventive, ex- 
pedient-inventing.—ecdvrec. “ Having tumultuously embarked.” 
More literally, “ having fallen,” 7., e., having rushed in dense num- 
bers.—u70’ ἔτ᾽ ἐρώει. “ΝΟΥ any longer delay.” The common text 
has μήδε τ᾽ ἐρώει, “nor at all delay.” In this latter reading, 7’ is 
for τὶ. 


NOTES TO BOOK Il. 207 


182-186. ξυνέηκε. “ Recognized.” More literally, “ understood.” 
— 7 δὲ ϑέειν. “And he stepped forth to run.” The infinitive here 
denotes the aim or object, and answers to the Latin supine. (Kiihner, 
§ 642, e.)\—yAaivav. “His woolen cloak.” This was a cloak of 
twice the ordinary thickness, shaggy on both sides, and worn gen- 
erally over the pallium for the sake of warmth. — βάλε. Observe 
throughout this whole account the employment of the aorist, to in- 
dicate rapidity of movement.—éxouioce. “ Took care of,” 7. ¢., took 
up after it had fallen to the ground, in order that it might not be 
lost.—Evpvu6drnc. Consult Od., xix., 244, &c., where mention is 
made of him. Agamemnon had also a herald of the same name. 
l., i., 320 ; ix., 170. 

ἀντίος. “Into the presence οὗ." --ἰδέξατό of. ‘Received at his 
hands,” i. e., from him. The common construction is δέχεσθαί τι 
παρά τινος ; here, however, we have the dative, by what Kihner 
ealls a poetic construction. It is, in fact, a branch of the dativus 
commodi, the act being done for the benefit, or sake of Agamemnon, 
in order to prevent the return of the Grecian forces to their homes. 
(Kiihner, § 579, 3.)---σκῆπτρον πατρώϊον. Compare verse 101. 

188-189. ὄντινα μὲν βασιλῆα, x. τ. A. ‘ Whatsoever king, indeed, 
and distinguished chieftain he chanced to find,” 1. ¢., as often as he 
met with any king, &c. The optative with the relative is used to 
indicate the recurrence or repetition of an act. (Kihner, § 831, 4.)— 
τὸν δ΄. “This one, thereupon.” Observe that dé here is not in the 
apodosis to μέν in the preceding clause. This apodosis occurs in ὃν 
δ᾽ αὖ δήμου, verse 198. --- ἐρητύσασκε. “He checked,” 2. ¢., he de- 
tained while in the act of hurrying to embark. 

190-195. Aaméve. “Strange man!” The term δαιμόνιος always 
carries with it, in Homer, some degree of objurgation, and is to be 
translated according to the rank or condition of the party addressed. 
In the present instance, δαιμόνιε is rendered by some *‘ Noble sir !”” 
by others, ‘my good sir "ἢ by others, again, “ foolish man!” We 
have preferred giving it its primitive force, which comprehends, in 
fact, all these meanings.—xaxdv ὥς. ‘ Coward like.” Observe the 
accentuation of ὥς, coming, as it does, after the word on which it 
depends.—decdiccecbar. “Τὸ be terrified.” In this place alone does 
this verb occur in a passive sense. Every where else Homer uses 
it as an active transitive verb, ‘to terrify.” On the present occa- 
sion it means to be troubled, and tumultuously to prepare for flight. 

οἷος νόος. “What is the intention.” Supply ἐστέ: --- πειρᾶται. 
“He is making trial of.’— τάχα δ᾽ ἴψεται. “But soon will he 
smite.” The allusion, says an anonymous commentator, is toa 


208 NOTES TO BOOK Il. 


man first feeling the veins of a horse, when going to bleed him, and 
then striking the lancet into him!—év βουλῇ δ᾽ οὐ πάντες, x. τ. 2. 
Construe οὐ πάντες δὲ ἀκούσαμεν οἷον ἔειπεν ἐν βουλῇ.---μή τι χολω- 
σάμενος, κι τ. Δ. “(Τὰ ΚΘ care) lest he, having become incensed, do 
some injury to the sons of the Greeks.” Supply dpa, or some equiy- 
alent term. We have given μή τι, with Spitzner, from a Venice 
manuscript. The common text has μήτε as one word. 

196-197. ϑυμὸς δὲ. ‘For the wrath.” The particle dé is here 
equivalent to ydp.—d.orpedéoc. Consult note on book i., verse 176. 
--τιμὴ δὲ. “lis high office, too.” —gAcidéé.«.7.2. “And counseling 
Jove loves him.’—Observe in these two verses the different mean- 
ings borne by the particle dé. 

198-206. δήμου. “ΟΥ̓ the common people.”—fodwrra. “ Crying 
aloud,” 7. ¢., expressing by loud cries his joy at the idea of return- 
ing home. — Aamov’. “ Fellow.” Consult note on verse 190. --- 
ἀτρέμας ἦσο. ‘Sit quietly,” i. ¢., sit down and be quiet.-——od δὲ, 
“Por thou art.” Supply εἰς.---οὔτέ ποτ᾽ ἐν πολέμῳ, x. τ. Δ. “ Neither 
at any time counted in war nor in council,” 2. e., counted among 
the brave in war, nor admitted to the council of chieftains. —7zwe. 
“By any means.’’—ovx« ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη. ‘“ The government 
of the many is not a good thing,” 7. e., a plurality of rulers. Observe 
that ἀγαθόν, by a common Greek idiom, in place of agreeing with 
πολυκοιρανίη, agrees With χρῆμα understood. In other words, when 
the subjects, whether masculine or feminine, express not any par- 
ticular. individual of a class, but merely the general notion, the pred- 
icative adjective stands in the neuter singular. 

Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω. “The son of crafty Saturn,’ z. ¢., Ju- 
piter. The epithet ἀγκυλομήτης means, more literally, “ of crooked 
counsel,” and as Κρόνος is nothing more than time (Χρόνος), it 
has reference merely to time as concealing within itself the secrets 
of the future, and hiding them in the crooked and devious recesses 
whither no human knowledge or skill can reach. The scholiast, 
however, merely refers the epithet to his having overreached his 
father Uranus. 

ϑέμιστας. “ Privileges,” i. e., regal authority.—o¢iow. “ Among 
them.” Referring to the ’Ayacoi in verse 203. It requires but a 
glance to perceive that σφίσιν here is extremely awkward, and not 
needed in the sentence. Indeed, the probability is that the whole 
line is spurious, since it is wanting in several manuscripts. If it 
be thrown out, we must supply βασιλεύειν with ἔδωκε in the previous 
verse. Ina metrical point of view, moreover, the line is objection- 
able, as may be seen by consulting the Metrical Index. 


NOTES TO BOOK 11. 209 


207-210. ὡς. “Thus.” Observe the accentuation.—-Kxorpavéwy, 
“ Acting as chief,” 1. ¢., discharging the duties of commander, Aga- 
memnon having confided his sceptre to him for the time being. — 
δίεπε. ‘Was arranging.” Equivalent to διέτασσε. --- ἐπεσσεύοντο. 
Consult note on verse 86.—777. ‘* With a tumult.”—d¢ ὅτε. “As 
when.” For a literal translation we must supply a clause after ὡς, 
namely, ‘as (is the tumult) when.”—zoAvgAoicbo10. Consult note 
on book i., verse 34.—ouapayei dé te πόντος. ‘‘ And the deep even 
echoes again.” 

211-215. ἐρήτυθεν δὲ καθ᾽ ἕδρας. Consult note on verse 99. --- 
Θερσίτης δ᾽ ἔτι μοῦνος, κ. τ. Δ. * But Thersites alone, intemperate of 
speech, was still loudly clamorous.’’ More literally, ‘still kept chat- 
tering.” The verb properly refers to the cries of daws or rooks.— 
ἀμετροεπής. The true force of this epithet appears from the next 
line, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἔπεα φρεσὶν, x. τ. 2, Which is, in fact, an explanation of 
its meaning. It is, therefore, not ὁ πολλὰ, but ὁ dxooud τε Kai πολλὰ 
ἔπη εἰδώς. 

ὅς ῥ᾽ ἔπεα φρεσὶν, x. τ. 2. “ Who, namely, knew in his own mind 
words, both indecorous and many in number, for contending idly, 
and not according to order, with kings, but (fur uttering) whatever 
might seem to him a subject of laughter to the Greeks.’’ With re- 

‘gard to the expression ὅς ja, consult note on book i., verse 405.— 
ἔπεα ἤδη. This expression, as here employed, does not refer to a mere 
theoretic knowledge, but implies, also, an actual use of the terms 
in question. A similar usage frequently occurs in Homer. Thus, in 
place of saying “this man is just,” the poet has ‘this man knows 
what is just.” So ἄγρια εἰδέναι, “to know what is savage,” 7. ¢., to 
be savage ; ἀθεμίστια εἰδέναι, ‘to know what is lawless,” i. ¢., to be 
lawless, &c.— ἐριζέμεναι. This is merely stated as one of the 
many results of his being ἀμετροεπής. ---- ἀλλά. Depending on οὐ 
Κατὰ κόσμον. In translating, supply λαλεῖν, which is in fact, howev- 
er, implied in ἐριζέμεναι.---εἴσαιτο. The optative here denotes repe- 
tition, so that the clause, when more freely rendered, will be, “ to 
speak out, as often as any thing appeared to him calculated to excite 
a laugh among the Greeks.” 

216-219. αἰσχιστος δὲ ἀνήρ, x. τ. Δ. “ He came, moreover, the 
ugliest man beneath (the walls of) Troy.” More freely, ‘“‘ he was, . 
moreover, the ugliest man that came beneath the walls of Troy,” — 
φολκὸς. ‘* Bandy-legged.” Buttmann has discussed the meaning - 
of this term with his usual ability, and has shown that the ordinary 
signification of “ squint-eyed” is utterly untenable. It is most im- 
probable, as he justly remarks, that a poet, particuiarly one of na- 

$2 


210 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


ture, should begin a long description with “he squinted, and was 
lame in one foot,” as if these two things belonged to, and were con- 
nected with each other ; and that at the end of it he should pass to 
the head, introducing it with an αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν. (Levil., s. v.) 

κυρτὼς “(Were) crooked.”—ézi στῆθος συνοχωκότε. “ Drawn 
together toward his breast.”—ofd¢. ““ Pointed.” The term means 
an unusual pointedness of the upper part of the head, but whether 
more toward the front or back is uncertain. (Buttmann, Lezil., 8. v.) 
-φεδνὴ δ᾽ ἐπενήνοθε Adyvn. “ And thin woolly hair lay upon it.” 
Buttmann has well explained the meaning of ἐπενήνοθε here. Com- 
pare also the Homeric Lexicon of Apollonius: ἐπενήνοθεν.. ἐπῆν, 
éréxetto.—Thersites must not be regarded as a mere creation of the 
poet’s. He had an actual existence, and was sprung from no mean 
ancestors, having been the son of Agrius, who was the brother of 
Oeneus. He was, consequently, a relation of Diomede’s. (Schol. 
Brev. ad 1]., ii., 212; Eustath., p. 204; Quint. Cal., i., 764.) Ac- 
cording to the minor scholia, he assisted at the chase of the Caly- 
donian boar, but acted cowardly on that occasion, and being pursued, 
in consequence, by Meleager, fell from a rock, and was reduced to 
the condition in which he is described by Homer. According to 
Quintus Calaber, he was slain by Achilles, for ridiculing the sorrow 
expressed by that hero for the fallen Penthesilea. 

220-224. ἔχθιστος δὲ μάλιστ᾽ ἦν. “ Especially was he most hate- 
ful.”—verxeicoxe. ‘He was wont torevile.” Observe the iterative 
force of the imperfect, as explaining the cause of his being ἔχθιστος. 
--- τότ᾽ adr’ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι δίῳ, x. τ. Δ. “On this occasion, however, 
having cried out in sharp, shrill accents, he kept uttering abuses 
against the noble Agamemnon.” Some of the ancient critics main- 
tained that the verb λέγειν does not occur in Homer in the sense 
of “to say,” “to speak,” but rather “to reckon up,” ‘to relate,” 
and, from this, ‘“‘to announce,” ‘to tell.” Buttmann inelines-to 
the same opinion. The only passage where the word at all agrees 
with the later usage of it is the present one. But as it is used, in 
every other passage of Homer, in the sense of enumerating, it ap- 
pears to be selected here to express the long string of abuses which 
Thersites immediately afterward repeats against Agamemnon. 
(Lezxil., p. 401, Fishlake’s transl.) 

ἐκπάγλως κοτέοντο. “ Were vehemently incensed (as usual).” 
The imperfect here denotes what was customary on the part of the 
Greeks toward Thersites, and also more or less continued.—vepéo- 
onfév τ΄. “ And were filled with sudden indignation.” The aorist 
here expresses a sudden feeling which arose in the breasts of the 


NOTES TO BOOK IL. 211 


Greeks the moment that Thersites began to speak, and which was 
superadded, in consequence of the attack on so distinguished a 
chieftain as Agamemnon, to the usual feeling of anger with which 
his speeches were received.—atrdp 6. “ He, however.” The par- 
ticle αὐτὰρ here marks opposition to what immediately precedes. 
Thersites went on, notwithstanding the anger of the Greeks. 

225-234. τέο δ᾽ avr’ ἐπιμέμφεαι, x. τ. Δ. ‘ And what, again, art 
thou complaining of and wantipg?” The train of ideas in this 
speech of Thersites is as follows: What more wilt thou have, son 
of Atreus? Have we not already given thee booty enough? Must 
we procure for thee still more at the risk of our persons and lives? 
Certainly not! (v. 233). A prince must not expose his people to 
danger, merely to gratify his own cupidity. Let not, then, this man, 
O ye spiritless Greeks, deprive you of a return to your homes, &c. 

ἐξαίρετοι. ‘Selected from the rest.”—didouev. ‘* Are wont to 
give.” In thus translating the present here, we have followed Na- 
gelsbach. Stadelmann, however, regards it merely as expressing 
certainty ; and refers to Kihner, ὁ 437, b.—xpwriorw. “First of 
all.” This strengthened form of the superlative is not unfrequent — 
in Homer.—# ἔτι καὶ χρυσοῦ, x. τ. Δ. “Or art thou, (amid all these 
possessions), still in want of gold also?”—xé οἴσει. “Shall, per- 
chance, bring.” Observe the hypothetic meaning of this clause : 
“shall, in all likelihood, bring, if we remain here as thou wishest.” 
— é6v κεν ἐγὼ, κ. τ. Δ. The ridiculous vaunt of a coward. —xev 
ἀγάγω. ‘May have led away (captive).” — γυναῖκα νέην. Supply 
ποθεῖς. 

ἣν τ᾽ αὐτὸς ἀπονόσφι, κ. τ. Δ. “And whom thou thyself mayest 
retain apart (from the rest).” With ἀπονόσφι supply τῶν ἄλλων. 
Observe that κατίσχεαι is the subjunctive with the mood-vowel 
shortened.—od μέν. For οὐ μήν.---ἀρχὸν ἐόντα. Supply σε.---κακῶν 
ἐπιθασκέμεν, κ. τ. Δ. “Τὸ lead into evils the sons of the Greeks.” 
More literally, ‘to make the sons of the Greeks tread (or walk) upon 
evils.” Βαίνω, in the Ionic dialect, and in the poets, has, besides 
its ordinary meaning, the causative signification of “I make to 
go,” i. e., bring, lead, involve, carry, &c., a meaning which other- 
wise belongs to βιδάζω. The epic sister-form βάσκω has also both 
senses. Hence the signification of éxv6acxéuev in the present pas- 
sage. 

235-238. ὦ πέπονες, κ. τ. Δ. “Ὁ ye faint-hearted ones; foul re- 
proaches (to manhood); Grecian women, no longer Grecian men.” 
In ἐλέγχεα we have the abstract for the concrete, like the Latin 
probrum. The poets are fond of this usage, since it imparts dignity 


212 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


and animation to the style—Ayavidec, οὐκέτ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί, Imitated by 
Virgil : “Ὁ vere Phrygia, neque enim Phryges!” (Ain, ix., 617.)— 
Oixadé περ. The particle wep is here strongly emphatic. Kiuhner 
(ὁ 702, 3) renders the words of the text, “‘durchaus nach Hause (nicht 
bloss hier sitzend),” or, as we would say in English, ‘‘to our own 
home (not staying here).” Nagelsbach, however, with more spirit, 
translates “ Home, home "ἢ 

τόνδε. Pointing at Agamemnon.—atrod ἐνὶ Τροίῃ, x. τ. Δ. “ Here, 
in the plain of Troy, to enjoy undisturbed his prizes.”” Compare 
the explanation of Passow (Handwé@rt., s. v.): “ Sie in ungestorter 
Ruhe, und Behaglichkeit, geniessen.””—yépa. Alluding particular- 
ly to the prize which he had just wrested from Achilles, namely, 
Briseis.—7 ῥά τί of x’ ἡμεῖς, κι τ. Δ. ‘ Whether, then, we also aid 
him in any respect or not.” We have followed Nagelsbach here, 
in making x’ to be, by apostrophe, for καί. Editors generally regard 
it, indeed, as apostrophized from κε, but this will give a very inferior 
sense. The true meaning appears to be this: If we Greeks return 
to our homes, Agamemnon will be left behind with only his imme- 
diate followers and friends, and then will be able to see whether 
these latter form his chief strength, or whether we also have, up to 
the present time, been of some assistance to him in the prosecution 
of the war. That he thinks, however, we are of no value to him 
for the purposes of the present expedition, is plainly shown by his 
treatment of Achilles, a far braver man than himself, &c. 

239-245. καὶ viv. “Even but just now.”—éo. “Than himself.” 
—ty ἀμείνονα φῶτα. Thersites here shows himself in the true 
character of a worthless demagogue ; for he only praises Achilles, 
whom he hates in heart, in order to subserve his own base ends.— 
ἑλὼν yap ἔχει γέρας, x. τ. Δ. Compare book i., verse 356.—d/Ad μάλ᾽ 
οὐκ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ, κι τ. Δ. * But there is not at all any anger in the 
mind of Achilles ; on the contrary, he is careless (of what concerns 
himself).” Literally, ‘‘ in mind unto Achilles.” Observe that μάλα 
is here employed to strengthen the negation.—7 γὰρ dv ᾿Ατρείδη, x. 
τ. A. Compare book i., verse 232. 

νεικείων. ‘Railing at."—ro δ᾽ ὦκα παρίστατο, x. τ. A. ‘But 
quickly for him the noble Ulysses was standing by his side.”” Ob- 
serve the beautiful use of the imperfect.—yaderO ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ. 
“ Rebuked him in severe speech.” 

246-251. Θερσῖτ᾽ ἀκριτόμυθε. ‘Thersites, reckless babbler.” The 
term ἀκριτόμυθος properly denotes a random talker, one who utters 
things more or less disconnected, and on which he has bestowed ne 
manner of reflection. Consult Wolf, Vorles., ed. Ust., ii., p, 40.—Acyi¢ 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 213 


mep ἐὼν ἀγορητής. “ Noisy declaimer though thou art.” More lit- 
erally, “ very shrill-toned haranguer though thou art.” Observe the 
force of πέρ in strengthening the meaning of the adjective, and com- 
pare book i, verse 131. Observe, also, that what is elsewhere the 
language of praise (book i., verse 248), is here converted into that 
of censure.—icyeo. Compare book i., verse 214.—ovd φημί. Like 
the Latin nego.—yeperérepov. “ Baser.”—éocoor. “ Of as many as.” 
For τόσων ὅσσοι. 

τῷ. “On this account.” Equivalent to διὰ τοῦτο.---οὐκ ἂν βασ- 
ἐλῆας ἀνὰ στόμ᾽, κι τ. Δ. “Thou shouldst not harangue, having kings 
(continually) in thy mouth,” i. ¢., always talking of kings. The op- 
tative with ἄν is often used as a milder expression of command than 
the regular imperative or subjunctive.—vocrov τε φυλάσσοις. “ And 
be on the watch for a return.” Literally, ‘and be watching a re- 
turn.” 

252-256. ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα. “ How these things are going to 
be,”’ i. e., how these affairs are going to turn out; whether well or 
ill.—ed, ἠὲ κακῶς. “ Under favorable, or adverse circumstances.” 
--Οῷ viv ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, x. τ. Δ. Wolf encloses this line and 
the two that follow within brackets, as an interpolation, and he is 
evidently correct in his opinion. Spitzner follows his example. The 
lines in question contain nothing but what has been said before, and, 
besides, the τῷ at the commencement of verse 254 comes in very 
awkwardly. Some ofthe ancient grammarians rejected from verse 
252 to 256, both inclusive. Nagelsbach thinks that he sees in the 
text, as it at present stands, the traces of a double recension, and is 
of opinion that one of these recensions has the lines arranged as 
follow : 


ov γὰρ ἐγὼ σέο φημὶ χερειότερον βροτὸν ἄλλον 

ἔμμεναι, ὅσσοι Gu’ ᾿Ατρείδῃς ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθον. 

Τῷ νῦν ’Atpeidy ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ποιμένι λαῶν, 

ἦσαι ὀνειδίζων, ὅτι οἱ μάλα πολλὰ διδοῦσιν 

ἥρωες Δαναοί: σὺ δὲ κερτομέων ἀγορεύεις. 

Οὐδέ τέ πω σάφα iduer, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα, 

ἢ εὖ, ἠὲ κακῶς νοστήσομεν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν" 

ἀλλ᾽ Ex τοι ἐρέω.---- 

ἦσαι ὀνειδίζων. Observe that ἦσαι, though to be rendered here 

‘thou sittest,” is not to be taken in too literal a sense, since Ther- 
sites was standing at the time. Compare Od., viii., 506; xi., 82, 
142. Some, however, make this a ground for rejecting the entire 
verse. (Crxsius, ad loc.) 


9214 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


257-264. ἀλλ᾽ ἔκ Tor ἐρέω. ‘* But I will declare to thee plainly.” 
Observe the force of the adverbial é«.—ei κ᾽ ἔτι σ᾽ ἀφραίνοντα, κ. τ. A. 
‘If I shall catch thee any longer playing the fool.’’ More freely, 
“acting senselessly.” It is doubtful whether κιχήσομαι be here the 
future indicative, or the aorist subjunctive with the shortened mood- 
vowel. (Compare Herm. Opusc., iv., 29.) Thiersch is in favor of 
the latter ; but the former appears the more natural.—dc νύ περ Ode. 
“Just as thou art now in this way (doing).”” The particle πέρ qual- 
ifies ὡς, not viv.—émein. The optative here expresses a wish; and 
50, also, in κεκλημένος εἴην. 

εἰ μὴ ἐγώ σε λαθὼν, x. τ. 2. -“ἸΓῚ do not, having seized thee, strip 
off thy vestments.” Observe the adverbial force of ἀπό. ---- δύσω. 
Future indicative.— τά 7 αἰδῶ ἀμφικαλύπτει. ‘ And those which 
cover thy nakedness.’’ The allusion is to the μέτρα (mitra), a broad 
belt or band, worn next to the body, so as to cover the lower part 
of the abdomen.—adrov δὲ ἀφήσω. ‘And send away thyself.” Ob- 
serve the reflexive force of αὐτόν, as beginning a sentence or clause; 
and consult note on book 1., verse 4. — πεπληγὼς ἀγορῆθεν. “* Hav- 
ing whipped (thee) from the assembly.” The perfect zéxAnya has 
always an active meaning in Homer. 

265-271. ὥς. For οὕτως. --- σκήπτρῳ δὲ μετάφρενον, x. τ. 2. The 
reference here is merely to a single blow on the back.—6 δ᾽ ἰδνώθη. 
“The other, thereupon, bent back.” More freely, ‘ cowering, bent.” 
He contracted his back, and withdrew himself from under the blow. 
Compare the Homeric Lexicon of Apollonius : εἰς τοὐπίσω ἐκάμφθη. 
— ϑαλερὸν dé οἱ ἔκπεσε dadxpv. “And the gushing tear fell from 
him.”’ More literally, “fell out for him.” The adjective ϑαλερόν 
carries with it here the idea of a full and gushing tear. The refer- 
ence to something forcible or strong likewise appears in other in- 
stances. Thus, the hair is called ϑαλερή, when standing thick and 
full. So ϑαλερὸς γόος, “ strong lamentation” (Od., x., 457); ϑαλερὴ 
φωνή, “a strong voice.” (Il., 17, 439.) 

σμῶδιξ δ᾽ αἱματόεσσα, x. τ. 2. And a bloody weal rose up from 
his back, beneath the (blow of the) golden sceptre.” Observe the 
force of ἐξ and ὑπό, in combination with the verb. The swelling 
came out of his back under the blow; and the meaning of ὑπό is im- 
mediately explained epexegetically by the words σκήπτρου ὑπὸ χρυ- 
σέου.---ἀλγήσας δ. “And having suffered pain.” — ἀχρεῖον ἰδών. 
“ Having looked foolishly.’ More freely, ‘‘like a fool.” The neuter 
of the adjective is here taken adverbially. In such cases, however, 
the adjective has not exactly the mere force of the adverb, but rath- 
er expresses the result of a species of action. Hence ἀχρεῖον id.» 


NOTES TO BOOK I. 215 


properly means, having displayed, by the contortions of his counte- 
nance, a silly and puzzled look, as if uncertain what to do, or how 
to comport himself under the chastisement which he had received. 
Bernhardy; not unaptly, translates it, “‘ schofel blickend,” or, as we 
would say, “ looking miserably.’ 

ἀχνύμενοί περ. Namely, because they were not to return home, as 
they had hoped.—éz’ αὐτῷ ἡδὺ γέλασσαν. ‘Laughed heartily at his 
mishap.’’ More literally, ‘on his account.” As regards the pecu- 
liar force of ἡδύ, consult note on ἀχρεῖον ἰδών.----τις. “One.” Equiv- 
alent, in fact, to ‘‘many a one.”—é¢ πλησίον ἄλλον. “To another 
near him,’’ 1. e., to his neighbor. 

272-276. ὦ πόποι. Consult note on book i., verse 254. — up?’ 
ἐσθλά. ‘Ten thousand good things.”—7r ἐξάρχων. ‘In both origi- 
nating.” — πόλεμόν te xoptcowv. “And in arousing the war.” 
Equivalent to the Latin “‘ pugnam excitans.” This is Koppen’s ex- 
planation, and is adopted by Stadelmann. Wolf, on the other hand, 
makes the phrase in question the same as bellum adornans, and re- 
gards πόλεμος as standing for “Apyc. The literal meaning, however, 
“arming the war,” accords better with Koppen’s idea, and πόλεμον 
will then be the same as πολεμοῦντας. 

νῦν δὲ τόδε μέγ᾽ ἄριστον, x. τ. Δ. ‘* Now, however, he has done 
this, by far the best thing among the Greeks,”’ i. ¢., in doing this, 
he has achieved his greatest work. Equivalent to viv δὲ τόδε ῥέξας, 
μέγ᾽ ἄριστον ἔρεξεν. ---ὖὗς. ‘In that he.’’—rdv. As before, for τοῦτον. 
—tyopéwv. ‘From his harangues.”—0jv. “ Assuredly.” In Ho- 
mer, ϑήν is always ironical, as in Attic δήπου. It is very frequently 
joined with οὐ, as in the present instance.—duudc ἀγήνωρ. “ His 
insolent spirit.” 

278-283. ὡς φάσαν ἡ πληθύς. “Thus spoke they, the throng.” 
Observe that 7, though apparently the same with the later article, 
is, in fact, the pronoun, and is brought in to mark opposition. (Con- 
sult Nagelsbach, Excurs., xix., 7, c.) Observe, also, that πληθύς is 
taken collectively, and has the verb in the plural. —dva dé ἔστη. 
“Up, thereupon, stood.” Observe the adverbial force of ἀνά.---παρὰ 
δὲ. ‘ And by his side.”—eidouévy. ‘Making herself like.” —o.wzxay. 
More correct than σιωπᾷν with the subscript iota. Consult Wolf, 
Anal. Lit., ii,, p. 49, seg.; Buttmann, Ausf. Gr. Sp., § 105, Anm., 17; 
and Spitzner, ad loc. : 

ὡς ἅμα ¥ οἱ πρῶτοι, κ. τ. Δ. “In order that the sons of the Greeks, 
both in frent and in the rear, might at the same time hear his 
‘speech, and understand his counsel.’’ Wolf regards of as unneces- 
sary here, and an instance of irregularity in the use of the article. 


216 NOTES TO BOOK Il. 


Not so, by any means. It is rather the digammated dative of od. 
The #&, however, before it, is quite unnecessary, and appears to 
have been thrust in through ignorance, in order to avoid the appa- 
rent hiatus in dua oi, which hiatus, however, is removed by the di- 
gamma. The literal translation will therefore be, “ might hear his 
speech for him.” (Ndagelsbach, ad loc.)—6 σφιν ἐὐφρονέων, k. τ. A. 
Compare book i., verse 73, and observe that this line is more imme- 
diately connected with verse 278. 

τ 284-290. *Arpeidn, viv δή σε, ἄναξ, x. τ. 2. “Monarch, son of 
Atreus, the Greeks just now desire to make thee the most disgraced 
among all articulate-speaking mortals.” Observe the force of δή, 
as applied, in its sense of exactness, to viv, the adverb of time, and 
compare Kikner, ὁ 720, 2, ed. Jelf.—ndow ἐλέγχιστον. We have 
given here the explanation of Nagelsbach, which appears to be the 
only true one.--yvzep ὑπέσταν. ‘“ Which they undertook,” 7 «., 
which they took upon themselves. In such constructions as the 
present, where the particle πέρ is appended to the relative, it has 
the same force in reality as in καίπερ, or with the participle. Hence 
ἥνπερ ὑπέσταν is the same in effect as ὑποστάντες περ.---ἐκπέρσαντ'. 
Supply σε, With which this participle agrees. 

ἢ παῖδες veapol, χῆραἑέ te γυναῖκες. Observe here that te follows 
after 7, a construction of which instances are found not only among 
the poets, but also in the prose writers. In antithetical clauses τέ 
approaches in sense to 7, and hence they are interchanged ; either 
ἥ-τέ, Or τὲ-ῆ. (Kithner, § 734, 3, ed. Jelf.)\—anAnjaoicw ὀδύρονται 
οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι. “Do they wail unto one another to return home.” 
The infinitive is here employed as the object. This takes place on 
several occasions, and, among others, with verbs signifying any 
sensual or mental energy of the subject, or some expression of such 
energy. (Kiihner, § 637.) 

291-294. ἡ μὴν καὶ πόνος ἐστὶ, x. τ. Δ. “It is certainly a hard 
thing (so) to return, after having been exposed to many privations,” 
t. ¢., to return without having accomplished our object, and after 
having endured many a hardship. More literally, “for one (so) to 
return,” &c., τινά being understood with ἀνιηθέντα. The meaning 
of this much-contested passage turns entirely on νέεσθαι, which, be- 
ing repeated from the previous line, becomes, in fact, equivalent to 
οὕτω ποιεῖν, the idea of returning without accomplishing the object 
of the expedition being implied in the first νέεσθαι. Observe, also, 
that ἡ μήν stands opposed to ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης in verse 297. 

καὶ γάρ. “And (no wonder) for.”"—& ἕνα μῆνα. “Even a single 
month.”—ody νηΐ πολυζύγῳ. The preposition σύν is here made by 


NOTES TO BOOK Il. 217 


some equivalent to παρά, and this latter was even formerly the read- 
ing usually given in editions, until Wolf brought back σύν into the 
text. It is very evident that παρά must have arisen from a mere 
interpretation of civ. On the whole, however, Wolf’s explanation 
is the best, which connects σὺν νηὶ πολυζύγῳ in. construction with 
μένων. --- εἰλέωσιν. “May be hemming in.” Consult Buttmann, 
Lezxil., s. v.—eiasiv. The prose form of expression would be dv 
εἰλῶσιν. 

295-300. ἡμῖν δὲ εἴνατός ἐστι, x. τ. 2. “To us, however, while 
remaining here, it is the ninth revolving year.” Observe that περε- 
τροπέων is here merely an epithet of ἐνεαυτός, and that ἐστι περι- 
τροπέων is not to be regarded as a mere circumlocution for the pres- 
ent indicative. The cesura of the verse is directly opposed to such 
an idea.—r@. “On this account.” --ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης, κι τ. A. ‘* But 
it is, nevertheless, also certainly disgraceful.” Observe that rox is 
here employed in the confirmative sense of the Latin sane, namely, 
“certainly,” “verily,” “of a truth.” (Kihner, § 736, ed. Jelf.)— 
κενεόν. ‘ Empty handed,” t. e., without booty and without success. 

τλῆτε. “Be patient.’ More literally, ‘“endure.’’—éni χρόνον. 
“ For a time,”’ 7. e., a little while longer.—yavrevera. _“ Divines.”’ 
Observe here the force of the present. Calchas has not retracted 
the prediction which he made nine years before this, and, therefore, 
it is said of him here that he still “ divines.” ( 

302-307. μάρτυροι. “ Witnesses of it,” 7. ¢., of the truth of what 
I am going to say.—od¢ μὴ Κῆρες, κι τ. 2. +“ Whom the Fates of 
death went not bearing away,”’ 7. e., whom the fates have not taken 
off. The expression é6av φέρουσαι is a species of circumlocution 
for ἤνεγκον, 1. €., ἀνήρπαξαν.---χθιζά τε καὶ πρώϊζ. * Both yesterday 
and the day before.” A proverbial form of expression, and equiva- 
lent, in fact, to ‘‘ very lately”’ The reference does not appear to be 
so much to the past years of the war, which would be a-harsh ex- 
planation, as to the recent pestilence. Consult Heyne, ad loc. 

ἐς Αὐλίδα... “At Aulis.” Literally, “into Aulis,” i. e., into the 
harbor of Aulis. The Grecian fleet was detained here a considera- 
ble time by adverse winds, until the memorable sacrifice of Iphigenia 
to the offended Diana.—dyoi περὶ. “Round about.” We often 
find two prepositions thus joined together in poetry to give a full- 
ness to the expression. Consult Kithner, § 618, 8.---τ ελήεσσας éxa- 
toub6ac. Consult note on book i. verse 315.—dyAadv ὕδωρ. “A 
limpid stream.” The plane tree stood at a fountain-head or spring, 
and the water bubbled up from beneath the tree. 

308-313. μέγα σῆμα. “A great sign,” i. ¢.,a great omen of the 

, i 


- 


218 NOTES TO BOOK II. 


future fortunes of the expedition.—émi νῶτα δαφοινός. * All blood- 
red upon the back.’’ A type of the bloody conflict that was ap- 
proaching. Observe the intensive force of da in δαφοινός.----τόν ῥ᾽ 
αὐτὸς ᾿Ολύμπιος, x. τ. Δ. “ Which, namely, the Olympian himself 
had sent forth into the light.” By the epithet ᾿᾽Ολύμπιος Jove is 
meant, and αὐτός is added to increase the emphasis. — ὑπαΐξας. 
“Having glided from under.”—fa. “'Thereupon.”—év0a δ. “ And 
there,” 1. ¢., in the plane-tree.—vjm1a τέκνα. ‘An infant brood.” 
Literally, “infant offspring.”"—vzorenrndrec. “ Cowering beneath.” 
--οπὀἼὀκτώ. ‘+ Eight in number.” 

314-319. ἐλεεινὰ τετριγῶτας. ‘* Twittering piteously.” Some 
connect ἐλεεινά with κατήσθιε, but this is far inferior.—dyderorare. 
“Kept flying around.”-—r7p δ᾽ ἐλελιξάμενος, x. τ. Δ. “And then, 
having formed himself into a coil, he seized her (also) by the wing, 
making a loud cry round about.”” The serpent wound itself into a 
coil, and then raising its head, and the upper part of its body, made 
a sudden spring at the parent bird, and caught it by the wing. Ob- 
serve the force of the middle voice in ἐλελεξάμενος.----πτέρυγος. The 
reference to a part requires the genitive. 

κατὰ ἔφαγε. “ Hehadeatenup.” Observe the adverbial force of 
κατά. ---τὸν μὲν ἀρίζηλον, x. τ. 2. “The god who had displayed 
him to view, rendered him very conspicuous, for the son of the 
crafty Saturn made him a stone,” ὁ. e., Jupiter made the serpent 
very conspicuous as a monument of the occurrence, for he changed 
him into stone. We have given here the reading of the common 
text, namely, ἀρίζηλον, equivalent to ἀρίδηλον. It is very doubtful, 
however, whether this be the true reading. Buttmann opposes it 
with great ability, and thinks that we ought to have some term in 
its place, meaning “ invisible,” especially on account of the opposi- 
tion implied in ὅσπερ ἔφηνεν. This would also be in accordance 
with Cicero’s paraphrase of the present passage (de Divin., ii., 30) : 

“Qui luci ediderat, genitor Saturnius, idem 
Abdidit, et duro firmavit tegmina saxo.” 
But, then, a new difficulty arises. If we read ἀΐζηλον (2. e., ἀΐδηλον), 
we have a term, the analogy that produced which is extremely 
doubtful. If we write ἀΐδηλον at once, we have a form contrary to 
common usage, which does not allow of a long ὁ in forms coming 
from eidw. And, lastly, if we take ἀείδηλον, we can not show that 
Homer ever did use this form. As for ἀειδέλιον, which is Homeric, 
it is too different from any of the readings that have come down to 
us to allow of its being adopted. The whole question affords a 
striking example, as Buttmann remarks, how almost impossible it 


NOTES TO BOOK It. 219 


is in Homeric criticism, with all our best wishes and exertions, to 
surmount the difficulties of the standing text. And although it is 
very evident that ἀρίζηλος was not originally in this passage in 
Homer’s verse, still we must retain this reading, as the only one 
which has come down to us grounded on authentic documents, 
(Lezil., 5. v. ἀΐδηλος). It remains but to add, that Knight regards 
verses 317, 318, and 319 as spurious, and the interpolation of some 
rhapsodist. 

320-323. οἷον ἐτύχθη. “Αἱ what had been done,’’ z. ε., had taken 
place. Οἷον is here equivalent to ὅτι τοῖον..----ὡς οὖν δεινὰ πέλωρα, 
κι τ. Δ. “ When, then, dreadful prodigies had come in the midst of 
the hecatombs of the gods,” 1. e., had occurred in the very midst of 
the sacrifice. Observe that ϑεῶν must be construed with ἑκατόμδας, 
not with πέλωρα, the victims being regarded as the property of the 
gods.—KdAyac δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα. ““ Calchas, then, thereupon straight- 
way.”—vJeorporéwv. ‘ Revealing the signs from on high.”—rtix7’ 
ἀνέω ἐγένεσθε. ““ Why, then, have ye become mute?” We have 
given ἀνέω, with Spitzner and Buttmann (Lezil., s. v.), instead of 
the common reading, ἀνέῳ. It is not an adjective, but an’adverb, 
like οὕτω, &c. ; and it was so regarded by Aristarchus, as Apollonius 
informs us. (De Adverb., p. 555, 15, seq.) 

324-332. ἡμῖν μὲν. “For us, indeed,” i. ¢. for our special in- 
struction. Observe that μέν is here for μήν.---ὄψιμον, ὀψιτέλεστον. 
The absence of the copulative conjunction renders the clause more 
emphatic.—éov. “Of which.” An epic form of οὗ, arising, accord- 
ing to the ancient grammarians, from a dieresis. (Etymol. Mag., 
p. 614, 34.—Spitener, ad loc.)—xAéoc. Referring to the mention of 
this prodigy among posterity.—d¢ ἡμεῖς. .“ 50 νγ8." --τοσσαῦτ᾽ ἔτεα. 
Nine years are meant.—-ro δεκάτῳ. Supply ἔτει.---τελεῖται. “Are 
on the eve of being accomplished.”—airovd. ~‘“ Here.”—eicdxev 
ἕλωμεν. “Until we may have taken.” More literally, “until what 
time we may have taken.” Observe that εἰσόκεν is for εἰς 6 κεν, and 
compare the Latin idiom: ‘“ usque ad id tempus, quo capiamus,” &c. 

334-336. σμερδαλέον xovabyoar, x. τ. Δ. “ Resounded fearfully in 
consequence of the shouting of the Greeks.” More literally, “ un- 
der (2. e., by reason of) the Greeks having shouted.” The common 
text has a comma after κονάδησαν, which we have removed, as in- 
terfering with the sense.—Tepyvio¢ ἱππότα Νέστωρ. “ The Gerenian 
Nestor, the ruler of steeds.”” Nestor was called “ Gerenian” from 
a city of Messenia, where he was brought up, after Pylos, probably, 
had been destroyed by Hercules. This place is styled Τέρηνον in a 
fragment of Hesiod ; T’épyva, by Strabo ; Tepyvia, by Pausania$; and 


220 NOTES TO BOOK Il. 


ἡ Τέρηνος by the scholiast.—izréra. For ἱππότης, a common epithet 
for heroes. Observe the absence of the copula between this word 
and Τερήνιος. The reason is that the term Γερήνιος is more of an 
individual, the other more of a general appellation. 

337-339. ὦ πόποι. Consult note on book i., verse 254.—7 δὴ παι- 
σὶν ἐοικότες, x. τ. A. ‘*Assuredly, now, ye are haranguing like in- 
fant children,” i. e., your conduct, in thus wasting time with idle 
harangues, resembles that of mere children. The epexegetic clause, 
οἷς οὗτι μέλει, κ. τ. 2., Shows in what the resemblance actually con- 
sists.—77 δὴ συνθεσίαι Te, x. τ. A. ** Whither, then, will go for us both 
agreements and sworn pledges ?” 1. e., what, then, will become of our 
agreements *&c. According to Buttmann (Lezil., p. 439, ed. Fishl.), 
ὅρκιον properly signifies a contract or agreement on oath. As it is 
here, however, joined with συνθεσίαι, it appears to refer rather to a 
pledge connected with an oath. _ 

340-341. ἐν πυρὶ dy, x. τ. Δ. “Into the fire, now, may both the 
counsels and plans of heroes have come, and the unmixed libations, 
and the right hands on which we felied,”’ ἡ. ¢., away, now, into the 
fire with the counsels and plans of heroes, &c. We have given 
here the explanation of Nagelsbach, who regards this passage as a 
species of unwilling or reluctant wish; and in this opinion the re- 
viewer of Crusius’s edition of the Iliad concurs. (Jahrb. fir Phil. 
und Pead., vol. xxxiv., p. 367.) The train of ideas appears to be as 
follows: Away with the counsels, &c., into the fire; for they help 
us no more; since, in place of acting up to our previous engage- 
ments, we are wasting our time in idle talking, &c. This expres- 
sion of a wish certainly suits better the optative (yevoiaro), without 
’ the hypothetic κε, than if we place an interrogation at the end of 
verse 341, as is done by Wolf, Heyne, and Voss, and render the op- 
tative by a future.— Observe that the expression ἐν πυρὶ γενοίατο is 
merely of a proverbial character, to denote utter destruction. 

σπονδαὶ ἄκρητοι. Libations most commonly consisted of unmixed 
wine; but sometimes, also, of milk, honey, and other fluids, either 
pure or diluted with water. 

342-349. αὔτως. “To no purpose.”—ov δὲς “Do thou, there- 
fore.”—éri. ** Still, as before.” —doreugdéa βουλήν. “An unshaken 
resolve.” — τούσδε δ᾽ ἔα φθινύθειν, x. τ. Δ. “And suffer those to 
perish, one, and (at farthest) two, whoever may be deliberating 
apart from the Greeks (there shall be no accomplishment, however, 
of their designs) to return to Argos, before that we even know,” &c. 
Compare with roi κεν the Latin si gui. Achilles appears to be hint- 
ed at.—Avde. Governed by ὑπόσχεσὶς. : 


NOTES TO BOOK IL 221 


350-356. κατανεῦσαι. “ Nodded assent.”—7uare τῷ. ‘On that 
day.” Observe the demonstrative force of τῷ, equivalent here to 
ἐκείνῳ.---ἔθαινον ἐπ᾿. “ Were going on board of.”—Kjjpa. “ Fate.” 
Better with the initial capital, as we have given it, and indicating 
not so much destruction itself, as a being carrying destruction along 
with her.—dotpaxtwv ἐπιδέξι. “ΒΥ flashing forth lightning to the 
right.” — φαίνων. “ΒΥ displaying.” — Verse 353 explains what is 
meant by κατανεῦσαι in v. 350. ; 

τῷ. “Therefore.” --- τίσασθαι δ᾽ Ἑλένης, x. τ. ἃ. “ And (before) 
he has avenged the vexations and the groans (that have been his) 
on account of Helen.” Buttmann (Lezil., p. 439, seqq. ed. Fishl.) 
makes Ἑλένης here the genitive of the subject, and refers the words 
of the passage to the vexations and sighs of the repentant Helen. 
We have preferred, however, to follow Nagelsbach and Stadelmann, 
in regarding Ἑλένης as the objective or causal genitive. The refer- 
ence is to the toils and privations endured by the Greeks during 
this long-protracted war, and the idea is well expressed by the scho- 
liast in the Venice MS., as follows: τιμωρίαν λαθεῖν ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἐστε- 
νάξαμεν καὶ ἐμεριμνήσαμεν περὶ 'Ἑλένης. 

358-361. ἑἁπτέσθω. “ Let him lay hold of,’’ ἡ. ¢., for the purpose 
of dragging it down to the sea.—dvarov καὶ πότμον. “ Death and 
fate.” Often united by Homer; as also ϑάνατος and μόρος.---αὐτός 
τ᾽ ed μήδεο. ‘Both deliberate well thyself.” Passow translates 
this “ fasse selbst wohl einen Beschluss,” i. e., form a resolve thyself. 
This, however, is inconsistent with πείθεό τ᾽ ἄλλῳ.---ὅττι Kev εἴπω. 
Not equivalent to ἐάν rc εἴπω, but “ whatsoever I shall say (if thou 
permit).” 

362-368. xpiv’ ἄνδρας κατὰ φῦλα, x. τ. A. “Separate, Agamemnon, 
the men by tribes, by families.” By φῦλα are here meant tribes or 
clans, proceeding each from one common progenitor; by ὁρῆτραι, 
on the other hand, the several families or kindreds composing a 
tribe. Hence Heyne remarks: “Per populos et gentes dispositi pug- 
narunt haud dubie et antea ; nunc autem in ipsis populis novum discri- 
men fit secundum genera seu stirpes ab eodem auctore deductas; et in 
his iterum sunt familie.”’—o¢ φρήτρη φρήτρῃφιν, x. τ. Δ. The object 
of this new arrangement is mutual support, the members of the 
same family and clan aiding one another with the greater zeal, on 
account-of the ties of kindred.—xai τοι πείθωνται ᾿Αχαιοί. “ And (if) 
the Greeks shall obey thee (in this),” ἡ. ¢., shall carry this plan of 
thine into full effect. — ὅς 8 ἡγεμόνων κακός. * Both what one of 
the leaders is cowardly.” Supply éori.—x’ ἔῃσι. ‘* May be.”—xara 
σφέας. “ΒΥ themselves,” ὁ. ¢., each clan by itself, ace! each family 
of iy clan also by itself. 

T2 


222 NOTES TO BOOK IL. 


γνώσεαι δέ. “ And thou wilt farther know.” Observe the em- 
phatic usage of dé, after γνώσῃ ἔπειθ᾽ in verse 365.—ei καὶ ϑεσπεσίῃ, 
x. τ. 2. ‘ Whether thou art even not going to sack the city by the 
Divine will, or by the cowardice of men, and their inexperience in 
war.” With ϑεσπεσίῃ supply βούλῃ or μοίρᾳ. 

370-373. ἡ μὰν air, κι τ. Δ. “Of a truth, aged warrior, thou 
again, in the gathering of the people, surpassest (in sage counsel) 
the sons of the Greeks.”’ More literally, “in the assembly,” 7. ¢., 
of the forces. Observe the force of aire: thou surpassest in the 
public assembly, after having surpassed in the private conclave of 
the Grecian princes. —ai γάρ, Zed te πάτερ, x. τ. Δ. “For would 
that, both father Jove, &c., there were to me,” &c., 7. ε., would to 
Jove, &c., I had.—76. “In that event.” More literally, “‘ by that 
means.” —7utoete. The verb ἠμύω, when thus applied to cities, re- 
fers to their sinking in ruins. 

375-379. ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν. Compare book i., verse 96.—é¢ με μετὰ 
βάλλει. “ Who hurls me into the midst of.” (Compare Kiihner, § 
614, iii.) More freely, “ who keeps continually involving me in.”’— 
ἔγω δ᾽ ἦρχον χαλεπαίνων. ‘“ And I was the first to become angry.” 
Observe here the use of the participle for the infinitive. This con- 
struction is regular with verbs of beginning, ceasing, &c. Observe, 
also, that ἄρχεσθαι is used with the infinitive, when the notion of 
the dependant verb is only in intention, not in act. Thus, Thucyd., 
i., 107, ἤρξαντο καὶ τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ᾿Αθηναῖοι οἰκοδομεῖν : but οἰκοδομ- 
οὔντες When it is actually begun. (Kishner, § 688, vi., p. 317, ed. Jelf.) 

ἔς ye μίαν βουλεύσομεν. “ We shall come to the same determina- 
tion.” With μέαν supply βουλήν, and compare the explanation of 
Nagelsbach : “ita consultare ut sententie in unum conspirent.” The 
reference is to their becoming reconciled to one another. 

381-384. ἐπὶ δεῖπνον. ‘To your meal.” ©The morning meal is 
here meant. In Homer, the word ἄριστον uniformly means the 
early, as δόρπον does the late meal ; but δεῖπνον, on the other hand, 
is used for either, apparently without any reference to time. — va 
ξυνάγωμεν "Apna. ‘In order that we may join battle.” A concise 
form of expression, for iva ξυνάγοντες τοὺς λαοὺς ἐγείρωμεν “Apna.— 
εὖ δὲ ϑέσθω. “And get ready well,” 2. ¢., have it in good order, 
and ready for action. Compare Passow, Worterb., 5. v. τίθημι, ὃ. 
ii., c.—ev ἅρματος ἀμφὶς ἰδὼν. “ Having looked well about his char- 
jot,” 2. ¢., round about it ; having carefully examined it on all sides, 
We have given ἀμφὶς ἐδὼν with Spitzner. Heyne, however, who is 
followed by Buttmann (Lezil., p. 104, ed. Fishl.), is in favor of ἀμ- 


NOTES TO BOOK It. 223 


386-393. οὐ μετέσσεται. “Shall not ensue.” More literally, 
“shall not intervene.”-—dvaxpivéec μένος ἀνδρῶν. “ Shall part the 
wrath of the combatants.”—idpdce: μέν τευ τελαμὼν, x. τ. 2. “ The 
strap of the man-protecting shield around the breast of each one 
shall be moist with sweat ; and (each one) shall be fatigued as to his 
hand round about the spear.” More literally, “‘on the spear round 
about.” The Greek warrior had two straps or belts passing over 
his breast, from the shoulder downward; not, however, crossing 
each other, but both on the same, that is, on the left side. One of 
these straps supported the sword; the other, which was larger and 
broader, the shield. This second strap or belt lay over the former. 
--καμεῖται. Observe the employment of the middle in a passive 
sense. In reality, however, a middle meaning still lurks here: 
“ shall cause himself to toil.” Compare Kiikner, § 364, ed. Jelf. 

μιμνάζειν ἐθέλοντα. “Wishing to linger.”—od οἱ ἔπειτα ἄρκιον © 
ἐσσεῖται, κ. τ. Δ. ‘There shall be nothing thereupon on which he 
can rely for escaping from the dogs and birds,” 7. e., there shall be 
nothing to give him any well-grounded hope of escaping, &c. We 
have rendered ἄρκιον here in accordance with the explanation given 
to it by Buttmann (ZLexil., s. v.). It appears to be equivalent in 
some degree to ἕτοιμον. 

394-397. ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ ἴαχον, x. τ. A. <The Greeks, thereupon, . 
began to shout loudly, as when a wave (roars) against a lofty shore, 
when the south wind, having come, shall put it in motion, against 
some projecting rock.” Observe the ellipsis in κῦμα, which is to be 
supplied by ἐάχει. Observe also the peculiar boldness of the per- 
sonification, when a literal translation is given: “as when a wave 
shouts.” --προδλῆτι σκοπέλῳ. This is merely a more special defini- 
tion of the idea contained in ἀκτῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῇ, and is epexegetical to 
that clause.—As regards ὅτε κινήσῃ, compare book i., verse 80. 

τὸν δ᾽ οὔποτε κύματα λείπει παντοίων ἀνέμων, x. τ. Δ. ‘For this 
the billows raised by all kinds of winds never leave, when they arise 
in this quarter or in that,” 7. ¢., the billows raised by every wind, 
no matter from what point it comes. The comma after Aeizez, 
which appears in the ordinary text, must be removed, since κύματα 
is to be joined in construction with παντοίων ἀνέμων. So we have 
νέφεα ἀργεστᾶο Νότοιο (il., xi., 305); and ἄελλαι παντοίων ἀνέμων 
(Od., ν., 304). If we retain the common pointing, παντοίων ἀνέμων 
becomes the genitive absolute, and must be rendered, “ during all 
kinds of winds,” there being then an ellipsis of ὄντων. This, how- 
ever, 15 decidedly inferior —yéverra:. Referring, of course, to the 
winds, not to κύματα. In this latter case, the reading would have 


224 NOTES TO BOOK IL 


been γένηται, which some appear to have given anciently, but which 
the scholiast very properly condemns. 

398-400. dpéovro. “They made a rush.” The imperfect of 
ὀρέομαι, and not from ὄρνυμι. Nagelsbach removes the comma 
after this word, and connects it closely in construction with κεδασ- 
θέντες, 580 as to imply a rushing onward in scattered order. This, 
however, is quite unnecessary.—xedacbévtec κατὰ νῆας. “ Having 
dispersed themselves in an instant among the ships.” Observe the 
force of the aorist, and the employment of the passive participle in 
a middle sense.—vjac. The ships, it will be remembered, were 
drawn up on shore, and the huts were in their immediate vicinity. 
--κατὰ κλισίας. ‘Throughout the tents.”—épefe. ‘ Began to offer 
sacrifice.” Supply ἑερά. The full form occurs in book i., verse 147. 
Compare Virgil (Eclog., iii., 77), “* Cum faciam vitulaé pro frugibus.” 
--ἄλλος δ᾽ ἄλλῳ: The meaning is, that each kindred sacrificed to 
its own tutelary deity. 

402-410. 6 ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων. “ He, the king of men, Aga- 
memnon.”—zevtaérypov. ‘Five years old.” And, therefore, in 
full vigour.—xixAnoxev δὲς ‘And he invited (to the sacrifice).”— 
Παναχαιῶν. “Of all the Greeks.” The name ᾿Αχαιοί has a wider 
Homeric meaning than either ᾿Αργεῖοι or Δαναοί.---πρώτιστα. “First 
of all.”’—Alavre diw. “The two Ajaxes.” Ajax, the son of Tela- 
mon, who led the Salaminians; and Ajax, the son of Oileus, who 
commanded the Locrians.—Tvdéo¢ υἱόν. Diomede. 

αὐτόματος. ‘Of his own accord.” He came, according to Cru- 
sius, uninvited, because he was the brother of the monarch, and need- 
ed, therefore, no special summons. Not so. He came of his own 
accord to aid his brother in the preparations for the sacrifice and the 
attendant banquet.—Goyv ἀγαθός. ‘ Good at the battle-shout,” 7. ¢., 
brave in battle—jdee yap κατὰ ϑυμὸν, x. τ. A. “For he knew in 
his mind how his brother was toiling,” i. e., toiling in the prepara- 
tions. Literally, “he knew his brother how he was toiling.” A 
well-known Greek idiom.—ovtAoyitac ἀνέλοντο. Compare book i., 
verse 449. F 

412-418. κελαινεφές. “ Black-cloud-collecting deity.” — αἰθέρι 
ναίων. Words indicative of residence are commonly used in the 
dative without a preposition, since this case has for its fundamental 
signification the idea of space, in which activity, or the power of 
action, abides.—uy πρὶν ἐπ’ ἠέλιον δῦναι, x. τ. Δ. “Grant that the 
sun may not go down, and darkness come on, before that I have 
cast down headlong Priam’s palace, wrapped in flames,” &c. In 
these forms of invocation there appears to be an ellipsis of δός, or 


NOTES TO BOOK It. 225 


ποίησον, or γένοιτο.---ἐπ᾽ ἠέλιον δῦναι. The expression émi..... δῦναι 
occurs here for the only time in Homer with reference to the setting 
sun; and, as ἐπί in this passage is not easy to explain, Nagelsbach 
recommends that we read ὑπ᾽ ἠέλιον δῦναι, and he compares Od., 
iii., 335, and Od., x., 191.---πυρὸς δηΐοιο. “ With hostile fire.” Ob- 
serve here the genitive of the source whence the action arises, 
and compare Kithner, ᾧ 484, p. 126, ed. Jelf. 

‘Extépeov δὲ χιτῶνα, x. τ. A. “And have severed around his 
breast the tunic of Hector, rent by my brazen spear.” Literally, 
“rent by the brass.”” The expression χαλκῷ ῥωγαλέον serves still 
farther to explain the meaning of δαΐξαι. ---- πρηνέες ἐν κονίῃσιν. 
“Prone in the dust,’’ 2. ¢., stretched out on their faces in the dust. 

419-432. οὐδ᾽ dpa πώ, κ. τ. A. “But not yet, thereupon, was the 
son of Saturn accomplishing it for him.” Observe that ἐπεκραίαινε 
stands here without an object, which, when supplied, is generally 
ééAdwp. Compare book i., verse 41.--- πόνον δ᾽ ἀμέγαρτον ὄφελλεν. 
“But increased their severe toil.” 

The ensuing lines (421-432) have already occurred in book i., 
verse 458, segq., with the exception of a few forms of expression.— 
ἀμπείραντες. “ Having spitted.”—tzeipeyor Ἡφαίστοιο. “They 
held them over the fire.” Observe the continued action expressed 
by the imperfect. 

433-440. Τερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ. Consult note on verse 336.— 
μηκέτι δὴ viv αὖθι λεγώμεθα. “ No longer, at this very time, let us 
be talking here.” Nestor rises from table, at which there had nat- 
urally been some conversation, and interrupts the speakers by these 
words. It will be perceived, therefore, that λεγώμεθα is here taken 
absolutely. We have rejected the common reading, μηκέτι viv δηθ᾽ 
αὖθι λεγώμεθα, and have adopted that of Callistratus from the scholia, 
as making the best sense. The form δηθ᾽ (δηθά) is not Epic (Har- 
tung, i., 305; Kithner, § 693), whereas δὴ νῦν is both an Homeric 
position of the particles, and gives more force to μηκέτι. Buttmann 
recommends ταῦτα in place of αὖθι, from a comparison of other pas- 
sages of Homer; but he is answered by Spitzner, who shows that 
in these passages ταῦτα refers to actual conversations preceding, 
whereas on the present occasion no previous remarks have been 
detailed. (Lezil., p. 398, ed. Fishl.—Spitzner, ad loc.)—It remains 
but to add, that some translate λεγώμεθα here, “let us lie,” i. ¢., let 
us be sitting, or be resting; but in the whole range of Epic poetry, 
there never occur in this sense any other parts of λέγω except the 
aorists ἔλεξε, ἐλέξατο, ἔλεκτο. (Buttmann, Leril., l. c.) 

ἔργον. “ The work,” ¢. ¢., the work of battle.—éyyvaAiger. “ Puts 


226 NOTES TO BOOK IL. 


into our hands.” ‘The present shows certainty, and a firm belief 
that Heaven is on their side. It is recommended by the scholiast 
on the authority of Aristarchus and Aristophanes. The future éy- 
γυαλίξει, given in some editions, is inferior—«jpuxec μὲν. Opposed 
to ἡμεῖς δὲ.---χαλκοχιτώνων. Consult Gloss.on book 1., verse 371.— 
ἀγειρόντων. For ἀγειρέτωσαν.---ἀθρόοι ὧδε. ‘Thus assembled as 
we are.” Equivalent to ὥσπερ ἔχομεν ἀθρόοι.---ἴομεν. For ἴωμεν, 
with the shortened mood-vowel. So ἐγείρομεν for ἐγείρωμεν.---ὀξὺν 
"Ἄρηα. “The sharp conflict.” Literally, ‘sharp Mars.” 

443-447. κηρύσσειν πολεμόνδε. “ΤῸ summon to the conflict.”— 
καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς. Consult note on verse 11.—oi μὲν ἐκήρυσ- 
cov, x. τ. Δ. Compare verse 52.—oi δ᾽ ἀμφὶ ’Atpeiwva, κ. τ. A. “ But 
they, the Jove-nurtured kings, around the son of Atreus, kept mov- 
ing to and fro, separating (the forces),” ὁ. e., the Jove-nurtured kings 
in attendance at the time on Agamemnon, kept moving rapidly 
about, and separating the people into tribes and families, according 
to the suggestion of Nestor.—yerad δὲς “ And among them.” 

aiyid’ ἔχουσ. The egis, properly speaking, was the hide of the 
goat Amalthea, the animal that had suckled Jupiter. It was, in 
strictness, peculiar to Jove, but was worn on different occasions by 
both Apollo and Minerva. The skins of various quadrupeds having 
been used by the most ancient inhabitants of Greece for clothing 


Bi 
y 
sii 
os 
isi 
ἧς 
Ke 
ΚΠ 
Ὁ 
+ 
3 
b 


7. aes 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 227 


and defence, we can not wonder that the goatskin was employed in 
the same manner; and the particular application of it which we 
have now te consider will be understood from the fact, that the 
shields of the ancient Greeks were in part supported by a belt or 
Strap, passing over the right shoulder, and, when not elevated with 
the shield, descending transversely to the left hip. In order that a_ 
goatskia might serve this purpose, two of its legs would probably be 
tied over the right shoulder of the wearer, the other extremity being 
fastened to the inside of the shield. In combat, the left arm would 
be passed under the hide, and would raise it, together with the shield, 
as is shown in a marble statue of Minerva preserved in the museum 
at Naples, which, from its style of art, may be reckoned among the 
most ancient in existence. 

Other statues of Minerva, also of very high antiquity, and de- 
rived, no doubt, from some still more ancient type, represent her 
in a state of repose, and with the goatskin falling obliquely from its 
loose fastening over her right shoulder, so as to pass round the body 
under the left arm. The annexed figure is taken from a colossal 
statue of Minerva at Dresden. 


By a figure of speech, Homer uses the term egis to denote not 
only the goatskin, which it properly signified, but, together with it, 
the shield to which it belonged. By thus understanding the word, 
it is easy to comprehend both why Minerva is said to throw her fa- 
ther’s egis around her shoulders (Ji., v., 738 ; xviii., 204); and why, 
on one occasion, Apollo is said to hold it in his hand, and to shake 
it so as to terrify and confound the Greeks (JI., xv., 229, 307, seqq.); 


228 NOTES ΤῸ BOOK IL. ; 


and, on another occasion, to cover with it the dead body of Hector, 
in order to protect it from insult.—By the later poets and artists, 
the original conception of the zgis appears to have been forgotten 
or disregarded. They represent it as a breastplate covered with 
metal in the form of scales, not used to support the shield, but ex- 
tending equally on both sides, from shoulder to shoulder, as may be 
seen in the figure on page 150, taken from a statue at Florence: the 
Gorgon’s head occupies the centre, whereas, in the other figures, 
the serpents of this head are transferred to the border of the skin. 

448-450. τῆς ἑκατὸν ϑύσανοι, x. τ. A. ‘* From this a hundred tas- 
sels, all-golden, hang waving in air, all well twisted, and each of the 
value of a hundred oxen.’’ More literally, “a hundred tassels, &c., 
are suspended.” Observe the force of the present in ἠερέθονται, as 
indicating a constant attribute of the egis, and not merely one con- 
fined to the occasion of which the poet is speaking. The tense is 
properly, therefore, the present aorist, and denotes what is always 
the case. The grammarian Zenodotus, not perceiving the peculiar 
force of this tense, wrote ἠερέθοντο, in the imperfect ; but, as the 
scholiast remarks, the imperfect here οὐχ dpudtes ἐπὶ ἀθανάτων. ---- 
As the Greeks prided themselves greatly on the rich and splendid 
ornaments of their shields, they supposed the egis to be adorned in 
a style corresponding to the might and majesty of the father of the 
gods. Hence'the golden tassels, which, besides answering the pur- 
poses of ornament, would serve also to strike terror by their daz- 
zling motion. 

σὺν τῇ παιφάσσουσα, κ. τ. Δ. * With which, looking fiercely around, 
she moved rapidly through the people of the Greeks.” We have 
given παιφάσσουσα here the meaning assigned to it by Passow. The 
scholiast, indeed, explains it by ἐνθουσιῶσα, ὁρμῶσα, but this is the 
meaning which it has with later writers. 

451-453. ἑκάστῳ καρδίῃ. ‘ Unto each one in heart,” 7. e., in the 
heart of each one.—dAAnxrov. ‘* Without ceasing.”—dagap. Com- 
pare book i., verse 594.—véec6ar. Taking the place of a substan- 
tive, though without any article prefixed. 

455-458. ἠΐτε πῦρ ἀΐδηλον, x. τ. 2. “As a destructive fire con- 
sumes an immense forest.” We have given ἀΐδηλον here the mean- 
ing which Buttmann assigns to it (Lezil., s. v.), and in which he is 
followed by Passow. The literal signification of ἀΐδηλος is “ invisi- 
ble,” whence, with a causative force, we have “ making invisible,” 
and, from this, “" destroying,” ‘ destructive.”—émoAéyet. The point 
of the comparison (summa comparationis) does not lie in ἐπιφλέγει, 
but in φαίνεται αὐγή, the flashing of the rays of light from the armor 


NOTES TO BOOK Il.” 229 


of the Greeks being likened to the glare thrown forth by the burning 
of some vast forest on a mountain-top. 

ὥς τῶν ἐρχομένων, x. τ. A. “So, as these moved along, an all- 
resplendent brilliance from their admirable brazen armor went to 
the heavens through the upper air.” Observe that τῶν ἐρχομένων 
is the genitive absolute.—yaAxod. We have rendered this by the 
term “brass,” in accordance with common usage. The χαλκός of 
the ancients, however, consisted of copper and tin, whereas the 
modern brass is a combination of copper and zinc.—ixev. Observe 
the employment of the aorist to denote a rapid flashing upward of 
rays of light. 

459-461. τῶν δ᾽, ὥστ᾽ ὀρνίθων, «x. τ. Δ. “And of these—just as 
the numerous nations of winged fowl.’ Observe the anacoluthon 
in τῶν dé, the construction being broken off after these words, and 
resumed at verse 464, when dc τῶν takes the place of the τῶν, dé 
with which the sentence opened.—é@vea πολλά. Observe the beau- 
tiful personification here, instead of the prosaic “ many flocks.” We 
have now a second comparison, the point of which lies in the noise 
and various movements both of the numerous flocks of birds, before 
they alight in order on the ground, and of the Greeks before they can 
range themselves in battle array. Modern critics much admire the 
rapid accumulation of figures in the text, no less than five similes 
following one another in an unbroken series. Wolf, however, con- 
siders all but the first of these to be mere additions on the part of 
later rhapsodists, and not in good taste. 

᾿Ασίῳ ἐν λειμῶνι. “Inthe Asian mead.” This meadow or marsh 
was in Lydia, formed by the river Cayster near its mouth, and wasa 
favorite haunt for water-fowl.— We have given here the usual read- 
ing, which is defended by Hermann (ad Hymn. in Apoll., 250), Butt- 
mann (Mythol., vol. ii., p. 175), and others. Wolf, however, is in 
favor of ’Aciw, as a genitive of Ἄσιος or ’Aciac, and makes the allu- 
sion to be to Asius or Asias, a prince who, in early times, reigned 
over the country around the Cayster, and from whom the mead, ac- 
cording to him, derived its name. Consult, however, the remarks 
of Hermann, I. c. 

' 462-463. ἀγαλλόμενα. “ Exulting,” i. c., making a loud flapping. 
We have given here the neuter form, the reading of Aristarchus, 
which is found also in several good manuscripts, that of Venice 
among the rest, and likewise in the Editio Princeps. It agrees with 
ἔθνεα, and certainly harmonizes much better with προκαθιζόντων 
than ἀγαλλόμεναι, the reading of Spitzner and the ordinary text, 
would. Besides, ὄρνες is much more frequently masculine than 
U - 


230 NOTES TO BOOK IL. 


feminine, and when it does appear with the latter gender, some 
special reason lies at the bottom of it, which can not certainly be 
found here.—xAayyndov προκαθιζόντων. ‘They setting themselves 
forward with a loud noise.” Supply αὐτῶν. We have regarded this 
as the genitive absolute, and a parenthetic clause. This is certain- 
ly far more natural than the construction given by some of the 
scholiasts, and adopted by Nagelsbach and others; namely, ἔθνεα 
πολλὰ ὀρνίθων, &c., κλαγγηδὸν προκαθιζόντων, ποτῶνται ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, 
&c. This latter mode of construing connects προκαθιζόντων at 
once with ὀρνίθων. 

464-468. ὡς τῶν ἔθνεα πολλὰ. ‘So the numerous nations of 
these,” 2. ¢., of the Greeks. — προχέοντο. ‘ Kept pouring forth.” 
Observe the force of the imperfect. — πεδίον Σκαμάνδριον. By the 
“‘Scamandrian plain” is here meant the plain that lay between the 
rivers Scamander and Simois, and wherein most of the battles 
were fought between the Greeks and Trojans. The River Scaman- 
der rose in the high grounds at the foot of Mount Ida, and after re- 
ceiving the Simois, emptied into the Hellespont. Troy stood near 
the sources of the Scamander. 

αὐτὰρ: ὑπὸ χθὼν, x. τ. Δ. “ While the earth beneath resounded 
fearfully, from the feet of both them and their horses.” Observe 
here the adverbial force of ὑπὸ, and also that ποδῶν is not governed 
by it, but is the genitive of the terminus a quo, with a causal signifi- 
cation.—upio, ὅσσα τε φύλλα, kK. τ. Δ. *“Innumerable, as many as 
both the leaves and flowers are produced in the spring.’’ Observe 
that ὥρῃ here means, literally, “‘in their season.” The full expres- 
sion is given in verse 471, py ἐν εἰαρινῇ. The point of the previous 
comparison was the noise made by the numerous host in arranging 
themselves in order. In the present one, however, which makes 
the third, the ¢ertium comparationis is the number of the army. 

469-473. μυιάων ἀδινάων. ‘ Of the thickly-swarming flies.” Ob- 
serve here the similarity of ending, as if the sound were meant to 
be an echo to the sense. — κατὰ σταθμὸν ποιμνήϊον. ‘ At some 
shepherd’s pen.” The preposition here properly implies a moving up 
and down, and throughout.-—-dpy ἐν εἰαρινῇ. “In the spring sea- 
son.” Consult note on verse 468.—ére τε. ‘And when.’ More 
literally, “‘ when, 8150.᾽"--- ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι. “Against the Trojans.”— 
διαῤῥαῖσαι μεμαῶτες. The point of the comparison lies in these words. 
As the swarms of flies in the shepherd’s pen move rapidly about, 
desirous of access to the milk through the coverings of the pails, so 
did the Greeks take their station in the plain, desirous of breaking 
through the ranks of the Trojans, and, as it were, tasting their 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 231 


blood. Hence we must render διαῤῥαῖσαι μεμαῶτες, “desirous of 
breaking through (their lines).” 

474-479. τοὺς δὲς ‘And these.” Observe that τοὺς stands here 
without any government, an anacoluthon taking place similar to the 
one mentioned in the note on verse 459.---οὀἰπόλια πλατέ. ‘* Wide- 
spread fiocks of goats.” The reference is to flocks feeding in scat- 
tered order. Compare the scholiast: ὅτε διασκεδασμένα νέμονται. 
As regards the expression αἰπόλια αἰγῶν, compare συῶν συδόσια (Od., 
Xiv., 101).---ἰἷς τοὺς. ‘So these.”—era δὲς “And among them,” 
ὦ. e., Agamemnon was busily employed among the rest in arranging 
the forces.—éupara καὶ κεφαλὴν. Alluding to his majestic look and 
bearing.—’Apei δὲ ζώνην. The term ζώνη, here, does not, as some 
suppose, refer to the entire armor, but merely to the belt. An ex- 
pression of strength about the flanks was peculiar to the war-god. 
(Nagelsbach, ad loc.— Compare δεν, Archeol. der Kunst, p. 544, 
seqq.) -— στέρνον δὲ Ποσειδάωνι. ‘To Neptune was assigned by the 
ancient artists a great breadth of chest, as the god of the broad 
Ocean. (Compare Miiller, p. 503, seqq.) 

480-483. ἠῦτε βοῦς ἀγέλῃφι, x. τ. A. “As a bull in a herd is 
greatly eminent above all, for he is even conspicuous among the 
collected cattle.”” The term βοῦς denotes a bull or cow, the animal 
in general. Homer here adds ταῦρος to it, to denote especially the 
bull. Compare σῦς κάπρος (Il., xvii., 21).—év πολλοῖσι. Not to be 
connected in construction with ἡρώεσσι. Such an arrangement would 
be un-Homeric. 

486-493. ἡμεῖς δὲ κλέος οἷον, x. τ. Δ. “We, on the other hand, 
hear report alone, nor know we any thing (for certain).” By κλέος. 
is here meant the voice of tradition merely as heard in the songs 
of bards.—ot« ἂν ἐγὼ μυθήσομαι. “1 could not tell.” Some regard 
μυθήσομαι here as the aorist subjunctive, with the shortened mood- 
vowel, because ὀνομήνω comes after. This, however, is incorrect. 
The future μυθήσομαι expresses certainty under existing circum- 
stances (ἀν) that the poet will not be able to tell the whole number 
of the mighty host; whereas-odd’ ὀνομήνω (“nor do 1 think I can 
even name”) implies less of certainty, and the existence merely of 
a reasonable doubt, the naming being, in fact, an easier task than 
the actual enumeration of the strength of the army. 

ἄῤῥηκτος. “ Not to be broken,” i. ¢., not to be wearied.—ydAxeov 
δέ μοι, x. τ. 2. “ And though there were within me a brazen breast.” 
Passow, less correctly, renders ἦτορ here “ heart.’’ We have fol- 
lowed Stadelmann.—yyvycaiaé’. “Should mention.” For μνήσαιντο. 
--ἀρχοὺς αὖ, x. τι 2. “Hereupon I will tell,” &c. Observe that 


232 NOTES TO BOOK IL. 


av has here the force of δή. (Hermann, ad Vig., p. 626, ed. Glasg.) 
Observe, moreover, that the poet enters at once upon the task of 
enumeration and naming, without apprizing us whether the Muses 
have heard his prayer, and have bestowed upon him the requisite 
powers for the attempt. This seems to be implicd as a matter of 
course. 


NOTES ON THE THIRD BOOK, 


ARGUMENT. 


THE OATHS.—THE VIEW FROM THE TROJAN RAMPARTS.— THE SINGLE 
COMBAT BETWEEN PARIS AND MENELAUS. 


Tue armies being ready to engage, a single combat is agreed upon 
between Paris and Menelaus, for the determination of the war. 
Iris is sent to call Helen to behold the fight; and, under the guise 
of a Trojan princess, leads her to the walls of Troy, where Priam 
is sitting with his counselors, observing the Grecian leaders, on the 
plain below. At his request, Helen gives the aged monarch an ac- 
count of the most distinguished of these warriors. The kings, on 
“either side, take, after this, a solemn oath to observe the condi- 
tions of the truce. The single combat then commences, and Paris 
is worsted; but when he is on the point of being dragged away 
alive by his antagonist into the Grecian lines, Venus comes to his 
aid, snatches him away in a cloud, and transports him to his own 
apartment. She then calls Helen from the walls, and brings the 
lovers together. Agamemnon, on the part of the Greeks, demands, 
meanwhile, the restoration of Helen, and the performance of the 
articles of the truce, and the book concludes. 

The day, of which a part was occupied with the events of the 
previous book, still continues throughout the present one. The 
scene is sometimes in the plain before Troy, and sometimes in Troy 
itself. 


1-2. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κόσμηθεν, x. τ. Δ. “But when they were arrang- 
ed, each (army) along with their leaders.’’ By ἕκαστοι are here 
meant the respective armies, Grecian and Trojan, as enumerated 
in the catalogue at the end of the preceding book.—Tpde¢ μὲν κλαγγῇ, 


NOTES TO BOOK It. 233 


x. τ. Δ. “The Trojans, on their part, moved along with both a 
clamor and battle-cry.” The term κλαγγή here refers to the va- 
rious noises made among themselves by a host composed of various 
nations coming on in tumultuous march ; whereas évo77 denotes 
the battle-cry, in which they all, from time to time, join. — The 
march of the Trojans, it will be perceived, is a noisy one ; that of 
the Greeks, on the other hand, silent and orderly. We must not, 
however, infer from this, that the poet means to represent the Tro- 
jans as a barbarian race ; a mistake into which some of the ancient 
commentators have fallen. On the contrary, the people of Priam 
were far more civilized than their opponents, as appears from the 
language of Homer himself in other parts of the poem. 

ὄρνιθες ὥς. The point of comparison is in κλαγγῇ, not in any al- 
lusion to the swiftness of the feathered race, as some erroneously 
suppose.— Observe the accent in ὥς, as coming after the word (dp- 
viGec) on which it depends. Literally, “ birds-like.” It would be, 
otherwise, ὡς ὄρνιθες. 

3-6. ἠῦΐτε περ κλαγγὴ, κι τ. Δ. “As is the clamor of cranes in 
front of the sky,” 7. ¢., high in air; just this side of the vault of 
heaven. Compare the scholiast : ἐν τῷ ὑπὸ τὰ νέφη τόπῳ. The suf- 
fix ϑι, when appended to nouns, as is at times the case in the Epic 
language, forms, with the noun, a species of genitive, as in the pres- 
ent instance, and sometimes an instrumental dative: Hence ovpa- 
νόθι πρό is equivalent here, in some degree, to the later πρὸ οὐρανοῦ͵ 
(Kiihner, § 377, 2, 1.) -- air’. An anacoluthon. This nominative 
has no verb with which to agree, since its place is supplied by ταΐγε 
in the succeeding line. —- χειμῶνα. ‘The wintry-storm,” 7. ¢., the 
cold and stormy season of winter. The reference is to the migra- 
tion of the cranes to southern climes, at the approach of winter. 

κλαγγῇ Taiye πέτονται, x. τ. A. “ With a clamor do these wing 
their way toward the waters of Oceanus.” The genitive is em- 
ployed after verbs signifying a rapid motion toward some object, a 
construction often met with in Homer. The adverbial ἐπέ is mere- 
ly added here to mark more specifically the line of direction. So 
in later Greek, where the prepositions have their proper force as 
governing words, we find the following: πλεῖν ἐπὶ Σάμου (Thucyd., 
i, 116); ἐπὶ Σάρδεων φεύγειν (Xen., Cyrop., viii., 2, 1). Compare 
Kiihner, § 507, and 633, 1, ed. Jelf.—'Qxeavoio ῥοάων. Homer's 
Oceanus is a Jarge river encircling the round plane of the earth. 
(Consult note on verse 423, book i.) As the flight of the cranes is 
here from the wintry storm, their line.of direction is toward the re- 
gions of the south. 

U2 


294. NOTES TO BOOK III. 


ἀνδράσι ἸΤυγμαίοισι, x. τ. A. The warfare between the Pygmies 
and the Cranes is a well-known fable, respecting which, consult 
Anthon’s Class. Dict., s. v. Pygmei.— φόνον καὶ Κῆρα φέρουσαι. 
Compare book ii., verse 352. 

7-9. ἠέριαι δ᾽ ἄρα taiye, κι τ. Δ. “ And so they bear onward be- 
fore them, early in the morning, pernicious strife.” We have given 
ἠέριαι here the meaning for which Buttmann contends, on the au- 
thority of the ancient grammarians. (Lezil., 5. v. ἀήρ, ἠέριος.) The 
common, but erroneous, translation is, ‘through the air.” Voss 
renders it, “in the hazy dawn of morning ;” respecting which, con- 
sult Buttmann, /. c.—xpogépovrat. Observe the force of the middle. 

οἱ & dp’ ἴσαν, x. 7. A. “But the others thereupon, the Greeks, 
(namely), went along in silence, breathing rage.”” Observe the pro- 
nominal force of of, with which word ᾿Α χαιοί isin apposition. Aulus 
Gellius, in his explanation of this passage, refers σιγῇ to μένεα πνείον- 
τες, Which Heyne very justly condemns. (Aul. Gell., i., 11.)—yeua- 
tec. This participle occurs here without any copula, since it is 
merely explanatory of πνείοντες, &c. 

10-14. εὖτε Νότος κατέχευεν. “As the south wind is wont to 
spread.” Literally, “is wont to pour.” Observe the force of the 
aorist in denoting what is wont to happen. Observe, also, that etre 
stands here for the more ordinary 7ire. This, indeed, is denied by 
Buttmann, who makes εὖτε the adverb of time, and equivalent to ὅτε, 
but ἠῦΐτε the adverb of comparison, and asserts that they are never 
used for one another. He therefore proposes to read yir’ ὄρεος, 
making 77’, in scanning, one syllable by synizesis. Spitzner, how- 
ever, suecessfully defends the common reading εὖτε in the sense of 
ἠῦτε, and denies, from Apollonius (De Adv., p. 560, 1, segq.), that ἠύτε 
can be contracted into two syllables. 

κλέπτῃ δέ τε νυκτὸς ἀμείνω. ‘ But better to the thief than even 
the night.” Because he can steal with a better chance of success 
amid the mist, since the flocks and herds are at large during the 
daytime, but shut up during the night.—récoov τίς τ᾽ ἐπιλεύσσει, k. 
tr. 2. “And one looks over (only) as great a space as he even 
throws a stone over,” i. e., and one only sees before him to the dis- 
tance of a stone’s throw. Observe the peculiar force of ἐπέ here, 
both in composition and out of it. Literally, “upon.” 

ὡς ἄρα τῶν ὑπὸ, κ. τ. 2. “Just so, beneath the feet of these, as 
they came onward, the eddying dust kept rising,” 7. e., the dust rose 
in clouds from beneath their feet as they moved along. There is 
considerable doubt whether-we ought to read here deAAgje or ἀέλλης, 
the former being the adjective, the latter the genitive of ἄελλα. 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 235 


The adjective occurs nowhere else; while the expression xovica- 
λος ἀέλλης, “the dust of an eddy,” 1. ε., eddying dust, can easily © 
be endured. Buttmann, on the other hand, writes ἀελλῇς, con- 
tracted from ἀελλήεις. (Ausf. Gr.,i., p. 172, not.) We have re- 
tained, however, the common reading with Spitzner and others, 
though it is an extremely suspicious one.—xovicadoc. The common 
form is κονίσσαλος, which we have altered with Heyne, Wolf, Spitz- 
ner, and others. 

πεδίοιο. The genitive of place is almost wholly confined to poet- 
ry. The place in this construction seems to be conceived of by the 
speaker as a necessary condition to the notion of the verb, and 
therefore antecedent to it, whence it in some sort arose. Hence, 
especially in Epic, we find verbs of motion with a genitive of the 
way over which the motion proceeds, and which is conceived of as 
a necessary condition of the motion. There are various other ways 
of explaining this very difficult construction, one of which is to take 
the genitive as a partitive. (Kiihner, § 522, ed. Jelf.) 

16-20. Τρωσὶν μὲν προμάχιζεν, k. τ. A. “For the Trojans, indeed, 
the godlike Alexander advanced to battle among the foremost com- 
batants.” Paris appears on this occasion as a πρόμαχος, or πρόμος, 
a name given to one who fights in the foremost rank.. Paris was 
not without valor, but he was easily intimidated by an opponent.— 
᾿Αλέξανδρος. Paris had the name of Alexander given him by the 
shepherds of Ida, while himself a shepherd, from his defending them 
against the attacks of robbers. (᾿Αλέξανδρος, “ man-defender,” from 
ἀλέξω, “to defend,” and ἀνήρ, “a man.) He had been exposed, 
when an infant, on Mount Ida, in consequence of a dream which 
his mother Hecuba had while pregnant of him, and was saved and 
brought up by one of the shepherds of the mountain. Hecuba 
dreamed that she had been delivered of a blazing torch, which 
wrapped in flames both Troy and the woods of Ida. 

παρδαλέην. “A panther’s skin.” Properly an adjective, with 
δοράν understood. As regards the πάρδαλις, consult Dictionary of 
Antiquities, p. 733—We have here a remnant of an early, and, at 
one time, very general custom, namely, that of wearing skins or 
hides for defensive armor. The mode of wearing the lion’s skin, 
for example, is shown in two small bronzes of very high antiquity, 
and which are copied in the woodcut on the next page. 

καμπύλα τόξα. The plural of excellence, or the plural for the singu- 
lar, with the accompanying idea of goodness of quality, and strength. 
—airap 6. ‘But he,” ὦ. ¢., he, moreover. The particle αὐτὰρ is 
here employed in the beginning of a sentence, to express a rapid 


235 NOTES TO BOOK ILL 


continuation of the subject, and to serve as a connecting link be- 
tween προμάχιζεν and προκαλίζετο.---κεκορυθμένα χαλκῷ. ‘ Headed 
with brass.” More literally, “ tipped with brass.” Consult note 
on book ii., verse 457.----προκαλίζετο. ‘Kept challenging.’’—dvribsov. 
** Face to face.” 

21-29. ᾿Αρηΐφιλος. ‘Dear to Mars.” An Homeric epithet fora 
valiant warrior.—yaxpa βιθῶντα. ‘‘Striding with long steps.”— 
ὥστε λέων ἐχάρη, k. τ. Δ. “ Even as a lion is wont to rejoice, having 
lighted upon a large carcass.” Observe the force of the aorist in 
ἐχάρη, as denoting what is habitual or customary. The lion never 
touches a dead carcass unless driven thereto by severe hunger. 
Hence the propriety of πεινάων in the text, since, according to the 
scholiast, Homer uses σῶμα in speaking of dead bodies only, the 
Homeric term for a living one being δέμας.---πεινάων. “In his 
hunger.” Literally, “being hungry.” The term πεινάων not only 
explains why he touches the dead carcass, but also why he cares 
not for hounds or hunters. 

μάλα. ‘ Greedily.”—elmep ἂν αὐτὸν, κι τ. Δ. “Even though both 
swift dogs and vigorous youths bestir themselves after him.” _ Ob- 
serve the force of the middle, in first indicating reflexive action, and 
then governing an external object, the accusative αὐτόν expressing 
with reference to what this bestirring of themselves takes place.—a¢ 
ἐχάρη Μενέλαος. “80 Menelaus was rejoiced.” —gdro yap τίσεσθαι 
ἀλείτην. ‘For he thought that he would take vengeance on the 


NOTES TO BOOK IIt. ‘ 937 


wicked one.” Observe the force of the middle in φάτο : literally, 
“he said unto himself,” 7. e., he said within his own breast.—riceo- 
θαι. We have given this reading with Wolf, Heyne, Spitzner, and 
others, in place of the earlier one τίσασθαι. It is doubtful, however, 
after all, whether this last ought not to be retained ; for the aorist, 
like the perfect, is used to express future events which must cer- 
tainly happen in the opinion of the speaker or actor. Compare 
Kiihner, § 403, 2, ed. Jelf —é& ὀχέων.  “ From his chariot.” 

30-32. Τὸν. “This warrior.”’—éy προμάχοισι. “Among the 
foremost combatants.” Consult note on verse 16.—xatexAjyn. In 
the compounds of πλήσσω, having the sense of “to strike with dis- 
may or astonishment,” the second aorist is written with ἃ in the 
penult. Here, however, the poet, for the sake of the metre, has 7 
instead of a. (Buttmann’s Irregular Verbs, p. 216, ed. Fishlake.)— 
ἔθνος. “The throng.”—éydfero. ‘* He began to retreat.” 

33-36. ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε. “ And as when.”—radivopooc ἀπέστη. “ Spring- 
ing back, removes out of the way.” Observe the aorist here em- 
ployed to express what usually happens in such cases, and, there- 
fore, as On previous occasions, rendered by the present.—ir6é re 
τρόμος ἔλλαδε γυῖα. “ And trembling seizes on his limbs beneath.” 
Here, as often before, there is nothing that compels us to have re- 
course toa tmesis. Compare Kiihner, ὁ 619, α.---ὠἀψ 7 ἀνεχώρησεν. 
. “Back he both retreats.” This enlarges on ἀπέστη, where it was 
merely said that he removes out of the way. Now, however, he 
makes a full retreat.—ycv elAe παρειάς. On this construction, con- 
sult note on book i., verse 236. 

abri@idu. “" Plunged back.”—Tpow? ἀγερώχων. “ Of the haughty 
Trojans.” Buttmann regards this term as indicating that love for 
external display which was so characteristic of the Asiatic nations, 
the word being principally used by Homer as an epithet of Asiatics. 
(Lexil., s. v. ἀγέρωχος.) 

39-40. Δύςπαρι. “ Evil-bringing Paris,” 7. ε., Paris, source of 
evil unto thee and thine. The prefix δύς here denotes something 
hateful, and to be viewed with more or less of aversion and abhor- 
rence. Hence the translation of “‘unhappy Paris,’ given to the 
term in question by most editors, does not convey the true and full 
meaning of the word. Compare Eurip., Orest., 1388, Δυσελένας, and 
Lobeck, Par., p. 545. 

aif ὄφελες ἄγονός τ᾽ ἔμμεναι, x. τ. 2. “ Would that either thou 
wert unborm or hadst perished unmarried.” More literally, “Oh 
how thou oughtest to be either unborn or to have perished unmar- 
ried.” Observe that ὄφελον (with the augment ὥφελον) is only employ- 


238 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


ed where one wishes for a thing which has not taken place, 7s not now 
taking place, and is not about to take place. (Herm. ad Viger., p. 
756.)—dayovoc. Some make this term equivalent here to “ ad prolem 
generandum inhabilis.” Such a meaning, however, can, hardly suit 
the context. The more usual force of ἄγονος is ὁ μὴ γεννῶν, or 
ἄτεκνος, 1. e., “ childless,” a meaning which Augustus gave it, who 
is said to have often quoted the line, with a slight change, as ap- 
plicable to his own domestic troubles: aif ὄφελον ἄγαμός τ᾽ ἔμεναι, 
ἄγονός τ᾽ ἀπολέσθαι. Compare Sueton., Vit. Aug., 65. 

41-42. καί xe τὸ βουλοίμην. “1 would both prefer this,’’ 1. ¢., the 
fulfilment of such a wish.—A06nv καὶ ὑπόψιον ἄλλων. “ A scandal, 
and an object of angry distrust unto others.” We have given 
ὑπόψιον, with Wolf and Spitzner, as far preferable to the ordinary 
reading ἐπόψιον, “ἃ spectacle.’’ The former is sanctioned also by 
the authority of Eustathius, some of the scholiasts, and Apollonius 
in his Homerie Lexicon. The latter reading was given by Aristoph- 
anes and Herodian. The idea intended to be conveyed by ὑπόψιος 
is that of one who is regarded by others from under brows contract- 
ed by angry distrust. 

43-45. ἡ που. ‘Assuredly, if I mistake not.” These two parti- 
cles, of which 7 is affirmative and που conjectural, express a de- 
gree of probability amounting almost to certainty. They do not 
coalesce into one word; if they did, 7 would have the acute accent. 
-καγχαλόωσι. ‘ Will raise the loud laugh.’’ The present has here 
the force of a future, the certainty of the event’s taking place being 
so strongly established in the mind of the speaker. Compare Kushner, 
ᾧ 437.—obvexa καλὸν εἶδος Ex’. ‘* Because a handsome person is 
upon thee,” i. ¢., because a handsome exterior is thine.—dA«q. 
“ Vigor.” . 

46-51. ἢ τοιόσδε ἐὼν. ‘ Didst thou, being such a one.” Observe 
that 7 belongs in construction to dvijyec.—épinpac. According to 
Buttmann (Lezil., 5. v. ἦρα), the form épinpec, in ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι, is 
nothing more than a metaplasm for ἐρέηροι, a change very conceiv- 
able in those times, when forms were not much regulated by an- 
alogy, and when, consequently, that which was more agreeable to 
the mouth and ear was frequently preferred to that which was more 
analogical.—ycyGeic. “ Having intermingled with,” i. e., having gone 
among. ‘The passive for the middle. 

ἐξ axing γαίης. “From a distant land,” i. e., from Greece. Ob- 
serve that ἄπιος is here an old adjective from ἀπό, like ἀντίος from 
ἀντί. We must not confound the dain yain of Homer with the 
"Ania yi of the Tragic writers. The latter is based on an old legend 


NOTES TO BOOK πι. 239 


alluded to by Zschylus in his Supplices (Ὁ. 275), and refers to the 
Peloponnesus, as the residence in early ages of a king named Apis. 
Besides, the a is short in dain, whereas in ’A7zia the initial vowel is 
long. (Buttmann, Lezil., 8. υ-. ᾿Απίη yaia.)—vvov ἀνδρῶν αἰχμητάων. 
“Related by marriage unto warrior men.” The term νυός properly 
denotes “a daughter-in-law,” like the Latin nurws. Here, however, 
it is taken in a wider sense, and denotes a female related by mar- 
riage. The ‘‘ warrior men” alluded to are the monarch Agamem- 
non and his immediate kindred... Heyne, however, regards ἀνδρῶν 
αἰχμητάων as the plural of excellence, and refers it to Agamemnon 
alone. 

πατρί τε σῷ, k. τ. A. The accusatives πῆμα, χάρμα, and κατη- 
φείην, are epexegetical, being added, by a species of apposition, to a 
preceding predicate, in order to mark a result. They stand, there- 
fore, for ὥστε εἶναι πῆμα, &e.— κατηφείην. ‘‘A source of shame.” 
This term refers strictly to a casting of the eyes downward through 
shame. 

52-55. οὐκ ἂν δὴ μείνειας. ‘* Couldst thou not, then, wait one in- 
stant for,” 1. e., for one instant withstand. Observe the momentary 
action indicated by the aorist.—yvoing x’. “Thou wouldst have 
known, in that event.” Observe the force of κε.---οὐκ dv τοι xpaiouy, 
x. τ. A. “The art of playing on the lyre, &c., would not aid thee, 
whenever thou mightest be mingled in the dust.” Observe the dis- 
tinction here between the subjunctive and optative. The latter in- 
dieates a result that is more or less doubtful, the former one that is 
more or Jess certain. Hector means, that should Paris ever bite the 
dust, or, in other words, be dashed to the ground by an opponent, 
he will certainly find his skill on the harp, &c., of no avail. Com- 
pare the remark of Hermann, (Opusc., vol. ii, p. 32): “ Sed placuit 
Grecis, de presenti futurove consilio fere tum optativo uti, si effectus 
dubius esset; sin minus, polius conjunctivo utuntur, ut qui rei vere 
future presentisve notionem contineat.”—xibapic. As no other men- 
tion is made elsewhere, in the poetry of Homer, of the lyre of Paris, 
or his performance upon it, some of the ancient commentators read 
κίδαρις in this passage, instead of xifapic, by xidapic being meant a 
species of tiara with upright peak. Horace, however, speaks of the 
lyre of Paris, in one of his odes (i., 15, 15), and in all probability 
derived the allusion to it from the present passage of Homer. Con- 
sult also Plutarch, Vit. Alez., c. 15. 

56-57. δειδήμονες. Supply εἰσίν.---- τέ κεν ἤδη, κ'ιτ. a. “Οἰδοῖ- 
wise thou wouldst even before this have put on a stone tunic,” i. ¢., 
thou wouldst have been stoned to death. Képpen and others un- 


240 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


derstand this, less correctly, of being buried in the earth, and cov- 
ered with a heap of stones, according to the common rites of inter- 
ment. 

59-63. ἐπεί we κατ᾽ αἶσαν, x. τ. Δ. “Since thou hast reproached 
me in accordance with what is fitting, and not beyond what is fit- 
ting, (I will submit).”” Observe the simplicity of the early language 
in the peculiar phraseology, κατ᾽ αἶσαν, oid’ ὑπὲρ aicav, and more 
particularly observe the want of a final clause to the sentence, which 
we have supplied in a parenthesis. Notwithstanding this ellipsis, 
however, the colon is required at the end of the line. 

ἀτειρὴς. ‘ Enduring.” This adjective literally denotes some- 
thing not to be rubbed or worn away, or, in other words, indestruc- 
tible. It is strictly used of brass or iron, but in the present passage, 
figuratively, of a heart which nothing can daunt or subdue.—é¢ 7’ 
εἶσι. ** Which makes its way.’’ Observe that re here is a remnant 
of the older language. The relatives in the earliest language were 
nothing but demonstratives, which, therefore, needed to be joined 
by re (thus, ὅς re, “and this”). When they themselves obtained a rel- 
ative force, re was dropped as superfluous; but in Homer; this had 
not yet been fully done, and hence it is that ὅστε, ἥτε, ὅτε, &ec., are 
still so frequent in him, while in Attic nothing of this usage re- 
mained except the particles dre, ὥστε, and the phrases οἷός τε, ἐφ᾽ 
ore. 

ὑπ᾽ ἀνέρος. ‘Under the hand of a man,” 7. ¢., by the power. of a 
man.—é¢ ῥά te, κι τ. A. ‘Who, namely, may be hewing out by his 
art a piece of timber for ship-building.” The particle ῥα, appended 
to the pronoun ὅς, serves to make the reference more exact and 
pointed. Hence é¢ fa will literally be, “just the one who.” As 
regards the particle re, consult note on ὅς 7 εἶσι, in this same verse. 
— ἐκτάμνῃσιν. Some read ἐκτάμνησιν, the present indicative, but 
the subjunctive is the true mood here, as Hermann conclusively 
shows. (Opusc., vol. ii., p. 54.) The quality of hardness always 
remains in the axe, as a permanent quality, and would require the 
indicative, as explanatory thereof. But this same quality does not 
display itself, except when some one may proceed to cut any thing 
with the axe.—d6¢éA2e δ. “And increases.” Connected with 
ὅστ᾽ εἶσιν .----ὡὡἃὡς σοὶ ἐνὶ, k. τ. A. “So for thee is the intrepid mind in 
thy breast,” ἡ. e., as unyielding as iron. We have read coi, with 
Spitzner, instead of the common τοί. 

64-66. 7 μοι πρόφερε. “Do not reproach me with.” More liter- 
ally, ‘do not bring against me,’’ 7. e., do not throw into my teeth.— 
χρυσέης. By “ golden” is here meant nothing more than lovely and 


NOTES TO BOOK [Π- 241 


fair. Wolf incorrectly refers it, with one of the scholiasts, to the 
golden ornaments supposed to be worn on the neck and arms of the 
goddess.—éxav δ᾽ οὐκ ἄν τις ἕλοιτο. “For one might not select 
them. of his own free will,’’ 7. e., by his own means, or of himself. 
Equivalent to the Latin arbitrio suo. The meaning of the whole 
passage appears to be this: The gifts of the gods unto men, or, in 
other words, the endowments of nature, ought not to*be made a 
subject of reproach unto any one; they have been bestowed in the 
good pleasure of the gods, and man had no voice in their selection. 

67-70. νῦν avr. ‘Now, however.’’ Observe the force of αὖτε. 
The meaning of Paris is this: I have, it is true, retreated among 
the Trojans from before Menelaus ; but I will return to the fight, 
and will engage with him if thou wishest.—d/Aoug μὲν κάθισον, κ. τ. 
Aa. “Make the other Trojans, indeed, and all the Greeks, to sit 
down.” As the Greeks are here included, the imperative κάθισον 
implies not so much a command as the result of an arrangement. 
Observe the force of the active: to cause others to sitdown. In 
the middle, to cause one’s self to sit down.—atrdp ἔμ᾽ ἐν μέσσῳ, x. 
τ. a. “But do ye match me and Menelaus, dear to Mars, together 
in the midst, to fight about Helen and all her possessions.” Ob- 
serve the plural number in συμθάλλετε, as applying, not to Hector 
merely, but to the other leaders also, both Grecians and Trojans.— 
ἐν μέσσῳ. Referring to the open space between the two armies.— 
κτήμασι πᾶσι. Helen is said to have brought away with her from 
Sparta much rich apparel and treasure. 

71-75. ὁππότερος. ‘ Whichever of us two.”—xpeicowy. “ Supe- 
rior.” —éAav εὖ. ‘‘ Having taken, aceording to fair agreement.” 
Passow makes εὖ here strengthen the meaning of πάντα, “all at 
once,” ‘all together,’’ but this seems inferior. —oi δ᾽ ἄλλοι, φιλό- 
τητα, κι τ. A. “But may ye, the rest, having entered into friend- 
ship, and struck a faithful league, continue to inhabit the very fer- 
tile plain of Troy, while let them return,” &c. Observe the zeugma 
in φιλότητα, &c., where we have the particular notion of “ striking,” 
as the general notion of entering into or forming. Compare Kihner, 
§ 895, d., ed. Jelf. Consult, also, note on book ii., verse 124. --- Τροίην. 
From the epithet ἐρεθώλακα, it is evident that the region, not the 
eity merely, is meant. — vaiocre> Observe the employment of the 
optative to express a wish. —xaAAcyivacxa.. An epithet, the em- 
ployment of which well accords with the character of the speaker. 
-᾿Αχαιΐδα. “Achea.’’ Literally, ‘‘the Achezan land.” Supply 
γῆν or χώραν. By this is meant northern Greece, and especially 
Thessaly ; so that “ Argos” and “ Achza,” in the language of Ho- 

x : 


242 -NOTES TO BOOK III. 


mer, stand for all Greece. Consult, as regards Argos, the note on 
book ii., verse 108. ᾿ 

76-81. air’. “On his ρατί.᾽ ---καί ῥα. “ And accordingly.” — 
dvéepye. ‘He began to keep back.” —éoaov δουρὸς ἑλών. “ Having 
grasped his spear by the middle.” Observe the employment of the 
genitive here, as indicating a part. This verse does not appear in 
the Venice manuscript, but is defended by Wolf (Pref. ad ed. nov., 
p. IIL.) — ἱδρύνθησαν. ‘* Were made to sit down.” Some regard 
this as the passive for the middle, “ seated themselves.” --- ὲπετοξάζ- 
ovro. “ Began to direct their bows.” — ἰοῖσί τε τιτυσκόμενοι, κ. τ. 2. 
* And, taking aim, were throwing at him with both javelins and 
stones.” —6 ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν. “The hero, the king of men.” Observe 
the pronominal, or demonstrative force of 6. 

82-85. ἰσχεσθ. ‘Restrain yourselves.” More freely, “ hold.”— 
μὴ βάλλετε. When μή is joined with the present of the imperative, 
it refers to the ceasing from some action already begun. Compare 
the force of ἔβαλλον in verse 80. (Herm. ad Viger., p. 809.)---στεῦ- 
ται γάρ τι ἔπος ἐρέειν, x. τ. 2. “For Hector, of the glancing helm, 
shows by his attitude that he is about to utter some word.” The. 
literal meaning of στεῦμαε is “to stand on the spot,” then * to stand 
in a place, as if to do something,” “ to give signs of something by 
one’s attitude and bearing.”"— κορυθαιόλος. Literally, “ moving the 
helmet quickly.”—jer’ ἀμφοτέροισι. “In the midst of both armies.” 
Kiihner, § 636, 11, ed. «εἴ. 

86-95. κέκλυτέ μευ. “ Hear from me.”—yiGov. “The proposal.” 
- —veixoc. ‘This quarrel.” Referring to the war itself. — κέλεται. 
“ He bids.”—revdyea κάλ᾽ ἀποθέσθαι. “ To lay aside their fair arms.” 
Observe that the idea of “their” comes from the middle voice. — 
οἴους. “ Alone,” i. ε., in single combat.—dxjyv ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ. “ Βε- 
came quite still in silence.” A pleonasm of frequent occurrence. 
According to Buttmann, ἀκήν is here an adverbial form from χάειν, 
χαίνειν, confirmed by the analogy of ἀπριάτην. 

97-102. κέκλυτε viv καὶ ἐμεῖο. “ Hear now me «ἴ50.""-- μάλιστα γὰρ 
ἄλγος, κι τ. 2. “For especially does sorrow come unto my soul.” 
Observe the accusative ϑυμὸν, as denoting motion toward an ob- 
ject. — φρονέω δὲ διακρινθήμεναι, x. τ. Δ. “ And I purpose that the 
Greeks and Trojans be from henceforth separated,” 2. e., be parted 
as combatants, and reconciled to one another. —xai ᾿Αλεξάνδρου 
ἕνεκ᾽ ἄρχῆς. “ And on account of the beginning of Alexander,” 7. e., 
on account of the conduct of Alexander, which gave a beginning to 
the whole war. Heyne and others make ἀρχῆς to be in apposition 
with ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, and to govern τῆς ἔριδος understood : “ and on ac- 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 243 


count of Alexander, the beginning of it.” This, however, appears 
less natural and Homeric. The construction which we have given 
is favored, moreover, by the scholiast in the Ven. MS., namely, διὰ 
μέντοι τοῦ ἕνεκ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἐνδείκνυται ὅτι προκάτηρξεν. (Consult Neue 
Jahrb. fiir Phil., &c., vol. xxxiv., p. 370.) 

teOvain. ‘May he lie dead.” Observe the continued meaning 
expressed by the perfect. Matthia, § 500. --- ἄλλοι δὲ διακρινθεῖτε 
τάχιστα. ‘“ But may the rest of ye be separated very speedily.” 
Observe, as in the previous clause, the employment of the optative 
to express a wish. 

103-104. οἴσετε δ' Gpv’. “ But bring two lambs.” Observe that 
%pv’ is in the dual, for dpve. Some regard oicere here as the future 
of the imperative ; but, in reality, all imperatives are more or less 
future in their character. The true doctrine is laid down by Butt- 
mann, who regards οἴσετε in this verse, and ἄξετε in the 105th, as 
aoristic imperatives, used in both Epic and Attic writers. (Ausf. 
Gr., § 96, 10, p. 418, seg. Compare Kiihner, § 176, 2.) —&repov λευκὸν. 
“The one a male, of white color.” The black is for Earth, the white 
one for the Sun.—oicouev. The future of φέρω. 

105-107. ἄξετε δὲ Πριάμοιο βίην. “ Bring also the powerful 
Priam.” Literally, “the power of Priam.’’ The reference is not to 
physical strength, but to resources as a monarch. Observe the pe- 
culiar construction in the text, which is, however, confined to poet- 
ry. Adjectives denoting the qualities of human beings, animals, 
&c., are often changed, in this way, into substantives, which gov- 
ern another substantive in the genitive.—épxia τάμνῃ αὐτός. “ May 
strike a league in person.” Consult note on verse 79.---ὑπερφίαλοι. 
“Overbearing.” The meaning of this term has been very ably set- 
tled by Buttmann (Lezil., s. v.). — Διὸς ὅρκια. “The league of 
Jove,” i. e., the league in the making of which Jove was invoked ; 
or, in other words, the league ratified in the name of Jove. 

108-110. αἰεὶ ἠερέθονται. ‘* Are ever fluctuating,” 7. e., turn with 
every wind. The literal meaning of ἠερέθομαι is to hang, float, or 
wave in air. Consult note on verse 448, book ii.—ol¢ 5’ ὁ γέρων 
μετέῃσιν, k. τ. A. “But in whatsoever things the old man takes a 
part, he at the same time looks forward and backward, in order 
that by far the best results may accrue unto both parties.” More 
literally, ‘between both parties.” The old man exercises cautious 
wisdom. He regards both the past and the future, and derives 
lessons from the former for duly entering upon the latter. The past 
shows him, that they who violate solemn engagements are pun- 
ished ; and hence he avoids such transgression in his own future 
proceedings. 


244 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


113-115. ἔππους μὲν ἔρυξαν ἐπὶ στίχας. ‘ They reined back their 
steeds unto the ranks (of the foot-soldiers).” We have given here 
the explanation of Buttmann (ZLezil., p. 101, ed. Fishl.), which ap- 
pears far superior to that of Stadelmann, who makes ἐπὶ στίχας sig- 
nify “in rows.”—é« δ, ‘And forth (from their chariots). —dAiyq 
δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶς ἄρουρα. “ And around (each pile of arms) there was a 
little space.” Consult the remarks of Buttmann on this passage 
(Lezil. p. 102, ed. Fishi.). Some erroneously refer ἄρουρα to the 
space between the two armies. 

118-124. αὐτὰρ. ‘* While, on the other hand.” —dpy’. Accusa- 
tive singular, for ἄρνα. ----οἰσέμεναι. Consult note on verse 103.— 
Ἶρις δ᾽ αὖθ᾽. ** But Iris, in the mean time.” —eidouévy γαλόῳ. ‘ Mak- 
ing herself like unto her sister-in-law.” The corresponding term 
to γαλόως, in the masculine, is δαήρ.---᾿ Αντηνορίδαο δάμαρτι. “ An- 
tenor’s son’s wife.”’— εἶχε. ‘ Possessed.” More literally, “ was 
holding,” i. ¢., in marriage.—Aaodixyy. We would expect the da- 
tive Aaodixy, as agreeing with δάμαρτι, but the accusative is made 
to depend, by a species of attraction, on τῆν (for ἦν) as governed by 
εἶχε. 

125-128. τὴν δ᾽. “And this female.”—7 δὲ. ““ἘῸΥ 85}6.᾽.--ὔφαινε. 
Weaving was in those early ages the employment of even the no- 
blest females.—dizAaxa πορφυρέην. ‘A double cloak of bright-col- 
ored hue.” With δίπλακα some understand χλαῖναν, while others 
regard it at once as a substantive. The latter mode of parsing is 
the simpler one. So, again, opinions are divided with respect to the 
meaning of the term “double.” Some make it the same as “ with 
double woof ;” others think that the ground was white, and that 
bright-colored figures were worked upon this. Aristarchus, how- 
ever, regards the dizAag merely as a cloak of double fold, ἣν ἔστε 
διπλῆν ἀμφιέσασθαι, and his opinion is probably the true one. (Com- 
pare Neue Jahrb. fiir Phil., vol. xxxiv., p. 370.) 

ἐνέπασσεν. ‘She was working in it.” The literal meaning is 
far more graphic and poetical, and, perhaps, ought to be preferred 
here: “She was sprinkling on it.’”’ A beautiful expression, cer- 
tainly, for skilful and artist-like execution of a work, or, in other 
words, for light and graceful weaving. — ἔθεν eivex’. For ἑαυτῆς 
ἕνεκα. Crusius makes it stand for αὐτῆς ἕνεκα, but the accentuation 
of ἔθεν shows this to be erroneous.—vm’ Ἄρηος παλαμάων. Old 
mode of expression for ὑπὸ τοῦ πολέμου. 

130-138. νύμφα φίλη. ** Dear lady.” The Epic, or, rather, Ho- 
meric Ionismus forms the vocative here with the final vowel short 
(νύμφα). This term νύμφη properly denotes a bride or young wife. 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 245 


Here, however, it is used in a general sense for a female, though 
with an accompanying expression of tenderness, which is not found 
in γυνή. --- ϑέσκελα ἔργα. “The strange doings.” Observe that 
ϑέσκελα does not signify here “divine” or “ godlike,” as some er- 
roneously pretend, since, as early as the time of Homer, this sense 
was confined to the full form ϑεοείκελος, so that ϑέσκελος was only 
used in general for “ὁ marvelous,” “ wondrous,” “strange,”’ and al- 
ways of things, as ϑεοείκελος always was of persons. 

οἱ πρὶν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι, K. τ. A. “They who, before this, were ac- 
customed to wage the tearful contest, &c., these now sit in silence.” 
We have adopted the punctuation of Spitzner in verse 131, namely, 
a colon after χαλκοχιτώνων. This will make οἱ, in verse 132, a 
species of nominative absolute or anacoluthon, its place being sup- 
plied by of in verse 184.---ἀσπίσι κεκλιμένοι. “ Leaning on their 
shields,” 7. ¢., supporting themselves, while in a sitting posture, 
against their shields. Observe the employment of the passive for 
the middle in κεκλιμένοι.---παρὰ. “ΒΥ their sides.’ Observe the 
adverbial force of this term.—7éxnyev. “Stand fixed (in the 
ground).” Observe the meaning of continuance indicated by the 
perfect ; and compare the Latin “ (haste) defixe sunt.” 

αὐτὰρ. ‘Meanwhile, however.” --- τῷ dé xe νικήσαντι, κ. τ. 2. 
“ And thou wilt ever be called his beloved consort for whichever one 
shall have conquered.” The particle xe points to the condition im- 
plied in νικήσαντι. Observe, moreover, the peculiar force of the 
third future κεκλήσῃ, in expressing the continuance of an action in 
its consequences and effects. (Kiihner, § 407, 1, ed. Jelf.)—r6 
νικήσαντι. The dative of advantage. (Kihner, § 597, ed. Jeif.) 

139-141. γλυκὺν ἵμερον ἀνδρὸς, x. τ. A. “A pleasing desire both 
for her former husband,’ &c. Referring to Menelaus. Observe 
that ἀνδρός, ἄστεος, and τοκήων, are all genitives of the object.—dp- 
γεννῇσι καλυψαμένη ὀθόνῃσιν. “ Having enveloped herself in a white 
robe.” Observe here the use of the plural for the singular, to indi- 
cate a long, flowing robe. The material of the ὀθόνη was generally 
linen. In the present instance it would seem to have been a sheet 
of fine linen, wrapped round the person so as to cover the head while 
it enveloped the body, as is seen in the centre figure of the following 
group, on the next page. 

142-145. κατὰ χέουσα. “ Pouring down.” Observe the adverbial 
force of xara.—ovx οἴη. “ Not alone,” 7. ¢., unattended. Females 
of rank always appear in public, in Homeric times, accompanied by 
attendants. Such attendants were generally themselves of superior 
birth. &thra was the daughter of Pittheus, king of Trezene, who 

X2 ? 


246 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


gave her in marriage to Ageus, king of Athens, unto whom she 
bore Theseus. She was taken prisoner by Castor and Pollux, the 
brothers of Helen, when they rescued the latter from the hands of 
Theseus. &thra, therefore, followed Helen from Greece, and must 
have been very old at this time, on which account some of the an- 
cient commentators thought the present line spurious. Among the 
moderns, Bentley and Heyne are of the same opinion, which is, very 
probably, the true one. Of Clymene nothing is known. (Consult 
Heyne, ad loc.) 

Σκαιαὶ πύλαι. “The Scean gates.” This was the name given 
to the western gate of Troy; the term, however, literally means 
“the left.’ The Greek augur always turned his face northward, 
and so had the west on his /eft; hence the interchange of the two 
meanings. The Scean gates faced the Grecian camp. 

146-149. οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Πρίαμον, x. τ. A. ‘ But Priam and Panthous, 
&c., and Hicetaon, an offshoot of Mars, and their respective attend- 
ants, and Ucalegon and Antenor, both discreet, were seated, elders 
of the people, at the Scean gates.” Observe the construction oi 
ἀμφί with a proper name to denote the individual designated, to- 
gether with his followers. Some, in translating the present pass- 
age, merely give the proper name without any mention of attend- 
ants. This, however, is erroneous; since the employment of οἱ 
ἀμφί with a proper name to denote the person merely without his 
attendants, &c.,does not occur until the time of the Attic writers. 
(Kiihner, § 436, p. 92, ed. Jelf.) 

Πάνθοον. Panthous was originally a priest of Apollo at Delphi, 
whence Antenor, who had been sent to consult the oracle, brought 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 247 


him to Troy, where Priam made him priest to the same god. He 
married the daughter of Clytius, mentioned in the succeeding verse, 
and became the father of Euphorbus, Polydamas, and Hyperenor. 
This account of Panthous, however, is generally regarded as a post- 
Homeric fable. 

Θυμοίτην. Thymeetes, according to Diodorus Siculus (iii., 66), 
who gives, however,.no authority for the truth of the statement, 
was a son of Laomedon, and, consequently, a brother of Priam. 
Lampus, Clytius, and Hicetaon were also sons of Laomedon. (Ui., 
Xx., 1388.—Apollod., iii., 12, 8.)---αΕκΟὐκαλέγων τε καὶ ᾿Αντήνωρ. Virgil 
makes a passing mention of Ucalegon (4in., ii., 312). Antenor, son 
of Esyetes, was one of the wisest of the Trojan princes, and rec- 
ommended again and again, but to no purpose, the restoration of 
Helen. According to the post-Homeric account, he was suspected 
of having aided the Greeks in the capture of the city. After the 
fall of Troy, he led, according to the same authorities, a colony to 
Italy, and founded Patavium, the modern Padua. 

δημογέροντες. This term marks them as the heads of leading 
houses among the Trojans.—éai Σκαιῇσε πύλῃσι. They were seat- 
ed on the ramparts over the gate. Compare verse 153. 

151-155. rerriyecow ἐοικότες. ‘* Resembling cicade.” The τέττιξ, 
or cicada, is called by some “the balm-cricket.” It is formed like a 
large fly, with long transparent wings, a dark-brown back, and a 
yellow belly. It is fond of basking at noon on single trees or bush- 
es, when the male makes a chirping noise, by striking the lower 
membrane of the wing against the breast. This noise was so pleas- 
ing to the ear of the ancients, that their poets are always using it 
ἃ5 ἃ simile for sweet sounds. On the present oceasion, the accents 
of old men are compared to its cry. 

ὄπα λειριόεσσαν ἱεῖσι. ‘Send forth a delicate voice,” i. e., a clear 
and softly-shrill note. Observe the beautiful use of the term ὄπα 
as applied to the note of an insect.—roiot dpa Τρώων ἡγήτορες, K. τ. A. 
“Such leaders of the Trojans, I say, were sitting on the tower,” 
ἃ. e., the tower over the gate, forming part of the line of ram- 
parts. Ξ 
ἧκα. “1ῃ ἃ Ἰονν tone.” Literally, “gently.” Some of the older 
editions have ὦκα, ‘“ quickly,” which is quite out of place here. 
Eustathius (p. 397-9) and Apollonius (Lex. Hom.) are both in favor 
of the former ; and later poets, moreover, employ this adverb in a 
way precisely similar. (Consult Spitzner, ad loc.) 

156-160. οὐ νέμεσις. ‘It is no cause of anger,” i. ¢., it is nothing 
to be wroth about. The term νέμεσις, with which ἐστέ is here to be 


248 NOTES TO BOOK IIE 


stpplied, denotes, properly, an angry feeling at any thing unjust or 
unfitting —aivé¢ ἀθανάτῃσι Bene, x. τ. Δ. Wonderfully in look is 
she like to the immortal goddesses.” Observe here that the accu- 
sative of nearer definition (ὦπα) has εἰς before it, in order to define 
more accurately. The literal translation of εἰς ὦπα would be “ (look- 
ing) toward her face.” (Kiihner, § 579, Obs., ed. Jelf.) 

_ καὶ ὥς. “ Even thus,’’ 7. ε., though the case be thus, though she 
be thus peerless in beauty. This is explained more fully, immedi- 
ately after, by the words τοίη περ éovca.— νεέσθω. ‘Let her de- 
part,’’ ἡ. e., we will not oppose her return, but will rather aid in ef- 
fecting this.—yndé πῆμα λίποιτο. “ And may she not remain behind, 
as a source of evil.” Observe the change from the imperative 
νεέσθω, which expresses their hearty concurrence in her departure, 
to the language of a wish, as indicated by the optative λίποιτο. Ob- 
serve, also, in this latter verb, the force of the middle. 

161-165. ἐκαλέσσατο. ‘Called unto him.” Observe the force 
of the middle.—dedpo πάροιθ᾽ ἐλθοῦσα, x. τ. Δ. ** Having come hith- 
er, dear child, sit thou in front of me.” Observe that ἐμεῖο is here 
governed by zdpo:f, the connection in the line being interrupted by 
ἐλθοῦσα, φίλον τέκος, Which words come in by a species of hyperba- 
ton. —idy. Some editions have ἴδῃς, but the former is more Ho- 
meric. — πηούς te. “And marriage-connections.”” Compare the 
scholiast : snot: of κατ᾽ ἐπιγαμίαν συγγενεῖς. 

μοι αἰτίη. “In fault toward me.”—deoi νύ μοὶ, x. τ. A. “The 
gods, in truth, are in fault toward me.” The particle νυ expresses 
here nothing of irony, but indicates, on the contrary, bitterness of 
feeling.—ot ἐφώρμησαν. “ Stirred up against me.”—We have, with 

Spitzner, regarded lines 164 and 165 as parenthetical. 

166-170. ὥς μοι, x. τ. A. Connected, in faet, with line 163, the 
two intermediate ones being parenthetical, as just remarked. “In 
order that thou mayest even mention by name unto me yonder ex- 
traordinary man; who this Grecian warrior is, both gallant and 
large of stature.”—yeifovec. “Taller.”"— οὕτω γεραρόν. “ Of such 
stately bearing.” —GaorAji ἀνδρί. “ A royal person.’ More literal- 
ly, “a kingly man.” 

171-175. dia γυναικῶν. ‘Most divine of women.” Literally, 
“divine one of women.”? The positive is generally regarded here 
as employed in a superlative sense. — αἰδοζός te μοι ἐσσὶ, x. τ. 2. 
‘Dear father-in-law, thou art to me an object of both veneration 
and awe,” i. e., thy look fills me with shame and fear. — ὡς ὄφελε 
ϑάνατός, κι τ. Δ. “Oh, would that a wretched death had pleased 
me "ἢ i. ¢., had been preferred by me. Observe the peculiar force 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 249 


of ὄφελεν in expressing a wish. Literally, “how ought a wretched 
» death to have pleased me!” 

γνωτούς te. “And relations.” The reference here is especially 
to her brothers, Castor and Pollux. — παῖδά te τηλυγέτην, κ. τ. A. 
“ And my daughter, in the bloom of early life.” The daughter here 
meant is Hermione, the offspring of Menclaus and Helen. We have 
adopted the meaning assigned by Dederlein to the much-disputed 
term τηλύγετος. He derives it from ϑάλλω, τέθηλα, ϑῆλυς, and 
γένω, and makes it equivalent to ϑαλερὸς γεγώς, or ϑαλερὸς κατὰ 
φύσιν. It becomes on the present occasion, therefore, a very striking 
epithet, and points to Hermione as in the bloom of early life, and 
just ripening into womanhood, a period when she would most of 
all need a mother’s fostering care, and when that mother, with bit- 
ter regret, now confesses that she abandoned her. For other mean- 
ings given to the term in question, consult the remarks of Butt- 
mann, Lezil., 8. Ὁ. 

καὶ ὁμηλικίην ἐρατεινήν. “ And my beloved companions in years,” 
i. ¢., and the pleasing society of those of the same age. Observe 
that ὁμηλικίην is here put for ὁμήλικας, the abstract for the concrete, 
or sameness of age for those of the same age. 

176-180. ray’. For ταῦτά ye, and referring back to verse 173.— 
οὐκ ἐγένοντο. “Came not to pass.”—rd καὶ κλαίουσα τέτηκα. “On 
which account I even pine away in tears.” Observe that τό is here 
for’6, and that this is equivalent to δ 6. We have changed to a 
comma the colon which the common text has after ἐγένοντο. If 
the colon be retained, τό becomes equivalent to διὰ τοῦτο, “ on this 
account.”’ — ἠδὲ μεταλλᾷς. “And art anxious about.’ The verb 
μεταλλάω has no reference whatever to μέταλλον. It properly de- 
notes “to inquire after other things” (μετ᾽ ἄλλα) than those imme- 
diately around one ; to be inquisitive, &c. 

οὗτός ye ’Atpeidnc. “This one, indeed, is the son of Atreus.” 
Observe the force of ye in connection with οὗτος, “this particular 
one,” “this one for his part.”—du¢érepov, βασιλεύς, x. τ. Δ. “ Both, 
as well a good monarch, as a powerful warrior.” Observe here the 
employment of the adjective ἀμφότερον in the neuter gender, as an 
adverb. It is classified by Kihner with those neuter accusatives 
which denote some particular case or way in which any verbal no- 
tion operates. ( Kiuhner, § 579, 4, ed. Jelf.) 

δαὴρ abr’ ἐμὸς ἔσκε, κι τ. A. “ He was the brother-in-law, more- 
over, of me, a shameless woman, if ever, indeed, he was.” Observe, 
in the first place, that κυνώπιδος is put in apposition, by an elegant 
idiom, with the personal pronoun implied in the possessive é'‘¢, 


250 NOTES TO BOOK Ill. 


and compare with this the corresponding Latin form of expression, 
mea ipsius gratia, &c.—In the next place, we are not to render the 
clause ei ποτ᾽ ἔην ye, as some do, “ if ever, indeed, there was one,” 
i. ¢., if ever there was a shameless woman; nor are we to adopt 
Schitz’s punctuation and version, ef-—767’ ἔην ye, ‘‘ would that he 
still were so!—once, indeed, he was ;” the meaning of the passage 
is simply as follows: so oppressed is Helen with shame and grief 
at her own misconduct, that it appears to her as if she had never 
merited the appellation of a lawful wife to Menelaus, and as if Aga- 
memnon had never, in reality, been her brother-in-law. Compare - 
the remark of Hermann (ad Vig., p. 946): ‘‘ Cujus formule, que 
perdificilis explicatu est, hic videtur sensus esse: si unquam fuit, quod 
nunc non est amplius, 2. ¢., si recte dici potest fuisse, quod ila sui fac- 
tum est dissimile, ut fuisse unquam viz credas. Est enim hec locutio 
dolentium, non esse quid amplius.” 

182-183. ὀλδιόδαιμον. “ Fortunate man.”—7 ῥά νύ. “ Assuredly 
now.” —dedujaro. ‘ Were made subject,”’ i. ¢., at the time when 
thou wast appointed to the chief command of the host. Observe 
here the employment of the pluperfect as an imperfect. Literally, 
“had been made subject, and remained so.” When the perfect has 
a present sense, the pluperfect is used as an imperfect. (Kihner, ὃ 
400, 2, ed. Jelf.) There is no need, therefore, of our reading δέδ- 
μῆνται, in the perfect, ‘have been made subject,” as some propose. 

184-186. ἤδη. ‘* Before now.”—pvyinv.. The Greater Phrygia 
is here meant, not Phrygia Minor along the Hellespont. The part, 
however, particularly referred to, is the tract which formed, in later 
days, a portion of Bithynia, extending along the banks of the San- 
garius.—dau7eAdecoav. This is here a general epithet for Phrygia. 
In later days, however, the case was altered, and only the region 
around Apamea was famed for the culture of the vine, the rest of 
Phrygia having become a grain country. Compare the minor scho- 
liast, ad loc. 

ἀνέρας αἰολοπώλους. “Men of fleet steeds.” According to Butt- 
mann (Lezil., p. 65, ed. Fishl.), the epithet αἰολόπωλος refers to the 
quick and active guiding of horses. So the scholiast explains the 
term in our text by ταχεῖς ἵππους ἔχοντας. --- λαοὺς ᾿Οτρῆος, κ. τ. A. 
Priam went into Phrygia with a body of auxiliaries, to aid Otreus 
and Mygdon, kings of that country, against the Amazons. Accord- 
ing to one account, Otreus and Mygdon were brothers of Hecuba, 
all three being children of Dymas. According, however, to the 
common account, Hecuba was the daughter of Cisseus, a Thracian 
prince.—The Amazons were defeated on the occasion alluded to in 
the text, : ἶ 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 251 


187-190. ἐστρατόωντο. ‘* Were encamped.” — Σαγγαρίοιο. The 
Sangarius rose near a place called Sangia (Zayyia) in Mount Ado- 
reus, a branch of Mount Dindymus, in Galatia, and fell into the 
Euxine on the coast of Bithynia. The modern name is the Sakaria. 
— μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην. “ Was counted among them.” Observe 
the peculiar meaning here assigned to. ἐλέχθην, which it gets from 
the more literal signification ‘to lay among,” that is, “τὸ count,” 
« tell,” or “‘ reckon up.”—Ayalovec. Female warriors, of mythical 
antiquity. We read of the Amazons of Africa, as well as of those of 
Asia. The former were the more ancient; the latter, however, 
are here referred to. The Asiatic Amazons are said to have dwelt 
originally on the banks of the Thermodon, in the plains of Themis- 
eyra, in Pontus ; and from this quarter they made their inroads into 
Phrygia. Troy is even said, by later writers, to have been taken 
by them (Heyne, ad loc.). According to the post-Homeric poets, 
however, the Amazons, under the command of their queen, Pen- 
thesilea, came to the assistance of the Trojans against the Greeks. 

ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ' oi. For ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οὗτοι. The reference is to the πλείσ- 
τους Φρύγας mentioned in verse 185. --- ἑλέκωπες, Consult note on 
book i., verse 98. 

191-198. δεύτερον αὖτ᾽. “A second time, again.” — ein’ dye μοι 
καὶ τόνδε. ‘Come, tell me of this one also.” --- μείων μὲν κεφαλῇ. 
“Shorter, indeed, by a head.” We have adopted κεφαλῇ, with 
Spitzner, as preferable to κεφαλήν, which Heyne reads from Aris- 
tarchus. It agrees better with the datives that follow immediately 
after, and is in accordance, also, with the form of expression in 
verse 168. — εὐρύτερος dé ἰδέσθαι. ‘* But broader to look on,’ i. e., 
broader to the view.—oi κεῖται. ‘ Lie for him.’’—xtidog dc. “* Like 
ἃ Τα." Literally, ‘“ram-like.’”’ Consult note on verse 2.—ézizw- 
λεῖται. ‘‘ Moves about among.”’ More freely, “traverses.” 

ἀρνειῷ piv ἔγωγε, kK. τ. Δ. ‘ For my part, I liken him to a thick- 
fleeced ram.” The term ἀρνειός properly denotes a young ram just 
full grown.—drépyetac. ‘* Keeps passing through.” 

200-202. οὗτος δ᾽ αὖ. ‘Now this one again,” ¢. ¢., this one in 
his turn.— Λαερτιάδης. Supply éore.—év δήμῳ ᾿Ιθάκης, κ. τ. A. “In 
the land of Ithaca, rocky though it be.” Homer often employs 
δῆμος in the sense of a region or country. It is here applied to the 
island of Ithaca. This island was rugged and mountainous. Com- 
pare Virgil (4in., iii., 272): ‘* Scopulos Ithaca, Laértia regna.’’ — 
δόλους. ‘* Wiles.” — μήδεα πυκνά. “ Prudent counsels,” i. ¢., the 
giving of good advice. 

204-200. ὦ γόναι, ἢ μάλα, x. τ. Δ. “QO lady, assuredly thou hast 


252 NOTES TO BOOK UI. 


uttered in this a very true remark.” More literally, “thou hast ut- 
tered this as a very trae word.”—7dn γάρ ποτ΄. “ For once, before 
now.” — σεῦ Ever’ ἀγγελίης. “In an embassy on account of thee.”. 
Observe that ced is governed here by ἕνεκα, and that the genitive 
ἀγγελίης is to be construed with ἤλυθε. The rule for this last ar- 
rangement is as follows: “ All verbs may have a genitive of the 
antecedent notion whence their action arises.” (Kihner, § 481, 1, 
ed. Jelf.) Buttmann, however, supposes a masculine substantive 
ἀγγελίης, equivalent to ἄγγελος, on the authority of some Alexan- 
drine grammarians, but this seems quite needless, and is ably op- 
posed by Spitzner. (Buttmann, Leril., 5. Ὁ. ἀγγελίη. ---- Spitzner, ad 
il., xiii., 252.) Passow likewise rejects it. (Ler., 8. v. ἀγγελία.) 

σὺν ᾿Αρηϊφίλῳ Μενελάῳ. Ulysses and Menelaus came as ambas- 
sadors to Troy, before the expedition was undertaken, and demand- 
ed the restoration of Helen. Antenor, who was probably connected 
by the ties of hospitality with several Grecian chieftains, received 
them into his palace, and was one of those who strenuously ad- 
vised that their demand be granted. Hence, when Troy was taken, 
he and his family were spared by the Greeks. (Compare Liv.,i., 1.) 
The embassy, however, proved a fruitless one, and Antimachus, 
who had been bribed by Paris, even recommended that the two 
Grecian chiefs should be put to death. (Jl, xi., 139, segg.) Ulysses, 
on another occasion, entered Troy alone, disguised as a mendicant, 
an account of which is given in the Odyssey (iv., 240, segg.) by 
Helen, who is said to have recognized him through his disguise, 
but who did not betray him. 

207-215. φίλησα. “ Received kindly.”—ou7v ἐδάην. “I became 
acquainted with the genius.” —iucy6ev ἐν. “They were mingled 
with.”—ordavruv μὲν. “ While they were standing.” Genitive ab- 
solute. Supply αὐτῶν.---ὐπείρεχεν. *‘* Overtopped him.” — ἄμφω δ᾽ 
ouévw. ‘ But, both sitting.” Nominative dual absolute. Zeno- 
dotus, one of the ancient grammarians, was in favor of reading 
ἑζομένων in the genitive; but the dual rests here on many ancient 
authorities, in direct opposition to his cpinion. Consult Spitzner, 
ad loc. 

μύθους καὶ μήδεα πᾶσιν ὕφαινον. “They began to weave words 
and counsels for all,” i. ε., they began to harangue, and to give ad- 
vice to the Trojans as to the course they should pursue.—éz:rpoyé- 
énv. “ὙΠ rapid conciseness.” — μάλα λιγέως. “In very clear 
and musical tone.” We have rendered this by two epithets, as 
best expressing, by their united meanings, the true foree of the 
word. The ancients appear to have associated with-it in the pres- 


NOTES TO BOOK II. 253 


ent passage, the idea of something sweet or pleasing; and hence 
Cicero, in his Brutus (xiii., 50), says, “‘ Menelaum ipsum duicem 
quidem tradit Homerus, sed pauca loquentem.”” — οὐδ᾽ ἀφαμαρτοεπής. 
“ Nor one who missed the point,” i. e., nor a random talker.—yéver 
ὕστερος. “ Younger in age.” Literally, “ after (him) by birth.” 

216-220. ἀναΐξειεν. ‘‘Sprang up.’’ Observe that the optative 
with ὅτε answers to the English phrase “as often as,” &c.—orao- 
kev, ὑπαὶ δὲ ideoxe, x. τ. A. The poet here represents Ulysses, in 
the commencement of a harangue, as standing like one lost in 
meditation, with his eyes fixed on the ground. Compare the re- 
mark of Quintilian : “ Mire auditurum dicturi cura delectat, et judez 
se ipse componit. Hoc precipit Homerus Ulizis exemplo, quem stetisse 
oculis in terram defizis, immotogue scepiro, priusquam illam eloquentie 
procellam effunderet.” (xi., 3, 158.) 

σκῆπτρον. Consult note on book i, verse 15. --- ἐνώμα. “He 
turned.” --ἀστεμφὲς. “Unmoved.”—didpez. “ Unskilled in art,” i. 
e., inexperienced in the art of addressing an assembly.— φαΐης xe 
ζάκοτον, x. τ. A. “You would say that he was some one exceed- 
ingly angry, and devoid of reason, acting as he did.’’ Observe the 
force of αὕτως, literally, “just so,” ‘‘even so,” as referring to the ap- 
pearance which Ulysses presented at the commencement of his re- 
marks. The meaning intended to be conveyed by the passage it- 
self is given as follows by an anonymous commentator : His brow 
being gathered into wrinkles, as is the case when a man of an ex- 
pressive countenance collects his thoughts, gave a severity to his 
look, that might have been construed as a sign of anger; and his 
sceptre held motionless, on account of his being absorbed with the 
subject on which he was about to speak, gave him the air of a man 
whose mind is perfectiy vacant. A head crowded with ideas, and 
a head with none in it, are often indicated by similar gestures. 

221-224. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα. ‘‘ But when, now, then.” Observe the 
employment here of the particle fa to denote something sudden and 
unexpected, the change, namely, of manner in Ulysses when he be- 
gan to speak.—iec. In some manuscripts we find the optative εζη, 
and it is very doubtful whether this be not the true reading. We 
certainly want the optative here, just as we have it after ὅτε in verse 
216, so as to give ὅτε the meaning of “‘ whenever.” Compare the 
remarks of Hermann, Opusc., vol. ii., p. 37. 

καὶ ἔπεα νιφάδεσσιν, x. τ. Δ. “ And words like wintry flakes of 
snow.” A beautiful image. Compare the remark of Quintilian, re- 
ferred to in the note on verse 217, where the Roman critic speaks 
of the “ eloguentie procellam” of the chieftain of Ithaca. “ The pass- 

Y 


254 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


age concerning the different eloquence of Menelaus and Ulysses is 
inexpressibly just and beautiful,” remarks Pope. ‘* The close his- 
toric conciseness of the one is finely opposed to the copious, vehe- 
ment, and penetrating.oratory of the other, which is so exquisitely 
described in the simile of the snow.” 

οὐκ ἂν ἔπειτ᾽, x. τ. A. ‘Not then with Ulysses, certainly, could 
any other mortal have vied; not then, indeed, did we wonder so 
much at the appearance of Ulysses, having looked at him, (as at the 
words that fell from his lips).” Compare the explanation of Heyne: 
“ Non tam formam oris mirabamur, quam nunc eloguentiam.” When 
they saw him standing and looking so strangely at first, they won- 
dered in their own bosoms, and thought to themselves, What will 
come from such a one? When, however, they heard him speak, 
their astonishment was roused in turn by his words, and they for- 
got entirely the appearance which he had made. 

225-233. τὸ τρίτον air’. “ Again, in the third place.”—#i¢ Te 
μέγας te. Compare verse 167.—éfoyoc ᾿Αργείων. ‘‘ Eminent above 
the Greeks.” Compare the version of Voss: ‘‘ Welcher dem Volk vor- 
raget an Haupt und machtigen Schultern.”—dia γυναικῶν. Compare 
verse 171.—Alac πελώριος. ‘The huge and terrible Ajax.” The 
epithet πελώριος, in Homer, refers to what is ‘“‘ huge,” ‘‘ monstrous,” 
&c., with the collateral notion, for the most part, of “terrible.” We 
have rendered it, therefore, on the present occasion, by a double 
epithet. The allusion istothe Telamonian Ajax. Consult note on 
book ii., verse 406. 

Ἰδομενεὺς. King of Crete, who accompanied the Greeks to, the 
Trojan war with a fleet of ninety ships.—ed¢ ὥς. Consult note on 
verse 2.—édzére ἵκοιτο. ‘‘ Whenever he came.” Compare note on 
verse 216. 

235-242. οὖς κεν 20 γνοίην, κι τ. Δ. ‘Whom 1 should easily recog- 
nize, and whose names I could tell.” We have given 7’ οὔνομα (i. 6., 
τε οὔνομα), With Hermann and Spitzner, as more in accordance with 
Homeric usage than τοὔνομα, for τὸ ὄνομα. (Hermann, ad Vig., 
Ρ. 708.)—Kdoropa ¥ ἱππόδαμον, κ. τ. Δ. ‘* Both Castor, the tamer of 
steeds, and Pollux, good in boxing; my own two brothers.” Castor 
and Pollux were the sons of Tyndareus and Leda, and were, there- 
fore, uterine brothers of Helen, that is, born of the same mother, 
Helen being the daughter of Leda and Jove. Hence Apollonius 
remarks (Lex. Hom., s.-v.), αὐτοκασίγνητοι " λέγονται καὶ οἱ ἐκ μῆτρὸς 
μόνης, ὡς οἱ Διόσκουροι. 

ἢ οὐχ ἑσπέσθην, x. τ. A. We have given here the interrogative 
7, instead of thecommon 7. The latter wants force.—devpa. Hero- 


NOTES TO BOOK ΠῚ. 255 


dian, W. Dindorf, and Spitzner, all give the preference to this form 
over the ordinary δεῦρο. If we read the latter, the final syllable 
must be lengthened by the arsis.--viv air’. ‘Now, however.” Ob- 
serve that αὖτε here follows μέν in place of δέ. This is not unfre- 
quent in poetry, but never occurs in prose. The common text has 
viv δ᾽ adr’ erroneously.—aloyea δειδιότες καὶ ὀνείδεα, κ. τ. Δ. “ Hav- 
ing shrunk from the disgraces and the many reproaches that are 
mine,” i. ¢., that attach to me. Observe that joc is here what the 
grammarians call “‘ dativus incommodt.” 

243-244. τοὺς δ᾽ ἤδη κατέχε, κ. τ. A. “ But them the life-bestow- - 
ing earth already possessed ; there in Lacedemon, in their own na- 
tive land.’’. We may render κατέχε more freely, “held in her bosom ;” 
literally, “held down.” Castor and Pollux had fallen in conflict 
with Lynceus and Idas. Homer here speaks of both brothers as be- 
ing in the grave; but, according to the legend mentioned in the 
Odyssey (xi., 302, segq.), they shared immortality alternately, being 
each one day on Olympus, and the other in the lower world. (Apol- 
lod., iii., 11, 2.) ‘The pathos of these two lines is singularly beauti- 
ful: the brothers are at rest from their troubles, and forget the dis- 
grace of their sister in the long sleep of death; she herself, the 
author of all this shame, being ignorant of their end. Beautiful, 
however, as the passage is, the commentators have coldly set them- 
selves in array against verse 244, and have pronounced it spurious, 
on account of the hiatus after Λακεδαίμονι. Bentley proposes to 
remedy this by reading either Λακεδαίμονι δηθά, or Λακεδαίμον᾽ 
ἄνευθε. 

245-249. κήρυκες δ᾽ ἀνὰ ἄστυ, x. τ. Δ. “Βυΐ the heralds, mean- 
while, were bearing through the city the faith-insuring pledges of the 
gods,” ὦ. ¢., the victims that were to be sacrificed in ratification of 
the solemn truce. We have elsewhere given épxca the more gen- 
eral meaning of a contract or agreement on oath. In the present 
passage, however, it is to be taken, as Buttmann remarks, in a 
somewhat modified and more definite sense, that is to say, in the 
sense of bodily objects which serve as a pledge or sign of the oath. 
We find a corresponding usage in the poets who followed Homer; 
as when, in Pindar, the betrothed Eriphyle is called the ὅρκιον πιστόν 
of future peace, and at O/., 11, 6, the Hymns are the πιστὸν ὅρκιον 
of future fame. (Buttmann, Lexil., p. 439, ed. Fishl.) 

éigpova. ‘ Gladdening.”—dox6 ἐν αἰγείῳ. “In a goat-skin bot- 
tle.”—xpytijpa φαεινόν. “A bright mixer.” Observe that κρητήρ 
is not here such a mixer as that which has been mentioned at book 
i, verse 470. It was now to contain the wine of both parties mized 


256 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


together for libation, and this was to be drawn from it in cups. 
Compare verse 270.—érpuve γέροντα. ‘He urged on the aged 
monarch.” 

250-257. ὄρσεο. “Arise.” A second aorist imperative middle 
of ὄρνυμι. (Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, p. 193, ed. Fishl.) Matthie er- 
roneously explains it by making the future ὄρσω, ὄρσομαι, to be con- 
sidered as a new theme; whence ὄρσεο.---καλέουσιν. Supply σέ.---- 
iv’ ὅρκια πιστὰ téunte. “In order that ye may strike a faithful 
league.” Consult note on book iii, verse 73. The editions vary 
here, some having τάμωμεν, others τάμητε, or τάμηαι, Or τάμηται. 
We have adopted τάμητε, with Spitzner, as more Homeric than 
Heyne’s τάμηαι, since Homer uses in this form the active, and not 
the middle voice. Besides, τάμηαι is found in only a single manu- 
script. 

οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φιλότητα, x. τ. A. Compare verse 73, seqg.—roi δὲ vé- 
ovrat. ‘* But let them return.” Observe that νέονται is here the 
subjunctive, with the shortened mood-vowel, for νέωνται. 

259-263. piynoe. “ Shuddered,” i. ¢., at the possibility of his 
son’s falling in the combat with Menelaus.—éxéAevce δ᾽ ἑταίροις. 
The accusative ἑταίρους is an inferior reading, and would produce 
an unpleasant similarity of sound with Zxzove following immediately 
after. According to one of the scholiasts, moreover, the dative was 
preferred here by Zenodotus and Aristarchus; and it is also given 
by Heyne, Wolf, and Spitzner. In Attic prose, on the other hand, 
the dative with κελεύω is very doubtful. The accusative with the 
infinitive is the common Attic construction. (Kitihner, § 589, .3, 
Obs. 3, ed. Jelf.) 

dv δ᾽ dp’ ἔδη Πρίαμος. “Up, then, went Priam,” i. ¢., Priam ac- 
cordingly mounted the chariot. The Dorians and the Epic writers 
often reject the final vowel of ἀνά, παρά, κατά, even when the next 
word begins with a consonant, as in the present case. Buttmann 
thinks that the preposition ἀν for ἀνά ought to have no accent, but 
he is successfully opposed by Spitzner, who reasons from the anal- 
ogy of πάρ from παρά, πότ from ori, &c., in favor of giving ἄν an 
accent.—xara δ᾽ ἡνία teivev ὀπίσσω. “ And tightly he drew back 
the reins.” The reins had been fastened, according to custom, to 
the front part of the margin of the chariot: these he seizes, and 
pulls them toward himself. In proceeding to battle, the παραδάτης, 
or warrior, was superior in rank to the ϑεράπων, or charioteer ; 
here, however, Priam acts the part of charioteer, and Antenor sits 
by his side. The latter would seem to have been selected as a 
companion on the present occasion, because, in addition to the char- 


NOTES TO BOOK It. 257 


acter of wisdom which he enjoyed, he was not unknown to the 
Greeks. Consult note on verse 148.—zdp dé of. “And by his 
side.” 

βήσετο. “Mounted.” Observe that πὰρ βήσετο guides us to the 
term παραδάτης, as indicating the one who moves on in the chariot 
by the side of the charioteer. Observe, also, that βήσετο is the 
aorist, and only another form for βήσατο. Indeed, it is the more 
correct form of the two in Homer. (Buttmann’s Irreg. Verbs, Ὁ. 38.) 
--Σκαιῶν. Supply πυλῶν, and consult note on verse 145.—éyov. 
“Guided.” The verb éy gets this meaning from the more general 
one of ‘*to hold on the course of a thing,” ‘tu keep a thing in any 
given direction.” : 

265-270. ἐξ ἵππων. For ἐκ δίφρου.---ἐστιχόωντο. Observe the 
employment of the imperfect to denote slowness of movement. So, 
again, ὄρνυτο denotes the slow and dignified rising of Agamemnon, 
as the Trojans slowly advanced.— dv δ' Ὀδυσεὺς πολύμητις. The 
minor scholiast makes ἄν equivalent here to ἀνέστη. It is much 
better, however, to regard it merely as a preposition, and to supply 
ὦρνυτο from the preceding verse.—épxia πιστὰς Compare verse 245. 

οἶνον picyov. ‘They mixed the wine.” Observe that μέσγον 
does not allude here to any mixing of water with the wine, which 
was never allowed at a libation, but to the mixing together in the 
same cup of the wine of the Trojans and that of the Greeks. This 
union of the wine of the two contracting parties was meant to be 
symbolical of mutual good faith in observing the league or compact 
that was formed. Hence we may observe, also, that μέσγειν differs 
from κεράσαι, the latter referring to the mixing of waéer with wine. 

ὕδωρ ἐπὶ χεῖρας Exevov. We have now another step in the cere- 
mony. Water is poured upon the hands, to remove all pollution 
before entering on the details of the sacrifice. This was always 
customary. 

271-272. ἐρυσσάμενος χείρεσσι μάχαιραν, κ. τ. Δ. “ Having drawn 
out with his hands his large knife, which was always suspended 
beside the huge scabbard of his sword.” In the heroic ages. the 
Greeks usually wore a large two-edged dagger or knife (μάχαιρα) 
suspended by the sword on the left side of the body, and used it on 
all occasions instead of an ordinary knife. Thus, Theseus draws 
his dagger to eut his meat at table. (Plut., Thes., p. 10, ed. Steph.) 
The custom is continued to the present day among the Arnauts, 
who claim descent from the ancient Greeks. (Dodwell, Tour, vol. 
i., Ρ. 133.) The accompanying woodcut shows three ancient dag- 
gers of the kind. 

Y2 


258 NOTES TO BOOK IIL 


owe 


At a later period, μάχαιρα meant a sabre or bent sword, as oppo- 
sed to ξίφος, the straight sword. 

273-275. ἀρνῶν ἐκ κεφαλέων, x. τ. A. It was customary at sacri- 
fices, before the animal was killed, to cut a bunch of hair from its 
forehead, which was thrown into the fire as primitie. On the pres- 
ent occasion, however, the hairs were distributed among the prin- 
cipal persons present, that all might be parties to the compact, and 
perhaps, also, that each might preserve his portion of the hairs as a 
proof of the league that was to be struck. So Priam, one of the 
two main contracting parties, carries away with him to Troy a por- 
tion of the victims (verse 310).—dpicroe. ‘To the principal per- 
sons.”—eydad’ εὔχετο. ‘* Prayed long and loudly.” Observe the 
force of the imperfect, as indicating the long continuance of the 
prayer. 

276-277. Ἴδηθεν μεδέων. ““ Ruling from Ida.” Jove had an altar 
and sanctuary on Gargarus, one of the summits of the range of Ida; 
and hence he is supposed to take up his abode here at times, and 
to look down from this upon the Idean plain. The clouds occasion- 
ally enveloping the summits of the range, and descending thence 
with tempests to the country beneath, as well as the lightning that 
illumined the scene, would seem to have given rise to this popular 
belief—Thiersch (Gr., § 198, 8) makes the ending —Sev equivalent 
here to -ϑὲ, and translates “on this Ida.” Usteri gives this the 
preference, but without any good reason. (Wolf’s Vorles., ii., p. 213.) 

Ἠέλιός &. ‘+ And thou, O Sun.” Observe here the employment 
of the nominative for the vocative, the regular form of expression 
being καὶ σὺ, ὦ Ἥλιε. The vocative, however, is an unimportant 
case. It is not at all essential to a Janguage, as may be seen from 
its not existing in many languages, its place being supplied by the 
nominative. In the present instance, even though there is a proper 
vocative form, the nominative is employed in its stead. (Kihner, 


NOTES TO BOOK IIL. 259 


§ 479, 1, ed. Jelf.)—é¢ πάντ᾽ égopgc. The Sun sees all things in his 
daily course. 

278-279. καὶ Ποταμοὶ καὶ Tata. Compare verse 104.—xai of ὑπέ- 
νέρθε καμόντας, κ. τ. Δ. ‘And ye two, who beneath punish men that 
have ceased from their (earthly) labors, whatsoever one may have 
sworn a false oath.” As the dual number is employed here, the 
reference must be, of necessity, to Pluto and Proserpina. Else- 
where, however (JI., xix., 259, seg.), the task of punishing the per- 
jured is assigned to the Erinyes or Furies.—xayévrac. More liter- 
ally, “those who once labored.” Buttmann thinks that καμόντες, 
when applied to the dead, means those who are still living in an- 
other state, but deprived of their earthly powers. (Lezil., p. 372, 
ed. Fishi.) We have given, however, what seems a far more nat- 
ural interpretation. ‘ 

280-287. fore. The imperative, and therefore accented accord- 
ingly, not the indicative ἐστέ. So, also, φυλάσσετε is the imperative. 
(Spitzner, ad loc.)—ke καταπέφνῃ. ‘ Shall chance to slay.” ---΄τήματα 
πάντα. Compare verse 70.-- ρῶας ἔπειτ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι. ‘Then (grant) © 
that the Trojans restore.” The infinitive is here used for the im- 
perative, where, according to the common explanation, we may 
supply δός, or something equivalent. More correctly speaking, the 
infinitive is used in forms of wishing or praying, in invocations and 
entreaties that the person addressed would cause some one else to 
do something ; the accusative is joined with the infinitive, and the 
two together stand as the object of a verb, expressing or implying 
the notion of wishing or desiring ; such as ἔθελε, or εὔχομαι ; δός, or 
ποίει. (Kiihner, § 67, ὃ, p. 302, ed. Jelf.\— Observe the force of the 
aorist in ἀποδοῦναι, as denoting immediate restitution. 

τιμὴν. ‘A compensation,” 2. ¢., an equivalent for the expenses 
of the war. — ἥντιν᾽ ἔοικεν. “ Whatever it is fitting (that they 
should pay).”"— τε καὶ ἐσσομένοισι; x. τ. 2.“ Which may also re- 
Main among men of future ages.’’ More literally, “‘among men 
about to be,” z. ¢., which in similar cases shall be paid also by pos- 
terity. The compensation paid on the present occasion, in case 
Paris should fall, is to be a precedent in similar cases unto posterity. 
(Neue Jahrb., &c., vol. xxxiv., p. 371.) Barnes, without any neces- 
sity, proposes μέληται for πέληται. 

290-291. αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ καὶ ἔπειτα. “1, however, even afterward.” 
The particle αὐτάρ, here as elsewhere, at the beginning of a clause, 
serves to express a rapid change and continuatiun of the subject.— 
εἵως xe τέλος, x. τ. Δ. “Until 1 attain the object of the war.”  Lit- 
erally, “ until I find the end of the war,” i. ¢., the true end. 


260 NOTES TO BOOK Ill. 


292-296. ἀπὸ στομάχους τάμε. ‘Cut the throats.” We have in 
ἀπό the reading of Aristarchus. Others prefer ἐπί, and a scholium 
in the Venice manuscript declares this latter οὐκ ἄχαρις γραφή. The 
form ἀποτέμνειν, however, was the one commonly used by the later 
Greeks in such cases as the present, and was probably also the 
more Homeric one.—vyod δευομένους. “" Wanting vital power.”— 
μένος. ‘Their strength.” This, in fact, is the same as ϑυμοῦ that 
precedes, the one being an explanation of the other. — ἔκχεον. 
‘They poured it slowly forth.” 

299-301. ὁππότεροι πρότεροι, κ. τ. Δ. * Whichever side shall first 
commit wrong contrary to the pledges.’’ Observe that ὑπέρ liter- 
ally implies an overstepping of certain prescribed limits, and in this 
way a violation of certain stipulated duties. Some read ὑπερόρκια 
as a species of adverb, but Eustathius and the scholiasts more cor- 
rectly write the two words separately. The adverbial force of ὑπέρ 
is still preserved by this arrangement.—ddé σφι ἐγκέφαλος αὐτῶν καὶ 
τεκέων. ‘Thus for them may the brains of themselves and their 
children.”—daueiev. ‘* Be enslaved.” 

302-313. oid’ dpa πώ, x. τ. Δ. “But not yet thereupon did the 
son of Saturn accomplish it for them.”—roior δὲ μετὰ. ‘* And among 
them.” Observe that μετά is here still adverbial in force.—7ro ἐγὼν 
εἶμι. “I indeed will go.”—ovtmwe. ‘Not at all.” Better than 
οὔπω, the ordinary reading. — Ζεὺς μέν που. “Jove, if I mistake 
not.” 

ἄρνας Séro. The grammarians invent various reasons to show 
why the lambs were carried back by Priam. The best explanation 
appears to be this: they were carried off either to be interred or 
cast into the sea, as they could not be eaten, being victims of male- 
diction.——dpoppor. “Going back.” 

315-318. χῶρον. “ The ground,” i. ¢., the lists.—xAjpoug ἐν κυνέῃ, 
κι τ᾿ ἃ. Observe the mode here practiced of drawing lots. They 
are put into a helmet, which is shaken by a third party, who turns 
away his face at the time, and the person whose lot leaps forth has 
the first cast with the spear.—faAdAov. “They cast them.” Hector 
cast into the helmet the lot of Paris, and Ulysses that of Menelaus. 
We have not hesitated here to adopt the emendation recommended 
by Bothe, namely, βάλλον, instead of the generally received reading 
πάλλον (“they shook them’’). Two persons were not required for 
shaking the helmet; and, besides, the poet, in verse 324, says ex- 
pressly that this was done by Hector. Moreover, the Homeric mode 
of narrating is not to give the whole account summarily at once, but . 
the individual parts in succession. 


NOTES TO BOOK ΠῚ. 261 - 


ὁππότερος δὴ. “As to which of the two, thereupon.”—¥eoior δὲ 
χεῖρας ἀνέσχον. We have given here, with Spitzner, the reading 
and punctuation recommended by Wolf. Heyne follows the gram- 
marian Nicanor, λαοὶ δ᾽ ἠρήσαντο ϑεοῖς, ἰδὲ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον, the argu- 
ment urged in favor of this latter being as follows, namely, that if 
ϑεοῖς be joined to the second clause, the Greeks will appear to have 
prayed to one class of deities, and to have held up their hands to 
another class. The verb ἀρᾶσθαι, however, is elsewhere often used 
by Homer with the name of a deity to be supplied from what im- 
mediately goes before. Besides, the form ϑεοῖς ἀνασχεῖν χεῖρας is 
one of very common occurrence with reference to all the heavenly 
deities, and is, in fact, nothing more than χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν εἰς τὸν 
οὐρανόν. 

321-323. ὁππότερος τάδε ἔργα, κ. τ. Δ. ‘ Whichever of the two 
caused these doings between us both,” i. e., gave rise, by his con- 
duct, to this protracted and bloody war. — δῦναι δόμον “Aidog εἴσω. 
“May enter within the abode of Hades,” 7. ε., may descend to the 
lower world.—av. “On the other hand.”—épxia πιστὰ. “ A faith- 
ful league.” 

324-325. πάλλεν. ‘Shook the helmet.”’ The accusative of the 
object (κυνέην) is to be supplied.—ay ὁρόων. “ Looking backward.” 
This was done, lest his eye, if he saw the contents of the helmet, 
should affect his hand, and he should favor the lot of Paris. — ἐκ 
ὄρουσεν. “ Leaped forth.’ Observe the adverbial force of ἐκ. 

326-331. of μὲν. The Greeks and Trojans.— ἴζοντο. “ Seated 
themselves.” --ἦχι ἑκάστῳ, k. τ. Δ. ‘ Where for each one his light- 
foated horses stood, and his variegated arms were lying.”’ Observe 
the zeugma in éxeiro, this verb containing the particular notion of 
“lying” as the general notion of being in store, standing ready, &c. 
(Kihner, § 895, d., ed. Jelf.) 

κνημῖδας. A pair of greaves (κνημῖδες) was one of the six articles 
of armor which formed the complete equipment of a Greek warrior. 
They were made of bronze, of tin, of silver, and gold, with a lining 
probably of leather, felt, or cloth. The greaves, lined with these 
materials, as they were fitted with great exactness to the leg, prob- 
ably required, in many cases, no other fastening than their own 
elasticity. Often, nevertheless, they were secured by strips, or, as 
in the present instance, by ankle-rings. The modern Greeks and 
Albanians wear greaves, in form resembling those of the ancients, 
but made of softer materials, such as velvet, ornamented with gold, 
and fastened with hooks and eyes. The following cuts will show 
the form of the greave. 


262 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις. “ With silver ankle-rings.” Some render 
ἐπισφυρίοις by the term “clasps,” but this is less accurate. The term 
ἐπισφύριον properly denotes something laid or placed upon the ankle. 

332-333. δεύτερον αὖ. “ Again, in the second place.”—ddpnxa. 
“ The corselet.” 

ἥρμοσε δ᾽ αὐτῷ. “For it fitted him.” Observe that ἤρμοσε is 
here taken intransitively. 

334-339. ἀμφὶ δ᾽ dp’ ὦμοισι, x. τ. Δ. Compare book ii., verse 45. 
—tipoc. The ξίφος was straight, two-edged (ἄμφηκες), rather broad, 
and nearly of equal width from hilt to point. — σάκος. A term of 
frequent recurrence in Homer. The earliest shields were of wick- 
er work, or wood, covered with one or more ox-hides : if more than 
one, they were parted by metal-plates, whence the epithets χάλκεον, 
χαλκῆρες, &c.—xpati δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἰφθίμῳ, x. τ. A. The helmet was origi- 
nally made of skin or leather, whence is supposed to have arisen 
its appellation κυνέη, meaning, properly, a helmet of dog-skin, but 
applied to caps or helmets made of the hide of other animals, and 
even to those which were entirely of bronze or iron. The five fol- 
lowing helmets are selected from antique gems, and are engraved 
of the size of the originals. 

ἵππουριν. ‘ Decked with a horse-tail,” 1. e., having a horse-hair 
crest.—dewvov δὲ λόφος, x. τ. Δ. “And fearfully did the crest nod 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 263 


from above.” More literally, “keep nodding,” as indicated by the 
imperfect.—éAx.uov ἔγχος. “ His stout spear.”—d¢ δ᾽ αὕτως. “And 
in this same manner.”’ Literally, “ and thus, in the same manner.” 
Homer always writes it thus, separated; but in Attic the form is 
ὡςαύτως. Ἵ 

340-347. ἑκάτερθεν ὁμίλου. ‘From each side of the throng,” i. 
e., from the throng on either side. The genitive here depends on 
ἑκάτερθεν, adverbs of parting, separating, &c., taking the genitive 
case. (Kiihner, § 513, δ.)}.--ϑϑωρήχθησαν. “They had armed them- 
selves.” The passive in a middle sense. —é¢ μέσσον. “Into the 
space hetween.” — δεινὸν δερκόμενοι. ‘* Looking fearfully.’’ — ἔχεν. 
‘“‘ Held possession of.”—ceiovr’. For ceiovre, the dual.—xoréovre. 
“ Cherishing wrath.” 

δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος. ‘* His long-shadow-casting spear,” 1. ¢., his 
long spear. Some, however, with less probability, and certainly 
with less of the spirit of poetry, deduce δολεγόσκιος from ὄσχος, the 
shaft or handle of a spear, and make the epithet in question signify 
“long-shafted,” as if for δολεχόσχιος. ---- καὶ βάλεν ᾿Ατρείδαο, x. τ. A. 
“And struck full against the every-way-equal shield of the son of 
Atreus,” 7. e., the round shield, equal in every direction from the 
centre. Hence the scholiast explains it by κυκλοτερῆ. Observe 
that both the genitive and accusative are construed with κατά in 
the signification of “against,” but that the accusative denotes a 
fuller and more direct action on or upon. 

348-350. οὐδ᾽ ἔῤῥηξεν χαλκόν. “But it rent not the brass,” ἢ. ¢., 
the brazen plate of the shield. Some manuscripts have the nomi- 
native χαλκός, and the meaning will then be, ‘‘ but the brass rent it 
not,” z. ¢., the brazen-pointed spear rent not the shield. The scho- 
liast remarks, that Aristarchus preferred χαλκόν, but that χαλκός is 
better. The accusative, however, is fuund in most of the manue 
scripts, and ought by all means to be preferred to the nominative. 


964 NOTES TO BOOK ΠΙ. 


Heyne says, “ Nec qguicguam interest, utro modo legas ;” but the read- 
ing χαλκός introduces an unnecessary change of the subject, the 
reference in both of the previous clauses having been to Paris. 
ἀνεγνάμφθη δὲ of αἰχμή, x. τ. Δ. “For the point was bent back 
unto it in the strong shield,” ἢ. ¢., its point was bent back, &c., the 
dative οἱ referring to the spear, and being equivalent here to ἔγχεϊ. 
The meaning of the passage is this, that the spear did not rend or 
pass completely through the brazen plate of the shield, but merely 
stuck in it, and had its point bent.—é dé δεύτερος, x. τ. Δ. “The 
other, thereupon, roused himself next with his brazen spear, Men- 
elaus (namely), the son of Atreus, after having addressed a brief 
prayer unto Father Jove.” Observe the demonstrative force of ὁ, 
and also the peculiar beauty of the aorist participle ἐπευξάμενος. 

- 351-354. τίσασθαι. “To avenge myself upon.”—é. The Ionic 
and Doric relative pronoun for é¢.—ue κάκ᾽ ἔοργε. Observe the 
double accusative with the verb.—ddayaccov. Aristarchus wished to 
read δαμῆναι, but δάμασσον is stronger, and shows a more immedi- 
ate participation in the affair by the deity invoked.—d¢pza τις ἐῤῥίγῃσι, 
x. τ. A. “In order that any one even of posterity may shudder to do 
evil things unto a host, whosoever may have afforded him a friendly 
reception.” -More literally, “any one even of late-born men.” 
Observe that ἔῤῥιγα, the perfect of ῥιγέω, has a present signification. 
( Butimann, Irreg. Verb., p. 222, ed. Fishl.)—é κεν. For ὅς κεν. Con- 
sult note on verse 351. 

355-360. ἀμπεπαλὼν. “Having poised and drawn backward.” 
The verb ἀναπάλλω properly denotes “to swing to and fro.” It 
here refers to the poising and crawing back of the spear, in order 
to throw it with greater force. Observe that, among the Epic po- 
ets, the second aorists active and middle frequently have the redu- 
plication throughout all the moods, and that ἀμπεπαλών is here for 
ἀναπεπαλών, t. ε., ἀναπαλών. 

διὰ μέν ἀσπίδος, x. τ. Δ. Observe that the line here begins with a 
tribrach (διὰ μὲν), which is to be converted into a dactyl (did μὲν) 
by the arsis, or stress of the voice on the first syllable. (Compare 
Hermann, Elem. Docir. Metr., p. 45.) Bothe, however, insists that 
the tribrach ought to be retained in the scansion of this verse, but 
few, if any, will agree with him in opinion.—éépzov. Hermann and 
Bekker both think that there is more force of expression in ὄμδριμον, 
and that the numbers of the line would gain by it; but the best 
manuscripts, as also the grammarians, are all in favor of ὄδριμον. 

καὶ διὰ ϑώρηκος, x. τ. A. “And was forced through his corselet, 
wrought with much ingenious art.” Observe the employment of 


NOTES TO BOOK ΠῚ. 255 


the pluperfect in an imperfect sense. It had been forced through, 
and it remained forced through, i. ¢., it stood forced through. The 
scholiast regards the rough and harsh sound of ἠρήρειστο as an echo 
to the sense, and as indicating the foree of the blow : τὸ βίαιον τῆς 
πληγῆς παραδηλοῖ τῷ τραχεῖ τοῦ ῥήματος.---ἀντικρὺ δὲ παραὶ λαπάρην. 
κι 7.2. “And the spear pierced right through his tunic along the 
flank.” Observe that the final syllable of ἀντικρύ is lengthened by 
the arsis, and that there is no need, therefore, of Bentley’s emenda- 
tion ἄντικρυς.---ἐκλίνθη. ‘“ Bent himself sideways.” 

362-363. ἀνασχόμενος. “ Having raised it on high.” Supply αὐτό, 
as referring to ξίφος.---ὠκόρυθος φάλον. ‘The metal ridge of his hel- 
met.” The precise meaning of φάλος is involved in great obscurity. 
Buttmann, after a careful examination of the different Homeric pass- 
ages in which it occurs, adopts the usual notion, that the φάλος 
was what was afterward called the κῶνος, namely, a metal ridge in 
which the plume was fixed. (Lezil., p. 521, ed. Fishl.)\—dugi & ap’ 
αὐτῷ, x. τ. 2. “ But straightway, thereupon, shivered round about 
it into both three pieces and four pieces, it fell from his hand.” Ob- 
serve in this fine passage the echo of the sound to the sense, and 
how admirably the harsh adverbial forms τριχθά and τετραχθά imi- 
tate, as it were, the crash of the shivered weapon. Observe, also, 
the quickness of action indicated by both διατρυφέν and éxrece.— 
αὐτῷ. Referring to the φάλος, round about which the splintered 
fragments fly. Aristarchus preferred αὐτῇ, referring it to the whole 
helmet, and Heyne adopts this reading ; but it is sanctioned by no 
existing manuscript. 

365-368. ὀλοώτερος. “Ts more hurtful,” 7. ¢., is the author of 
greater ill. This is spoken in the spirit of a rude age, when the god 
who is invoked to aid in the accomplishment of any end is blamed 
as the author of ill luck in case that end be not brought about.—7 τ᾽ 
ἐφάμην. ‘ Assuredly I even thought.” Consult note on verse 28. 
---τίσεσθαι. Consult note on verse 28.---κακότητος. “ For his wick- 
edness.” The genitive here denotes the cause om which the idea 
of vengeance or retaliation arises. 

ἄγη. We have adopted this form of the second aorist, with Spitz- 
ner, on the authority not only of certain manuscripts, and of Eusta- 
thius in his commentary on the present passage, but also on that οἵ. 
Homer himself, who in the sixteenth book, verse 801, has as ful- 
lows : πᾶν δέ οἱ ἐν χείρεσσιν ἄγη δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος. Heyne, on the 
other hand, rejects ἄγη in both cases, as ἃ false reading, because 
the initial vowel in ἄγω is long, and thinks that the ancient reading 
was with the digamma, viv dé μοι ἐν χερσὶν F dyn ξίφος, κ. τ. Δ. But 


fa 


266 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


by far the greater number of passages show the a in ἄγῃ to be short, 
and, in the later poets (as, for example, Theocritus, xxii., 190), it is 
most certainly shortened. Indeed, the true Homeric form of this 
aorist can not now be ascertained in some passages, owing to the 
disappearance of the digamma, which belonged originally to this 
verb... (Buttmann, Irreg. Verb., p. 5, ed. Fishl.) 

ἐκ δέ μοι ἔγχος, κ. τ. Δ. “ While my spear was made to start forth 
from my hand without effect.” Literally, ‘‘the spear for me.” The 
adverbial force of ἐκ is still apparent here, though followed by the 
genitive παλάμηφιν. 

369-372. κόρυθος λάθδεν ἱπποδασείης. ‘* He seized him by his hel- 
met with bushy horse-hair crest.’’ Observe the employment of the 
genitive to indicate the part where the grasp was made.—éAxe. 
“ Began to drag him.’’ Observe the force of the imperfect.—dyye 
δέ μιν, κι τ. 2. ‘ But the richly-embroidered strap under his tender 
throat kept choking him, which had been stretched for him beneath 
his chin, as the holder of his helmet.’’ The helmet here is fastened 
beneath the chin with a richly-wrought leathern strap. In a later 
age there were two cheek-pieces (zapayvafidec), which were attach- 
ed to the helmet by hinges, so as to be lifted up and down. They 
had buttons or ties at their extremities, for fastening the helmet on 
the head. Compare woodcut on page 263. 

ὑπὸ δειρήν. Observe the employment of the accusative here, 
where we would expect the dative. This is called the pregnant 
construction of the preposition, where the speaker regards the mo- 
tion which precedes, and which is implied in the succeeding state 
of comparative rest. (Kihner, § 645, p. 280, ed. Jelf. ee ἀνθε- 
ρεῶνος. Explaining more nearly ὑπὸ δειρήν. 

373-378. καὶ ἤρατοο ‘“ And would have gained for himself » 
More literally, ‘‘ would have taken up for himself,” 1. ¢., would have 
taken up and carried away as his own. Observe the force of the 
middle.—y% dp’ ὀξὺ νόησε. ‘Had not thereupon quickly perceived 
it.’—oi. ‘For him,” i. e., for Menelaus, to his disadvantage and 
disappointment.—iudvra βοὸς ἶφι κταμένοιο. ‘The thong of an ox 
killed by violence,” 1. ¢., the strap made of the hide of an ox so 
slain. The hide of a beast put to death by violence, and while in a 
healthy condition, was said to be tougher and fitter for use than 
that of one which had died of disease or old age. Compare the 
language of the scholiast: τὰ yap τῶν ϑνησιμαίων ζώων δέρματα ἀσ- 
θενῆ ἐστὶν, ὡς ἂν προδιαφθαρέντα ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου. 

κεινὴ δὲ τρυφάλεια. ‘And thereupon the empty helmet.” The 
helmet here stands opposed to the person of Paris itself. Observe 


NOTES TO BOOK III. 267 


the hiatus in τρυφάλεια Gu’, which is remedied, however, by its oc- 
curring in the czsura of the line, or, in other words, after the 
rhythmical pause. There is no need, therefore, of Bentley’s τρυφα- 
λείη; and, besides, the regular Homeric form is τρυφάλεια. ---ἐπεδι- 
νήσας. * Having whirled it around.” The participle, in fact, stands 
here with a kind of adverbial force, to indicate the manner in which 
the helmet was flung, and may, therefore, be rendered more freely 
“ with a whirl.”—xézccav. ‘Took care of it.” Consult note on 
book ii., verse 183. 

379-382. αὐτὰρ ὁ ἂψ ἐπόρουσε. “ He, however, rushed back upon 
him.” Observe that ὁ refers to Menelaus.— τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη 
“But the latter Venus snatched away.”’-—dore. ‘‘ As(being),’’ 7. ¢., 
inasmuch as she was.—7épe πολλῇ. ‘In a thick haze.’ In Homer 
and Hesiod, the term ἀήρ stands for the lower air, the atmosphere, 
thick air or haze surrounding the earth, and opposed to αἰθήρ, the 
pure upper air; hence misty darkness, mist, or gloom. | (Consult 
Buttmann, Lezil., 5. v.)—xad δ᾽ eio’ ἐν. “ And placed him down in,” 
i. €., seated him in. Bentley and Heyne think κὰδ δ᾽ eicev more 
Homeric, omitting the preposition ἐν ; but they are refuted by Spitz- 
ner, who shows that with such a verb as eica the preposition must 
be expressed.—With regard to «dd, consult note on book ii., verse 
160. 

383-388. αὐτὴ δ' αὖθ᾽, x. τ. A. “But she herself, on the other 
hand, went to call Helen.” Observe that καλέουσ᾽ is here the future 
participle, contracted for xaAécovoa.—Tpwai. “Trojan females.’ 
Not the female attendants already mentioned (verse 143), but other 
Trojan women who had come to the spot to witness the combat.— 
éavod. This genitive depends on λαδοῦσα, not on ἐτίναξε, which 
last has αὐτήν understood.—juv. Put here for ἑαυτήν.---παλαιγενέϊ. 
“ Far advanced in years.’’ Enlarging on the idea contained in γρηΐ. 

elpoxouw. “A wool-dresser.” The idea involved in this term is 
enlarged upon immediately after in # οἱ Λακεδαίμονι, x. τ. A.—vate- 
ταώσῃ. ‘“ When she lived.”—-joxeww εἴρια καλὰ. “Used to prepare 
beautiful fleeces.” Observe here the peculiar ending of the imper- 
fect, ἤσκειν for joxeev. If we follow the authority of manuscripts, 
the final ν ought to be omitted here; but if we take the best ancient 
grammarians for our guides, we must retain it. (Consult Spitzner, 
ad ἰος.)---φιλέεσκεν. The imperfect beautifully indicates the long 
continuance of affection on the part of the aged female. 

391-394. κεῖνος dy’. “ He, that (loved) one.” Observe here the 
peculiar combination of pronouns. Koppen not unaptly compares 
with this the Latin ille ego.—xai δινωτοῖσι λέχεσσι. “And the 


268 NOTES ΤΟ BOOK III. 


rounded bed.” ‘The epithet δινωτοῖσι refers here to a bed- the 
frame-work of which has been rounded off and worked smooth, so 
that δινωτὸν λέχος is the same as τορνωτόν. Thus, Eustathius re- 
marks, Δινωτοῖς δὲ λέγει τοῖς τορνωτοῖς.---στίλθων. “" Glistening,”’ 
i. e., bright and fair to the view. Athenzus (i., 33) incorrectly re- 
fers κάλλεϊ στίλδων to the bright appearance produced by the em- 
ployment of unguents. The poet merely means it to be taken, in a 
general sense, for what is bright and fair.—payeooduevov ἐλθεῖν. 
“Had come, after having just contended with.” ~Observe the force 
of the aorist participle.—épyeo#. “ That he was going.” Imperfect 
of the infinitive.—7é χοροῖο νέον, x. τ. Δ. “Or that he was sitting 
down, just ceasing from a dance.” Observe that χορός, in this 
passage, means a dance, combined with song; or, in other words, a 
festal dance. 

395-398. ϑυμὸν évi στήθεσσιν ὄρινε. _Compare book ii., verse 142. 
—iuepoevta. “ Lovely.” --ϑάμθησέν τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα, x. τ. A. Observe 
that the particle τὲ is thrice repeated in this line, in order to mark 
the close connection between the feeling of amazement and the ut- 
terance given to it in words. 

399-402. Δαιμονίη, τί we ταῦτα, x. τ. A. “Strange (and fearful) 
one, why dost thou desire to deceive me in these things?’ Observe 
that δαιμονίη here implies on the part of the speaker a mixed feeling 
of reproach and fear. Compare note on book i., verse 561.—7 πή 
μὲ προτέρω, x. τ. A. “Wilt thou lead me any where farther on 
among well-inhabited cities, either of Phrygia or of lovely Mzonia?’’= 
Literally, “ in respect of well-inhabited cities.” As regards the va- 
rious modes of reading and construing this passage, consult Spitz- 
ner, ad loc.—el τις τοὶ καὶ κεῖθι, x. τ. Δ. “In case there is some one 
there, also, of articulate-speaking men that is dear to thee.” Ob- 
serve the peculiar force of καὶ κεῖθι, “ there also,” 7. e., as well as in 
other places, and especially here in Troy, where thy Paris dwells.— 
It would seem, from the general tenor of this speech, that Helen 
takes it for granted she is now about to be delivered up to Mene- 
laus, in accordance with the terms of the truce, and that Venus is 
endeavoring to frustrate this by deception on her part, and by lead- 
ing Helen away to some new favorite in stranger lands. 

Φρυγίης. The Greater Phrygia is meant.—Myovinc. Meonia 
was the earlier name of Lydia. In a special sense, though not 
here, it meant a district of Lydia lying to the east, in the direction 
of Mount Tmolus. 

403-409. δὴ viv νικήσας. “ Having just now conquered.” Ob- 
serve that the particle δή, as has already been remarked, is applied 


ὲ . 


NOTES TO BOOK HI. 269 


in its sense of exactness to words of time (as in the present in- 
stance to viv), and thus lays emphasis on the time implied by the 
word. (Kiihner, ὁ 720, 2, ed. Jelf.)—rotvexa δὴ νῦν δεῦρο, x. τ. 2. 
“Hast thou, on this account, now, even now, presented thyself 
hither, meditating wiles?” Observe, again, the force of δὴ νῦν in 
marking exactness of time.—7joo παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα. “ Having gone 
unto him, sit thou down.” Equivalent to ἔθει παρ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ ἦσο παρ᾽ 
αὐτῷ. 

ϑεῶν δ᾽ ἀπόεικε κελεύθου. “And withdraw from the path of the 
gods.” We have given here the reading of Aristarchus, with Wolf 
and Spitzner, in place of the common lection, ϑεῶν δ᾽ ἀπόειπε κελεύ- 
Gove («and renounce the paths of the gods’’), as adopted by Heyne. 
Consult the remarks of Spitzner, ad ἰοο.--- μηδ᾽ ἔτι σοῖσι πόδεσσιν, 
κι τ. ἃ. “And mayest thou no longer turn back with thy feet to 
Olympus.” Observe the employment of the optative to express a 
wish. 

ὀΐζυε. ‘Be miserable.”"—ojcetar. For ποιήσηται, the aorist 
subjunctive, with the shortened mood-vowel.—# dye δούλην. “ Or 
until he, for his part, shall have made thee his slave.”” This repe- 
tition of the pronoun, in the latter clause of the sentence, has a par- 
ticular emphasis and elegance. A freer translation will make this 
more apparent: ‘until he, such a one as he is, shall have made 
thee,” &c. Hence it is here employed to denote contempt. 

410-412. κεῖσε δ᾽ ἐγὼν οὐκ εἶμι, x. τ. A. “For thither I am not 
going—and it would be a thing to make one wroth (were I to do so) 
—to prepare his bed.” The term κεῖσε refers to the apartment of 
Paris, mentioned in verse 391. Observe, also, the future meaning 
of the present εἶμι, and consult note on book i., verse 169.—veyeo- 
σητὸν δέ κεν εἴη. This clause comes in parenthetically, and may 
be more freely rendered, “*twere enough to make one wroth.”— 
mopovvéovoa. There is considerable doubt whether we must read 
here πορσανέουσα, or πορσυνέουσα. The testimony of the ancient 
grammarians is more in favor of the latter.—ézxicow. “For the 
time to come.”—dye’ ἄκριτα. ‘Sorrows crowded together,”’ 7. ¢., 
a confused mass of troubles, requiring no addition. 

414-417. σχετλίη. “ Wretched woman.”—y χωσαμένη ce μεθείω. 
“ Lest, having become angry, I abandon thee.” More freely, “lest, 
in my anger, I abandon thee.”—rac. “As much.”—dc viv ἔκπαγλ᾽ 
ἐφίλησα. ‘As I just now greatly loved thee,” 7. ε., just before the 
present moment, or, up to the present time.—yéocw δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων, x. 
7. A. “ And (lest I) devise baneful feelings of hatred against thee in 
the midst of both parties.” Observe that μητίσομαι is the aorist sub- 

Z2 : 


270 NOTES TO BOOK III. 


junctive, with the shortened mood-vowel, for μητίσωμαι.----σὺ δέ κεν 
κακὸν οἶτον dana. ‘ For thou wouldst then perish by an evil fate.’ 

419-427. xatacyouévn. ‘“ Having enveloped herself.” — λάθεν. 
‘* She escaped the notice of.” Compare the Latin fefellit.—ipye δὲ 
δαίμων. “And the goddess led the way.”—ixovro. Observe the 
similarity of ending between this line and the succeeding one, form- 
ing what the grammarians call Aome@oteleuton. Various reasons 
have been assigned for its use in the present instance, the best of 
which appears to be that it is meant to indicate the movements of 
a large body of persons.—du¢iroAn. Those mentioned in verse 
143.—ézi ἔργα. ‘To their tasks,” 1. e., their daily duties. 

ἡ δὲ dia γυναικῶν. “ But she, noble one of women.”—didpov. 
“Α 5θαΐ." --φιλομμειδὴς. ‘The smile-loving,’’ ἡ. e., the goddess of 
smiles and loveliness. Incorrectly rendered, “ laughter-loving.”— 
πάλιν KAivaca. “ Having averted.” More literally, “ having turn- 
ed back.” 

428-435. ὡς ὥφελες αὐτόθ᾽ ὀλέσθαι. “ Would that thou hadst per- 
ished there.” Literally, ‘‘how thou oughtest to have perished 
there.” —7 μὲν δὴ πρίν γ᾽ εὔχε.. “ Assuredly, indeed, before this, at 
least, thou wast wont to boast.”—¢éprepoc. Observe the nomina- 
tive with the infinitive, the reference being to the same person who 
is the subject of the verb.—évayriov. ‘ Against thee.” 

ἀλλά σ᾽ ἔγωγε κέλομαι. ‘ But (no), I, for my part, bid thee.” Tron- 
ical. One of the scholiasts speaks of a full stop being placed after 
κέλομαι, the effect of which would be to make the infinitives πολε- 
μίζειν and μάχεσθαι have the force of imperatives. 

438-448. μή we ϑυμὸν verte. “ Do not assail me in soul.”—ody 
᾿Αθήνῃ. ‘* With the aid of Minerva.”—airi¢ ἐγώ. “I, in my turn, 
(shall overcome).” Supply νικήσω.---παρὰ καὶ ἡμῖν. “ With us 
also,” i. ¢., on our side 8150.---φειλότητι τραπείομεν εὐνηθέντε. ‘ Let 
us, having retired to the couch, delight ourselves in the endear- 
ments of wedded love.” . 

ἀμφεκάλυψεν.  “ Enwrapt.”—oe ἔπλεον ἁρπάξας. ‘ Having car- 

“ried thee off, I sailed away.”—év τρητοῖσι κατεύνασθεν λεχέεσσιν. 
“‘ Lay down to sleep on the perforated couch.” The reference here 
is to holes made in the sides of a couch, through which thongs of 
leather or cords were passed, in order to support the bed. Some 
make the term refer to inlaid work, but this is inferior. 

449-453. ἐφοίτα. ‘ Was (meantime) wandering.”—écafpjoecev. 
“He might espy.”—deifac. ‘To point out.”—od μὲν γὰρ φιλότητι, 
x. τ. Δ. “For they would not, indeed, have concealed him through 
friendship at all events, if any one had seen him.” Observe that 


NOTES TO BOOK IIL. 271 


there is here in the protasis, or first clause, an ellipsis of ἄν. The 
particle ἄν is omitted with the indicative, when the speaker puts 
out of sight for the time the conditions and circumstances stated 
in the protasis, on which the consequent depends, and thus repre- 
sents the action of the apodosis independently of any such restric- 
tions, as if it had actually happened; while the condition in the 
protasis guards sufficiently against the supposing from this form of 
expression that it is meant to speak of the thing as having really 
happened. This mode of putting the actual in the place of the con- 
ditional realization is emphatic, and gives a notion of the certainty 
of the consequent, if the restriction contained in the apodosis ‘had i 
not intervened. Compare Liv., xxxiv., 29: ‘ Et dificilior facta erat 
oppugnatio, ni T. Quinctius supervenisset ;’’ and Hor., Od., ii., ¥7, 27: 
“Με truncus illapsus cerebro sustulerat, nisi Faunus ictum dezira levas- 
set.” (Kihner, § 858, i., p. 476, ed. Jelf.) 

457-461. gaiver’ ᾿Αρηϊφίλου MevedAdov.. “ Shows itself to belong 
to Menelaus, dear to Mars.” Supply εἶναι.---ἀποτινέμεν. The in- 
finitive for the imperative. Consult note on book i., verse 20.—# 
τε καὶ ἐσσομένοισι, κ. τ. Δ. Compare verse 987.--ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἥνεον. “Gave, 
then, plaudits thereunto.” Observe the adverbial force of ἐπέ, and 
the continued action indicated by the imperfect, “gave long-con- 
tinued plaudits, throughout the whole host.” 


EXCURSUS. 


Excursus I, on the Article - ema 
IL, on Prepositions 
- HL, on the Middle Voice . 
= IV., on the Homeric Suffix φι orgw . 
“ V., on the Local Endings Si, $e, and δὲ 


Metrical Index 
Glossary ν : 5 - A . > 
Index toGlossary. . - -: . wre 


EXCURSUS L 


THE ARTICLE? 


I. Tue Article ὁ, 7, τό, is, in Homer, a Demonstrative Pronoun, 
‘*this,” “that,” having occasionally, however, more through the re- 
quirements of our own idiom than those of the Greek language, the 
force merely of a pronoun of the third person, “ he,”’ ** she,” “τὶ. 

II. In other words, it is used in Homer to point out some object 
as known or spoken of, and to direct the mind of the reader to it. 
In this case it may be construed either as dde, ἧδε, rode; or οὗτος, 
αὕτη, τοῦτο ; or ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο. Instances of this have oc- 
eurred so frequently in the preceding notes as to render the citing 
of any on the present occasion a superfluous task. 

III. The demonstrative force is less strong where the pronoun is 
joined to a substantive without any relative sentence ; but it serves, 
in this case, to bring the thing definitely before us, as something 
known, or spoken of before. Thus, Ji., i., 20, τὰ ἄποινα, “ this ran- 
som ;” Il., viii., 412, τὸ σκῆπτρον, “that sceptre,” i. ¢., the well- 
known sceptre; 1]., iv., 1, of ϑεοί, those who are gods in opposi- 
tion to those who are men; Ji., vi., 467, aw δ᾽ ὁ πάϊς, he who is a 
boy, in opposition to Hector; Jl., xi., 637, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων, Nestor, 
that old man whom every one knows; Od., xxi., 10, τὸν ξεινὸν 
δύστηνον, that unhappy stranger, pointing to Ulysses, &c. 

IY. The instances where ὁ, 7, τό, has the force of a pronoun of 
the third person, may all be brought under the demonstrative sig- 
nification by a more literal mode of translating, so that, as has al- 
ready been remarked, we give this meaning of he, she, it (Lat. is, ea, 
id), rather to suit our own idiom, and avoid stiffness in rendering a 
clause or sentence. Thus, Il., i., 47, ὁ ἤϊε νυκτὶ ἐοικώς, “* he went 
like the night,” becomes, when translated more closely, “ this god 
went,” ἄς. So, again, Il., i., 221, ἡ βεθήκει, “ she had gone,” i. ¢., 
this goddess had gone, &c. This usage is especially frequent in 
Herodotus. 


1. Kithner, Gr. Gr., § 444, p. 97, ed. Jelf. 


274 EXCURSUS I.—ON THE ARTICLE. 


V. In the.post-Homerie writers, also, 6, #, τό, has frequently a 
demonstrative force. In Herodotus, the Doric writers, and Attic 
poets, it is not unfrequently used as in Homer. Thus, Zsch., Suppl., 
443, ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς πόλεμον αἴρεσθαι μέγαν, πᾶσ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἀνάγκη : Ibid., 
1055, 6 τι τοι μόρσιμόν ἐστιν, τὸ γένοιτ᾽ dv: Soph., Ed. T., 200, τὸν 
(scil. "Άρεα) ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, ὑπὸ σῷ φθίσον κεραυνῷς. So especially with 
the particles μέν, δέ, γάρ (ὁ γάρ, ἡ yap, τὸ γάρ, often in tragic wri- 
ters) ; sometimes, also, with prepositions ; as, πρὸς δὲ τοῖσι, for πρὸς 
δὲ τούτοις----πρὸς τῷ for πρὸς τούτῳ---ἐπὶ τοῖσι for ἐπὶ τούτοις, KC. 

VI. And even in Attic prose it retained its demonstrative force 
in the following cases : ἢ 

(a.) Τό, * therefore :” τό ye, Plat.: ro δέ at the beginning of a 
sentence, ‘“‘ whereas,” very frequent in Plato: ὁ μέν, or ὁ dé, οἱ δέ, 
ai δέ, at the beginning of a sentence very frequently. Thus, 
Thucyd., i., 81, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλη γῆ ἐστι 70AAH. —Demosth., p. 68, 15, 
ὁ δὲ ταῦτα piv μέλλει. So, also, ὁ μέν, or ὁ dé is used, as in Ho- 
mer, before its substantive, to call attention to it. Thus, Thucyd., 
Vi., 57: καὶ ὁ μὲν τοὺς δορυφόρους τοσαυτίκα διαφεύγει 6 ’Aptotoyei- 
των.---80, again, we have τῇ, τῇδε, “here,” “ on this side,” ὅζα.---- 
With prepositions ; as, ἐκ τοῦ, “hence ;” διὰ τό, ‘ wherefore.” 
To this head, also, belongs the construction ἐν τοῖς, sometimes ἐν 
ταῖς, with a superlative; as, Thucyd., i., 6, ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι δὲ 
᾿Αθηναῖοι τὸν σίδηρον κατέθεντο, and the adverbial formulas, πρὸ 
τοῦ (προτοῦ), “before,” almost always in the sense of ante illud 
modo definitum tempus. 

(δ.) In the formula τὸν καὶ τόν, τὸ καὶ τό, “ the one or the oth- 
er,” “this or that ;” τὰ καὶ τά, varia, bona et mala. 

(c.) Immediately before a relative sentence, introduced by ὅς, 
ὅσος, or olo¢, Which expresses a periphrasis, either an adjectival, 
or especially an abstract notion. This idiom is peculiarly Platon- 
ic. Thus (Plat., Protag., p. 320, D.), ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μίξαντες 
καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται, &c. 

(d.) In the construction of of μέν, οἱ δέ, literally, “these, in- 
deed,” “but those,” 2. e., some here, some there, &c. This is 
found in Homer, and is very common in both prose and poetry. 
The use of the singular, ὁ wév .. . . 6 dé, is post-Homeric. 

(e.) Ὁ, ἡ, τό, is used, also, as an attributive with a demonstra- 
tive force in all the post-Homeric writers. Thus, of objects well 
known, or mentioned before: Plat. Rep., p. 329, E., τὸ τοῦ Θεμισ- 
τοκλέους εὖ ἔχει, ὃς τῷ Σεριφίῳ (Seriphio isti) λοιδορουμένῳ ἀπεκρί- 
vato :—Demosth., p. 850, 19, ΡΣ μὲ τὸν ti (hominem is- 
tum), &c. 


_EXCURSUS I.—ON THE ARTICLE. 275 


The Article ὁ, ἡ, τό, as a Relative Pronoun. 

I. In the Homeric dialect, the demonstrative 6, 7, τό, frequently 
assumes the functions of the relative pronoun, ὅς, 7, 6. This idiom 
may be accounted for by the consideration, that language originally 
makes no difference of form between principal and dependent sen- 
tences, but places them separately in similar parallel forms, as if 
standing in the same independent relations to the speaker. 

II. This use of the article as the relative passed into the Ionic 
and Doric writers. Thus, Herodotus, iii., 81: τὰ μέν ᾽Οτάνης εἶπε 
«νον λελέχθω κἀμοὶ ταῦτα.---]ά., πάντων τῶν λέγω ἀρίστων, que dico. 

ΠῚ. The Attic, comic, and prose writers do not admit this relative 
force of the article. The tragedians have adopted it only in the 
neuter, the oblique cases, and mostly to avoid an hiatus, or lengthen 
by position a final short syllable of the preceding word. Thus, 
Soph., Cid. T., 1379: δαιμόνων δ᾽ ἀγάλμαθ᾽ ἱερά, τῶν ὁ παντλήμων 
éyO . .. . ἀπεστέρησ᾽ ἐμαυτόν. 


Meaning and Use of ὁ, ἡ, τό, as the Article Proper. 

I. The article ὁ, 7, τό, lost so much of its demonstrative force, 
that at last it was used merely to represent the notion expressed by 
the substantive, when viewed by the speaker as an individual, one 
of a class, and distinct from all the other members of that class. 

II. This usage of the article properly belongs to the era of Attic 
prose ; but as not only a single person, but also a whole class, may 
be considered as an individual, hence there arises a double and 
scemingly contrary use of the article: 

(a.) The substantive without the article expresses the general 
notion without any limitation of individuality ; but, with the article, 
a part of the general notion, an individual member or members 
of the class, contemplated as such by the speaker ; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος, 
“the man whom I am thinking of.” 

(4.) A second use of the article derived from the former is, that 
it expresses the notion of a whole and all its parts conceived of 
as one individual ; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος ϑνητός ἐστι, ‘ the man (the ani- 
tal man, i. ¢., all men) is mortal.’ 


1 For a more extended view of the later uses of the article, consult Kiihner, Gr. Gr., 
ᾧ 447, seqg., p. 100, ed. Jelf. 


276 EXCURSUS Il.—ON PREPOSITIONS. 


EXCURSUS II. 
OF PREPOSITIONS.* 


I. As language expresses not only the order of internal thought, 
but also the circumstances of external things; and as the relations 
in which these things stand to us in respect of their position were 
too manifold to be sufficiently defined by the simple powers of the 
cases, it happened that, as men examined into and comprehended 
the position of external things, some farther mode of expression be- 
came necessary, and cases of certain words, which, from their orig- 
inal meaning, were fitted for the expression of these relations, were 
so frequently used to express them, that-at last they were appropri- 
ated to this function, and lost more or less of their original meaning ; 
as, ἀπό, παρά : while χάριν, δίκην, which are, so to say, in the transi- 
tion state between cases and prepositions, being sometimes used as 
one, sometimes as the other, will illustrate the mode by which prep- 
ositions arose. 

II. But though a relation which was implied in the powers of the 
original cases might be, and generally was, for the sake of clear- 
ness, expressed by a preposition, yet it does not follow that the orig- 
inal power of the cases to express this relation was either in the- 
ory or practice wholly lost; so that we find the same relation ex- 
pressed sometimes by the original, more concise, and vivid form of 
the.case, at others by the later and more accurate form of the prep- 
osition. 

Ill. Hence may be seen the mistake of explaining the construc- 
tion of cases by the ellipsis of a preposition, making the preposition 
the original and most perfect, the case the later and defective form ; 
thus shutting out from view the real state of the matter, and teaching 
the student to rest contented with an unphilosophical, pretended ex- 
planation, instead of leading him to search out the abstract powers 
of the cases, which were entirely obscured by thus supplying a prep- 
osition whenever they most really came into play. . 

IV. There is a remarkable contrast between the Greek and the 
modern system of cases. The moderns, always taking a cold, ra- 
tionalistic view of things, look upon every thing as inanimate, pro- 
duced, or affected : the Greek language, with fresher, more poetical 


1 Kithner, § 472, p. 117, ed. Jelf.—Id., 614, p. 238, &c. 


EXCURSUS I1.—ON PREPOSITIONS. 277 


spirit, looked on every thing as more or less animate, as an agent, 
producing or working; and hence, where in modern languages we 
find a transitive verb with the accusative of the thing as a patient, 
the Greeks used an intransitive verb with the genitive of the thing 
as an agent, representing the action of the verb as proceeding from 
it. So, where in German the verb héren, to hear, has an accusative, 
the Greeks used the genitive. In their view, the object entered the 
mind rather as the antecedent cause than as thé coincident effect ; 
but in some verbs, either the former principle prevailed altogether, 
or sometimes ; so that we find particular verbs with an accusative, 
while the other expressions of the same notion have a genitive, or 
the same verb sometimes with a genitive or an accusative ex animo 
loquentis. 
TMESIS IN COMPOUND VERBS. 


I, As prepositions are properly mere local adverbs, the older dia- 
lects, which commonly used them as such, would naturally place 
the preposition apart from the verb, in many cases where the Attics 
always used the compound; and even where Homer employs the 
compound in the same sense as the single verb, we are not to sup- 
pose an actual tmesis wherever we find the verb and the preposition 
used instead of the compound; for Homer would use both the old 
forms of speech, and those which, in his time recently introduced, 
were, in later periods of the language, universally adopted. We 
must distinguish the following cases : 

(a.) Where the preposition seems to be separated from the 
verb, but, in reality, is used alone in its original force of a local 
adverb; as, Il., iii, 34, ὑπό τε τρόμος EAAabe γυῖα; IL, iii., 135, 
παρὰ δ' ἔγχεα μακρὰ πέπηγεν; Il., iv., 63, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἔψονται ϑεοὶ ἄλ- 
λοι, &c. The adverbial preposition sometimes, though but rarely, 
follows ; as, Il., xii., 195, ἐνάριζον ἄπ᾽ ἔντεα. 

(b.) Where the preposition seems to be separated from the 
case of a substantive. Here, also, in Homer, the preposition re- 
tains its adverbial force, and belongs to the verb; while these two 
together form one notion, and this, and not the preposition alone, 
governs the case. Numerous instances of this have already been 
given in the preceding notes. 

11. The tmesis can not properly be spoken of till, in the later dia- 
lects, especially the Attic, the preposition coalesced so closely with 
the verb, that the new word took its place in the language as such. 
It is found pretty frequently in Herodotus, more rarely in the Attic 
chorus, and still more rarely in the dialogue, and only where a par- 

Aa 


278 EXCURSUS ΠῚ. ΟΝ THE MIDDLE VOICE. 


ticle is the dividing word, so that the connection between the two 
parts, or the unity of the compound notion, is not utterly destroyed. 
In Attic prose, except in one or two singular instances, tmesis is 
not found. 


EXCURSUS III 


MIDDLE VOICE.* 


I. Tux Middle voice has a twofold function: 1. It expresses the 
reflexive and reciprocal notion ; 2. Some parts of the passive notion. 


1. As REFLEXIVE. 


I. The essential sense which runs through the Middle reflexive 
verb is Self—the action of the verb has immediate reference to self. 
This is the proper generic notion of all middle verbs; and the par- 
ticular sense of each middle verb must be determined by discover- 
ing the relation in which this notion of self stands to the notion of 
the verb. 

II. There are four relations in which this notion of self may stand 
to the verb: 1. Genitive —2. Dative-—3. Accusative.—4. Adjec- 
tival. 


1. The “ Self” stands to the Notion of the Verb as Genitive. 


As, ἀπώσας, “having pushed away :” ἀπωσάμενος, “ having push- 
ed away from one’s self,” or repulsed.—droréuroua. “I send away © 
from myself.”—droceioua:. “1 shake off from myself.””—zapéyo- 
μαι. “1 furnish from my own means.”—drorifeua. “I put away 
from myself.”—érayyéAAouat. “1 declare from myself,” i. ¢., I 
promise, &c. 


2. The “Self” stands to the Notion of the Verb as the Dative. 


As, παρασκευάζομαι. “I prepare for myself.”—aipotua. “ I choose 
for myself.”—dgarpoduar. “1 take away for myself.”—alpoua. “I 
take up for myself.”"—yo8otjwar. “TI hire for myself.”—dyouae 
γυναῖκα. “1 take a wife for myself,” I marry.—@ovAevoua. “I 
give advice unto myself,” I deliberate.—Aeimoua: μνημοσύνα. “1 
leave memorials for myself.”—xaraorpégouat. “1 subdue for my- 


1 Kithner, Gr. Gr., ὁ 362, segg-, p. 13, seqq., ed. Jelf. 


EXCURSUS III.—-ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 279 


56 1{.-- τίθεμαι. “I take to myself,” I adopt.—So, ϑεῖναι νόμους, 
‘“‘to make laws for others ;” ϑέσθαι νόμους, ‘to make laws by which 
one’s self is bound along with others.” 

Hence there is a difference between the active and middle sense 
of some verbs ; the latter indicating that the action of the verb was 
performed for one’s own benefit, and thence signifying the corre- 
sponding contrary to the active voice; as, λῦσαι, “to set free ;” 
λύσασθαι, “to ransom.”—xzpHoa, “to lend ;” χρήσασθαι, “to bor- 
row.”—So, again, χρῆσαι, “to give an oracle ;” χρήσασθαι, “to con- 
sult an oracle.”—rioaz, “to pay ;” τίσασθαι, ‘to punish ;’’ the active 
signifying in these examples the giver; the middle, the receiver. 
This may arise from the receptive notion proper to the middle verb. 


3. The “Self” stands to the Verb as the Accusative. 


As, ἐπιτιθέναι, “ to place another on ;” ἐπιτίθεσθαι, “to place one’s 
self on,” to attack. —ypdw, “I give or apply another person or 
thing ;” χράομαι, “I give or apply myself to a thing.—rpéxo, “I 
turn another ;” τρέπομαι, “I turn myself.” —Aovo, “I wash an- 
other ;” λούομαι, “1 wash myself,” I bathe.—dréyo, “1 keep an- 
other off ;” ἀπέχομαι, “1 keep myself off,” I refrain.—So, ἀπάγξασθαι, 
“to hang or throttle one’s 561{-- τήκεσθαι; “to melt one’s self away,” 
to pine.—éyyvdo@at, “to pledge one’s self.” ---φοδεῖσθαι, “to terrify 
one’s self,” to fear.—¢aivecfa:, “ to show one’s self,” to appear.— 
ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ‘to remove one’s self,” to depart. 


4. The “Self” stands to the verb as a Pronominal Adjective. 


As, ὀνομάζεσθαι παῖδα, “to call a person his son ;” κείρεσθαι τὴν 
κεφαλήν, “to shave one’s own head ;" νίπτεσθαι τοὺς πόδας, “to 
wash one’s own feet” (νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας, “to wash another’s 
feet’); τύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν, “ to beat one’s own head,” &c. 

III. Some middle verbs have the idea of self in more than one of 
these relations, in which case their sense generally differs accord- 
ingly ; as, alpouac (with the accusative), “1 raise myself ;” bat with 
the dative, “I take on or for myself.” Or else the idea is the same, 
though the several parts of it stand in a different relation ; as, τίθεμαι 
(with the accusative), “I apply myself to,” I adopt ; τίθεμαι (with 
the dative), ‘I apply to myself,” I adopt; μεθίεσθαι, “to remove 
myself from,” followed by a genitive; μεθέεσθαι, ‘to remove from 
myself,” followed by an accusative, &c. 

IV. As the person who causes or allows an action to be done is 
often conceived or spoken of as if he did it himself, this idea is fre- 


280 EXCURSUS ΠΙ|.---ῸΝ THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

quently applied to middle verbs, with the additional notion of its be- 
ing done for his especial benefit, so that the subject of the verb has 
a peculiar personal interest and anxiety therein. Thus, διδάξασθαι, 
“to cause to be instructed ;” κείρασθαι, ““to cause to be shorn ;” 
γέμασθαι, “to give in marriage ;” ποιέσασθαι, “to cause to be made ;” 
γράψασθαΐ τινα, “to cause a person’s name te be entered before the 
jadge,” to accuse. 

Υ. This sense of causing to be done is generally represented as 
arising from the power of the middle verb; but we see, both in the 
Greek and other languages, that it is merely a form of expression. 
and applied no less to active than te middie verbs, and, therefore, 
can not be said to arise from the middle verb, though the middle 
verb somewhat heightens the notion of personal interest in the 
action. 

VI. Many verbs exist only in the middle voice (Deponenis) ; and 
though we can not discern the exact relation in which the idea of 
self stands to the active notion of the verb, as the active form is no 
longer in existence, yet they mostly express. notions in which self 
is very nearly interested ; such as, δέχομαι, ἡγέομαι, ἥδομαι, μαΐνομαι, 
See a 

VIL The reflexive sense of the middle voice is often so weak 
that it is scarcely discernible by us. It frequently consists in the 
notion of doing an action in which we are especially interested, for 
our own good or harm, which we do not usually express; as, ῥηξά- 
pero φάλαγγας, “for their advantage ;” με τι κα 220 eae 
ing made for himself a navy.” 

VIIL Hence sometimes the personal pronoun is used with the 
middle verb; as Soph, @d Τ΄, 1143, ἐμαυτῷ ϑρεψαίμην : Eursp., 
Ηεὶ. 1306, tpéyou σὺ σαυτήν, &c. And, again, the middle notion is 
_ Sometimes expressed by the acirre verb and personal pronoun ; 
as, Demosth., p. 22, δέναμιν κατεσκεέασεν ἑαυτῷ: With some verbs 


ἐπαινεῖν ἑαυτόν, not ἐπαινεῖσθαι ἀπέσφαξεν ἑαυτόν, not ἀπεσφάξατο. 

TX. In the Homeric and post-Homeric dialects, there occur many 
intransitive verbs, especially those which express a perception of 
the mind or the senses, either in the middle voice only, or in the — 
middle as well as the active; while the later writers used the form 
in ὦ; whieh confirms the notion that the middle form was origi- 
nally the proper expression of intransitive and reflexive notions. 
And when the later forms in ὦ arose, it followed that many intrans- 
itive verbs were used in both forms without any difference of mean- 
ing; as, IL, iv., 331, ἀκούετο λαὸς ἀστῆς, ἄς. So we may account 


EXCURSUS IJI.—ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 281 


for many verbs having some tenses in the middle form, especially 
the future; as, ἀκούω ἀκούσομαι, and these almost always express 
an action of the mind or the senses. The more limited usage of 
prose generally adopted but one or the other of such forms, or used 
both with a difference of meaning. Seme are found, however, with 
both forms, without any such difference, even in Attic prose; as, 
καλλιερέω, ---ομαι ; εὐδοκιμέω, —opa:; στρατοπεδεύω, —ouat. 

X. From this intransitive reflexive force of the middle, a great 
difference of meaning arises between the active and middle senses 
of some yerbs, a secondary sense having been adopted from the re- 
flexive. The active form signifies an action as objective, that is, 
without any reference to the subject; while the middle expresses 
the same action as subjective, that is, with especial reference to the 
mind of the subject ; as, σκοπεῖν, * to look at ;” σκοπεῖσθαι, “to look 
mentally,” to consider.— τέθεσθαι, “τὰ place before one’s mind,” to 
think. —/avéave, “1 escape notice ;” λανθάώνομαι, “1 escape MY» 
own notice,” I forget. — ϑύειν, “to sacrifice ;” ϑύεσθαι, “ to sacri- 
fice with some particular object, for one’s self,” to inspect the entrails 
in order to ascertain the future.—zaceiv λόγον, “to write a speech ;” 
ποιεῖσθαι λόγον, ** to deliver a speech,” to harangue.—ozévdeuy, “to 
pour out a libation ;” σπένδεσθαι, " to make a truce.” 

XI. The distinction referred to in the previous paragraph is very 
marked in those verbs in ejw which, in the active, have merely an 
intransitive sense of being in a state, while the middle signifies to 
act the part of such a character, to live in such a state ; as, βλακεύω, 
“Tam idle ;” βλακεύομαι, “1 behave idly.” —xovgpeto, “1 am wick- 
ed ;” πονηρεύομαι, “1 behave wickedly.”—ro/:revw, “1 am a citi- 
zen ;” πολιτεύομαι, “1 live as a citizen.” And,as the middle sense 
of such verbs is the more complete and expressive of the two, it is 
more commonly used than the active; as, εὐτραπελεύεσθαι, axparevec- 
θᾳι, ἀνθρωπεύεσθαι, &c.; while others, which only express a state, 
and not the mental character implied in that state, are used only in 
the active ; as, πρωτεύειν, ἀριστεύειν. So all derivatives from sub- 
stantives in eve ; as, βασιλεύω. 
those in εὔομαι ; as, χαριεντίζομαι, “1 act or speak with grace,” &c. 
- ἀκκίζομαι (from ᾿Ακκώ, the name of a conceited woman), “I dress 
finely.” The derivatives from national names in iw have no mid- 
dle form; as, Awpife, “1 live or speak like a Dorian.” 

XII. There is a peculiar reflexive sense appropriated to the mid- 
dle forms of some verbs, which seems to have arisen from the ar- 
bitrary usages of language; as, αἰτεῖν, “to ask for a gift ;” αἰτεῖσθαε, 

Aa2 Σ 


282 EXCURSUS III.—ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 


“(0 ask for a loan.” —yayeiv, “ ducere uxorem ;” γαμεῖσθαι, “ nubere.” 
So τεκεῖν, properly of the mother; τεκέσθαι, properly of the fa- 
ther, &c. 


Use of the Middle Forms in a Passive Sense. 


I. It is probable that many of the forms usually called passive 
are, in reality, middle, and that the only real passive forms are the 
future and aorist. 

II. To prove this, we may observe, 

First. That the passive notion is nearly allied to the reflexive, 
as in both the subject is represented as receiving some action 
to itself—in the reflexive from itself, in the passive from another ; 
so that originally, it is probable, no accurate distinction would be 
drawn between what may be called the accidents of the notion, 
or state, while the essence of it, the receiving some action on it- 
« self, remained the same. And the passive notion being con- 

ceived of as a sort of reflexive, would be represented in the re- 
flexive form. 

Secondly. Those middle forms (future and aorist) to which 
there are corresponding forms in the passive, have properly alone 
a reflexive meaning. 

Thirdly. We see that these are formed from the active by the 
addition of certain endings, while the really passive tenses are 
formed differently ; so that it is probable that the other tenses, 
usually termed passive (present, imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect), 
formed by the addition of the same endings, and used very fre- 

~ quently, indeed, in a reflexive sense, are likewise really reflexive 
forms ; their use as passives arising from the affinity between the 
passive and reflexive notions, and the want of proper passive 
forms. 

As the passive notion of receiving from another became more 
defined, the form whereby it was already expressed still repre- 
sented it in most of the tenses; while for its more accurate defi- 
nition in past and future time, fresh forms were quickly invented, 
partly from the middle, partly from the active. So the Sclavonic 
Janguage has no passive, but uses the reflexive ; and the Sanscrit 
has a transitive form, and a reflexive, the endings of which lat- 
ter are used to express the passive, which is distinguished from 
the reflexive only by the addition of ja to the root of the verb. 


- 


EXCURSUS IV.—ON THE HOMERIC SUFFIX gi. 283 


EXCURSUS IV. 
THE HOMERIC SUFFIX ¢: or φιν 


I. In the Homeric language, we find, besides the regular case- 
signs, a small adverbial word, ¢: or φιν, which always attaches it- 
self to a substantive, and may with propriety, therefore, be termed 
a suffix. 

If. This suffix, properly and originally, had the meaning of “in a 
place,” or ‘* where,” like the Dativus localis ; but was afterward used 
to express the other relations of the dative, namely, that of the Da- 
tivus Instrumenialis ; and, in connection with prepositions, it could 
even take upon itself the functions of the genitive. 

III. It appears to have exercised, in the early language, precisely 
the same office as the Latin ablative ; since it never, like the regular 
dative, indicated a personal object, and, therefore, was never added 
to names of persons; but, like the Latin ablative, appeared either 
as Local or Instrumental ; and consequently, also, in connection 
with prepositions, which, in the Latin language, govern an ablative 
ease. Thus, Ἰλεόφι κλυτὰ τεύχεα, “ at Ilium.”’—Od., xii., 45. πολὺς 
δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὀστεόφιν Vic ἀνδρῶν πυθομένων, “ and a large heap of men rotting 
upon bones,” 1. ¢., upon bones of others who had died before them.— 
ὄσσε δακρυόφιν πίμπλαντο, “ his eyes were filled with tears.” (Instru- 
mental case.)—vaigi ἀμύνεσθαι, to ward off from the ships.” In 
Latin a navibus. 

Remark 1. We find this same suffix in the Sanscrit (namely, 
bhi, in the plural bhis) as an Instrumental sign; and also in the 

Latin ; except that in this latter language δὰ (the Greek ¢) changes 

into ὃ; just as scribo corresponds to γράφω ; ὀρφός to orbus, &e. ; 
and this 6 becomes not only a mark of the locative, but also of the 
dative itself, in i-bi, u-bi, ali-bi, utri-bi, si-bi, ἐϊ- δὶ, and in the plural 
no-bis, vo-bis. So, also, in the third declension, in the ending 
i-bus. Thus, the Sanscrit mahi (for mabhi) answers to mihi; and 
tubhi to tibi. 

Remark 2. This suffix φὲ or gw is never added to any other case 
but the Dative and Genitive. The examples commonly ad- 
duced of the Accusative with this appendage are susceptible of a 
different explanation. Thus, in Hesiod (Op. et D., 410), μηδ᾽ ἀνα- 
6aAAccbat ἐς τ᾽ αὔριον ἔστ᾽ ἔννηφιν, we must regard ἔννηφιν as taken 


284 EXCURSUS IV.—ON THE HOMERIC SUFFIX @¢ or giv. 


adverbially ; like εἰσοπίσω, ἐς τρίς, ἕο. So, in Il., xiii., 307, ἐπὲ 

δεξιόφιν ἢ ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερόφιν, the preposition is here joined, not with 

the accusative, but the genitive. The example for the Nomina- 
tive, from Hesiod (Op. et D., 215), ὁδὸς δ᾽ ἑτέρηφι παρελθεῖν, con- 
tradicts itself; ἑτέρηφι is here “contrario modo.”” (Gottling, ad loc.) 

IV. The suffix gc or φιν is found with substantives of all three 
declensions, and is always appended to the unchanged stem. 

First Declension. It is used here only in the singular: 1. Asa Da- 
tive ; thus, ἀγέλῃφι, “in a herd;” ἀγλαΐῃφι, “with beauty ;’’ λεῖπε 
ϑύρῃφι, “he left at the gate ;” du’ jot φαινομένῃφιν, “ along with the 
dawn showing itself,” 1. e., together with the first dawn; κεφαλῇφε 
Aabeiv, “to take by the head.” 2, Asa Genitive (Latin ablative), ἀπὸ 
νευρῆφιν ἰάλλειν, “ to send forth from the string’’ (a nervo); ἐξ εὐνῆφε 
ϑορεῖν, “to leap from the couch” (6 cudili). 

Remark. Some, in order to distinguish the dative here from the 
genitive, are accustomed to write the former with the ἐ sub- 
scribed, other -critics, however, are of opinion that ¢z or giv 
takes the place of the case-ending or flexion. 

Second Declension. It is used here in both the singular and plural: 
1. As a Dative; thus, παρ᾽ αὐτόφι, “ with him; ἐπ᾽ αὐτόφιν, “ upon 
him ;” δακρυόφιν, “with tears.” 2. AS a Genitive: ἀπὸ πασσαλόφιν, 
“* from a peg ;” ἐκ ποντόφιν, “ out of the deep ;” ax’ ὀστεόφιν, “ from the 
bones.” 

Third Declension. It is used here only in the plural, and with a 
rather small number of neuter substantives, in o¢, gen. eo¢; and, 
besides these, with κοτυλήδων and ναῦς; as, κοτυληδονόφιν (with a 
connecting o) and ναῦφι (like the Sanscrit ndu-b'is). In the case of, 
those in o¢, since ¢ or gv is always added to the pure stem, the 
ending o¢ must go back to the original form ec. Hence we have 
ὄχεσφι, κατ᾽ ὄρεσφι ; ἀπὸ στήθεσφιν. --- ὉὍπο6 in the Iliad (x., 156), 
ὑπὸ κράτεσφι, “ under the head,” occurs, as if from a stem κράτος, in 
place of xpde.—A peculiar form is ᾿Ερέδευσφιν (IL, ix., 568). But 
here, perhaps, the ignorance of transcribers has excluded the true 
form ἐξ ’Epébeogu. 

Since the stem of nouns in o¢, gen. eoc, ended originally in ες, and 
since the ¢ belongs to this stem, we must be careful not to regard 
it, as some do, as a mere letter inserted in the form. 


EXCURSUS V.—ON THE LOCAL ENDINGS 8, ev, δε. 285 


EXCURSUS V. 
THE LOCAL ENDINGS ϑι, Sev, and δε. 


I. With the use of the suffix φι or φὲν is closely connected that of 
the local endings ϑὲ, ϑὲν, and de, which, in the Epic language, fre- 
quently supply the place of the case-inflection ; namely, %& that of 
the dative; dev that of the genitive; and de that of the accusative ; 
but which, at a later period, were employed merely as terminations, 
to denote respectively, “in a place,” “from a place,” and “to a 
place.” For a nearer designation of the meaning, however, in Epic 
writers, the prepositions are sometimes added. 

Il. The suffixes ϑὲ and dev were appended, in the third declen- 
sion, to the pure stem; when, however, the stem ended in a con- 
sonant, a euphonic o was made to intervene between the stem and 
suffix.—The suffix de, however, was appended always to the accu- 
sative form. Thus, we have οἴκοθι, “ αἱ home ; 7001, “ in the morn- 
ing ;” οἴκοθεν, “from home ;” πάτροθεν, “from a father; olxdvde, 
“ homeward ;” ἅλαδε, “ to the sea ;," φύγαδε, ““ἰο flight.” 

III. In ’Aiddode, the de is appended to the genitive, because the ac- 
cusative δόμον is left out. As these suffixes, moreover, supply the 
place of the case-endings, we sometimes find an adjective added to 
the noun to which they are appended ; as, Κόωνδ᾽ εὐναιομένην (I1., 
xiv., 255); and, in the often-recurring ὄνδε δόμονδε, “to his own 
abode,” the suffix is even repeated with the adjective. 


METRICAL INDEX. 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 


1. Digamma. 


I. Tue whole subject of the digamma rests on the following re- 
markable fact. A certain number of words, beginning with a vow- 
el, especially the pronoun οὗ, οἱ, #, and also eidw, ἔοικα, εἰπεῖν, ἄναξ, 
Ἴλιος, οἶνος, οἶκος, ἔργον, ἶσος, ἕκαστος, With their derivatives, have, 
in Homer, so often the hiatus before them, that, leaving these words 
out of the account, the hiatus, which is now so frequent in Homer, 
becomes extremely rare, and in most of the remaining cases can be 
easily and naturally accounted for. These same words have also, 
in comparison with others, an apostrophe very seldom before them ; 
and, moreover, the immediately preceding long vowels and diph- 
thongs are far less frequently rendered short than before other 
words.* 

II. From an attentive examination of the subject, the illustrious 
Bentley was led to conclude that the words before which these 
deviations from the usual rules of prosody took place, although be- 
ginning with a vowel, must have been pronounced at least, if not 
written, as if beginning with a consonant. He recollected that 
some ancient grammarians mentioned a letter as more particularly 
used by the olians, or earlier Greeks, and that its existence might 
be traced in the changes which some Latin words, derived from the 
£olic Greek, had undergone; such as, οἶνος, vinum; ic, vis ; οἶκος, 
vicus ; 7p, ver. 

III. The letter alluded to, which, from its form, has the name of 
digamma, or double gamma, and which resembled, or, rather, was 
identical with the Latin F, is yet to be seen in some ancient in- 
scriptions, and on coins; and it supplies the data for resolving the 
cases of metrical difficulty, where the lengthening of a short syllable 
uniformly takes place before particular words. 

IV. Let us examine some of the instances which are found at 
the very opening of the Iliad: ᾿Ατρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν (v. 7).— Ay- 
ἀμέμνονι ἥνδανε ϑυμῷ (v. 34).--ο᾿ Ἀπόλλωνι ἄνακτι (v. 36). —d δ᾽ ἤϊε 


1 Buttmann, Ausf. Gr. Spr., p. 27.—Buttmann’s Larger Grammar, p. 28, Robin- 
son's transl.—Maltby’s Greek Gradus, p. xi., seq. 


METRICAL INDEX. 287 


νυκτὶ ἐοικώς (v. 47). — ϑαρσήσας μάλα εἰπέ (v. 85). In all these 
cases, according to the practice of the language in the days of At- 
tic purity, the short vowel ought to have been elided before ἄναξ, 
ἦνδανε, &e. But if we write Favat, Fyvdave, &c., or fancy the 
words in question pronounced wévaé, wivdave, Weworkdc, Weir, &C., 
the difficulty will, in a great degree, disappear.* 

V. So, again, we find that short syllables, terminating in a conso- 
nant (for example, o¢ and ov), are also often rendered long before 
the words mentioned above, just as if they were in position, and 
that, too, in cases where they are not affected by the arsis. This 
position, therefore, must have been produced by the final consonant 
of the word and the initial consonant or digamma of the word com- 
ing after. 

VI. The digamma, therefore, would seem to have been, strictly 
speaking, a real consonant, with the sound of the Latin F, or, as 
some think, wh, and to have been regularly used, with the words 
above mentioned, in Homer’s time, when his poems were recited ; 
but to have been lost in the far later period when these same poems 
were reduced to writing. 

VII. The gradual disappearance of the digamma from the poetry 
of Homer is supposed, by some critics, to have commenced in the 
time of the bard himself, and many words, therefore, may have 
been sometimes pronounced with it, and sometimes without it. 

VIII. The doctrine of the digamma, however, and its introduc- 
tion into the text of Homer, still require illustration. For an able 
examination of the whole subject, the Homeric Grammar of Thiersch 
may be consulted (p. 295, Sandford’s transl.). 


2. The Ictus Metricus, or Arsis.? 
I. There are, however, cases of syllables, not merely at the end, 
but in the beginning and middle of words, where the digamma can 
not operate, and which must, therefore, be accounted for in a differ- 
ent manner. Thus, at the end of a word, 
οὔτε Geoic, εἴπερ τις ἔτι viv δαίνυται εὔφρων. (ΠΠ].. xv., 99.) 
οἵ τε κυδερνῆται, καὶ ἔχον οἰήϊᾳ νηῶν. (Il, xix., 43.) 
ἔγχει ἐρειδομενῷ " ἔτι yap ἔχον ἕλκεα λυγρά. (Ib., 49.) 

At the beginning and end; as, 


φῖλε κασίγνητε κόμισαΐ τέ με, δός τέ μοι ἵππους. (Il., v., 359.) 


1. The student can satisfy his curiosity relative to the digamma in the poetry of 
Homer, by an examination of the first three books of the Iliad, according to the ear- 
lier orthography, as we have just given them from the text of R. P. Knight. For 
some remarks on this, consult Preface. 2 Maltby, Greek Gradus, τ. xii., seg. 


288 METRICAL INDEX. 


In the middle; as, 
καὶ τὰ μὲν Extaya πάντα διξμοιρᾶτο δαΐζων. (Od., xiv., 434.) 

II. The question naturally arises, Upon what principle are such 
violations of quantity to be explained? Evidently on the following : 
In scanning any verse, the voice naturally rests longer upon the’ 
place where a long syllable is necessary than where it may be dis- 
pensed with. In the heroic verse, we lay greater stress upon the 
long syllable of the dactyl, and pause more deliberately there than 
upon either of the short ones. The same preference is naturally 
given to the first syllable of the spondee, which is equally long as in 
a dactyl, rather than to the second, which corresponds to the short 
syllables. 

Ill. We can not pretend to know any thing about the way in 
which the contemporaries of Homer pronounced poetry. But, where 
so much was left to recitation, it is probable that the difference 
between long and short syllables, or those which occupied respect- 
ively the places of long and short, would be more marked than 
at a subsequent age, when refinement might moderate the vehe- 
mence of intonation, and the readier access to writing superseded 
the necessity of reciting. Certain, however, it is, that when we 
perceive short syllables lengthened, and can not have recourse to 
the aid of a digamma, we find that they occupy the long place of 
the dactyl. We therefore account for the temporary elongation by 
considering the place which they occupy in the verse; and we call 
it the effect of ictus metricus, or arsis.? 

IV. Upon this simple principle, then, the greater part of those 
metrical phenomena which have so much perplexed the commenta- 
tors on Homer, will be found to receive a satisfactory explanation. 
Thus, 

αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτοῖσι βέϊλος ἐχεϊπευκὲς ἐφ]τείς]. (IL., i., 51.) 

Here the syllables 2d¢ in βέλος, and Z in ἐφιείς, although short in 
themselves, are respectively made long, because they each occupy 
the first or long part of the foot, and, therefore, receive the ictus, or. 
stress of the voice. For the same reason, the initial syllable of διά. 
becomes long in the first of the following verses, although it is short 
(which is its natural quantity) in the second. Thus, 

dia μὲν | ἀσπίδος ἦλθε φαεινῆς ὄδριμον ἔγχος, 
καὶ διὰ | θώρηκος πολυδαιδάλου ἠρήρειστο. (1]., iii., 357-8.) 


I By the ictus is meant the stress of the voice in reciting, which is brought down 
on the syllable like a blow.—By arsis (ἄρσις) is meant the raising or elevating of the 
voice (αἴρω, ** follo”), in order to give it greater emphasis. The ictus and arsig are ~ 
considered synonymous in prosody. : ’ 


METRICAL INDEX. 289 


So, again, the first syllable of “Apec appears both long and short 
in one and the same verse ; as, 

Apes, Ἄρες, βροτολοιγέ, μιαιφόνε, τειχεσιπλῆτα. (Il., v.,31.) 

In all the instances above cited, the long and unusual pronuncia- 
tion is said to be in the arsis, or on the first syllable of the foot, 
whether dactyl or spondee; while the short and usual one is said 
to be in the thesis, that is, to be laid on one of the short syllables of 
the dactyl. 


3. Of the shortening of Long Vowels and Dipkthongs at the End of a 
Word. 


I. Every final syllable, which is long by reason of a vowel or 
diphthong, can be made short if it stand in the ¢hesis (the thesis 
being that part of the foot on which the stress of the voice does not 
fall), provided the next word begins with a vowel or diphthong; and 
in Homer and the other epic writers this shortening amounts almost 
to a constant rule. Thus, 

ἡμένῃ | ἐν βένθεσσιν ἁλὸς παρὰ πατρὶ γέροντι. (I1., i., 358.) 
ἄμφῶ ὁμῶς ϑυμῷ φιλέουσά τε κηδομένη τε. (IL, 1., 209.) 
αἰδεῖσθαί θ᾽ ἱερῆα, καὶ ἀγλαὰ | δέχθαϊ ἄϊποινα. (Il., i., 23.) 
κλῦθί μξὺ | ᾿Αργυρότοξ', ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιδέδηκας. (Il, i., 37.) 

II. The principle on which this depends admits of an easy ex- 
planation. ‘The 7 in ἡμένη, for example, is equivalent to ee, and one 
of these epsilons being supposed to be elided before the initial vowel 
of the following word, the other epsilon remains, of course, short by 
nature. So, again, the w in ἄμφω is equivalent to two omicrons, one 
of which it loses before the following vowel in ὁμῶς, while the other 
remains short. In like manner, the diphthongs az in «ai and δέχθαι, 
and ev in ued, are supposed each to lose a vowel before the initial 
vowel in the next word, and the remaining vowel of each diphthong 
to continue, of course, short. 

III. But it must be observed, that the long vowel, or diphthong, 

etains its natural measure, When that vowel or diphthong falls in the 
arsis of the foot. The following verses of Homer will sufficiently 
illustrate this : 

ἡμετέϊρῷ ἐνὶ | οἴκῷ ἐν | "Αργεῖ, τηλόθι πάτρης. (IL, i., 30.) 

υἷες, ὃ μεν Krealrov, ὃ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ | Ἑὐρύτοῦ | ᾿Ακτορίωνος. (11., ii., 621.) 

Here, after one of the component vowels of ὦ (namely, one of the 
two omicrons) has been supposed to be elided in ἡμετέρῳ, and a sin- 
gle short vowel remains, this latter, being in the arsis of the foot, 
receives the stress of the voice and becomes long again. On the 

Be Υ 


290 METRICAL INDEX. 


other hand, in the foot ofx@ ἔν, the omega is in the thesis, and hence, 
after this vowel has lost one of its component omicrons before the 
ε in ἐν, there is no stress of the voice upon the other omicron, and 
therefore it remains short. 

So, again, in Kredrov, the diphthong ov loses one of its component 
vowels before the succeeding 6; but then the remaining o being in 
the arsis of the foot, receives the stress of the voice, and becomes 
long; whereas, in Εὐρύτου, the diphthong ov is in the thesis, and 
hence, after losing one of its vowels before the initial vowel in the 
next word, the remaining o continues short, there being no stress 
of the voice laid upon it. 

BOOK I. 
Line 
1. μῆνιν ἄειδε Sea ἸΠηληϊάϊδεω Ἀχιλῆος. 
(Πηληϊάδεω,----δεὼ forming one syllable by syneresis.) 
4. ἡρώων, adjrov¢ dé ἑϊλώρια τεῦχε κύνεσσιν. 

(ἑλώρια has the digamma, Ἐελώρια, which prevents the hiatus, 
otherwise the ¢ in δέ must be elided, which would vitiate 
the line.) 

7. ᾽Ατρείδης te ἄϊναξ ἀνδρῶν, καὶ diog ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
(ἄναξ has the digamms, Favag, which prevents the hiatus.) 
14. στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσὶν ἑκηθδόλου | ᾿Απόλλωνος. 
(The initial vowel in ᾿Απόλλωνος lengthened by the arsis.) 
15. χρυσέῷ ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ, καὶ ἐλίσσετο πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 
(χρυσέῳ, ---εω forming one syllable by syneresis, aud then 
shortened.) 

18. ὑμῖν | μὲν ϑέοι | δοῖεν ᾿λύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες. 

(ϑεοΐ one syllable, by syneresis.) 
19. ἐκπέρσαι Πριάμοιο 76\Aiv εὖ | δ᾽ οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι. 

(Final syllable in πόλιν lengthened by the arsis.) 
21. ἀζόμενοι Διὸς υἱὸν ἑκηθόλον | Ἀπόλλ]ωνα. 

(Initial syllable of ᾿Απόλλωνα lengthened by the arsis.) 
24. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαϊμέμνονι | ἥνδανε ϑυμῷ. 

(ἥνδανε has the digamma, Εήνδανε, preventing the hiatus.) Ὁ 
ἡμετέϊρῳ ἐνὶ | οἴκῳ, ἐν "Αργεῖ, τηλόθι πάτρης. 

(οἴκῳ has the digamma, Foixw, preventing the hiatus.) 

36. Ἀπόλλωνι ἄϊνακτι, τὸν ἠὕκομος τέκε Λητώ. 
(The initial syllable long ἴα ᾿Απόλλωνι by the arsis. - ἄνακτι 
has the digamma, Févaxti, preventing the hiatus.) 
38. Κέίλλαν te ζαθέην, Tevéd|oi6 te | ἶφι ἀνάσσεις. 
(ἶφι has the digamma, Εἶφι, preventing the hiatus.) 
45. 76? ὥμοισιν ἔχων duonpedé|a τε φαρέτρην. 
(Final syllable in ἀμφηρεάέα long by the arsis.) 


. 


8 


Line 
47. 


61. 


74. 


75. 


78. 


METRICAL INDEX. 291 


αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος" ὁ δ᾽ ἤϊε | νυκτὶ ἐϊοικώς. 
(ἐοικώς has the digamma twice, Εεοικώς, the first of the two 
preventing the hiatus.) 
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτοῖσι βέλος ἐχεϊπευκὲς ἐφιείς. 
(βέλος, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. "Atpeldn νῦν ἄμμε πολιμπλαγχθέντας ὀΐτω. | 


(ὀΐω, the penult lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ὃς ἤ]δη τὰ 7 ἐόντα τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα. 


(ὅς lengthened by the position made with the digamma in 
ήδη.) 

ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, κελεαί με, Διξ φίλε, μυθήσασθαι. 

(Adi, final vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 

μῆνιν ᾿Απόλλωνος ἑκα[τηδελέϊταο ἄνακτος. 

(ΑΛπόλλωνδς, final syllable lengthened by the position made 
with the digamma in Ἑεκατηθδελέταο.---ἄνακτος has the di- 
gamma, ξάνακτος, to prevent the hiatus.) 

ἢ yap ὀΐομαι | ἄνδρα χολωσέμεν, ὃς μέγα πάντων. 

(ὀΐομαι, the vowel ε lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ᾿Αργείων κρατέϊ]ει καί | of πείθονται ᾿Αχαιοί. 


(οἱ has the digamma, Fou, which saves the preceding diphthong 
from elision, and keeps it, therefore, long.) 


. ϑαρσήσας μάλα εἶπε ϑεοπρόπι] dv ὅτι οἶσθα. 


(ϑεοπρύπιδν, final syllable lengthened by the position with the 
digamma in Foti. — εἶπε and οἶσθα also have each the di 
gamma, Feire and Foioa, preventing, in each case, the 
hiatus.) 

ob μὰ γὰρ | Ἀπόλλίωνα Ac|i φίλον, | ᾧτε σὺ Κάλχαν. 

(Ἀπόλλωνα, the initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.—Ad, 

the final vowel lengthened by the same.) 


. σοὶ κοΐλῃς παρὰ | νηυσὲ Bapleiac χεῖρας ἐποίσει. 


(νηυσὶ, to be pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 


. συμπάντων Δαναῶν" οὐδ᾽ ἢν 'Aya|uéuvova | εἴπῃς. 


(εἴπῃς has thé digamma, Ἐείπῃς, preventing the hiatus.) 


. kal τότε δὴ ϑάρσησε καὶ | ηὔδα | μάντις ἀμύμων. 


(ηὔδα to be pronounced as two syllables, by synaresis.) 


. πρίν γ᾽ ἀπὸ πατρὶ φίλῳ δόμεϊναι ἑλι[κώπιδα κούρην. 


(ἐλικώπιδα has the digamma, Ἐελικώπιδα, which preserves 
the preceding diphthong from elision, so that the latter is 
long, as a matter of course, without the aid of the arsis.) 


. πίμπλαντ᾽, | ὄσσε dé | οἱ πυρὶ λαμπετόϊωντι ἐϊΐκτην. 


(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι. prenenting the hiatus —So, also, 


292 


115. 


119. 


148. 


151. 


153. 


157. 


163. 


170. 


172. 


179. 


185. 


190. 


192. 


METRICAL INDEX. 


éixtnv has the digamma, both at the commencement and in 
the body of the word, FeFixrny, the first of these preventing 
the elision of the final vowel in λαμπετόωντι.) 


. ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὐδέ Ti πω εἰ πὲς ἔπος | οὐδ᾽ ἐτέλεσσας. 


(The final syllable in εἶπες lengthened by the arsis.) 

οὐ δέμας οὐδὲ φυὴν, οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ φρένας, | οὔτε Te | ἔργα. 

(ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, preventing the hiatus.) 

᾿Αργείων ἀγέραστος ἕω ἐπεὶ | οὐδὲ ἔοικεν. 

(ἔοικεν has the digamma twice, Βένζοικεν, the first of which 
prevents the hiatus with οὐδὲ.) 

τὸν δ᾽ dip’ dx|édpa idjav προςέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
(ἰδὼν has the digamma, Ειδὼν, preventing the hiatus.) 
ἢ ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι, 7? ἀνδράσιν ἶφι μάχεσθαι. 

(Observe, that as 7 is by apostrophe for ἦέ, the third foot in 
the line, vat ἢ, is open to no objection, whereas, if we follow 
the common reading ἢ, the line is faulty, since the third 
foot is then vai H, a trochee instead of a spondee, the ἡ then 
losing one of its component vowels by elision before the ini- 
tial vowel of the next word.—The earlier form was ἀνδράσι 
Figs, without the v ἐφελκυστικόν.) 

δεῦρο μαχησόμεϊνδς * ἐπεὶ | οὔτι μοι αἴτιοί εἰσιν. 

(The final syllable in μαχησόμενδς lengthened by the arsis.) 

οὔρεά τε σκιόεντα, ϑάλ!ασσά τε | ἠχήεσσα. 

(ἠχήεσσα has the digamma, Γηχήεσσα, preventing the hiatus.) 

οὐ μὲν ool ποτε ἶσον ἔχω γέρας, ὁππότ’ ᾿Αχαιοίΐ. ; 

(ἶσον has the digamma, Ficov, preventing the hiatus.) 

οἴκαδ' ἴμεν σὺν | νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν " οὐδέ σ᾽ djiw. | 

(νηυσὶ to be pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis. The 

penult of dio lengthened by the arsis.) 
τὸν δ᾽ nueiber’ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων. 

(ἄναξ has the digamma, Faves, preventing the hiatus.) 

οἴκαδ' ἰὼν σὺν | νηυσί τε | σῆς καὶ σοῖς ἑτάροισιν. 

(νηυσί to be pronounced as two syllables, by δυπατεβῖβ.). 

αὐτὸς ἰὼν κλισίηνδε, τὸ σὸν γέρας, | ὄφρ᾽ εὖ | εἰδῇς. 

(εἰδῇς has the digamma, Ἐειδῆς, preventing the hiatus.) 

ἢ bye φάσγανον | ὀξὺ ἐρ᾿υσσάμενος παρὰ μηροῦ. 

(ἐρυσσάμενος has the digamma, Ἐερυσσάμενος, preventing the 
hiatus, the final vowel in ὀξὺ being short.) 

ἠὲ χόλον παύσειεν ἐρ[ητῦ]σειέ τε θυμόν. 

(According to prosodians, the v in ἐρητύω is long befor: C, 
and, metri gratia, before a long syllable; but short beforea 


193. 


236. 


262. 


277. 


METRICAL INDEX. 293 


short syllable, as, ἐρήτῦον, ἐρητύεται. Knight, however, 
constantly inserts the digamma, and hence, in ἐρητῦ ἔσειε, 
᾿ the v is long by position, and remains short in épytiFf ov : 
which appears the more reasonable doctrine.) 
ἕως ὅγε | ταῦθ' ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα Kai κατὰ ϑυμόν. 
(ἔως to be pronounced as a monosyllable, by syneresis.) 


. Παλλάδ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην " δειν)ὼ dé οἱ | ὄσσε φάανθεν. 


(οἱ has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 


. Kai μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα mpoc|nida. | 


(προςτηύδα to be pronounced as a trisyllable, by syneresis.) 


. ἦ ἵνα | ὕδριν id|y ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ’Arpeidao. 


(ὑδριν has the digamma, Εὐδριν, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἀλλ᾽ Ex τοι ἐρέω, τὸ δὲ Kai τελέεσθαι dliw. | 


(ὀΐω, penult lengthened by the arsis.) 


- χρὴ μὲν σφωΐτερόν ye, Geld, ἔπος | εἰρύσσασθαι. 


(ἔπος has the digamma, Féroc, preventing the hiatus.) 


. οὔτε mor’ ἐς πόλεϊμον Gua | λαῷ ϑωρηχθῆναι. 


(πόλεμον, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. GAN Ex τοι ἐρέω, καὶ éx|i μέγαν | ὅρκον ὀμοῦμαι. 


(ἐπε, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
οὐδ᾽ ἀναθηλήσει " wept | yap ῥά é | χαλκὸς ἔλεψεν. 

(é has the digamma, Fe, preventing the hiatus.) 

οὐ γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον | ἀνέρας, | οὐδὲ ἴδωμαι. 

(ἀνέρας, initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.—idwpat has 
the digamma, Είδωμαι, preventing the hiatus.) 

καὶ μέν μευ βουλ)έων ξύνιϊεν πείθοντό τε μύθῳ. 

(βουλέων to be pronounced as a dissyllable, by syneresis.) 

μήτε σύ, Πηλείδη, ἔθελ’ ἐϊριζέμεναι βασιλῆϊ. 

(The last syllable of Undeidn coalesces by syneresis with the 
initial vowel of ἔθελ᾽, and the dactyl thus commencing is to 
be pronounced as follows : dyé0-€2-€. Some read ϑέλ᾽ for 
ἔθελ’, but the form ϑέλω never occurs in Homer or the oth- 
er Epic writers.) 


, Aicoow’ ᾿Αχιλλῆ τ μεθέϊμεν χόλον, ὃς μέγα πᾶσιν. 


᾿Αχιλλῆϊ, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. τοὔνεκά | of προθέουσιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι ; 


(oi has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 


- σήμαιν᾽ " ob γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι σοι πείσεσθαι ὀἤτω. | 


(ὀΐω has the penult lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ἀνστήτην " λῦσαν δ' ἀγορὴν παρὰ | νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 


(νηυσίν to be pronounced as a dissyllable, by synaresis.) 
Bs2 ‘ 


294 METRICAL INDEX. 


Line 
307. ζιε σύν te Μενοιτιάδῃ καὶ | οἷς ἑτάροισιν. 

{οἷς has the digamma, Foic, preventing the ας. The 
diphthong αἱ im Kai, therefore, remains without elision, and 
long.) 

315. ἔρδον δ᾽ | Ἀπόλλίωνι τεληέσσας ἑκατόμδας. 

(Ἀπόλλωνι has the initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
322. ἔρχεσθον κλισίην Πηληϊάδεω ᾽Αχι]λῆος. 

iuciaseienaaieiandiae dita iam ieaaeenen nee 

| ble, by syneresis.) 
325. ἐλθὼν σὺν πλεόν)εσσι τό | οἱ καὶ ῥίγιον ἔσται. 

(οἱ has the digamana, ἔοι, preventing the hiatus.) 
330. ἥμενον“ οὐδ᾽ ἄρα | Taye ἰδ)ὼν γήθησεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 

(ἐδών has the digamma, ξεδών, preventing the hiatus.) . » 
333. αὐτὰρ ὅγ᾽ | ἔγνω | pow ἐνὶ φρεσὶ, φώνησέν τε. 

(ἦσιν has the digamma, ξῇσιν, preventing the hiatus.) ὁ. 
342. τοῖς ἄλλοις - ἢ | pap by ὀϊλδῇσι φρεσὶ ϑύει. 

(yap lengthened by the ατεῖδ. ---- ὀλοῇσι, the second omaicron 

lengthened by the arsis.) 

343. οὐδέ τι | οἷδε νοϊῆσαι ἅμα πρόσσω Kai ὀπίσσω. 

(οἷδε has the digamma, Foide, preventing the hiatus.) 
344. ὅππως οἱ παρὰ | νηυσὶ σόϊοι μαχέωνται ᾿Αχαιοΐ. 

(νηυσί, to be pronounced as a dissyllable, by syn@resis.) 
350. bir’ ἐφ᾽ ἁλὸς πολιῆς, ὁρόων ἐπὶ | οἴνοπα πόντον. 

(οἴνοπα has the digamma, Foivona,, preventing the hiatus.) 
368. ἐξαύδα μὴ κεῦθε vile, iva | εἴδομεν ἄμφω. 

(εἴδομεν has the digamma, Feidower, preventing the hiatus.) 
370. Χρύσης & αὖθ᾽, ἱερεὺς ἑκατηθόλου | ᾿Απόλλ]ωνος.. 

τ (Ἀπόλλωνος, first syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

373. Same as line 370 ; ᾿Απόλλωνος with frst syllable long. 
374. χρυσέῳ ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ, καὶ ἐλίσσετο πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 

(χρυσέῳ to be pronounced as a dissyllable, by syneresis.) 

378, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿᾿Ατρείδῃ ᾿Αγαϊμέμνονι | ἥνδανε ϑυμῷ. 
(ἥνδανε has the digamma, Fivdave, preventing the hiatus.) 
381. εὐξαμένου ἤκουσεν, ἐπεὶ μάλα | οἱ φίλος ἧεν. - “πῶ 
(a Aas the agama, Eas, preening She, hate), 
385. εὖ εἰδ)ὼς ἀγόρευε ϑεοπροπίας “Exérov. 

Αἰδός has the digamma, ξειδώς, 20 that no eliion takes place 

in the preceding diphthong εὖ.) bie 
386. αὐτίκ᾽ ἐγὼ πρῶτος κελόμη» ϑεὸν | doxlecbat. 
(Δάσκεσθαι has the initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


Lise 
389. τὴν μὲν yap σὺν νηὶ ϑο[ῇ ἑλέϊκωπες ᾿Αχαιοξ. 
(ἑλίκωπες has the digamma, ξελίκωπες, so that no clision 
takes place in the final syllable of ϑοῇ.) 
390. ἐς Χρύσην πέμπουσιν, ἄγουσι dé | ddpa ἄνακτι. 
(ἄνακτι has the digamma, Favaxte, preventing the hiatus.) 
394. ἐλθοῦσ᾽ Οὐλυμπόνδε Διὰ λίσαι, | εἴ ποτε δή τι. 
(Aid, final syliable lengthened by the arsis-) 
395. ἢ ἔπει | ὥνησας κραδίην Διὸς ἠὲ καὲ ἔργῳ. 
(Exes has the digamma, Féret, so that no elision takes place 
in jj.) 
396. πολλάκε γὰρ σέο πατρὸς é\vi μεγάροισιν ἄκουσα. 
‘ (évé, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
403. ὃν Βριάΐρεων καλέουσι ϑεοῖ, ἄνδρες dé τε πάντες. 
(Βρεάρεων---ρεων pronounced as one syllable, by syneresis.) 
404. Αἰγαίων᾽ " ὃ yap αὖτε βίῃ οὗ | πατρὸς ἀμείνων. 
(οὗ Aas the digamma, Fod, so that no elision takes place τπ 
the final vowel of βίῃ.) 
409. τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ | dug’ ἅλα | ἔλσαι ᾿Αχαιούς. 
(ἔλσαε has the digamma, FéAcat, preventing the hiatus.) 
415. aif ὄφελες παρὰ | νηυσὶν ἀϊ δάκρυτος καὶ ἀπήμων. 
(νηυσίν pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 
416. ἧσθαι - ἐπεῖ νύ τοι αἶσα μένυνθά περ, atte μάλα δήν. | 
(μάλα, final syllable lengthened by the arsis:) 
421. ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν | νηυσὲ παρ[ήμενος ὠκυπόροισιν. 
(νηυσὶ pronounced as α dissyllable, by syneresis.) 
430. τήν ba Big ἀέκοντος ἀπἰηύρων. | Αὐτὰρ Ὀδυσσεύς. 
(ἀπηύρων---ηύρων pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 
431. ἐς Χρύσην ἵκανεν ἄγων ἱερὴν ἑκατόμδην. . 
(ixavev, wnatal vowel rendered long by the augment.) 
437. ἐκ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ βαῖνον ἐϊπὲ byy|uive ϑαλάσσης.. 
(én, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
438. ἐκ δ᾽ ἑκατόμδην βῆσαν ἑκηδόλῳ [" Ἀπόλλωνος. 
; (Απόλλωνος, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
444. ῥέξαι ὑπὲρ Δαναῶν, ὄφρ᾽ | ἐλασόϊμεσθα ἄν]ακτα. 
(ἐλασόμεσθα, initial syllable lengthened by the ατϑὶ5.---ἄνακτα 
has the digamma, Favexta, preventing the hiatus.) 
452. Compare he 38. 
454. τίμησας μὲν éulé μέγα | δ᾽ ἵψαο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
(ἐμξ, final syllable lengthened by the arsts.) 
462. καῖε δ᾽ ini σχίζῃς ὁ γέρων, ἐπὲ | δ᾽ αἴθοπα | οἶνον. 
(οἶνον has the digamma, ξοῖνον, preventing the hiatus.) 


550. 


551 


METRICAL INDEX. 


2. οἱ δὲ πανημέριοι μολπῇ ϑεὸν | τλάσκϊοντο. 


(ἱλάσκοντο, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. καλὸν ἀείδοντες παιήονα κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν. 


(καλόν, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἴκμενον οὖρον ile: ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων. 


(ἑκάεργος has the digamma twice, FexaSepyos, the first of 
which saves the preceding diphihong from elision.) 
. νῆα μὲν οἵγε μέλαιναν ἐπ᾽ ἠπείροιο ép|vocav. 
(ἔρυσσαν has the digamma, Fépvocay, preventing the hiatus.) 


. αὐτὰρ 6 μήνιε | νηυσὶ παρήμενος ὠκυπύόροισιν. 


(νηυσὶ pronounced as a dissyllable, by syn@resis.) 


. οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμϊδν" ἀλλὰ φθινύθεσκε φίλον κῆρ. 


(πόλεμον, last syllable lengthened by the arsis, and also by the 
pause in the line.) 


. πάντες ἅμα, Ζεὺς δ' ἦρχε, Θέτις δ᾽ οὐ λήθετ᾽ ἐφ᾿ ετμέων. | 


(ἐφετμέων----ἕίων pronounced as one syllable, by synaresis.) 


. λισσομένη xpocéerxe Δία Κρονίωνα ἄνακτα. 


(ἄνακτα has the digamma, ξάνακτα, preventing the hiatus.) 


 -ἔπλετ᾽" ἀτάρ μιν | viv ye ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ’Ayapuéuvar. 


(ἄναξ has the digamma, Ἑάναξ, preventing the hiatus.) 
. υἱὸν ἐμὸν τίσωσιν, ὀφέλλωσίν τέ é | τιμῇ. 
(é has the digamma, Fe, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἢ ander’ - ἐπεὶ ob τοι ἔπ]: δέος - | ὄφρ᾽ εὖ | εἰδῶ. 


(ἐπε, final syllable lengthened by the ατϑὶδ.---εἰδῶ has the di- 
gamma, Fewdd, which saves the diphthong εὖ from elision.) 


- ἦ δὴ | λοίγια | ἔργ᾽, ὅτε μ᾽ ἐχθοδοπῆσαι ἐφήσεις. 


(ἔργ᾽ has the digamma, Fepy’, preventing the hiatus.) 


. 9, καὶ | κυανέῃσιν ἐπ’ ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων. 


(κϑανέησιν, the initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ἀμθρόσιαι δ᾽ dpa χαῖται ἐπεῤῥώ᾽σαντο ἄνακτος. 


(ἄνακτος has the digamma, Εάνακτος, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἠγνοίησεν ἰδ]ουσ᾽, ὅτι | οἱ συμφράσσατο βουλάς. 


(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, preventing the hiatus.) 


. αὐτίκα κερτομίοισι Δία Κρονίωνα mpoc|nida. | 


(προςτηύδα---ηύδα pronounced as two syllables, by synaresis.) 


. πρόφρων τέτληϊκας εἰπ) εῖν ἔπος ὅττι νοήσῃς. 


(τέτληκας, final syllable lengthened by the position formed by 
the consonant ¢ and the digamma in Feureiv.) 
μήτι σὺ | ταῦτα ἔϊκαστα διείρεο, μηδὲ μετάλλα. 
(ἔκαστα has the digamma, Féxacra, preventing the hiatus.) 
. Tov δ᾽ jpeiber ἔπειτα βοῶπις | πότνια | “Hon. 
(Ἥρη has the digamma, Fipn, preventing the hiatus.) 


METRICAL INDEX. 297 


559. τιμήσῃς, ὀλέσῃς δὲ πολ]έας ἐπὶ | νηυσὶν ᾿ΑἸ χαιῶν. 

(πολέας pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.—vyvoiv 
also pronounced as two syllables, from the same cause.) 

573. 7 δὴ | λοίγια | ἔργα rad’ ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἀνεκτά. 

(ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, preventing the hiatus.) 

578. πατρὶ φίλῳ ἐπίηρα φέρειν Διὶ, | ὄφρα μὴ αὖτε. 

(ὄφρα has the digamma, Fédpa, preventing the hiatus.) 

583. αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ iA|dog | ᾽Ολύμπιος ἔσσεται ἥμιν. 

(ζλᾶος, penult lengthened by the arsis.) 

606. of μὲν κακκείοντες ἔθαν oix|évde ἕκαστος. 

(ἕκαστος has the digamma, Féxaotog, preventing the hiatus. 
- ἐύαν, final syllable lengthened by the position produced by 
the/final consonant v and the digamma in Foixévde.) 

607. ἧχι ἑϊκάστῳ δῶμα περικλυτὸς ᾿Αμφιγυήεις. 

(ἑκάστῳ has the digamma, Fexdotw, preventing the hiatus.) 

609. Ζεὺς dé πρὸς ὃν λέχος, Hi ᾿Ολύμπιος ἀστεροπητής. 

(There is a defect in this line, since, inasmuch as ὃν has the 
digamma, Fov, the preceding πρὸς ought to be long by posi- 
tion, which would vitiate the dactyl. Bentley recommends 
the rejection of ὃν from the text, so that the line may run as 
follows : Ζεῦς δὲ | πρὸς λέχὅδς | Hi? Fe.) 


BOOK IL 


1. "Ἄλλοι μέν pa ϑεοί τε καὶ | avépec | ἱπποκορυσταὶ. 

(ἀνέρες, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

4. τιμήσῃ, ὀλέσῃ δὲ πολ]έας ἐπὶ | νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
πολέας ---ας as one syllable, by syneresis.— νηυσὶν pro- 
nounced as a dissyllable, by synaresis.) 
5. ἦδε dé | οἱ κατὰ ϑυμὸν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή. 
(oi has the digamma, ἔοι, preventing the hiatus.) 
8. βάσκ᾽ ἴθι | οὗλε ὄν]ειρε, Gods ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 

(οὗλε has the digamma, Εοῦλε, preventing the hiatus.—An 
hiatus, however, actually takes place between οὗλε and ὄνει- 
pe, which there is nothing to remedy, unless we read, with 
Knight, bA0f", the elided form of the vocative, from dA0F o¢.) 

11. ϑωρῆξϊαι ἑ κέλευε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 

(é has the digamma, Fe, so that there is πὸ elision in the 

diphthong preceding.) 
20. στῆ δ᾽ dp’ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς Νηλίηΐῳ | υἷε ἐοικώς. 
(vit has the digamma, Fvit, so that no elision takes place in the 


METRICAL INDEX. 


Jinal vowel of Νηληΐῳ.---ἐοικώς has also the digamma tice, 
FeFouxwe, the first of which prevents the hiatus with vit.) 


24> οὐ χρὴ παννύχιδν εὑδ)ειν βουληφόρον ἄνδρα. 


38. 


43, 


71. 


74, 


87. 7 


108. 


109. 


(παννύχιον, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
νήπιος | οὐδὲ τὰ | ἤδη, & ῥα Ζεὺς | μήδετο | ἔργα. 
(ἤδη has the digamma, Εήδη, preventing the hiatus.—épya has 
also the digamma, Fépya, preventing the. hiatus.) 
κἄλόν, | νηγάτεον " περὶ | δὲ μέγα | βάλλετο φᾶρος. 
(καλόν has the first syllable lengthened by the arsis.—0é is 
also lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ποσσὶ δ᾽ ὑπ]δ λιπαρ)οῖσιν ἐδήσατο | καλὰ πέδ]ιλα. 


(ὑπό, final syllable lengthened by the arsis. «καλὰ, initial syl- 
lable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. εἶδός | τε μέγεθός τε, φυήν τ᾽ ἄγχ]ιστα ἐϊῴκει. 


(τε lengthened by the αγϑῖ5.--τ ἐῴκει has the digamma twice, 
FeF @xet, the first of which prevents the hiatus.) . 
ᾧχετ᾽ ἀποπτάμεϊνδς, ἐμὲ | δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἀνῆκεν. 
(ἀποπτάμενος, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
καὶ φεύγειν σὺν | νηυσὶ ποϊλυκλή ϊσι xeAletow. 
(νηυσὶ, two syllables, by syneresis.—rodvxdgiot, penult length- _ 
ened by the arsis.) 


. Νέστωρ, ὅς pa ΠύἸλοιο ἄναξ ἦν ἠμαθόεντος. 


(ἄναξ has the digamma, Εάναξ, preventing the hiatus.) 
dre | ἔθνεα | εἶσι μελισσάων ἀδινάων. 
(ἔθνεα has the digamma, Ἐέθνεα, preventing the hiatus.) 


. al μὲν | τ᾽ ἔνθα ἅλις πεποτήαται, | ai δέ τε | ἔνθα. 


(ἅλις has the digamma, Fadcc, preventing the hiatus —There 
is an hiatus, however, in te ἔνθα, which escaped the obser- 
vation of Bentley, and for which Heyne proposes τοὶ ἔνθα.) 


. λαῶν ἱζόντων, ὅμαδος δ᾽ ἦν, ἐννέα | δέ σφεας. | 


(σφεας, one syllable, by syneresis.) 


. Ἥφαιστος μὲν δῶκε Aci Kpovi\ove ἄνακτι. 


ζἄνακτι has the digamma, Favaxtt, preventing the hiatus.) 


. Ἑρμείας δὲ ἄναξ δῶκεν Πέλοπι πληξίππῳ. 


(ἀναξ has the digamma, Εάναξ, preventing the hiatus.) 
πολλῇσιν νήσοισι καὶ "Apyei | παντὶ ἀν] ἔσσειν.. 
(ἀνάσσειν has the digamma, Favaccety, preventing the hiatus.) 
τῷ by épeccauer|oc Ere’ | ᾿Αργείοισι pet|nida. | 
(ἐρεισάμενος, last syllable lengthened by the arsis.—yernida 
-- ηὔδα pronounced as two syllables, by synaresis.) 


131. 


“137. 


140. 


145. 


146. 


150. 


154. 


158. 


164. 


165. 


167. 


169. 


175. 


METRICAL INDEX. 299 


. οὕτω που Διὶ μέλλει Urepuevéli φίλον | εἶναι. 


(ὑπερμενέϊ, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. Τρώων | δ᾽ ἄνδρα ἕκαστον ἑλοίμεθα | οἰνοχοεύειν. 


(ἕκαστον and οἰνοχοεύειν have each the digamma, Ἐέκαστον 
and Βοινοχοεύειν, preventing in each case the hiatus.) 


. πολλαί κεν δεκάδες devjoiaro | οἰνοχόοιο. 


(οἰνοχόοιο has the digamma, preventing the hiatus.) 

πολλέων | ἐκ πολίων ἐγχέσπαλοι ἄνδρες ἔασιν. 

(πολλέων pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 

elar’ ἐν]: μεγάροις ποτιδέγμενας" | ἄμμι dé | ἔργον. 

(évi, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.—épyov has the di- 

gamma, Fépyov, preventing the hiatus.) 

φεύγωμεν σὺν | νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν. 

(νηυσί pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 

πόντου | Ἰκαρίοιο, τὰ μὲν τ᾽ Εὐρός te Νότος te. 

(Knight gives Ἰκαρίοιο the digamma, Fixapiofo, the first of 
which prevents the hiatus.) 

Gpop’ éx|aig\ag πατρὸς Διὸς ἐκ νεφελάων. 

(ἐπαΐξας has the antepenult lengthened by the arsts.) 

νῆας Ex’ ἐσσεύοντο, ποδῶν δ᾽ ὑπένερθε xov\in. | 

(κονίη, penult lengthened by the arsis.) 

οἴκαδε | ieuéjvav* ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἥρεον ἕρματα νηῶν. 

(ἱεμένων has the digamma, Freuévwv, preventing the hiatus.— 
ἱεμένων has also the initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 

οὕτω | δὴ οἱϊκόνδε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν. ᾿ 

(οἰκόνδε has the digamma, Foixévde, so that πο elision takes 
place in δή.) 

σοῖς ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ἐρήτυε φῶτα Ex|acTov. 

(ἕκαστον has the digamma, ξέκαστον, preventing the hiatus. ) 

μηδ᾽ sila νῆας ἅλαδ᾽ ἑλκέμεν ἀμφιελίσσας. 

(νῆᾶς, final syllable lengthened by the arsis—The common 
text has μηδὲ ta, but this produces an hiatus, which vitiates 
the line. Knight, accordingly, reads μηδ᾽ ἔαε (i. ¢., μηδ᾽ 
&fae), and Bentley μηδ᾽ éda, but we have preferred to 
either the emendation of Thiersch, und’ sia. Gr. Gr., 220, 
69.) 

βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ ObAgunca, καρήνων | aig|aca. Α 

(ἀΐξασα, initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 

evpev ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆα Ali μῆϊτιν ἀτάλαντον. 

(Δεῖ, final syllable lengthened by the ατϑῖ8.--- μῆτιν, the same.) 

φεύξεσθ' ἐν νήεσσι πολυκλή σι πεϊσόντες. 

(πολυκλήϊσι, penult lengthened by the arsis.) 


800 


Line 


180. 
181. 
185. 
186. 


189. 


211. 


213. 
215. 


216. 


METRICAL INDEX. 


Compare line 164. 
Compare line 165. 
αὐτὸς & *Arpeildew ᾿Αγαϊμέμνονος ἀντίος ἐλθὼν. 
(Ατρείδεω---δεὼω pronounced as one syllable, by synaresis.) 
δέξατό | οἱ σκῆπτρον πατρώϊον, ἄφθιτον αἰεί. 
(οἱ has the digamma, For, preventing the hiatus.) 
τὸν δ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ép|nTi|oacke παραστάς. 
(Compare line 192, book i.) 


. δαιμόνι᾽, οὔ σε ἔϊοικε, κακὶ ὃν ὥς, δειδίσσεσθαι. 


(ἔοικε has the digamma twice, Féfotxe, the first of which pre- 
vents the hiatus.—xaxov, final syllable lengthened by the 


arsis.) 


. οὐ γάρ | πω σάφα | οἶσθ᾽, οἷος νόος ᾿Ατρείωνος. 


(οἶσθ᾽ has the digamma, Εοῖσθ᾽, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ϑυμὸς | δὲ μέγας | ἐστὶ διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος. 


(δὲ lengthened by the arsis.) 


. τιμὴ δ᾽ ἐκ Διός ἐστι, φιλ)εῖ dé é | μητίετα Ζεύς. 


(é has the digamma, Fe, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ὃν δ᾽ αὖ δήμου | 7 ἄνδρα ἴδ]οι, βοόωντα 7 ἐφεύροι. 


(ἴδοι has the digamma, Είδοι, preventing the hiatus.) 


. εἷς βασιλεύς, ᾧ ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς dyxvAo|unréa. | 


(ἀγκυλομητέω--- τεὼ one syllable by syneresis.) 


. σκῆπτρόν 7 ἠδὲ ϑέμιστας ἵνα σφισι βασιϊλεύῃ. 


(This line violates the metre, since no good reason can be as- 
signed for the length of the first syllable in odtot, except the 
mere necessity of the verse, which is, in fact, no reason at 
all. Consult, also, Explanatory Notes, for other objections. 
—The final syllable, however, in ogtot is long by the arsis.) 

ἄλλοι μέν ῥ᾽ ἕζοντο ép|jri|Gev δὲ καθ᾽ ἕδρας. 

(According to some, the v is long here in ἐρήτυθεν, because 
contracted for ἐρητύθησαν. A better reason, however, is, 
because the digamma intervenes, and produces a lengthening 
by position with the following 0, namely, ἐρήτυθεν. Com- 
pare line 192, book i.) 

ὅς ῥ' ἔπεα φρεσὶν How ἄκοσμά Te πολλά τε | ἤδη. | 

(ἤδη has the digamma, Εήδη, preventing the hiatus.) 

ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι | οἱ etoatro γελοίϊον Ἀργείοισιν. 

(oi has the digamma, For, preventing the hiatus.) 

ἔμμεναι " aioxia|toc δὲ ἀν]ὴρ ὑπὸ [Ἴλιον ἦλθεν. 

(This line is faulty on account of the hiatus in δὲ ἀνήρ, which 
Bentley seeks to remedy by reading δ᾽ dp’ ἀνήρ, or αἴσχιστος 


217. 


255. 


261. 


METRICAL INDEX. 301 


δ᾽ ἀνδρῶν.---Ἴλιον, however, has the digamma, Εἴλιον, pre- 
venting a second hiatus.—Knight rejects, as faulty, lines 
217-219 inclusive.) 
φολκὸς ἔην, χωλὸς δ' ἕτερον πόδα" | τὼ δέ of | ὦμω. 
(οἱ has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 


. πρωτίστῳ dido|uév εὖτ᾽ | ἂν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν. 


(δίδομεν, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ἦντ᾽ αὐϊτὸς ἀπὸ | νόσφι κατίσχεαι ;—ov μὲν ἔοικεν. 


(αὐτὸς, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. οἴκαδέ rep σὺν | νηυσὶ ve|oueOa~ τόνδε δ' ἐῶμεν. 


(νηυσί pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) ~ 


. ὃς καὶ viv ᾿Αχι[λῆα, ξἰδ μέγ᾽ ἀμείνονα φῶτα. 


(ἔο has the ἀΐσαπιηια, Féo, preventing the hiatus.—The final 
vowel in ἕδ is also lengthened by the arsts.) 


. kat μιν br|ddpa ἰδἰὼν χαλεπῷ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ. 


(ἱδών has the digamma, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἔμμεναι, ὅσσοι ἅμ᾽ ᾿Ατρείϊδῃς ὑπὸ | Ἴλεον ἦλθον. 


(Ἴλεον has the digamma, Fidsov, preventing the hiatus.) 


. οὐδέ τιπω σάφα ἴόμεν, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε | ἔργα. 


(iduev has the digamma, Fiduev, preventing the hiatus. So, 
also, ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, preventing another 
hiatus.) 

ἦσαι overdil|wv ὅτι | of μάλα πολλὰ δίδουσιν. 
(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, preventing the hiatus.) 
εἰ μὴ ἐγώ σε λαδὼν ἀπὸ | μὲν φίλα | εἵματα δύσω. 
(εἵματα has the digamma, ἘἙείματα, preventing the hiatus.) 


. πλῆξεν " ὃ 0 ἰδνώθη, ϑαλεϊρὸν dé οἱ ἔκπεσε δάκρυ. 


(οἱ has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 


- σκήπτρου ὕπο xpialéov ὁ δ᾽ ap’ | Eero, τάρδησέν τε. 


(χρῦσέου must be pronounced as adissyllable, so that --ἔου ὁ & 
ἄρ᾽ forms a dactyl.) 


. ἀλγήσας δ' ἀχρεῖον ἰδὼν, ἀπομόρξατο δάκρυ. 


(This line is metrically faulty, since ἰδών has the digamma, 
Ειδών, and the final syllable of ἀχρεῖον ought, therefore, to 
be long by position, and can not form the second of a dactyl. 
Bentley suggests ἀχρεῖον ὁρῶν, or ἀχρεῖα Fidov. Many 
passages occur in which ὁρᾶν and ἰδεῖν appear to be inter- 
changed, and probably the present one ought to be added to 
the number. Heyne also inclines toward ἀχρεῖον ὁρῶν.) 

of δὲ, καὶ ἀχνύμενοί περ, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ | ἡδὺ γέλασσαν. 
(ἡδύ has the digamma, Εηδύ, preventing the hiatus.) 
Co . 


302 


271. 


274. 


291. 


292. 


294. 


297. 


301. 


307. 


310. 


315. 


319. 


METRICAL INDEX, 


ὧδε dé | tig εἴπ]εσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον. 
(εἴπεσκεν has the digamma, Ἐείπεσκεν, so that τὶς becomes 
long by position.) 


. ὦ πόποι, 7 δὴ μυρί᾽ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς | ἐσθλὰ Elopyev. 


(ἔοργεν has the digamma, Féopyev, preventing the hiatus.) 
νῦν δὲ τό δε μέγ᾽ dp|cotov ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔρεξεν. 
(τόδε, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ὃς τὸν Awby|tiipa ἐπ]εσθόλον tox’ ἀγοράων. 


(ἐπεσδόλον has the digamma, ξεπεσθόλον, preventing the 
hiatus.) 


. ᾿Ατρείδη, viv | δή σε ἄναξ, ἐθέλουσιν ᾿Αχαιοί. 


(ἄναξ has the digamma, ξάναξ, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἀλλήλοισιν ὀδύρονται οἱκόνδε νέεσθαι. 


(οἰκόνδε has the digamma, Foixévde, so that no elision takes 
place in the preceding diphthong.) 

ἢ μὴν καὶ πόνος ἐστὶν avlin\Gévta νέεσθαι. 

(ἀντηθέντα, the ε lengthened by the arsis.) 

καὶ yap τις ¥ ἕνα μῆνα pévlwv ἀπὸ | ἧς ἀλόχοιο. 

(ἧς has the digamma, Ἑῆς, preventing the hiatus.) 

χειμέρι[αι εἰϊλέωσιν dp|tvouevy te ϑάλασσα. 

(εἰλέωσιν has the digamma, Ἐειλέωσιν, preventing the hiatus. 
--οθ᾿ἰλέωσιν, moreover, must be pronounced as three sylla- 
bles merely, by syneresis, the syllable ew being contracted 
into @.) 

ἀσχαλάαν παρὰ | νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν " ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης. 
(νηυσί pronounced as two syllables, by synaresis.) 
εὖ yap | δὴ τόδε | ἴδμεν ἐνὶ φρεσίν " ἐστὲ dé πάντες. 

(ἴδμεν has the digamma, Fiduev, preventing the hiatus.) 

καλῇ ὑπ)ὸ πλατανίστῳ, ὅθεν ῥέεν ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ. 

(καλῇ, first syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

βωμοῦ ὑπ|αΐξ)ας πρός ῥα πλατάνιστον ὄρουσεν. 
(ὑπαΐξας, antepenult lengthened by the arsis.) 
μήτηρ δ᾽ auoexor|aro ὀδυρομένη φίλα τέκνα. 

(This line is fauliy in point of metre, since there is nothing 
to prevent the hiatus. Bentley suggests ἀμφεποτᾶτ᾽ ὀλοφ- 
πυηρομένη.) 

λᾶαν γάρ μιν ἔθηκε Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλοϊμήτεω. | 
ἀγκυλομήτεω---τεω pronounced as one syllable by βψπατγεβίβ, 
so that --μήτεω forms a spondee.) | 


. τῷ δεκάτῳ δὲ πόλ|τν αἱϊρήσομεν εὑρυάγνυιαν. 


(πόλεν, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


Line 


332. 


333. 


354, 


357. 


360. 


361, 


366. 


367. 


373. 


392. 


METRICAL INDEX. 303 


αὐτοῦ, | εἰσόκεν ὥστυ μέγα Πριάμοιο ἕλωμεν. 

(The pause saves the last syllable of αὐτοῦ from elision, or, 
in other words, prevents the hiatus.— With regard to Πρι- 
ἅμοιο ἕλωμεν, Bentley suggests Πριάμοιο ἁλῴη, t. €., Ἑαλῴη, 
but Knight gives ἕλωμεν itself the digamma, ξέλωμεν.) 

ὡς Egat’: ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ | ἴαχον, | ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες. 
(ἴαχον, initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 


. ὦ πόποι, ἡ δὴ παισὶν ἐοικότες | ἀγοράϊασθε. 


(ἀγοράασθε, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. νηπιάχοις, οἷς οὔτι μέλει πολεμήϊα | ἔργα. 


(ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, preventing the hiatus.) 


. πρῖν "Apylog δ' ἰέναι, πρὶν καὶ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο. 


(πρῖν lengthened by the arsis.) ' 


. ἤματι τῷ, ὅτε | νηυσὶν | ἐπ’ ὠκυμόροισιν ἔδαινον. 


(νηυσὶν pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 
τῷ μήτις πρὶν ἐπειγέσθ)]ω οἱκ[όνδε νέεσθαι. 
(οἱκόνδε has the digamma, Foixévde, so that there is no elision 
of the preceding vowel.) 
εἰ δέ τις ἐκπάγλως ἐθέλ!ει οἰκ[όνδε νέεσθαι. 
(οἰκόνδε has the digamma, Εοϊκόνδε, so that there is no elision 
in the preceding diphthong.) 


. ἁπτέσθ]ὼ ἧς | νηὸς ἐὐσσέλμοιο μελαίνης. 


(ἧς has the digamma, Ἑῆς, preventing the hiatus.) 
ἀλλά, ἄναξ, αὐτός τ᾽ ed μήδεο, πείθεό τ᾽ ἄλλῳ. 
(ἀναξ has the digamma, Favat, preventing the hiatus.) 
οὔτοι ἀπόθληϊτον ἔπος | ἔσσεται, ὅττι κε εἴπω. 
(ἀπόθλητον, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.—eimw has 
the digamma, Feixw, and hence κε, not κεν, must precede. 
The latter form would be long by position, and would, of 
course, violate the measure.) 
ἠδ᾽ ὅς κ᾽ ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Kat\a σφέας | yap μαχέονται. 
(σφέας pronounced as one syllable, by syneresis, ἃ σφέας form- 
ing a spondee.) 
γνώσεαι | δ᾽, ci καὶ ϑεσπεσίῃ πόλιν οὐκ ἀλαπάξεις. 
(γνώσεαι pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis, and 
forming a spondee.) 
τῷ ke τάχ᾽ ἠμύσειε πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος. 
(ἄνακτος has the digamma, ξάνακτος, preventing the hiatus.) 
μιμνάζειν παρὰ | νηυσὶ κορ)ωνίσιν, | οὔ of ἔπ] ειτα. 
(νηυσὶ pronounced as a dissyllable, by syneresis.—oi has the 
digamma, Fot, so that no elision ΤΗΝ in the preced- 
ing diphthong.) 


804 


Line 


394, 


405. 


407. 


408. 


419. 


449. 


454. 


465. 


467. 


471. 


485. 


486. 


METRICAL INDEX. 


Og ἔφατ᾽ " ᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγ᾽ | ἴαχον, | ὡς ὅτε κῦμα. 
(ἴαχον, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
Νέστορα μὲν πρώτιστα καὶ ᾿Ιδομεν]ῆα ἄνακτα. 

(ἄνακτα has the digamma, Εάνακτα, preventing the hiatus.) 
ἕκτον & abr’ Οδυσῆα Aili μῆτ|ν ἀτάλαντον. ἢ 
(Δεῖ and μῆτιν have each the final eyes lengthened by the 

arsis.) 
αὐτόματϊ]ος dé of | ἦλθε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος. 
(οἱ has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 
ὡς épar’ - οὐδ᾽ ἄρα | πώ οἱ ἐπ]εκραίαινε Κρονίων. 
(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, so that there is no elision in the 
preceding vowel.) 


. "Atpeidn κύδιστε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων. 


(ἄναξ has the digamma, Favaé, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἀμθαλλ]ώμεθα | ἔργον, ὃ δὴ Sede ἐγγυαλίζει. - 


(ἔργον has the digamma, Fépyov, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἴομεν, | ὄφρα κε ϑᾶσσον ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna. 


(ἴομεν, initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 

πάντες timdenéléc ἑκατόμθοιος δὲ ἕκαστος. 

(ἐὐπλεκέξς, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.—xaotog 
has the digamma, Féxaoroc, preventing the hiatus.) 

ἐν νηυ]σὶ γλαφυρῇσι φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν. 

(νηυσὶ pronounced as two haga by syneresis ; hence ἐν 
νηυ-- forms a spondee.) 

ἐς πεδίον προχέϊοντό Σκαϊμάνδριον " αὐτὰρ ὑπὸ χθών. 

(The final vowel of προχέοντὅ remains short before the ox in 
the next word, it being impossible otherwise to adapt such a 
form as Σκαμάνδριον to the measure. To remove such a 
shortening as the present one, Knight reads Καμάνδριον. 
Consult Anthon’s Greek Prosody, p. 6.) 

ἔσταν δ᾽ ἐν λειμ᾽ῶντ Σκαμ]ανδρίῳ ἀνθεμόεντι. 
(Consult remarks on previous line.) 
ὥρῃ ἐν | εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τε γλάγος ἄγγεα δεύει. 

(This line violates the metre, since εἰαρινῇ has the digamma, 
Βειαρινῇ, which would make ἐν long by position. Bentley 
suggests ὥρῃ εἰαρινῇ, i. €., ὥρη Ἐειαρινῇ.) 

ὑμεῖς γὰρ ϑεαί ἔστε, πάρεστέ τε, | ἴστε τε πάντα. 

(ἔστε has the digamma, Fiore, preventing the hiatus.) 

ἡμεῖς δὲ κλέος οἷον ἀκούομεν, | οὐδέ τι | ἴδμεν. 

(ἰδμεν has the digamma, Fiduev, preventing the hiatus.) 


METRICAL INDEX. 908. 


490. φωνὴ δ᾽ ἄῤῥηκτος χάλκεον δέ μοι | ἦτορ ἐνείη. 
(χάλκεον---εον pronounced as one syllable, by synaresis.) τ 


& 
BOOK IIL 


2. Τρῶες μὲν κλαγγῇ τ᾽ ἐνοπῇ τ᾽ ἴσαν, ὄρνιθες we. | 

(ὄρνιθες, last syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

24. εὑρὼν ἢ ἔλαφον Kepalév ἢ | ἄγριον αἴγα. 
(κεραῦν, last syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
27. ὡς ἐχάρη Μενέλαος ᾿Αλέξανδρον ϑεο]ειδέα. | 

(ϑεοειδέα---εα pronounced as one syllable, by syneresis, so 

that -edéa forms a spondee.) 
33. ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τε δράϊκοντα id|Ov παλίνορσος ἀπέστη. 
(ἐδών has the digamma, Ειδών, preventing the hiatus.) 
. ἂψ τ' ἀνεχώρησξν, ὠχρός τέ μιν εἶλε παρειάς. 
(ἀνεχώρησεν, last syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
39. δύσπαρι, | εἶδος ἄριστε, yuvatmavéc, ἠπεροπευτά. 
(εἶδος has the digamma, Feidoc, preventing the hiatus.) 
40. εἶθ᾽ ὄφελ]ξς &yovlic τ᾿ ἔμεναι, ἄγαμός τ᾽ ἀπολέσθαι. 

(ὀφελὲς, last syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

44. φάντες ἀριστῆα πρόμον ἔμμεναι, οὕνεκα | καλόν. | 

(καλόν, first syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

46. ἢ τοιϊόςδε ἐϊὼν ἐν ποντοπόροισι νέεσσιν. 
(This line offends against the metre, there being an hiatus in 
τοιόςδε ἐών. Bentley suggests τοιοῦτος ἐών.) 
55. # τε κόμ[η τό τε | εἶδος, ὅτ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι μιγείης. 
(εἶδος has the digamma, Feidoc, preventing the hiatus.) 
57. λάϊνον ἔσσο χιτῶνα κακῶν ἕνεχ᾽, | ὅσσα élopyac. 

(ἔοργας has the digamma twice, Féfopyac, the first of these 
preventing the hiatus.) 

60. aici τοι κραδίη πέλεϊκυς ὥς ἐστιν ἀτειρής. 

(Bentley gives ὥς the digamma, ἕως, which makes the final 
syllable of πέλεκυς long by position. Otherwise it will be 
lengthened by the arsis.) : 

61. ὅστ᾽ εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ᾽ | ἀνέρος, | ὅς ῥά τε τέχνῃ. 

(ἀνέρος has the initial vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 

64. μή μοι δῶρ᾽ ἐρατὰ πρόφεϊρε xpvelénc ᾿Αφροϊ δίτης. 

(As χρῦσέης has the initial syllable long, we must pronounce 
-ἕης, the remainder of the word, as one long syllable, by sy- 
naresis, making -én¢ ’Agpo- a dactyl.) 

Cco2 . : 


& 


106. 


116. 


119. 


125. 


128. 


129. 


130. 


140. 


152. 


158. 


163. 


169. 


METRICAL INDEX. 


κτήμαθ' ἑλὼν εὖ πάντα γυϊναῖκά τε | οἴκαδ᾽ ἀγέσθω. 
(oixad’ has the digamma, Foixad’, preventing the hiatus.) 


. στεῦται | yap τι ἔπ] ὃς ἐρέϊειν κορυθαίολος "Ἑκτωρ. 


(ἔπος has the digamma, Féroc, preventing the hiatus.—The 
final syllable of ἔπος, moreover, is lengthened by the arsis.) 


. τεύχεα | καλ᾽ ἀποθέσθαι ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυδοτείρῃ. 


(καλ᾽ lengthened by the arsis.) 


. Compare line 72. 
. οἴσετε δ᾽ ἄρν᾽, ἕτερον λευϊκὸν, ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν. 


(λευκὸν, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

αὐτός, ἐπ] εἰ of | παῖδες ὑπερφίαλοι καὶ ἄπιστοι. 

(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, so that no elision takes place in the 
preceding diphthong.) 

Ἕκτωρ | δὲ προτὶ | ἄστυ δύω κήρυκας ἔπεμπεν. 

(ἄστυ has the digamma, Faoru, preventing the πιαίιι8.} 

νῆας ἔπι γλαφυρὰς ἰέναι ἠδ᾽ | ἄρν᾽ éxé|Aevev. 

(As ἄρν᾽ has the digamma, Fapv’, the line, as it at present 
stands, is faulty, and perhaps we should read ide ἄρνε 
κέλευεν, 1. €., ide Fapve κέλευεν.) 

τὴν δ᾽ ebp’ ἐν μεγάρῳ " ἣ | δὲ μέγαν | ἱστὸν ὕφαινεν. 
(dé lengthened by the arsis.) 
οὕς ἐθεν εἵνεκ᾽ ἔπασχον ὑπ᾽ | "Ἄρηϊος παλαμάων. 

(Ἄρηος, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προςέφη πόδας ὠκέα | Ἶρις. | 

(Ἶρις has the digamma, Εἴρις, preventing the hiatus.) 

δεῦρ᾽ ἴθι, νύμφα φίλη, iva | ϑέσκελα | ἔργα id| nas. 

(ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, and ἴδηαι the digamma, Είδηαι, 
both preventing the hiatus.) 

ἀνδρός τε mporé|poro Kai | ἄστεος ἠδὲ τοκήων. 

(This line is faulty, since ἄστεος has the digamma, Facreog, 
and καί can not, therefore, be shortened. It is probable that 
the true reading 1s προτέρου Kat.) 

δενδρέῳ ἐφ] εζόμενοι ὄπα λειριόεσσαν ἱεῖσιν. 

δενδρέῳ pronounced as if written devdpw, and then shortened 

by elision.) -“- 
αἰνῶς ἀθανάτῃσι Bene εἰς | ὦπα ἔϊοικεν. 

(ἔοικεν has the digamma, Féotkev, preventing the hiatus.) 

ὄφρα id|y πρότερόν τε πόσιν πηούς τε φίλους τε. 

(iby has the digamma, Είδῃ, preventing the hiatus.) 

καλὸν δ᾽ οὕτω ἐγὼν οὔϊπω ἔδον | ὀφθαλμοῖσιν. 

(idov has the digamma, Fidov, preventing any elision of the 

preceding vowel, which remains long of course.) 


Line 


170. 


172. 


185. 


190. 


191. 


197. 


203. 


204. 


214. 


217. 


219. 


221. 


METRICAL INDEX. 307 | 


οὐδ᾽ οὕτω γεραρόν " βασιλῆϊ yap | ἀνδρὶ ἔ]οικεν. 
(ἔοικεν has the digamma twice, FéFoixev, the first of which 
prevents the hiatus.) 
αἰδοῖός re μοί ἐσσι φίλ!ξ éxv|pé δεινός τε. 
(φίλε and éxvpé have each the final syllable lengthened by the 
arsis.) 
ἔνθα id|ov πλείστους Φρύγας. | ἀνέρας | αἰολοπώλους 
(ἴδον has the digamma, Εἶδον, preventing the ἠϊαξιι5.--- ἀνέρας 
has the initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ of τόσοι ἧσαν, dalot ἑλίϊκωπες ᾿Αχαιοί. 
(ἑλίκωπες has the digamma, Fedikwrec, preventing any elision 
of the preceding diphthong.) : 
δεύτερον adr’ ᾿Οδυ[σῆα ἴδ᾽ων ἐρέειν᾽ ὁ γεραιός. 
dex has the digamma, Είδων, preventing the hiatus. ) 
ἀρνειῷ μιν ἔγωγε ἐϊΐσκω πηγεσιμάλλῳ. 
(ἐέσκω has the digamma, ξεΐσκω, preventing the hiatus.) 
τὴν J abr’ ᾿Αντήνωρ πεπνυμένος dvtiov|nida. 
(nida pronounced as two syllables, by syneresis.) 
ὦ γύναι, ἢ μάλα | τοῦτο ér|og νημερτὲς ἔειπες. 
(ἔπος has the digamma, Féxoc, preventing the hiatus.) 
παῦρα μὲν, ἀλλὰ μάλ] λιγέϊως * ἐπεὶ οὐ πολύμυθος. 
(μάλα, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
στάσκεν, ὑπ] αὶ δὲ ἴδίεσκε, κατὰ χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας. 
(ἔδεσκε has the digamma, Είδεσκε, preventing the hiatus.) 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀστεμφὲς ἔχεσκεν, aidpei | φωτὶ ἐ]οικώς. 
(ἐοικώς has the digamma twice, FeF otxdc, the former of which 
prevents the hiatus.) 
ἀλλ᾽ bre δή ῥ᾽ bra | TE μεγάλ[ην ἐκ στήθεος | τει. | 
(τὲ lengthened by the arsis.—ie, first syllable lengthened by 
the arsis.) 


. καὶ Exel νιφάϊδεσσιν ἐοικότα χειμερίῃσιν. 


(ἔπεα, final vowel lengthened by the arsis.) 


. Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐνὶ Κρήτεσσι, ϑεὶδς ὥς. | 


(ϑεῦς has the final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. δοιὼ δ᾽ οὐ δύνα) μαὶ ἰδέϊειν κοσμήτορε λαῶν. 


(ἰδέειν has the digamma, Ειδέειν, preventing the hiatus.) 


. Κάστορά ¥ ἱππόδαμον καὶ πὺξ ἀγαθὸν Modv|detxea. | 


(Πολυδεύκεα---εα pronounced as one syllable, by synaresis.) 


. κήρυϊκες δ᾽ ἀνὰ ἄστυ ϑεῶν φέρον ὅρκια πιστά. 


(ἄστυ has the digamma, Εάστυ, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἄρνε δύω καὶ | οἶνον éigpova, καρπὸν ἀρούρης. 


248. 


249. 


272. 


286. 


310. 


312. 


313. 


319. 


METRICAL INDEX, 


(οἶνον has the digamma, Foivov, so that no elision takes place 
in the preceding diphthong.) 
Κήρυξ "Idaide ἠδὲ yovo|era κύπ᾽] ελλα. 
(Ἰδαῖος, -ὃς long by the arsis ; no syneresis takes place in χρύ- 
ceta; on the contrary, -cid κῦπ- forms a regular dactyl.) 
Gtpuvev δὲ γέροντα παριστάμεϊνος ἐπέϊεσσιν. 
(παριστάμενος has the final syllable long by position, ἐπέεσσιν 
having ihe digamma, Feréecotv.) 


. πὰρ δὲ οἱ | ᾿Αντήνωρ περικαλλέα βήσετο δίφρον. 


(οἱ has the diyamma, οι, preventing the hiatus.) 


- ὥρνυτο δ' αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ’Ayapéuvov. 


(ἄναξ has the digamma, Faévas, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ὅρκια πιστὰ Gedy σύναγον, kpy\tijpt dé | οἶνον. 


(olvov has the digamma, Foivov, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ᾽Ατρείδ]ης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος χείρεσσι μάχαιραν. 


(ἐρυσσάμενος has the digamma, Fepvocduevoc, preventing the 
hiatus.) 

ἥ οἱ | παρ ξίφεος μέγα κουλεὸν αἰὲν ἄωρτο. 

(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, so that no elision takes place in the 
previous vowel, which remains long of course.) 

τιμὴν. δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοις ἀποτινέμεν, | ἥντιν᾽ ἔϊοικεν. 

(This line is faulty, since ἔοικεν has the digamma, and no 
apostrophe can properly take place in ἥντινα, while, even if 
it could, ἥντιν᾽ would still have the final syllable -wv’ long by 
position. Bentley, therefore, corrects ἣν te ἔοικεν, i. δ.» 
ἦν τε FéFocxev.) ὶ 


. ὧδε σφ᾽ ἐγκέφαλος χαμάδις ῥέοι | ὡς ὅδε | οἶνος. 


(οἶνος has the digamma, Foivoc, preventing the hiatus.) 


. Brot ἐγὼν εἶμ! ι προτὲ | Ἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν. 


(Ἴλιον has ihe digamma, Είλιον, preventing the hiatus.) 


. Ζεὺς μέν | που τόγε | olde καὶ ἀθάνατοι ϑεοὶ ἄλλοι. 


(οἷδε has the digamma, Foide, preventing the hiatus.) 
ἡ pa, καὶ ἐς digp|dv ἄρνας ϑέτο | ἰσόθεος φώς. 
(δίφρον, final syllable lengthened by the arsis—iod@eoc has 
the digamma, Ἐισόθεος, preventing the hiatus.) 
πὰρ δέ οἱ | ᾿Αντήνωρ περικαλλέα βήσετο δίφρον. 
(οἱ has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 
τὼ μὲν Gp’ ἄψοῤῥ]οι προτὶ | Ἴλιον ἀπονέοντο. 
(Ἴλιον has the digamma, Fitsov, preventing the hiatus.) 
ὧδε δὲ | tig εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων Te. 
(tig lengthened by the arsis.) 


329. 


357. 


359. 


361. 


369. 


375. 


METRICAL INDEX. 309 


. ὁππότερϊἾος τάδε | ἔργα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἔθηκεν. 


(ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, preventing the hiatus.) 


. τὸν δὸς ἀποφθίμενον δῦναι δόμον | αἴδος | εἴσω. 


(αἴδος, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. αὐτὰρ by ἀμφ᾽ ὦμοισιν ἐδύσετο τεύχεα | καλά. | 


(καλά, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 
ὅζος ᾿Αλέξαν᾽ δρὸς Ἑλένης πόσις ἠὐκόμοιο. 
(Αλέξανδρδς, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. καλάς, | ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας. 


(καλάς, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. εἴλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμον | ἔγχος 6 | οἱ παλάμηφιν ἀρήρει. 


(οἱ has the digamma, Fot, preventing the hiatus.) 


. Ζεῦ ἄνα, δὸς τίσασθαι, ὃ με πρότερ]ος κάκ᾽ Elopyev. 


(Bentley objects to this line as faulty, because ἔοργεν is en- 
titled, according to him, to the digamma, Féopyev, and 
therefore κακά can not lose its final syllable by elision, thus 
making the line too long. He proposes, therefore, to read 
κάκ᾽ ἔρεξε. But, as Heyne remarks, in such words as fopya 
there are two forms, namely, &f opya, and Féf opya, the first 
of which is here employed, and therefore the elision in κακά 
is correct enough.—Observe that ἄνα has the digamma, 
Féva, so that no elision takes place in the preceding diph- 
thong.) 

did μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε φαεινῆς ὄδριμον ἔγχος. 

(did, initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

ἀντιϊκρῦ δὲ rap|ai λαπάρην διάμησε χιτῶνα. 

(ἀντικρῦ, final syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 

᾿Ατρείδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον. 

(ἐρυσσάμενος has the digamma, Fepvocdpevoc, so that no eli- 
sion takes place in δέ.) 

ἡ καὶ éx|dig|ac κόρυθος Adbev ἱπποδασείης. 

(ἐπαΐξας, antepenult lengthened by the arsis. 

ἢ οἱ | ῥῆξεν ἱμάντα βοϊ]ὸς ἴφ|ι κταμένοιο. 

(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, so that no elision takes place in ἧ.-τ- 
ἶφι has the digamma, Figs, and therefore βοός has the final 
syllable long by position.) 


. peta μάλ᾽, Gore ϑεϊδς ἐκάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ. 


(ϑεῦς has the last syllable lengthened by the ατϑὶ5.} ὁ 


. πύργῳ ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῷ" περὶ δὲ Tpwlai ἅλις | ἧσαν. 


(ἅλις has the digamma, Fédcc, preventing oy elision of the 
preceding diphthong.) 


810 


Line 


385. 


386. 


387. 


392. 


398. 


419. 


422. 


449. 


459. 


METRICAL INDEX. 


χειρὶ δὲ vextapé|ov éav|od ἐτίναξε λαδοῦσα. 
(ἑανοῦ has the digamma, Feavod, preventing any elision in the 
preceding diphthong.) 
ypnt δέ | μιν eix|via παλαιγενέϊ προςέειπεν. 
(εἰκυῖα has the digamma, Fetvia, so that μὲν is long by po- 
sition.) 
εἰροκόϊμῳ ἥ | οἱ Λακεδαίμονι ναιεταώσῃ. 
(οἱ has the digamma, ἔοι, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἤσκειν εἴρια | καλά, μάλ)ιστα dé μιν φιλέεσκεν. 


(καλά has the initial syllable lengthened by the arsis.) 


. δεῦρ᾽ ἴθ᾽ -᾿Αλέξανδρός σε καλεῖ οἰκ[όνδε νέεσθαι. 


(οἰκόνδε has the digamma, Ἑοϊκόνδε, preventing any elision 
of the diphthong in καλεῖ.) 
καλλεὶ te στίλδ᾽ων καὶ | εἵμασιν " οὐδέ κε φαίης. 
(εἴμασιν has the digamma, Ἐείμασιν, preventing the elision of 
the diphthong καί.) 
ϑάμθησέν 7 ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα ἔπ]ος τ᾽ ἔφατ’ Ex τ᾽’ ὀνόμαζεν. 
(ἔπος has the digamma, ξέπος, preventing the hiatus.) 


. νικήσας ἐθέλει orvye|pyy ἐμὲ | οἴκαδ᾽ ἄγεσθαι. 


(οἴκαδε has the digamma, Foixade, preventing the hiatus.) 


. ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ κεῖνον ὀΐζυε, | καί é φύλασσε. 


(é has the digamma, Fe, preventing any elision in καί.) 
βῆ δὲ κατασχομέϊνη ἑαν]ῷ ἀργῆτι φαεινῷ. 
(ἑανῷ has the digamma, Feav@, preventing any elision of the 
previous vowel.) 
ἀμφίπολοι μὲν ἔπειτα ϑο)]ῶς ἐπὶ | ἔργα τράποντο. 
(ἔργα has the digamma, Fépya, preventing the hiatus.) 
᾿Ατρείδης δ᾽ ἀν᾽ ὅμιλον ἐφοίτα, | ϑηρὶ ἐοικώς. 
(ἐοικώς has the digamma twice, Ἐειοικώς, the first of which 
prevents the hiatus.) 


. εἴ που ἐσαθρήσειεν ’A2éEav|dpov ϑεοειδέα. | 


(ϑεοειδέα, -éa to be pronounced as one syllable, by syneresis.) 


. ob μὲν γὰρ φιλότητί γ᾽ ἐκεύθανον, | εἴτις ἴδοιτο. 


(This line is faulty, since ἴδοιτο has the digamma, Fidorro, 
and εἴτις, therefore, has its final syllable, in strictness, 
long by position. Bentley, therefore, reads eixe Είδοιντο, 
but Heyes. prefers εἴτις ὁρῷτο.) 

Exdore, καὶ τιμὴν ἀποτινέμεν, | ἥντιν᾽ ἔϊοικεν. 

(This line is faulty, since ἔοικεν has the digamma twice, Fé- 
«ἔοικεν, the first of which would, of course, prevent any eli- 
sion in ἥντινα. We ought, probably, to read Fi τε 
FéFotre.) 


PRELIMINARY REMARKS 


TO THE 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


I. From the original seat of the human species amid the mount- 
ains of Asia, the primitive tribes, with a language radically one and 
the same, migrated in all directions. They bronght this language, 
under different shapes, to various quarters ; to India, where it be- 
came the Sanscrii; to Persia, where it became the Zend; and to 
the shores of Colchis. ‘The Colchian branch of the still increas- 
ing population separated, like the others, into many minor branches, 
which spread through Asia Minor, on to Germany, Thrace, and 
Greece, and were, from many parts, reunited in Italy. . 

II. From the common origin of these tribes the affinity of their 
tongues is derived; an affinity more remote between Sanscrit, 
Zend, and the languages of the Colchian branch ; more near among 
these tongues themselves, the Armenian, German, Greek, and Latin. 

III. The Greek tongue was spoken by those families which, hav- 
ing wandered through Thrace into Greece, united with others that 
passed over from Asia; formed with them the Greek nation, and 
spread, in colonies from the mother-country, over nearly all the 
coasts of the Mediterranean Sea. 

IV. The Grecian people, although composed of very different ele- 
ments, early acquired a remarkable unity. The national character 
and mental improvement which Asiatic settlers, and especially those 
comprised under the Pelasgian name, introduced into their country, 
took a deep root by the aid of religious observances, and were wide- 
ly and impartially diffused through means of Epic song. 

V. Of Pelasgian origin were the states of Argos, Athens, Beotia, 
Phocis, Eubea, Dodona, &c. Under the mythic Ion, according to 
the ordinary, though no doubt erroneous legend, the name of the 
Pelasgians, on the coast, passed into that of Jonians ; under Cecrops, 
according to another equally fabulous legend, the name of the in- 
habitants of Attica into that of Athenians. 

VI. As these tribes had a common origin, so they had at first a 


1 Thiersch, Gr. Gr., p. vii., Sandford’s trans}. 


312 PRELIMINARY REMARKS TO THE HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


common language, and out of this original tongue the language of 
Epic poetry arose. We must be careful, however, not to imagine 
that the early bard, Homer, for example, expressed himself in a mode 
of speech more or less removed from the ordinary language of the 
day, and abounding with peculiarities borrowed from different dia- 
lects. The dialects had not as yet assumed a separate existence: one 
common language was still spoken; and out of this common tongue 
the earliest Greek poets merely selected according to their wants ; 
or, in other words, took what they wanted from the variety of act- 
ual forms which they found already existing. 

VII. When we talk, therefore, of Ionicisms, Doricisms, Holicisms, 
&c., in the poetry of Homer, we must be merely understood as re- 
ferring to peculiar forms of expressions, which, after the days of 
Homer, were retained in particular dialects, and became, as it were, 
the badges of these ; but which, in the days of Homer, when the dia- 
lects had not as yet branched forth, still formed parts of the common. 
language of Greece. Of the dialects formed afier the time of the. 
bard, the Jonic, as will appear from an examination of the glossary, 
most closely resembled the ancient Epic style. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY 


TO THE 


FIRST THREE BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 


BOOK I. 


Μῆνεν, accus. sing. of μῆνις, τος, 7, ‘‘ wrath.” Commonly, 
Line 1. but incorrectly, derived from μένω, “to remain,” as if indica- 
ting lasting anger. Better from μαένομαι, “to rave,” 2 perf. μέμηνα; 
and denoting a furious outburst of passion. Compare the Sanscrit 
manyus, “ wrath,” *‘ vengeance,” from the root man. 

"Ἄειδε, 2 pers. sing. pres. imperative act. from deidw, “to sing,” 
poetic fourm for the common ἄδω, which latter is, in fact, contracted 
from it.—Fut. ἀείσω ; fut. mid. ἀείσομαι. The forms from ἀείδω al- 
most exclusively prevail in Homer ; but we have goouac in Hymn., 
Vi., 2, and xxxii., 19. 

Θεά, vocative sing. of bed, dc, 7, “α goddess,” feminine form of 
ϑεός. Observe the different accentuation of ϑέα, ‘‘a view,” or 
“ sight.” 

Πηληϊάδεω. Epic and Ionic genitive for MAniddov, from Πηλη- 
iddne, ov, ὁ, which last is itself an Epic form for Πηλείδης, ov, 6, “ the 
son of Peleus,” a patronymic noun from Πηλεύς, Epic and Ionic joe, 
Attic ἑως, 6, “ Peleus.” Observe that ὦ here has only a half, or irra- 
tional length, as regards accentuation, and therefore the accent is 
three places back in Πηληϊάδεω. 

᾿Αχιλῆος, gen. sing. of ’AytAetvc, joc, ὁ, “ Achilles,’ Epic and Ionic 
for ᾿Αχιλεύς, ἕως, 6. Observe that ’AytZetc is the primitive form of 
the name, and ’AyiAAevc, a later one. Achilles was the son of Peleus 
and Thetis ; and was the prince of the Myrmidons, and the hero of 
the Iliad. 
ca Οὐλομένην, Epic for ὀλομένην, 2 aor. part. mid. of ὄλλῦμε, 

“to destroy.” In the middle, ὄλλῦμαι, “to perish.” Here, 
however, the aorist part. middle is used adjectively, with the active 
meaning of “‘destructive,” or “pernicious.” (Compare Aisch., Supp., 
877; Eurip., Phen., 1029, &c.)—Fut. ὀλέσω ; perf. SAexa, and with 

Do : 


314 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 2—3. 
reduplication ὀλώλεκα ; 2 perf. ὄλωλα, “1 am undone;” fut. mid. 
ὀλοῦμαι ; 2 aor. mid. ὠλόμην. 

#, nom sing fem. of ὅς, ἥ, 6, “ which.’ 

Μυρία, accus. plur. neut. of μυρίος, a, ov, “ countless,’’ “ unnumber- 
ed.” According to the grammarians, μυρίος, paroxyton, is the in- 
definite number; but μύριος, proparoxyton, is the definite one, 
namely, ‘“‘ten thousand.’’ This, however, is comparatively a late 
distinction.—As the original notion of this word is indefinite, and 
not numerical, it is no doubt akin to the Latin mulius, one liquid 
taking the place of another; but still nearer to the Gelic mohr, 
“* great.” 

᾽Α χαιοῖς, dat. plur. of ’Avacéc, od, 6, “an Achean.” (Consult note.) 
—Properly an adjective, "Avaric, a, ὄν, and hence ᾿Αχαιός = “an 
Achean (man).”’ 

*"Adyea, accus. plur. of ἄλγος, εος, τό, “ suffering,” pain, whether 
of body or mind. Homer uses the plural much oftener than the 
singular. Compare the Latin algor, “shivering,” “ shuddering,” 
which appears to be the earlier form of the word. 

Ἔθηκεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. ind. aet. of τίθημι, “to place,” &c., fut. 
ϑήσω: perf. τέθεικα : 1 aor. ἔθηκα. This aorist oceurs, like the 
similarly formed ἔδωκα and ἦκα, almost exclusively in the sing. and 
third pers. plur. On the other hand, ἔθην, the second aorist,is used 
in the dual and plural, rarely if ever occurring in the singular. 
Πολλάς. accus. plur. fem. of πολλός, ή, ὄν, Ionic and Bo 
" for πολύς, πολλή, πολύ. “" Many.” 

Aé. A conjunctive particle, equivalent to “ and ;” generally used, 
however, to call attention to the fact that the word or clause to 
which it stands is to be distinguished from something preceding, 
and usually having an opposing or adversative force, 2. ¢€., “but,” 
“while,” “on the other hand,’ a meaning which can easily be 
traced even here. 

Ἰφθίμους, accus. plur. mase. of ἔφθεμος, ov, elsewhere of three 
terminations also. ‘“ Valiant,” “ strong,” “mighty.” Homer uses 
this adjective as of three terminations, in speaking of persons ; but 
he says ἐἔφθιμοι ψυχαΐ, Kegadai.—Derived, in all probability, direct- 
ly from Igu, “ bravely,” “ strongly,” &c., so that -ϑιμος is a Mere 
termination. 

Ψυχάς, ace. plur. of ψυχή, ἧς, 7, “the soul.” Originally, “ the 
breath” (Latin anima), as the sign of life, spirit, &c.—From ψύχω, 
“to breathe.” Compare the Sanscrit pavakd, “breath.” ὦ 

“Aid., dat. sing. of “Aig, obsolete nominative of “Aidog and "Aide. 


Ling 3 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 315 


Line 3—5. 
“ Hades,” the god of the lower world. The Epic writers use "Aidoc 
and “Aide as a genitive and dative for ’Aidy¢ (the nominative “Ai¢ 
being, as just remarked, obsolete). The Attics, for "Aido¢ said ἄδου. 
—Common derivation from a, priv., and ἐδεῖν, “ to see,” as indicating 
the god of the dark regions below, or the darkness of the lower 
world itself. But it is probably of Oriental origin. 

Προΐαψεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of προϊάπτω, fut. -ἄψω, “to 
hurl onward,” “to hurl.” (Consult note.) From πρό and ἰάπτω, 
“to hurl,” ΟΥ̓“ send.’’—According to some, idrrw is from ἅπτω : but, 
like ἐάλλω, ἰάπτω is probably a causative, formed from a neuter verb 
of motion. 

Tok Ἡρώων, gen. plur. of ἥρως, ἥρωος, ὁ, “a hero.”—It would 

appear that ἥρως was originally applied to any freeman of 
the ante-Hellenic age, respectable by birth, or for skill in any pursuit, 
especially in war: this age was called the Heroic.—Compare the Ger- 
man Herr (‘‘ Sir’’) in its earliest usage, e. g., in the Nibelungenlied. 
Ἥρα, too, and the Latin herus, hera, seem to belong to the same root. 

Ἑλώρια, accus. plur. of ἑλώριον, ov, τό. “A prey.” Observe that 
ἑλώρια, though translated in the notes by the singular, is in reality 
of plural force, as referring to each dead body in succession.—From 
ἕλωρ, ἕλωρος, τό, same signification, and this probably from ἑλεῖν, 
“ to seize.”’ 

Tedye, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of τεύχω, wanting the augment, 
as is often the case in the Epic writers. The full form would be 
ἔτευχε.---Τ εύχω, “ to make,” “to prepare ;” fut. τεύξω : perf. rérevya: 
1 aor. érevia. 

Κύνεσσιν, Epic for κυσίν, dat. plur. of κύων, κυνός, ὁ, ἡ, “a dog.” 
—Compare the Sanscrit, cvan, in oblique cases cun (κυν-ός, κυν-ΐ, 
&c.), the Latin can-is, the German hund (i. e., chun-d). In Zend, 
evan became cpa, with which compare the term σπάκα mentioned by 
Herodotus (i., 110), and the Russian sabak. 

Link's: Οἰωνοῖσι, Epic for οἰωνοῖς, dat. plur. of οἰωνός, οὔ, ὁ, “ a bird.” 

Strictly a solitary or lone-flying bird, from οἷος, “ alone,” and 
hence especially a bird of prey, a vulture, an eagle. Observe that 
-ωνός is a mere termination, like υἱωνός from υἱός, κοινωνός from 
κοινός. 

Πᾶσι, dat. plur. masc. of πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν. 

Διός, genitive assigned to Ζεύς, ‘* Jupiter,” gen. Διός : dat. Ad: 
accus. Δία. These forms, however, come, in reality, from an obso- 
lete nominative Δίς, originally Ai‘c, gen. Acfoc, ἄς. (Kiihner, 
§ 287.) 


816 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 5—7. 

Ἐτελείετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of reAeiw, a strengthened 
Epie variety of reAéw, “ to accomplish.” --τελέω, fut. ἔσω : perf. reré- 
Aexa. The Epic future is reAéw (1]., viii., 415), and sometimes with 
oo to suit the metre, τελέσσω (Il., xxiii., 559); 1 aor. ἐτέλεσσα (IL, 
i., 108). The Epic future mid. τελέομαι has the force of the passive 
(1, ii., 36), occurring in the infinitive τελέεσθαι. 

Βουλή, ἧς, 7, “the will.” 

True δ. Ay. A particle, supposed by some to be a shortened form of 

ἤδη, but by others a lengthened form of δέ. It can never 
stand at the beginning of a sentence (except in Epic, δὴ τότε, tum vero; 
δὴ γάρ, jam enim), but generally immediately after the word to which 
it belongs. It is used to express the exactness, reality, certainty, of 
the notion of the word or sentence to which it belongs. In many 
of its significations, it answers to our word just, or sooth, in sooth, 
forsooth. It is applied in its sense of exactness to words or clauses 
indicative of time, and signifies “ now,” “just now,” ἄς. (Consult 
note.) So, also, it has the force of “ then,” “ even then,” &c. 

Ta πρῶτα. Adverbial accusative, “ First.” Frequently occurring 
in Homer, and the same in effect as πρῶτα. Some editions read 
here taxpOra as one word ; and Wolf, being of opinion that ταπρῶτα 
means imprimis, but τὰ πρῶτα, res primas, recalls the former in 
many parts of the Homeric text. ( Pref., Nov. Edit., p. lxii.) But 
he is successfully opposed by Spitzner. 

Διαστήτην. 3 dual, 2 aor. indic. act. of διέστημι, “to sét apart,” 
“to divide,” from διά and iornut. In the second aorist, διέστην, “I 
stood apart.” Said of two persons at variance, or quarreling. 

*Epicavre. Nom. dual. 1 aor. part. act. of ἐρίζω, “to quarrel,” 
to contend,” fut. ἐρέίσω : perf. ἤρικα, which last occurs in συνεπήρικα 
(Anthol. Philipp., 9, 709, 5); 1 aor. jptoa:— Derived from ἔρις, 
* strife,” &e. 

Line 7. ᾿Ατρείδης, “ Atrides,” or “ son of Alreus””’ A patronymic ap- 
plied to both Agamemnon and Menelaus, who are also both 
called collectively ᾿Ατρεῖδαι, Atride, though in reality they were sons 
of Plisthenes, and were merely brought up by their grandfather, or, 
rather, their stepfather Atreus. From ’Arpedc, gen. éoc, comes 
᾽Ατρείδης, as from Πηλεύς, éoc, Πηλείδης. : 

"Αναξ, gen. ἄνακτος, 6, “the king.” From a stem dvaxr, with 
which we may compare the Oriental anak, *‘ great,” “ powerful.” 

᾿Ανδρῶν, gen. plur. of ἀνήρ, gen. ἀνέρος, ἀνδρός. From a stem vep, 
with which we may compare the Sanscrit ar (mri), and the Persian 
ner, "ἃ man.” 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 317 


Line 7-8. 

Δῖος, dia, δῖον, “ godlike,” noble,’ “excellent,” ‘ divine.” Con- 
tracted from the less common diioc, which comes from Διός, the gen- 
itive of Ζεύς (or old nom. Δίς). Originally written dc/é¢, with the 
digamma, the old form of the nom. Af¢ having been Aif¢.—Com- 
pare the Sanscrit diw, “air,” ‘* Heaven.” 

Tic. Interrogative pronoun: τίς, τίς, τί, “ who,” “which,” 
“what.” Eolic xic. Compare the Latin quis (i. ¢., kwis, or 
«fic), the Sanscrit kas, the Gothic hva, ἄς. 

"Ap. Epic for dpa, “then.” The particle dpa (in Epic ῥά, which 
is enclitic, and before a consonant dp, as in the present case) is akin 
to dpe, “ to join,” or “ fit,” and so implies close connection, with a 
force more or less illative. In Epic usage, it denotes, 1. Simply im- 
Mediate transition from one thing to another, “ then,” ‘‘ straight- 
way,” &c. 2. In enumerating many particulars, “ then,” “next in 
order.” And also thereupon, &c. 

Σφωξ, “ them both,” accus. dual masc. of the pronoun of the third 
person ; nom.—; gen. οὗ, &c. Observe that σφωέ is purely Epic, 
and used by Homer only in the accusative. It does not appear in 
Attic. (Kiihner, §331,4.) The contraction of cdwé into σφώ is very 
doubtful, though Antimachus is said to have so used it. (Apollon., 
de Pronom., p. 373.) In il., 17, 531, Wolf has restored, however, 
σφω᾽ Αἴαντε. f 

Θεῶν, gen. plur. of ϑεός, od, ὁ, “a god.” — Like forms occur in most 
of the kindred languages: thus, Sanscrit deva; Latin deus, divus ; 
and it is no doubt originally the same as Ζεύς, Σδεύς, &c. The 
Laconian σιός for ϑεός is intermediate between ϑεός and Ζεύς. 

ἜΡριδι, dat. sing. of ἔρις, gen. ἔριδος, ἡ, “ strife.” Perhaps akin to 
the Sanscrit rush, with which compare the Latin iras-ci. 

Ξυνέηκε, 3 sing. 1 aor. ind. act. of ξυνίημι, “to send or bring to- 
gether,” “to match,” &c., and Epic for συνῆκα ; fut. ξυνήσω ; perf. 
ξυνεῖκα. From ξύν, old form for σύν, and inut, “ to send.’’—Observe 
that ξύν is the harsher pronunciation for the primitive xiv (compare 
the Latin cum), and prevailed in the old Attic for the later and more 
usual σύν. The form ξύν very seldom occurs in Homer, and only 
metri gratia. He uses it, however, more frequently in compounds, 
even where it is not needed by the metre. Hesiod only has it in ξύν, 
ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι. In Herodotus all the instances of ξύν are dubious. 

Μάχεσθαι, pres. infin. of the middle deponent μάχομαι, “ to fight,” 
τέ ἐρ contend together.” Tonic μαχέομαι ; fut. μαχέσομαι ; Attic fut. 
μαχοῦμαι, but not in Homer; for μαχεῖται, Il., xx., 26, is rather the 
Tonic present ; 1 aor. ἐμαχεσάμην. 

νυν 


Line 8. 


318 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 9-10. 

Λητοῦς, gen. of Λητώ, Λητόος contracted Λητοῦς, 7, “ Latona,” 
Lave 9, or “ Leto,” mother of Apollo and Diana, and daughter of 
Coeus and Phebe. (Hes., Theog., 406.)—Latona typifies primitive 
night, whence sprang the Sun and Moon (Apollo and Diana). Hence 
its root may be referred to the same source with that of the Latin 
lat-eo, ““ἴο lie hid,’? primitive night having all things hidden in its 
bosom. Compare the Sanscrit Jud, “to hide.” 

Υἱός, οὔ, 6, “a son.”? The Sanscrit root is su (to beget), the same 
as the Greek φύω. Compare filius, from the old fuo. 

Tép. A conjunction. From Homer downward the most usual 
causal, or syllogistic particle, and signifying “for.” It may also be 
rendered ‘ since’ (when standing, as it often does, for évei). Ina 
question, it has, like nam, the force of “what,” “why.” It is often 
explanatory merely, and stands for nempe, “ namely.” 

Βασιλῆϊ, Epic and Ionic for βασιλεῖ, dat. sing. of βασιλεύς, Epic 
and Ionic joc, Attic ἕως, ὁ, ‘‘a king.”*—Compare the Sanscrit bladilas, 
‘ca hero.” 

Χολωθείς, 1 aor. part. pass. of χολόω, “to make angry,” “to incense ;” 
fut. dow ; mid. and passive, yoAdouaz, contracted χολοῦμαι ; fut. χολώ- 
σομαι. In passive, ‘to become incensed.’ Literally, yoAdw means, 
‘to stir one’s bile,’ and hence is derived from χόλος, * bile,” “ gall.” 

Νοῦσον, Ionic and Epic for νόσον, accus. sing. of νόσος, ov, 
Line 10. ἡ, ‘a pestilence,” “a malady.” Perhaps akin to the San- 
s€rit root nac, “to perish ;”? Latin, nec-o, noc-eo. 

’Avd, in Homeric Greek an adverb; afterward a preposition, gov- 
erning the dat., and accus.; but the dative only in Epic and Doric 
poetry. Radical signification, “up,” “upon,” opposed to κατά.--- 
With the accus., the common usage, it implies motion upward, 
from the bottom to the top,i.e., “ throughout.”"—Grimm compares 
ἀνά with the Gothic ana, “upon,” “on,” to which add the Latin 
in, Originally, in all likelihood, ἐπὶ. (Grimm, Deutsche Gramm., vol. 
iii., p. 252.—Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. ii., p. 151.) 

Στρατόν, accus. sing. of στρατός, ov, ὁ, “an army,” “a host.” 

ὮὯρσε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ὄρνῦμι, “to excite,” “ to arouse Pd 
fut. ὄρσω. Frequently in Homer the Ionic ὄρσασκε is used for ὦρσε. 
Middle, ὄρνῦμαι, “to raise one’s self up,” “to rise up.” Ὁ 

Ὀλέκοντο, 3 plur. imperf. mid. of ὀλέκω, a verb formed by the 
poetic language from the perfect of ὄλλῦμι, namely, GAexa. In the 
active, “to destroy ; in the middle, “to perish.” Homer has only. 
the present and imperfect of this verb, the latter without the aug- 
ment, namely, ὄλεκον and ὀλέκοντο. : 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 319 


Line 10-13. 

Aaoi, nom. plur. of λαός, οὔ; ὁ, “ the people.” In Homer (especial- 
ly the Iliad) and Hesiod, λαός or Aaoi usually means the “ soldiery,” 
“troops,” both of the whole army, and of smaller divisions, mostly 
including both foot and horse, as in Z/., ii., 809; but sometimes λαός 
denotes the foot as opposed to the horse. (J1., vii., 342.) 

Live 11. Oivexa. ‘ Because,” an adverb. Properly for οὐ ἕνεκα, 

“‘on account of which,” “wherefore.” Usually, however, re- 
flexive, the antecedent τοὔνεκα being omitted, “ therefore,”’ “ since ;” 
hence, in general, ‘for that,” “ because.” 

Χρύσην, accus. sing. of Χρύσης, ov, ὁ, “ Chryses,” priest of Apollo 
at Chrysé in Troas, and father of Astyndme, or, as she is common- 
ly called, Chryséis. 

Ἠτίμησε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indict. act. of ἀτιμάω, ὦ, fut. fou, “ to treat 
with indignily,” “to insult.” From a, priv., and τιμάω, ὥ, “to honor.” 

᾿Αρητῆρα, accus. sing. of ἀρητήρ, gen. jpoc, 6, “a priest.” Strict- 

ly, “‘ one that prays,” the priest conveying the prayers of the people 
to the gods. From ἀράομαι, “ to pray.” 
Line 12. Ἦλθε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἔρχομαι, “to come,” “to 
: go;” fat. ἐλεύσομαι; 2 perf., with reduplication, ἐλήλυθα. 
The aorist ἦλθον is syncopated from ἤλῦθον, which is common in 
᾿ Epic, rare'in Tragic poetry. The form ἤλυθα of the 2 perf. is non- 
Attic. 

Θοάς, accus. plur. fem. of ϑοός, 7, dv, “ swift.” Probably from 
ϑέω, “to run.” 

Ἐπ in Homeric Greek an adverb, afterward a preposition govern- 
ing the gen., dat., and accus. Radical signification, “upon.” With 
the accusative in the present passage it denotes motion toward, 
“ἐ unto.”’—Compare the Sanscrit api. Re Etymol. Forsch., vol. Bs 
p. 109.) 

Νῆας, Epic and Ionic aceus. plur. for ναῦς, from νηῦς, gen. νηός ; At= 
tic ναῦς, gen. νεώς, 7, a ship.” Compare the Sanscrit ndus, and 
Latin nav-ts. The original form of the nominative was vaFc. 
finn ὟΣ Λυσόμενος, fut. part. mid. of Avw, “to free for another ;” 

οὐ mid. Avouaz, “to Sree for one’s self,” “to redeem,” or “ ran- 
som ;” fut. λύσομαι ; perf. pass. λέλῦμαι ; 1 aor. pass. ἐλύθην. 

Θύγατρα, accus. sing. of Svydryp, ‘a daughler ;” gen. ϑυγᾶτέρος, 
contracted ϑυγατρός ; dat. ϑυγᾶτέρι, ϑυγατρί ; accus. ϑυγᾶτέρα, but» 
Epic Siyarpa; voc. ϑύγᾶτερ. Homer employs both forms: the tri- 
syllabic, however, is only used in prose.—Of the same root with the 
Sanscrit duhitri; the Gothic dauthar; the German Tochier, and our 
“daughter.” 


320 HOMERRIC GLOSSARY, 


Line 13-15; 

Φέρων, pres. part. of φέρω, “lo bear,” fut. οἴσω ; perf. ἐνήνοχα. τ: 
The radical signification, * ¢o bear,” is, in fact, the same word with 
the Greek φέρω (ph-ero, bh-ero, bero); the Latin fero; the Sanscrit , 
Bhri; Persian Ber, &c. Compare the German buhren, fahren. 

᾿Απερείσια, accus. plur. neut. of ἀπερείσιος, ov, ὁ, 4, τό, poetic form 
for ἀπειρέσιος, “ boundless,” “invaluable.” ᾿Απειρέσιος is a lengthen- 
ed form of ἄπεερος, which last comes from a, priv., and πεῖρας, poetic 
for πέρας, “ an end,’’ or “limit.” | 

Ἄποινα, wy, τά, accus. plur. neut. “ Aransom.’’ It is used only \ 
in the plural; and, according to Passow, comes from a copulative 
and ποινή, and means, “ things all one with a ποινή, or penalty,” i. 6.) 
“taken for, or instead thereof.” Pott, however, deduces it from ἀπό, 
* penalty in full,” like the German Ab-busse. 

: Στέμμα, roc, τό, “a fillet,” from στέφω, “ to encircle,” “ to 
Line 14. encompass,” ἄς. (Cunsult note.) 

Ἔχων, pres. part. of ἔχω, “to have,” “to hold ;” fut. ἔξω, and in 
Homer more frequently σχήσω ; perf. ἔσχηκα. 

Xepoiv, dat. plur. of χείρ, gen. χειρός, ἡ, “a hand.” Poetic forms 
are yeipect and χείρεσσι.--- χείρ is the old Latin form hir, equivalent 
to vola, *‘ the palm,” or hollow of the hand, and occurring in Lucilius 
(ap. Cic., de Fin., ii., 8). The root is probably to be found in the 
Sanscrit Ari, “ to take,” or “ seize,” akin to aipéw, dypéw, ἁρπάζω, the 
English grip, &c. 

Ἑκηδόλου, gen. sing. masc. of ἑκηδόλος, ov, 6, ἡ, “far-darting,” 
“ far-shooting ;” an epithet of Apollo, from ἑκάς, “ afar,” and βάλλω, 
“to dart.” 

᾿Απόλλωνος, gen. of ᾿Απόλλων, ὠνος, 6, “ Apollo,” son of Jove and 
Latona (consult Λητοῦς, line 9), and brether of Diana. He was 
born, according to 1|., iv., 101, in Lycia (Λυκία, 2. e., the country of 
light. Compare the old root λύκ-η, light, and also luc-eo, lux (luc-s), 
the German Jicht, and our light). As the god of archery, he is call- 
ed ἑκηθόλος, ἀργυρότοξος, &c.—Probably the name is of Oriental 
origin. The Cretan form for Helios, or “the Sun” (Ἤλιος), was 
Abelius (’A6éAu0¢), 2. e.,’AéAso¢, With the digamma inserted (’A/éAzo¢), 
with which we may compare the Doric ᾿Απέλλων, for ᾿Απόλλων, 
and the form Apellinem for Apollinem, as cited by Festus. We have 
here the Oriental root Bel or Hel, an appellation for the Sun in the 
Semitic languages. 

Liste 15: Xpvoéw, dat. sing. neut. of χρύσεος, n, ον, contracted by the 
Attics into χρυσοῦς, ἢ, οὖν. Epic form xpicetoc, ἡ, ov. 
“Golden.” Homer and Hesiod use both χρύσεος and χῤὕύσειδς, but 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 321 


Line 15-18. 
never χρυσοῦς, though the fem. χρυσῆν is still found in the editions 
of the latter poet.—From χρυσός, “ gold.” 

*Avad. Consult note, and also line 10. 

Σκήπτρῳ, dat. sing. of σκῆπτρον, ov, τό, “a scepire.”’ (Consult 
note.) Doric form σκᾶπτον. Both from σκήπτω, “ to lean upon,” &c. 

᾿Ἐλίσσετο, 3 sing. imperf. ind. of middle deponent λίσσομαι, “ ἰο en- 

treat,” “to beseech ;” fut. λίσομαι. Another form of the verb is λέτομαι : 
1 aor. éAA%odunv.—Compare the Sanscrit root ἐμέ, “to speak out,” 
and the Latin /aud-o (primitive meaning “to call /oudly on one by 
name.’ Aul. Gell., 2, 6), together with the German /auwt, and our 
loud. 
’Arpeidad, accus. dual of *Atpeidn¢. (Consult verse 7.) 
Observe that the dual @ is always long. The dual is not 
always used where two persons or things are spoken of, but only 
where such two persons or things are either really a pair, or, in an- 
imo loquentis, are considered as such. Hence the numeral δύω is 
sometimes brought in to add precision to the meaning, when the 
idea of parity stands in need of additional development. The éwo 
Atridz are here supplicated at one and the same time, being both 
present. 

Μάλιστα, “ most of all.” Superlative of the adverb μάλα, “ very,” 
“very much,” “ exceedingly,” &c. 

Κοσμήτορε, accus. dual of κοσμήτωρ, opoc, ὁ, ** a leader ;”’ literally, 
one who marshals or arranges. From xoopéw, “ to order,” “to ar- 
range.” 

Aaéy. Consult line 10. 

"Evxvjpidec, voc. plur. of εὐκνήμῖς, ἴδος, ὁ, ἡ, * well-greaved.” 
(Consult note.) From εὖ, “ well,” and κνημίς, “ a greave,” 
so called because covering and protecting the κνήμη or leg in front, 
from the knee to the ankle. : 

Δοῖεν, 3 plur. 2 aor. optative act., contracted for δοίησαν, 
Line 18. tom δίδωμι, “to grant,” “to give ;” fut. δώσω : pref. δέδωκα. 
—The verb δίδωμε appears to be reduplicated from the root Ao-, which 
appears in the derivative forms, as also in the Latin do, with whicn 
compare dedo and dido. 

᾿Ολύμπια, accus. plur. neut. of Ὀλύμπιος, ov, ὁ, }, τό, “ Olympian,” 
of or belonging to Olympus; said of the gods as dwelling thereon, 
and of their mansions as standing there. From "Ὄλυμπος, “ Olym- 
pus,’’ a mountain in Thessaly, on the northern frontier, near the 
sea, and the fabled abode of the gods.—Consult line 44. 

Δώματα, accus. plur. of δῶμα, atoc, τό, “ a mansion,” “an abode.” 
From déua, “ to build.” 


Line 16. 


Τανε 17. 


322. HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line. 1920. 
’Exrépoat, 1 aor. inf. act. of ἐκπέρθω, “ to sack,” “to destroy 
Lamers: ulterly;” fut. éxxépow. From ἐκ, “utterly,” “thoroughly,” 
and πέρθω, ‘ to destroy.” 

Πριάμοιο, Epic for Πριάμου, gen. sing. of Πρίαμος, “ Priam,” son of 
Laomedon, and the last king of Troy. When Hercules took the. 
city during the reign of Laomedon, Priam was in the number of the 
prisoners, but his sister Hesione redeemed him from captivity, and 
he exchanged, in consequence, his original name of Podarces for 
that of Priam, which signifies “‘ bought,” ΟΥ̓“ ransomed,” from πρί- 
auat, ‘to buy.” 

Πόλιν, accus. sing. of πόλις, Loc, 7, “ α city.” The Epic and Ionic 
genitive is πόλιος, and the ¢ of the stem is retained through all the 
eases. The Attic gen. is πόλεως, but in Attic poetry πόλεος is also 
used. Another Epic form is πόληος, &c —Compare the Sanscrit 
palli, “ἃ stronghold,” “ a fortress.” 

Ed. An adverb, ‘‘well,” ‘in safety,” ἄς. Strictly speaking, the 
neuter of ἐύς, an old Epic adjective, meaning “ good,” “ brave,” 
“ noble.” 

Olxade, ‘‘ homeward,’ “to one’s home.” When a long penult is 
required, olxévde is employed. (Consult Excursus v., page 285.) 

Ἱκέσθαι, 2 aor. infin. mid. of ἱκνέομαι, “to come,” “ to arrive at,” 
“to go;” fut. ifouar: 2 aor. ἱκόμην. The verb ἱκνέομαι is merely. a 
lengthened form from ixw, which last is the common form in Homer, 
who only uses the present ἱκνέομαι twice (Od., ix., 128; and xxiv., 
339). But he often has the fut. and 2 aor. ‘ 
Line 20. Παῖδα, accus. sing. of παῖς, παιδός, 6, 7, ‘Sa child,” a son or 

daughter. The £olo-Doric dialect said ποΐρ for παῖς, 
whence the Latin puer. Compare the Sanscrit putra. 

Ἐμοί. Emphatic form of the dative, for μοί, from ἐγώ, “ I.” 

_Avoaz, 1 aor. infin. act. of Avw, “to release,” “to free ;” fut. λύσω; 
perf. AéAvKa; 1 aor. ἔλῦσα.᾽ 

Φίλην, accus. sing. fem. of φίλος, ἡ, ov. This adjective has usually 
a passive signification, “ loved,’ ‘* beloved,” “‘ dear.” It soon, how- 
ever, came to be used as a substantive, like the Latin amicus, “a 
friend.”-——-The poets, especially Homer, use φίλος as a paraphrase of 
the possessive pronoun, my, thy, his, with those things that may 
safely be assumed to be dear to a person; and at last it became a 
regular epithet of many words even when no affection can be im- 
plied in it. 

"Ἄποινα. Consult line 13. 

Δέχεσθαι, pres. infin. mid. of δέχομαι, “to receive ;” fut. Sieces Ἵ 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 323 


Line 20-24. 
perf. pass. δέδεγμαι. The Ionic form of δέχομαι is δέκομαι ; but not 
so in Homer.—Buttmann traces both δέχομαι and δεέκνυμε to the 
same root dex, with the common notion of stretching out the right-hand 
(δεξιά), either to point, as in δείκνυμι ; or to welcome, as in δέχομαι. 
Youn 2]. 'Αζόμενοι, pres. part. mid. of ἄζομαι. “ to reverence,” as a de- 
ponent verb. The form Go usually, and in Homer al- 

ways, appears as a defective. 

Διός. Consult line 5. 
᾿ς *Exy6dAov. Consult line 14. 

᾽Απόλλωνα. Consult line 14 

Ἔνθα. “ Thereupon.” An adverb of both time and place. 

Lane 22. From the preposition év. 

᾿Ἐπευφήμησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐπευφημέω, “ to shout as- 
sent,” or “applause.”’ From ἐπί and εὐφημέω, ‘ to applaud.” 
Αἰδεῖσθαι, pres. infin. mid. of the deponent aidéouat, “ to 
reverence,’ “to respect ;” fut. αἰδέσομαι (poetic -ἔσσομαι and 
also -ἥσομαιν : perf. pass. ἤδεσμαι : 1 aor. pass. ἠδέσθην : 1 aor. mid. 
ἠδεσάμην. This last is little used except by the poets. An old Epic 
present is aldouat, which occurs often in Homer, and once or twice 
in the tragic writers. 

Ἱερῆα, accus. sing. Epic and Ionic for ἑερέα, from ἱερεύς, ἕως, Epic 
and Ionic joc, ὁ, “a priest.” From ἱερός, ‘* sacred.” 

᾽Αγλαά, accus. plur. neut. of dyAdéc, 7, dv (and also oc, ὄν, in The- 
ognis, and Eurip., Andr., 135). ‘‘ Splendid,” “ brilliant,” “ beautiful,” 
ἄς. It is an old Epic and Lyric word, being only found twice or 
thrice in Attic poets, and is akin to aiyAn, “ lustre,” “ glitter,” &c. 

Δέχθαι, Epic syncopated aorist of the infinitive, from δέχομαι, “ to 
receive.” Thus, ἐδέγμην, ἔδεξο, ἔδεκτο : infin. δέχθαι : imperat. δέξο. 
These syncopated passive aorists are formed from the simple present 
of the verb; and, when that present is the one in common use, they 
are distinguished from the imperfect and the moods of the present 
merely by the syncope. Hence they are exactly like the perfect 
and pluperfect pass. of those verbs, but without the reduplication ; 
and may therefore be compared, but must not be confounded with 
them. In meaning, whether active, passive, or middle, they follow 
their present in zac ; and they belong only to the oldest periods of 
the language. (Buttmann’s Irreg. Verbs, p. 50, not., ed. Fishlake.) 

᾿Αγαμέμνονι, dat. sing. of ᾽Αγαμέμνων, ovoc, 6, “ Agamemnon,” son 
of Plisthenes and brother of Menelaus. He was king of Mycene 
and commander of the Grecian forces at Troy. Consult article 
᾽Ατρείδης, line 7. 


LinE 23. 


324 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 24-26. 

*Hydave, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ὡνδάνω, “to please ;” fut. ἁδήσω : 
2 perf. ξᾶδα : 2 aor. ἕᾶδον, for which last Homer has sometimes the 
more poetic form evador, from the digammated éfadov. The Ionic 
ἑάνδανον, moreover, is the strict Homeric form of the imperfect it- 
self, having been written, before the disappearance of the digamma, 
éf avdavop, 

Θυμῷ, dat. sing. of ϑυμός, οὔ, ὁ, “ the soul.” Observe the difference 
in quantity between this ϑῦμός, and ϑύμος, ov, ὁ, “ thyme.” And yet 
they both would seem to come from the same source, namely, Guo, a 
verb indicative of violent motion in general, which is itself akin to the 
Sanscrit root dhu, ‘to agitate.” Thus, ϑυμός, * the soul,” refers to 
the seat of strong feeling and passion; while in ϑύμος, “ thyme,” we 
see lurking the idea of vapor rapidly ascending, thyme having been 
commonly used by the ancients in fumigations, and often as fuel in 
sacrifices, the brushwood of the plant having been employed for this 
latter purpose. Compare the Latin fumus. (Donaldson’s New Cra- 
tylus, p. 582.—Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 211.) 

᾿Αφίει, 3 sing. Epic imperf. indic. act., from ἀφεέω, Epic and 
Lins 36. Tonic form for ἀφίημι. It wants the augtnent, this being 
often omitted in the Epic and Ionic dialects ; the full form with the 
augment would be 7#¢iec —Observe that in the Epic, Ionic, and Doric 
dialects, the forms from verbs in ἕω and 6 are often employed in 
the 2 and 3 pers. sing. of the present and imperfect, instead of those 
from verbs in wt. (Kithner, § 202, 2.) 

Κρατερόν, accus. sing. neut. of κρατερός, a, ὄν, “ strong,” “ power- 
ful,” and hence “ harsh,” “ hard-hearted,” “rough.” From κράτος, 
* strength,” through xparéw, “ to be strong,” &c.—Observe that κράτ- 
oc, poetic κάρτ-ος, appears akin to the German “hart,” and English 
“ hard.” : 

Μῦθον, aceus. sing. of μῦθος, ov, 6, a word,” “a mandate,” &¢.— 
If μῦθος was in Aolic μόθος, as we find it asserted, we may trace an 
analogy between this word and the English “‘mouth.” But consult 
Buttmann, ad Schol. in Od., xxi., 71, p. 532. 

*EreAAev, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of τέλλω, ‘to make io arise,” 
© to call into existence,” ‘to make.” Hence ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν, “ He 
made (or uttered) an injunction besides,” ἡ. ¢., ‘he added thereunto 
an injunction ;” fut. τελῶ; 1 aor. érecAa.—Akin to the Sanscrit dll, 
‘to move,” ‘to arise.” (Eichhoff, Vergleich., p. 209.) 

Μή. Adverb, “ not.” Used in cases where the negative 
Lins 26. depends on some previous condition either expressed or 
implied, while οὐ denies absolutely and independently.—It is very 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 325 


Line 26-28 

frequently employed in clauses containing a command, entreaty, warn- 
ing, or expressing a wish or fear; in which cases, like the Latin 
ne, it stands first in a sentence.—M7 also appears as a conjunction, 
“that...nol,” “lest.” (Latin ne.)—It is also used as an mm/erroga- 

ve: 1. In direct questions, with all cases of the indicative; but, 
like the Latin num, mostly where a negative answer is expected ; 
as, 7 μή που φάσθε ; ‘surely ye did not say?’ Whereas with οὐ the 
answer expected is affirmative. 2. In indirect questions, or when 
another’s question is repeated, μή is used in a sense that may be 
rendered by whether.—The Latin ne appears to be only a dialectic 
variety of μή. 

Tépov, voc. sing. of γέρων, οντος, 6, “an old man.”—According to 
Donaldson, γέρων is akin to γέρας, “ the privilege or peculiar gift of a 
person in authority,” i. e., the first share of the booty, and so forth. 
Hence γέρων (1. e., yépovt-¢), a person holding such privilege and au- 
thority; an elder or ruler. The same writer thinks that γέρων has 
no affinity whatever with γῆρας, “ old age.” (New Cratylus, p. 376.) 

Κοίλῃσιν, Epic and Ionic dat. plur. fem. for xoiAaic, from κοῖλος, 
ἢ, ov, * hollow.”—Compare the Old High German hol; the later 
hohl ; our hollow ; the Latin cel-um, &c. 

Νηυσί, Epic and Ionic dat. plur. of νηῦς, νηός, 7, “a ship.” Con- 
sult line 12. 

Κιχείω, pres. subjunctive, Epic form for xiyéw, 6, from κεχέω, a 
supposed form of the present, and taking the place, in the forms de- 
rived from it, ef the more commun κεχάνω : fut. κεχήσω. (Buttmann, 
Irreg. Verbs, p. 147, ed. Fishlake.) 

Δηθύνοντα, accus. sing. of pres. part. act. of δηθύνω, “io 
Lane 37. delay,” “to tarry ;’’ fut.iv6. From 696d, “long,” “ for a 
long time.” 

Ὕστερον, “ hereafter,” “ afterward ;” accus. sing. neut. of ὕστερος, 
a, ov, * the latter,” “later,” “ following,” taken adverbially. 

Αὐτις, “again,” as of time; “back,” “ back again,” as of place. 
Tonic and Epic form for αὖθις.----Α lengthened form of αὖ, with which 
it agrees in most significations. 

Ἰόντα, aceus. sing. pres. part. of elu, “ to go,” “to come.” Epic 
fat. εἴσομαι (in the signification * to «γα δὰ 2 perf. ἤϊα. 

Line 28. Μή. Consult line 26.: : 

Nv. Epic and shortened form of the enclitic νύν, and equivalent 
to οὖν, “therefore,” “ thereupon,’’ “ in that event.” (Consult note.) 

To. An enclitic particle, strictly an old dative, for τῷ, “ there- 
Sore,” “ accordingly ;” often, also, serving to strengthen an asser- 

Er 


326 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 28-30. 
tion, ‘‘in truth,” “in reality,” “verily.”—It very often serves to 
strengthen other particles, which it usually follows ; as, γάρ τοι, γέ 
τοι, ἤτοι, Kaitos, &c.; but sometimes τοὶ is put first ; as, τοιγάρ, 
τοίνυν, &e. 

Χραίσμῃ, 2 sing. 2 aor. subj. act., and assigned to χραισμέω, a verb 
not used in the present, but only in certain merely Epic forms; fut. 
χραισμήσω; 1 aor. éypaicuyca; 2 aor. Exyparouov.—Strictly speak- 
ing, “‘ to ward off’ something destructive from one, like ἀρκέω, with 
the-accus. of the thing and the dat. of the person; but more fre- 
quently, with the dative of the person only, ‘‘to defend” any one; 
“to help,” “to prove of avail,” &c. In the present passage, however, 
it is better to suppose the dative understood, than to make τοι stand 
for coi, as some do. 

Θεοῖο, Epic and Ionic (or, according to the grammarians, Thessa- 
lian) form of ϑεοῦ, gen. sing. of ϑεός. (Kushner, § 270, 2.) 

Atco, fut. act. of Ado, “to release,” “to free.”—Observe 
Ling 29. that the active here refers to a freeing for another, namely, 
the maiden’s father; and consult line 13. 

πρίν. Adverbof time. “ Sooner,” “ before,” &c. The Doric form 
is πρᾶν, akin to the Sanscrit pra, “ before.”’ 

Miv. Ionic accus. sing. of the pronoun of the third person, through 
all genders; and so for αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτός More rarely for αὐτούς, 
αὐτάς, αὐτά. In the present passage it stands for αὐτήν. The Doric 
and Attic form is viv, but it is never used in Attic prose. Homer 
joins μὲν αὐτόν, “ him himself,” merely as a stronger form (J1., xxi., 
245) ; but αὐτόν μιν is reflexive, “ one’s self,” for ἑαυτόν. The forms 
piv and viv belong manifestly to the same stem with ἔν, another 
form of the accusative (compare Hesychius, ἔν : αὐτόν, αὐτήν, Κύ- 
mptot), With which we may compare the old Latin zm and em for 
eum, Which occur in Festus (Ezcerpt. Paul. Diac., ed. Lindemann, p. 
36 and 58), and also the English him. 

Τῆρας, γήραος, τό, “ old age.” Uncontracted form of the genitive, 
γήρατος (Attic gen. γήρως), dat. γήραϊ (Attic γήρᾳ). --- Akin to the 
Sanscrit root jt (jara), ‘to wear away.” (Donaldson's New Cratylus, 
p. 376.) 

Ἔπεισιν, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἔπειμε, “to come upon,” with 
a future signification, which εἶμι, ‘‘¢o go,” and its compounds, com- 
monly have in Attic, and occasionally in Epic and Doric. 

*Evi, in Homeric Greek an adverb, afterward a preposi- 
Lair 90. tion; Epic form for ἐν. 
-"Apyei, dat: sing. of "Apyoc, εος, τό. (Consult note.) 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 3827 


Line 30-33. 

Τηλόθι. “Far,” “at a distance.” Adverb of place, from τηλοῦ, 
“afar.” Consult Excursus v., p. 285. : 

Πάτρης, gen. sing. of πάτρη, ne, ἡ, “α native land,” Epic and Ionic 
for πάτρα, ac, 7. Literally, “one’s father-land,” from πατήρ, “a 
Sather.” 

Ἱστόν, accus. sing. of ἱστός, οὔ, 6, “the loom.” Properly, 
Line 31. the jar or beam of the loom, which stood upright, instead 
of lying horizontally, as in modern looms.’ Hence it comes from 
tornut, “to place,” “to set up.’’ The vertical loom is still used in 
India, as also at the Gobelins manufactory. 

᾿Ἐποιχομένην, accus. sing. fem. pres. part. of the middle deponent 
ἐποίχομαι ; fut. ἥσομαι, “to go toward,” “to approach,” and, with 
ἱστόν, “to ply.”* (Consult note.)\—From ἐπί, “ unto,” and οἴχομαι, 
“0 go.” 

Λέχος, accus. sing. neut. of λέχος, εος, τό, ‘a couch.” From λέγω, 
“ to lull to sleep,” “το put to bed.” 

᾿Αντιόωσαν, accus. sing. fem. pres. part. of ἀντιάω, and lengthen- 
ed, according to the Epic custom, from ἀντιῶσαν. Thus, ἀντιόων, 
ἀντιόωσα, for ἀντιῶν, ἀντιῶσα. The literal meaning of the verb is 
“to meét with,’ &c.; and thence we have among the secondary 
meanings, “to busy one’s self with,” “to arrange,” “to prepare,” &c. 
(consult note); fut. dvriicw; 1 aor. ἠντίῶάσα. Observe the short 
penult of the future and aorist, so that these tenses belong equally 
to ἀντιάω and ἀντιάζω. 

Line 32. Ἴθι, 2 pers. sing. pres. ἐπρενοϊ να of εἶμι, “ to go.” 

᾿Ἐρέθιζε, 2 pers. sing. pres. imperative of ἐρεθίζω, “to provoke ;᾽ 
fut. ἔσω, Attic εῶ ; perf. ἠρέθικα. Frequentative form from ἐρέθω. 

Σαώτερος, comparative of σάος, “ safe.” The positive, in fact, is 
found only in the contracted form σῶς, σῶν, ὁ, 7,76. The form σῶος 
is a lengthened one, and post- Homeric. 

Ke. Consult note. 

Νέηαι, 2 pers. sing. pres. subj. of the middle poetic deponent véo- 
pat, namely, νέωμαι, vénat, νέηται ; hence vénat is for véy, the later 
form; whereas the earliest form was νέησαι, which, on dropping 
the o, became vénat. 

“Ὥς, equivalent to οὕτως, “ thus, ” as indicated rey the ac- 
Line 33. cont: 

‘mao 3 sing. imperf. indic. middle of φημέ, “to say i” namely, 
ἐφάμην, ἔφασο, ἔφατο : fut. φήσω : 1 aor. éonoa.—Observe that, from 
the radical word φάω, come not only φάος, φάσις, and φαίνω, “to 
show,” but also the whole family of φημί, φήμη, φάτις ; Lat. fama, fari, 


328 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 33-35. 
&c., for the first notion in all is to make known or evident, e. g., by 
words. : 

"Εδδεισεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of δείδω, “to fear.” The or- 
dinary form of the aorist is ἔδεισα, but with the Epic writers, the 
aorist, when augmented (as in the present case) or compounded, is 
usually written with dd. Thus, περέδδεισα (Il., xi., 508), ἂς 

᾿Επείθετο, 3. sing. imperf. indic. middle of πείθω, ‘to persuade ;” 
fut—cw; perf. πέπεικα ; middle πείθομαι, ‘to persuade one’s self,” 
e. g., to follow the directions of another, * to obey.” 

By, for ἔδη, augment dropped, as is often done by the Epic 
Line 34. and Ionic writers.—3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of Baivw, “to 
go.” 

*Axéwr, in form a participle, having in the feminine dxéovea, but 
used by Homer with a kind of adverbial force, “ in silence,” “ stilly,” 
“silently,” &c. The dual, axéovre, occurs, Od., xiv., 195; the plural 
form never.—Akin, perhaps, to the root ¢ac of faced. 

Θένα, accus. sing. of Bic (later Div); gen. ϑινός, 6. Literally, “a 
heap,” especially said of the sand-heaps on the beach; and hence, in 
general, ‘‘the shore,” “‘ihe beach.” Compare the German Dinen, 
and English downs. 

Πολυφλοίσδοιο. Epic and Ionic for πολυφλοίσδου, gen. sing. fem. of 
πολύφλοισδος, “loud roaring,” from πολύς and φλοῖσδος, “a confused 
roaring noise.” 

Θαλάσσης, gen. of ϑάλασσα, 7, “ the sea.” Homer, when he uses 
it of a particular sea, means by ϑάλασσα the Mediterranean ; for he 
calls the outer sea ’Qxeavéc, and means by it a river.—Probably 
from ἄλς, “ salt,” so that is a substitute. for the aspirate. Com- 
pare Gua and ϑάμα. 

Line 35. Πολλά, accus. plur. neut. of πολύς, used adverhially. 

᾿Απάνευθε, “ apart,” “ afar off,” ἄς. Adverb, from ἀπό and ἄνευθε, 
“ apart from,” “ away.” 

Κιών, pres. part. act. of the poetic verb xia, “tu go.” The present 
is not used in the indicative, but frequently in Homer, &c., we have 
the optative κέοεμε, part. κιών, κιοῦσα, and imperfect éxcov, or, with- 
out augment, xiov. Found in no other tenses. 

*Hpdro, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of the middle deponent ἀράομαι; fat. 
Gcouat, Ionic ἥσομαι, “to pray.” From apd, 9, “a prayer.” — 

Τεραιός, ἄ, ὅν, “old.” Used in Homer (who never has γηραιός) 
always of men, with the accompanying idea of dignity, “ venerable.” 
Comparative γεραίτερος ; super]. yt cg αιροῖ the root of 
γέρων. Line 26. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. oa 


Line 36-39. 
"Hixopoc, Epic for εὔκομος, ov, “ fair-haired.”—From εὖ and 
LIne 36. όμη; « the hair.” 

Téxe, for ἔτεκε, augment being dropped, 3 sing 2 aor. indic. act. 
of tixtw, * to bear,”’ &c. ; fut. τέξω : fut. mid. réfouar; which last is 
more usual ; perf. réruxa.—Lengthened from a root rex-. 

Κλῦθι, 2 sing., Epic 2 aor. imperative of κλύω, “ to hear.” 
Line 37. (Compare βῆθι, γνῶθι.) The present of the imperative is 
κλύε, KAvETW. 

Med, Epic and Ionic for μοῦ, enclitic genitive of ἐγώ. 

᾿Αργυρότοξε, νοῦ. sing. of ἀργυρότοξος, “ with silver bow.” Epithet 
of Apollo, “dearer of the sileer bow.” From ἄργυρος, “ silver,” and 
τόξον, “a bow.” 

Χρύσην, accus. sing. of Χρύση, nc, 7, “ Chrysa.”” (Consult note.) 

᾿Αμφιδέδηκας, 2 sing. perf. indic. act. of ἀμφιδαΐνω, “to go around,” 
“to protect 3’ fut. ἀμφιδήσομαι, perf. augibé6nxa. (Consult note.) 
From dui, “ around,” and Baiva, “to go.” 

Κίλλαν, accus. sing. of Kidda, ας, ἡ, “ Cilla.” (Consult 
Line 38. 
note.) 

Ζαθέην, accus. sing. fem. of ζάθεος, éa, eov, “ very divine,” and Epic 
and Ionic for ζαθέαν. From the inseparable particle fa, with inten- 
sive signification, and ed¢.--Another intensive prefix is da, which is 
commonly regarded as merely a dialectic variety of (a, and both are 
sought to be derived from διά. This, however, is certainly incorrect, 
since διά originally means “through,” or, more properly, “asunder” 
' (perhaps connected with δίς), and can never, like per, have a really 
strengthening force. Hartung, therefore, regards (a as a collateral 
form of ἀγα (ἄγαν), and ἀγα as corresponding to the Sanscrit sa-ha. 
Now sa, in all likelihood, is the same with the a intensivum of the 
Greeks; while ha corresponds to ya or ye, and both words, there- 
fore, are nearly allied in meaning ; so that out of this Aa (ya, ye), the 
form (Ga (δα) may have arisen. (Hartung, vol. i., p. 352.—Kiwhner, 
vol. i., p. 431, not.) 

Tevédoto, Epic and Ionic for Tevédov, gen. of Tévedog, ov, 7, ““ Te- 
nedos.”” (Consult note.) 

"Ig. Adverb, “ powerfully,” “ with might,” &c. In Homer it has 
the digamma, Fig, and is, therefore, regarded by some as an old 
poetic dative from ἔς. 

᾿Ανάσσεις, 2 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἀνάσσω, “ to rule over,” “ to 
reign over ;” fut. ἀνάξω. From ἄναξ. , 

᾿ς Σμιφθεῦ, voc. sing. of Σμινθεύς, ἕως, 6, “ Sminthéiis,” an 
Laue 39. epithet of Apollo. (Consult note.) 
Er2 


330 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 39-41. 

Ποτέ, an enclitic particle, “ ever,” “at any time,” “ at some time.” 
But πότε, with the acute on the penult, an interrogative particle, 
“when,” “ αἱ what time.” 

Tot, Epic, Ionic, and Doric for coi, dat. sing. of σύ, but with this 
difference, that coi always retains its accent in Epic, Ionic, and 
Doric, while roz is always enclitic. 

Xapievra, accus. sing. mase. of χαρίεις, ecoa, ev, “ beauteous,” 
“ pleasing.” From χάρις, “ grace,” “ beauty,” &e. 

Νηόν, accus. sing. of νηός, od, ὁ, Epic and Ionic for ναός, οὔ, ὁ, “a 
temple.”’--From vaiw, “ to inhabit.”’—Strictly, any house or dwelling, 
but, like the Latin edes (in sing.), limited in use to the dwelling of a 
god, a temple. 

*Epewa, 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐρέφω, “to cover over,” “to roof over,” 
“to erect.” (Consult note.)—The primitive idea involved in ἐρέφω is 
that of the exclusion of light, as caused by a covering put upon any 
thing ; and hence the word is probably akin to the Hebrew ered, or 
erev, and our “ eve-ning.” 

Line 40. Toz, for coi. Consult previous line. 

Tliova, accus. plur. neut. of πίων, ὁ, 7; neut. πῖον ; gen. πίονος, 
“ fat,” “ well fed,” “ sleek.” Comparative and superlative, πιότερος, 
πιότατος, as if from πῖος, ‘ fat.” 

Mypia, accus. plur. of μηρίον, ov, 76, “a thigh.” The singular, 
however, is, in fact, never used, and is merely given here to show 
the analogy of formation.—From μῆρα τά, a rarer Homeric plural, and 
this last akin to μηρός, od, ὁ, “ the thagh.”’—The old grammarians 
used to distinguish between μηρία, “ thigh bones,” and μηροέ, “ thighs.” 
But this is opposed by Hermann and Nitzsch. 

Ἔκηα, 1 sing. Epic 1 aor. indic. act. of καίω (Attic κάω) ; fut. 
καύσω, &ce. This form ἔκηα supposes, in strictness, a present κήω, 
which does not, it is true, actually appear, but still we have the im- 
perfect ἔκηον among the various readings of Od., ix., 553. (Kihner, 
vol. i., p. 179.) 

Ἦδέ, “and,” conjunction, joining two words together just 
Line 41. like καί, and of frequent occurrence in Homer.—If ἠμέν, “ as 
well,” goes before, ἠδέ is “as also,” like kai... . καί. 

. Αἰγῶν, gen. plur. of alg, αἰγός, ὁ, ἡ, “a goat.”’—From whats “to 
rush,” “ to dart,” and so, strictly, “a darter,” “a springer.” 

Τόδε, accus. sing. neut. of the demonstr. pronoun ὅδε, ἥδε, side, 
“ this,” “that.” In reality, however, it means “ chis one here,” &e., 
like the Latin hicce, hecce, hocce. 

Κρήηνον, 2 sing. 1 aor. imperative act. of xpacaiva, “to aces 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 331 


Line 41-44. 
“ to bring to pass, ” “to grant,” and xpacaive itself is a lengthened 
form of xpaive, fut. xpavd, 1 aor. ἔκρηνα, lengthened form ἐκρήηνα. 
—Akin to the Sanscrit root kri, “to make,” whence we have aiso 
the Latin creare. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 219.) 

᾿Ἐέλδωρ, Epic for ἔλδωρ, τό, “ a desire,” ““α wish,” itself a poetic 
word.—Pott regards ἔλδομαι and ἔλδωρ as merely enlarged by the 
addition of a d-sound, and seeks to trace an analogy between ἔλω, ἔλο- 
μαι, and velle, &c. 

Τίσειαν, 3 plur., 1 aor. opt. Lolic, of tive, “ to pay a price” 
Line 42. by way of return or recompense, “ to atone for ;” fut. tiow; 
perf. τέτικα ; 1 aor. éreca.—Not from tiw, which is confined to the 
signification of paying honor. 

*Eud, accus. plur. neut. of ἐμός, 7, όν, “my,” “ mine,”’ possessive 
pronoun of 1 pers. 

Δάκρυα, accus. plur. of δάκρυ, υος, τό, “a tear.”—Compare the 
Latin /acrit-ma, and the Sanscrit acru. 

Σοῖσι, Epic and Ionic for σοῖς, dat. plur. of σός, σή, σόν, “ thy,” 
“thine ;” possessive pronoun of 2 pers., from σύ, ** thou.” 

Βέλεσσιν, Epic for βέλεσιν, dat. plur. of βέλος, εος, τό, ‘an arrow.” 
Literally, “any thing hurled,” “a missile.”-—Akin to βάλλω, which 
last appears to have been originally idAAw, or, rather, with the di- 
gamma, ξιάλλω. (Donaldson's New Cratylus, p. 122.) 

Liye 43. Ὡς ἔφατ᾽. Consult line 33. 

Evyouevoc, pres. part. of the deponent εὔχομαι, “to pray ;” fut. 
εἴξομαι: 1 aor. ηὐξάμην. Literally, “to pay one’s vows,” from εὐχή, 
“a vow.” 

*ExAve, 3 sing. imperf. (with aorist force) indic. act. of κλύω, “ to 
hear.’’—Compare the Sanscrit cru, and Latin cluo. 

Φοῖδος, ov, ὁ, * Phebus,” an epithet of Apollo. | Properly an adjec- 
tive, φοῖδος. ἡ, ov, “ pure,” “ bright,” &c. Hence “ Phebus” means 
“the Bright,” or “Pure.” In no case, however, must Homer’s 
Φοῖδος be taken for the sun-god ("HAcoc), for Apollo did not receive 
this character until much later.—Probably from φάος, φῶς, “ light,” 
“ brightness.’ (Compare Miller, Dorians, vol. i., p. 324.) 

Κατά, in Homeric Greek, an adverb, “ down,” afterward a 
Line 44. reposition. 

Οὐλύμποιο, Epic and Tonic for ᾽Ολύμπου, gen. sing. of "OAvuroe, ov, 
ὁ, “ Olympus,” a high mountain on the northern frontier of Thessaly, 
near the sea, and the fabled abode of the gods. From its peaks being 
often seen rising above the clouds into the calm ether, it was the old 
belief that here was an opening in the vault of heaven, closed by a . 


332 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 44-46. 


thick cloud as adoor. (Ji., v., 751.) The highest peak was held 
to be the seat of Jove; the surrounding ones belonged each to one 
of the gods of his court (Jl., xi., 76, &c.) ; and they only came to the 
highest when summoned to feast or council. Afterward, philoso- 
phers placed the gods in the centre of heaven, round the palace of 
Jove, which was in the very zenith, and to this the name of Olympus 
was continued. (Voss, ad Virg., Georg., iii., 261, p. 586.) 

Καρήνων, gen. plur. of κάρηνον, ov, τό, “the head,” * the summit.” 
Homer never uses the singular.—From κάρη, τό, “ the head.” 

Xwouevoc, pres. part. of the middle deponent χώομαι, “to be in- 
censed,” *‘ to be enraged ;” fut. χώσομαι ; Laor. éywodunv.—lt is merely 
an Epic word, and akin to χολή. 

Κῆρ, accus. sing. of κῆρ: gen. κῆρος, 76; contracted from κέαρ, 
“the heart.”—Observe that κέαρ first occurs in Pindar and the tragedi- 
ans, for Homer always uses «jp.—Compare κᾶρ, the Doric form of 
κῆρ, With the Latin cor, cordis. ; 

Toga, accus. plur. of τόξον, ov, τό, “a bow.””—Homer is 
Line 45. fond of employing the plural number, which is generally . 
explained by the plural of excellence, as we have done in the notes. 
Some, however, see in this plural merely an allusion to the bow as 
formed of two component parts, namely, two pieces of horn, joined 
by the πῆχυς, or centre-piece.—Probably from τυγχάνειν, τυχεῖν, “ to 
hit,” through the Dorie form τόσσας for τυχών. 

Ὥμοισιν, dat. plur. Epic and Ionic, for duoc, from ὦμος, ov, ὁ, 
“the shoulder.”’—Guoc and the Latin humerus appear to come from 
the same root. 

’Auonpedéa, Epic and Ionic accus. sing. fem. for ἀμφηρεφῆ, from 
ἀμφηρεφής, ἔς, “covered all around,’ “closely covered,” from ἀμφί, 
* around,” and ἐρέφω, “‘ lo cover.” 

Φαρέτρην, aceus. sing. of dapétpn, ne, ἡ, Ionic for φαρέτρα, ας, “a 
quiver.” From φέρω, “to carry,” as carrying the arrows, 

*ExAay£éav, 3 plur. 1 aor. indie. act. of κλάζω ; fut. κλάγξω : 
Line 46. perf. κέκλαγγα: 1 aor. ἔκλαγξα: 2 perf. κέκληγα, but Epic 
only : “to clash,” “to clang,” “‘ to rattle,”’ ** to make a loud noise.”— 
The root κλαζ is found only in the present and imperfect, the other 
tenses coming from a root xAay, xAayy, whence also κλαγγή. Com- 
pare our clash, clang, the Latin clango, and the Sanscrit klrad. 

’Oicroi, nom. plur. of ὀϊστός, od, ὁ, “an arrow.” Attic οἰστός, οὔ. 
In the later poets, dicrd¢ occurs also with the heterogeneous plural τὰ 
éiord.—Probably from οἴω, whence οἴσω, the future of φέρω, and de- 
noting, therefore, “that which is borne or shot.” 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 333 


Line 46-49. 

Xwouévoro, Epie and Ionic, for χωομένου, from χωόμενος. Consult 
line 44. 

Κινηθέντος, gen. sing. 1 aor. part. pass. of xtvéw, * to move,” 
Line 47. «, to set in motion ;” fut. κινήσω : perf. xexivnxa.—Probably 
from «io, radical form, ‘to go.” 

"Hie, 3 sing. Epic and Ionic imperrf. of εἶμε, “to go,” namely 7ia, 
ἤϊες, ἤϊε, &ec., for perv, pec, Het, ἄς. The Attics contracted ia into 
ga. Some, less correctly, regard ἤϊα as the 2 perf., and jew as the 
2 pluperf. (perf. and pluperf. middle), and as used to express both 
imperfect and aoristic time. 

᾿Εοικώς, 2 perf. part. of eixw, “to be like,” &e., fut. εἴξω : 2 perf. 
ἔοικα, With the force of a present.—Observe that eixw itself does 
not occur, and is merely given here as a radical form. The nearest 
approach to it is found in the imperfect εἶκε, ‘it appeared proper, 
or fit.” (U1., xviii., 520.) 

"Efero, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of &w, “1 set or place” 
Ling 48. another; in the middle Houa, “ I seat myself,’ “1 sit.” 
The imperfect is here without augment, and aoristic in force: fut. 
ἑδοῦμαι. Homer employs merely the present and imperfect.—Ob- 
serve that there is, in reality, no such present as &w, though, as if 
from it, we have the transitive tenses eica, middle εἰσάμην, fut. mid. 
εἴσομαι, perf. pass. εἶμαι. 

Νεῶν, gen. plural of νηῦς, νηός, 7, “a ship.” Epic and Ionic for ναῦς, 
vewc.—Observe that νεῶν is also the Attic form of the gen. plural. 

"lov, accus. sing. of ἰός, οὔ, ὁ, “an arruw.”—Probably from iévac, 
ἐστε, “to go,” like the Sanscrit ishu, from ish. (Pott, Etym. Forsch., 
vol. i., p. 269.) 

Ἕηκεν, 3 sing. Epie 1 aor. indic. act. for ἧκε, from inut, “to 
send,” “to shoot,” “το throw ;” fut. jow: perf. eixa.—The root & is 
found in ἀνέοντα, Herodot., ii., 165. 

Δεινή, nom. sing. fem. of δεινός, 7, ὄν, “ fearful,” “ terri- 
Link 49. 4), Related to δειλός, as act. to pass. frightful to fear- 
ful, but often confounded with it. (Porson, ad Eurip., Orest., 767.) 

Κλαγγή, gen. ἧς, 7, “a twang,” of a bow, “a clang.”—From κλάζω. 
Consult line 46. — 3 

Tévero, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of γίγνομαι, “ to become,” “ to be,” 
&c. For ἐγένετο, the augment being dropped. — Akin to yeivouaz, 
γεννάω, geno, gigno: Sanscrit jan, “to be born,” and γυνή. 

᾿Αργυρέοιο, Epic and lonic for ἀργυρεοῦ (Attic ἀργυροῦ), gen. sing. 
masc. of ἀργυρέος, a, ov (Attic ἀργυροῦς, ὥ, ody), “ silver,” “of silver.” 
From ἄργυρος, “ silver,” which is akin to ἀργός, ἀργής, i. 6. the white 
metal. 


334 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 49-52. 

Βιοῖο, Epie and Ionic for βιοῦ, from βιός, οὗ, ὁ, “ α bow.’’—Obsetve 
the evident analogy of meaning in this word and βίος, ov, ὁ, “ sup- 
port,” “ sustenance,” “ει, &c., the Greeks, like all rude tribes, 
living originally by the chase. ᾿ 
Οὐρῆας, Epic for ὀρέας, accus. plur. of ὀρεύς, ἕως, 6, “a 
mule.” Probably from ὄρος, “ α mountain,” as mules are 
chiefly used in mountainous countries. 

*Exoyerto, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of middle deponent ἐποίχομαι, “ to 
go toward,” or ** against,” “to attack.”"—From ἐπί and οἴχομαι ; fut. 
oixjoouat ; perf. ᾧχημαι. Ἶ 

Κύνας, accus. plur. of κύων, κυνός, ὁ, ἡ, “a dog.” Consult line 4. 

᾿Αργούς, accus. plur. masc. of ἀργός, 7, ὄν, properly, “ shining,” 
“ bright,’ &c., most frequently, however, in Homer, an epithet of 


Line 50. 


dogs, “swift,” “ swift-footed,” because all swift motion causes a — ' 


kind of glancing, flashing, or flickering, which thus connects the no- 
tions of white and swift. 

Αὐτάρ, conjunction, Epic for ἀτάρ, “ but,” &c., always at 
the beginning of a sentence, and intended to express an 
unexpected contrast, or a rapid change and continuation of the sub- 
ject.-—From avr’ (for aire) and ἄρ (for ἄρα). 

Αὐτοῖσι, Epic and Ionic for αὐτοῖς, from αὐτός, 7, 6. 

Βέλος. Consult line 42. 

᾿Ἐχεπευκές, accus. sing. neut. of ἐχεπευκής, ἔς, “ sharp-ponted,” 
from ἔχω, and πεύκη, “a pine” or “ fir-tree,” and then any thing made 
of the wood, &c., of the pine or fir; hence “a spine of the fir-tree,” 
“any thing pointed,” &c.—Buttmann makes it appear probable that 
the radical notion of πεύκη is not, as usually supposed, that of biifer- 
ness, but of sharp-pointedness, the fir being so called either from its 
pointed shape or its spines. The same root appears in πικρύός ; 
Latin pugo, pungo, and the English pike, peak. (Lezilogus, 5. υ- 
ἐχεπευκής.) 

’Eoueic, pres. part. act. of ἐφίημι, “ to discharge,” “to send against ;”” 
fut. ἐφήσω : 1 aor. ἐφῆκα, Epic é¢éyxa.—From ἐπί and inue. 

Βάλλε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of βάλλω, “to smite; 
Line 52. Vithout the augment, for ἔδαλλε : fut. βαλῶ: perf. βέδληκα : 
2 aor. ἔδαλον. 

Alei, adverb, “ always,” “ ever,” &c., Ionic and poetic for ἀεί. ---- 
Kahner deduces αἰεί from a substantive αἷον, aifov (Latin e@vum), 
like ἀθεεί, and the Doric oixet for οἴκῳ. (Gr. Gr., § 363, Anm. 2.) 

Πυραΐί, nom. plur. of πυρή, ἧς, Epie and Ionic for πυρά, ἂς, ἡ, “a 
funeral-pile.’"—From πῦρ, “ fire.” 


Taine 51. 


. 


» HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 885 


Line 52-55. 

Nextwr, gen. plur. of νέκυς, voc, ὁ, ‘a dead body,” ‘a corpse.” 
Nom. plur véxvec, “ the dead.’’—The root vex appears in the Sanscrit 
μας, **to perish,” and in the Latin nez, nec-is, and noc-eo. 

Kaiovro, without the augment, for ἐκαίοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. 
pass. of xaiw, “to burn; fut. καύσω : perf. κέκαυκα, in composi- 
tion with κατά, &c.—The Sanscrit root is cush, “to be dry,” with 
which compare the fut. xavc-w: hence cushka, Latin siccus. 

Oauecai, nom. plur. fem. of ϑαμειός, ά, dv, “ crowded,” “ close,” 
“ standing closely together."—From Gaya, “ together,” “in crowds,” 
“close,” “* thick.”—Akin to ἅμα, and perhaps derived from it. 

bd ᾿Ἐννῆμαρ, adverb, “ for nine days.” An Epic form. From 
~ Line 53. ἐννέα, “ nine,” and ἦμαρ, “a day.” > 

"Ava. Consult line 10. 

*Qvyero, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of middle deponent ofyouaz, “ to go,” 
“to make one’s way ;”’ fut. olyjoouac: perf. Synuac: imperfect ὠχόμην, 
or, With initial capital, ᾿Ωεχόμην. 

Κῆλα, nom. plur. of κῆλον, ov, τό (Attic κῶλον), “a shaft,” “ an ar- 
row.”’ Properly, the wooden shaft of an arrow. In Homer, always 
used of a god's arrows, e. g., of Apollo, i. e., pestilence ; or of Jupi- 
ter, 7. ¢., tempest.—Akin, probably, to καυλός, ‘a shaft,” “handle,” &c. 

Θεοῖο, Epic and Ionic for ϑεοῦ, from ϑεός, ov, ὁ, “a god.” Con- 

sult line 28. 
Δεκάτῃ, dat. sing. fem. of δέκατος, ἡ, ov, “ the tenth,” and 
Line 54. agreeing with ἡμέρᾳ understood, and implied, in fact, from 
ἐννῆμαρ Which precedes: hence τῇ δεκάτῃ dé= “on the tenth (day), 
however.”—From δέκα, ‘ ten.” 

᾿Αγορήνδε, ‘to an assembly.” Adverbial form of expression, com- 
pounded of ἀγορήν (Attic ἀγοράν), accus. sing. of ἀγορή (Attic ἀγορά), 
“an assembly,” and the suffix de denoting motion toward.—Observe 
that this suffix, de, is regularly appended to the unaltered accusa- 
tive-furm, and is joined only te nouns. In the case of pronouns 
and adverbs, ce is used in place of de; as, éxei-ce, ὁμό-σε, ἄλλο-σε, 
αὐτό-σε, ἄς. (Kiihner, § 377, 5.) 

Καλέσσατο, poetic for ἐκαλέσατο, the augment being dropped; 3 
sing. 1 aor. indic. mid. of καλέω, “ to summon,” “ to call ;” fut. καλέσω 
(usually syncopated by. the Attics, and contracted καλῶ) : perfect 
κέκληκα. 
Line 55. Λαόν, accus. sing. of λαός, ob, ὁ, “ the people,” “ the forces.” 
Ἐπί. Adverb. (Consult note.) 

dpeci, dat. plur. of φρήν, φρενός, 7, “the mind.”—Strictly speaking, 
φρήν means the “ midriff” or “ diaphragm” (for which, at a later pe- 


336 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 55-57. 

riod, the term διάφραγμα was employed), 7. ¢., the muscle which 
parts the heart and lungs from the lower viscera. It then denotes 
the ‘‘heart” and “‘ parts adjoining the heart,” “the breast,” like the 
Latin precordia. This, according to the Homeric idea, is the seat 
of fear, of joy, of anger, of grief, &c. It is also the seat of the 
mental faculties, thought, will, understanding, &c. Hence, φρήν 
becomes equivalent to * the mind.” 

Θῆκε, for ἔθηκε, the augment being dropped, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
act. of τίθημι, ‘to place,” “to put,” “to suggest :” fut. Sjow: perf. 
τέθεικα : 1 aor. ἔθηκα. 

Λευκώλενος, ον, “ fair-armed,” “white-armed,” epithet of Juno; from 
λευκός, “ white,” and ὠλένη, “an arm.” 

Ἥρη, ης, lonie and Epic for Ἥρα, ας, 7, ‘* Juno,’’ queen of the gods, 

daughter of Saturn and Rhea, and sister and wife of Jove.—Evidently 
akin to ἥρως, with which compare the Latin herus and hera. Jove 
will thus be the master, and Juno the mistress (hera) of the skies. 
(Consult line 4.) 
Κήδετο, for ἐκήδετο, the augment being dropped, 3 sing. im- 
Tae 56. port indic. mid. of κήδω; “to-vex Ὁ» middle xAdowar, “to δὲ 
concerned for,” “to care for” (i. €., “to vex one’s self”) ; fut., with re- 
duplication, xexadjoowar: 2 perf., in a present sense, κέκηδα, “1 
mourn,”’ “41 sorrow.” 

Δαναῶν, gen. plur. of Aavadc. Consult note on line 42. 

Θνήσκοντας, accus. plur. masc. pres. part. of ϑνήσκω, “to die;” 
fut. mid. ϑανοῦμαι : perf. ré6vnxa.——Lengthened form from a root 
Sav, which appears in the fut. mid. and in the 2 aor. @@avov.—The 
root Yay is akin to ϑὲν in ϑείνω, ‘to strike,” or “wound,” and both 
are related to the Sanscrit han, “to strike,” or “ wound.”’ 

‘Oparo, for ἑωρᾶτο, the double augment being dropped, 3 sing. im- 
perf. indic. mid. of ὁράω ; fut. ὄψομαι (from the root émr) ; perf. édpa- 
κα, and without the reduplication, ὥρακα, “to see.”"—Homer has no 
passive, but always uses the middle in an active signification. In like 
manner, ὄψομαι, the fut. mid., is always active in meaning_with other 
writers likewise.—Originally, in all probability, ὁράω had the digam- 
ra, for the Sanscrit root is vri, with which compare our ware, a-ware; 
German wahren, Wehr, wahr; and Latin verus. 

Ἤνγερθεν, Epic and Aolic for ἠγέρθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. in- 
dic. pass. of dyeipw, “to bring together,” “to collect ;” fut. 
ἀγερῶ : perf. pass., with Attic reduplication, ἀγήγερμαι. —From ἄγω, 
“to bring together.” 

‘Ounyepéec, Epic and Ionic for ὁμηγερεῖς, nom. plur. mase. of ὁμη- 


Line 57. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 337 


Line 57-61. 

γερεής, éc, Epie and Ionic for ὁμηγερής, ἔς, “ assembled ;” from ὁμός, 
“ together,” and ἀγείρω, “ to collect.” 

᾿Ανιστάμενος, pres. part. mid. of ἀνίστημι : fut. ἀναστήσω, 
Ling 58. **to make to stand up ;” in the middle dvicrauat, “to stand 
up,” “to arise.”—Observe, however, that the aorist middle is transi- 
tive ; as, ἀναστήσασθαι πόλιν, * to raise a city for one’s self’ (Herod., 
i., 165), &c. 

Μετέφη, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of μετάφημι, “ to speak among.” 
Only used by Homer in this part of the verb.—From μετά and φημί. 

Πόδας, accus. plur. of πούς, ποδός, ὁ, “the foot.”—The Sanscrit root 
is pad, “ to go,” hence Sanscrit pad; Latin pes, ped-is ; English pad, 
foot ; German fuss, &c., akin to πέδον = Sanscrit pada. 

᾿Ωκύς, Oxeia, ὠκύ (Epic and Ionic fem. ὠκέα), “* swift,” “ quick.” 
The word is poetic, and mostly Epic.— Akin to the Sanscrit ac, “ to 
pass through,” and also to ὀξύς, dx7, ἀκμή, and the Latin acer, acutus: 

Live 59. "Auue, Lolic, Doric, and Epic, for ἡμᾶς. 

Παλιμπλαγχθέντας, accus. plur. 1 aor. part. pass. of παλιμπλάζω, 
“to cause to wander back ;” fut. παλιμπλάγξω : passive, in a middle 
sense, παλιμπλάζομαι, “to wander back,” “to wander away from.” 
From πάλιν, “ back,” and ~Ad{w.—Observe that the active is mere- 
ly given here to complete the form. The only part of the verb 
found in actual use is παλιμπλαγχθείς, as occurring here and in Od., 
xiii., δ. 

᾿Οΐω, Epic active, pres. indic. for ofouac, “1 think.”—Observe that 
this form ὀΐω is only used in the first person. 

"Aw, adverb of place, ‘‘ back,” ‘away from,” ἄς. Akin to 
Linz 60. the Latin abs, through the Holic ame. 

᾿Απονοστήσειν, fut. infin. act. of ἀπονοστέω, “ to return,” “ to come 
home ;” fut. 70w.—From ἀπό, and νοστέω, “ to return home.” 

Kev. Equivalent to the prose dv, so that εξ κεν is the same as 
ἐάν. 

Θάνατον, accus. sing. of ϑάνατος, ov, ὁ, “ death.”—As regards the 
root day, consult remarks under ϑνήσκοντας, in line 56. 

Φύγοιμεν, 1 plur. 2 aor. opt. act. of φεύγω, “to escape,” “to free.” 
Consult φεῦγε, line 173, where the parts of the verb are given.—The 
root is strictly vy, as appears in φυγεῖν, ἔφυγον, φυγή, the Latin fuga, 
fugio, &c.—Akin either to the Sanscrit bhudsh, “ inflectere,” “ cur-. 
vare,” with which compare the English budge ; or else to bhi, “to 
fear.” i 
Lack ai, ea adverb, “ together.” Strictly, gen. sing. neut. of 


Fr 


338 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 61-64, 

Πόλεμος, ov, ὁ, war.” —From πέλω (radical form), akin to πολε- 
μίζω, πόλος, πολέω : Latin pello and bellum. 

Δαμᾷ, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of δαμάω, “ to subdue ;” fut. pb 
1 aor. éddudoa: perf. dédunxa. A post-Homeric form of the present 
is δαμάζω, which is not found before Euripides, though we have 
Oauacbeic, as if from δαμάζω, in the Iliad (xvi., 816).—Compare the 
Sanscrit dam, “ to be tame ;” Latin dom-are ; English tame; German 
zahm. 

Λοιμός, od, ὁ, “ a pestilence.”—Supposed to be akin to λῦμα, “ruin,” 
“ destruction,” but very unlikely. More probably of the same family 
with the Latin Jue-s, and the Sanscrit ἐῶ, ‘“* scindere,’’ “ evellere.” 
*Aye. Originally, imperative of ἄγω, but subsequently used 
as an adverb, like φέρε, ““ come,” “‘come on,”’ &c. 

Tuva, accus. sing. masc. of the indefinite τὶς, neut. ti, “‘ some one,” 
&¢c.—Compare the £olic xi¢ (for tic), Latin quis (2. €., κιξὶς), and 
Sanscrit kas. 

Μάντιν, accus. sing. of μάντις, Ionic toc, Attic ews, ὁ, “a seer,” “a 
soothsayer,” ‘‘a diviner.’—The derivation from μαένομαι, “ to rave,” 
is found as early as Plato (Tim., 72, B.), who distinguishes μάντεις. 
from προφῆται, the former being persons who uttered oracles in a 
state of divine phrensy ; the latter, the interpreters of those oracles. 

᾿Ερείομεν, Epic for ἐρέωμεν (the mood-vowel being shortened), 1 
plur. pres. subjunct. of ἐρέω ; Epic present for eipouar, ἔρομαι, “ to in- 
terrogate,” “to ask,” &c. 

Ἱερῆα. Consult line 23. 

᾿Ονειροπόλον, accus. sing. of ὀνειροπόλος, ov, 6, “an dhier- 
Line 63. preter of dreams.” Literally, ‘one occupied with dreams.” 
From ὄνειρος, “a dream,” and πολέω, “ to be conversant with.” 

Ὄναρ, nom. sing. of ὄναρ, τό, ‘a dream.” Opposed to a waking 
vision, ὕπαρ. Only used in nom. and accus. sing., the other cases 
being supplied from ὄνειρος and ὄνειρον, κα. 

Διός. Consult line 5: 

Ἐστίν, 3 sing. prest. indic. of eiui, “to be.” 

Line 64. Ὅς xe. For ὃς ἄν. 

Εἴποι, 3 sing. 2 aor. opt. act. from a radical form ἔπω, for which 
φημί is used as a present ; indicative εἶπον, “I spoke,” “ I said :” im- 
perative εἰπέ : part. εἰπών : infin. εἰπεῖν. We have also a first aorist 
εἶπα, and imperative eixéy, though the accentuation εἶπον seems bet- 
ter. This latter form of the aorist is especially Homeric and Ionic ; 
but it also frequently oceurs in Attic. The future and perfect are 
supplied by ἐρέω, namely, fut. ἐρῶ, perf. elpnxa.—Observe that the 


Line 62. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY.: 339° 


Line 64-66. . 
radical ἔπω may be traced in ἔπ-ος. And as εἶπον is properly a di- 
gammated word, Feixov, and the root, therefore, strictly speaking, is 
Fé, we may trace an analogy between this root Fé, the other form 
ὄπ (i. €., For), which appears in oy, ‘the voice,” the olic Fox, the 
Latin voc, in vox, voc-is, “ the voice,” and voc-are, “ to-call,” and, final- 
ly, the Sanscrit watsh, “ dicere.” 

Τόσσον, Epic for τόσον, accus. sing. neut. used adverbially, of 
τόσος, ἡ, ov, Epic τόσσος, ἡ, ov, “80 much,” ἄς. Compare the 
Latin usage in tantwm, and observe that τόσσον is here employed. 
without an answering ὅσσον. 

’Exécaro, 3 sing. | aor. indic. of the middle deponent χώομαι, “ to 
be incensed,” “to be wroth;” fut. χώσομαι: 1 aor. éywoduqv.—Akin 
to χόλη. 

Eire, “ whether,” answered by εἶθ᾽ (i. ¢., εἴτε) at the close 
of the line; as in Latin, sive, ... . sive. 

Εὐχωλῆς, gen. sing. of εὐχωλή, ἧς, 7, “a vow.’—Akin to εὐχή and: 
εὖχος, in same signification, the root of which edy (εὐκ)ὴ compare; 
with the Sanscrit uc (another form of wac), “to pray for,” “to de- 
sire,” ‘to wish.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 235, 268.) 

᾿Ἐπιμέμφεται, 3 sing. pres. indic. of middle deponent éiuéudouat, 
“to have a complaint against one,” “lo impute to one as matter of- 
blame,” fut. émepéupouar.—F rom ἐπί and μέμφομαι, “to blame.” 

‘Exaroubye, gen. sing. of ἑκατόμδη, ne, 7, ‘a hecatomb.” ‘Strictly 
speaking, an offering of a hundred oxen (from ἑκατόν, “a hundred,” 
and βοῦς, ‘an ox’); but even in Homer the word has lost its ety- 
mological signification; and though in the present passage it may 
still retain that meaning, yet in book vi., 93, 115, we find a heca- 
tomb of twelve oxen; in Od., iii., 59, of eighty-one. Nor does Ho- 
mer confine it to oxen; for hecatombs of oxen and rams often oc- 
cur (/., i., 315: Od, 1., 25); nay, we find hecatombs without any 
oxen, e. g., of fifty rams (J/., xxili., 146). The word éxaréué6n, there- 
fore, even in Homer’s time, would seem to have signified, in gener- 
al, ‘a large sacrifice offered pabiiety: 2 

Ai, Epie and Doric for ei, if’ In σπιον, only ai κε and 
Line 66. ai κεν, Dorie aixa. —It contains, however, a latent ref- 
erence to something wished for or desired, and is therefore akin to, 
if not identical with, ai, an exclamation of strong es would. 
that!’ “ O that?’ (Consult note.) 

Ilwe, enclitic adverb, “in any way.” On the other hand, πῶς, an 
interrogative adverb, “in what way,” “how.” 

᾿Αρνῶν, gen. plur., “ of lambs.” The nom. sing. ἄρς (according im 


Line 65. 


340 HOMERIC GLOSSARY... 


Line 66-67. 
Kihner, ἀρῆν or ἀῤῥήν) is out of use, and its place is supplied by: 
duvéc. Early authors have, gen. sing. dpvd¢; dat. ἀρνί; accus. ἄρνα: 
dual, dpve: plural, nom. ἄρνες ; gen. ἀρνῶν ; dat. ἀρνάσι (Epie ἄρ- 
veoot); accus. dpvac.—The root appears to be fev, with which we 
may compare the English ram, while in the first two letters of ἀρνός. 
we detect a sort of resemblance to the Latin ar-ies. 

Κνίσης, gen. sing. of xvion, Epic for κνῖσα, ἧς, 7, “the steam and 
odor of fat,” which exhales from meat roasting; especially ‘the: 
smell or savor of a victim,’ ** the steam of a burnt sacrifice,” which 
ascends to heaven as a grateful gift to the gods.—Observe that κνίση 
and κνῖσα are the more correct forms for the common κνίσση, κνίσσα 
(Draco, de Metr., p. 21, 4, ed. Hermann.—Eustath., 1766, 30).—From: 
κνίζω, “to irritate,” “ to nettle,” ** to chafe,” as expressive of the ef- 
fect produced upon the olfactory nerves by the odor that arises. 
With the root of «vivo (ἱ. 6., xvid-ow) compare the Latin nid-or, 
“ savor,” the Greek virr-w, “to prick,” and the English nettle and 
needle. 

Αἰγῶν, gen. plur. of αἴξ, αἰγός, ὁ, ἡ, “a goat.” (Consult line 41.) ° 

Τελείων, gen. plur. of τέλειος, a, ov, “ perfect,” “without spot or. 
blemish.” Literally, “ having reached its end,” i. e., complete, perfect. 
—From τέλος, “an end.” , 
Βούλεται, 3 sing. pres. subj. mid. of deponent βούλομαι, 
with shortened mood vowel, “to will,” “to be willing,” 
“to wish;” fut. βουλήσομαι: perf. Be6ovAnuwar.—Observe the follow- 
ing difference between ἐθέλω and βούλομαι, in that ἐθέλω expresses 
choice and purpose ; but βούλομαι, a mere inclination toward a thing, 
a willingness. (Buttmann, Lexil., i., p. 26.—Opposed, however, by 
Donaldson, New Cratylus, Ὁ. 561.)—Earlier form βόλομαι, and in the 
active (/Eolic) βόλω, whence the Latin volo. A much less satisfac- 
tory explanation is given by Donaldson (New Cratylus, p. 565, seqq.), 
who traces βούλομαι to βουλή. 

᾿Αντιάσας, 1 aor. part. act. of advridw : fut. ἀντιἄᾶσω : 1 aor. ἠντίᾶσα. 
(Consult line 31.) “To go to meet,” “to go in quest of ;” said espe~ 
cially of the gods, “ to come (as it were) to meet an offering,” i. ¢., a= 
cept graciously of it; and hence, “to partake of,” “to enjoy.” 

Λοιγόν, aceus. sing. of λοιγός, od, ὁ, “ destruction.”—Akin to Avypéc, 
λευγαλέος, “ mournful,” “ wreiched,” and the Latin lugeo, luctus. 

᾿Αμῦναι, 1 aor. infin. act. of ἀμύνω, “to ward off ;” fut. ἀμῦνῶ: 1 
aor. 7juiva.—The root μυν appears akin to that of the Latin mun-ire, 
men-ia (mun-ia), and to the Sanscrit man, “to check, ” “to re- 
strain.” 


Line 67. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 341 


Line 68-70. 

Line 68. Ἤτοι. (Consult note.) 

Κατά. In Homeric Greek an adverb, “down.” Subsequently, a 
preposition. 

*E¢ero, Consult line 48. 

*Avéotn, ‘ stood up,” “arose,” 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἀνίστημι, 
“to make to stand up,” “to raise up :”’ fut. ἀναστήσω : perf. ἀνέστηκα, 
“J stand up:” 2 aor. ἀνέστην, “1 stood up.”—From ἀνά and ἵστημι, 
* to place.” 

Κάλχας, gen. Κάλχαντος, ἄς. ““ Calchas,” the Greek seer 
Line 69. 4: Troy. —Supposed to come from καλχαίνω, “to make 
durk and troublous, like a stormy sea ;’’ and then “to turn over or 
revolve in one’s mind, to search out,” &c. Hence Κάλχας will sig- 
nify, strictly, ‘* the Searcher.” 

Θεστορίδης, ov, ὁ, “ the son of Thestor.”” A patronymic appellation 
of Calchas. From Θέστωρ, opoc, ὁ, “ Thestor,’ son of Idmon, and 
father of Calchas. 

Οἰωνοπόλων, gen. plur, of οἰωνοπόλος, ov, ὁ, an augur,” one who 
is busied with, or observes the flight and cries of birds, in order to 
draw omens of the future therefrom.—Properly an adjective, οἰωνο- 
πόλος, ov.—From οἰωνός, “a bird,’ and πολέω, “ to be conversant 
with.” τ 

Ὄχα, “by far,” Epic adverb, only found in Homer, where it is 
pretty frequent, though only as an intensive before superlatives. 
In its place, later writers have ἔξοχα. ---- Probably from ἔχω, “to 
seize” or “ grasp ;” for, as Deederlein remarks, ὄχα is to ὀχυρός, as 
the old German fast, “ very,” to fest, * fast,” “tight.” 

Ἤδη, or ἤδη, 3 sing. pluperf. indic. of eidw, “to know,” a 
Line 70. signification, however, which εἴδω, which properly means 
“to see,” gets, in reality, from its perfect οἶδα, for what one has seen 
‘and observed, that one knows, and so. oida means “ I have seen into 
it,” and, consequently, “1 know τὶ.) The common form of the plu- 
perfect is ἤδειν, ἤδεις (or ἤδεισθα), ἤδει, &c., for which the Epic wri- 
ters said ἤδεα, ἤδεας, ἤδεε, &c. The third person ἤδεε becomes here 
ἤδη by contraction, whereas in 1)., ii., 409, the uncontracted form 
occurs. The Attics said ἤδη, ἤδης, ἤδειν, and ἤδη, but with regard 
to this last form, namely, the 3d person ἤδη, in Attic, strong doubts 
exist. (Consult Kiihner, § 123, Anm., and Buttmann, Ausf. Spracil., 
vol. i., p. 434, not.) 
: ’*Eévra, Epie and Ionie for ὄντα, accus. plur. neut. of ὦν, οὖσα, ὄν, 
pres. part. of eii, “ to be.” 
| *Eoodueva, accus. plur. neut. fut. participle of εἰμί, “ to be.” 

Fr2 


342 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 70-73. 

Πρό. Homeric adverb, “ before,’ “on before.” Subsequently, a 
preposition. 

Νήεσσι, Epic and Ionic for ναυσέ, dat. plur. of νηῦς : gen, 
Line 71. νηός, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for ναῦς, νεώς, 7, “ a ship.” 

Ἡγήσατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. of middle deponent ἡγέομαι : fut. 
ἡγήσομαι: 1 aor. ἡγησάμην, “το lead,” “to be a guide unto.” 

Ἴλιον, accus. sing. of Ἴλιος, ov, 7, “Ilium,” or Troy. Aneta 
form is Ἴλιον, ov, τό, but ἡ Ἴλεος is the form employed by Homer 
and the poets, with the exception of Ji., xv., 71, where τὸ Ἴλιον 
alone occurs. The later prose writers, on the other hand, usually 
give τὸ Ἴλεον the preference. 

- Eiow, more rarely ἔσω, adverb, “ to,” “unto,” “ into,” “ within."— 
From εἰς. ἐς, “ inio.”’ 

“Hy, accus. sing. fem. of the possessive pronoun, ὅς, #, ὅν, 
Lins 72. « his, ker,” for ἑός, δή, ἐόν, which last is the Epic and Ionie 
form. 

Μαντοσύνην, aceus.. sing. of μαντοσύνη, ης, ἡ, “skill in divination.” 
Properly, “ the art of divination.”—From μάντιες, “a diviner.’ Con- 
sult line 62. 

_ Τήν, Epie and Ionic for ἦν, accus. sing. fem. of ὅς, 7, 6, relative 
pronoun, “who, which, or that.” 

» Οἱ, dat. sing. of the personal pronoun of the third person masc. for 
αὐτῷ, “ on him,” “ to him.” Nom. wanting; gen. od: dat. οἱ : accus. 
€.—Observe that, though the grammars represent the nominative of 
this pronoun as wanting, yet the ancient grammarians adduce, as an 
early nominative, the form i or i, with which we may compare the 
Latin is, ea, id; the Gothic is, si, ita (“ he, she, it’), and the San- 
scrit aj-am, ij-am, td-am. (Kihner, § 334.) 

Πόρε, for zope, the augment being dropped, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. 
act. from an assumed present πόρω, “to bestow,” “to grant,” “to 
give.”—The root in πόρω appears to be the preposition πρό (Doric 
πόρ, topri}, the literal meaning of the verb being “‘to give forth.” 
With this compare por-rigo, “to stretch forth ;” par-io, “to bring 
forth ;” por-tio, “a portion,” something given forth from a whole, &c. 
: “O. Consult note.—It has the accent because followed by 
a 18, an enclitic. 

φιν, Epic and Ionic for σφισί, dat. plur. of iopsicy: which in ΜΩ͂Ν 
Ae ae plur. masc. of the personal pronoun of the 3d person, “ they.” 
oe RT AE SER ee 
frequently. 

᾿Εὐφῥονέων, pres. part. act. of εὐρρονέυ, which i merely asumed 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 343 


Line 73-76. 
as a present, no such form in reality occurring: “leing favorably 
disposed,” “meaning well.””— Observe that éigpovéwy is Epic for 
εὐφρονέων. 

᾿Αγορήσατο, for ἠγορήσατο, the augment being dropped, 3 sing. 1 
aor. indic. of the middle deponent ἀγοράομαε : fut. ἥσομαι, “‘ to har- 
angue” in full assembly. Properly, “to meet in assembly.” From 
ἀγορά, “ an assembly.” 

Meréecrev, Epic for μετεῖπεν, 3 sing. 2 aor. of μετάφημι, “ to speak 
among :” 2 aor. μετεῖπον, ec, e. Consult remarks on εἶπον, in line 
64. 

᾿Αχιλεῦ, voc. of "AyiAetc, the shortened and earlier form of 
Lom 74. the name of Achilles; the longer one being ᾿Αχιλλεύς, the AZ 
being adopted for the requirement of the verse. The same remark 
applies to ’Odtcevc and ’Odiccetc. So Aivéac is the earlier form for 
Aiveiac, and was retained by the Dorians. 

Κέλεαι, 2 pers. sing. pres. indic. of the middle deponent xéAouaz, 
“to bid,” “ to urge,” “to set in motion,” &c.; fut. κελήσομαι : 2 aor. 
κεκλύμην and éxexadunv.—Observe that κέλεαι is Epic and Ionic for 
κέλει. Thus, κέλομαι, 2 pers. (old form) κέλεσαι : (Epic and Ionic) 
κέλεαι : (Attic) κέλει : (common dialect) κέλῃ. 

Adi, dat. sing. of Ζεύς. Consult remarks on Διύς, line 4. 

Φίλε, voc. sing. masc. of φίλος, ἡ, ov, “ dear,” “ beloved.””—Origi- 
nally an adjective ; afterward used as a substantive, φέλος, ov, ὁ, “a 
friend.” A similar change takes place with amicus in Latin —Com- 
pare the Sanscrit palas, “ἃ friend.” (Eichhoff, Vergleich., p. 239, n. 
475.) 

. Μυθήσασθαι, 1 aor. infin. middle of the deponent μυθέομαι, “ to tell,” 
“io mention ;” fut. pvOjcowat.—From μῦθος. Consult line 25. 
Ἑκατηδελέταο, Epic for ἑκατηδελέτου, from ἑκατηθελέτης, ες, 
Line 75. « far darting.” From ἑκάς, “ afar,’ and βέλος; “a missile,” 
“a dart.”"—Observe that, originally, the genitive singular of mascu- 
lines in ἧς and ας, of the first declension, ended in do. (Kihner, 
ὁ. 201,2.) : 
Τοιγάρ, a strengthened form of the enclitic τοὶ; “ there- 
Line ἴθ. fore,” “ accordingly,” “ so then,” &c. Usually employed at 
the beginning of a speech or clause. 
_ Ἐγών, Epie and £olic for ἐγώ. 

’Epéw, Epic and Ionic for ἐρῶ, fut. of the rare present εζρω, “ to 
speak,” ‘to declare.” ᾿Ἐρῶ is commonly assigned as a future to 
εἰπεῖν, with a perf. elpnxa: perf. pass. elpnua: (as if from a form 
péw); 1 aor. pass. ἐῤῥήθην and ἐῤῥέθην, of which the former is the 


314 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 76—78. 
better. There is no form of the present such as ἔρω, but Homer has 
elpw and εἴρομαι, for which the Attics use φημί. 

Σύνθεο, Epic and Ionic for σύνθου, 2 aor. imperat. mid. of συντί- 
Onur, “to put together ;” middle συντίθεμαι, strictly, “ to put together 
for one’s self ;” and so, “‘ to observe a thing,” “to take heed to it ;” and 
hence, “ to agree,” “to promise,” after taking due heed of the proba- 
ble consequences of an affair.—2 aor. συνεθέμην : 2 aor. imperat. 
(old form) σύνθεσο : (Epic and Ionic) σύνθεο: { Attic) σύνθον. 

Ὄμοσσον, Epic and poetic for ὄμοσον, 1 aor. imperat. act. of ὄμνῦμε 
or duviiw, “ to swear ;” fut. mid. ὀμοῦμαι: perf., with redupl., ὀμώμοκα : 
1 aor. ὥμοσα. The future ὀμόσω belongs to the impure age. The 
common future ὀμοῦμαι proceeds by a very anomalous inflection, as if 
it were syncopated and contracted from ὀμέσομαι, namely, ὀμέσομαι, 
ὀμέομαι, ὀμοῦμαι. 

Ἦ μέν, Epic and Ionic for 7 μήν, the two particles combined 
Tame 77. expressing a strong affirmation, “in very truth,” &c.. They 
are sometimes employed to introduce the very words of an oath or 
an assertion; at other times, as in the present case, they are used 
in the oratio obligua. 

Πρόφρων, ονος, ὃ, 7, “ willing,” ‘‘ ready,” &c., often translated as an 
adverb, “readily,” “willingly,” &c. From πρό and φρήν, or φρονέω, 
and hence the literal meaning is, “‘ with forward soul.” ᾿ 
. Ἔπεσιν, dat. plur. of ἔπος, εος, τό, “a word.” From a root éx, or, 
rather, Fez, which recurs in eizov.—Consult line 64. 

- Xepoiv, dat. plur. of χείρ, χειρός, 7, “the hand.” 

᾿Αρήξειν, fut. inf. act. of ἀρήγω, “ to assist,” ‘ to aid,” &c. ; fut. fo. 
Akin to dpxéw, ἐρύκω, arceo, arz, arca. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. 
i, p. 271.) 

"H. A strengthening and confirming particle, ‘in m Ertl’, 
Tas TS. ς indeed,” “ truly,” “ verily,” &e. 
a ey Epic for οἴομαι, deponent verb, ‘ to think,” “ lo be aaah opin~ 
n,” &c. Radical signification, “to fancy,” ‘to suppose,” always 
7 μιᾶς ἐξεῤειει as yet doubtful ; “ to think and believe,’ as opposed to 
knowing : fut..oijcowar: 1 aor. φήθην. 

Xoiwsguev, Epic, Doric, and Aolie for χολώσειν, fut. inf. act.” of 
χολόω, “to make angry,” “to incense,” &c.; literally, “to stir one’s 
gall or bile;” from χόλος, “ gall,’’ ‘bile :” "fut. 6ow.—The original 
termination of the infinitive was μεναι, and with the mood-vowel, 
ἔμεναι. This was sometimes shortened into μὲν (i. ¢., guev), and 
sometimes into vat. (Kiihner, § 123, 21.) 

_ Μέγα, neuter sing. of μέγας, taken adverbially. Consult note, and 
also remarks on μεῖζον, line 167. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY- 345 


Line 79—81. 
ς ᾿Αργείων, gen. plur. of ’Apyeioc, ov, 6, “an Argive,” i. ¢., ἃ 
Line 79. subject of the Argive kingdom of Agamemnon; and as 
these formed the main part of the army before Troy, hence a Greek 
generally. Consult note on ᾿Αχαιοῖς, line 2. 

Kparéec, Epic and Ionic for κρατεῖ, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of xpa- 
réw, “to rule over,” “to hold under one’s sway ;” fut. κρατήσω : perf. 
xexpdtnka.—From κράτος. Consult remarks on κρατερόν, line 25. 

Oi, dative plural of the personal pronoun of the third ΜΡ Con- 
sult line 72. 

- Πείθονται, 3 plur. pres. indic. mid. of πείθω, “ to persuade ΝΥ in the 
middle, πείθομαι, “ to obey.” —Consult line 33. 

‘ Κρείσσων, ov, gen. ovoc, “ more powerful,” ‘ stronger,’ 
Linz 80. ,, mightier,” &c. ; later Ionic κρέσσων, ov ; later Attic xpeir- 
των, ov. Usually called an ietegulee comparative of ἀγαθός : but κρα- 
ttc, from κράτος, must be reckoned as the root, as if the compara- 
tive were κραίσσων, the superlative κράτιστος being regularly akin 
also to κρείων, κρείουσα. 

' Χώσεται, regarded by some as the 3 sing. fut. indic. of the middle 
deponent χώομαι, “ to be incensed,” “ to be enraged at ;)" fut. yooouar: 
1 aor. éywodunv. Others, however, take it for the 3 sing. 1 aor. sub- 
junct., with the shortened mood-vowel, for χώσηται. The γα] 
opinion is the preferable one. 

Xépni, dat. sing. of χέρης, Which is commonly regarded as an old 
positive, furnishing the irregular comparatives χείρων and χερείων to 
κακός. But in all the passages that occur in Homer, the word seems 
to have a comparative signification, and no real example with a posi- 
tive signification can be here found, notwithstanding the opinion of 
Buttmann (Ausf. Spr., vol. i., p. 273). In all probability, therefore, 
it was really a:comparative in signification from the first, and was 
originally the.same as yeipoc, ὑποχείριος, ‘ inferior,” “ subordinate,” 
“subject” to another. 

; __. Eimep, “τῇ, indeed.” More literally, “if, at all events.” Used 
Ling 81. also like καὶ εἰ, “ even if,’ as, for example, in the present 
passage. 


XdAov, aceus. sing. of χόλος, ov, ὁ, “ wrath,’ “anger ;” literally, 
"4 gail,” “ec bile? 
| Αὐτῆμαρ, adverb, “on the self-same day,” “ for the self-same day.” 
‘Equivalent to ad@juepov.—From αὐτός and ἦμαρ, “day.” 

Καταπέψῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of καταπέσσω, “ to boil down,” 
to digest thoroughly,” “to digest,” “to keep under,” “ to restrain,” 
&e.; fut. kararébo.—From κατά, “down,” and πέσσω, “ to boil.”— 


846 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 81-85. 

Observe that all the tenses formed from πέσσω, namely, πέψω, perf. 
pass. πέπεμμαι, &c., have the 7, and that the present πέπτω, which 
approaches nearer to those tenses, occurs first in the writers pos- 
terior to Homer. (Buttmann, Lexil., p. 127, ed. Fish.) 

Μετόπισθεν. Adverb. 1. Of place, “from behind,” * be- 
Link 82.. pind,?” backward,” “back.” —2. Of time, “after,” afters 
ward,” * for the time to come,” &c. Used also with the genitive, “ de- 
hind,” in the sense of the Latin post. (1]., ix., 504.) . 

Κότον, ace. sing. of κότος, ov, ὁ, ** secret resentment,” * grudge,” 
&c.—The idea implied in κότος is that of secret wrath, boiling fierce- 
ly within one’s bosom, but as yet pent up and without an outlet. 
Pott, accordingly, compares the Sanscrit kw-athita, “coctus ;’ két- 
ha, “ churning,”’ and the Gothic hvatho, “ foam.” 

- *Ogpa. Adverb of time, and equivalent to the Latin donec, “un- 
til.”"—At other times a conjunction, marking end or intention, but 
only used in the Ionic and Doric poets, “ that,” ‘in order that.” 

Τελέσσῃ, Epic for τελέσῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of τελέω, “to 
bring about,” “to complete,” “ to fulfill,” &c. ; fut. reAéow : more Attic 
τελῶ: perf. reréAexa: 1 aor. éréAeca. A strengthened Epic variety 
is TeAetw.—From τέλος, “an end accomplished.” 

Στήθεσσιν, Epic for στήθεσιν, dat. plur. of στῆθος, εος, τό, 
‘the breast.”” Used by Homer in both sing. and plur.— 
Probably from torn, as referring to that which stands up. 

‘Eoiot, Epic and Ionic for οἷς, dat. plur. of ἑός, ἑή, ἑόν, Epic and 
Ionic for ὅς, 7, ὄν, possessive pronoun, “his, her,” &c. 

- Φράσαι, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. mid. of φράζω, “ to speak; in the 
middle, “to consider” (consult note): fut. φράσω : 1 aor. ἔφρᾶσα : 
1 aor. mid. ἐφρασάμην : 2 aor. act. ἔφρᾶδον. 

Σαώσεις, 2 sing. fut. of cada, “ to save :" fut. cadow: 1 aor. ἐσάωσα. 
The present is not found in Homer, except in the contracted form 
oéw.—From σάος, σῶς, “ safe.” 

᾿Απαμειθόμενος, pres. part. of the middle deponent ἀπαμεί- 
Line δά, ὄομαι, “ to answer,” “ to reply ;” fut. ψομαι. ---- The simple 
verb ἀμείθω means, properly, “to change,” “to exchange.” In the 
middle, ‘‘to change one with another,” ‘to do in turn or alternately ;” 
said especially of dialogues, and hence, “to answer,’’ “ to reply,” 
&c., as in the compound, where ἀπό merely strengthens the meaning. 

Προςέφη, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of πρόςφημε, “to speak to,” “ to 
address.”—From πρός and φημέ. va 
Θαρσήσας, 1 aor. part. act. of ϑαρσέω, “to be of good cour- 
age,” ‘to take courage ;” fut. 7ow. In the new Attic, 


Line 83. 


_Linz 85. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 347 


Line 85-88. 
Vappéw.—From ϑάρσος, ‘ courage,” “ confidence,” &c.—Akin to the 
English dare, through the old German ¢harren, tharen, thuren, with 
which we may compare the Sanscrit dhars, “to venture,” “to brave,” 
. Elme, 2 sing. 2 aor. imperat., from εἶπον. - (Consult line 64.) 

Θεοπρόπιον, ace. sing. of ϑεοπρόπιον, ov, τό, “a heavenly sign,” 
“an oracle,” ἄς. From ϑεός, ‘a god,” and πρέπω, “to send a sign.” 
(Consult note, and Budémann, Lezil., vol. i., p. 19.) 

Οἶσθα, 2 pers. sing. 2 perf. of eidw, “to see:” 2 perf. οἶδα, “1 
know” (i. e., I have seen and observed, and therefore I know). The 
form οἶσθα is made up of oid and the Doric ending c@a, and then, 
according to the general rule, the o of the ending is thrown out, and 
the ὃ changed into σι (Kihzer, § 239, Anm., 3.) Bopp considers 
the Greek suffix $a (or ca) as akin to the Sanscrit tha or dha, with 
which we may compare the English pronoun of the second person, 
“ thou.” 

Μά. A particle used in strong protestations and oaths, 
ἴων 86. followed by the accusative of the deity or thing appealed 
to; in itself neither affirmative nor negative, but made so by some 
word added to it, as vai, οὐ, &c., or, in Attic, merely by the context: 
“ By,” “41 swear by,” &c.—According to Donaldson, μᾶ contains the 
element of the first personal pronoun ; it bears the same relation to 
με-τά that κά or κέν does to κα-τά, and signifies “with,” or “ by,” 
which is our preposition for expressing an oath: the leading idea is 
that of absolute nearness to the subject. (New Cratylus, p. 253.) 

. Ὧιτε, or Gre, the dative singular of the relative ὅς, 4, 6, joined 
with the particle ré. 

Κάλχαν, voc. sing. of Κάλχας, avtog, ὁ, “ Calchas.”” Consult line 
69. 

- Live 87. Εὐχόμενος. Consult line 43. 

Δαναοῖσι, Epic and Ionic for Δαναοῖς, dat. plur. of Δαναός. Con- 
sult note on line 42. 

. Θεοπροπίας, ace. plur. of ϑεοπροπία, ac, 7, a term the same in ef- 
fect as ϑεοπρόπιον. Consult line 85. 

*Avadgaivetc, 2 sing. pres. ind. act. of ἀναφαίνω, “to reveal.” Lit- 
erally, ‘‘to show up;” fut. ἀναφᾶνῶ : 1 aor. dvéonva.—In the middle, 
avagaivouat, “to come to light,” “ to appear plainly.” 

Οὔτις, neut. οὔτι : gen. οὔτινος, ἄς. “ Noone,” “nobody :” 
Link 88. nous, « nothing.” Answers to the Latin ne ullus, nullus.— 
From οὐ and τίς. 
᾿ Ἐμεῦ, Epic and Ionic for ἐμοῦ, gen. of ἐγώ.. 

Ζῶντος, gen. sing. pres. part. act. of ζάω, “ to live :” fut. ζήσω : perf. 


948 HOMERIC GLOSSARY, 


Line 88-92. 
ἔζηκα. ‘The future, 1 aorist (ἔζησα), and perfect are rare, these tenses 
being supplied in good Attic writers by Gow. Homer always uses 
the lonie {6#.—Compare the Sanscrit ji, “to live,” ¢ and 2 chang- 
ing; and so, perhaps, also akin to viv-ere, &c. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., 
Vol. i., p. 265.) 

᾿ XGovi, dat. sing. of χθών, ονός, ἡ, “ the earth,” “ ground.”—Akin to 
xual, hum, ἕο. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 142.) 

. Agpxouévoto, Epic and Ionic for depxouévov: gen. sing. pres. part. 
mid. of the deponent dépxoua: (for the active present dépxw only oc- 
curs in the grammarians), “to see,” “to look.’ Strictly speaking, 
used not merely of sight, but of sharp sight, perf., with present sig- 
nification, dédopxa: 2 aor ἐδρᾶκον : also in passive form édpdxny and 
ἐδέρχθην ; all in an active signification. Homer uses only part. 
δερκόμενος : imperf. depxéoxero, with aorist ἔδρᾶκον and perfect.— 
The Sanscrit root is dric, “‘to see,” which we may compare with 
dpax in ἔδρακον. 

Line 89, Koide, Epic for κοίλαις. Compare κοίλῃσιν, in line 26. 

Bapeiac, acc. plur. fem. of βαρύς, εἴα, ύ, “ heavy,” &c.— Compare 
the Sanscrit guru, Latin gravis, with which βαρύ becomes akin, on 
the supposition that the g has been supplanted by β. So the Latin 
“ bru-tum,” respecting which Festus remarks, “ brutum antigué 
gravem dicebant.” 1 
© *Exoicer, 3 sing. fut. act. of ἐπεφέρω, “ to bring upon,” “ te lay upon,” 
&e.: fut. ἐποίσω. i 
Συμπάντων, gen. plur. mase. of σύμπας, σύμπασα, wen 
Line 90. “all together,” “ all at once,” &c. 

© Elmpe, 2 sing..2 aor. subj. act. of εἶπον. Consult line 64. __ 

Line 91. Ὅς. -Relative pronoun, ὅς, 7, 6. ‘ Who, which,” &e.. + 
Πολλόν, ace. sing. neut. of the adjective πολλός, ἡ, ὄν : Epic and 
Tonic for πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, taken adverbially. (Consult note.) 
Ἐΐχεται, 3 sing. pres. indic. mid. of the deponent εὔχομαι. (Con~ 
sult line 43.) 1. “to pray;” 2. “to vow.” 3. From the signification 
of vowing or pledging we have. in gen. “to speak confidently, proud- 
ly of one’s self,” ‘to boast ; not necessarily, however, of empty 
boasting, but usually of something which one knows to be matter, 
of glory, and claims as such: hence, often little more than “to pers 
sess,” “to maintain.” 
Θάρσησε, for ἐθάρσησε, the augment being dropped, 3 sing. 
Line 92. 1 aor. indic. act. of ϑαρσέω. Consult line 85, του; 
Hida, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of αὐδάω, “to a “to say :” 
fut. joo: Attic dow.—From αὐδή, “a voice.” 


ΒΟΜΕΒΙ͂Σ GLOSSARY. 349 


ο "Αμύμων, ov, gen. ονος, “ blameless,” “ irreproachable.” An Hotmer- 
ic epithet, given to all men and women distinguished by rank, ex- 
ploits, or beauty, yet without any moral reference ; so that, in Od, 
i, 29, it is given even to ALgisthus.—From a, priv., and μῶμος, 
“+ blame,” which, by an Zolic change, becomes μῦμος, just as χελώνη 
becomes χελύνη. 
Live 93. EtyoAjc. Consult line 65. 
Lane 94. stay sing. of ἀρητήρ, Shee sania i. oy ἡ 


Diiieasa tag, 1 aor. indic. act. of ἀτιμάω, « to treat with indige 

nity,” “to insult :” fat. ἀτιμήσω : 1 aor. srk manetiitpesedes sev rung 
᾿Απέλυσε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indie. act. of ἀπόλψω, “ to release,” 

Lins 96. “ to free :” fat. icw.—From ἀπό and λύω. 

Θύγατρα. Consult line 13. 

᾿ΑἈπεδέξατο, 3 sing.-1 aor. indic. middle of the deponent ἀποδέχο- 
peat, “to receive,” “to take.” Ἰοηῖς ἀποδέκομαι : fat. ἀποδέξομαι: 1 
aor. mid. ἀπεδεξάμην : perf. ἀποδέδεγμαι. 

᾿Αποινα. Consult line 13. 
Totveéxa, for τοῦ ἕνεκα, 7. ee ae “on this ac 
Linz 96. ΨΨΟΝΝ 

Ἔδωκεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indie. act. of δίδωμι, to inflict 2” Yiteral- 
dy, to give; fnt. δώσω: 1 aor. ἔδωκα : perf. déduxa.—From the root 
πο ee Se 
Ged δι 

Exnbbdog, “the far-darting one,” an epithet of Apollo, and taken 
substantively. Consult line 21, where it occurs as an adjective. 

Ἔτι, adverb, 1. Of the future, “yet,” “ yet longer,” “ still.” 2. Of 
the present, “ yet,” “ as yet.”—Compare the Sanscrit aii, “‘ beyond,” 
Ὕ» ὌΝΟΝ (Pott, Etym. Forsch., vol. ii., p. 315.) 

τ Δώσει, 3 sing. fat. of δίδωμι, δώσω, ὅκα. : 

Line 97. ΤΠρίν... πρίν. Consult note. - 

| Anu, Epic and Tone for λοιμοῦ, gea. sing. Dai. Concat 

Maes ποντος παρ ρρενρ  φαμα “to heep eey,” to hl of 
ἄχ. ; fut. d¢é0.—From ἀπό and ἔχω. 
Live 98 Φίλῳ, dat. sing. of φίλος, 7, ov, used, according to the cus- 

*.tom of the Epic poets, &c., in place of the possessive pro- 

noun, “her.” Consult line 20. 

Δόμεναι, Epic, si Nene nape a inf. act. of δέ- 

Ge 


‘350 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 98-102. 
δωμι, “to give,” &c.; another Epic form is δόμεν. Consult remarks 
under χολωσέμεν, line 78. 

‘EAcxorida, aceus. sing. of ἐλεκῶπις, ἐδος, ἡ, “ of quick-rolling eye.” 
Feminine form of ἐλίκωψ, wroc. (Consult note.)—From ἑλέσσω, 
“to roll,” and Ow, “ the eye.” 

Κούρην, Epic and Ionic for κόρην, acc. sing. of κούρη, ης, 7, Attic 
κόρη, ης, 7, ‘a maiden,” “a girl,” answering to the Latin puella.— 
The root of κόρη, “‘ @ maiden,” and κόρος, “a young man,” is the same 
with that found in κόρος, “ satiety,” “ abundance ;’ namely, cop, the 
idea of “ fuliness,” “ healthy development of frame ;”’ naturally entering 
into our notion of a full-grown youth or maiden. The root xop it- 
self appears to be an old Oriental appellation for the “sun,” the 
‘source of all growth and abundance. (Donaldson, New Cratylus, 
p. 415.) 
᾿Απριάτην, adverb (not accus. fem. of ἀπρίατος), ‘ without 
price,” “without purchase-money, or ransom.’’—From a, 
priv., and πρίαμαι, “to purchase.” The more analogical form would 
be ἀπριάδην. (Consult Buttmann, Lezil., p. 162, ed. Fishl.) 

᾿Ανάποινον, neuter of the adjective ἀνάποινος, ov, taken adverbi- 
ally, ‘‘ without ransom.” —From a, priv., and ἄποινα, “ a ransom.” 

*Ayewy, pres. infin. act. of ἄγω, “to conduct,” “ to lead,” &c. 

Ἱερήν, accus. sing. fem. of ἑερός, 7, 6v, Epic and Ionic for ἱερός, a, 
ov, “ sacred.’—The derivation given by Hemsterhuis is not satis- 
factory ; namely, from tinue, “to send forth,” in allusion, originally, to 
a sacred victim allowed to roam at freedom (ἄφετος) until the time 
for sacrificing it arrived. 

Ἑκατόμδην. Consult line 65. 

Line 100. Χρύσην. Consult line 37. 

Kév, Epic and Ionic for av. 

_ Ἱλασσάμενοι, Epic for iAacduevor, nom. plur. masc. 1 aor. part. of 

middle deponent ἱλάσκομαι, rarely iAdouat, ‘to propitiate;” fut. ἐλά- 
couat: 1 aor. iAacéunv.—F rom ἔλαος, “ propitious,” “ soothed,” “ ap- 
peased.” . 

Πεπίθοιμεν, 1 plur., Epic reduplicated, 2 aor. opt. act. of πείθω, “to 
persuade ;” fut. πείσω : 2 aor. ἔπειθον, with Epic reduplication, πέ- 
'πιθον. 

Line 101. Ἕζετο. Consult line 48. 

Line 102. Ἥρως, woc, ὁ, ‘a hero.”” Consult line 4. ‘ 

Etpuxpelwr, οντος, 6, “wide-ruling,” a constant epithet of Aga- 
memnon in Homer.—From εὐρύ, neuter of εὐρύς, taken adverbially, 
and κρείω, “ to rule.” 


Line 99. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 351 


Line 103-105. 
᾿Αχνύμενος, pres. part. of the middle deponent ἄχνυμαι, 
Line 103. , to be deeply troubled.”’ Used only in the present and im- 
perfect.—From ἄχος, “ pain,”’ ‘‘ distress,” “ trouble.”’ Compare the 

Sanscrit agkan, and the English ache. 

Méveoc, gen. sing. of μένος, coc, τό, “anger.” Literally, force or 
strength, in active exercise. 1. As applied to the body, force or 
strength, as shown in quick movement and exertion. 2. As applied 
to the mind, denoting force or strength of soul, as acting on the 
body, and giving rise to hold or passionate exertion ; hence, usually 
in Homer, “ spirit,” “ warlike rage,” “ ardor,” “ passion,’ “ wrath,” 
&c.—Compare the Sanscrit manas, “ spirit,” &c. 

' Μέγα, neut. sing. of the adjective μέγας, taken adverbially, “ great- 
ly.” 

Spévec, nom. plur. of φρήν, φρενός, ἡ, “ the diaphragm.” Consult 
remarks on φρεσί, line 55, 

᾿Αμφιμέλάιναι, nom. plur. fem. of ἀμφιμέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν, “ black 
all around.” —-From ἀμφέ and μέλας. (Consult note.) 

Πίμπλαντο, Epic for ἐπίμπλαντο, the augment being drop- 
Line 104. 164, 3 plur. imperf. ind. pass, of πέμπλημι, “to fill ; fate 
πλήσω: 1 aor, éxAncoa.—Lengthened from the root πλε, πλη, which 
appears in πλέος, “ full,” πλήσω, &c.—Compare the Sanscrit pul, “to 
heapup.” (Pott, Etym. Forsch., i.,p.364.— Eichhoff, Vergleich, p. 239.) 

Ὄσσε, nom. dual neut., froma supposed nominative ὄσσος; ξος, τό, 
“an eye.” The nom. and acc. dual frequently oceur in Homer, who, 
however, adds the adjective plural (J/., xiii., 435, 616). At a later 
period, a gen. plur. was formed for it, as if of the second declension, 
ὄσσων (Hes., Th., 826), also a dative ὄσσοις, ὄσσοισι. In the singular, 
Eustathius cites a dat. ὄσσει, whence grammarians assume a double 
nominative τὸ ὄσσος and ὁ ὄσσος, which, however, do not really oc- 
cur.—Pott connects ὄσσε with the Sanscrit root iksh, “ to see,” and 
regards the co as arising from assimilation, the primitive form hav- 
ing been ὄκσε, with which we may compare the Servian ofshi, “ the 
eyes.” (Etymol. Forsch., p. 269.) 

. Ἀαμπετόωντι, Epic lengthened form for λαμπετῶντι, dat. sing. pres. 
part. act. of λαμπετάω, “to shine brighily,” “ to blaze.” —From λάμπω, 
“to shine.” 

_ ’Elxrny, Epic syncopated form for ἐῳκείτην, 3 dual, pluperf. indie. 
of εἴκω, “to be hke;” an assumed present for the 2 perf. ἔοικα, “ Iam 
like ;” pluperf. éOxew, “ I was like.”? Compare line 47. 

Laine 106. ΝΗ eee prryeicione ψ τ “ Calchas.”’ Consult 


852 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Tine 105-111. 

Πρώτιστα. ‘ First of all.’ Acc. plur. neut. of πρώτιστος, ἡ, ov, 
taken adverbially. 

Kaxa. “ Sternly,” “with evil look.”” Acc. plur. neut. of κακός, 7, 
ὄν, taken adverbially. Σ 

Ὀσσόμενος, pres. part. of deponent ὄσσομαι, “ to eye,” * to look at,” 
&c. Only used in the present and imperfect, without augment.— 
From ὄσσε, in relation to which consult line 104. 

Μάντι, voc. sing. of μάντις, Ionic gen. toc, Attic ewe, 6, 
“a diviner,” “a soothsayer.” Consult line 62. 

Πώποτε. “ Ever as yet.’ Compound adverb, from πώ, “as yet,” 
and ποτέ, “‘ ever.” 

- Κρήγυον, neut. accus. sing. of κρήγυος, ov, “ good,” “ useful,” 
“pleasing,” &c. Buttmann thinks it probable that this term is de- 
rived, by an Ionicism, from χρῆσθαι, χρήσιμος. 

Φίλα, nom. plur. neut. of φέλος, ἡ, ov, dear.” (Consult 
note.) 

@peci. Consult line 55. 

- Μαντεύεσθαι, pres. inf. of the middle deponent μαντεύομαι, “ to 
predict :”’ fut. σομαι. From μάντις, “a diviner,”’ “a predicter.” 

pies ace. sing. neut. of ἐσθλός, 7, ὄν, “ favorable,” 
Line 108. good.” Equivalent to ἀγαθός, and a term used merely 
in ββκραρος ἀνρρο ee to Hermann, the root was ἐθλός, akin to the 
German edel, “noble,” &c. Both, perhaps, may be traced to the 
Sanscrit édh, “ to increase.” 

*EréAeccac, Epic for ἐτέλεσας, 2 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of τελέω, 
“to do,” “to accomplish ;” fut. τελέσω : perf. retéXexa.—From.réAoc. 
Consult line 82. 

Θεοπροπέων, pres. part. of ϑεοπροπέω, “to reveal signs 
Live 109. from on high.”—From ϑεοπρόπος. Consult line 85. 

. tAyopeterc, 2. sing. pres. ind. act. of ἀγορεύω, “to harangue,” “ to 
hold forth ;” fut. εύσω.---- rom ἀγορά, “a public assembly.” 

Line 110.. Σῴφιν. Consult line 73. 

Τεύχει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of τεύχω, “to inflict.” More liter- 
ally. “10 make,” ‘to bring about ;” fut. τεύξω : perf. rérevya: 1 aor. 
érevga.—Nearly akin to τυγχάνω, the notion implied in which has 
grown out of the passive perfect of τεύχω : hence, in Epic, the pas- 
sive forms τέτυγμαι, ἐτετύγμην, ἐτύχθην, are substantially the same 
with τυγχάνω, ἔτυχον : and the active perfect rérevya, when taken 
intransitively, is used exactly like τυγχάνω : farther, τεύχειν is mani~ 
festly akin to rikrw : German zeugen, “ to produce,” “to beget.” . 

‘Line 111. Οὔνεκα. “ Because.” The antecedent τοὔνεκα omitted. 


Line 106. 


Line 107. 


HOMERIC’ GLOSSARY: 353 


Line 111-115. 

~ Χρυσηΐδος, gen. sing: of Xpvonic, doc, ἡ,  Chryséis ;” more liter- 
ally, ** the daughter of Chryses.” A female patronymic, from Χρύσης, 
ov, 6, ** Chryses.” The real name of the female in question was 
Astynome. 

*AyAad. Consult line 23. 
“Eéeaov, Epic for ἤθελον, the augment being dropped, 3 

Ling 112. jjur. imperf. ind. act. of ἐθέλω, “ to be willing,” &c. ; fat. 
ἐθελήσω : 1 aor. 70éAnoa.—Observe that ἔθελον here can not be made 
the imperfect of ϑέλω, with the augment, because the shorter form 
ϑέλω never occurs in Homer or the other Epic writers. 

' Δέξασθαι, 1 aor. inf. mid. of the deponent δέχομαι, “to receive.” 
Consult line 20. 

Βούλομαι, 1 sing. pres. ind. of deponent βούλομαι, “ to wish.” Con- 
sult line 67. 
Oixot. ‘ At home,” “at my home.” Adverb. In reality, 

Tanz 113. however, the old locative or dative case of οἶκος, the later 
form of the case being οἴκῳ. 

. Κλυταιμνήστρης, gen. sing of Κλυταιμνήστρη, ne, 7, Epic and Ionic. 
for Κλυταιμνήστρα, ac, ἡ, “*Clytemnestra,’’ wife of Agamemnon, and 
daughter of Tyndareus and Leda. 

TIpo6é6ovaa, 1 sing. 2 perf. of a supposed form προϑδούλομαι, “to 
prefer,” “ to wish rather,” which, however, does not occur.—(Consult 
note.) 

Kovpiding, gen. sing. fem. of κουρίδιος, ἡ, ov, Epic and 

Ling 114. Ionic for xovpidioc, a, ov, “ wedded.’? An Ionic and poetic 
term, the true force of which is shown by Buttmann (Lezil., s. v.), 
who refutes the ordinary explanation of “ youthful,” “ wedded in 
youth.” The same grammarian, rejecting the common derivation 
of the term, namely, from xotpoc, κούρη, ‘a youth,” “a maiden,” 
hints at a connection with κύριος, “ a lord or master,” κυρεῖν, “ to ob~ 
tain,” and the German Heurath, “ marriage.” The same idea is car- 
ried out by Dezderlein, Lect. Hom., iii., p. 9.—(Consult note.) 

᾿Αλόχου, gen. sing. of ἄλοχος, ov, 7, “a wife,” “ the partner of a 
couch.” From a copulative and λέχος, “a couch.” 

θέν, Epic gen. sing. for ἕο, which, again, is Epic for οὗ, “ of her,” 

(i. €., 10 her, in the present passage), &c. Nom. wanting ; gen. οὖ: 
dative of: acc. &, &c. (Consult note.) 

- Xepeiwy, ov, gen. ovoc, Epic for χείρων, ov, ονος, “inferior,” irregu- 
lar comparative to κακός. Supposed to be formed from χέρης, but 
consult remarks under χέρηϊ, line 80. 
᾿νε 115. Δέμας, accus. sing. of δέμας, τό, “ person,” “ frame,” &c. 

Ge2 


854 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 115-118. 
ee ee re 
mains indeclinable in later writers.—-Observe that δέμας, when op- 
SER νους cena tetany talent συραεθ ΠΝ ας 
though δέμας itself is sometimes used in the latter signification.— 
The root is the same as that of δέμω, “to build,” the idea involved 
being that of building up and developing the human frame. 

Φυήν, accus. sing. of φυή, ἧς, 7, “ mien,” the natural air and car- 
riage. From φύω. (Consult note.) 

- ‘Ti, accus. sing. neut. of the indefinite pronoun, tic, τὲ, “ any,” &¢. 
Here it means “ az ail.”” 

Ἔργα, accus. plur. of ἔργον, ov, τό, “ work,” “ accomplishment.”— 
With the digamma ξέργον, Zolie and Doric ξάργον (Bockh, Corp. In- 
script. Grec. fasc., i., p. 29), with which forms compare the German 
werk and wark, and the English work. 

Live 116. Ἐθέλω. Consult line 112. 

Δόμεναι. Consult line 98. 

"Auecvoy, nom. sing. neut. of ἀμείνων, ov, “ better,” “more advan- 
tageous.” Irregular comparative of aya$oc.—The original root has, 
perhaps, been preserved in amezus. 

{ ᾽᾽ 
Gate ros igs sing. οὗ λαός, οὔ, ὁ, “ the people.” Consult 

Σόον, accus. sing. of σόος, σόη, σόον, “ safe.” Epic shortened form 
of cior.—We have also, in Homer, the form σῶς, contracted from 
the obsolete σάος, which last has been preserved only in the Homeric 
comparative cawrepoc. 

*Enuevat, Epic, Doric, and olic for εἶναι, pres. inf. of εἰμί. Con- - 
sult remarks on χολωσέμεν, line 78. 

᾿ῬΑπολέσθαι, 2 aor. inf. mid. of ἀπόλλῦμει, “ to destroy ; ” middle ἀπόλ- 
λῦμαι, “to perish :” fut. ἀπολέσω : perf. ἀπώλεκα": Attic ἀπολώλεκα :. 
2 aor. mid. éraAéunv.—From ἀπό and ὄλλυμι. : 
Laan 288 Tépac, accus. sing. of γέρας, aor, 76, never γέρας; ατος, τό, 

~ In the nom. plur. γέρα, not yépara, “a prize,” “a gift of 
honor,” such, especially, as chiefs and princes received from the spoil 
before it was divided.—The root of the word may be traced in the. 
Sanscrit gri, “to take,” or “receive,” and is one of common occur- 
rence in all the languages of the Indo-Germanic family. eames 
sa Fog lictesee sann be sogeret 

Αὐτίκα, “ straightway.” ‘Sida: enaee Eaaibinn: teadlian 
note 1) derives it from τὴν αὐτὴν ixa, assuming an old word ἔξ, ἔκος, 
with the digamma ἔξ, and correspondent to the Latin wice,rices. _ 
- Ἑτοιμάσατε, 2 plar. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἑτοιμάζω, “10 prepare,” 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 353° 


Line 118—122. 
“to cet ready 7° fat. doo —From ἑτοῖμος, “ ready,” probably akin to 
ἔτυμος. 


"Oopa. “ In order that.” Equivalent here ἴο ἕνα. A conjunction, 
marking an end, &c. Consult line 832. 

Οἷος, οἴη, οἷον, “ alone.”—Akin to loc, ia, Epie for εἷς, μέα, “ one,” 
and to the Latin unus, of which the earlier form was cinos, as ap- 
pears from oznom for unum, which occurs in the inscription found in 
the tomb of the Scipios. 

i ἐρόθσχαν ov, “ without @ prize,” from α priv., and γέρας, 

"Ew, Epic and [onic for ὦ, 1 sing. pres. subj. of εἰμέ, “to be.” 

~~ "Enteev, 3 sing. ‘nits -φὸτοστο φρῷ aNRele eg .Σ Lit- 
erally, “to be like.” 

Actocere, 2 plur. pres. indie. of λεύσσω, “to see,” “to be- 

Lave 120. 2.» Used by good writers only in the present and im- 
perfect ; the future λεύσω, and 1 aor. ἔλευσα, being very late, if not 
barbarous.—Akin to Aven, “laght;’” the Latin /uceo and hex, luc-ts ; 
the Sanserit /ék, “to look,” or “ see,” &e- 

“O, neuter of the relative, ὅς, 7, 4, used for ὅτε, “that.” (Matthie, 

Ἔρχεται, 3 sing. pres. indie. of ἔρχομαε, “to come,” or “40; 
fat. ἐλεύσομαι: perf. ἐλήλοθα: Epie εἰλήλουθα, and so always in 
Homer: 2 aor. ἤλυθον, but from Homer downward, and in Attic, 
more usually ἦλθον : Dorie 7vfov.—The reot of ἔρχομαι, namely, épy, 
is akin to the Sanserit arch, “to go."—The 2 aor., fat., and perf. be- 
long to a root ἔλυθ, or ἐλευθ, but the Doric form of the 2 aor., name- 
ly, ἦνθον, with the digamma prefixed, ξήνθον, shows a striking affin- 
ity to the old English verb “to wend,” a tense of which, namely, 
“he went,” &c., supplies a part of the verb “to go.” 

-κΑλλη. (Consult note.) 

"Huziéero, 3 sing. imperf. indie. mid. of ἀμείδω, “ to change,” 

Luss 121. “ to exchange ; im the middle, “to answer.” Consult re- 
marks on étauecéouevoc, line 84. 

- Ποδάρκης, ες, * swift-footed.” Literally, “ sufficient or able with the 
feet.” From πούς and ἀρκέω, “ to suffice.” 

_ Siog, dia, diav, more rarely, oc, ον. Literally, “ from, sprung from, 
belonging to, or sacred to Jove.” Then said, 1. Of goddesses, “divine,” 
“noble.” 2. Of illustrious men or women, “noble,” “ princely,” 
ee re ee ee 
Mic, old stem of the genitive Διός of Ζεύς. 

~ Lane 122. ᾿Ατρεΐδη, vocative of ᾿Ατρείδης. Consult line 7. 


"B56 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 122-126. 

_ Κύδιστε, voc. sing. of κύδιστος, ἡ, ov, “most conspicuous for sta- 
tion.” Superlative of κυδρός, ἅ, dv (formed, in reality, from κῦδος,. 
a8 αἴσχιστος, from aicyoc). Other meanings are, “most glorious,” 
**most honored,” “‘ noblest.”’ 

Φιλοκτεανώτατε, voc. sing. Of φιλοκτεανώτατος, ‘most greedy,” 
‘most covelous.”” Superlative of φιλοκτέανος, ον, “loving possessions,” 
from φίλος and κτέανον, “ a possession.” 

Δώσουσι, 3 plur. fut. of δίδωμι, “to give,” “ to bestow ;” fut. 
Line 123. δώσω, ἄς. Consult line 96. 

Μεγάθυμοι, nom. plur. masc. of μεγάθυμος, ον,“ high-souled,” 
“ great-hearted.”’ From μέγας and ϑυμός. 

Ilov, enclitic adverb, “ any where.”—With the circumflex, 
ποῦ, interrogative, “ where?” 

“Iduev, 1 plur. syncopated form for οἴδαμεν ; 2 perf. of εἴδω. Con- 
sult line 70. (Matthie, G. G.,§ 198, 3, vol. i., p. 444, of the Ger- 
man work.) 

. πυνήϊα, nom. plur. neut. of ξυνήϊος, ἡ, ov, Epic and Ionic for ξύνειος, 
which, probably, no where occurs, ‘in common.” .From ξυνός, “ com- 
mon,” ὅχο. 

Κείμενα, nom. plur. neut. pres. part. of κεῖμαι, ‘ to lie.” 

' Line 125. Τὰ. (Consult note.) 

Πολίων, gen. plur. of πόλις, voc, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for πόλις, ewe, 
“ἐᾳ city.” 

᾿ἘἘπράθομεν, 1 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of πέρθω, “ to sack,” “to rav~ 
age,” &c. ; fut. πέρσω : Laor. ἔπερσα : 2aor. ἔπρᾶθον. In Homer the 

1 aor. is more frequent.—Buttmann traces an affinity between πέρθω 
and p76, “ ἐο burn,” as plainly perceptible in the 2 aorist ἔπραθον, 
and he instances a parallel case in the old German bernen, “to burn,” 
where a transposition of two letters connects it with brennen, hay- 
ing the same signification. Other etymologists, however, make 
πέρθω akin to the Latin perdo. 

Δέδασται, 3 sing. perf. ind. pass. of daiw, “to divide.” The form: 
daiw, however, is merely assumed, since δαΐζω takes its place in the: 
active; and, besides, the middle δαέομαι is more frequently found in 
an active sense. Moreover, the 1 aor. ἔδαισα, used in the sense of 
“to feast,” from Herodotus downward, though formed from δαίω, 
belongs, by strict analogy, to daivyyr.—The Sanscrit root is da, “to 
cut off,” hence δαΐξω, δαίς, gen. δαιτός, δαίνυμι, δαιτρός, Saran, and 
perhaps also akin to dérrw, and Latin dapes. 
’"Eréouxe, 3 sing. 2 perf. of the supposed form Hoag 
perf. ἐπέοικα, ag, €, “it is fitting.” From ἐπέ and ἔοικα. 
Consult remarks on ἐοικώς, line 47. 


Line 124. 


Line 126. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 357 


Line 126-132. 
᾿Παλίλλογα, ace. plur. neut. of παλίλλογος, ov, “gathered back,” 
“collected back.’ More literally, ‘ selected back.” (Consult note.)p— 
From πάλιν, in Homeric Greek, “ back,” and λέγω, “ to select.” 
’Erayeipey, pres. infin. act. of ἐπαγείρω, “to heap up.” Literally, 
“to gather upon.” (Consult note.)—From ἐπέ and ἀγείρω. 
Πρόες, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. act. of προΐημι, “to send on,” 
Link 127 ato send forth,” or “ forward,” &c.; fut. προήσω : 1 aor. 
πρόηκα, in Homer also προέηκα : 2 aor. rpdyv.—From πρό and ἴημι, 
** to send.” 
Τριπλῇ, “ threefold,” used as an adverb, but, in reality, 
Line 128. the dative sing. fem. of τριπλόος, ἡ, ov, contracted τριπ- 
Rode, τριπλῆ, τριπλοῦν. So τριπλῇ here is contracted from τριπλόῃ. 
Τετραπλῇ, “ fourfold,” used as an adverb, but, in reality, the dat. 
sing. fem. contracted for τετραπλόῃ, of τετραπλόος, ἡ, ov, contracted 
τετραπλοῦς, τετραπλῆ, τετραπλοῦν. 
᾿Αποτίσομεν, 1 plur. fut. indic. act. of ἀποτίνω, “to recompense ;” 
fat. ow. From ἀπό and tivo. 
Tlofi, adverb of time, “ever.” The corresponding prose form is 
ποτέ. 
Δῷσι, Epic for δῷ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. οἵ δίδωμι, “ to 
grant,” “to give.’ The third person singular of the sub- 
junctive has in the Epic language the termination o appended to 
the regular form; as, ἱστῇσι for ἱστῇ, δῷσι for δῷ. 
Τροίην, acc. sing. of Tpoin, nc, Epic and Tonic for Τροία, ac, 7, 
“ Troy,” the city of Priam. . 
Εὐτείχεον, acc. sing. fem. of εὐτείχεος, ον, “well-walled,” “ well-forti-. 
fied,’’ an epithet of Troy. From εὖ and τεῖχος, “ a wall,” “a rampart.” 
᾿Ἐξαλαπάξαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of ἐξαλαπάζω, “ to sack,” “to storm;” 
fut. f. From ἐξ and ἀλαπάζω, “ to empty,” “ to drain,” and this last 
from a euphon., and λαπάζω, “ to empty out,” “to plunder.” ' 
Κρείων, ovroc, ὁ, “ the ruler,” said usually of kings and 
Line: 130. chiefs, but also of the gods. Ionic and poetic for κρέων. 
— Akin to κράς, κράτος, κρείττων. Compare the Sanscrit kr:, “facere.” 
Line 131. Tlep, enclitie particle, “very.” Consult note. 
*Eév, Epic and Tonic for ὦν, pres. part. of εἰμέ, “ to be.” 
Θεοείκελε, voc. sing. of ϑεοείκελος, ov, * godlike.’ From ϑεός and 
εἴκελος, ** like.” 
Κλέπτε, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of κλέπτω, “to conceal ;” 
Line 132. ft κλέψω, or, more usually, fat. mid. κλέψομαι ; perf: 
xéxAoga.—The root is κλεπ, which appears in κλέπος, “a thing 
stolen,” and in the Latin clep-ere. 


Line 129. 


358 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. - 


Line 132-136. 

Νόῳ, Epic and Ionic for νῷ, dat. sing. of νόος, νόου, Attic νοῦς, vou, 
6, “the mind,” &c. The root véo appears to be softened down fromy 
an earlier one yve, and from this last come γνῶναι, γεγνώσκω, Latin 
nosco, novi, &c. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 126.) 

Παρελεύσεαι, 2 sing. fut. ind. of παρέρχομαι, Ionic and Epie for 
παρελεύσει. Thus, fut. παρελεύσομαι : 2 pers. (old form) παρελεύσε- 

ac: (Ionic and Epic) παρελεύσεαι : (Attic) mapeAedoes.—* To over= 
reach.” Literally, “ to go by,” “ beside,” or “ past,” “to pass by.” 

Line 133. Ἤ. Interrogative particle. (Consult Bote? 

*Eyne, 2 sing. pres. subj. of ἔχω, “‘ to have.” 

Αὕτως. “ Thus.” (Consult note.) 

Ἧσθαι, pres. infin. of ἦμαι, “1 sit :” imperf. juny: imper. 
"ἦσο, ἥσθω, &c.: infin. ἧσθαι : part. ἥμενος. ---- This verb, 
though here, in accordance with custom, regarded as a present, is, 
in fact, a regular perfect passive, from ἕω, “1 seat,’ and signifies; 
when strictly considered, “1 have been seated,” or “ placed,’ so that 
ἥμην, in like manner, is a regular pluperfect passive. In the sec- 
ondary force, I sit, am in a-sitting posture, it differs, along with its 
compound κάθημαι, from ἕζομαι, καθέζομαι, “1 seat myself,” “ take my 
seat.’ As the transition, however, from the perfect to the present 
signification is complete, the participle takes the accent, not on the 
penult (7uévoc), like the genuine perfect, but on the antepenult (ἥμε-. 
voc), like the present. 

Δευόμενον, Epic for δεόμενον : pres. part. of δεύομαι, Epic for δέο. 
μαι: deponent pass., with fut. mid, “ ἐο want,” “to need :” fut. δεήδου 
μαι: perf. δεδέημαι : 1 aor. ἐδεήθην. 

Κέλεαι, Epie and Ionic for κέλει : 2 sing. pres. indic. of middle de- 
ponent κέλομαι, “ to bid,” “to urge,” “to exhort,’ “to command :” fut. 
κελήσομαι : 2 aor. κεκλόμην and éxexAdunv. Poetic form for κελεύω. 
— Present κέλομαι: 2 pers. (old form) κέλεσαι : (Epie and Ionic) 
keAeat: (Attic) xéAec—Akin to xéAdw, “to urge on,” “to drive ay 

and to the Latin cello, as appearing in percello and procella. 

᾿Αποδοῦναι, 2 aor. inf. act. of ἀποδίδωμι, the Epic form for which- 
is ἀποδόμεναι. Consult line 98. 

Line 135. ’AA2’ εἰ μέν, κ΄ τ. Δ. Compare line 123. F 
ἔλρσαντες, Epic and Eolic, 1 aor. part. act. of dpe, “to 
adapt,” “ to fit :” fut. (Epic and Aolic) ἄρσω : 1 aor. ἦρσα > 
2 aor. ἤρᾶρον : 2 aor. inf. ἀρᾶρεῖν, &c. : fut. Attic, de4.—Observe that 
dpa, though here given, is, in fact, a present not in use. It represents 
one of the most prolific Greek roots, the families ἀρέσκω, ἀρτάω, ἀρ- 
τύω, ἀρύω, αἴρω, ἁρμόζω, ἄρνυμαι, springing immediately from it, the 


Line 134 


Line 136. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 359 


Line 137-140. 
radical signification being “to join,” “to fit,” both transitive and in- 
transitive. 

Θυμόν. Consult line 24. 

᾿Αντάξιον, nom. sing. neut. of ἀντάξιος, a, ov, “ fully equivalent,” 
“worth just as much.” From ἀντί, denoting comparison, and ἄξιος, 
“ of like worth,” &c. 

Δώωσιν, Epic lengthened form for δῶσιν, 3 plur. 2 aor. subj. act. 
of δίδωμι. 

Ἕλωμαι, 1 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of aipew, “to take,” “to seize :” 
fut. αἱρήσω : perf. ἥρηκα : Ionic dpaipnxa: 2 aor. εἶλον : 2 aor. mid. 
eiAdunv.—The root of aipéw is akin to the Sanscrit hri, “to seize,” 
whence, also, we have χείρ, ‘‘ a hand,” and the old Latin hir, togeth- 
er with the English grip. Again, with the root Aw, whence we 
have εἷλον, ἑλεῖν, &c., we may compare the Sanscrit radical al, “10 
take,” “to receive,” &c. (Eichhoff, Vergleichung, &c., p. 199.) 

Τεόν, accus. sing. neut. from τεός, 7, ὄν, Epic and Ionic 
Line 138. for σός, σή, σόν, “thy,” “thine.” Compare the Latin 
tuus. 

. Alavtoe, gen. sing. of Αἴας, αντος, ὁ, “* Ajaz,’’ son of Telamon, and 
half-brother of Teucer. He led the Grecian forces from Salamis.— 
There was another Ajax in the Grecian army, the son of Oileus, 
who commanded the troops of the Locri, and was hence called the 
Locrian, as the former was styled the Telamonian. 

Ἰών, pres. part. of εἶμι, “ to go.” 

Ὀδυσῆος, gen. sing. of Ὀδῦύσεύς, “Ulysses,” earlier form for Ὄ δυσ- 
σεύς. 

Line 139. “Af, fut. of ἄγω, “to lead away : fat. ἄξω. 

Ἑλών, 2 aor. part. act. of aipéw, “to take,” “to seize.” Consult 
remarks under ἔλωμαι, line 137. 

Κεχολώσεται, 3 sing. 3 fut. pass. of χολόω, “ to make angry,” &e. 
Consult note, and compare remarks on χολωσέμεν, line 78. 

Ἵκωμαι, 1 sing. 2 aor. subj. middle of the deponent ἱκνέομαι, “ to 
come :” fut, ἕξομαι : perf. iyuac: 2 aor. ixouny.—Lengthened form from 
ixw, Which is the common form in Homer, who only uses the pres- 
ent ixvéouar twice (Od., ix., 128 ; xxiv., 339) ; but he often has the 
future ἕξομαι, &c.—Compare ixecy, when digammated Fixecy, with the 
Sanscrit τοῖς, “intrare.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 268.) 

Μεταφρασόμεσθα, poetic for μεταφρασόμεθα, 1 plur. fut; 
Line 140. mid. of μεταφράζομαι, “ to deliberate upon.” Consult note. 
—Observe that the ending μεσθα, here called poetic, is used, not 
only by the Epic writers, but also by the Doric, Ionic, and Attic 


360 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 140-143. 
poets. It is, in fact, the original and stronger form. (Kiihner, δ᾽ 
123, 15.) 

Adric, Epic and Ionic for αὖθις, “ again,’’ “ hereafter.” 

“Live 141. “Aye. Consult line 62. 

Nga, Epie and Ionic for ναῦν, from νηῦς, νηός, Epic and Ionic for 
ναῦς, νεώς, 7, a ship.” ? 

εἰ Μέλαιναν, accus. sing. fem. of μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν, * black.”—- 
Pott traces an affinity between μέλας and the Sanscrit mala, “ sordes,” 
“Jutum.” 

’Eptooouev, Epic for ἐρύσωμεν, the mood-vowel being shortened, 
1 plur. 1 aor. subj. act. of ἐρύω, ‘to draw :’’ fut. ἐρύσω : 1 aor. εἴρυ- 
oa, &c. 

"Aha, aceus. sing. of Ac, dAdc, ἡ, “ the sea.” Often used in Ho- 
mer and the poets, rare in prose. Not to be confounded with &Ac, 
ἁλός, ὁ, “ salt.” ᾿ 

Δῖαν, accus. sing. fem. of δῖος, δῖα, δῖον, boundless.” Literally, 
« divine.’ Consult remarks on dioc, line 121. 
᾿Ἐρέτας, accus. plur. of ἐρέτης, ov, 6, “a rower,” usually 
employed in the plural, by both Homer and the Attic wri- 
ters.—From épécow, “ to row.” 

᾿Ἐπιτηδές, “‘as many as are proper,” adverb, occurring in this 
sense in Homer only. The post-Homeric writers, especially the 
Attics, write it as a proparoxyton, ἐπίτηδες, and employ it usually in 
the sense of “on purpose,” “ advisedly.”” Latin, consulto, de indus- 
tria. Hence cunningly, deceitfully, &e.—Buttmann derives it from 
ἐπί and τάδεσι, old form for τάδε, “‘as is necessary for that thing,” 
“ for that very purpose.” (Lezil., p. 299, ed. Fishl.) 

"Ayeipouev, With shortened mood-vowel, Epic for ἀγείρωμεν : 1 
plur. 1 aor. subj. act. of dyeipw, * to collect,” “ to bring together ;” fat. 
ἀγερῶ : 1 aor. ἤγειρα. 

sess Consult line 65. 

Θείομεν, Epic for ϑέωμεν, and that for ϑῶμεν, the τοδὶ: 
vowel being shortened: 1 plur. 2 aor. subj. act. of τέθημι, 
“to place,” “to put ;” fut. ϑήσω : perf. τέθεικα : 1 aor. ἔθηκα: 2 aor. 
ἔθην. ’ 

"Ἄν. Old form for ἀνά. 

Χρυσηΐδα, accus. of Xpvonic, idoc, 7, ““ Chryséis.” Consult line 
111. ᾿ 

Καλλιπάρῃον, accus. sing. fem. of καλλιπάρῃος, ον, *‘ fair-cheeked,” 
“ἐ beautiful-cheeked.” From καλός, “ fair,” “ beautiful,” and παρηΐα, 
Tonic for παρειά, “ the cheek.” ; 


Line 142. 


ee 143. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 961 


Taine 144-148. 
Βήσομεν, With the shortened mood-vowel, Epic for βήσω- 
μεν, 1 plur. 1 aor. subj. act. of Baw, “ to cause to go:” fut. 
Bnow: 1 aor. é6yoa. (Consult note.) 

Εἰς, μία, ἔν, one.” The root is ἐν, as appearing in the genitive 
év-d¢, and also in the Latin un-us ; the English one, only (i. €., one- 
ly); the Sanscrit demonstrative é-na (aina) ; the Gothic aina, &c. 

᾿Αρχός, od, ὁ, “a commander.” From ἀρχή, “authority,” &e. 

Βουληφόρος, ov, “ counsel-bearing,” “ counseling.” Hence, ἀνὴρ 
βουληφόρος, “ a counsel-bearing man,” “a counselor.”—From βουλή, 
“counsel,” and φέρω, “to bear.” 

Ἔστω, 3 sing. pres. imper. of εἰμί. 

Line 145. Αἴας. Consult line 138. 

Ἰδομενεύς, Epic and Ionic jog and go¢, Attic ἕως, ὁ, “ Idomeneus,” 
King of Crete, and leader of the Cretan forces against Troy.—On. 
his return home, he found his kingdom in the hands of a usurper, 
and retired in consequence to Italy, where he founded a city on the 
coast of Calabria, which he called Sallentia. 

Line 146. Πηλείδη, voc. of Πηλείδης, ov, * Pelides.” Consult line 1. 

"ExxayAdrare, voc. sing. of ἐκπαγλότατος, ov, “ most formidable.” 
Superlative of ἔκπαγλος, ov, “ striking,” *‘ terrible.” Consult note. 

Ἑκάεργον, accus. sing. of Ἑκάεργος, ov, ὁ, “ the far-work- 
ing one.” Anepithet of Apollo. From éxdg, “afar,” and 
ἔργον. Compare remarks on Ἑκηθόλος, line 14. Ἷ 

Ἱλάσσεαι, with shortened mood-vowel, Epic for ἱλάσσηαι : 2 sing. 
1 aor. subj. mid. of the deponent iAdcxouaz, “ to propitiate.”” (Consult 
line 100.)—Observe that ἑλάσσεαι is Epic for ἱλάσῃ ; thus, 1 pers. 
ἑλάσωμαι : 2 (old form) ἱλάσησαε : (Epic and Ionic) ἱλάσσηαι, or ἱλάσ- 
σεαι : (Ailic) ἱλάσῃ. 

‘lepa, aceus. plur. neut. of iepd¢, 7, év, Epic and Ionic for ἱερός, 4, 
év, “ sacred.” (Consult note.) 

Ῥέξας, 1 aor. part. act. of ῥέζω, “to perform,” “ to offer up :’* fut. 
ῥέξω: 1 aor. ἔρεξα and ἔῤῥεξα. Of the passive, only the aor. infin. 
pexOjvac is used.—According to Buttmann (Lezil., 8. v. χαλινός, 5), 
ῥέζω is the same word with ἔρδω, being formed from it by the trans- 
position ofe and p. Be this as it may, the root épd of ἔρδω is plain- 
ly akin to ἐργ in ἔργον ; just as ῥέξω, with its root ῥέγ, shows an 
affinity to the English “wreak.” 
ὝὙπόδρα, poetic adverb, of frequent occurrence in Homer, 
but always in the phrase ὑπόδρα ἰδών, “ having eyed stern- 
ly,” “ grimly,” “ gloomily.”—From ὑπό and dpax, the obsolete root 
of ἔδρακον (2 aor. of dépxw), so that the original form was probably 

Hu 


Line 144, 


Linz 147. 


Line 148. 


362 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 148-153. 

ὑπόδραξ, and the £ was finally thrown away, as the « from γύναι. 
(Thiersch, Gr. στ. Ὁ 197, 2.) Lexicographers generally regard ὑπό- 
ὅραξ as a later form of ὑπόδρα, but with evident incorrectness. 

᾿Αναιδείην, Epic and Ionic for ἀναιδείαν, accus. sing. of 
Lams 149. ὦ  cicig, nc, ἡ : Epic and lonie for ἀναιδεία, ac, 4, “ shaiae- 
lessness.”” From ἀναιδής, “ shameless,” and this from the negative 
prefix dv and αἰδώς, “ sense of shame.” 

᾿Ἐπιειμένε, voc. sing. perf. part. pass. of ἐπιέννῦμει, Epic and Ionic 
form for ἔφέννῦθμι, “10 put on another, as an additional or outer cov- 
ering : middle ἐπεέννῦμαι, “ to put on one’s self, as an upper or outer 
garment,” “‘ to clothe one’s self.””—Observe that the form of the perf. 
part. pass., froin ἐφέννυμι, would be ἐφειμένος. 

Κερδαλεόφρον, voc. sing. of κερδαλεόφρων, ov, “ lusting after gain,” 
“whose thoughts turn continually on gain.” From κερδαλέος, “ look- 
ing sharply after one’s interests,” and this from κέρδος, “ gain,” and 
φρήν, φρονέω, 

Live 150. Toi, Epic, Ionic, and Dorie for coi. 

Πρόφρων, ov, “ with ready mind,” “readily,” “willingly.” Literal- 
ly, “ with forward soul.” From πρό and φρήν, φρονέω. 

Πείθηται, 3 sing. pres. subj. middle of πείθω, “ to persuade ;” mid- 
dle πείθομαι, “ to obey.”"—Consult remarks under ἐπείθετο, line 33. 

᾿Ἐλθέμεναι, Epic, Dorie, and olie for ἐλθεῖν, 2 aor. inf. 
Lane 151. ot of ἔρχομαι. Consult lines 18 δπὰ 120. 

"Ig. Consult line 38. 

Line 152. Ἕνεκα, “on account of.” 

Ἤλυθον, 1 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἔρχομαι. This is thea 
copated form, common in Epic, rare in tragic poetry, whence ἦλθον 
comes by syncope. 

Αἰχμητάων, Epie for αἰχμητῶν, gen. plur. of αἰχμητής, οὔ, 6, “a 
warrior.” Literally, “a spearman.” From αἰχμή, “the point of a 
spear.” 

Τρώων, gen. plur. of Tpdc, Τρωός, 6, “a Trojan.” Nom. plur. 
Τρῶες, Τρώων, ot, “ Trojans.”—From Τρώς, Τρωός, » πώ a 
mythic founder of Troy. 

Δεῦρο, “ hither,” an adverb of place —In the Asch; caste 
Lane 153. Saf i te wil Sas lee 
now,” “up to this tome.” - 

Μαχησόμενος, fut. part. mid. of the deponent μαχέομαι, “ to 
fut. μαχήσομαι, and μαχέσσομαι, Epic and lonie for μάχομαι : 1 
tie μαχοῦμαι : perf. pass. μεμάχημαι and μεμάχεσμαι : 1 aor. Epic Fo 
χησάμην, Attic ἐμαχεσάμην. 


“HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 363 


Taine 153-156. 

Οὔτε, “ not at all,” accus. sing. neut. of οὔτις. 

Alriot, nom. plur. masc: of αἴτιος, a, ov, more rarely o¢, ov, “ in 
fault.” From αἰτία, “ blame,” “ fault.” 

Bowe, accus. plur. of βοῦς, βοός, ὁ, 7, “cattle.” Contract- 
Line 154. 64 form for βύας. The stem is Bo (Gob, δον), which, with 
the appending of the gender-sign ¢, becomes βό.ξς (4dv-s), and this, 
βοῦς, answering to the Latin bos, in the genitive of which, namely, 
bév-is, the digamma reappears. (Aihner, § 272, 2.)}—Akin to the 
Sanscrit gé, nom. σοι, and through that with the English cow, the 
change of @ into a g-sound, and vice versa, being very frequent in 
the cognate languages. Thus, βαρύς and gravis: Sard in Corinna, 
and γυνή, ἄς. 

Ἤλασαν, 3-plur: 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐλαύνω, “to drive away.” 
Radical signification, “to set in motion,” “to drive,” more in bodily 
than mental relations, especially said of driving flocks: fut. ἐλάσω, 
Epie ἐλάσσω : 1 aor. ἤλασα, poetic ἔλασα, and éAacca.—From ἐλάω, 
and this akin to the Sanscrit 2/, ‘to arouse,’’ “te set in motion.” 
(Bichhoff, Vergieichung, &c., p. 211.) 

Ἴππους, accus. plur. of ἔππος, ov, 6, “ @ horse.”—Through the dia- 
lectic form ἔκκος we trace its identity with the Sanscrit acva (Latin 
equus). The Persian esp also is between both. (Pott, Etymol. 
Forsch., vol. ii., p. 256.) 

Liye 155. Ποτέ, “ever.” Enelitie particle of time 

Gin, dat. sing. of Φθίη, nc, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for Φθία, ας, 7, 
“ Phthia,” the native district of Achilles in Thessaly, forming part 
of the larger district of Phthiotis. According to Strabo, the district 
of Phthiotis included all the soutbern part of Thessaly as far as 
Mount CEta and the Maliae Gulf. : 

*Ep:b6dAanc, dat. sing. of ἐριθώλαξ, ακος, ὁ, ἡ, “deep of soil.” More 
literally, with large cleds of rich, loamy soil, which does not crum- 
ble away, like sand, under the plough ; hence ‘“‘fertzle,” “ rich-sotled.” 
—From épz, intensive prefix, and βῶλαξ, same as βῶλος, “a clod of 
earth.” 

Βωτιανείρῃ, dat. sing. of βωτιανείρη, Epic and Ionic for βωτιάνειρα, 
ἡ, “nurse of heroes.” More literally, “man-feeding.” An epithet 
of fruitful countries; as, for example, Phthia. No such adjective 
as βωτιώνειρος, ov, seems to have been used.—From βῶτις, fem. of 
Borne, and this from βόσκω, “ to feed,” and ἀνήρ. 

Kaprér, aceus. sing. of καρπός, οὔ, ὁ, “fruit,” “ produc- 
Lins 156. tions of the earth.’’—Perhaps from the same root as κάρφω, 
“to make dry,” &c., and κάρφος, “any small dry bedy ;” and hence, 
strictly, that which is dry, and so ripe. ‘ 


364 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Tine 156-159. 

*EdnAgoarro, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. of the middle deponent δηλέομαι, 
“to injure,” “to destroy :” fut. δηλήσομαι : 1 aor. ἐδηλησάμην : perf., 
in a passive signif., ded7Anuar.—Akin to the Sanscrit dal, ‘ to hew,” 
“to cleave,” &c. (Kichhoff, Vergleich., p. 205.) 

Μεταξύ, “between.” Radical signification, “in the midst.” Used 

also of time, “ during,” “ while.”—From μετά. 
Οὔρεα, Epic and Ionic for ὄρη, nom. plur. of οὖρος, εος, τό, 
Epic and Ionie for ὄρος, εος, τό, “ a mountain.”—Perhaps 
from the radical dpw, “ to arouse,” “ to make to rise,” and hence any 
thing rising up. 

Θάλασσα. Consult line 34. 

Ἦ χήεσσα, nom. sing. fem. of ἠχήεις, eooa, ev, “ loud-resounding,” 
“ loud-roaring.”’—From ἦχος, “a sound,” “ a noise,” &e. 
᾿Αναιδές, vor. sing. of ἀναιδής, ἕς, “ shameless.”?— From 
the negative prefix ἀν and αἰδώς, * shame.” 

“Ἅμα, “ together with,” ‘ along with.’’—Akin to the Sanscrit prepo- 
sition sam. (Donaldson, New Crat., p. 236.) 

ἙἙσπόμεθα, 1 plur. 2 aor. indic. of the middle deponent ἕπομαι, “ to 
follow ;” imperf. εἱπόμην : fat. ἕψομαι : 2 aor. éordunv.—The active 
ἕπω, “to be about or with,’ belongs solely to the old poetry; only 
some compounds, especially διέπω and περιέπω, having established 
themselves in prose.—The deponent ἕπομαι is the Latin seg-uor, the 
letter s taking the place of the aspirate, as in ὕλη, sylva; and q that 
of p, as in πέτορες (AB olic for τέσσαρες), guatuor. 

*Oopa, ‘in order ἐμαὶ." Conjunction, marking the end or object in 
view. 

Χαίρῃς, 2 sing. pres. subj. act. of χαίρω, “to rejoice,” “ἰο be glad ;” 
fut. yarpjow: 2 aor. ἐχάρην : perf., with present signif., κεχάρηκα, 
the usual perfect being κεχάρημαι. 

Line 159. Τιμήν, accus. of τιμή, ἧς, 7. (Consult note.) 

᾿Αρνύμενοι, pres. part. of the deponent ἄρνυμαι, “to seek to gain,” 
“to gain by one’s own exertions,” “to acquire.” Used only in the 
present and imperfect, and taking its other tenses from αἔρομαι : fut. 
ἀροῦμαι.---- ἃ lengthened form of αἴρω, as πτάρνυμαι is of πταίρω. 

Μενελάῳ, dat. sing. of Μενέλαος, ov, ὁ, “* Menelaus,” brother of 
Agamemnon, and King of Lacedemon. He was the husband of 
Helen, whose abduction by Paris gave rise to the Trojan war. — 

Κυνῶπα, voc. sing. of κυνώπης, ov, ὁ, “ dog-eyed,” “ dog-faced,” ἃ, @., 
shameless, impudent. The dog was with the ancients the type of 
shamelessness and effrontery.—From κύων, “a dog,” and ὦψ, “look,” 
“ visage,” &c. ? 


Line 157. 


Line 158. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 365 


Tine 160-164. 
Μετατρέπῃ, 2 sing. pres. indic. middle of μετατρέπω, “to 
Line 160. jurn round.” In the middle, μετατρέπομαι, * to turn one’s 
self round toward any thing,” ‘‘ to turn one’s self and go after a thing,” 
and hence “ to regard,” &c.; fut, youar.—From μετά and τρέπω. 
᾽᾿Αλεγίζεις, 2 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἀλεγίζω, “to care for,” “to 
trouble one’s self about a thing.”—From ἀλέγω, “to trouble one’s 
self.” 

Line 161. Tépac. Consult line 118. 

᾿Αφαιρήσεσθαι, fut. infin. middle of ἀφαέρεω, “ to take away,” “ to 
take from :”’ fut. jow: fut. middle ἥσομαι. From Homer downward, 
the middle is more frequent than the active-—From ἀπό and aipéw. 

᾿Απειλεῖς, 2 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἀπειλέω, ““ἐο threaten:’ fut. 
jow.—The common notion is that of speaking loud, whence, with 
ἀπελλάζω, it is referred to ἠπύω. 

᾿Ἐμόγησα, 1 aor. indic. act. of μογέω, “ to toil :” fat. foa.— 
Line 162. From μόγος, “ toil.”—Only a poetic verb, the prose form 
being rovéw.—The first syllable of μόγ-ος shows an affinity to μέγ- 
ac, mag-nus, &c., the idea implied in μόγ-ος and μόχ-θος, especially 
the latter, being that of something great placed or laid upon one. 
Δόσαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. for ἔδοσαν, the augment being 
dropped, from δίδωμι, “ to give :" fut. ddow: 1 aor. ἔδωκα: 2 aor. 
ἔδων : perf. δέδωκα. 

Yiec, Epic nom. plur., as from a stem vic, “a son :” gen. υἱός : dat. 
vit: accus. via: dual υἷε : plur., nom. vier, &c. The Epic dialect 
also declines in another way as from a stem υἱεύς : gen. vied¢: dat. 
υἱεῖ : accus. viéa, &c. 

Ἶσον, accus. sing. neut. of ἶσος, ἡ, ov, “ equal to,” “the 
Line 163. ome as.—Observe that the ε in this word is always long 
in Homer, but usually short among the Attics, with whom, there- 
fore, when it is so, the accentuation is icoc, &c. 
Ὁππότε, Epic for ὁπότε, “ when.” 
᾿Ἐκπέρσωσι, 3 plur. 1 aor. subj. act. of ἐκπέρθω, “to sack.” 
Live 164. Consult line 19. 

Εὐναιόμενον, accus. sing. neut. of εὐναιόμενος, ἡ, ov, “ well-inhabit- 
ed,” ‘‘well-peopled.” Properly an adjective, and not a participle, 
since we find no such verb as εὐναίω or ebvaioua:.—From εὖ and 
ναίω “to inhabit.” 

Πτολέεθρον, ov, τό, “a city.” In form a diminutive from πτόλες 
(old form) for πόλιες, but, in usage, equal in general to πόλες itself. 
In the present passage, however, it appears to indicate one of the 

“inferior cities of the land as contra-distinguished from the capital. 
Hu 2 


9366’ HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 165-168, 

Πλεῖον, accus. sing. neut. of πλείων, πλεῖον, “the greater 
(part).”’ Literally, ‘ more.” Comparative of πολύς, 
“‘ many.” —Homer, like Hesiod, uses πλείων or πλέων, as his verse 
requires. In Attic prose, on the other hand, πλείων is far the most 
frequent ; but in the neuter, πλέον is more usual, especially as it ap- 
proaches the adverbial signification. 

Πολυάϊκος, gen. sing. of πολυάϊξ, ixoc, “harassing.” Literally; 
“with much collision.””> From πολύς and ἀΐσσω, “ to rush,’ “to dart,” 
&e. 


Line 165. 


Διέπουσι, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of διέπω, “ to dispatch.” 
Lane 166, More literally, “‘ to manage,” “to be busied upon a thing :” 
fut. yo.—From διά and éxw. Consult line 158, remarks on ἑσπόμην. 

*Ardp, conjunction, “ but,” “yet,” “however,” “nevertheless.” Like 
the Latin αὐ, it introduces an objection or correction, and always 
begins a sentence.—More frequent in poetry than in prose. The 
form αὐτάρ is Epic only. 

Δασμός, od, ὁ, “a division,” ‘‘a sharing of spoil.” —From daia, “ to 
divide.”” Consult remarks on δέδασται, line 125. 

Ἵκηται, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of ἱκνέομαι, “ to come.” Consult 
remarks on ixeo@az, line 19. 

Μεῖζον, nom. sing. neut. of μείζων, ov, irregular compara- 
tive of μέγας. Homer and the Attics use μείζων, ov, &e., 
but in Ionic prose we find μέζων, ov: Doric μέσδων : Beotian μέσσων. 
—The root μέγ-ας appears in Latin mag-nus, Sanscrit mah-at, Per- 
sian mth or meah, German mach-t, English mickle, much, might, &c. 

Ὀλίγον, accus. sing. neut. of ὀλέγος, ἡ, ov, “ small.””—Akin to the 
Sanscrit laghu, and English light ; and through laghu, with ἐλαχύς, 
and the Latin levis. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 87.) 

Line 168. Nae. . Consult line 12. 

Ἔπήν, Epic and Ionic for ἐπάν “whenever.’’ Contracted from 
ἐπεί and ἦν, for ἄν. 

Κεκάμω, 1 sing. 2 aor. subj. act., with Epic reduplication, for κάμω, 
from κάμνω, “ io become weary,” “ to be tired or worn out.” More lit- 
erally, “to work,” ‘to labor hard,’’ and then ‘to work one’s self 
weary ;” fut. mid. καμοῦμαι, Epic καμέομαι : 2 aor. ἔκᾶμον : perf. 
κέκμηκα, Which Homer mostly uses in the Epic participles κεκμηώς, 
κεκμηῶτι, κεκμηῶτα, but also xexunétac.—Pott connects κάμνω with 
the Sanscrit ksham, “ tolerare,” ‘* perpeti.” 

TloAeuifwr, pres. part. act. of the frequentative verb πολεμίζω, * to 
wage war,” ‘‘ to war: fut. ἔσω, Doric ἔξω, which last is she; only fu- 
ture used by Homer. gr 


Line 167. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 367 


Line 169-174. 

Line 169. Ejw. Present in a future sense. (Consult note.) 

Φθίηνδε, “to Phthia”’ More literally, “‘Phihia-ward.” Adverb, 
compounded of the accus. sing. of Φθίη, Epic and Ionic for Φθία, and 
the suffix de denoting motion toward a place. Consult Excursus 
V., and also remarks on Φθέῃ, line 155. 

déprepov, nom, sing. neut. of φέρτερος, a, ov, “ better,” assigned as 
an irregular comparative to ἀγαθός : superlative ¢éprarog.—From 
φέρω, like fortis from fero in Latin. 

Line 170. Oixade. Consult line 19. 

Ἴμεν, Epic for ἰέναι, pres. infin. of εἶμι, “to go.” Earliest form 
tuevac.—Consult remarks on χολωσέμεν, line 78. 

Κορωνίσιν, dat. plur. of κορωνΐς, idoc, ἡ, ‘of bending-sterns.”” Hence, 
in a general sense, “ curved,” “bent,” &c. In Homer always said 
of ships. (Consult note.) 

Oiw. Consult line 59. 
ee μὰ: ἍΑτιμος, ον, “unhonored,” “ dishonored.”—From 4, priv., 

and τιμή. 

*Edv, Epic and Ionic for ὦν, from εἰμί, “ to be.” 

*"Adevoc, τό, “ abundance.”” Consult note.—According to the gram- 
_ Marians, from ἀπό, and ἔνος or ἕνος, “a year,” and hence denoting 
“ annual income,” or “ produce.” Buttmann, however, condemns 
this etymology, and deduces the word from an old form ἀφνύς, εἴα, ὕ, 
of which, according to him, ἀφνειός was a lengthened form. (Lezil., 
p. 177, ed. Fishl.) 

᾿Αφύξειν, fut. infin. act. of ddvcow, “to obtain.” Literally, “ to 
draw,” said, properly, of drawing liquids from a larger vessel by 
means of a smaller: fut. ἀφύξω : 1 aor. ἤφῦσα, or, Epic and without 
augment, d¢voca.— Middle, ἀφύσσομαι, “to draw for one’s self.” 

Φεῦγε, 2 sing. pres. imper. of φεύγω, “ to flee,” “to desert :” 
pane ΕΊΤΕ. fut. φεύξομαι, Doric and Attic φευξοῦμαι : 2 perf. πέφευγα: 
2 aor. ἔφυγον. Later authors have also a so-called 2 fut. dvyo.— 
Compare remarks under φύγοιμεν, line 60. ; 

Μάλα, adverb. ‘“ By all means.” Literally, “very,” “ very much,” 
“ exceedingly,” &c. ᾿ 

Toi, for σοί. Epic and Ionic. 

’Exécovrat, 3 sing. perf. indic. pass. of ἐπισεύω, “to set in motion,” 
either against a person, or for the accomplishment of a certain ob- 
ject (ἢ, e., toward any thing). Hence, “ to incite,” “to set on,” &e.; 
perf. pass. ἐπέσσῦμαι : pluperf. ἐπεσσὕμην, &c.—From ἐπί, “against,” 
or “ toward,” and ceva, “to put in quick motion,” “to urge,” &c. 

j Λίσσομαι, “to entreat,” ‘to beseech,” ἄς. Middle depo- 
Line 174. nent. Consult line 15. 


808 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 174-179. 

Eivexa, Epic and Ionic for ἕνεκα. 

’Eueio, Epic for ἐμοῦ, gen. of ἐγώ. 

Mévevy, pres. inf. act. of μένω, “to remain: fat. μενῶ : perf. μεμέ- 
vyka: 2 perf. μέμονα : 1 aor. ἔμεινα. The Epic and Ionic future is 
pevéw.— The 2 perf. μέμονα oecurs only once as a connection of 
μένω: every where else it has the meaning of “J desire strong- 
ly,” “I long or yearn for,” “1 strive,” &c., and conveys the idea 
of a steadfast, fixed purpose.—Compare with μένω the Latin maneo, 
&e. 

Τιμήσουσι, 3 plur. fut. act. of τιμάω, “to honor :” fat. τιμή- 
Line 175. |... 1 aor. ἐτίμησα, &e. From τιμή. 

Myriera, Epic and Molic for μητιέτης, ov, ὁ, “ the counselor,” “the 

adviser.” An epithet of Jove, equivalent, in effect, to “ ali-wise.”— 
Formed from μῆτες, “ counsel,” ‘ advice,’ and this last akin to the 
Sanscrit mati, “ thought,” “counsel,’’ with which compare the Ger- 
man muth. 
Ἔχθιστος, “ most hateful,” “most odious.” Irreg. super- 
Lins 176. lative of ἐχθρός : comparative éy@iev.—From ἔχθος, “ha- 
tred,” which Buttmann derives from ἐκ, ἐξ, ἐκτός, just as the original 
signification of hostis was a “ stranger,’’ one from without. 

Ἔσσί, Epic and Doric for εἷς or ei, “thou art,” 2 pers. sing. of 
εἰμί. Strictly speaking, ἐσσί is a Doric form, but it is of frequent 
occurrence in Homer. 

Διοτρεφέων, Epic and Ionic for διοτρεφῶν, gen. plur. of διοτρεφής, 
ἕς, “ Jove-nurtured,” “cherished by Jove.” (Consult note.)—From 
Ζεύς, gen. Διός, and τρέφω, “ to nurture,” &c. 

Βασιλήων, Epic and Ionic for βασιλέων, gen. plur. of βασιλεύς, “a 
king.” 

Ling 177. Toé for coi. 

"Epic, gen. ἐδος, 7, “ strife.’—Probably akin to the Sanscrit rush, 

Latin iras-ci. 
Kaprepéc, a, 6v, another and perhaps earlier form of κρα- 
Lins 178. τερός, “ powerful,” * valiant.” Commonly regarded as 
Epic and Ionic for xpatepé¢.—From κάρτος, Epic and Ionic for κράτος, 
with which compare the German Aart, and English hard. . 

*Eooi. Consult line 176. 

Σῇς, Epic and Ionic for σαῖς, dat. plur. fem. of σός, of, σόν, 
Linz 179. οἱ - 
“thy,” possessive pronoun of the second person. 

Ἑτάροισιν, Epic and Ionic for érdpoce, dat. plur. of ἕταρος, ov, 6, 
“a follower,” “a companion.” Epic and Ionic for ἑταῖρος, ov, 6, same 
signification.—Probably from ἔθος, ‘‘ custom,’’ &c., or else from the 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY- 369 


Line 179—182. 

same root with this, and denoting one accustomed to be with an- 
other, and, therefore, sure, trusty. 

Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for Μυρμέδοσιν, dat. plur. of 
Ling 180. Μυρμιδών, ὄνος, ὁ, “α Myrmidon.” In the plural Μυρμι- 
ὁόνες, ὧν, “the Myrmidons,” a warlike people of Thessaly, formerly 
in gina, the subjects of Peleus and Achilles. According to the 
fabulous account, #acus, king of gina, having lost nearly all his 
subjects by a pestilence, prayed to Jupiter to repeople his kingdom, 
and the god accordingly changed a large number of ants, that were 
moving up the stem of an oak, into human beings. This new race, 
says the legend, were called Myrmidones, as having sprung from 
ants (μύρμηκες), a story founded merely upon the resemblance between 
the two terms Μυρμιδών and μύρμηξ. Peleus, son of AZacus, hav- 
ing been banished by his father for having been accessory, along 
with Telamon, to the death of their brother Phocus, came to Thes- 
saly, accompanied by a band of Myrmidons, and settled there. 
The truth is, however, that the Myrmidons were a part of the old 
Achean stem, and early settlers in the land, having come in from 
the north. 

*Avacce, pres. imperat. of ἀνάσσω, “ to rule over :”’ fut. fo, From 
ἄναξ, “a king,” &c. 

Σέθεν, Epic, poetic, and Attie for σοῦ, gen. of σύ, “thou.” Con- 
sult Excursus V., on the suffix er, and its genitive force. 

᾿Αλεγίζω, “to regard,” “ to trouble one’s self about a thing.” Fre- 
quentative form from ἀλέγω, same signification. 

"OBopat, “ to care for,” “to take heed.” Deponent verb, 
Line 8}. only used in the present and imperfect. The radical 
meaning of this verb appears to relate to shyness or timidity. ἴοθο- 
pac will then be akin to ὄσσομαε, or ὄττομαε, “ to look at,” &c., just as 
in German we have scheuen, “to be shy,” and schauen, “to look ;’” 
and as a provincialism, moreover, the latter word is used instead of 
the former. 

Koréovrog, gen. sing. pres. part. of κοτέω, “ to be angry,” “ to bear 
one a grudge.” The middle κοτέομαι is also used, in the same sig- 
nification with the active—From κότος, “ grudge,”’ “ rancor,” “ill- 
will.” 

᾿Απειλήσω, 1 sing. fut. of ἀπειλέω, “to threaten.” (Consult line 
161.) 

Line 182. "Eve, emphatic form of the accus. of ἐγώ. 

᾿Αφαιρεῖται, 3 sing. pres. indic. mid. of ἀφαιρέω, “to take away.” 
Consult line 161. 


‘ 


370 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 182-188. 
Χρυσηΐδα. Consult line 111. 
"Ayo, 1 sing pres. subjunctive (not indicative) of dye. 
Line 184. 
(Consult note.) 

Βρισηΐδα, accus. sing. of Βρισηΐς, idoc, 7, “ Briséis.” Literally, 
“ the daughter of Briseus.” A female patronymic from Βρισεύς, Epic 
gen. joc, for éac, 6, ‘ Briseus,’ according to some a king of the Leleges, 
in Pedasus, a city of Troas ; more correctly, however, a priest in 
Lyrnessus. 

Καλλιπάρῃον. Consult line 148. 

Κλισίηνδε, “ to thy tent.’ Adverb, compounded of the 
Line 185. " : : 4 ᾿ ἘΣ 

accus. of κλισίη, ης, 7, Epic and Ionic for κλισία, ac, 9, “a 
tent,” and the suffix de denoting motion toward. Consult, as re- 
gards the true force of κλεσία, the remarks on κλισίας, line 306. 
Ὅσσον, Epic for ὅσον, “ how much,” accus. neut. of ὅσος, 
n, ov, taken adverbially. 

éptepoc. Consult line 169. 

Σέθεν. Consult line 180. 

Στυγέῃ, Epic for στυγῇ, 3 sing. pres. subj. act. of orvyéa, ‘to hate,” 
“to dread ;” fut. j7ow. Lengthened from a root orvy, whence the 
derivative tenses used by Homer are formed; namely, 1 aor. éo- 
Tuga: 2 aor. ἔστὕγον, &c. 

Line 187. Ἶσον. Consult line 163. 

Φάσθαι, pres. infin. middle of φημῖ, “to say,” “to declare.” —Middle 
φάμαι, “ to call one’s self,” &c. (Consult line 33.) 

'"Ὁμοιωθήμεναι, Epic, Doric, and olic for ὁμοιωθῆναι, 1 aor. inf. 
pass., with a middle signification, from ὁμοιόω, “to make like,” “ to 
liken,” “to compare ;” fut. ὁμοιώσω. Middle ὁμοιόομαι, “ to liken one’s 
self,” ** to compare one’s self unto another.”—From ὅμοιος, “ alike.” 

ἤΆντην, “ openly,” adverb. More literally, “‘ face to face, “in front,” 
“ over against.”—From ἀντί. 
dro, Epic and Ionic for ἔφατο, the augment being dropped, 
3 sing. imperf. indic. middle of φημί, “to speak.” Middle 
φάμαι : imperf. ἐφάμην, Epic and Ionie φάμην. 

Πηλείωνι, dat. sing. of Πηλεΐων, wvoc, 6, “the son of Peleus.” Po- 
etic form of patronymic in place of the more usual Πηλείδης. (Con- 
sult line 1.) 

ἔΛχος, coc, τό, “ indignant grief.” Consult remarks on ἀχνύμενος, 
line 103. 

Tévero, Epie and Ionic for ἐγένετο, the augment being dropped, 3 
sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of yivouat. 

Oi, “unto him,” 1. ¢., “ his,” dat. sing. of the pronoun of the third 
person : nom. (wanting): gen. od: dat. of, &c. (Consult line 72.) 


LinE 186. 


Line 188. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 371 


Line 188-193. 

‘Hrop, τό, “ the heart.” In Homer always in the nominative or 
accusative ; but the dative ἤτορε occurs in Simonides (7, 7)—From 
1ι., xxi., 386, ἐνὲ φρεσὶ ϑυμὸς ἄητο, it has been inferred that ἦτορ has 
ἄημι for its root, and so, like aninus and anima, strictly denotes the 


breath. 
Στήθεσσιν, Epic for στήθεσιν, dat. plur. of στῆθος, εος, τό, 
Line 189. rhe breast.” —Probably from tarnus, ‘that which stands up.” 

Λασίοισι, Epic and Ionic for λασίοις, dat. plur. neut. of λάσιος, fa, 
cov, “hairy.” (Consult note.)—Probably akin to Aaiva, χλαῖνα, and 
Latin lana and lena. 

Διάνδιχα, “ two ways.”’ Adverb, from διά, ἀνά, and δίχα, “in two,” 
“asunder.” 

Μερμήριξεν, Epic and Ionic for ἐμερμήριξεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. 
of μερμηρίζω, “to meditate,” “to ponder.” More literally, ‘to be full 
of cares; fut. §o.—From μέρμηρα, ac, 7, collateral form of μέριμνα, 
“care,” “ trouble,” and this from μέρμερος, ov, “ care-laden,” which 
last is probably connected with μερέζω, “to divide,” and μέρος. 

' Φάσγανον, ov, τό, “a sword.”—Said to be changed from 
Line 190. σφάγανον, and to come from σφάζω, * to slay.” 

Ὄ ξύ, accus. sing. neut. of ὀξύς, εἴα, ὕ, “ sharp,” “ keen-edged.”— 
Akin, probably, to ὠκύς, “ swift,’ and denoting that which makes its 
way swiftly through opposing obstacles. 

᾿Ερυσσάμενος, Epic for ἐρυσάμενος, 1 aor. part. middle of ἐρύω, “to. 
draw ;”’ fut. ἐρύσω, Epic ἐρύσσω : perf. pass. elpijvac—Epic and Ionic 
present εἰρύω : fut. εἰρύσω, &c.—Middle ἐρύομαι : fut. copac. 

Μηροῦ, gen. sing. of μηρός, οὔ, ὁ, “ the thigh.” 

᾿Αναστήσειεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. opt. act. Zolic form for ἀνα- 
Pany 191. στήσαι, from ἀνίστημι, “to cause to rise up; fut. dva- 
στήσω, &e. 

’Evapifoc, 3 sing. pres. opt. of ἐναρίζω, “to slay ;” fut. ξω. Proper- 

ly, “ to spoil a slain foe,” from ἔναρα, “ the arms of a slain foe.” 
Παύσειεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. opt. act. Aolic form for παύσαι, 

Line 192. from παύω, “to cause to cease: fut. cw. In the middle 

παύομαι, “ to cause one’s self to cease,” “ to cease.” 

Ἐρητύσειε, 3 sing. 1 aor. opt. act. Aolic form for ἐρητύσαι, from 

ἐρητύω, “to check,” “to restrain;” fut. ow.—Akin to ἐρύω, ἐρύκω, 
ἐρωέω. 
Ὥρμαινε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ὁρμαίνω, “ to delib- 
erate’? (consult note): fut. ὁρμᾶνῶ. Used by Homer only 
in the present, imperfect, and 1 aor. ὥρμηνα, always with the aug- 
-ment.—From ὁρμάω, “ to urge,” “ to incite.” 


Line 193. 


372 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 194-196. 

ἜἝλκετο, Epie and Ionic for εἵλκετο, the augment being 
Line 194. dropped, 3 sing. imperf. indic. middle of Axa, ‘ to draw ;” 
fut. ἕλξω : 1 aor. eiAga, but only among later writers, the derivative 
tenses being mostly formed from ἑλκύω : fut. ἑλκύσω : 1 aor. εἵλκυσα : 
1 aor. pass. εἱλκύσθην : perf. pass. eiAxvouar: whereas the present 
ἑλκύω itself is only used by later writers. In early Epic, éAxéo.— 
Akin to ἑλεῖν, and also to ϑέλγειν. (Donaldson, New Crat., p. 564.) 

Κολεοῖο, Epic and Ienic for κολεοῦ, gen. sing. of κολεός, οὔ, ὁ, “a 
scabbard,” ““α sheath.’ Homer uses both κολεός and the Ionic 
κουλεός, but in Attic it must always be coAedc.—Akin to κοῖλος, the 
German hohl, English hollow. 

Ξίφος, εος, τό, ‘a sword.” Homer usually represents it as large 
(μέγα) and sharp, or pointed (ὀξύ), also as two-edged (ἄμφηκες). It 
is of brass (χάλκεον), and hung from the shoulder by a baldric (reAa- 
pov). In Homer, a sword is also called φάσγανον and ἄορ. Among 
later writers, the ξίφος was ἃ straight sword, and the μάχαιρα (or 
Homeric knife) was a sabre.—According to the Etymol. Mag., from 
ξύω, and so ξύφος is said to have been used in some dialects for 
ξίφος. It would seem rather to have come out of the Semitic dialects, 
and to have some affinity to the Arabic ssaif, “ἃ sword.” (Pott, 
Etymol. Forsch., vol. ii., p. 215.) 

᾿Αθήνη, ne, 7, “* Minerva,” the goddess of wisdom. The Laconian 
form of the name, ’Acdva, connects this deity with the Asi of Orient- 
al and Scandinavian mythology. 

Οὐρανόθεν, “from heaven.” Adverb, compounded of οὐρα- 
Lint 195. 54. « heaven,” and the suffix Sev, with a genitive force. 
Consult Excursus V. 

ἯΝκε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of inuc, “io send :’’ fat. ἥσω : perf. 
εἶκα : 1 aor. ἧκα. : 

Λευκώλενος. Consult line 55. 

Ἥρη. Consult line 55. 

ΓΆμφω, TO, τά, TO, and also οἱ, ai, τά : gen. and dat. ἀμφ- 
Line 196. οἷν. ‘ Both.” Compare the Latin ambo. Both ambo and 
ἄμφω are akin to the Sanscrit oubha, “both.” Buttmann traces an 
affinity also between ἀμφ, “around,” and ἄμφω, the idea of around 
having become limited, in later writers, to “on two sides,” “on both 
sides.” (Lezilogus, p. 96, ed. Fishl.) 

Ὁμῶς, “ equally,” “alike.” But ὅμως, “ nevertheless,” “ notwith- 
standing.” 

Φιλέουσα, nom, sing. fem. pres. part. act. of φελέω, to love :᾽ fut. 
flow. From φίλος, ἡ, ov. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 373 


Line 193-199. 

Κηδομένη, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. of xjdouat, “to care for.” 

(Consult line 56.) 

=r, Epic and Ionic for ἔστη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of 
Live 197. ἵστημι, “to place: fut. στήσω : perf. ἔστηκα, “1 stand :”’ 
2 aor. ἔστην, “ I stood.” 

Ὄπιθεν, Epic for ὄπεσθεν, “ behind,” “ at the back.” —Probably from 
ὄπις, akin to ἀνόπιν, κατόπιν, μετόπιν; ὀπίσω, ὀψέ. 

Ξανθῆς, gen. sing. fem. of ξανθός, 7, ὄν, “ auburn,” “ golden- colored.” 
In Homer, Achilles always has ξανθὴ κόμη. The same is also as- 
signed to females ; and hence, perhaps, as fair, blonde hair was rare 
in the South, this may have belonged to the ancient ideal of youth- 
ful beauty. For example, Apollo always has it; and on the Attic 
stage it marked princely youths. — Perhaps ξανθός, i. e., κ-σαν-θός, 
may have some affinity to the German and Swedish sand, and the 
original meaning of the term may have been, “ of sandy color.” 

Kone, gen. sing. of κόμη, ης, ἦν “the hair.” Latin coma. 

"Ere, Epic for eiAe, the augment being dropped, 3 sing. 2 aor. 
indic. act. of aipéw, “to catch,” “to seize :”’ fut. αἱρήσω : perf. ἥρηκα : 
2 aor. εἷλον, &c. 

Πηλείωνα, accus. sing. of Πηλεΐίων, wvog, 6. Consult line 188. 

Live 198. Οἴῳ, dat. sing. of οἷος, οἴη, οἷον, “ alone.” Consult line 118. 

Φαινομένη, nom. sing. pres. part. middle of φαΐνω, “to show :” 
middle φαίνομαι, “ to appear” (i. e., ‘to show one's self”): fut. φανῶ : 
1 aor. ἔφηνα : later perfect πέφαγκα : 2 perf. πέφηνα : fut. mid. φανοῦ- 
pac: 2 aor. pass. ἐφάνην, &c.—Lengthened from the root oa, which 
appears in φάος, Sanscrit bha, “ lucere.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. 
i, p. 194.) 

‘Opdro, 3 sing. imperf. indic. middle of ὁράω, “to see.” Homer al- 

ways uses the middle in an active signification : fut. ὄψομαι, middle 
in form, but always active in signification: perf. ἑώρᾶκα, &e.—Con- 
sult, as regards the etymology of the word, line 56. 
Θάμδησεν, Epic for ἐθάμδησεν, augment dropped, 3 sing. 
Lanz 199. 1 dor. indic. act. of ϑαμδέω, “to be astonished,” “t0 δὲ 
amazed :” fut. jow.—From ϑάμθος, “ astonishment,” and this akin to 
ϑάομαι and ϑαῦμα. 

Ἐτράπετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. middle of τρέπω, “to turn :” fut. 
τρέψω : perf. τέτροφα : and later rétpaga: 2 aor. ἔτραπον : middle 
τρέπομαι, “to turn one’s self 1) 2 aor. ἐτραπόμην. 

Ἔγνω, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of γιγνώσκω, ‘to know,” fut. mid. 
γνώσομαι : perf. act. ἔγνωκα : 2 aor. fver.—Reduplicated from the 
Toot γνοέω (γνώσκω, Latin nosco), γι-γνώσκω. Observe that γνοέω, the 

Ir 


914 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 199-203. 

root of γιγνώσκω, which appears in dyvoéw, and in νοῦς, νοέω, χα.» 
recur in most of the kindred languages : Latin, nosco, novi : English, 
know : German, kennen, &c. 

Παλλάδα, accus. sing. of Παλλάς, ddoc, ἡ, “ Pallas,” an 
Line 200. epithet of Minerva; hence, in Homer, always Παλλὰς 
᾿Αθήνη, or Παλλὰς ᾿Αθηναίη, but after Pindar it is also used alone. 
—Usually derived from πάλλω, “ to brandish,” hence “ the Brandish- 
er” of the spear or egis, as goddess of war, although it is not only 
as such that Minerva is called Pallas in Homer. A more probable 
derivation is from πάλλαξ, in the most ancient signification of the 
term, namely, ‘‘ the maiden,”’ “ the virgin,” being related to it, as ὄρνις 
to ὄρνιξ. 

᾿Αθηναίην, accus. sing. of ᾿Αθηναίη, ne, 7, ‘ Minerva.” Another 
form for ᾿Αθήνη. Consult line 194. 

Δεινώ, nom. dual neut. of δεινός, 7, ov, “ dreadful,” “ fearful.” 
Consult line 49. 

Ὄσσε. Consult line 104. 

Φάανθεν, Epic lengthened form for φάνθεν, and this Epic and Doric 
for ἐφάνθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. pass., in a middle sense, of φαένω, 
“ to show ;)" middle φαΐνομαι, “ to appear.” 

Mey, Epie and Ionic for αὐτήν.--ῊἩ ἐν is, in fact, the Epic 
Lane 20}. and Jonie accusative of the pronoun of the 3d person 
through all genders, and hence, though here for αὐτήν, stands else- 
where for αὐτόν and αὐτό. It is much more rare as 3 pers. plur. for 
αὐτούς, αὐτάς, avta.—Consult line 29. 

Ἔπεα, Epic and Ionic for ἔπη, accus. plur. neut. of ἔπος, ‘a word.” 
Consult line 77. 

TIrepdevra, accus. plur. neut. of πτερόεις, όεσσα, dev, “ winged.” 
(Consult note.)—From πτερόν, “ a wing.” 

Προςηύδα, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of zpocavdda, “ io address unto 
one.” From πρός and αὐδάω. 

Tinr’, for τίποτε, “ why, then,” compounded of the inter- 
Line 202. o¢ative τί, and the adverbial ποτέ. It answers to the 
Latin guid tandem. 

Αἰγιόχοιο, Epic and Ionic for αἰγεόχου, gen. sing. of aiyioxoc, ov, 
“ egis-bearing.”” An epithet of Jupiter. 

Tékog, εος, τό, “ offspring.”? (Consult note.) 

Εἰλήλουθας, Epic for ἐλήλυθας, 2 sing. perf. indic. act. of ἔρχομαι, 
“to come:” fut. ἐλεύσομαι : 2 perf. ἐλήλυθα: Epic εἰλήλουθα. Con- 
sult line. 120. 

Line 203. *Y6pcv, accus. sing. of ὕδρις, ewe, ἧ, Epic ὕδρις, oc, “ in- 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 375 


Line 203-207. 
solence,” “wanton violence,” arising from the pride of strength, passion, 
&c.—Derived, probably, from ὑπέρ, as implying an assumption of 
authority over others. 

Ἴδῃ, 2 sing. 2 aor. subj. middle of eidw, “ to see,” “ to witness ;’’ 2 
aor. εἶδον, in Epic often without augment, ἔδον : 2 aor. mid. eidduny, 
in Homer, more frequently, ἐδόμην, without augment.—Eide (ἴδω) is 
a radical form wholly obsolete in the present, which is supplied by 
ὁράω. Its tenses form two families, one exclusively in the signifi- 
cation “ to see,” and the other ‘to know.” 'The meaning “io know’’ 
comes through the 2 perf. οἶδα, for what one has seen and observed, 
that one knows.—The root idw, or, with the digamma, Fidw, has a 
direct affinity with the Latin video. So, again, Fid-w, Foid-a, connect 
themselves with the English “ to wit,” “wot; the German wissen, 
and the Sanscrit wid, “to know.” 

᾿Ατρείδαο, old form of the genitive, for the later ’Arpeidov. This 
genitive form in ao appears to have been the earliest one, and was 
subsequently contracted into ὦ (by the Dorians into ἃ). This ὦ, 
again, was made more open by inserting an e before it, and hence 
we have, in Homer, from the nominative ’Atpeidnc, the two geni- 
tive forms ’Arpeidao and ’Arpeidew. 

’Epéw, Epic and Ionic for ἐρῶ, fut. of the rare present 
Line 204. εἴρω, “ to declare,” ** to tell,’ &c. Consult line 76. 

Τελέεσθαι, Epie and Tonic for τελέσεσθαι, fut. inf. mid., with pas- 
sive signification, of τελέω, “ to accomplish ;” fut. act. τελέσω : perf. 
τετέλεκα : fut. mid. τελέσομαι : Epic and Ionic τελέομαι : Attic τελοῦ- 
μαι. Consult line 82, remarks on τελέσσῃ. 

*Oiw. Consult line 59. 

"Hic, or ἧς, Epic and Ionic for αἷς, dat. plur. fem. of the 
Line 205. possessive pronoun, ὅς, 7, dv, “ his,” “ her’ “its.” — Ob- 
serve that the Epic and Ionic form for ὅς, 7, ὅν, itself, is é6¢, ἑή, ἑόν. 

Ὑπεροπλίῃσι, Epic and Ionic for ὑπεροπλέαις, dat. plur. of ὑπερο- 
πλία, ac, 7, “arrogance,” ‘‘ proud confidence,” especially in arms.— 
From ὑπέρ and ὅπλα, “ arms.” 

Τάχα, “ soon,” “ αἱ some carly period.” Adverb, from ταχύς, εἴα, v, 
* swift.” 

Ὀλέσσῃ, Epic for ὀλέσῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of ὄλλυμει, “to 
lose,” “to destroy ;’ fut. ὀλέσω : perf., with reduplication, ὀλώλεκα : 
1 aor. ὥλεσα. 

Ῥλαυκῶπις, woe, ἡ, “ bright-eyed.”” (Consult note.)}—From 
γλαυκός, “ shining,” “ silvery,” and dy, “ the eye.” 
Tlavcovea, fut. part. act. of παύω, “to cause to cease.” — 
Line 207. Consult line 192. 


Line 206. 


376 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 207-214. 

Mévog, soc, τό, “ excitement.’’—Consult line 103. 

Ai, Epic and Doric for ei, “ if.”—Consult line 66. 

Πίθηαι, Epic and Ionic for πίθῃ, 2 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of πείθω, 
“ to persuade.” Middle πείθομαι, “to obey ;” 2 aor. mid. éxiBounv: 2% 
aor. subj. πίθωμαι : 2 pers. (old form) πίθησαι : (Epic and Ionic) πέ- 
Ona: (Attic) πίθῃ. 

Line 208. Οὐρανόθεν, ἕο. Consult lines 195, 196. 

Line 210. “Aye. Consult line 62. 

Ajye, 2 sing. pres. imperat. of λήγω, “to cease from,” “ to leave off ;” 
fut. ξω. It occurs also, though less frequently, in a transitive sense, 
“ to still,” “to appease,” “ to stay.” —Akin to the English “ to lay,” 
i. e., “to allay,” and probably the same originally as λέγω, in the 
signification ‘to cause to lie down,’ &c. 

ἜΡριδος, gen. sing. of Epic, cdoc, 7, “ strife,” ‘ contention.’? Consult 
line 177. 

Ξίφος. Consult line 194, 

Ἕλκεο, Epic and Ionic for ἕλκου, 2 sing. pres. imperat. middle of 
ἕλκω, “ to draw; fut. ξω. (Consult line 194.)—Old form of 2 pers. 
ἕλκεσο: Epic and Ionic ἕλκεο: Altic ἕλκου. 

’Oveidtoov, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. act. of ὀνειδίζω, ‘to re- 
jaye 211. proach,”’ “ to abuse ;” fut. iow. From ὄνειδος, “ reproach.” 
The Sanscrit root is nid, “‘ vituperare,”’ so that ὁ seems to be eu- 
phonic. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. ii., p. 164.) 
| Ἔσεται, Epic for ἔσται, 3 sing. fut. of εἰμέ, ‘to be.’ 
᾿Ἐξερέω, Epic and Ionic for ἐξερῶ, fut. of ἐξειπεῖν, ** to de- 
apices” openly.” Homer has only this form; but in later 
writers we find a perfect ἐξείρηκα ; a perf. and pluperf. pass., and 
also a future middle ἐξειρήσεται, with a passive signification —From 
ἐξ and ἐρέω. Consult remarks on ἐρέω, line 76. 

TereAeouévov, nom. sing. neut. of perf. part. pass. of reAéw, “to 
accomplish ;” fut. τελέσω : perf. teréAexa: perf. pass. τετέλεσμαι.---- 
From τέλος, “an end accomplished.” 

Line 213. Téooa, Epic for τόσα, from τόσος, ἡ, ov, ‘so many.” 

Παρέσσεται, Epic and Ionic for πάρεσται ; 3 sing. fut. ind. of πάρ- 
εἰμι, “ to be present.””—From παρά and eiui. ; 

*Ayaad. Consult line 23. 

Ὕριος, gen. sing. of ὕδρις, voc, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for ὕδρες, 
Ling 214. ewe, 7. Consult line 203. 

Eivexa, Epic and Ionic for ἕνεκα. 

Ἴσχεο, Epic and Ionic for icyov, 2 sing. pres. imper. middle of 
ἔσχω, * to hold,” “ to check,” another : in the middle, ἔσχομαι, “ to re- 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 377 


Line 214-219. 
strain one’s self.”"—Observe that icyw is, in reality, only a form of 
ἔχω, and is found in the present and imperfect alone. Among later 
writers it is sometimes used in the general signification of éyw.— 
Formed from the 2 aor. of ἔχω, namely, ἔσχον. 

Πείθεο, Epic and Ionic for πείθου, 2 sing. pres. imper. middle of 
πείθω, ‘to persuade :” in the middle πείθομαι, “ to obey.” 

Χρή, “it behooves,” impersonal verb: imperf. ἐχρῆν, com- 
Linz 216, monly without augment, χρῆν, the form ἐχρῆν being rare 
in Attic : fut. χρήσει : infin. χρῆναι : part. yosov.—Strictly, from χράω, 
in the sense of “ ¢o deliver an oracle : thus, χρή (scil. ὁ Bede), but al- 
ways used impersonally : ‘it behooves ;’’ “1ὲ is fated ;” “it is neces- 
sary ; “it 15 meet,” ἄτα. 

Σφωΐτερον, accus. sing. neut. of cdwirepor, a, ov, pronominal adjec- 
tive of the 2 person dual σφῶϊ, * of or belonging to you two.” —Some- 
times, also, it appears as the pronominal adjective of the 3 person 
dual σφωέ, “ of or belonging to them two, or both of them.” 

Εἐρύσσασθαι, Epic and Ionic for ἐρύσασθαι, 1 aor. infin. middle of 
ἐρύω, “to draw:” middle ἐρύομαι, “to obey’? (consult note): fut. 
épicw, Epic and Ionic εἰρύσω : perf. pass. εἴρυμαι, Kc. 

Κεχολωμένον, accus. sing. masc. of perf. part. pass. of χο- 
Luss 217. Adw, “ to incense ;” fut. Gow: perf. pass. κεχόλωμαι : 1 aor. 
pass. éyoio0nv.—From χόλος, “ gall,” “ bile,” “wrath.” 

ΓἌμεινον. Consult line 116. 
᾿Ἐπιπείθηται, 3 sing. pres. subj. middle of ἐπιπείθομαι, “ to 
Lint 218. (4 6y.»_From, ἐπί and πείθω, “to persuade,” in the middle 
‘*to obey.” The preposition expresses the end gained by the per- 
suasion. 

*ExAvoy, 3 plur. imperf. indic., with aoristic signification, of κλύω, 
“to hear.’ Consult line 37. 

"H, Epic for ἔφη, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of φημί, “to say.”’— 
Line 219. Observe that 7 comes, in reality, from ἠμί, a shortened 
form of φημί : thus, jul, ἧς, gol, &c., imperf. ἦν, ἧς, ἦ, ἕο. This ἡμέ 
arose from φημέ in the language of ordinary life, and was used in 
quick repetitions among the Attic writers. 

᾿Αργυρέῃ, Epic and Ionic for ἀργυρῇ, dat. sing. fem. of ἀργύρεος, ἡ, 
ov, contracted ἀργυροῦς, ἀργυρῆ, ἀργυροῦν, Epic and Ionic for ἀργύρεος, 
a, ov, contr. ἀργυροῦς, a, οὖν, “ silver.”-—-Consult line 49. 

Korg, dat. sing. of κώπη, ne, 7, “a hilt.” Literally, “ the handle of 
any thing :” as, for example, of an oar, a torch, &c.—From a root 
kar, which appears in κάπτω, and the Latin cap-io. 

Σχέθε, Epic for ἔσχεθε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act., from ἔσχεθον, a 

112 : 


978 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Dine 219-223. 
poetic lengthened form of ἔσχον, 2 aor. of ἔχω. It is usually em- 
ployed, not with the meaning “to have,” but in the strengthened 
signification ‘to hold,’ “to keep fast,” “to check,” ἄς. The old 
theory made ἔσχεθον, σχέθον, &c., come from a present σχέθω, but, 
according to most modern scholars, this present σχέθω is a mere 
fiction. (Consult Ellendt, Lex. Soph., 8. v. εἰκαθεῖν.) 

Line 220. “Ay. “ Back.” Consult line 60. 

Κουλεόν, Epie and Ionic for κολεόν, accus. sing. of κουλεός, od, ὁ, 
Epic and Ionic for κολεός, od, 6, “a sheath.” Consult remarks on 
κολεός, line 194. 

*Qos, Epic and Ionic for aoe, with augment dropped, 3 sing. 1 aor. 
indic. act. of ὠθέω, “ to drive,” “to push,” “to thrust ;” fut. ὠθήσω, 
and (as if from a present 6@w) dow. The other tenses follow the 
future dow, namely, 1 aor. woa, and, as in the present instance, with- 
out the augment, doa: perf. ἔωκα : perf. pass. ΜΕΝ 1 aor. pass. 
ἐώσθην. 

Ξίφος. Consult line 194. 

᾿Απίθησεν, Epic and Ionic for ἠπείθησεν, with augment dropped, 3 
sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἀπιθέω, Epic and Ionic for ἀπειθέω, “ to dis- 
obey ;” fut. 7ow.—From a, priv., and πείθω. 

Line 221. ᾿Αθηναίης. Consult line 200. 

Οὐλυμπόνδε, “to Olympus.”’ Literally, ‘* Olympus-ward.” From 
OvAvunoc, Epic and Tonic for Ὄλυμπος, and the suffix de denoting 
motion toward. Consult Excursus V. 

Βεδήκει, Epic and Ionic for ἐδεδήκει, with augment dropped, 3 sing. 
pluperf. indic. act. of Baivw, “to go;” fut. βήσομαι : perf. βέδηκα : 
pluperf. ἐδεδήκειν. (Consult note.) 

Δώματα, accus. plur. of δῶμα, ατος, τό, “ α mansion,” “an 
abode.”—From δέμω, “to build ;” 2 perf. dédoua. Akin to 
δόμος, and the Latin dom-us. 

Αἰγιόχοιο. Consult line 202. 

Δαίμονας, aceus. plur. of δαίμων, ovoc, 6, 7, “a deity,” “a god or 
goddess.’’—Derived by some from δαήμων, “ knowing,” * skilled in,” 
and they hold this to have been the first meaning of the word. 
Others deduce it from daiw, “to divide or distribute,” 7. e., destinies. 
Neither etymology, however, appears fully satisfactory. Perhaps 
δαίμων may be akin to the Sanscrit damin, or damanas, ‘‘ a conquer- 
or,” “lord,” “master.” (Hichhoff, Vergleich., p. 204.) ; 
᾿Αταρτηροῖς, dat. plur. neut. of ἀταρτηρύς, a, dv, strength- 
ened poetic form of ἀτηρός, 4, dv, “ injurious,” * hurtful.” 
—From arn, “ harm,” “ mischief,” &e. 


Line 222. 


Line 223. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 379 


Line 223-228. 

᾿Επέεσσιν, Epic and Tonic for ἔπεσιν, dat. plur. of ἔπος, εος, τό, “a 
word.”’ 

Line 224. Οὔπω, “not yet.” Adverb, compounded of οὐ and πω. 

Λῆγε, Epic and Ionic for ἔληγε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of λήγω, 
“to cease from.”—Consult line 210. 

Χόλοιο, Epie and Ionic for χόλου, gen. sing. of χόλος, ov, ὁ, “ gall,” 
“ bile,” “wrath.” 

Oivobapéc, voc. sing. masc. of οἐνοδαρῆς, ἔς, “one heavy 
with wine,” “a drunkard.” Compare the Latin vino gravis. 
—From οἶνος, “ wine,” and βαρύς, εἴα, ὑ, “ heavy.” 

Κυνός, gen. sing. of κύων, κυνός, 6, ἡ, “a dog.”—Consult remarks 
on κύνεσσιν, line 4. 

Kpadinv, Epic and Ionic for καρδίαν, accus. sing. of κραδίη, nc, 7, 
for καρδία, ac, ἡ, “ the heart.’ Compare the Sanscrit Arid, the Greek 
κραδ-ία, Latin cor, cord-is, English heart, Gothic hairto. 

᾿Ἐλάφοιο, Epic and Ionic for ἐλάφου, gen. sing. of ἔλαφος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, 
“ἐκ deer,” whether male, “a hart” or “ stag,” or female, “a hind.”— 
Akin to ἐλαφρός, Latin /év-is, and also lepus, leporis, and probably, 
also, to the German Jaufen, and English leap. 

Line 226. Aad. Consult remarks on Aaoi, line 10. 

Θωρηχθῆναι, 1 aor. inf. pass. of ϑωρήσσω, “io arm,” properly with 
a breastplate or cuirass: then, in general, “to arm,” and also “to 
array,” “to harness :” fut. ϑωρήξω : 1 aor. pass. ¢ap%xOnv—From 
ϑώρηξ, Epic and Ionic for ϑώραξ. 

Aoxovde, “to an ambuscade.”” Adverb, compounded of λό- 
lage 227. xoc, ‘‘an ambuscade,” and de, the suffix denoting motion 
toward. Consult Excursus V. 

Ἰέναι, pres. inf. act. of εἶμε, “ to go.” 

᾿Αριστήεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for ἀριστεῦσιν, dat. plur. of ἀριστεύς, 

ἕως, 6, Epie and Tonic ἀριστεύς, joc, ὁ, “ the bravest.” In the plural 
ἀριστεῖς, Ionic ἀριστῆες, “ the bravest chieftains.”—In these words in 
eve, gen. ἕως, &c., where the v (i. ¢., the digamma, F) of the stem has 
fallen away in the course of inflection, the Epic language, and also 
the Ionic dialect, introduce an ἡ instead of ε, in order to compen- 
sate, by the length of the vowel, for the v (or digamma) that has 
been dropped. (Kiihner, § 296, 2.) 
Τέτληκας, 2 pers. sing. perf. indic. act. of an unused pres- 
ent ταλάω, contracted τλάω, “to endure ;” fut. τλήσομαι : 
perf. rérAnxa: 2 aor. ἔτλην (as if there were also a present τλῆμε, 
which there is not)—Observe that rA-dw is radically the same as 
τολ-μάω, and akin to the Sanscrit ful, Latin, éol-erare, tul-isse, and 
also (¢} latus. Hence, too, τελ-αμών, τάλ-αντον. 


Line 225. 


Line 228. 


380 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 228-232. 

Κήρ, gen. κηρός, ἡ, “death.” Properly, ‘‘the goddess of death ;” 
also, ‘‘the goddess of fate,” especially as bringing violent death. 
Hence, the “fate of death,” ‘‘death” itself, especially when violent. 
—-Observe the difference of accentuation between «7p, κηρός, “ fate,” 
and κῆρ, κῆρος, ‘the heart.” 

Eideraz, 3 sing. pres. indic. passive of the obsolete radical present 

eidw, * to see:” passive eidouat, “to be seen,” “ to appear.’’—Consult 
remarks on idy, line 2038. 
Adiov, nom. sing. neut. of Awiwrv, ov, gen. ovog, 6, 7, τό, 
“more desirable,’ ‘more agreeable ;’ hence, in general, 
“ better.’ Homer uses it only in the neuter of the nom. and accus. 
sing., namely, λώϊον : and he also has a second comparative Awirepog, 
ov, only in the neuter. At a later period, Awiwy was used generally 
as a comparative of ἀγαθός, and, in Attic, λωΐων, λώϊον, were con- 
tracted into λῴων, λῷον : superlative Adioroc, contracted λῷστος.-- - 
The root appears to be λῶ, “ I will, wish, or desire,” a Doric defect- 
ive verb, the only trace of the older radical Adw, “to wish,’’ “to be 
willing.” 

Εὐρύν, accus, sing. masc. of εὐὑρύς, εἴα, ὕ, “ wide,” ‘‘ wide-spread,” 
“ broad.” 


LINE 229. 


᾿Αποαιρεῖσθαι, Epic and Ionic for ἀφαιρεῖσθαι, pres. inf. 
middle of droaipéw, for ἀφαιρέω, “to take away :” in the 
middle ἀποαιρέομαι, for ἀφαιροῦμαι, ‘ to take away unto one’s self 2” 
fut. ἀφαιρήσω : fut. mid. ἀφαιρήσομαι : 2 aor. act. ἀφεῖλον : 2 aor. 
mid. ἀφειλόμην.--- rom ἀπό and αἱρέω. 

Σέθεν. Consult line 180. 

᾿Αντίον, “in opposition to,” neuter of ἀντίος, a, ov, taken adverbial- 
ly, and governing the genitive.—From ἀντί, denoting opposition. 

Eizy, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. of εἶπον. Consult line 64. 
Anpobdpoc, ov, ‘‘ people-devouring,” as referring to a prince 
that grinds his people down. (Consult note.)—From δῆ- 
μος, and Bopa, *‘ food.” 

Οὐτιδανοῖσιν, Epic and Ionic for odridavoic, dat. plur. of οὐτιδανός, 
ἤ, Ov, “of no worth,” “ cowardly.”’—From οὕτες, “ nobody,” referring, 
as it were, to a mere collection of nobodies ; -δανος being a mere suf- 
fix, as in ἠπεδανός, &c.—Some make -davoc come from δάνος, “a 
gift,” “a present,” “a thing of value.” 
*Yorara, ‘for the last time.”’ Accus. plur. neut. of ὕστατος, 
ἢ, ov, “the last,” taken adverbially. The plural is here 
more emphatic than the singular would have been. 
. Λωδήσαιο, 2 sing. 1 aor. optative middle of the deponent verb λωδάο- 


Line 230. 


Line 231. 


Line 232. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 381: 


Line 232-236. 
μαι, “to be insolent toward one,” “ to insult,” “ to outrage ;’’ fut. ἤσο- 
pat.—From A667, “ insult,” “ outrage.” 
Μέγαν, accus. sing. masc. of μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, “mighty,” 
Line 233. « solemn.” 

Ὅρκον, aceus. sing. of ὅρκος, ov, ὃ, “an oath.” —"Opkog was origi- 
nally equivalent to ἕρκος, as ὁρκάνη to ἑρκάνη, ὁρκοῦρος to ἕρκουρος, and 
80, strictly, “ a check,’ &c., which holds one in from doing a thing ; 
hence the Latin Orcus, “the bourne from which no traveler re- 
turns.” 

᾿Ομοῦμαι, 1 sing. fut. indic. middle, with active signification, of 
ὄμνυμι, or ὀμνύω, “ to swear ;” fut. ὀμοῦμαι, ei, εἴται. Consult line 76. 

Line 234. Μά. Consult line 86. 

Σκῆπτρον, ov, τό, “a sceptre.”’ (Consult note on line 15.)\—From 
σκήπτω, “to lean upon,” the term having originally meant “a staff 
to lean on.” 

Φύλλα, accus. plur. of φύλλον, ov, τό, “a leaf.” Homer, like He- 
siod and Herodotus, always uses the plural.—Probably from φλέω,. 
φλύω, βλύω, our bloom, &c. So, too, the Latin folium, flos, florere. 

Ὄζους, accus. plur. of ὄζος, ov, 6, “a branch,” “u twig,” “ a shoot.” 

_According to Theophrastus, it is properly the knot or eye from which: 
a branch or leaf springs, answering in this to the Latin nodus. 

Φύσει, 3 sing. fut. indic. act. of φύω, “to produce;’’ fut. 
Laue 236. φύσω : 1 aor. éovca.—With φύω compare the Sanscrit bhi, 
and the Persian bu, “to be,” as also the old Latin fuo, whence fui, 
fueram, fuerim, fuero; the fuas, fuat of Plautus, and jo; and then, 
also, fetus, feanum, fenus, &c. 

Τομήν, aceus. sing. of τομή, ἧς, 7, “ the trunk,” or “stump,” of a 
tree ; the part left after cutting. From τέμνω, * to cut.” 

Ὄρεσσι, Epic and Ionic for ὄρεσι, dat. plur. of ὄρος, eoc, τό, “a 
mountain.” Consult line 157. ; 

Λέλοιπεν, 3 sing. perf. act. of λείπω, “ to leave ;’’ fut. λείψω : perf. 
λέλοιπα : 1 aor. ἔλειψα : 2 aor. éAcxov.—The root λὲπ is akin to our 
leave, the Anglo-Saxon laef-an, and Icelandic /eif-a. Changing into 
Ac« through the olic dialect, it passes into Latin, and becomes, 
with the -sound, inserted through euphony, the root of ling-uo. 

᾿Αναθηλήσει, 3 sing. fut. indic. act. of ἀναθηλέω, “to bloom 
Lins 236. afresh; fut. joo. From ἀνά, “anew,” and ϑηλέω, “to 
flourish.” 

"E, accus. sing. of pronoun of third person. Nom. wanting: gen. 
οὗ, &e. - 

Χαλκός, οὔ, 6, “brass ;” more literally, “bronze,” a mixture of 


382 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 226-241. 
copper and tin, in which case the copper is rendered harder, and 
formed the chief metal used by the ancients in the arts; whereas 
our brass, a mixture of copper and zinc, was quite unknown to them. 

Ἔλεψεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of λέπω, “to lop away,” * to 
strip off,” “to remove the outer covering of any thing ;” fut. λέψω : 1 
aor. ἔλεψα. 

Φλοιόν, accus. sing. of φλοιός, od, ὁ, “ the bark,” “ the rind 
LINE 237. 3 
of a tree. 

Miv, Epic and Ionic for αὐτό. Consult line 201. 

Yiec. Consult line 162. 

Παλάμῃς, Epic for παλάμαις, dat. plur. of παλάμη, ης, ἢ, 
“the hand.” Literally, ‘‘the palm of the hand.” 

Φορέουσι, 3 plur. pres. indic. of φορέω, “to bear,” “to carry ;” Γαΐ. 
joo. A collateral form of φέρω, frequently employed from Homer 
downward. Strictly speaking, however, gopéw implies a constant 
repetition of the simple action of φέρω, and is therefore very often 
used in the signification ‘ to wear clothes, armor,’ &c. 

Δικασπόλοι, nom. plur. of δικασπόλος, ov, ὁ, ‘a dispenser of jus- 
tice.” (Consult note.)—From δίκη, “justice,” “judgment,” and πολέω, 
“to be conversant with,” “ to be employed about.” 

Θέμιστας, aceus. plur. of ϑέμις, old and Epic genitive ϑέμεστος, and 
in Homer the only form; accus. sing. ϑέμιστα : accus. plur. ϑέμισ- 
τας : Attic gen. ϑέμιτος : accus. ϑέμιν : common Greek, gen. ϑέμιδος: 
Tonic ϑέμιος, “law.’’ In the plural, ϑέμιστες, in Homer, are the “ sen- 
tences which have the force of law,” and also “ existing laws,” and “ or- 
dinances” themselves.—Probably from the root ϑὲ (found in τίθημι, 
&c.), and implying something laid down and established. 

Eipvarat, Epic and Ionic for εἴρυνται, 3 plur. perf. indic. 
pass., in a middle sense, of εἰρύω, Epic and Ionic for ἐρύω, 
for the meaning of which consult line 216. 

Ἔσσεται, 3 sing. fut. of εἰμί, Epic and Ionic for ἔσται. 

Ὅρκος. Consult line 233. 

Line da. ᾿Αχιλλῆος, gen. sing. of ᾿Αχιλλεύς. Segaall, as tegards 
this form of the genitive, remarks on ἀριστήεσσιν, line 227. 

Ποθή, ἧς, 7, ‘desire,’ “regret for the absence of one.” Same as 
πόθος, and of frequent occurrence in Homer. 

Ἵξεται, 3 sing. fut. of ἱκνέομαι, “to come ;” fut. ἕξομαι : perf. ἔγμαι. 

Yiacg. Consult line 162. 

Δυνήσεαι, Epic and Ionic for δυνήσει, 2 sing. fut. indie. of 
Line 241. δύναμαι, “to be able;” fut. δυνήσομαι, 2 pers. (old form) 
δυνήσεσαι : (Epic and Tonic) δυνήδεαι : (Attic) δυνήσει. 


Line 238. 


Line 239. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 383 


Line 241-245. 

᾿Αχνύμενος. Consult line 103. 

Χραισμεῖν, 2 aor: infin. act. of χραισμέω, “to aid,” * to suc- 
Line 242. poy» Strictly speaking, “to ward off something destruc- 
tive from one.”—Observe that χραισμέω, in fact, is not used in the 
present, but only in the following (merely Epic) forms: fut. ypaco- 
μήσω : 1 aor. ἐχραίσμησα : and 2 aor. ἔχραισμον .---- he 2 aor. must be 
taken as the form nearest the root, to which a fut. and 1 aor. were 
added by analogy. The derivation from χράω, χράομαι, χρηστός, χρή- 
σιμος, is clear enough. 

Eire, Epic adverb, equivalent to ὅτε, * sbi Either an old dia- 
lect form of ὅτε, or, as some think, an Ionic form of οὔτε, from ὅστε, 
like the Latin guum, from qut. 

Ἕκτορος, gen. sing. of Ἕκτωρ. opoc, 6, “ Hector,” son of Priam and 
Hecuba, and leader of the Trojans against the Greeks.—The term 
properly denotes the “ holder-fast,” from ἔχω, ἕξω, and is applied, as 
an epithet, to Jupiter by Sappho (107); and also to a net, in Leon. 
Tarent. 

᾿Ανδροφόνοιο, Epie and Ionic for ἀνδροφόνου, gen. sing. of avdpo- 
φόνος, ov, “ man-slaughtering.”—From ἀνήρ and φόνος, “ slaughter.” 

Line 243. Θνήσκοντες. Consult line 56. 

Πέπτωσι, 3 plur. pres. subj. of πίπτω, ‘to fall ;” fut. πεσοῦμαι : Tonie 
πεσέομαι : 2 aor. ἔπεσον : perf. téxrwxa.—Reduplicated from a root 
πετ, With which compare the Sanscrit pat, “ to fall,’ whence ἔπεσον, 
&c., and the poetic form πίτνω. Hence, by reduplication, πεπέτω, 
πίπτω ; as, ῥίπτω from ῥέπω : μίμνω from μένω : γίγνομαι from γένω. 

Ἔ;νδοθι, adverb, “ within.” Consult Excursus V. 

᾿Αμύξεις, 2 sing. fut. indic. of ἀμύσσω, * to tear,” “ to lacerate ;?’ fut. 
ξω. 

Line 244. Χωόμενος. Consult line 46. 

Οὐδέν, “in no respect,” accus. sing. neut. of οὐδείς, taken adverb- 
ially. 

*Ericac, 2 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of tiw, “‘to honor ;” fut. τέσω : 1 
aor. ériea: perf. pass. rériwat.—Observe that τέω is to pay honor to a 
person; whereas tivw is confined to the signification of paying a 
price, &c. Consult remarks on ticevay, line 42. 

Line 245. Garo. Consult line 188. 

Ποτέ, Doric for πρός, and frequent also in Homer, Hesiod, &c.— 
Tlori is akin to xpori, an old, and especially Epic, form for πρός, and 
προτί is itself akin to the Sanscrit prati. (Consult Donaldson, New 
Cratylus, p. 218.) 

Βάλε, Epic and Ionic for ἔδαλε, augment dropped, 3 sing. 2 aor. 


984 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 245-249. 
indice. act. of βάλλω, “to hurl; fut. βαλῶ : perf. βέθληκα: 2 aor. 
ἔδαλον. 

Ταΐῃ, dat. sing. of yain, ης. 7, Epic and Ionic for γαῖα, ac, 7, “ the 
ground,” “ the earth.” Poetic for y7.—With γαῖα and aia Dederlein 
well compares the German Gau and Au, “a country,” &c.—Donald- 
son considers the root ya as affording the primary idea of firmness 
and support, hence the earth as yielding such. (New Crat., p. 403.)- 
Χρυσείοις, Epic and Ionic for χρυσέοις, and this for χρυ- 
Lins 246. σοῖς, from χρύσεος, χρυσέα, χρύσεον, contracted χρυσοῦς, 
χρυσῆ, χρυσοῦν, “ golden.”—From χρυσός, “ gold,” which is itself 
probably of Pheenician origin, from charits, “gold.” (Pott, Etymol. 
Forsch., vol. i., p. 141.) 

Ἤλοισι, Epic and Ionie for ἥλοις, from ἧλος, ov, ὁ, “a nail; in 
Homer never used to fix or fasten, but only for ornament ; hence 
“ἐᾷ stud,” “ a nail-head.”’ 

Πεπαρμένον, accus. sing. perf. part. pass. of πείρω, “to pierce 
through and through ;” fut. περῶ : 1 aor. ἔπειρα : 2 aor. ἔπᾶρον : perf. 
pass. rémapzat.—From πεῖρας, poetic for πέρας, “ an end.” 

*Efero. Consult line 48. 

‘ErépwSev, adverb, “from the other side,’’ “on the other 
Lue 247. side.” Consult Excursus V. 

᾿ἘἘμήνιε, 8 sing. imperf. indic. act. of unvia, “ to rage,” ‘to be wroth;” 
fut. iow. A later form is pyvido.—From μῆνις, “ wrath.” Consult 
line 1. 

Νέστωρ, gen. opoc, 6, “ Nestor,” son of Neleus, and king of the 
Pylians. With regard to this people, consult note. 

᾿ς Ἡδυεπής, ἔς, “ sweet of speech,” “ sweet-speaking.”—From 
Dame 948. 5 560 sweei,” and ie Ἴ 
+ ᾿Ανόρουσε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. for ἠνόρουσε, augment dropped, 
from ἀνορούω, “to start up ;” fut. of6ow.—From ἀνά, “up,” and ὀρούω, 
“to move quickly,” &c., with which compare the Latin ruo. 

Λιγύς, eta, ύ, “ clear-toned.” (Consult note.)—The root of λιγύς, 
namely, Ary, would appear to connect it with our English term Jig-ht 
(i. €., as opposed to a heavy, or rough tone of voice), and also with 
the Greek ἐλαχύς (é-Aay-ve), and the Sanscrit lag-hus. 

Πυλέων, gen. plur. of Πύλιοι, wy, οἱ, “the Pylians.” (Consult note.) 
᾽᾿Αγορητής, οὔ, ὁ, “a speaker.” An haranguer before an ona 
public assembly. 
ΩΝ Τλώσσης, gen. sing. of γλώσσα, ne, ἡ, “ the tongue. Sp 
posed to be of the same family with γλώξ, γλοχίν, “any 
projecting point.” 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 385 


Line 249-251. 

Μέλιτος, gen. sing. of μέλε, ἐτος, τό, ‘‘honey.’’—Akin to the Latin 
mulceo, mollis, and the English mild. 

Γλυκίων, ov, comparative of γλυκύς, εἴα, v, “ sweet.” 

‘Péev, Epic and Ionic for ἔῤῥεεν, and this for ἔῤῥει; 3 sing. imperf. 
indic. of ῥέω, “ to flow :” fut. ῥεύσομαι : 1 aor. ἔῤῥευσα : but in Attic 
more usually ῥυήσομαι : 2 aor. pass. ἐῤῥύην, always in active signifi- 
cation ; and hence is formed the perf. ἐῤῥύηκα, “ to flow,” “10 stream,” 
“ to gush.” 

Αὐδή, ἧς, ἡ, “ speech.” Properly, “the voice,” not so much the 
words as the utterance and tone. (Consult note.)—Strictly, 4/d7, 
akin to the Sanscrit vad, “to speak,” the £ or v being transposed ; 
as in αὐξάνω, where we trace a resemblance (through the transposi- 
tion of the v or w) with the German wachs-en, “to grow,” &c., and 
the English “to war.” 

Teveai, nom. plur. of γενεά, dc, 7, Epic and Ionic yevey, 
Lime 250. ἧς, “a generation,’ of which, according to Herodotus, 
three made a century : γενεαὶ τρεῖς ἀνδρῶν ἑκατὸν ἐτεά ἐστι (ii., 142). 

Μερόπων, gen. plur. of μέροψ, οπος, ὁ, “ articulate-speaking.” Liter- 
ally, ‘dividing the voice,”’ i. e., speaking, endowed with speech ; and 
hence, always an epithet of men, because articulate speech is the 

- characteristic of man among animals. (Consult note.)—From μεέρο- 
μαι, μερίζω, “ to divide,” and dy), ‘‘ the voice.” 
᾿Εφθίατο, Epic and Ionic for ἔφθιντο, 3 plur. syncopated 2 
aor. passive of φθίω, “to destroy” (consult note): fut. 
φθίσω: 1 aor. ἔφθισα : perf. pass. ἔφθιμαι : pluperf. ἐφθίμην, which, 
however, is the form also of the syncopated 2 aor. passive. (Kihner, 
§ 233, 2.) In all verbs whose reduplication passes over into the 
simple augment, the indicative of these syncopated passive aorists, 

when it retains its augment, is not to be distinguished, as to form, 
from the pluperfect ; thus, puny, ἐκτάμην, ἐσσύμην, ἐφθίμην. (Butt- 

mann, ᾧ 110, n. 4.)—Observe that φθέω is here given as the present, 
because φθίνω is always intransitive in Homer. 

Oi, of. Observe, here, the difference of meaning: of is the rela- 
tive (ὅς, #, 5), whereas οἱ is enclitic, and the dative of the pronoun 
of the third person. 

Πρόσθεν, “ before this.’ Adverb of time. 

Tpadev, Epic, Poetic, Doric, and olic for ἐτράφησαν, 3 plur. 2 
aor. indic. pass. of τρέφω, ‘to rear,” “to nurture :” fut. Spépo: 1 
aor. ἔθρεψα : perf. τέτροφα : 2 aor. pass. ἐτράφην : 1 aor. pass. ἐθρέφ- 
6yv.—Radical meaning, ‘to make thick,” “firm,” or “solid,” then, 
“to make fat,” “to fatten,” &c. Pott connects the root with the 

Kr 


Line 251. 


980 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 251-257. 

Sanscrit rip, “ to satiate,” but it rather comes from the same fami- 
ly with τρέπω, “ to turn,” and implies the idea of a turning, or coagu- 
lating, or congealing of a liquid: thus we have γάλα ϑρέψαι, “to cur- 
dle milk” (Od., ix., 246), and τυρὸν τρέφειν, “to thicken cheese.” (The- 
ocril., XXV., 106.) 

Πύλῳ, dat. sing. of Πύλος, ov, ἡ, “ Pylos.”’ (Consult 
note.) 

Ἠγαθέῃ, Epic and Ionic for ἠγαθέᾳ, dat. sing. fem. of ἠγάθεος, ἡ, 
ov, for ἠγάθεος, a, ov, “very divine,” “ sacred.”—From ἄγαν, and ϑεῖος, 
* divine.” 

Τριτάτοισιν, Epic and Ionic for τριτάτοις, dat. plur. of τρίτατος, ἢ, 
ov, lengthened form of τρίτος, like μέσσατος for μέσος. 

ΓΆνασσεν, Epie and Ionic for ἤνασσεν, augment having been 
dropped, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἀνάσσω, “ to reign.”—Consult 
line 38. ; 

Line 253. Ὅ σφιν, x. τ. A. Consult line 73. 

Πόποι. Commonly regarded as an exclamation merely ; 
but, in reality, a nom. plural, from an obsolete nom. sing. 
πόπος. (Consult note.) 

Πένθος, εος, τό, “ grief,” “ sorrow.”—Collateral form of πάθ-ος, as 
βένθος of βάθος, and so from the same root as πέ-πονθ-α, perfect of 
πάσχω. 

᾿Αχαιΐδα, accus. sing. fem. of ᾿Αχαιΐς, ἔδος, 7, “Achean.’? — From 
᾿Αχαιός, a, dv, Achean.” 

Ταῖαν, accus. sing. of γαῖα, ας, 7, “land,” * country.” - Consult 
line 245. 

Ἱκάνει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἑκάνω, “to come.” Epic length- 
ened form for ixw. 

Τηθήσαι, 3 sing. 1 aor. opt. act. of γηθέω, “to be delighted :” 
fut. γηθήσω : perf. yéyn6a.—Akin to γῆθος, Doric γᾶθος, 
Latin gaud-ium, gaudeo, &c. 

Πρίαμος. Consult-line 19. 

Παῖδες. Consult line 20. 

Τρῶες. Consult line 52. { ' 

Keyapoiaro, Epic and Ionic for κεχάροιντο, and this, by reduplica- 
tion, for χάροιντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. opt. middle of χαίρω, ‘to rejoice ;”’ 
fut. χαιρήσω : perf. with pres. signification, κεχάρηκα : 2 aor. middle 
ἐχαρόμην, with reduplication κεχαρόμην. 

Σφῶϊν, gen. dual of σύ, the pronoun of the 2d person. 
Low 357. Nom. σφῶϊ (shortened form σφώ), gen. and dat. σφῶϊν 
(shortened form ody), 


Line 252. 


Line 254, 


Line 255. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 387 


Line 257—263. 

ΠΙυθοίατο, Epic and Ionic for πύθοιντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. opt. middle 
of πυνθάνομαι, “ to learn,” properly, by making inquiries: fut. πεύσο- 
pat: 2 aor. mid. éxvOéunv.—According to Ernesti and Pott, akin to 
πύνδαξ, πυθμήν, and so, strictly speaking, “‘ to search to the bottom.” 

Μαρναμένοιιν, gen. dual. of μαρνάμενος, pres. part. mid. of μάρναμαι, 
“to contend,” Epic and Ionic for μαρναμένοιν. 

Περί, “ superior to.” Homeric adverb. Subsequently, a 
preposition. 

Μάχεσθαι. Consult line 8. 

Πίθεσθε, 2 plur. 2 aor. imper. middle of πείθω, “to per- 
Line 259. suade :” in the middle, “to obey :” fut. πείσω: 1 aor. ἔπεισα: 
2 aor. ἔπῖθον : in the middle, fut. πείσομαι : 2 aor. éxiP6unv.—With 
πείθω, Extfov, compare the Latin fido, fides. 

Ἄμφω. Consult line 196. 

Newrépw, nom. dual, comparative νεώτερος, of νέος, “ younger.” 

Ἑ στόν, 2 pers. dual of εἰμέ, “ to be.” 

’Eueio, Epic and Tonic for ἐμοῦ, emphatic genitive-form of ἐγώ. 

*Apetooty, dat. plur. of ἀρείων, ov, gen. ovoc, “ braver,” “ bet- 
Line 260. ter.’ Assigned as an irregular comparative to dya@éc.— 
From the same root with “Ape, the first notion of goodness being 
that of manhood, and bravery in war. 
‘Quidanoa, 1 sing. 1 aor. subj. of ὁμιλέω, “to associate with,” 
“to hold converse with :” fut. jaw. The verb, according to 
its derivation (ὅμιλος), denotes, properly, “to be with or in company 
with a large throng,” but it soon lost this meaning, and took a more 
general one. 

᾿Αθέριζον, Epic and Ionic for ἠθέριζον, the augment having been 
dropped : 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἀθερίζω, “to slight,” “ to make 
light of :” fut. ἀθερίσω, and also ἀθερίξω: 1 aor. ἠθέρισα and ἠθέριξα. 
—Probably from a, priv., and ϑέρω, “ to cherish,” i. e., to regard. 

Tofove, accus. plur. masc. of τοῖος, 7, ov, Epie and Ionic 
Line 262. for τοῖος, a, ov, * such.” 

Ἴδον, Epic and Ionic for εἶδον, the augment having been dropped ; 
1 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of eldw, * to see.” Consult line 203. 

*Avépac, Epic and Ionic for ἄνδρας, accus. plur. of ἀνήρ : gen. ἀνέ- 
ρος, Epic and Ionic for ἀνδρός, &c. Consult line 7. 

Ἴδωμαι, 1 sing. 2 aor. subj. middle of eidw, “to sce.” Consult 
line 203. 


Line 258. 


Line 261. 


Οἷον, aceus. sing. mas. of οἷος, ἡ, ov, Epic and Tonic for 
Zane 263. οἷος a, ov, “ as.”—Observe that here, in place of οἷον, we 
would expect οἷος ἦν, with the proper names following each in the 


388 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 263-266. 
nominative. In place of this, however, we have the relative in the 
accusative, depending on idov and ἔδωμαι, and the subject of the 
relative clause, or, in other words, the proper name, in the same 
case with the relative, by a species of attraction. (Kihner, ὁ 788.— 
Bernhardy, p. 299, 15.) 

Πειρίθοον, accus. sing. of Πειρίθοος, ov, ὁ, ““ Pirithows.” (Consult 
note.) 

Δρύαντα, accus. sing. of Aptac, αντος, ὁ, “ Dryas.” A chief of the 
Lapithe. 

Ποιμένα, aceus. sing. of ποιμήν, évoc, ὁ, ‘a shepherd.” In a gen- 

eral sense, also, ‘‘ one who keeps, or tends,” and hence a king is call- 
ed “the shepherd of his people,” ποιμὴν 2aGv.—Probably akin to πέ- 
παμαι, perf. pass. of the unused radical form πάω, “ to feed,” and also 
to πόα, ποίη, “ grass,” “ fodder,” &c. 
Καινέα, accus. sing. of Καινεύς, éwe, ὁ, “ Ceneus.” A chief 
of the Lapithe. According to a later legend, Ceneus 
was originally a female, under the name of Cenis, and obtained 
from Neptune the privilege of changing sex, and of becoming a war- 
rior, and invulnerable. In this new sex he became celebrated for 
his valor, in the contest with the Centaurs. Consult the commen- 
tators on Virgil, 4in., vi., 448. 

᾿Εξάδιον, accus. sing. of Εξάδιος, ov, ὁ, * Exadius,” a chief of the 
Lapithe. 

᾿Αντίθεον, accus sing. of ἀντίθεος, ἡ, ov, equal to the gods.” In 
Homer, a usual epithet of heroes, as distinguished for strength, 
manly beauty, &c.—From ἀντί and ϑεός. 

Πολύφημον, accus. sing. of Πολύφημος, ov, ὁ, ““ Polyphemus,” a 
chief of the Lapithe, and brother of Ceneus. (Consult note.) 

Θησέα, accus. sing. of Θησεύς, ἕως, ὁ, "" Theseus,” son of 
Laws 285. Egeus, and King of Athens. He was the friend of Piri- 
thoiis, and aided him in his contest with the Centaurs. 

Αἰγείδην, accus. sing. of Aiyeidyc, ov, ὁ, “son of eae a patro- 
nymic appellation of Theseus.—From Αἰγεύς, ἕως, ὁ, “ Ageus.” 

’Exveixedov, accus. sing. masc. of ἐπιείκελος, ov, “ like. ”_From ési 
and εἴκελος, * like.” 

᾿Αθανάτοισιν, Epic and Ionic for ἀθανάτοις, dat. plur. of ἀθάνατος, 
n, ov, and, in later writers, ἀθάνατος, ov, “immortal.” In the plural, 
ἀθάνατοι, “ the immortals,” an epithet of the gods. 

Κάρτιστοι, Epic and Ionic for κράτιστοι, nom. plur. of κρά- 
τιστος, ἢ, ον, an isolated superlative from κρατύς, “ brave,” 
“ strong,” “mighty.”—Consult remarks on κάρτερος, line 178. 


Line 264. 


Line 266. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 389 


Line 266-271. 

Κεῖνοι, Epic and Tonic for ἐκεῖνοι, nom. plur. of ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, 
ἐκεῖνο, &c. Κεῖνος is the usual form both in Homer and the Attic 
poets : olic κῆνος : Dorie τῆνος. 

᾿Επιχθονίων, gen. plur. of ἐπιχθόνιος, ov, “ upon the earth,” “ earth- 
ly." —From ἐπί, and χθών, “ earth.” 

' Tpdgev. Consult line 251. 
Ἔσαν, Epic and Jonic for ἧσαν, the augment having been 
Line 267. dropped, 3 plur. imperf. indic: of eiué, “ to be.” 

Ἐμάχοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. middle of the deponent verb μά- 
xoual, to fight.” Consult line 153. 
᾿ Φηρσίν, dat. plur. of φήρ, φηρός, 6, Holic for ϑήρ, ϑηρός, ὃ, 
Live 268, «, a wild creature.” In the plural, φῆρες, “ the Centaurs.” 
(Consult note.) Hence the Latin fera. 

Ὀρεσκῴοισι, Epic and Jonie for ὀρεσκῴοις, dat. plur. mase. of 
ὀρεσκῷος, ov, “dwelling on the mountains.” More literally, “ lying on 
the mountains.”—From ὄρος, “a mountain,” and κέω, Keio, κεῖμαι, 
“ to lie.” 

Ἐκπάγλως, “in a terrific manner,” “ frightfully.” Adverb, from 
ἔκπαγλος, with regard to which consult line 146. 

᾿Απόλεσσαν, Epic and poetic, for ἀπώλεσαν, the augment having 
been dropped and penult lengthened: 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
ἀπόλλυμι, “to destroy :” fut. ἀπολέσω, poetic (especially Epic) ἀπο- 
λέσσω : Ionic ἀπολέω, Attic ἀπολῶ : perf. ἀπολώλεκα : 1 aor. ἀπώλεσα, 
poetic (especially Epic) éxé2ecca.—F rom ἀπό and ὄλλυμι. 
Μεθομίλεον, Epic and Ionic for μεθωμίλουν, 3 plur. imperf. 
Lage 260. indic. act. of μεθομιλέω, “to associate with :” fut. 7ow.— 
From μετά and éucAew, with regard to which consult line 261. 

Πύλου, gen. of Πύλος, ov, ἡ. Consult line 252. 

Τηλόθεν, “from afar”’ Adverb, compounded of τηλοῦ, 
Line 270. « afar and the suffix Sev, denoting motion from a place. 
Consult Excursus V. 

᾿Απίης, gen. sing. fem. of ἄπιος, ἡ, ov, “ distant,” “ far — a 
(Consult note.) From ἀπό. 

Taine, gen. sing. of yain, ne, 7. Consult line 245. 

Καλέσαντο, Epic and poetic for ἐκαλέσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. 
middle of καλέω, “ to.call ;” fut. καλέσω : Epic and poetic καλέσσω: 1 
aor. ἐκάλεσα, Epic and poetic καλέσσα : 1 aor. mid. ἐκαλεσάμην, Epic 
and poetic καλεσάμην and xaAecodunvy.—Probably akin to «éA-ouai, 
and certainly to the old Latin cal-are, and English call. : 

Ling. 271. Μαχόμην, Epic and Ionic for ἐμαχόμην, the augment 

Kr2 


990 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 271-278. 
having been dropped, 1 sing. imperf. indic. middle of μάχομαι, “ to 
fight.” Consult line 153. 

Κείνοισι, for ἐκείνοις. Consult line 266 
Bporoi, nom. plur. of βροτός, οὔ, ὁ, ‘a mortal man,” oppo- 
sed to ἀθάνατος or ϑεός. Often occurs in Homer, who 
almost always uses it as a substantive.—Akin to μόρος, μορτός, 
Latin mori, mors, and Sanscrit mri. 

᾿Επιχθόνιοι. Consult line 266. 

Mayéorro, Epic and Ionic for μαχοῖτο, 3 sing. pres. opt. middle of 
μαχέομαι, Epic and Ionic for μάχομαι. Consult line 153. 

Line 273. Med, Epic and Ionic for μοῦ. 

Βουλέων, Epic and Ionie for βουλῶν, gen. plur. of βουλή, ἧς, 7, 
“* counsel,” “ advice.” 

Ξύνιεν, Epic and Ionic for vviecay, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of 
Evvinut, “to listen to.” Strictly speaking, “to send,” “ bring,” or 
“ἐ set together ;’’ metaphorically, ‘to perceive, hear, listen to,” &c. ; fut. 
ξυνήσω: 1 aor. ξυνῆκα : perf. Evvetxa: imperfect ξυνίην, inc, iy : dual 
ξυνίετον, ἱέτην : plural ξυνέεμεν, cere, ἔεσαν, contracted -tev. 

Πείέθοντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐπείθοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. middle 
of πείθω, “ to persuade ;” in the middle, ‘ to obey.” 

Line 274. Πέθεσθε. Consult line 259. 

ὝΜμμες, Aolic and Epic for ὑμεῖς. 

Πείθεσθαι, pres. infin. middle of πείθω, “to persuade ;”’ in the mid- 
dle, ‘‘ to obey.” 

"Auecvoy. Consult line 116. 

*Aroaipeo, Epic and Ionic for ἀφαίρου, 2 sing. pres. imper. . 
Line 275. middle of ἀποαιρέω, for ἀφαιρέω. Consult line 161. 

Κούρην. Consult line 98. 

Ea, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of éda, “ to let,’ ” §§ to permit ;”” 
Linz 276. fut. ἐάσω : 1 aor. elaca. 

Aécav. Consult line 162. 

Tépac. Consult line 118. 

Yiec. Consult line 162. 

Line 277. Ἔθελε, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἐθέλω. Consult line 112. 

᾿Εριζέμεναι, Epic, Doric, and Alice for ἐρέζειν, pres. infin. act, of 
ἐρίζω, “ to contend :” fut. iow.—From ἔρις, “ strife.” 

Βασιλῆϊ, Epic and Ionic for βασιλεῖ, dat. sing. of βασιλεύς, joc, At- 
tic ἕως, ὁ, “a king.” Consult remarks on ἀριστήεσσιν, line 227. 
᾿Αντιθίην, “in direct opposition ;” adv.; strictly speaking, 
an accus. fem. of ἀντέδιος, ἡ, ov, “ opposing force to force.” 
—From ἀντί, and Bia, “force.” 


LineE 272. 


Line 278. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 391 


Line 279-284. 

Ὁμοίης, Epic and Ionic for ὁμοίας, gen. sing. fem. of ὅμοιος, ἡ, ov, 
Epic and Ionic for ὅμοιος, a, ov, “ equal,” “ like to.” — From ὁμός, 7, 
όν, “one and the same.” 

Ἔμμορε, 3 sing. 2 perf. indic. of μείρομαι, “to obtain as one’s por- 
tion :” 2 aor. ἔμμορον : 2 perf. ἔμμορα. Observe that of this 2 perf. 
the third person, ἔμμορε, alone occurs, and every where as a perfect 
in meaning. The 3 plur. ἐμμόραντι, Doric for ἐμμόρασι, is quoted in 
Hesychius with the interpretation reretyaor.—Perf. pass. εἴμαρμαι, 
only as an impersonal, “it is allotted,” 7. e., deereed by fate: perf. 
part. pass. εἰμαρμένος, the feminine of which appears as a noun, but 
is in reality elliptical, ἡ εἰμαρμένη (scil. μοῖραν, “ that which is allotted,” 
** destiny.” 

Σκητοῦχος, ov, “ sceptre-bearing.”” From σκῆπτον, for σκῆπ- 
τρον, “a sceptre,” and ἔχω. 

Κῦδος, εος, τό, “ glory,” “fame,” “renown,” or, more freely, “ high 
office.” 

Line 280. Kdprepoc. Consult line 178. 

Τείνατο, Epic and Ionic for ἐγείνατο, 3. sing. 1 aor. indic. middle 
of γείνομαι, poetic passive form from obsolete active γεένω, for which 
last γεννάω is in use. In the passive, “to be engendered,’ “to be 
born ;” hence γεινόμενος, “one that is born; often occurring in Ho- 
mer. In the 1 aor. middle it has an active signification, like yev- 
vée, “ to beget,” “ to bring forth.”’—Observe that γένω is the common 
root of yetvouae and γίγνομαι. Compare the old Latin form, geno, 
which supplies genui to gigno. 

Line 281. Φέρτερος. Consult line 169. 

Πλεόνεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for πλέοσιν, and this for πλείοσιν, dat. 
plur. of πλέων, neut. πλέον, for πλείων, neut. πλεῖον, comparative of 
troAtvic.—Homer, like Hesiod, uses πλείων or πλέων, as his verse re- 
quires, and so, also, πλείοσι and πλεόνεσσι. 

Παῦε, 2 sing. pres. imperat. act. of παύω, “to cause to cease.” 
In the middle, “to cause one’s self to cease,” i. ¢., “to 


Line 279. 


Line 282. 


cease.” 

Mévog, eo¢, τό. Consult line 103. 
Line 283. Λίσσομαι. Consult line 15. 

- Me@éuev, Epic, Aolic, and Dorie for μεθεῖναι, 2 aor. infin. act. of 
μεθίημι, “ to lay aside :” fut. μεθήσω : 1 aor. ueOjxa.—From μετά. and 
ἔημι. ν 
ἜΡρκος, εος, τό, “απ inclosure,” “ hedge,”’ “ fence,” “ wall.” 
Tine. 394. Hence, metaphorically, any fence, or defense, “ a rampart.” 
—From ἔργω, old form of eipyw, “to inclose,” “io shut in.” Com- 


992 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Dine 284-291. 
pare the Sanscrit arc, “‘to cover,” ‘to shut in,” and the Latin 
arc-€0. ‘ 

Πέλεται, 3 sing. pres. indie. of the deponent πέλομαι, “to be.” 
Hence, πέλεται is here equivalent to ἐστέ. The original meaning of 
the verb is, ‘‘to be in motion,” but this seems to have been soon lost. 
— An active form πέλω occurs, which is much less frequent than 
πέλομαι.---Ακίη to πάλλω. 

Πολέμοιο κακοῖο, Epic and Ionie for πολέμον κακοῦ. 

Lint 285. Κρείων. Consult line 130. 

Line 286. Τέρον, voc. sing. of γέρων. Consult line 26. 

Moipay, accus. sing. of μοῖρα, ac, 7, properly, “a part,” as opposed 
to the whole: then the part or party which a man chooses, especial- 
ly in politics : again, the part or portion which falls to one: hence, 
one’s “portion in life,” ‘lot,” “ fate,’ &c., and so, eventually, of 
“that whichis one’s due,” “ that which is right” and “ fitting.”” Hence, 
κατὰ μοῖραν, “ rightly.” 

*Eeixec, Epic and Ionic for εἶπες, 2 sing. 2 aor. indie. aet. εἶπον, 
εἶπες, &e. 

Line 287. Ἔμμεναι, Epic, Holic, and Dorie for εἶναι. 

Κρατέειν, Epie and Ionic for κρατεῖν, pres. infin. of xparéo, 
‘“‘to bear rule over:’’ fut. κρατήσω : perf. kexpdtyxa.—From 
κράτος, “strength,” “ might,’ &c., the original meaning of the verb 
having been “to be strong, mighty, powerful.” 

Πάντεσσι, Epic and Ionic for πᾶσι, dat. plur. of πᾶς. 

Σημαίνειν, “to prescribe,” fut. σημᾶνῶ, Tonic σημανέω: I 
Line 289. aor. éojunva.—F rom σῆμα, “a sign,” “a token,” &e. 

Πείσεσθαι, fut. inf. middle of πείθω, “ to persuade :” in the middle, 
πείθομαι : fut. πείσομαι, “to obey.” 

*Oiw. Consult line 59. 

Line 290. Miz, for αὐτόν. 

Αἰχμητήν, accus. sing. of αἰχμητής, οὔ, ὃ, “ἃ warrier.” Consult 
line 152. 

Ἔθεσαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of τίθημι, “ to make ;’ literally, 
“to place,” i. €., to place before the eyes of all: fut. Ojo: perf. 
τέθεικα : 2 aor. ἔθην. 

Αἰέν, poetic form for αἰεί, used when the last syllable is to be 
short. 


Line 288. 


Totvexa, ‘‘ on this account.” Compounded of τοῦ (for τού- 
Line 291. 
Tov) and ἕνεκα. 
ἹΠροθέουσιν, 3 plur. pres. indice. act. of προθέω, old radical form, 
whence comes προτέθημε : found only once in Homer, namely, in the 


HOMERI®: GLOSSARY, 393 > 


Line 291-299. 
present passage, “to give one the right to do a thing,” “to let,” “ to 
permit.” 

’Oveldea, accus. plur. of ὄνειδος, εος, τό, “ abuse,” “ disgraceful cal- 
umnies,”” Epic and Ionic for éveéén—Consult remarks on ὀνείδισον, 
line 211. 

Μυθήσασθαι, ‘to utter.” Consult line 74. 

ὝὙποῤλήδην, adverb, “interrupting.” We have given this 
adverb here the signification most commonly assigned to 
it, and a defense of which may be seen in Heyne’s annotations on 
the present passage, and also on J/., xix., 90. Hermann, however, 
contends for a very different interpretation (Opusc., v., p. 305). Ac- 
cording to this latter scholar, the term means properly here “ dy 
way of caution,” “warning,” or “ reproof,” i. ¢., With a “ warning 
air.” 

Line 293. Δειλός, , ὄν, “ cowardly,” “ a coward.” 

Οὐτιδανός. Consult line 231. 

Καλεοίμην, 1 sing. pres. opt. pass., Epic and Ionic for xadotunv, 
from καλέω, “ to call.”” Consult line 270. 

Ὑπείξομαι, 1 sing. fut. indic. middle of ὑπεέκω, “to yield,” 
Line 294. ἃ to give way,’’ “to comply :’’ fut. ὑπείξω, and also ὑπείξο- 
pat.—From ὑπό and εἴκω, “to yield.” 
Ἐπιτέλλεο, Epic and Ionic for ἐπιτέλλου, 2 sing. pres. im- 
perat. mid. of ἐπιτέλλω, “to command,” “to give orders to.” 
Homer uses the middle voice of this verb, here, in the same sense 
as the active: fut. ἐπιτελῶ : perf. ἐπιτέταλκα : perf. pass. ἐπιτέταλε 
pat.—From ἐπί and τέλλω, with regard to which last consult line 25. 
Σήμαινε, 2 sing. pres. imper. of σημαίνω, “to prescribe.” 
Lin λον. Conn tine 288. n= τὲ 

Πείσεσθαι. Consult line 289. 

’Oiw. Consult line 59. 

Linz 297. Ἐρέω. Consult line 76. 

pect. Consult line 55. 

Βάλλεο, Epie and Ionic for βάλλου, 2 sing. pres. imper. middle of 
βάλλω, “to cast,” ἄς. Consult note, and also line 52. 

Σῇσιν, Epic and Ionic for σαῖς, dat. plur. fem. of the possessive 
σός, σή, σόν, * thy.” 

. Line 298. Οὔτοι, ‘not, indeed.” From οὐ and the enclitic τοι. 

Μαχήσομαι. Consult line 168. 

Line 299. To, enclitic for τινί, dative sing. of tic. 

' ᾿Αφέλεσθε, Epic and Ionic for ἀφείλεσθε, the augment having been 
dropped, 2 plur. 2 aor. indic. mid. of ἀφαιρέω : fut, ἀφαιρήσω : perf. 
ἀφύρηκα : 2 aor. ddeiAov.—F rom ἀπό and aipéw. . 


LinE 292. 


Line 295. 


. 


994 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 300-303. 

Gog, dat. sing. fem. of ϑοός, 7, dv, “swift.”—Probably from 
ϑέω, “to run.” 
Φέροις, 2. sing. pres. opt. act. of φέρω, “to bear away :᾽" fut. 
Live 301. οἴσω : perf. ἐνήνοχα: 1 aor. act. ἤνεγκα : 2 aor. ἤνεγκον. 

᾿Ανελών, 2 aor. part. act. of dvatpéw, “ to take up,” “to take up and 
carry off,” like the Latin tollo: fut. ἀναιρήσω, &c.—From ἀνά, “up,” 
and αἱρέω, “ to take.” 

᾿Αέκοντος, gen. sing. masc. of ἀέκων, ἀέκουσα, ἀέκον, Epic and 
Ionic for ἄκων, ἄκουσα, ἄκον, which last is the Attic form: ‘ unwill- 
ing,” “against the will.”—From a, priv., and ἑκών, “willing.” —Exov 
appears to be akin to ἕκας, “afar,” and the idea of distance which 
this last carries with it has passed over, in the derivative, into that 
of separation, namely, “one by himself,” “ one for himself,” “ each of 
his own accord.” Compare ἑκά-τερος, ἕκασ-τος, and our English each. 

’Eueio, Epic and Ionic for ἐμοῦ, emphatic genitive of é gre 

Line 302. “Aye. Consult line 62. 

Πείρησαι, Epic and Ionic for πείρασαι, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. mid- 
dle of πειράω, “to make trial :” fut. πειράσω, Epic and Ionic πεειρήσω. 
Much more frequently, however, used as a deponent, πειράομαι, fut. 
πειράσομαι : perf. πεπείραμαι, and Epic and Ionic remeipnwat.—From 
πεῖρα, “ trial.” The Latin and earlier root is peri, as found in peritus, 
periculum, comperior, &c. ; and this, again, seems to have an affinity 
to the Greek περί, and the Sanscrit pari, in their rarer signification 
of “ going through,” “ piercing,” “ boring,” 7. e., in order to make 
full trial of a thing. 

Τνώωσι, Epic lengthened form of γνῶσι, 3 plur. 2 aor. subj. act. 
of γιγνώσκω, “to know :”’ fut. γνώσω, &c.: 2 aor. ἔγνων. Consult 
line 199. 

Alwa, “ soon,” “ quickly.” Adverb, rare in other poets, 
Line 203, and never used in prose. 

Κελαινόν, nom. sing. neut. of κελαινός, 7, dv, “ black,” “dark.” 
Poetic for μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν. ---- Κμέλας has been assumed by 
Buttmann as the common radical form of κελαινός and μέλας, and 
in this way the evident connection between the two words may be 
satisfactorily explained. (Lezil., p. 377, ed. Fishl.) 

᾿Ερωήσει, 3 sing. fut. indic. act. of ἐρωέω, “to stream,” “to flow :” 
fut. 70. The latent idea appears to be that of a quick bursting forth; 
hence the substantive ἐρωή, derived from it, refers to any quick, vio- 
lent motion.—From péw, “to flow ;” akin to ῥώομαι, “ to rush.” 

Aovpi, Epic and poetic for δόρατι, dat. sing. of δόρυ, “a spear :””” 
gen. δόρατος : Epic and Ionic, δούρατος and δουρός : dat. δόρατι: Epic 


Line 300. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 395 


Line 303-306. 
and Ionic, dovpare and δουρί, Attic δορί, &c., ‘a spear.” Properly, 
the wooden part, or handle of a spear, but generally used of the 
whole weapon.—Supposed to come from δέρω, “ to remove the outer 
covering of a thing,” and hence δόρυ will mean, strictly, “a spear- 
handle, with the bark taken off from the wood.” 
Toye, ‘‘ these two,” compounded of τώ, nom. dual of ὁ, ἡ, 
Ling 304. - “and the limiting particle γε. 

᾿Αντιθίοισι, Epic and Ionic for ἀντιθίοις, dat. plur. of ἀντέθιος, 7, 
Att. a, ov, “ opposing.” —From ἀντί and βιά. Consult line 278. 

Μαχεσσαμένω, Epic for μαχεσαμένω, nom. dual 1 aor. part. middle 
of μάχομωε, * to contend :”” fut. μαχέσομαι, Epic μαχέσσομαι: 1 aor. 
ἐμαχεσάμην, Epic éuayecodunv.—Consult line 153. 

᾿Επέεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for ἔπεσιν, dat. plur. of ἔπος, εος, τό, ““α 
word.” ᾿ 
᾿Ανστήτην, Epic and Ionic for ἀνεστήτην, 3 dual 2 aor. in- 
Line 305. dic. act. of ἀνέστημε, “to raise up;” but 2 aor., perf. act., 
&c., ‘to arise :” fut. ἀναστήσω : perf. ἀνέστηκα, “1 stand up :’’ 2 aor. 
ἀνέστην, “1 arose.”—From ἀνά and ἕστημι. 

Αὔσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἔλυσαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of Ada, 
“to dissolve,” “το break up :” fut. λύσω : perf. λέλυκα : 1 aor. ἔλυσα. 
—-Original signification, ‘‘ to loose :’’ akin, therefore, to the Latin luo, 
and English loose. 

᾿Αγορῆν, Epic and Ionic for ἀγοράν, accus. sing. of ἀγορή, ἧς, 7, 
for ἀγορά, ἄς, 7, “ an assembly.” —From ἀγείρω, “to collect together.” 

Nyvoiv. Consult line 12. 

Κλισίας, accus. plur. of κλεσέη, ye, 7, Epic and Ionic for 
Line 306. κλισία, ac, ἡ, “a tent.’ —- Original meaning, ‘‘a place for 
lying down or reclining,” from κλένω, “to recline ;” then, a hut or any 
slight dwelling, used as a temporary dwelling-place. In Homer, 
these κλισέαι are of two kinds: 1. For use in time of peace: the huts, 
or cots, in which herdsmen passed the night, sought shelter against 
rough weather, and kept their stores. This signification of the term 
is usually found in the Odyssey ; but in the Iliad only once (xviii., 
509). 2. For use in war: huts, or cots, in which the besiegers lived 
during long sieges. This is the usual signification in the Iliad, and 
but seldom occurs in the Odyssey. These war-cabins corresponded 
in their use to our linen-tents, and, in translating, we call them, as 
a matter of custom, by the name of “ tents ; but it appears, from J/., 
XXiv., 448, seg., that they were of wood. Hence, also, an army, on 
breaking up, did not strike the κλεσέαε and take them away, but 
burned them on the spot. (Od., viii., 501.) The κλεσίαι all together 


996 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 306-311. 

formed a camp. Among the post-Homeric writers the word σκηνῆ 
came up instead, and κλισία remained in use only among the poets. 

᾿Εΐσας, Epic and poetic for icac, ace. plur. fem. of ἐΐσος, ἐΐση, ἐΐσον, 
for ἶσος, ἡ, ov, “ equal.” (Consult note.) 

Line 307. “Hie. Consult line 47. 

Μενοιτιάδῃ, dat. sing. of Μενοιτιάδης, ov, ὁ, the son of Menetius,” 
a patronymic of Patroclus. Mencetius, the father of Patroclus, was 
son of Actor, and one of the Argonauts. (Ji., χὶ., 768.) 

Οἷς, dat. plur. of the possessive ὅς, 7, ὅν, the Epic and Ionic form 
for which is ἑός, ἑή, ἑόν, ‘ his,” * her.” 

‘Erdpotovy, Epic and Ionic for érdporc. Consult line 179. 

"Adade, “to the sea.” Adverb, compounded of ἅλς, “ the 
Line 308. sea,” and de, “‘ toward.’’ Consult Excursus V. 

Προέρυσσεν, Epic and Ionic for προήρὕσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. 
of προερύω, “to drag forward,” “to launch.” In Homer, always said 
of ships, “to move a ship forward,’ whether by hauling from the 
beach to the sea, or by means of rowing. In the latter case, how- 
ever, the dative, ἐρετμοῖς, “with oars,” is added: fut. προερύσω, Epic 
προερύσσω: 1 aor. προήρυσα, Epic and Ionic mpoépvoca.—From πρό, 
“ forward,” and ἐρύω, “ to drag.” 
’Epérac, accus. plur. of ἐρέτης, ov, ὁ, “a rower.”—From 
Line 309. , a μὰ 

ἐρέσσω, “ to row. 

*Expiver, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of κρίνω, “ to select :᾽ fat. κρϊνῶ : 
1 aor, éxpiva: perf. xéxptxa.—Akin to the Sanscrit kri, ‘to separate,” 
the Latin cerno, crimen, &c. 

’Ecixoow, Epic for εἴκοσιν, “ twenty.”—The Doric form is εἴκατι, 
with which compare the Sanscrit vincati, and Latin vigintz. 

‘Exaroubyv. Consult line 65. 

Βῆσε, Epic for ἔδησε, the augment having been dropped : 
Lane 310. 1 aor. indic. act. of βάω, “to cause to go’ fut. βήσω: 1 
aor. #6yo0a.—(Consult note on line 144.) 

Eicev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. usually referred to a pres- 
1αϑε 813. ent, ἔζω, “ to cause to sit,’ “ to seat,” but which does not 
occur; the tenses that are wanting aré supplied from idpiw. The 
Ionians have also a fut. ἔσομαι, Epic ἕσσομαι, and perf. pass. εἶμαε. 
The Attics, however, have only the 1 aor. mid. εἱσάμην, “ to found,” 
“erect,” in the strict middle sense “ for one’s self.” 

᾿Αρχός. Consult line 144. ; 
Πολύμητις, coc, ὁ, ἡ, “ sagacious,” “ of many counsels.” —From πολ- 
ύς, and μῆτις, “ counsel,” “ advice.” ; 
» 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 397 


Tine 312-315. 
᾿Αναδάντες, nom. plur. 2 aor. part. act. of dvabaivw, “ to 
Line 312. onbark :” fat. ἀναθήσομαι : 2 aor. avé6yv.—From ἀνά and 
Baive. 

᾿Ἐπέπλεον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἐπιπλέω, “ to sail upon” 
fut. émiAevcouar.—F rom ἐπί, and πλέω, “ to sail.” 

'Yypa, accus. plur. neut. of ὑγρός, a, ov, “ humid,” “ wet,” “ fluid.” 
(Consult note.)—From ὕω, and akin to ὕδωρ. 

KéAev6a, accus. plur. neut. of κέλευθος, ov, 7, “a way,” “a path.” 
Observe that κέλευθος is feminine in the singular, but has a poetic 
neuter plural—From ἐλεύθω, “to come,”’ * to go.” 
᾿Απολυμαίνεσθαι, pres. infin. mid. of ἀπολυμαίνω, “to purify 
tape 318. another :”’ in the middle ἀπολυμαίνομαι, “to purify one’s 
self.’ Commonly regarded as a middle deponent.—From ἀπό and 
λυμαίνομαι, “ to cleanse one’s self,” and this last from λῦμα, “ filth re- 
moved by washing,” probably from Aovw. 

“Aveyev, 3 sing. of an old Epic perfect with a pres. signification, 
“1 command,” “ bid,” * order,” which, with the augment, would be 
ἤνωγε : thus, ἄνωγα, ας, e, or With the augment ἤνωγα, ας, e. But it 
is never found with the augment. The tenses, moreover, are very 
irregular: thus, from the perfect, we have 1 plur. ind. ἄνωγμεν : im- 
perat. ἄνωχθι, dvwyétw, ἀνώγετε, and irreg. ἀνώχθω, ἄνωχθε, as if 
from ἀνώγημι : pluperf. ἠνώγειν, and, without augment, ἀνώγειν, Ion- 
ic ἠνώγεα, ἄτα. 

᾿Απελυμαίνοντο, 8. plur. imperf. indic. mid. of ἀπολυμαίνω. 
Lana 814. Consult ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι, as given above. 

"Ada, accus. sing. of GAc, ἁλός, ἡ, the sea.”” Observe the distine- 
tion between GAc, ἁλός, ἡ, “ the sea,” and Ac, ἁλός, 6, " salt.” 

Λύματα, accus. plur. of Adua, aroc, τό, “ filth removed by washing,” 
“ the washings themselves.”’-—Probably from Aotw, “ to wash.” 

*Epdov, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἔρδω, “to work,” “to 
Ling 315. do,” “to accomplish.” With ἱερά, ἑκατόμθας, &c., ‘* to sacri- 
Jice,” “ to offer up.” This verb derives its formations from the obso- 
lete Epya, fut. ἔρξω : 2 perf. fopya: pluperf., with augment on the 
second syllable, ἐώργειν : 1 aor. Zoga.—As Epyw is entitled to the di- 
gamma, Fépyw, we see at once the affinity between it and the Eng- 
lish verb work.—Observe that ῥέζω is merely a transposed form of 
ἔρδω. ν᾽ 

᾿Απόλλωνι. Consult line 14. 

Τεληέσσας, aceus. plur. fem. of τελήεις, τελήεσσα, τελῆεν, “ perfect.” 
(Consult note.) An Epic adjective, from τελέω, “to make perfect,” 
“to make complete,” and this from τέλος, “ an end,” &e. 

Lu 


398 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 315-321. 
‘Exaréubac. Consult line 65. 
᾿Ατρυγέτοιο, Epic and Ionic for ἀτρυγέτου, gen. sing. fem. 
of ἀτρύγετος, ov, “barren.” More literally, “ yielding no 
harvest,” from a, priv., and τρυγάω, ‘to gather in the harvest or vin- 
tage.” 

Line 317. Kvion, “the savor.” Consult line 66. 

"Ixev, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of the Epic form ix, ‘to come,” 
“to go;” imperf. ἧκον : aor. ov, a mixture of the 1 and 2 aor. 
(Butimann, Irreg. Verbs, p. 132, ed. Fishl. ) 

‘EAcooouévy, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. middle of éAicow, “to 
whirl,” fut. @.—From εἱλέω, “to turn,” “ to whirl,” * to roll,” iter 
the digamma FecAéw, akin to the English wily. 

Καπνῷ, dat. sing. of καπνός, od, ὁ, “ smoke.”—Originally «xf arvéc, 
the v-sound having followed the x. So vapor in Latin was originally 
kvapor. The Greek word drops the v-sound and retains the x, 
whereas, in the Latin word, the direct reverse to this takes place. 
(Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. ii., p. 205.) 

Tlévovro, Epic and Ionic for ἐπένοντο, the augment having 
Lins 318. been dropped ; 3 plur. imperf. indice. of the middle depo- 
nent πένομαι, “to be busily employed upon a thing,” “to toil,” “to 
work.”-—From the root zev comes not only πένομαι, but also πένης, 
πενία, the Latin penuria, &c. Compare the Sanscrit pan, “ to han- 
dle,”’ “‘to transact,” &c. 

Line 319. Ajy’. Consult line 210. 

᾿ἘἘπηπείλησε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐπαπειλέω, “ to threaten 
one with a thing,” fut. ἐπαπειλήσω : 1 aor. ἐπηπείλησα. ---- From ἐπί 
and ἀπειλέω, “to threaten.” 

Ταλθύθιον, accus. sing. of Ταλθύθιος, ov, ὁ,  Talthybius,” 
Line 320. a herald of Agamemnon’s at Troy. He was afterward re- 
vered as a hero at Sparta. (Herodot., vii., 134.—Hoeck, Kreta, vol. 
ii., p. 407.) 

Εὐρυδάτην, accus. sing. of Εὐρυδάτης, ov, ὁ, “ Eurybates,” a herald 
of Agamemnon’s at Troy. There was another Eurybates, a herald 
of Ulysses, who is mentioned in JI, ii., 184; and Od., xix., 247. 
Compare the scholiast : ὅτε καὶ ἕτερος Etpubdrne, ᾽Οδυσσέως κήρυξ. 

Line 321. To, nom. dual for ©. 

Ἔσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἤσαν, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of εἰμέ. ᾿ 

Κήρυκε, nom. dual of κήρυξ, υκος, ὁ, ‘a herald.” From κηρύσσω.---- 
In general, a public messenger, partaking of the character of an am- 
bassador, an honorable office in early times. They summoned the 
assembly (J1,, ii., 50, &c.), and kept order in it (Jl. ii., 280, &c.): 


Line 316. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 399 


Dine 321-325. 

they separated combatants (J/., vii., 274): they had especial charge 
of the arrangements at sacrifices and festivals, and even private en- 
tertainments (J1., iii., 245, &c.): as public officers they are called 
Onutoepyot (Od., xix., 135): their insignia were staves, or wands, 
σκῆπτρα. From the heroic times their office was sacred, and their 
persons were inviolable, as being under the immediate protection of 
Jupiter: hence, they were employed in messages, &c., especially 
between enemies. Hermes or Mercury was κήρυξ of the gods. In 
later times their functions remained much the same ; but they were 
then messengers between nations at war. 

’Orpnpd, nom. dual masc. of ὀτρηρός, 7, 6v, Epic and Ionic for 
ὀτρηρός, &, dv, “ active,” “ quick,” ‘ zealous.”—Akin to ὀτρύνω, “ to 
stir up,” “to rouse.” 

Θεράποντε, nom. dual of ϑεράπων, οντος, ὁ, ‘an attendant.” In 
Homer and old authors it always differs from δοῦλος, as implying 
free and honorable service, and yet, in Chios, ϑεράποντες was the 
name for their slaves. (Arnold, Thucyd., viii., 40.) 

Ἔρχεσθον, 2 dual pres. imper. of ἔρχομαι, “to come,’ “ to 
Line 322. go’’ (consult line 120): imper. ἔρχου, ἐρχέσθω, &c. 

Κλισίην. Consult line 306. 

Πηληϊάδεω. Consult line 1. 

Ἑλόντε, nom. dual, 2 aor. part. act. of aipéw, “to take :” 
Lins 559. fs, αἱρῆσω : 2 aor. εἶλον, 2 aor. part. ἑλών. Consult line 137. 
᾿Αγέμεν, Epic, Doric, and olic for ἄγειν, pres. infin. act. of ἄγω, 

* to lead away.” Consult remarks on χολωσέμεν, line 78. 

Βρισηΐδα. Consult line 184. 

Δώῃσιν, Epic for δῷ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. of δίδωμε : 2 
Lins 324. aor. indic. ἔδων : 2 aor. subj. δῶ, δῷς, δῷ, &e. Observe, 
however, that this δῶ, δῷς, δῷ, &c., is the result of contraction : thus, 
66-0 = δῶ: δώ-ῃς = δῷς: δώ-ῃ = δῷ, &c. To the uncontracted 
form, δώ-ῃ, the syllable σι is added by the Epic language, and hence 
we have in the text the form δώῃσι. 

Ἕλωμαι, 1 sing. 2 aor. subj. middle of aipéw: 2 aor. indic. middle 
εἱλόμην : 2 aor. subj. middle ἔλωμαι. 

Line 325. TlAeévecot. Consult line 281. 

Ῥίέγιον, “more fearful.” Literally, “‘ more frosty, or cold,” i. 6.» 
more calculated to make one shudder. A comparative, formed, as it 
were, from ῥῖγος, “frost,” “ cold.”"—The masculine, ῥιγίων, seems 
not to occur, but the superlative, ῥέγιστος, is found; and, therefore, 
it is better to regard ῥίγιον, in the text, as an adjective, and not to 
take it for an adverb, as some do. 


400 HOMERIC GLOSSARY, 


Line 326-332. 
Προΐει, 3 sing. Epic imperf. indic. act. from προιέω, Epic 
Line 326. and Ionic for zpoémuc. Consult remarks on ἀφέει, line 25. 

Κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ, x. τ. A. Consult line 25. 

To “ they two.” More literally, “ these two.” Nom. dual 
of ὁ, 7, τό. 

*Aéxovre, nom. dual masc. of ἀέκων, ἀέκουσα, déxov, Epic and Ionic 
for ἄκων, ἄκουσα, dkov, which last is the Attic form. So ἀέκοντε, 
here, for ἄκοντε, “‘ reluctant.”” Consult remarks on ἀέκοντος, line 301. 

Βάτην, 3 dual 2 aor. indic. act. Epic for ἑδήτην, the stem-vowel 7 
being shortened into a.—From Baiva, “ to go:’’ fut. βήσομαι : perf. 
Béb6nxa: 2 aor. ἔθην. 

Παρὰ ϑῖν᾽, κι τ. Δ. Consult line 34. 

Μυρμιδόνων, gen. plur. of Μυρμιδών, όνος, 6, a Myrmidon.” 
Line 328. Consult line 180. 

Ἱκέσθην, 3 dual 2 aor. indic. middle of ἱκνέομαι, “ to come.” Con- 
sult remarks on ἱκέσθαι, line 19. 

Evdpov, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of εὑρίσκω, “to find :” fut. 

εὑρήσω : perf. εὕρηκα : 2 aor. εὗρον. This 2 aor. is often 
written ηὗρον in post-Homeric writers, an orthography approved of 
and applied by Elmsley. 

Κλισίῃ, Epic and Ionic for κλισίᾳ. Consult line 306. 

Ἥμενον, “ sitting,” accus. sing. part. of quar, foal, ἦσται, 
3 plur. ἦνται : part. ἥμενος : imperf. ἥμην, ἦσο, Zoro, 3 plar. 
ἦντο (these being in reality, however, a perf. and pluperf. passive of 
ἔζομαι, “to sit,” “ to lie,” &c. Literally, “ I have been set and Iremain 
sei,” 2. €., I sit.) 

Téye, compounded of τώ, accus. dual masc. of ὁ, 7, τό, and the en- 
elitic γέ. 

Ἰδών, 2 aor. part. act. of eidw, “to see.” Consult line 203. 

Τήθησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of γηθέω, “to be delighted,” “to 
rejoice.” Consult line 255. 

Tap6joavre, nom. dual 1 aor. part. act. of rap6éa, “ to be 
tou 33}, confused,” “to be troubled,” “to be alarmed :” fut. joa — 
From τάρθος, “ alarm,” “ fright,” “terror.” 

Aidouévw, nom. dual pres. part. middle of aidouat, Epic for aidéo- 
pat, “ to regard with looks of awe,’ or *‘ reverence.’’ More literally, 
“to stand in awe of one,”’ “ to reverence.” . 

Στήτην, Epic and Ionic for ἐστήτην, the augment having 
Line 382. been dropped : 3 dual 2 aor. indic. act. of fornut, “to 
place :” fut. στήσω : perf. ἕστηκα, “I stand :” 2 aor. ἔστην, “I stood.” 

Προςεφώνεον, 3 plur. imperf. indie. act. of προςφωνέω, “ to address :” 
fut. j00.—From πρός, “unto,” and φωνέω, “ to speak,” “ to call.” 


Live 327. 


Line 329. 


Line 330. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 401 


Line 332-336. 

*Epéovro, 3 plur. imperf. indic. middle of ἐρέω, “ to interrogate,” “to 
ask: middle ἐρέομαι. This ἐρέω, ἐρέομαι, is an exclusively Epic 
form, and must not be confounded with ἐρέω, ἐρῶ, the fut. of εἰπεῖν. 
The imperfect, it will be perceived, is here without any augment. 
The Attic form is ἔρομαι : 2 aor. ἠρόμην : fut. ἐρήσομαι. But, though 
this verb commonly occurs in the lexicons and grammars as a pres- 
ent, Zoouat, there appears to be no good ground for supposing the 
existence of such a form. The accentuation of the infinitive is now 

_ usually admitted to be that of an aorist, namely, ἐρέσθαι. (Carmi- 
chael’s Greek Verbs, Ὁ. 117.) 
Ὅ, “he,” Homeric for ὅς, and this an old form of the de- 
Line 333. monstrative. (Kihner, ὁ 343.) 

Ἔγνω. Consult line 199. 

Ἦισιν, or ἧσιν, Epic and Tonic for αἷς, dat. plur. fem. of the pos- 
sessive, ὅς, 7, ὄν, “his.” 

Φώνησεν, 3. sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of dwvéw, “to say,” “ to speak,” 
fut. jo0w.—From φωνή, “ voice,” &c. 

Χαίρετε, 2 plur. pres. imper. act. of χαέρω, ‘ to rejoice,” “to 
Lane 334. be glad :’* fut. χαιρήσω : perf. xeyépnxa.—The imperative 
of this verb is used as a common form of greeting, either at meeting, 
* hail,” “ welcome ;” or at parting, “ farewell.” 

ΓἌγγελοι, nom. plur. of ἄγγελος, ov, ὁ, “a messenger.” 

*Acoov, “nearer.” Adverb, and comparative degree of 
Lane. 335. ἄγχι, “near.” This is the Homeric and Epie compara- 
tive ; the common form is ἄγχιον. 

"Ire, 2 plur. pres. imper. of elu, “to come,” “to go:” 2 sing. pres. 
imp. is i@c. : 

Ὕμμες, Epic and olic for ὑμεῖς. 

"Exairio., nom. plur. of ἐπαΐτιος, ov, “in fault,” “ blamable.”—From 
ἐπί, “upon,” and αἰτία, “ blame,” as indicative of blame resting upon 
one. 

*O, Epic, Ionic, and Dorie for ὅς, the relative pronoun. 
Lave 836, Consult Excursvs I. p. 275. 

Σφῶξ, aceus. dual of σύ, “thou.” This is the Homeric and Ionia 
form. The Attics, on the other hand, use σφώ, which some write 
with subscript iota, as having risen, according to them, from con- 
traction. (Kiihner, § 331, 5.) 

TIpotec. Consult line 326. 

Βρισηΐδος. Consult line 184. 

Eivexa. Consult line 174. 

Κούρης. Consult line 98. ᾶ᾿ 

μν2 


402 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 337-341. 

Line 337. "Aye. Consult line 62. 

Διογενές, voc. sing. of διογενής, ἔς, “noble.” Literally, “ Jove-born,” 
“ sprung from Jove,” i. e., of his race. Frequently, however, a gen- 
eral epithet, as here, of kings and princes, as ordained and upheld 
by Jove, and, therefore, “ noble,” ‘tllustrious,” &c. 

Πατρόκλεις, voc. sing., as if from a nominative Πατροκλῆς, which 
does not, however, appear. The regular nominative is Πάτρο- 
KAog, ov. 

Ἔξαγε, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἐξάγω, “ to lead or bring out.”-——From 

ἐξ and ἄγω. 
Σφωΐν, dat. dual of the pronoun of the third person, nom. 
(wanting): gen. οὗ, &c. Observe that cgwipr is here enclit- 
ic, whereas σφῶξν, from σύ, has the accent, and may be thus told 
apart from it. 

Δός, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. act. of δίδωμε, “ to give :” fut. δώσω : perf. 
δέδωκα: 1 aor. ἔδωκα: 2 aor. ἔδων. 

To, nom. dual masc. of ὁ, 7, τό. 

Αὐτώ, nom. dual masc. of αὐτός, αὐτῆ, αὐτό. 

Μάρτυροι, nom. plur. of μάρτυρος, ov, ὁ, older Epic form for μάρτυς, 
‘<q witness.’ Homer uses the singular only in Od., xvi., 423, with 
the collateral signification of “ helper,” “ protector,” but the plural 
often. ς 

Ἔστων, abbreviated form for ἔστωσαν, 3 plur. pres. imper. of εἰμέ, 
*‘to be.” Used, also, by the Attic writers. The form ὄντων is more 
rare. 


Line 338. 


Μακάρων, gen. plur. of μάκαρ, gen. -ἄρος, ὁ, ἡ, ‘ blessed,” 
“happy.” Strictly said of the gods, who are constantly 
called μάκαρες ϑεοί in Homer and Hesiod, in opposition to mortal 
men; so that its notion is of everlasting, heavenly bliss. There isa 
peculiar poetic form, of the feminine gender, μάκαιρα, “ the blessed 
one,’ an epithet of Latona, in the Hymn to Apollo, 14. 
. Θνητῶν, gen. plur. of ϑνητός, 7, ὄν, “ mortal,” “liable to death.” 
Hence οἱ ϑνητοί, “ mortals.”,—From the same root with ϑνήσκω, as 
appearing in 2 aor. ἔθανον. 
Line 340. ᾿Απηνέος, Epic and Ionic for ἀπηνοῦς, gen. sing. of ἀπηνής, 
ἔς, “cruel,” “harsh,” “unfeeling.” Supposed to come 

from ἀπό and ἠνής, “ gentle,” “pleasing,” “ attractive,” with the di- 
gamma, ξηνής, and hence connected with the root of Ven-us, and 
the Sanscrit wan, ‘to desire,” “to long for.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., 
vol. i., p. 255.) 

Line 341. Xpevd, gen. όος, contr. οὖς, 7, Epic and Ionic for χρεώ, 


Line 339. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 403 


Line 341-345. 

oc, contr. οὔς, ἡ, “want,” “need,” “ desire.” Observe that χρεώ it- 
self is only a poetic form, the more common prose expression being 
χρεία. 

Ἐμεῖο, Epic for ἐμοῦ, emphatic gen. sing. of ἐγώ. 

Τένηται, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of γέγνομαι. 

*Aecxéa accus. sing. masc. Epic and Ionic for decay, from ἀεικής, ἔς, 
“ unseemly,” for which the Attics employ αἐκής, ἐς. Probably from a, 
priv., and eixw (radical form), ‘it seemed,” “τὶ appeared good.” 

Aotyév ἀμῦναι. Consult line 67. 

᾿ὈΟλοῇσι, Epic and Ionic for ὀλοαῖς, dat. plur. fem. of ὀλοός, 

Line 342. 5 sy, destructive.” —From ὅλω, ὀλέω, radical forms of ὅλ. 
Avut, “to destroy.” 

. Θύει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ϑύω : fut. vow, “to rage.” Said 
literally of any violent motion, ‘‘to rush on, or along,” as referring 
to rivers, tempests, &c. ; hence, “to storm,” “to rage,” as said ofa 
man distraught with passion.—The Sanscrit root is dhu, “to agi- 


tate.” 
Oide, 3 sing. of οἶδα, a second perfect with the force of a 

Ling 348. present, “J know,” from the radical eidw, “to see,” for 
what one has seen and observed, that one knows.—Observe that in 
oida the augment is thrown aside, like εἴκω, 2 perf. ἔοικα, Ionic olka. 
(Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, p. 77, ed. Fishl.) The verb eidw (idm, Lat. 
vid-eo) is obsolete, and its place has been supplied by dpéa. The 
tenses formed from it compose two distinct families, of which one 
has the meaning of “ ¢o see,” the other exclusively the meaning of 
“ to know,”’ the latter signification coming from the perfect. 

Νοῆσαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of νοέω, “to observe,” ‘to reflect upon,” 
&c. : fut. νοήσω : perf. νενόηκα : from νόος, contr. νοῦς, “ the mind.” 

Πρόσσω, Epic and poetic for πρόσω, adverb, literally, ‘‘ forward :” 
more freely, ‘as regards the future.”” From πρό. 

’Oxioow, Epic and poetic for ὀπέσω. Adverb, literally, “ backward,” 
“ behind :” more freely, “ as regards the past.” 

Linz 344. Ὅππως, Epic and poetic for ὅπως, “in order that.” 

Σόοι. Consult line 117. 

Μαχέωνται, 3 plur. pres. subj. of μαχέομαι, Epic and Ionic for μά- 
χομαι, “το fight.”—Consult line 8. 

Line 345. Φάτο. Consult line 188. 

Aw. Taken for the possessive pronoun, “his.”” Consult line 20. 

᾿Επεπείθετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of ἐπιπεέθομαι, in the pass- 
ive, ““ἐο be persuaded,” in the middle, “to obey.” The active ἐπιπεί- 
θω, “ to persuade,” “ to convince,” is rare and late. 

‘Eraipy, dat. sing. of ἑταῖρος, ov, ὁ, “a friend,” ‘a companion.” 


404 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 346-350. 
“Ayaye, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἄγω, Epic and Tonic for 
ἤγαγε, the augment being dropped. 
Δῶκε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of δέδωμι, Epic and Ionie for 
Line 347, ἔδωκε, the augment being dropped. 

To. Consult line 338. 

Ἴτην, 3 dual imperf. indic. of ely, “to go,” Epic for είτην or 
ἤτην. (Kihner, § 215.) 

*Aéxovoa, Epic and Ionic for ἄκουσα, fem. of ἀέκων, -ουσα, 
Line 348. ov, for ἄκων, ἄκουσα, ἧκον. Consult line 327. 
- “Ana, “ along with.” Consult line 158. 

Kéev, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of kiw, “to go,” Epic and Ionic for 
ἔκιεν, the augment being dropped. ‘The first person of the imperf. 
is ἔκιον, or, without the augment, «éov.—Kiw seems to belong to ἴω, 
the root of εἶμι, “‘to go,” and from it come κεάθω and κινέω, and, 
probably, the Latin cio and cieo. 

Δακρύσας, 1 aor. part. act. of δακρύω, “to weep,” “ to burst 
Line 849. into tears.’ From δάκρυ, “a tear.” Consult line 42. 

‘Erdpwv, gen. plur. of &rapoc, ov, 6, “a companion,” ἄρ. Consult 
line 179. 

*Adap, “ forthwith.” Adverb, either from ἅπτω, or from ἀπό and 
ἄρα. 

Ἕζετο. Consult line 48. 

Νόσφι, “ aside from,” “ away from.” Adverb, shortened, according 
to the grammarians, from νοστόφι (Herm., Opusc., i., 222). But this 
is condemned by Donaldson, who traces an analogy between the 
first syllable of this word, the Greek νῶϊ, and Latin nos, and makes 
νόσ-φι ean, properly, ‘by himself,” the leading idea in vdi, nos, and 
νόσ(-φι) being that of “ separation,” “unity.” (New Cratylus, p. 
168.) 

Λιασθείς, 1 aor. part. pass. (in ἃ middle sense) of λεάζομαι, “to 
bend sideways,” “to go aside,” “to turn away.” Buttmann expresses 
his conviction that λιάζομαι is etymologically akin to κλίνω, just as 
κνέφας is to νέφος, κλιαρός to λιαρός, &e. (Lezxil., vol. i., p. 75, not.) 

Lrng 350. Giva. Consult line 34. 

‘AAde. Consult line 314. 

Πολιῆς, Epic and Ionic for πολιᾶς, gen. sing. fem. of πολιός, 7 ὄν, 
Epic and Ionic for πολιός, 4, dv, * hoary.’’—(Consult note.) 

Ὁρόων, Epic lengthening for ὁρῶν, pres. part. act. of ὁράω, ‘to 
look,” “to 866. Consult line 56. 

Οἴνοπα, accus. sing. of oivow, gen. οπος, ὁ, “ dark-hued.” Liter- 
ally, “‘ wine-colored,” having the color or hue of wine. —(Consult 
note.)—From oivoc, “ wine,” and op, “look,” “ appearance,” &c. 


Line 346. 


HOMERIC’ GLOSSARY. 405 


Line 350-354. 

Πόντον, accus. sing. of πόντος, ov, ὁ, * the deep,” ‘the open sea.” — 
Akin to βένθος, βάθος, βυθός, “" depth,’ and the Latin fundus. 

Πολλά, neuter plur. accus. of πολύς, taken adverbially, 
Line 351. ,, earnestly.” 

Φίλῃ, taken as a possessive pronoun, “ his.” Consult line 20. 

Ἠρήσατο, Epic and Ionic for ἠράσατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indie. of the 
middle deponent dpdoua, “to pray: fut. ἀράσομαι, Epic and Ionic 
ἀρήσομαι, 1 aor. ἠρασάμην, Epic and Ionic 7pycéuny.—From ἀρά, “a 
prayer.” 

’Opeyvic, nom. sing. pres. part. of ὀρέγνυμι, “ to stretch out.” The 
more usual form is ὀρέγω : fut. opéfw.--Akin to the Latin rego, erigo, 
porrigo; German reichen, recken; and English reach. 

*Erexec, 2 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of τίκτω, “to bring forth:” 
Line 352. fut. τέξω, usually τέξομαι : poetic, also, τεκοῦμαε : perf. ré- 
τοκα: 2 aor. érexov.—Lengthened from a root rex. 

Μινυνθάδιον, accus. sing. masc. of μινυθάδιος, a, ov, “ short-lived.” 

—From μίνυνθα, “a little,” “ very little,” which is itself to be traced 
to μινύς, “ little,” “small,” and Latin minus. 
Ὄφελλεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ὀφέλλω, “ to owe,” 
Line 353. ,, to be obliged,’ ἄς. This verb in the present and im- 
perfect is not rare, in Homer, for the ordinary ὀφείλω, ‘to owe.” 
We must not, however, confound this 6¢éAAw with the old poetic 
word ὀφέλλω, “ to increase,”’ “ to enlarge.” 

᾿Ολύμπιος, * the Olympian,” “ Olympian Jove,’ nom. sing. masc. of 
᾿Ολύμπειος, a, ov, “ Olympian,” “ of or belonging to Olympus.” —From 
Ὄλυμπος, “ Olympus.” Consult line 44. 

᾿Ἐγγυαλίξαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of ἐγγυαλέζω, “ to bestow.” Literally, 
“to put into the palm of one’s hand ;” hence “ to put into one’s hands,” 
“to grant,” “to bestow:” fut. éyyvadi§w.—From ἐν, and ytador, “a 
hollow,” “ the hollow of the hand.” 

Ὑψιθρεμέτης, “ high-thundering,” “who thunders on high,” 
Line 354. nom. sing. of ὑψιεδρεμετής, é¢.—From ty, “ on high,” and 
βρέμω, “ to roar like a thunderbolt.” 

Τυτθόν. Adverb, “in a small degree.” Probably the accus. sing. 
neut. of τυτθός, ὄν, later τυτθός, 7, ὄν, “ little,” “ small.” 

*Etioev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indice. act. of τέω, “to honor : fut. ticw: 
perf. rérixa: 1 aor. érica. The verb tiva, “to pay or suffer (the pen- 
alty of an offence),” forms, like it, a future, τίσω : 1 aor. ἔτεσα : perf. 
τέτικα, &c., but the Attics make the ἐ short in all the tenses of this 
‘latter verb, and the passive takes o; as, perfect τέτισμαι : 1 aor. 
ἐτίσθην : whereas τίω makes, in the perfect passive, τέτιμαι. 


406 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 256-360. 

Lrve 356. Ἤτίμησεν. Consult line 11. 

Ἑλών. Consult line 137. 

᾿Απούρας, Epic 1 aor. part. act. of ἀπαυράω, “to take away.” A 
change of vowel occurs here, of which we meet with no other in- 
stance elsewhere. No infinitive ἀποῦραι is found. _ Consult the re- 
marks of Buttmann (Lezil., s. v. ἀπαυρᾶν, 2), who rejects the mode, 
adopted by some of the old grammarians, of making ἀπούρας, by 
syncope, for ἀπουρίσας, from ἀφορίζω. (Compare, also, Buttmann’s 
Irreg. Verbs, p. 34, ed. Fishl.) : 
Δακρυχέων, ovea, ov, “ shedding tears.”” More literally, 
Line 357. «, pouring forth tears.”? Of frequent occurrence in Homer, 
and in the later Epics, but only in the participle, as here. Nonnus, 
however, has an imperfect, daxpuvyéecxe.—F rom δάκρυ, ‘a tear,” and 
xéw, “to pour forth,” * to. shed.” 

Τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε. Consult line 43. 

Πότνια, nom. sing. fem. of πότνιος, a, ov, “‘revered.’’? Often occur- 
ring in Homer, sometimes as an adjective, and again as a noun 
equivalent to δέσποινα. It has been supposed that πότνια is the fem- 
inine of πόσις, just as δέσποινα is of δεσπότης. The root may be 
traced to the Sanscrit pati, “lord,’’ “ husband;” patni, “ wife,” 
“lady ;” and both of these to pd, ‘‘tueri.’”” Compare the Latin po- 
tens, potis. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 189.) 

Line 358. Ἡμένη, fem. of ἥμενος. Consult line 330. 

Βένθεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for βένθεσιν, dat. plur. of βένθος, εος, τό 
(poetic for βάθος, as πένθος for πάθος), * depih, ” especially of the sea. 

Tépovrt. Consult line 26. — ; 
Καρπαλίμως, ‘‘ quickly,” “ speedily.” Literally, “ with tear- 
Line 359. ον ie os Je 

ing speed.” From καρπάλιμος, “ tearing,” “ swift.”’—From 

ἁρπάζω, with which compare the Latin carpo. So rapidus in Latin: 

᾿Ανέδυ, 3 sing. 2. aor. indic. act., assigned, along with the perfect, 

ἀναδέδυκα, to the middle deponent ἀναδύομαι, to emerge,” “ to come 
out of.’ The active, ἀναδύω, is only used in late writers. 

*Hire, Epic for evre, “like,” “as.” 

᾿Ὀμίχλη, ης, ἡ, a mist.” Derived by Pott from the Sanscrit mh, 
* to pour.”’ 

Line 360. Πάροιθε, adverb, “in front of,” “before.” 

Καθέζετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of καθέζομαε, * I seat myself,” 
“T sit down.” Observe that καθέζετο is Epic for ἐκάθέζετο, the aug- 
ment having been dropped. Buttmann doubts the existence of 
such a present as καθέζομαι, and makes ἐκαθεζόμην a 2 aor., from κα- 
θίζομαι ;.but this opinion seems to want confirmation. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 407 


Line 361-366. 
Karépegev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of καταρέζω, same as 
Line 361. καταῤῥέζω, ‘to soothe.” Literally, ‘to cause to lie down,” 
especially, “to pat with the hand ;” hence, generally, * to fondle,” “ to 
soothe :” fut. καταρέξω : 1 aor. xarépefa.—From κατά and ῥέζω. 
᾿Ὀνόμαζεν, Epic and Ionic for ὠνόμαζεν, the augment being drop- 
ped, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ὀνομάζω, “ to utter, “to name ;’’ fat. 
évouiow.—From ὄνομα, “a name.” 


Κλαίεις, 2 sing. pres. indice. act. of κλαΐω, “ to weep :’’ fut.’ 


Line 362. κλαύσω (Theocrit., xxiii., 34), more commonly κλαύσομαι : 
1 aor. ἔκλαυσα. The Attic form of the present is κλάω. =~ 
Πένθος. Consult line 254. 
᾿Εξαύδα, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἐξαυδάω, “ to speak out :” 
Line 363. fut. 7ow.—F rom ἐξ and αὐδάω. Ἐν 

Κεῦθε, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of κεύθω, ‘ to conceal,” “to hide :” 
fut. κεύσω : perf. κέκευθα : 2 aor. xtfov.—Akin to κύω and κυέω. 

Νόῳ, Epic and Ionic for νῷ, dat. sing. of νόος, contracted νοῦς, 
“the mind :” gen. vodv, vod: dat. νόῳ, νῷ. 

Eidouev, 1 plur. pres. subj. act., with the shortened mood-vowel, 
for εἴδωμεν, from εἴδω, “ to see,” “ to know.” Consult line 203. 

"Ἄμφω. Consult line 196. : 

Βαρυστενάχων, ovea, ον, “ deeply groaning,” pres. participle 
Line 364. of a form βαρυστενάχω, which, however, does not occur.— 
From βαρύς and στεγάχω, “ to groan.” 

Line 365. Οἷσθα. Consult line 85. 

Témy, strengthened form for τέ, “ why?’ Used by Homer, Hesiod, 
and in Attic comedy.—Formed from τέ, like ὁτιή from ὅτε, and ἐπειΐῆ 
from ἐπεί. Selita ς : 

Toi, Epic and Ionic for coi. eS oe eee 

Eidviy, dat. sing. fem. of εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, eidéc, perf. participle, and 
assigned to οἶδα, “1 know.” Consult line 263. 

᾿Αγορεύω, 1 sing. pres. subjunct. act. of ἀγορεύω, “ to tell,” “ to de- 
clare: fut. edow.—From ἀγορά, “a public assembly,’ the verb liter- 
ally meaning to speak in an assembly, though afterward used in a 
general sense. 

- ᾽Ωιχόμεθα, or φχόμεθα, 1 plur. imperf. indic. of the middle 
Line 366. de tof «6 ΠΕΣ ΕΝ 
ponent οἴχομαι, “ to go: οἰχήσομαι : perf. ᾧχημαι... 

O7nbnv, accus. sing. of Θήδη, ne, 7, “ Thebe.”—(Consult note.) 
Homer uses also the plural form Θῆδαι, &c. Later writers mention 
merely τὸ Θήδης πεδίον, a fruitful district, south of Ida, and near 
Pergamus. 

Ἱερήν, Epic and Ionie for ἱεράν, accus. sing. fem. of ἑερός, 4, dv, 
Epie and Ionic for ἱερός, a, ὄν, “ sacred.”’—(Consult note.) 


408 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 366-384. 
Ἠετίωνος, gen. of ᾿Ηετίων, gen. ὠνος, “ Eélion,” King of Thebe, 
and father of Andromache.—(Consult note.) 
Διεπράθομεν, 1 plur. 2 aor. indic. act, of  διαπέρθω, “to 
Lane 367. sack,” “to destroy utterly 1, fut. διαπέρσω : 2 aor. διέπρἄ- 
Gov.—From διά and πέρθω. 
"Hyouev, 1 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἄγω, “to bring.” 
"EvOade, “hither.” Adverb of place. Sometimes, also, of time, 
“ then,” “ thereupon.” 
-Δάσσαντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐδάσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indie. 
Line 368. mid. of daiw, more usually, middle δαίομαι, “ to divide :” 
fut. δάσομαι : 1 aor. ἐδασάμην. Observe that δάζομαι is commonly 
assumed as a present to form some of the tenses of daiw. 
Line 369. Χρυσηΐδα. Consult line 111. 


Twa 'Ἑκατηδόλου, gen. sing. of ἑκατηδόλος, ov, “ far-darting.”— 
INE O°. From ἑκάς, “ afar,” and βάλλω, “ to hurl,” or “ dart.” 


“Χαλκοχιτώνων, gen. plur. of χαλκοχίτων, ὠνος, ὁ, ἡ, “array- 
Laue ΘῚΕ. εἰ in tunics of brass,” ‘brass clad,” “ brazen-mailed.”— 
From χάλκός (consult note on line 236, and χιτών, “α tunic,” “an 
under garment.” 
Xwéuevoc, pres. part. of the middle deponent χώομαι, “to 
Line 380: 5. incensed :”” fat. xooouas: 1 adr. tyoodiay: — Akin ἢ 
6 incensed: χώσομαι χωσάμη ο 
χολή. 
Πάλιν. Consult note on line 59. 
Toio, Epic and [onic for τοῦ. 
Evgauévov, gen. sing. 1 aor. part. mid. of εὔχομαι. Con- 
Line 381. ie 43. δ 
Ἤκουσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἀκούω, “to hear:” fut. ἀκού- 
σομαι: perf. (Attic) ἀκήκοα : (Doric) ἄκουκα : (later) ἤκουκα : 1 aor. 
ἤκουσα. The form ἀκούσω first occurs in Alexandrine Greek. 
Φίλος, ἡ, ov, “dear.” Taken here in its ordinary sense, not as ἃ 
possessive. 
Ἦεν, Epic for ἦν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of εἰμέ, “ to be.” 
ἯΝΚε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of nut, “to send:” fut. ἤσω : 
perf. εἶκα : 1 aor. ἧκα. 
Θνῆσκον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. Epic and Ionic for 
Line 383. ἔθνησκον, the augment being dropped, from ϑνήσκω, “to 
die :” fut. ϑανοῦμαι : perf. τέθνηκα. 
᾿Ἐπασσύτεροι, nom. plur. masc. of ἐπασσύτερος, a, ov, “one after 
another.” This word is a comparative only in form, and comes from 
ἐπί and ἀσσύτερος, which is itself formed from ἄσσον. - 


Line 382. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 409 


Line 384-392. 
Πάντη. Adverb, less correctly written πάντῃ. Doric form 
Line 384. πάντα, not πάντᾳ.--- ΤΟΙ πᾶς. 

“Auut, Epic and Aolic for ἡμῖν. Another «ΖΞ 0116 form for the same 
is ἀμμέσι. : 

Line 385. Εἰδώς. Consult line 365. 

*Aydpeve, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act., Epic and Ionic for ἠγόρευε, 
the augment being dropped ; from ἀγορεύω. Consult line 365. 

Θεοπροπίας. Consult line 87. 

Κελόμην, 1 sing. imperf. indic., Epic and Tonie for ἐκελό- 
Lane 386. μην, the augment being dropped ; from the middle depo- 
nent κέλομαι, “to bid,” “ to exhort.”” Literally, “to set in motion,” and 
hence of the same family with κέλλω. 

Ἱλάσκεσθαι, pres. infin. of middle deponent ἑλάσκομαι (rarely iAdo- 
μαι), “ to propitiate :”’ fut. iAdcouar.—From iAaoc, “ propitious.” 
᾿Ατρείωνα, accus. sing. of ᾿Ατρείων, gen. wvoc, ὁ, “the son 
Line 387, of Atreus.” A patronymic, the same in meaning as 
᾿Ατρείδης. 

Ad6ev, Epic and Ionic for ἔλαθεν, the augment being dropped, 3 
sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of λαμδάνω, “ to seize upon,” ‘to take posses- 
sion of :” fut. λήψομαι : perf. εἴληφα, &c. 

Alwa. Consult line 303. 

᾿Αναστάς, 2 aor. part. act. of ἀνίστημι, &c. 

᾿Ηπείλησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἀπειλέω, “to threat- 
Line 388... fat. gow, το. Consult line 161. 

TereAeouévoc. Consult line 212. 

᾿Ἑλέκωπες, nom. plur. of ἑλέκωψ, gen. wroc, 6, “ of the quick-rolling 
eye.’ Consult note on line 98. 

*Ayaioi. Consult line 2. 

Line 390. Χρύσην. Consult line 37. 

Πέμπουσιν, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of πέμπω, “to send,” “to escort ;” 
fut. πέμψω : 1 aor. ἔπεμψα. The perfect πέπομφα is later in origin. 

Νέον, neuter accus. sing. of νέος, taken adverbially, “ but 
Line 391. just now.”’—(Consult note.) 

Κλισίηθεν. Adverb, “from my tent.” Literally, “ out of or from a 
cot or hut.” Consult remarks on κλισίας, line 306. 

Ἔδαν, Epic and olic for ἔδησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of Bal- 
va, “ to go;” fut. βήσομαι : perf. βέθηκα : 2 aor. ἔδην. 

ξ Βρισῆος, Epic and Ionic for Βρισέως, gen. sing. of Βρισεύς, 
Line 392. 4, Briseus.”” Consult note on line 184. 

Δόσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἔδοσαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of δίδως 
pit, ** to give:” fat. δώσω : perf. dédwxa: 1 aor. ἔδωκα : 2 aor. ἔδων, 
: Μ M ~ 


410 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 393-399. 

Line 393. Avvacaz, 2 sing. pres. indic. of δύναμαι, “ to be able,” &e. 

Περίσχεο, Epic and Ionic for περίσχου, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. mid. of 
περιέχω, ‘to encompass,” ‘‘to embrace,” “to surround :” in the middle, 
‘to hold one’s hands around another,”’ and so “to aid, protect, defend,” 
&c.—From περί and ἔχω. 

’Ejjoc, gen. sing. masc. of étc, “ valiant,” “gallant.” This geni- 
tive, it will be perceived, is irregularly formed. The adverb év is 
merely the neuter of this adjective. The Ionic form for ἐύς is Hie. 

Line 394. Οὐλυμπόνδε. Consult line 221. 

Λίσαι, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. mid. of λέσσομαι, ‘to supplicate,” “to 

entreat :” fut, λίσομαι : 1 aor. ἐλισάμην. Consult line 15. 
[Ὥνησας, 2 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ὀνένημι, “to gratify,” 
“to profit,’ “to, aid,’ &e.: fut. ὀνήσω: 1 aor. ὥνησα. 
There is no such present as ὄνημι. In the middle, “to have gratifi- 
cation,” ‘to enjoy aid, help,” &c. 

Kpadinv, Epic and Ionic for καρδίαν, aecus. sing. of κραδίη, for 
καρδία, ac, 7, “ the heart.”’ Compare the Sanscrit hrid with the po- 
etic xpad-ia, another form for καρδία, and also the Latin cor, cord-is, 
English heart, &c. 

Line 396. Πολλάκι, Epic and Ionic for πολλάκις, ‘ often.” 

Σέο, Epic and Ionie for σοῦ. 

Μεγάροισιν, Epic and Ionic for μεγάροις, dat. plur. of μέγαρον, ov, 
τό, ‘a hall,” “a large room.” —-From μέγας. 

ἤΛκουσα, Epic and Ionic for ἤκουσα, 1 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
ἀκούω, “to hear.” Consult line 381. 

Ἑὐχομένης, gen. sing. fem. pres. participle of εὔχομαι, ** to 
boast :” fut. εὔξομαι : 1 aor. ηὐξάμην. Compare line 91. 


Line 395. 


Line 397. 


᾿Ἐφῆσθα, Epic and olic for ἔφης, 2 sing. imperf. indic. 
act. of φημί, “to say.” As regards the ending 8a, con- 
sult line 85, remarks on οἶσθα. 

Κελαινεφέϊ, Epic and Ionic for κελαινεφεῖ, dat. sing. masc. of κελαι- 
νεφής, “dark cloud-enveloped.””—From κελαινός, “ black,” “ dark,” and 
védoc, ‘a cloud.” 

Κρονίωνι, dat. sing. of ἹΚρονέων, wvoc, ὁ, ‘son of Saturn.” Another 
form for Κρονίδης. 

Oin, Epic and Ionic for ofa, nom. sing. fem. of οἷος, ἡ, ov, 

Laine 398. Epic and Ionic for οἷος, a, ov, “ alone.””’—Akin to toc, ia, 

Epic for εἷς, μέα, and also to the Latin unus, old form oinus. 
_ ’Aecxéa. Consult line 341. 

Linz 399. Ξυνδῆσαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of ξυνδέω, “ to pind,” “to bind 


Live 397. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 411 


Line 399-404. 
firmly :” fat. 70¢@.—From ξύν, for civ, and δέω, “to bind.” As re- 
gards the employment of ξύν for σύν, consult line 8. 

Ἤθελον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἐθέλω, * to will,” “to wish,” 
“ to be inclined,” &c.: fut. ow. The synonymous and shorter form, 
ϑέλω, never occurs in Homer or the later Epic writers. 

“Ἥρη, Epic and Ionic for ρα, gen. ας, Epic and Ionic ne, 
Line 400. ἡ, " Juno.” . Consult remarks on ἥρως, line 4. 

Ποσειδάων, gen. ἄωνος, ὁ, Epic and Ionic for Ποσειδῶν, ὥνος, 6, 

“ Poseidon,” the Latin “ Neptune,” son of Cronos and Rhea, brother of 
Jupiter, and god of the seas. Ποσειδῶν is in Doric Greek not only 
Ποσειδών, but also Ποτειδάν. This latter form appears to contain in 
the first syllable the same root that we find in ποτός and ποταμός, 
and has the same reference, in all likelihood, to water and fluidity. 
(Miller, Prolegom., p. 289.) 

Παλλάς, gen. ddoc, ἡ, “ Pallas,” an epithet of Minerva. Consult 
line 200. 

*AOnvainv. Consult line 200. 

'Yxedvcao, Epic and Ionic for ὑπελύσω, 2 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
mid. of ὑπολύω, “to rescue.” Literally, “to loosen,” ‘to 
. untie:” fut. ὑπολύσω : 1 aor. ὑπέλυσα : 1 aor. mid. treAvoduny.—Old 
form of the second person ὑπελύσασο : Epic and Ionic ὑπελύσαο : At- 
tic dreA0cw.—F rom ὑπό and λύω. 

Ὦκα, “ quickly,” poetic adverb of ὠκύς. Very frequent in 
Line 402. Homer; never occurring in the tragic writers.—Formed 
from ὠκύς, “ quick,’ as τάχα is from ταχύς. 

‘Exaréyyetpov, accus. sing. mase. of ἑκατόγχειρος, ov, “ hundred- 
handed.”’—(Consult notes.)-——From ἑκατόν and yeip, the final ν of éxa- 
τόν being changed to y in order to assimilate with the χ that follows. 

Μακρόν, accus. sing. masc. of μακρός, ὦ, ὄν, “lofty,” *tall.’—From 
μᾶκος, Doric for μῆκος, “length,” ἕο. The root of uax-oc, μῆκεος, is 
akin to that of μέγ-ας, Latin mag-nus, Sanscrit mah-at, Persian mih, 
or meah, German macht, &c. 

Βριάρεων, accus. sing. of Βριάρεως, gen. ew, 6, “ Briareus.” 

— Consult note, and compare Butimann’s Lexilogus, vol. 

i., p. 231, not., where the name Βριάρεως is made equivalent to the 3 
German “ Starkwucht."’) 

Καλέουσι, Epic and Ionic for καλοῦσι, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of 
καλέω, ‘to call: fut. καλέσω : perf. κέκληκα. Consult line 54. 
Aiyaiwva, accus. sing. of Aiyaiwr, gen. wroc, ὁ, “ Aga@on;” 
properly, “the stormy one.’’—F rom ἀϊξ, ‘a storm,” “ @ tems 
pest.” —(Consult note.) | ar) ADS 


Line 401. 


Line 403. 


Line 404. 


412 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 404-409. 

Atre. Consult note. 

Béy, Epic and Ionic for βίᾳ, from βίη, ης, 7, Epic and Ionic for Bia, 
ac, ἡ, ‘ strength,” “ maght.” ' 

Οὐ, gen. sing. of the possessive pronoun ὅς, 7, ὅν, “ his, her, its.” 

᾿Αμείνων. Consult line 116. 

Line 405. Καθέζετο. Consult line 360. " 

Κύδεϊ, Epic and Ionic for κύδει, dat. sing. of κῦδος, gen. εος, τό, 
“high renown,” “ glory.” 

Taiwy, pres. part. of γαΐω, ‘to exult,”’ a radical form seldom used. 
Homer always employs it in the phrase κύδεϊ γαίων. Akin to, and 
perhaps derived from it, are γαῦρος, “ exulting in,” γαυριάω, γάνυμι, 
&c. Compare the Latin gaud-eo, &c. 

‘Yréddeccav, Epic for ὑπέδεισαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. 
of trodeida, “to dread.” More literally, “to fear secretly,” 
“to have a secret dread of :” fut. ow.—From ὑπό and δείδω, “to fear.” 

ἜἜδησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of δέω, “to bind :” fut. δήσω: 
perf. dédexa (but rare): 1 aor. ἔδησα. 

Μνήσασα, nom. sing. fem. 1 aor. part. act. of μιμνήσκω, “to 
Line 407. remind ;” fut. μνήσω : 1 aor. ἔμνησα. The middle depo- 
nent, μνάομαι, is used in the sense of “to remember.” ~ Μιμνήσκω is 
merely a reduplicated form of the radical μνάω, like the Latin me-. 
min-i; and its root is akin to that of moneo, and to the Sanscrit man, 
‘‘cogitare.”’ (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 254.) 

Παρέζεο, Epic and Ionic for παρέζου, 2 sing. pres. imper. of the 
middle deponent παρέζομαι, ‘to sit by the side of one:” fut. παρεδοῦ- 
pat.—From παρά and ἕζομαι. 

Aaéé, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. of Aaubéava, “ set take hold of :” fut. λήψ-. 
ouat: 2 aor. ἔλαθον. 

Τούνων, Homeric form of the genitive hava of; γόνυ, τό, “the knée,” 
in place of the ordinary γονάτων. Ordinary genitive γόνατος : Ho-. 
meric γούνατος and γουνός. Ordinary nom. plur. γόνατα : Homeric, 
γούνατα and yotva.—The form γόνυ is akin to the Sanscrit janu, Lat-. 
in genu, English knee and knuckle. 

᾿Εθέλῃσιν, Epic for ἐθέλῃ, 3 sing. pres. subj. act. of ἐθέλω. 
Lint 408. (x shner, § 206, 5.) 

Τρώεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for Τρῶσιν, dat. plur. of Τρώς, gen. wée, 
6, “a Trojan.” 

᾽Αρῆξαι, 1 aor. inf. act. of ἀρήγω, “to lend aid :” fut. ἀρήξω : 1 aor.. 
ijpnga.—Akin, perhaps, to ἀρκέω, ἐρύκω, arceo, arr, arca. (Pott, Ety- 
mol. Forsch., vol. i., p. 271.) ‘ 

Line 409. Πρύμνας, aceus. plur. of πρύμνη, ne, 7, Epic and Tonic 


Line 406. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 413 


Line 409-413. 
for πρύμνα, ne, ἦν “ the stern of a ship.” Strictly speaking, a fem- 
inine from πρυμνός, 7, ov, ‘‘hindmost,” and hence πρύμνη or πρύμ- 
va will be equivalent, literally, to πρυμνὴ (or πρυμνὰλ) ναῦς, “ the hind- 
most parl of a ship.’’ Homer has it often in full πρύμνη νηῦς, where 
we might expect the accent to be πρυμνή, oxyton. 

"Ada. Compare line 314. 

*EAcaz, 1 aor. infin. act. of eiAw (more frequently εἰλέω), “to hem 
in,” “‘to press hard.” Radical signification, ‘¢o roll,” or “ twist tight 
up.” In the active, Homer has only eiAéw, never eiAw. The same 
poet forms the first aorist and some other parts from the simple 
stem or root ¢/-, thus: 1 aor. Aca: perf. pass. ἔελμαι, &c. ( Butt- 
mann, Irreg. Verbs, Ὁ. 83, ed. Fishl.) 

Κτεινομένους, accus. plur. pres. part. pass. of κτείνω, “to 
Line 410. slaughter,” “to slay :” fut. κτενῶ : Tonic κτἄνῶ, but in Ho- 
mer always κτενέω, ἕεις, get, &e.: 1 aor. ἔκτεινα : 2 aor. ἔκτανον : 
perf. ἔκτονα : perf. pass. ἔκτᾶμαι, but post-Homeric. Still later are 
the unattic perf. ἔκτᾶκα and éxrévyxa.—Akin to καίνω, καίνυμαι : 
Sanscrit kshé, “to destroy.” 

* Ἐπαύρωνται, 3 plur. 2 aor. subj. middle of ἐπαυρίσκομαι, “ to en- 
joy :”’ fut. ἐπαυρήσομαι : 2 aor. éxnvpdunv. Unattic writers have a 1 
aor. ἐπαυράμην, infin. ἐπαύρασθαι. No present ἐπαυράω occurs. The 
supposed root is αὔρω. 

Βασιλῆος. Consult line 9. 

Tv, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. of γεγνώσκω, “to know :” fut. 
ἐμ δ}. γνώσομαι : perf. ἔγνωκα : 2 aor. ἔγνων. Consult, as re- 
gards the root, line 199. 

Ἤν, acens. sing. fem. of ὅς, 7, dv, * his, her, its.” 

“Atnyv, accus. sing. of ἄτη, gen. ne, 77, “ evil folly.”—(Consult note.) 
—The original meaning of the term ἅτη appears to be “ distraction,” 
“ bewilderment,” “folly,” “blindness,” “ delusion,” especially “a judi- 
cial blindness,” sent by the gods, and usually ending in guilt, and al- 
ways in misery. Hence, in general, “ruin,” “bane,” “ mischief.” — 
“Arn, personified, is the “‘ goddess of mischief,” author of all blind, 
rash actions, and their results. 

*Ericev, Consult line 354. 

Θέτις, gen. ἴδος, and toc, ἡ, “ Thetis,” one of the Nereids, 
Line 413. wife of Peleus, and mother of Achilles. 

“Χέουσα, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. act. of xéw, “to pour forth :” 
fut. yevow. The form of the first aorist, ἔχευσα, from the usual fu- 
ture, χεύσω, though still quoted now and then, is probably not Greek. 

Ma 2 


414 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 413-418. 
The Epie aorist is éyeva, the Attic aorist éyea. Homer employs the 
former. We have ἔχεαν, 3 plur. only in J/., xxiv., 799. 
*Etpegov, 1 sing. imperf. indic. act. of τρέφω, “to rear,” 
Line 414. «jg nurture 2” fat. ϑρέψω : 1 aor. ἔθρεψα : perf. τέτροφα. 
Consult line 251. 

Aivd, accus. plur. neut. of aivéc, 7, 6v, used adverbially, “unhap- 
pily,” “ fearfully,” &c. The more common adverbial form is αἰνῶς. 

Τεκοῦσα, nom. sing. fem. 2 aor. part. act. of τίκτω, “to bring forth.” 
Consult line 352. 

Αἴθε, Epic and Dorie for εἴθε, “would that!” “Ὁ that!” 
Lint 415. Observe that εἴθε, with the optative, is said of things pos- 
sible, but not likely; but, with the past tenses of the indicative, of 
things impossible. 

Ὄφελες, Epic and Ionic for édeAec, the augment being dropped, 
2 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ὀφείλω, “to owe :” fut. ὀφειλήσω : 2. aor. 
ὥὦφελον. The phrases εἴθ᾽ ὄφελες and ὡς ὄφελες denote a wish, lit- 
erally, “ O how thow oughtest,” &c. 

᾿Αδάκρυτος, ov, “ without tears.” Sometimes used in a passive 
sense, “unwept,” as in Soph., Ant., 881.—From a, priv., and δακρύω, 
‘to weep.” 

᾿Απήμων, ον, gen. ovoc, “uninjured.”—From a, priv., and πῆμα, 
“injury,” “harm.” 

Ἧσθαι, pluperf. infin., in sense of an imperfect, from ἦμαι, 
* ἦσαι, ἧσται, &c., pluperf. ἥμην, ἦσο, ἧστο, &c. These two 
tenses are commonly assigned, as a perf. and pluperf., to ἕζομαι, “to 
αἴ}. : 

Αἷσα, ne, 7, “a fated portion of existence,” * one’s appointed lot,” 
“ destiny,” “ fate,” &c. Akin to αἶνος, αἰνέω, Latin aio, as fatum to 
Sari. : 

Mivuv6a, adverb, “ a little,” “ a very little.”—(Consult note.)—Said, 
by some, to be, in fact, the accusative of an old nominative, μένυνς, 
which is to be compared with the old adjective form μινύς, and the 
Latin minus. 

Δήν, adverb, *“‘ long,” “for a long while.” Akin to δή, ἤδη. 
᾿Ὠκύμορος, ov, “ swift-fated,” “early to die.’—From ὠκύς, 
swift,” and μόρος, ‘* fate.” 

Ὀἰζυρός, ά, ὄν, “to be pitied,” “ unfortunate.”—From ὀϊζύς, “ wo,” 
“misery.” Though the penult of this word is always long in Homer, 
yet he forms the comparative and superlative, for the sake of the 
metre, in -ώτερος and -ώτατος, instead of -érepog, -ότατος. TH 

Line 418. Ἔπλεο, Epic and Ionic for ἔπλου, and this for éxéAov, 


Line 416 


Line 417. 


ΠΟΜΕΒΙΟ GLOSSARY. 415 


Line 418-423. 
2 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of πέλω, for which, however, is much 
more usually employed the middle deponent πέλομαι, “ to be.’ Con- 
sult line 284. 

Aloy, dat. sing. of aica, ης, 7. Consult line 416. 

Téxov, Epic and Ionic for ἔτεκον, 2 aor. of τίκτω, τ. 

Μεγάροισιν. Consult line 396. 

᾿Ερέουσα, nom. sing. fem. fut. participle, belonging to ἐρέω. 
Line 419. Consult line 76. 
 Τερπικεραύνῳ, “delighting in the thunderbolt.’—From τέρπω, “ to 
delight,” and κεραύνος, ‘a thunderbolt.” 

Line 420. Eivz. Consult line 169. 

᾿Αγάννιφον, accus. sing. masc. of ἀγάννιφος, ov, “ very snowy.” — 
From ἄγαν and vida, “to snow.” 

Tli@ynraz, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of πείθω, “to persuade :’ middle 
πείθομαι, * to obey :”’ fut. πείσομαι : 2 aor. ἐπιθόμην. 

Παρήμενος, pres. part. of πάρημαι, “ to sit by,” or “ beside.” 
Line 421, —From παρά and 7 with regard to which last consult 
apa μαι, " 
line 416, remarks under ἦσθαι. 

᾿Ωκυπύροισιν, Epic and Ionic for ὠκυπύροις, dat. plur. fem. of ὠκύ- 

«τορος, ov, “ swift-going,” “ swift ocean-traversing.”—From ὠκύς and 
πόρος, “a passing,” “a way,” &e. 

Μήνιε, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of μηνίω, “to rage,” “ to 

indulge in wrath against.”—From μῆνις, “ wrath.” Con- 
sult, as regards μῆνες, line 1. 

᾿Αποπαύεο, Epic and Ionic for ἀποπαύου, 2 sing. pres. imper. mid. 
of ἀποπαύω, “to cause another to cease from a thing.” Middle, “ to 
cause one’s self to cease,” &c., “ to refrain.” —From ἀπό and παύω. 

Πάμπαν, “ altogether,” adverb, euphonic form for zévxrav.—From 
πᾶς. The more common prose form is πάνυ or παντελῶς. 

’Qxeavov, accus. sing. of Ὠκεανός, οὔ, ὁ, “ Oceanus.”—(Con- 
Line 423. sult note.)—Probably from ὠκύς and νάω, “ the rapid-flow- 
ing.” According te some, however, akin to ’Qy7jv, ’Qyevdc, ᾿Ωγύγης. 
Others, again, make ὠγένεος equivalent to παλαιός. Consult Anthon’s 
Class. Dict., s. v. Oceanus, sub fin. 

᾿Αμύμονας, accus. plur. of ἀμύμων, ov, 6, “ blameless.” Consult 
line 92. 

Αἰθιοπῆας, aceus. plur. Epic for Αἰθιοπέας, as if from a nominative 
Αἰϑιοπεύς, gen. Αἰθιοπέως, Epic and Ionic Αἰθιοπῆος, “ an Ethiopian.” 
No such nominative, however, as Αἰθιοπεύς appears, until later au- Ὁ 
thors, as Callimachus, actually formed one ; and hence, in Homeric 
Greek, Ai@:orja¢ must be assigned, as an irregular accusative, to’ 


Σ Line 422. 


416 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 423-428. 

Αἰθίοψ, οπος, 6.—From αἴθω, “to burn,” and oy, “ the visage,” as in- 
dicating a sunburned race.—(Consult note.) 

Χθιζός, 7, dv, “ of yesterday,” and equivalent, properly, to 
χθεσινός. It is mostly, however, used, like the adverb 
χθές, with verbs ; as, χθιζὸς ἔθη, “he went yesterday ;” χθιζὸς ἤλυθες, 
“thou camest yesterday.”—From χθές, “ yesterday.” Observe that 
χθές itself is the Sanscrit hyas, with which compare the Latin hesi, 
hesiternus, afterward heri and hesternus ; as also the German gestern, 
English yestr-een, yester-day, &c. 

Aaira, accus. sing. of daic, gen. δαιτός, ἡ, ‘a banquet,” “a feast,” 
“ἐκ meal.”—From daiwa, “to divide,” or “distribute,” as referring to 
each guest's getting his share, and hence the Homeric δαὶς Zion. 

*Exovro, Epic and Ionic for εἵποντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of the 
middle deponent ἕπομαι, “ to follow.” Consult line 158. 

Δωδεκάτῃ, dat. sing. fem. of δωδέκατος, 7, ov, * the twelfth.” 
—From δώδεκα. 

᾿Ελεύσεται, 3 sing. fut. indic. of ἔρχομαι, “ to come,” or “go :” fut. 
ἐλεύσομαι : perf. ἐλήλῦθα. 

Ποτί, Doric for πρός, but of frequent occurrence, also, in 
Homer and Hesiod. 

Xadxobaré¢, accus. sing. neut. of χαλκοδατής, éc, “ brazen-founded,” 
ἃ. €., Standing on brass ; with brazen (i. e., solid) base, or with floor 
of brass.—From χαλκός and βαίνω. 

AG, old and Epic form for δῶμα, ατος, τό, “a mansion.” Observe 
that δῶ is not here by apocope, as the grammarians term it, for δῶμα, 
but the old language contained many words in particular cases, 
which were formed immediately from a verbal root ; besides which, 
however, other and full forms came into general use. Thus we have 
δῶ in place of δῶμα : κρῖ in place of κριθή : ἄλφι in place of ἄλφιτον, 
&c. (Kiihner, § 303, Anm. 4.) 

Τουνάσομαι, 1 sing. fut. indic. of the middle deponent you- 
Line 427. vafouat, ‘to embrace one’s knees,” 1. ¢., to entreat, to sup- 
plicate: fut. couaz.—From γόνυ, “ the knee.” 

Πείσεσθαι, fut. infin. middle of πείθω, &c. 

’Oiw. Consult line 59. 
᾿Απεδήσετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. middle of ἀποδαίνω, “ to 
᾿ΥΒ 85. depart ;” fut. ἀποδήσομαι: 2 aor. mid. ἀπεθησόμην. Ob- 
serve that the 2 aor. is here formed with the characteristic of the 1 
aor., namely, c. Some verbs form their 2 aor. in the same way, 
while others form their 1 aor. with the characteristic of the 2 aor. 
(Butimann, § 96, note 9.) It was formerly the custom to regard such 


Line 424. 


Line 425. 


Line 426. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. : 417 


Line 428-433. 
forms as ἐδήσετο, ἐδύσετο, &c., as derived from the future, and as be- 
ing imperfects with aoristic force, a doctrine not even yet fully aban- 
doned. (Carmichael’s Greek Verbs, p. 49.) Such a formation, how- 
ever, is contrary to the analogy of the language. 

Ἔλιπε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of λείπω, ‘io leave ;” fut. λείψω : 
2 aor. ἔλζπον. 

Αὐτοῦ, adverb, “ there.’’ Originally a neuter genitive of αὐτός, and, 
in full, ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ τόπου, “at the very place.” 

Line 429. Χωόμενον. Consult line 44. 

᾿Εὐζώνοιο, Epie and Ionic for εὐζώνου, gen. sing. fem. of εὔζωνος, ov, 
“qwell-cinctured.” (Consult note.) — From ed and ζώνη, “ the lower 
girdle,” in female attire. (Miiller, Arch@ol. d. Kunst, § 339, 3.) 

‘Bin, Epie and Ionic for βίᾳ, dat. sing. of Bin, ης, ἡ, Epic 
Line 430. and Tonic for Bia, ac, 7, “ force,” “violence.” 

*Aéxovroc. Consult line 301. 

᾿Απηύρων, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἀπαυράω, “to take away,” 
“to wrest from,” ἄς. Observe that the present ἀπαυράω, though 
here given, does not, in fact, occur. The early writers mostly fol- 
low Homer in using the imperfect with a species of aoristic signifi- 
cation: thus, ἀπηύρων, ἀπηύρᾶς, ἀπηύρα, &c. We have, however, 
also the aorist forms ἀπούρας and ἀπουράμενος. Consult line 356. 

"Ixdvev, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act.-of ἱκάνω, “to come,” “to 
Lins 431. proceed to,’ ἄς. An Epic and lengthened form of κω. 

Ἑκατόμθην. Consult line 65. 

Aimévoc, gen. sing. of λιμήν, ὁ, “a harbor,” “a haven.’— 
Line 432. akin to λίμνη. ᾿ 

Πολυδενθέος, gen. sing. masc. οὗ πολυδενθής, éc, “very deep.”— 
From πολύς and βένθος, “ depth.” 

“Ixovro, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. mid. of the deponent ἱκνέομαι, “ἐσ 

come ;” fut. ἕξομαι : perf. ἴγμαι : 2 aor. mid. ἱκόμην. ---- Lengthened 
form of ix. 
Ἱστία, accus. plur. neut. of ἱστίον, ov, τό, ‘a sail” of a 
ship. Properly a diminutive, but only in form, of ἱστός, 
“a web,” and meaning, originally, any web, cloth, or sheet.—Homer 
usually employs the plural form. 

Στείλαντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐστείλαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. 
middle of στέλλω, “ to arrange,” “ to equip,” &c.: fut. στελῶ : 1 aor. 
ἔστειλα : 1 aor. mid. éorecAdunvy.—The radical meaning of this verb 
is, “to set,” “to place,” ἃ. e., make to stand up, fix; especially “to 
set in order,” “to arrange.” Then, collaterally, “to furnish,” ἄτα. 
So στέλλειν νῆα, * to rig or fit out a ship.’ From the sense of getting 


Lane 433. 


418 HOMERIC GLOSSARY.: 


Inne 433-436. 
a ship ready, and the like, comes that of “to dispatch on an expedi- » 
tion ;” and, in general, ‘to dispatch,” “ to send,” &c. In the middle it . 
here, as elsewhere, appears as a nautical term, ἱστέα στέλλεσθαι, * to 
take in or furl the sails,” &e. , 

‘@éoar, Epic and Ionic for ἔθεσαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of τίθημι, 
“to place ;” fut. ϑήσω : perf. τέθεικα : 1 aor. ἔθηκα : 2 aor. ἔθην.-- - 
From a radical form ϑέω, whence ϑήμι, and, by reduplication, ϑέθημι, 
changed, for euphony sake, into τίθημι. ; 

Ἱστόν, accus. sing. masc. of ἱστός, od, ὁ, “ the mast of a 
Tae 434. ship.” —From ἵστημι, “to place or set upright.””—Another 
meaning, which we have seen elsewhere, is, ‘‘ the bar or beam of the . 
loom,” &c. Consult line 31. 

Ἱστοδόκῃ, dat. sing. Of ἱστοδόκη, ne, ἣν, ‘a receptacle for the mast,” 
“a mast-hold,” a piece of wood standing up from the stern, on which 
the mast rested when let down.—From ἱστός, “a mast,” and δέχομαι, 
** to receive.”’ 

Πέλασαν, Epic and Ionic for ἐπέλασαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of . 
πελάζω, “to bring near,” “to cause to approach,” “to bring unto.”’— 
Used, also, in an intransitive sense, “‘ to approach,’’ “to draw near ;” 
fut. πελἄσω : 1 aor. éxéAaca.—From πέλας, “ near.” 

Προτόνοισιν, Epic and Ionic for προτόνοις, dat. plur. of πρότονος,. 
ov, 6, ‘‘a rope, Or main-stay,”’ passing over the head of the mast, and 
secured at both the prow and stern.—(Consult note).—From po, - 
‘in front,” and τείνω, ‘to stretch.” 

Ὕφέντες, nom. plur. 2 aor. part. act. of ὑφίημε, ‘to let down,” “ to 
lower ;’’ fut. d¢700.—F rom ὑπό and inut, “to send.” 

Line 435. Καρπαλίμως. Consult line 359. 

Ὅρμον, accus. sing. of ὅρμος, ov, 6, “ α moorage,” “ an anchorage,” 
‘a berth for a ship.” —Belongs to the root eipw, Latin sero, “to tie,” 
‘*to fasten,” and akin to εἱρμός, “a series.” 

Προέρεσσαν, Epic and Ionic for προήρεσαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic.. 
act. of προερέσσω, ““ἰο row forward ;” fut. προερέσω : 1 aor. προήρεσα. 
—From πρό, “ forward,” and épéoow, * to row.” 

Ἔρετμοῖς, dat. plur. of ἐρετμός, od, ὁ, “an oar.’ In the plural,. 
however, the neuter form ἐρετμά, Gy, is usual—From ἐρέσσω, “to. 
row.” 


- 


Evvae, accus. plur. of εὐνή, ἧς, ἡ, “a sleeper,” a large stone, 
Line 436. <0 to secure a ship in her place. (Consult note.) Orig- 
inal meaning, “a couch,” ‘‘a bed ;” then, “a bedfellow,” “a sleeper,” 
&ec.—Akin to εὕδω, 
*E6adoy, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of βάλλω, “to cast;” fut. βαλῶ: 
perf. βέθληκα : 2 aor. ἔθαλον. Ὁ 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 419 


Line 436-444. 
” Πρυμνήσια, aecus. plar. neuter of πρυμνήσια, ὧν, τά, “the stern- 
fasts,” the ropes from a ship's stern to fasten her to the shore. 
The term is, in fact, an adjective, πρυμνήσεος, a, ov, “ of, or belong- 
ing to @ ship's stern ;” so that πρυμνήσια, in the plural, has δεσμά or 
σχοινέα, “ ropes,” properly understood.— From πρύμνη, “ the stern of 
« ship.” 

"Ἔδησαν. Consult line 406. 

Baivov, Epic and Tonic for ἔδαενον, 3 plur. imperf. initia: 
Lome 437. act. of Baive, “to go ;” fut. βήσομαι, ὅτε. 

Ρηγμῖνε, dat. sing. of ῥηγμέν, or, rather, ῥηγμίς, voc, 6, properly, 
“‘ the sea breaking on the beach,” “ breakers,” “ surf.’ ‘This meaning 
is plainly marked in J, xx., 229, and Od., xii, 214. In other places 
it is needlessly taken to mean “the rugged beach,” and as equivalent 
to ῥαχέα, but even ῥαχέα has only this sense in Attic. Homer al- 
Ways joins it with ἁλός or ϑαλάσσης. in which cases we may render 
it by the term “edge.” Thus, éxi ῥηγμῖνι ϑαλάσσης in the present 
passage may be rendered, “upon the edge of the sea.”—From ῥήσσω 
or ῥήγνυμι, “to break.” 

δ Βῆσαν, Epic and Tonic for ἔδησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. 
᾿ Lave 438. of βαίνω. Consult line 310, remarks on βῆσε. 

5 By, Epic and Tonic for ἔδη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of 

Line 439. paive. 

Ποντοπόροιο, Epic and Ionic for ποντοπόρου, gen. sa hie. of 
ποντοπόρος, ov, “ ocean traversing,” “ sailing over the deep.”—From 
πόντος, “ the deep,” and πείρω. 

Βωμόν, accus. sing. of βωμός, οὔ, 6, “an altar.” Properly, 
Lis 440. any elevation whereon to place a thing, “a stand,” “ base,” 
“ step,” &c., but mostly used of erections for sacred purposes, as an 
altar, with steps leading to it, &c—From βάω, Baive, conveying 
the idea of ascent. 

, Πολύμητις. Consult line 311. 

Line 441. Φίλῳο.- Taken as a possessive. Consult line 20. 

Téex, Epic and Ionic for ἐτέθει, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of τιθέω, 
“ to place,” poetic and Tonic form for τίθημι, used by Homer only in 
the 3 sing. imperf., ἐτέθει, and, as here, τίθει. Never occurs in At- 
tic Greek. ; 

Live 442. Χρύση, voc. sing. of Χρύσης, ov, ὃ, “ Chryses.” 

ΞΕ το σον ne ne Ee Consult, 
ne 78 
Ῥέξαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of ῥέζω, “to offer up =” fut. ῥέξως = 
Lane 444 1 aor. ἔρεξα. Consult line 315. 


420 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 444-450. 

Ἱλασόμεσθα, Epic for ἑλασώμεθα, 1 plur. 1 aor. subj. of the middle 
deponent ἱλάσκομαι, “to propitiate:” fut. ἱλάσομαι. ---- From ‘idaog, 
‘* propitious.” 

TloAvorova, accus. plur. neut. of πολύστονος, ov, “ produc- 
Line 445. ,. ” ; 
tive of many groans,” “ causing many groans.” —From πο- 
λύς and στένω, “to groan.” 

Κήδεα, accus. plur. of κῆδος, εος, τὸ, “ wo,” “ sorrow,’’ especially 
mourning for one dead.—From κήδω, “ to trouble,” * to distress.” 

᾿Ἐφῆκεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐφέημι, “to send upon,” “ to in- 
flict :” fut. ἐφήσω : perf. ἔφεικα : 1 aor. £¢7Ka.—From ἐπί, “upon,” and 
tnut, “ to send,” 
᾿Ἐδέξατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. middle of δέχομαι, “ to re. 
ceive.” 

“Χαίρων, pres. part. of χαέρω, ‘to rejoice.” 

Toé, Epie and Ionic for οἱ, nom. plur. of ὁ, 7, 76, the old 
Lins 447. form for which was τός, τή, τό, nom. plur. Toi, ταί, τά. 

ὮὯκα. Consult line 402. 

Κλειτήν, aceus. sing. fem. of κλειτός, 7, dv, “ splendid.” Properly, 
“renowned,” “ famous.”-—From κλείω, “to celebrate,” “to render fa- 
mous.” 


Line 446. 


Ἑξείης, adverb, “in continued order,” “in a row,” ‘ one 
after another.” Poetic for ἑξῆς, and this from ἔχω : fut. 
ἕξω, “to hold on,”’ i. e., to continue, &c. 

Ἔστησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of lornut, “to place :" fut. στή- 
ow: perf. ἕστηκα : 1 aor. ἔστησα, “I placed :”* 2 aor. ἔστην, “ I stood.’” 

*"Evdunrov, accus. sing. masc. of évdunroc, ov, “ well-built,” or 
“« fashioned,” of stone work.—From εὖ and δέμω, “ to build,”’ * to con- 
struct.”” : 


Line 448. 


Χερνίψαντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐχερνίψαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. 
ἴτε 449. indic. of the middle deponent χερνίπτομαι, “to wash one’s 
hands,” 1. e., with lustral or holy water, especially before sacrifice : 
fut. χερνίψομαι : 1 aor. ἐχερνιψάμην. --- From χείρ and νίπτω, “ to 
wash.” 

Οὐλοχύτας, accus. plur. of οὐλοχύται, ὧν, αἱ, “ bruised or coarsely- 
ground barley-meal’”’ (mixed with salt), and sprinkled over the head 
of the victim at a sacrifice.—From οὐλαΐ, “ coarse barley,” and χέω, 
“to pour,” “to sprinkle copiously.” 

᾿Ανέλοντο, Epic and Ionic for ἀνείλοντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. mid. 
of ἀναιρέω, “to take up :” fut. ἀναιρήσω : 2 aor. ἀνεῖλον : 2 aor. mid. 
avetA6unv.—From ἀνά and αἱρέω, “ to take.” 

Etyero, Epic and Ionic for ἠὔΐχετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. 


Link 450. niddle of εὔχομαι, “to pray.” Consult line 43. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 421 


Line 450-460. 

᾿Ανασχών, 2 aor. part. act. of ἀνέχω, “το uplift,” “to hold up ;” fut. 
ἀνέξω and dvacyjow: perf. ἀνέσχηκα : 2 aor. dvéoyov.—From ἀνά 
and ἔχω. 

Πάρος, adverb, “before,” ‘“ formerly.” —In form, πάρος 
Line 453. crands between παρά, πρό, and πρός, though, in significa- 
tion, it belongs to πρό. 

*ExAvec, 2 sing. imperf. indic. act., with aoristic signification, of 
κλύω, ‘to hear ;’ a present, however, which does not occur in the 
Homeric writings.—Compare the Sanscrit cru, Latin cluo, aus-cul- 
to, &c. 

Εὐξαμένοιο, Epic and Ionic for εὐξαμένου. Consult line 43. 


Tiunoac, Epic and Ionic for ἐτίμησας, 2 sing. 1 aor. indic. 


Lanne 454. act. of τιμάω, * to honor ;” fut. τιμήσω : 1 aor. ἐτίμησα. 


Ἴψαο, Epic and Ionic for iw, 2 sing. 1 aor. indic. of the middle 
deponent ἔπτομαι, ‘to afflict.” More literally, ‘to press hard,” *‘ to 
press down:” fut. ἔψομαι : 1 aor. ivaéunv.—Old form of the second 
person, ἔψασο: Epic and Ionic, tao: Attic, ἔψω. ---- From the root 
Iroc, “a weight,” “a burden,” whence comes, also, ἐπόω. 

Line 455. ᾿Επικρήηνον. Consult line 41. 

’EéAdwp. Consult line 41. 

Δαναοῖσιν. Consult note on line 42. 

Ἐὔξαντο, Epic and Ionic for ηὔξαντο, 1 aor. middle of εὖ- 
χομαι, ‘to pray.” : 

IIpo6aAovto, Epic and Ionic for προεθάλοντο, or, rather, προὐθάλον- 
το, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. middle of zpo6dAAw, “to cast forward,” “to 
sprinkle ;” fut. προθαλῶ : perf. προθέδληκα : 2 aor. προέθαλον : 2 aor. 
midd. προεθαλόμην or προὐθαλόμην. 

Αὐέρυσαν, Epic and Ionic for αὐήρυσαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. in- 
πε 459. dic. act. of αὐερύω, “to draw back ;” fut. αὐερύσω : 1 aor. 
atjpvoa.—F rom αὖ, ‘ back,” and ἐρύω, “ to draw.” 

ἜἜσφαξαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of σφάζω, “ to cut the throat” of 
a victim, “ to slay ;” hence, “ to offer in sacrifice." —The root is prob- 
ably σφαγ, as it appears in the 2 aorist, éogayov, and in σφαγή, &e. 

*Edecpay, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of δέρω, ‘to flay,” “to skin,” 
said of animals, &c.: fut. dep: 1 aor. ἔδειρα : perf. dédapka.—Com- 
pare the Sanscrit dri, “‘ to cut asunder.” 

Μηρούς, accus. plur. of μηρός, od, ὁ, “ the thigh ;” properly, 
the upper, fleshy part of the thigh, the ham. Homer uses 
the word of animals only in the phrase μηροὺς é§érauov.— Consult 
line 40, remarks on μηρία. 


Line 458. 


Line 460. 


Nw 


422 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 460-464. ; 

᾿ Ἐξέταμον, 3 plur. 2 aor. indie. act. of ἐκτέμνω, “to cut out ;” μη- 
ροὺς ἐκτέμνειν, “to cut the bones out of the thighs before offering them :” 
fut. éxreud: perf. éxtétunxa.—From ἐκ, “ out,” and τέμνω, “ to cut.” 

. Kvion, dat. sing. of xvica, nc, ἡ, “ the fat’? in which the flesh of 
the victim was wrapped and burned. — Consult line 317, where it 
occurs in its primitive sense of the savor of a burned sacrifice. 

᾿Ἐκάλυψαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of καλύπτω, “ to cover ;” fut. 
Kadtbo.—The root is xadv6 or καλυπ, which appears in καλύθη, Ke- 
λύφη, κοῖλος. ᾿ 
Δέπτυχα, accus. sing. fem. (agreeing with κνίσαν under- 

Line 461. τοσοῦ), from δίπτυξ, gen. δέπτυχος, an adjective of one ter- 
mination. (Consult note.)—From déc, **twiee,” and πτύσσω, “to fold.” 

᾿Ωμοθέτησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of ὠμοθετέω, “to place the raw 
pieces” cut from a victim, on the thigh bones, when piled in order, 
and wrapped in the fat membrane: fut. 7ow. Only a poetic word. 
—From ὠμός, * raw,” and τέθημι, ‘to place.” 

Kaie, Epic and Ionic for ἔκαιε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. 
of καΐω, “to burn.” Consult line 52. 

Σχίζῃς, Epic and Ionic for σχίζαις, dat. plur. of σχέζα (Epic and 
Ionic σχίζη), gen. ἡς, 7, “a stick of cleft wood.”—From σχίζω, “ to 
cleave.” 

Aifora, accus. sing. masc. of αἴθοψ, gen. oroc, adjective of one 
termination, “ dark-red,” as an epithet of wine.—From αἔθω, “to 
burn,” and dw, “look.” Consult remarks on Αἰθιοπῆας, line 423. 

ε Λεῖδε, Epic and Ionic for ἔλειδε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. 
Line 463. of Δλείδω, “to pour a libation:” fut. yo. Compare the 
Latin libare, libatio. 

Νέοι, nom. plur. of νέος, νέα, νέον, Epic and Ionic νέος, vén, νέον, 
“new,” “young.” In the plural, νέοι, and of νέοι, “ youths,” “ young 
men.”’—The word νέος must have been, originally, véfoc. Compare 
the Sanscrit nava, Latin novus, German neu, and English new. , 

Ἔχον, Epic and Ionic for εἶχον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἔχω, 
“6 to hold.” 

Πεμπώθδολα, accus. plur. neut. of πεμπώθολον, ov, τό, “a five- 
pronged fork,” used, in’sacrifices, for stirring the fire, and especially 
for holding down the flesh in its place. (Consult note.)—From mee. 
πε, Molie for πέντε, “ five,” and ὀδολός, same as ὀδελός, “a spit,” “a 
prong.” ν * aut 

Mijpa, wy, τά, “ the thighs.” Rarer Homeric plural from. 

Line 464. ATi as : τ Μὰ ae 

μηρὸς, od, 6, the plural being formed here in the neuter, . 
by a species of metaplasm ; like ὁ δεσμός, plur. τὰ δεσμά. ᾿ 


Ling 462. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 423 


Line 464—467. 

. Σπλάγχνα, accus. plur. of σπλάγχνον, ov, τό, “an inward part,” 
‘an entrail.” In the plural, σπλάγχνα are the “inward parts” or 
‘* entrails,” 1. e., the nobler parts of them, such as the heart, lungs, 
liver, which remained in sacrifices to be roasted at the fire, and eat- 
en or tasted by the sacrificers, as a beginning of their feast. From 
this it will be perceived that the σπλάγχνα are the viscera thoracis, 
as distinguished from the bowels, or viscera abdominis—The term 
is probably akin to σπλήν, “ the milt,” or “ spleen.” 

. *Exdoavro, 3 plur. 1 aor. indice. of the middle deponent πατέομαι, 
to eat,” “to feed on,” and simply “ to tasie : 1 aor. ἐπασάμην : perf. 
méxacuat. An Epic and Ionic verb. The a in the radical syllables 
is always short, which at once distinguishes the aorist ἐπασάμην, 
part. wdoduevoc, of πατέομαι, from ἐπασάμην, πασάμενος, aor. of πάο- 
μαι, “lo get, acquire,” &c, 
Μίστυλλον, Epic and Ionie for ἐμέστυλλον, 3 plur. imperf. 
indic. act. of μιστύλλω, “to cut into small pieces,” “ to cut 
up ;” always said, in Homer, of cutting up meat before roasting. — 
Akin, perhaps, to μέτυλος, μύτιλος, and Latin mutilus. 

’O6eAoiow, Epic and Tonic for ὀδελοῖς, dat. plur. of ὀδελός, οὔ, 6, 
“a spit.”—’O6eAde is merely βέλος, With o prefixed. 

Ἔπειραν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of πείρω, “to pierce through and 
through ;” fut. περῶ : 1 aor. ἔπειρα : 2 aor. ἔπᾶρον : perf. pass. πέπαρ- 
pac.—From πέρας, “an end,” “ the last or highest point,” &c. 

"Ὥπτησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of ὀόπτάω, “to roast ;” 
Lanz 466, fut. ὀπτήσω : 1 aor. ὦὥπτησα.--- ΑΚίη to ipa. 

» Περιφραδέως, adverb, “ carefully.”—F rom περιφραδής, and this from 
περιφράζομαι, * to think about,” “ to consider on ail sides,” to be care- 
ful about.”’ Consult remarks on φράσαι, line 83. 

. Ἐρύσαντο, Epic and Ionie for ἠρύσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. mid. 
of ἐρύω, “to draw off ;” fut. ἐρύσω : 1 aor. ἤρυσα. The Epic and Ion- 
ic present is eiptw, fut. εἰρύσω, χα. 

Παύσαντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐπαύσαντο, 3 est 1 aor. in- 
Line 467. dic. mid. of παύω, “to cause another to cease.” Middle, 
“to cause one’s self to cease,” “to cease ;” fut. παύσω, but no perfect 
active seems to have been used. 

Τετύκοντο, 3 plur. of the reduplicated 2 aor. mid. of τεύχω, “to 
prepare ;” fat. τεύξω : 1 aor. érevga : 2 aor. ἔτυκον, and, with reduplica- 
tion, τέτυκον : 2 aor. mid. ἐτυκόμην, and, with reduplication, τετυκόμην. 

Δαῖτα, aecus. sing. of δαίς, δαιτός, 7, “a banquet,” ““α feast,” “a 
meal.” —From daiw, “ to divide,” “to distribute,” i. ¢., as a rye at 
banquets, &c. - 


Linz 465. 


424 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 468-472. 
Δαίνυντο, Epic and Ionie for ἐδαίνυντο, 3 plur. imperf. in- 
Line 468. dic. middle of δαένυμε, “to feast.’ Literally, “to distrib- 
ute,” assign as a share, especially at meals or banquets: fut. mid. 
daicoua:.—F rom daiwa, “ to divide,” “ to distribute.” 

᾿Εδεύετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of the deponent devouat, “ to 
feel the want of,’ “ to be deprived of ;” fut. δευήσομαι. There is also 
an active form δεύω, but of less frequent occurrence.—Observe that 
δεύω and δεύομαι are Epic and Molic for δέω and δέομαι. 

’Eione, gen. sing. fem. of ἔϊσος, éion, éicov, Epic and poetic length- 
ened form from ἶσος, ἡ, ov, “ equal,” “ alike.” 

Πόσιος, gen. sing. of πόσις, toc, 7, “drinking.” —From πίνω, 
Line 469. πώσω, ** to drink.” 

_ ᾿Ἐδητύος, gen. sing. of ἐδητύς, voc, 7, “eating,” “ food.” —From ἔδω, 
* to eat.”’ 

Ἐξ, “away.” Adverb in Homer. Afterward a preposition. 

*Epov, accus. sing. of ἔρος, ov, ὁ, the oldest, but a merely poetic 
form of ἔρως, “ desire,” “love.” 

*Evro, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. middle of ἴημι, “to send,” “to send 
away ;” more freely, “to take away ;” fut. jow: 1 aor. ἧκα : 2 aor. 
mid. unr, ἔσο, &e. 

Κοῦροι, nom. plur. of κοῦρος, ov, ὁ, “a youth,” “a boy.” 
Line Ἔν: Epic and Jonic for κόροι, from κόρος, ov, 6. As regards 
the derivation, consult remarks on κούρην, line 98. 

Κρητῆρας, accus. plur. of κρητήρ, ἦρος, ὁ, Epic and Ionic for κρατήρ, 
ἦρος, ὁ, “a mixer.” (Consult note.)—From κεράννυμι, “ to miz.” 

’Exeorépavro, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. mid. of ἐπιστέφω, “to fill brim 
high” (consult note): fut. ἐπιστέψω : 1 aor. ἐπέστεψα : 1 aor. mid. 
éreoreWdunv.—F rom ἐπέ and στέφω, ‘to crown,” χα. 

Tloroio, Epic and Ionic for ποτοῦ, gen. sing. of ποτόν, οὔ, τό, 
“ drink.” Observe the distinction between this form and πότος, ov, 
ὁ, ‘a drinking-bout,”’ &c.—From rive, πώσω, * to drink.” 

Νώμησαν, Epic and Ionic for  ἐνώμησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. in- 
bimbo act. of νωμάω, “to distribute ;” fut. νωμήσω : 1 aor. 
évounoa.—F rom νέμω, ‘to distribute.” 

᾿Επαρξάμενοι, nom. plur. 1 aor. part. middle of ἐπάρχω. (Consult 
note.) 

Δεπάεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for δέπασιν, dat. plur. of δέπας, aoc, τό, 
“a cup.” 

Πανημέριοι, nom. plur. masc. of πανημέριος, a, ov, “all day 
Tike 20. long,” “doing a thing all day.” — From πᾶς, all,” and 
ἡμέρα, ‘a day.” . 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 425 


Line 472-477. 

Μολπῇ, dat. sing. of μολπή, ἧς, n, “song.” Sometimes said of 
song and dance combined, in honor of a deity. In the present pass- 
age, however, it refers to song alone.—From μέλπω, ‘to sing,” &c. 

Ἱλάσκοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of the middle deponent ἱλάσκομαι, 
“to propitiate,” “to appease ;” fut. ἱλάσομαι. ---- From ἵλαος, “ propi- 
tious.” 

*Aeidovtec, nom. plur. pres. part. act. of ἀείδω, “to sing,” 
Epic and Ionic for ddw: fut. cw. Consult line 1. 

Παιήονα, accus. sing. of παιήων, ονος, ὁ, a pean,” “a festal hymn.” 
(Consult note.)}—From Παιάν, an appellation of Apollo as the heal- 
ing deity ; the burden of the song being ἰὴ or ἰὼ Παιών, in thanks- 
giving for deliverance from evil. 

Line 474. ‘Exdepyov, “ the far-working one.’’ Consult line 147. 

Τέρπετο, Epie and Ionic for ἐτέρπετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. pass. 
of τέρπω, * to delight ;” fut. τέρψω : 1 aor. &repa.—The Greek rép- 
mw is the Sanserit trip, “ gaudere,” “satiari.” Probably akin to 
τρέφω. 


Line 473. 


"Huoc, “when,” Epic, Ionic, and poetic adverb. Doric 
form ὦμος. The Attics employ ὅτε in its place. Not to 
be confounded with ἡμός, Lol. ἀμός, for ἡμέτερος. 

Ἠέλιος, Epic, Ionic, and poetic for ἥλιος, ov, ὁ, the sun.” 

Karédv, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of καταδύω, or καταδύνω, “to go 
down,” “to go under ;” fut. καταδύσω : 1 aor. κατέδυσα : 2 aor. κάτε- 
dvv.—From κατά, “ down,” and δύω or diva, ‘to go,” το. 

Kvégac, aoc, τό, “" darkness.” In Attic the genitive is κνέφους : in 
later writers, also κνέφατος. Attic dative κνέφᾳ, but Epic always 
xvégai.— From νέφος, “a cloud,” “ mist,” &c.: akin to γνόφος and 
δνόφος. 


Line 475. 


Κοιμήσαντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐκοιμήσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. 
indice. middle of κοιμάω, *‘ to lull another io sleep.” In the 
middle, ‘‘ to lull one’s self to sleep,” ‘to lie down to sleep:” fat. 7ow.— 
Akin to κεῖμαι, κῶμα, and Latin cumbo and cubo. 

Πρυμνήσια. Consult line 436. 

Ἠριγένεια, “ child of the morning,” “ daughter of the dawn.” 

Lint 477. Feminine form of ἠριγενής, and always employed as an 
epithet of "Hoe, or ‘“‘Aurora.”—From ἦρι, “ early,” “ at early dawn,” 
and the radical γένω. 

avn, Epic and Jonie for ἐφάνη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indice. pass. in a mid- 
dle sense, of gaivw, “10 show another ;” in the middle, ‘‘to show one’s 
self,” “to appear :”’ fut. φανῶ : fut. mid. gavodwar: 2 aor. act. ἔφα- 
Nw2 


Line 476, 


420 HUMERIG GLOSSARY. 


Line 477-482. 
voy: 2 aor. pass. éoévyv.—Lengthened from the root φα-, which ap- 
pears in φάος, “light :’’ Sanscrit bha, * lucere.” 

Ῥοδοδάκτυλος, ov, “ rosy-fingered,” an epithet of "Hoe, “ Aurora,” 
or the morning-red.—From ῥόδον, “arose,” and δάκτυλος, “a finger.” 

Ἠώς, gen. ἠόος, contr. ἠοῦς : dat. ἠόϊ, contr. ἠοῖ : accus. 76a, contr. 
ἠῶ, * Aurora,” “ the morning-red,” “ daybreak,” “ dawn,’ &c. In the 
present passage, Aurora, the goddess of the morning, 7. e., the morn- 
ing personified. 

*Avdyovro, Epie and Ionie for ἀνήγοντο, 3 plur. imperf. in- 
Ling 478. dic. middle of évéye. (Consult note.) 
Ἴκμενον, accus. sing. masc. of ixuevoc, ἡ, ov, “ fair,” “ fa- 
vorable.” Used only in the phrase ἔκμενος οὖρος, “a fuir 
breeze.” —Probably from ἐκμάς, ἰκμαίνω, “ smooth,” “ softly gliding,” 
opposed to a rough, boisterous wind. According to others, who 
write ἕκμενος with the rough breathing, it comes from ἱκνέομαι, and 
denotes a following, and so a favorable wind. Compare the Latin 
venius secundus. 

Οὖρον, accus. sing. of οὖρος, ov, 6, “a fair wind or breeze,” right 
astern, and best derived, therefore, from οὐρά, “a tail-wind,” “a 
stern-wind.” 

Ἵει, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act., Epic and Ionic (as from a form ἑξω), 
of inut, “to send.” Compare remarks on ἀφίει, line 25. 

Στήσαντο, Epie and Ionic for ἐστήσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. in- 
dic. mid. of ἔστημι, * to place,” “to set up,” “to erect.” 


Line 479. 


Line 480. 


Πέτασσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἐπέτασαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. 


of πετάννυμι, “to spread,” “to expand ;” fut. πετάσω : 1 aor. ἐπέτασα. 
—Akin to rérouat, πέταμαι, “ to spread the wings in flight.” 
Πρῆσεν, Epic and Ionic for ἔπρησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
act. of πρήθω, “ to blow,” “to stream powerfully :” fut. πρή- 
ow: 1 aor. ἔπρησα. Hence πρηστήρ, “a violent wind.” 
Στείρῃ, dat. sing. of στείρη, ης, 7, Epic and Ionic for στεί- 
pa, ac, 7, “ the keel of a ship.” More literally, ‘* the stout 
beam of a ship’s keel,’’ especially the carved part of it, the cufwater. 
—Strictly speaking, the feminine of στεῖρος, a, ov, “ firm,” “ stout,” 
*€ solid.” 

Πορφύρεον, “dark,” nom. sing. neut. of πορφύρεος, a, ov, Epic ἡ, 


Line 481. 


Line 482. 


ov: Attie πορφυροῦς, ἃ, οὖν. The first notion of this adjective was 


probably of the troubled sea, “ dark,” “ purple,” as coming from zop- 
φύρω (probably a reduplicated form of φύρω), “to grow dark,” and 


said-especially of the sea ; as in the following : ὡς ὅτε πορφύρῃ πέλα- 


γος μέγα κύματι κωφῷ, “as when the vast sea grows dark with its 


ere 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 427 


Eine 482-488. 
dumb swell” (i. e., with waves that do not break; opposed to κολιὴ 
GAc), Il., xiv., 16—Afterward used to indicate dark-red, but varying 
in shade, ἕο. The common derivation from πῦρ and φέρω is erro- 
neous. 

Μεγάλα, neut. accus. plur. of μέγας, taken adverbially. 

"laye, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἰάχω, “to roar ;” fut. ἰαχήσω : 
perf. iaya. 

Ἔθεεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ϑέω, “to run,” fut. 
Line 483. ϑεύσομαι. 

Διαπρήσσουσα, Epic and Ionic for διαπράσσουσα, nom. sing. fem. 
pres. part. of διαπρήσσω : fut. διαπρήξω, Epie and Tonic for διαπράσ- 
ow, fut. διαπράξω, “to accomplish,” “to perform.” —From διά and 
πράσσω. < 

KéAev@ov, aceus. sing. of κέλευθος, ov, 7, “a route,” “a course,” 
&c. In the plural, ra «éAevfa.—According to some, from κέλλω, Ke- 
λεύω : but more naturally from the radical ἐλεύθω, ‘to come or go.” 

Ἠπείροιδ, Epic and Ionie for ἠπείρου, gen. sing. of ἤπειρος, 
Line 485. 9. ἡ, «the shore.” Literally, * the main-land,” but in Ho- 
mer usually said of the land as opposed to the sea.—-Usually derived 
from ἄπειρος, “ boundless,” &c., scil. γῆ. 
- Ἔρυσσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἤρυσαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
ἐρύω, “to drag,” “to draw.” Consult line 466. 
Linx 486. ‘Ywod, adverb, “high,” “ high up.”—From ὕψος, “height.” 
ψαμάθοις, dat. plur. of ψάμαθος, ov, ἡ, “ sand,” especially of the 
sea-shore ; also the sandy shore itself—A poetic form of ψάμμος,- 
which last is from ψάω, “ to crumble away,” “ to comminute.” ; 
*Epuara, accus. plur. of ἕρμα, arog, τό, “a prop.”” (Consult note.) 
Τάνυσσαν, Epic and Ionic for érévicav, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. 
of τανύω, “to extend ;” fut. taviow: perf. pass. τετάνυσμαι.--- ΤῊ 5 
verb, like many others in -ὕω, passes into -yuc, as τάνῦμι, whence the 
passive τάνῦμαι, in I1., xvii., 393.—From a root ταν, akin to tev, as” 
in Sanscrit tan, “extendere.” Compare τεένω, fut. rev-d, and τένος, 
τένων, as also the Latin ten-do, ten-eo, ten-us, ten-or; the German 
dinn, and English thin. 
᾿Ἐσκίδναντο, 3 plur. imperf. indice. mid. of cxidvnuc, “ to be 
Line 487. 5 -attered.”—In the middle, “to scatter themselves.” A 601: 
lateral form of σκεδάννυμαι. The active σκίδνημι seems to remain 
only in compounds. . 
Μήνιε, Epic and Ionic for ἐμήνεε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. ° 

~ Dane 488. oF μηνίω, “to cherish wrath ;” fat. pqvico.—From μῆνις, 
wrath.” 


428 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 488-495. 

Παρήμενος. Consult line 421. 

᾽Ὡκυπόροισιν. Consult line 421. 

_ Laine 489. Διογένης. Consult line 337. 
Πηλέος, gen. sing. of Πηλεύς, gen. ἕως, Ionic joc, ‘‘ Peleus.” Th 
Epic poets sometimes, as in the present instance, shorten the final 
long vowel in the genitive, for the sake of the verse. Thus, Πηλέος, 

for Πηλέως. 

TlwAéoxeto, Epic and Ionic iterative imperfect, 8. per- 
son singular for ἐπωλεῖτο, from πωλέομαι, “to go or 
come frequently to a place.” The Ionic, but more especially the Epic 
dialect, and frequently, in imitation of these, the tragic style, form 
a peculiar imperfect and aorist form in -εσκον, -eoxec, -eoxe, and in 
the middle or passive -εσκόμην, -éoxov, -ἔσκετο, to indicate an action 
often repeated, and hence this is called the iterative form.—(Kiihner, 
§ 110, 1.) 

Κυδιάνειραν, accus. sing. fem., as if from a masculine in -ἄνωρ, 
“making men illustrious.” (Consult note.)—From κῦδος, “ renown,” 
and dvjp.—Compare βωτιανείρῃ, line 155. 

Φθινύθεσκε, 3 sing. imperf. indie. act.: iterative form for 
Line 491, ἐφθίνυθε, from φθινύθω, “to pine away ;” and also transitive, 
““to waste away,” “to cause to pine.”—Observe that φθινύθω is a po- 
etic form for φθίνω, and, as regards the termination -ecxe, consult 
line 490. 

Φίλον, “his.” Taken as a possessive. Consult line 20. 

Αὖθι. Adverb, shortened from αὐτόθι, “there,” “on the 
spot.” —Said, also, of time, “ forthwith,” “ straightway.” 

Ποθέεσκε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act.: iterative form for ἐπόθει, 
from ποθέω, “ to long for ;” fut. usually ποθήσω, also ποθέσομαι :: 1 aor. 
ἐπόθεσα, in Attic usually é76670a.—From πόθος, ‘a longing.” 

᾿Αὐτήν, accus. sing. of ἀτή, ἧς, 7, “a battle-cry.” Homer is fond 
of joining ἀτή τε πτόλεμός τε, as in the present passage. 

Line 494. Ἴσαν, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of εἶμι, “ to go.” 

: *Hpye, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἄρχω, “to begin,” “to 
NE 495. + cin for others,” “to take the lead,” &c. ; fut. ἄρξω. 
Λήθετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of λανθάνω, “ to escape notice.” 
Middle, “to forget,” ἃ. e., to cause a thing to escape one’s own no- 
tice: fut. Ajow: perf. λέληθα. Middle, λανθάνομαι, fut. λήσομαι : 2 
aor. ἐλαθόμην. -- Lengthened from the root λαθ. Compare Latin 
lat-eo. 4 

᾿Ἐφετμέων, Epic and Ionic for ἐφετμῶν, gen. plur. of ἐφετμή, ἧς; ἦ, 
“ an injunction.” — Poetic word, from ἐφέημι. ; 


Line 490. 


Linz 492. 


Lr 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 429 


Line 496-502. 
’ ‘Kod, gen. sing. masc. of the possessive ἑός, é7, ἑόν, Epic 
Linz 496. and Tonic for ὅς, #, ὅν, “his, her, its.” 

᾿Ανεδύσετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indit. mid. of ἀναδύομαι, “to emerge ;” 
fut. dvadicozat. Consult remarks on ἀπεδήσετο, line 428. 

*Hepin, “amid the mist of the morning” (consult note): 
nom. sing. fem. of ἠέριος, ἡ, ov, Epic and Ionic for ἀέριος, 
a, ov, from ἀήρ, in the sense of “ mist,” “ haze.’ 

Ling 498. Evpev. Consult line 329. 

Etptora, accus. sing. of εὐρύοψ, -οπος, 6, * the wide thundering,” 
from εὐρύς, and ὄψ, “the voice :” better than dy. If, however, dp 
be adopted as one of the component parts, the term will then signify, 
“ far-glancing,” “ far-seeing.”’—Voss defends the derivation from oy, 
which must be taken in Orph. Lith., 18, 60. 

Κρονίδην, accus. sing. of Κρονίδης, ov, ὁ, “ the son of Saturn,” i. δ.» 
Jove. A patronymic from Κρόνος, “ Saturn.” 

"Atep. Adverb, construed with the genitive, “apart from.” Only 
poetic. 


Line 497. 


Κορυφῇ, dat. sing. of κορυφή, ἧς, 7, “ a summit,” “a peak.” 
—From κόρυς, “ the head,” and this from the radical κόρ, 
as denoting the sun, with the kindred idea of elevation. 

TloAvderpddoc, gen. sing. of πολυδειράς, -adoc, ὁ, “ many-peaked.” 
(Consult note.) An epithet of mountains, as here of Olympus, and 
pointing to the existence of many ridges. 

Line 500. Πάροιθ. Consult line 360. 

Καθέζετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of καθίζω. Consult line 48. 

Totvwv. Consult line 407. 
Σκαιῇ, dat. sing. fem. of σκαιός, 7, ὄν, Epic and Tonic for 
σκαιός, d, dv, “left,” and answering to the Latin scevus, 
which last comes from its digammated form σκαιός. Compare the 
English skew, and low German schief—With σκαιῇ here understand 
χειρί. 

Δεξιτερῇ, dat. sing. fem. of δέξιτερός, 7, ὄν, Epic and Ionic for δεξ- 
ἐτερός, a, ὄν, lengthened form for δεξιός, “ right.”"—Supply here χειρί, 
as in the previous word. 

᾿Ανθερεῶνος, gen. sing. of ἀνθερεών, -ὥνος, 6, “ the chin,” especially 
the under part. Some derive it from ἀνθέω, others from ἀθήρ, ** the 
beard or spike of an ear of corn,” whence ἀνθέριξ, in same significa- 
tion ; but the former is more probable, since Homer himself uses 
ἀνθεῖν of the sprouting of the beard (Od., xi., 320). 

Line 502. Acocouévy. Consult line 15. 


Line 499. 


Line 501. 


480 HOMERIC GLOSSARY, 


Eine 503-510. 
Ὄνησα, Epic and Ionic for ὥνησα, the augment being drop- 
ped; 1 sing. 1 aor. ind. act. of ὀνένημι, “ to aid,” “to prove 
of advantage to,” ‘‘to help ;” fat. ὀνήσω : 1 aor. Gvnoa.—Reduplica- 
ted from a root ’ON-, which appears in the derivative tenses and 
forms. 

LinE 504. Κρήηνον ξέλδωρ. Consult line 41. 

Τίμησον, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. act. of τιμάω, “to honor ;” 

fut. τιμήσω : 1 aor. ériunoa.—From τιμή, ‘ honor.” 
᾿Ωκυμορώτατος, superlative degree of ὠκύμορος, and this from ὀκύς, 

“ swift,” and μόρος, “fate.” 

ἜἜπλετ᾽, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of πέλω. Consult line 

Lane 506- 41 and note on the same. 

Mev. Consult line 29. 

Line 507. Consult line 356. 

Live 508. Ilep. Consult note on line 131. 

Ticov, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. act. of riw, ‘to honor ;” fat. τίσω : 1 
aor. ἔτισα.---ἾΝοῦ to be confounded with τένω. Compare line 42. - 

᾿Ολύμπιε, Voc. sing. masc. of Ὀλύμπιος, ov, “ Olympian,” an epi- 
thet of Jove, as monarch of, and dwelling on, Olympus. Sometimes 
applied, also, to the other deities. Consult line 18. 

Myriera, voc. sing. of κητέετἄ, -ας, 6, Epic and olic form for eae 
τιέτης, Ov, 6, ‘an adviser,” ‘a counselor.”” In the present passage, 
however, it has the force of an adjective or epithet, “counseling,” 
* all-wise.”—From μῆτιες, “counsel,” “ advice;” like ὀφιήτης, from ὄφις, 
and πολιήτης, from πόλις. 

Τόφρα, adv., “ fur so long a time.” Corresponding to the 
relative form ὄφρα. Sometimes it stands absolutely, 
“meanwhile,” the time referred to being before known. 

Τρώεσσι. Consult line 408. ᾿ 

Tier, 2 sing. pres. imper, act. of τιθέω, “ “to place.”’ Consult line 
441. 

Κράτος, accus. sing. neut. of κράτος, -ξος, τό, “might,” “ power,” 
“ strength.”—Probably akin, in its poetic form κάρτος, to the Ger- 
man hart, and English hard. Re 

Τίσωσιν, 3 plur. 1 aor. subj. act. of tiw, “to honor.”— 
Line 510. Consult line 508. > 
᾿Οφέλλωσιν; 8. plur. pres. subj. act. of ὀφέλλω, “to increase ;” fut. 
69246: 1 aor. ὥφειλα. An old poetic verb, not to be confounded 
With ὀφέλλω, “to owe.” Homer only uses the present and imper- 
fect active and passive, and Molic opt. aor. 66éAAevev.—Compare 
line 353. 


Line 503. 


Line 505. 


“Line 509. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 431 


Line 510-513. 

‘E, accus. sing, of the pronoun of the third person, without nomi- 
native, and always enclitic. Frequent in Homer, but rare in Attic, 
as there the compound ἑαυτόν is used for é when the latter is reflex- 
ive, and otherwise the simple airév.—Consult, as regards the old 
nominative of é, Anthon’s enlarged Greek Grammar, p. 203. 
Νεφεληγερέτα, nom. sing. of vedeAnyepéra, gen. -ac, ὁ, Epic 
and /Eolic for νεφεληγερέτης, -ov, ὁ, ‘ the cloud-collector,” 
used here as an epithet, ‘‘cloud-collecting,”’ from νεφέλη, a cl 
and ἀγείρω, “to collect.”’—The genitive-form νεφεληγερέταο, employ- 
ed by Homer (Ji., v., 631, &c.), is from vedeAnyepérac, Dorie for 
γνεφεληγερέτης. ‘ 
᾿Ακέων, “in silence,” “ silently.”” In form a participle, but 
used by Homer as an adverb, and occurring even with a 
plural verb; as, ἀκέων δαίνυσθε (Od., xxi., 89). We find it also in 
the dual, éxéovre (Od., xiv., 195), but never in the plural. Although 
ἀκέουσα occurs in the Iliad and Odyssey, yet ἀκέων stands also with 
feminines (J/., iv., 22).—Akin to the Latin éaceo. Buttmann suppo- 
ses an adjective ἄκαος, ‘‘ non hiscens”’ (a, priv., and yaw, χαίνω, hisco), 
i. e., silent: then, from the feminine ἀκάαν would have come into 
the Ionic dialect ἀκέην and ἀκήν, and from the neuter singular dxaov 
would be formed ἀκέων, according to the analogy of ἵλαον, iAewv.— 
(Lezil., p. 73, ed. Fishlake.) 

Δήν, adv., long,” ‘‘ for a long tame.”—Akin to δή and ἤδη. 

"Horo, “ he sat,” 3 sing. imperf. indic. of jac, *‘ I sit: thus, ἥμην, 
ἦσο, ἧστο, &e.—Strictly speaking, however, ἦμαιε is a perfect, and 
ἥμην a pluperfect of ἔζομαι : and the literal meaning of the former is, 
“7 have seated myself, and remain seated,” i. e., “ I sit ;’ and of juny, 
“Thad seated myself, and remained seated,” i. e., “1 sat :” fut. édod- 
μαι. There is no such active as ἕζω, ‘ to set,” “to place; though, 
as if from it, we have the transitive tenses, eloa, mid. εἱσάμην : fut. 
mid. εἴσομαι, κα. ; 

“Hwaro, 3d sing. 1 aor. indic. mid. of ἅπτω, “to attach,” ‘to con- 
nect ;” in the middle, “to attach one’s self to any thing,” ‘‘ to touch :” 
fut. dw: 1 aor. act. ἦψα : 1 aor. mid. ἡψάμην .---- οοἵ probably the 
same as the Sanscrit ap (compare the Latin ap-iscor), with the copu- 
lative prefix ¢ = sa: hence, also, cap-io, ap-to; and hence the Ger- 
man haften, heften. 

Line 513. "Qe, for οὕτως. Observe the accentuation. ; 

- Ἔχετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of ἔχω, “‘ to hold,” “to have ;” ἷπ 
the middle, *‘ to hold one’s self to,” “ to cling to:” fut ἕξω. 

ἜἘμπεφννζα, Epic for éurreduxvia, nom. sing. fem. as part. act. of 


Line 511. 


Live 512. 


432 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 513-518. 
ἐμφύω, “to grow on,” “to grow unto,” “to be in,” &e., “to be rooted 
in;” fut. ἐμφύσω, &c., from ἐν and φύω. 

Elpero, “said,” “spoke,” 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of elpw, “ to 

speak,” ‘to say; in the middle, besides these meanings, it signifies 
“ to cause to be told unto one,” “to ask.” 
Νημερτές, “ for certain.” Properly the neuter sing. of the 
adjective νημερτής, -é¢, “ unfailing,” “unerring,” but used 
here, and more frequently, also, elsewhere, as an adverb.—From 
νήη-, negative prefix, and ἁμαρτάνω, “to err,” “to fail,” &c. 

Ὕπόσχεο, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. of the middle deponent ὑπισχνέομαι, 
-οὔμαι, “to promise :” fut. ὑποσχήσομαι : 2 aor. ὑπεσχόμην : 2 aor. im- 
per. ὑπόσχου, old form ὑπόσχεσο, Epic and Ionic ixécyeo.—Strictly, 
only a collateral form of ὑπέχομαι, which accordingly supplies sev- 
eral of its tenses. 

Κατάνευσον, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. act. of κατανεύω, “ to nod,” espe- 
cially “to nod assent,” “to ratify a promise with a nod ;”’ fut. κατα- 
vetoouat.—From κατά and νεύω. 
᾿Απόειπε, Epic for ἀπεῖπε, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. act., from 
ἀποειπεῖν, for ἀπειπεῖν, “to refuse.” . Literally, “to speak, 
say, or tell out boldly or bluntly :” from ἀπό and εἰπεῖν. 
᾿Οχθήσας, nom. sing. masc. 1 aor. part. act. of ὀχθέω : 
strictly, “‘to be heavy laden,” but only used in a metaphor- 
ical sense, “ to be heavy or big with anger, wrath, grief,” &c., “ to be 
vexed or greatly disturbed in spirit,” especially in so far as this is ex- 
pressed in words (consult note) ; fut. 6y670«.—An Epic term, prob- 
abiy from ἄχθος, “a burden,” “a heavy load,” only differing from 
ἄχθομαι in that this was used strictly of bodily burdens, as well as 
metaphorically, but ὀχθέω only metaphorically. 

Λοίγια, nom. plur. neut. of λοέγιος, -tov, “ mischievous.” 
Line 518. yore Jiterally, “ pestilent,” “deadly :” from λοῖγος, “ ruin)” 
“mischief.” Se 
᾿Εχθοδοπῆσαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of ἐχθοδοπέω, “to quarrel with,” “to 
become an enemy to;” fut. ἐχθοδοπήσω : from ἐχθοδοπός, * hateful,” 
“ hostile.” According to Buttmann (Lezil., 5. v. ἐχθοδοπῆσαι), the 
form ἐχθοδοπός comes from ἐχθρός and ὄπτω, ὄψομαι, and signifies, 
properly, “ hostile-looking ;” but probably it is only a lengthened form 
of ἐχθρός, like ἀλλοδαπός, ἡμεδαπός, &e., a view which appears to be 
confirmed by the accent. ~ °# 

Ἐφήσεις, 2 sing. fut. indic. act. of é¢inut, “ to incite,” “to stir up;” 

fut. ἐφήσω : 1 aor. ἐφῆκα : Tonic and Epic ἐφέηκα : from ἐπέ and tinue. 


Line 514. 


Line 515. 


Line 517. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 433 


Line 519-526. 

Line 519. Ἥρῃ. Consult line 400. 

Ἐρέθῃσιν, Epic and Tonic for ἐρέθῃ, 3 sing. pres. subj. act. of ἐρέθω, 
“to provoke,” for which its derivative ἐρεθίζω is more usually em- 
ployed.—Akin to ἔρις. 

’Overdeiotc, dat. plur. neut. of dveidevoc, ov, “reproachful,” “ injuri- 
ous :””? from dveidoc, “ reproach,’’ “ blame,” &c. 

’Exéecowy, Epic and Ionic for ἔπεσιν, dat. plur. of ἔπος, εος, τό, “a 

word.” 
Νεικεῖ, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of νεικέω, “to taunt,” ‘to 
vex,” “to annoy ;” and also, “to wrangle with,” &c. ; fut. 
vetxéow. This verb is hardly to be found except in Epic poets and 
Ionic prose; though the substantive νεῖκος is used by the tragic wri- 
ters, and now and then in Attic prose. 

᾿Αρήγειν, pres. infin. act. of ἀρήγω, ‘to aid,” “to help,’ &c.; fut. 
apnga.— Akin to ἀρκέω, ἐρύκω, arceo, arz,arca. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., 
i, 271.) 


Linz 521. 


᾿Απόστιχε, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. act. of ἀποστείχω, “to go 
away ;” especially, “ to go back,” “to go home ;” fut. ἀπο- 
στείξω : 2 aor. ἀπέστἴχον : from ἀπό and στείχω, “to go.” 

Νοήσῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of νοέω, “to perceive,” “to ob- 

serve; fut. νοήσω, ἕο. Consult line 343. 
Μελήσεται, 3 sing. fut. indic. mid. of uéAw, “ to be an object 
of care ;” fut. ueAjow.—Most usually employed in the 3d 
person sing. and plur. of act. pres. μέλει, μέλουσι : imperf. ἔμελε : fat. 
μελήσει : inf. pres. and fut. μέλειν and μελήσειν. In the present in- 
stance the middle is employed in an active sense for μελήσει.--- ΤῊ 
object is in the nominative, the person in the dative. 

Τελέσσω, Epic and Ionic for τελέσω, 1 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of re- 
λέω, “to accomplish ;” fut. τελέσω : 1 aor. éréAeca, &c.: from τέλος, 
“an end,” “ an accomplishment.” 

Πεποίθῃς, 2 sing. 2 perf subj. act. of πείθω, ‘to persuade ;” 
Line 524. fut. πείσω: 1 perf. πέπεικα : 1 aor. ἔπεισα : 2 perf. (in- 
transitive), πέποιθα, “ I trust,” “ I rely.” 

᾿Εμέθεν, poetic genitive for ἐμοῦ, in Homer and the Attic 
writers : never enclitic. 

Τέκμωρ, τό, Epic indeclinable form for the more usual τέκ- 
pap, τό, also indeclinable: “a sign,” “a token.” 

Παλινάγρετον, nom. sing. neut. of παλινάγρετος, -ov, “ revocable ;" 
more literally, ‘capable of being taken back :” from πάλιν, “ back,” 
and ἀγρέω, “to take.” 


Line 522. 


Live 523. 


Line 525. 


Line 526. 


Oo 


434 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 526-530. 

᾿Απατηλόν, nom. sing. neut. of ἀπατηλός, -6v, “ accustomed to de- 

ceive,” ‘* guileful :” from ἀπάτη, “ deceit,” “ guile.” 

᾿Ατελεύτητον, nom. sing. neut. of ἀτελεύτητος, -ov, “ not to 
Line, 527. be accomplished,” ‘‘not coming to an end or issue :’’ from 4d, 
priv., and τελευτάω, “ to accomplish.” 

Κατανεύσω, 1 sing. 1 aor: subj. act. of κατανεύω. Consult line 514. 

Line 528. "H. Consult line 219. 

Κυανέῃσιν, Epic and Ionic for κυανέαις, dat. plur. fem. of κυάνεος, 
a, ov, “dark ;” strictly, ‘dark blue,” “ glossy blue.”"—From κνάνος, 
“a dark-blue substance,” used in the heroic age to adorn works in 
metal, especially weapons and armor.—Akin, perhaps, to the San- 
scrit cjama, “ dark,” “livid.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., p. 116.) 

Ὀφρύσι, dat. plur. of ὀφρύς, -ὕος, 7, “ the eyebrow.” —Akin to the 
Sanscrit dhru, Persian abru, and English brow. 
᾿Αμόρόσιαι, nom. plur. fem. of ἀμδρόσιος, a, ov, ‘immor- 
tal,” “divine,” “divinely beauteous ;” strictly, ‘‘ ambrosial,”” 
i. e., of or belonging to ambrosia, the fabled food of the gods, as 
nectar was their drink. Every thing belonging to the gods is called 
ambrosial, that is, divine, or divinely beauteous ; their hair, their robes, 
sandals, anointing oil, voice, and song; even the fodder and the 
mangers of their horses. It is said also of all things that appear 
more than mortal in greatness or beauty, like our terms “godlike,” 
“divine.” — From dubpocia, “ ambrosia,’ with which compare the 
Sanscrit amriia, or cup of immortality, through the intermediate ἄμ- 
ῥροτος, “ immortal.”” Consult line 598. 

Xaira:, nom. plur. of χαίτη, ne, 7, “a lock of hair,” “long, loose, 
and flowing hair,’ used by Homer in both the singular and plural of 
men’s hair, and also of horses’ manes. Not used in prose except in 
the signification of mane (Xen., Eq., v., 5 and 7).—Probably akin 
to χέω, “to pour out,” &c. 

᾿Ἐπεῤῥώσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. mid. of the deponent ἐπιῤῥώομαι, 

“to flow,” “to roll downward upon a thing,” ‘to stream one upon the 
other.’—From ἐπί and ῥώομαι, “to rush,” &ce. 
Kparéc, gen. sing., assigned with the dative xpari, accusa- 
tive κρᾶτα, &c., as a collateral and poetic form of κάρα, 
“the head.” No nominative xpd¢ is found except in the grammari- 
ans. (Cramer, Anecd., iii., 385.) Sophocles has τὸ κρᾶτα as nom. 
and acecus. neuter. (Philoct., 1001, &c.) In Homer, also, we have 
a lengthened genitive and dative κράατος, κράατι, and nom. plur. 
κράατα, but no nominative κρᾶας is found—Akin to the Sanscrit 
ciras, ‘‘the head,”’ and to be traced in the Latin cere-bryum, “the 
brain.”’ 


Line 529. 


Line 630. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 435 


Tine 530-535. 
. 'E2éackev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐλελέζω, ‘to whirl, spin, or 
twirl round,” ‘‘to make to tremble” (consult note) ; fut. ἐλελέξω : 1 aor. 
nrérrsa.—Poetic form of ἐλέσσω. 
Acézuayev, Epic and Ionic (strictly speaking, Doric) for 

Line 531. διετμάγησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. pass., in a middle sense, 
of διατμήγω, “to cut in twain,” ‘to separate; fut. διατμήξω : 1 aor. 
διέτμηξα : 2 aor. διέτμᾶγον : 2 aor. pass. dretwiyny.—Epic form for 
διατέμνω, from διά and τμήγω, “ to cut.” 
“AAro, Epic syncopated form for GAero, and this for #Aero, 
3 sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of GAAouaz, “ toleap,” ‘to plunge ;” 
fut. ἁλοῦμαι : 1 aor. ἡλάμην : 2 aor. ἡλόμην. The first aorist is the 
usual form in prose, and very rarely occurs in Epic poetry, accord- 
ing to Kiahner (ὁ 234, 1). Hermann, on the other hand, maintains 
that the second aorist of this verb was never used in the indicative 
(Ad. Soph., O. T., 1311). 

Αἰγλήεντος, gen. sing. masc. of αἰγλήεις, εσσα, ev, “ radiant,” 
“ bright.”—From αἴγλη, “ brightness,’ &c., and this akin to Ada, 
ἀγλαός, ὅτε. 
‘Edy, aceus. sing. neut. from ἑός, ἑή, ἑόν, Epic and Ionie 
for ὅς, 7, ὅν, possessive pronoun of the 3d person, “ his, 


Line 532. 


Live 533. 


her, its.” 

᾿Ανέσταν, Epie and Doric for ἀνέστησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of 
ἀνίστημι, * to make to stand up;” fut. ἀναστήσω : 2 Bor. ἀνέστην, “1 
stood up,” “1 arose.” 

‘Edéwp, gen. plur. of ἔδος, εος, τό, “a seat.’ The word is 
‘Line 584. rare in prose, and is there, in general, only used of tem- 
ples ; as, ἔδη Sedv.—Akin to Sanscrit sad, “to set,” “to place ;” 
Latin sed-es ; Lithuanian sed-zin ; Doric &dcoua: (ἔζομαι). 

Σφοῦ, gen. sing. of σφός, σφή, σφόν, possessive pronoun “ their,” 
like ogérepoc. In later poets, also, cdéo¢.—F rom σφεῖς. 

"Edy, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act., as if from a present τλῆμε, which, 
however, does not exist. (Pors., Phen., 1740), “to dare,” “to ven- 
ture.” Strictly, ‘‘ to take upon one’s self ;” hence, “ to bear, to suffer, 

’ to endure, to dare.”,—The verb tAdw is merely a radical form, never 
found in the present, this being replaced by the perfect τέτληκα, or 
the verbs roAudw, ἀνέχομαι, ὑπομένω, &e. 

Μεῖναι, 1 aor. infin. act. of μένω, ‘to remain,” “to await ;” 

fut. μενῶ : 1 aor. ἔμεινα. 

᾿Αντίοι, nom. plur. mase. of ἀντίος, a, ov, “opposite,” “ over 

_against,”’ ‘‘in one’s presence,” ‘before one.”—From ἀντί, “ over 

- against,” &c. ; 


= 


Line 535. 


486 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 535-545. 

Ἔσταν, Epic and Doric for ἔστησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of fc- 
thut, “to place ;” fut. στήσω: 2 aor. ἔστην, “I stood.” Compare 
ἀνέσταν, line 533. 

Line 536. Καθέζετο. Consult line 360. 

Ἠγνοίησεν, Epic and ionic for ἠγνόησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. in- 
dic. act. of dyvotw, “to be ignorant of,” “not to know ;” 
fut. ἀγνοήσομαι, but also ἀγνοήσω in Isocrates and Demosthenes - 
1 aor. ἠγνόησα, Epic and Ionic #yvotnca.—From 4, priv., and νοέω. 

Συμφράσσατο, Epic and Ionic for συνεφράσατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
of the middle deponent συμφράζομαι, to take counsel with one,’ “to 
concert with one ;” fut. συμφράσομαι : perf. cvurédpacuar.—From σύν 
and φράζομαι, “ to deliberate,” middle voice of φράζω. 
᾿Αργυρόπεζα, 7, * the silver-footed,” a regular Homeric epi- 
thet of Thetis; applied also by Pindar to Aphrodite or 
Venus. Hence, in later Greek was formed an adjective, ἀργυρόπε- 
foc, -ov.—F rom: ἄργυρος, “ silver,’ and πέζα, “the foot,” originally 
Doric and Arcadian for πούς. 

᾿Αλίοιο, Epic and Ionic for ἁλίου, gen. sing. masc. of ἅλιος, a, ov, 
and also ἅλεος, ov, “ of or belonging to the sea.”—From ἅλς, ἁλός, 7), 
“ the sea.” 

Tépovro¢. Consult line 26. A 
Κερτομίοισι, Epie and Tonic for κερτόμιος, ov, * heart-cut-" 
ting.” Observe that here κερτομίοισι appears without a 
noun (ἔπεσι, ἐπέεσσι,) expressed, as if it were the dative of τὰ κερτό- 
μια, used as a substantive. Elsewhere, however, the full expres- 
sion, κερτομίοις ἐπέεσσι, is employed.—From κέαρ, “the heart,” and 
τέμνω, * to cut.” , 
Δολομῆτα, voc. sing. of δολομήτης, ov, ὁ, “ crafty-minded,” 
“artful.” — From δόλος, * deceit,” “guile,” and μῆτις, 
“contrivance,” &c. 

᾿Απονόσφιν, adverb, “far away from,” “apart from.”— 
Line 541. prom ἀπό and νόσφι, “apart.” 
Κρυπτάδια, aceus. plur. neut. of κρυπτάδιος, a, ov, “ secret,” 
“clandestine.” —From κρυπτάζω, frequentative form of 
κρύπτω, ‘to hide.” ; | 

Δικαζέμεν, Epie, Doric, and olie for δικάζειν, pres. infin. act. of 
δικάζω, “to decide,” &e.; fut. dtxdow.—From δίκη, “ right,” χα. 

Line 543. Πρόφρων. Consult Jine 77. 

Τέτληκας. Consult line 228. 

Ἐπιέλπεο, Epic and Ionic for ἐπεέλπου, 2 sing. pres. im- 
per. of ἐπιέλπομαι, middle deponent, and Epic form for 


νὰ 


Line 537. 


Line 538. 


Line 539. 


Line 540. 


Line 542. 


Line 545. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 9 437 


Line 545-554. 
ἐπέλπομαι, “to hope,” “to build hopes upon.”—From ἐπέ and ἔλπω, 
“cc to hope.” 
Εἰδήσειν, fut. infin. act. of the obsolete radical form «ida. 

Live 546. Consult line 203. 

᾿Αλόχῳ, dat. sing. of ἄλοχος, ov, 77, “the partner of one’s couch.” — 
From 4a, copulative, and λέχος, ** a couch.” 
ἜἘπιεικές, nom. sing. neut. of ἐπιεικής, ἔς, “ fitting,” 
“meet,” “ suitable." —From ἐπέ and εἰκός, “ fair,” “rea- 
sonable,” &c. 

᾿Ακουέμεν, Epic, Doric, and olic for ἀκούειν. Consult line 381. 
Eicerat, 3 sing. fut. indic. of the radical eidw, “to know.” 
Line 548. This form of the future is rarer than eidjow, and mostly 
Epic : fut. εἴσόμαι : perf. οἶδα. 

"E@éAwut, Epic and Ionic for ἐθέλω, pres. subj. act. of ἐθέ- 

Line 549. Aw, “to be willing ;” fut. ἐθελήσω : 1 aor. ἠθέλησα. The 
synonymous shorter form ϑέλω never occurs in Homer, or the other 
Epie writers. 
Aceipeo, 2 sing. pres. imper. of the middle deponent διείρο- 
Lave 550. μαι, Epic and Ionic for διέρομαε, “ to question thoroughly,” 
“ to interrogate closely.”—From διά and εἴρομαι, for ἔρομαι, “to ques- 
tion.”’ 

Μετάλλα, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of μεταλλάω, “to pry,” ‘to in- 
quire curiously into.” Strictly, “‘ to inquire or seek after other things” 


(μετ᾽ ἄλλα); fut: μεταλλήσω. 

: Βοῶπις, nom. sing. of βοῶπις, ἐδος, 7, “ large-eyed ;”’ liter- 
Line 551. ally, “ oz-eyed” (consult note), from βοῦς and ay. The 
masculine Boerne is post-Homeric. 

Πότνια. Consult line 357. 

Alvérare, voc. sing. masc. of αἰνότατος, superlative of ai- 
voc, 7, ὄν, Which last is an Epic form equivalent to δεινός, 
“ dread,” “ fear-inspiring,” &c.—Probably, as δεινός comes from 
δεῖσαι, and means something large and terrible; so αἰνός comes 
from some verb in a similar manner, and has a similar sense. (Buit- 
mann, Lezxil., p. 46, ed. Fishlake.) 

Κρονίδη, vag, sing. of Kpovidne, ov, ὁ, “son of Saturn,” a patro- 
nymie formed from Κρόνος, ‘ Saturn.” 

Line 553. Efpouzat. Consult remarks on διείρεο, line 550. 
Εὔκηλος, ov, and (in Apollonius Rhodius) εὔκηλος, ἡ, ov, 
olic lengthened form of ἔκηλος, “quiet,” “calm,”’ “ gen- 
tle,” and also “‘ undisturbed,” “ uninterrupted,” &¢c.—Nothing to do 
with εὖ, but probably from the same root.with ἕκων. The idea im- 

O02 - 


Line 547. 


La 


Line 552. 


Line 554. 


438 . HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 554-561. 
plied by εὔκηλος and ἕκηλος, according to Buttmann, is never an ab- 
sence of motion or labor, but expresses that nothing unpleasant or 
vexatious (which interrupts labor as well as rest) is produced by 
trouble or care. (Lezil., p. 280, ed. Fishlake.) 

Φράζεαι, Epie and Ionic for φράζει, 2 sing. pres. indic. mid. of φράζω, 
“10 speak ;” in the middle “ to consider.” (Consult line 83, and also 
note on φράσαι.) Old form φράζεσαι : Epic and Ionic φράζεαι : Attic 
φράζει, &c. 

“Acca, Ionic for ἅτινα, accus. plur. neut. of ὅστις, “ which,” &e.— 
Observe the distinction between this and doca with the soft breath- 
ing, which is Ionic for τινά, “ some,” &c., or for τίνα, interrogative, 
“what?” (Od., xix., 218.) 

᾿Εθέλῃσθα, Epic, Doric, and Moliec for ἐθέλῃς, 2 sing. pres. subj. 
act. of ἐθέλω. (Kiihner, § 123, 3.) Consult line 549. 

Line 555. Αἰνῶς, adv. “ greatly.”—From αἰνός. Consult line 552. 
. Δεέδοικα, Epie for δέδοικα, 1 sing. perf. indic. act. of δείδω, “ I 
fear ;” fut. δείσω : 1 aor. ἔδεισα, but in Homer always in the Epic 
form ἔόδεισα : perf.,(with present signification, “ I fear,”) δέδοικα, also 
δέδια, with syncopated forms δέδιμεν, δέδιτε, ὅχο. 

Παρείπῃ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. οἵ παρειπεῖν. Consult note. 

Line 557. Ἠερίη. Consult line 497. 

- Παρέζετο. Consult line 407. 

Line 558. Ὀΐω. Consult line 59. 

ἜἘτήτυμον, neuter of the adjective ἐτήτυμος, ov, “true,” “ genuine,” 
taken as an adverb, “ for certain,” “ truly.”—Poetic lengthened form 
of ἔτυμος : as, ἀταρτηρός for ἀτηρός. 

TloAéac, Epic for πολλούς, accus. plur. mase. of πολύς, 
πολλή, πολύ, ** many.” (Kiihner, § 297, 3, δ.) 

Δαιμονίη, Epic and Ionic for δαιμονία, voc. sing. fem. of 
Lint 561. δαιμόνιος, ἡ, ον, Epie and Ionic for δαιμόνιος, a, ov: in 
Homer used only in the vocative, in addresses, and always carrying 
with it some degree of objurgation, but corresponding, at the same 
time, to the rank or condition of the party addressed : thus, "" strange 
one,” “my good sir,” “ fellow ;” in Attic Greek, ironical, usually 
“ my fine fellow!” like 6 BéAriote—From Herodotgs and Pindar 
downward, “any thing depending on or proceeding from the Deity or 
Fate.”’—The literal meaning is, “of or belonging to a δαίμων," 1. €., to 
a being from another sphere, and hence, “strange,” ‘ wonderful,” 
“ astonishing,” as above mentioned.—From δαίμων. 

’Oieaz, 2 sing. pres. indic. of οἴομαι, “ to imagine,” “ to think,” &e. 
Old form of the 2d person, ofecaz, Epic and Ionic ὀΐεαι, Attic οἴει. . 


Line 559. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 439 


Line 561-564. 

Λήθω, 1 sing. pres. indic. act. of A700, “to escape observation.” 
Collateral form of λανθάνω, and whence the latter borrows the fut. 
Anow: perf. λέληθα, το. 

Πρῆξαι, Epic and Ionic for πρᾶξαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of 
Live 562. πρήσσω, Epic and Ionic for πράσσω, “to do,” &c.: fut. 
πράξω : 1 aor. ἔπραξα, &c. 

"Eurnc, adverb, Epic and Tonic for ἔμπας (strictly ἐν πᾶσι), 
“wholly,” “altogether,” “at any rate,” “ after all,” ‘ nevertheless,” 
ἄς. Of frequent occurrence in Homer, though he usually puts δέ 
or ἀλλά before it. The adverb ἔμπας never occurs in Attic prose ; 
but it is found in the tragic writers. When joined with the enclitic 
περ, it gains in force, “however much,” “ever so much.” Besides 
ἔμπας, Pindar has the exactly equivalent forms ἔμπαν and ἔμπᾶ. 

Δυνήσεαι, 2 sing. fut. indic. of δύναμαι. Old form δυνήσεσαι, Epic 
and Ionic δυνήσεαι, Attic δυνήσει. 

Ἔσεαι, 2 sing. fut. indic. of εἰμί, “to be.” Old form 
Line 563. écecat, Epic and Tonic ἔσεαι, Attic ἔσει. 

*Péyiov, comparative neuter, formed from ῥῖγος (“ frost,” “ cold’), 
and hence literally signifying “‘ more frosty,” “ colder ;”” whence fig- 
uratively, “more unpleasing,” “more painful,” &c. The masculine 
form ῥιγίων seems not to occur; but the superlative ῥίγιστος does 
occur. (Π., v., 873.)—Used also adverbially, ‘‘ more unpleasanily,” 
‘* more painfully.” 

Μέλλει εἶναι. “ It is very likely to prove.” MéAAevis here 
Line 564. the 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of μέλλω, “ to be on the point of 
doing something, or of suffering something.” This is its radical 
signification ; fut. μελλήσω : 1 aor. ἐμέλλησα. Homer uses only the 
present and imperfect. It is often joined with the infinitive, usually 
of the future, more rarely of the present, still more rarely of the 
aorist. The word differs from the future proper in this, that μέλλω 
denotes an action as yet incomplete, rather than wholly future. The 
usage of μέλλω is so varied, that sometimes it can be rendered only 
by auxiliary verbs, “ J will,” “would,” &c.; sometimes it expresses 
mere possibility ; sometimes, as in the present instance, a high de- 
gree of probability, &c.—As the radical sense of μέλλω often passes 
into that of “ to have a mind,” “to inttnd to do,” like φροντίζω, per- 
haps μέλλω and μέλω belong to the same root ; though Pott would 
rather refer μέλλω to μολεῖν, “ to be going todo.” Donaldson, again, 
compares μέν-ω, μέλλ-ω, and the impersonal μέλ. ΄. in the general 
sense of thinking or caring about a thing, with ti Gothic munan, 
German meinen, and old Nordish man. (New Cratylus, p. 573.— - 
Grimm, i., p. 926.) : 


440 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 565-571. 
᾿Ακέουσα, “in silence,’ “ silently.” Feminine form of 
ἀκέων. Consult line 512. 

Κάθησο, 2 sing. pres. imper. of κάθημαι, “to sit ;” inf. καθῆσθαι: 
imperf. ἐκαθήμην. But observe, that κάθημαι is in strictness the 
perf. of καθέζομαι. Compare line 512, remarks on ἦστο. 

᾿Ἐπιπείθεο, 2 sing. pres. imper. mid. of ἐπεπείθομαι, “ to obey.” 
Old form ἐπιπείθεσο, Epic and Ionic ἐπιπείθεο, Attic ἐπιπείθου. 

αἴσμωσιν, 3 plur. 2 aor. subj. act. of χραισμέω, * to aid.” 
ἴανε δ66. ὌΝ line 242. ee 

Line 567. Ἄσσον. Consult line 335. 

Ἰόνθ. Consult note. 

᾿Αάπτους, acc. plur. fem. of ἄαπτος, ov, ‘ not to ‘be touched,” “ unap- 
proachable,”’ with the collateral notion of terrible strength.—From d, 
priv., and ἅπτομαι, ‘to touch.” 

᾿Εφείω, Epic and Ionic for 266, 2 aor. subj. act. of ἐφέημι, “ to lay 
upon ;” more literally, to fling upon: 2 aor. subj. 464: uncontracted 
form ἐφέω : Epic and Ionic ἐφεΐω, ne, ἢ, &c. 

Line 568, "Eddevoev. Consult line 33. 

Βοῶπις. Consult line 551. 

Καθῆστο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of κάθημαι, Epic and Ionic 
LINE 569. for ἐκαθῆστο, the augment being dropped. In strict 
ῆστο, gment being dropp ness, 
however, it is the pluperfect. Consult remarks on κάθησο, line 565, 
and also on ἧστο, line 512. 

᾿Επιγνάμψασα, nom. sing. fem. 1 aor. part. act. of ἐπιγνάμπτω, “to 
bend,” ‘to bow down ;” fut. éxiyvéupo.—F rom ἐπί and γνάμπτω, “to 
bend.” 


Line 565. 


*QyOnoav, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of dy6é@. Consult 
Line 570. line 517. 
Δῶμα, accus. sing. of δῶμα, arog, τό, “ a mansion,” “an abode.” — 
From δέμω, “to build:” 2 perf. δέ-δομ-α. 
Οὐρανίωνες, nom. plur. of οὐρανίων, wvoc, 6, “ the heavenly one,” like 
Οὐρανίδης. In Homer always in the plural, and like the Latin Celites. 
Ἥφαιστος, ov, ὁ, “ Hephesius,” the Latin “ Vulcanus,”’ or 
Live 571. _ Vulcan, god of fire, as used in the arts, and hence master 
or lord of all the arts that need the aid of fire, and so especially of 
working in metal. Hence the epithet applied to him in this same 
line of κλυτοτέχνης. He was the son of Jupiter and Juno, and lame 
from his birth. (J1., xviii., 397.)—Schwenk makes the name Ἥφαισ- 
toc to be properly Φαιστός, with the prefixed η, like Avyn, ἠλύγη : and 
φαιστός he deduces from gaiw (gaivw), “to be bright,” “to shine ;’’ 
making it, therefore, signify “ the bright one.” (Etymol. Andeut., p. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY: 441. 


: Line 571-577. 
167.) Others 566 in it a resemblance to the name of the Egyptian 
god Phthas. (Compare Prichard, Egyptian Mythology, p. 172.) 

Κλυτοτέχνης, ov, 6, “illustrious artificer,’ “famous for his art.” An 
epithet of Vulcan, the fire-god. (Consult preceding remarks on 
"Heatoroc.)—From κλυτός, ‘illustrious,” “famous,” and τέχνη, 
“art,” “ skill.” Z 

Ἦρχε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἄρχω, “to begin.” Consult 
line 495. 

*Ayopeverv. Consult line 109. 

: ’Exinpa, accus. plur. neut. of ἐπίηρος, ov, ‘ agreeable.” 
Line 572. The neuter sing. is found in Lesch. (Fr. Hom., 56), and 
the masculine in Enipedocles, v. 208. Buttmann, however, rejects 
the word entirely. (Consult note.)—From ἐπέ and ἐράω, probably. 

Λευκωλένῳ. Consult line 55. 

Line 573. Aofyia. Consult line 518. 

*"Avexra, noni. plur. neut. of ἀνεκτός, ov, later ἀνεκτός, 7, ὄν, ** to be 
endured,” “to be borne,” “ bearable,” &c.—From ἀνέχομαι, “to en- 
dure.” 

Line 574. 206, nom. dual of personal pronoun σύ. 

ἘΡριδαίνετον, 2 dual, pres. indice. act. of épidaiva, “ to wrangle,” “ to 
quarrel,’ “to contend ;” fut. épidjow.—From ἔρις, ἔριδος, “ strife :” 
ἐρίζω, "το contend.” 

Κολῳόν, accus. sing. of κολῷός, οὔ, 6, “a disturbance,” “a 
Line 575.5 angling” Poetic ‘only: Akin to κολοιός, “a jack- 
daw :” κολοιάω, “ to scream like a jackdaw ;” and κολοσυρτός, “noise,” 
“din,” &c. The common root of all these words is, according to 
Buttmann, to be found in καλέω, κέλομαι. (Lezil., p. 390, segq., ed. 
Fishlake.) 

᾿Ελαύνετον, 2 dual, pres. indic. act. of ἐλαύνω, “to excite ;” fut. 
ἐλάσω: 1 aor. ἤλᾶσα : perf. ἐλήλᾶκα, &c. The present éAdw, whence 
ἐλάσω, &c., are borrowed, is very rare. The fut. éAdow is contract- 
ed by the Attics into ἐλῶ. 

Aaitéc. Consult line 467. 

Line 576. ᾿Εσθλῆς. Consult line 108. 

Ἦ δος, εος, τό, “enjoyment,” “ delight.” Akin to ἡδύς, “ sweet,” 
and ἥδομαι, “ to enjoy,” “ to delight.” 

Xepeiova, nom. plur. neut. of χερείων, ov, Epic and Ionic for χείρων, 
ov, irregular comparative of κακός, formed from the radical χέρης, 
“worse,” ἄς. Xepeiova is, therefore, for χείρονα. 

Παράφημι, “ὁ Irecommend ;” properly, I sit by the side of one 
Line 577. ang urge a thing upon his or her attention—-From παρά 
and oni. 


442 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 577-584. 

Noeovoy, Epic and Ionic for νοούσῃ, dat. sing. fem. pres. part, of 
voéw, ‘to think,’’ ‘‘to exercise intelligence,” &c.; fut. νοήσω, &c. 
Νεικείῃσι, Epic and Ionic for veep (uncontracted form, 
νεικέῃ), 3 sing. pres. subj. act. of νεικέω, “to wrangle ;” 
fut. vecnéow.—From νεῖκος, “ wrangling,” “ strife,” &c. 

Ταράξῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of rapdcow, “to disturb ;” fut. 
ταράξω : 1 aor. érapaga.—Akin to dpdoow, ῥάσσω, ῥήσσω, ῥήγνυμι. 

Line 580. ᾿Εθέλῃσιν. Consult line 408. 

᾿Αστεροπητής, οὔ, ὁ, ‘ the flasher-forth-of-the-lightning,” “ the light- 
ener.” An epithet. of Jupiter.—From ἀστεροπῆ, poetic for ἀστραπή, 
στεροπή, “lightning.” 

Line 581. Ἑδέων. Consult line 534. ᾿ 

Στυφελίξαι, 1 aor. inf. act. of στυφελίζω, “to hurl,” “to thrust.” 
Literally, ‘‘to strike rudely,” ‘‘to smite ;” and, in general, “to treat 
roughly and rudely,” “ to maltreat ;” fut. στυφελίξω : 1 aor. ἐστυφέλιξα. 
—From στυφελός, “close,” “ solid,” “hard,” ‘rough ;” and this last 
from στύφω, ‘to contract,” “draw together,” “make firm, solid, hard,” 
&e. 

épratoc, nom. masc. superlative, from φέρω, like fortis from fero, 

in Latin, “most powerful,” “ mightiest,” &c. Another form is φέρισ- 
τος, and the comparative 15 φέρτερος. 
Καθάπτεσθαι, pres. infin. of the middle deponent καθάπτο- 
μαι, “to soothe.” More literally, ‘to lay hold of,” “to 
fasten upon,” and then “to accost,” “to address one in words,” for 
the most part in the sense of soothing, and hence most commonly 
joined with μαλακοῖς or μειλιχίοις ἐπέεσσι, but sometimes, also, to 
attack with harsh and angry words (avribiow or χαλεποῖς ἐπέεσσι Ka- 
θάπτεσθαι). The post-Homeric writers usually employ it in this lat- 
ter sense.—From «ard, and ἅπτομαι, ““ ἐο touch.” 

Μαλακοῖσιν, Epic and Ionic for μαλακοῖς, dat. plur. neut. of μαλα- 
κός, 4, ὄν, “ soft.”—Akin in root to βλάξ, “ slack,” ‘ inactive,” “ slug- 
gish,” the letters μὶ and β being interchangeable. Compare also the 
Latin moll-is. 

Ἵλαος, ov, “ soothed,” “ appeased,” “ gracious,” and hence 
“propitious.” Attic form ἕλεως, wr. 

᾿Αναΐξας, nom. sing. masc. 1 aor.*part. act. of ἀναΐσσω, 
“to start up,” “io spring up ;” fut. dvaifo: Attic ἀνάσσω, 
dvérro.—From dvd, and ἀΐσσω, “to move with a quick, shooting mo- 
tion,” ‘* to shoot,”’ “to rush,” &c. ' 

Aérac, aoc, τό, “a cup,” “a goblet.” In Homer it is always of 
gold, and richly wrought ; but, in later writers, of earthenware also, 
( Anthol.) 


Line 579. 


Line 582. 


Line 583. 


Line 584. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 443 


Line 584-590. 
᾿Αμφικύπελλον, accus. sing. neut. of ἀμφικύπελλος, ov, in Homer 
always joined with δέπας, “a double cup,” such as forms a κύπελλον 
both at top and bottom. (Consult note.)—From ἀμφέ and κύπελλον. 
Live 585. Ti@ec, Epic and Tonic for ἐτίθει. Consult line 441. 
Τέτλαθι, poetic syncopated form of the perfect infinitive 
Line 586. « otive of the radical τλάω, “ to endure,” which last is never 
found itself in the present, this being replaced by the perfect rérAn- 
ka, or the verbs τολμάω, ἀνέχομαι, ὑπομένω, &e.: fut. τλήσομαι : perf. 
τέτληκα : perf. plur. τέτλαμεν, τέτλατε, τετλᾶσι : dual τέτλατον : im- 
perative τέτλαθι, τετλάτω, ἕο. Consult line 534. 
᾿Ανάσχεο, 2 sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of dvéyw, “to hold up;” fut. 
ἀνέξω or ἀνασχήσω : perf. ἀνέσχηκα. In the middle, ἀνέχομαι, “to 
hold one’s self up or upright,” and so “to hold or bear up against a 
thing,” “to endure,’ “to restrain one’s self :” fat. ἀνέξομαι or dva- 
σχήσομαι: 2 aor., with double augment ἠνεσχόμην : 2 aor. imper. 
ἀνάσχου : old form ἀνάσχεσο, Epic and Ionic ἀνάσχεο. 
Κηδομένη, nom. sing. fem. of pres. part. of κήδομαι, “ to be afftict- 
ed,” &c. Consult line 56. 
Θεινομένην, accus. sing. fem. pres. part. pass. of Seiva, “to 
Line 588. beat,” “to strike,” “to wound ;” fut. ϑενῶ 1 aor. ἔθεινα : 
2 aor. (ἔθενον), probably used only in the infin. ϑενεῖν, part. ϑενών, 
subj. ϑένω, and imper. Séve.—Akin to κτείνω and ϑανεῖν. 
*Axviuevoc. Consult line 103. 
Line 589. Χραισμεῖν. Consuit line 242. 
᾿Αργαλέος, nom. sing. masc. of ἀργαλέος, a, ov, “ hard,” “ difficult.” 
—From ἄλγος, and for ἀλγαλέος, like στόμαργος for στόμαλγος. 
Compare the German Arg, Zrger. 
᾿Αντιφέρεσθαι, pres. infin. pass. of ἀντιφέρω, “to carry or set 
against,” “to bear up against.” In the passive, ἀντεφέρομαι, “to be 
borne up against,” “ to be opposed.”’,—From ἀντί and φέρω. 
ἼἌλλοτε, adverb of time, “at another time,” “ on another 
Line 590. Pubes 
occasion. 
᾿Αλεξέμεναι, Epic, Doric, and Molic for ἀλέξειν, pres. inf. act. of 
ἀλέξω, “ to aid ;” more literally, “to ward,” “to keep off.”,—Sopho- 
cles is the only one of the tragic writers who has the word, and 
Xenophon is the chief authority for it in Attic prose. Another form 
is ἀλεξέω, from which several of the tenses are formed, but which 
is itself found in the present only (Pind., Ol., xiii., 12); fut. ἀλεξήσω. 
Ἑάκραρν ὁ: accus. sing. masc. perf. part. of the radical μάω, “ to de- 
” perf., with present signification, μέμαα : fut. parent: 1 aor. 
ait. ἐμασάμην. 


444 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line 591-593. 
‘Pine, Epic and Ionic for ἔῤῥιψε, augment being dropped, 
[ἀπε 691. 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ῥίπτω, “to fling,” “to hurl ;” 
fut. ῥίψω : 1 aor. ἔῤῥιψα. 

Terayov, nom. sing. masc. Epic reduplicated 2 aor. part., with no 
present in use, “ having seized.”—The old grammarians, as far as 
signification went, rightly recognized τεταγών as a strengthened po- 
etic form for λαθών ; but its kin to reive, perf. τέτακα, is justly re- 
jected by Schneider, and Buttmann (Lezil., 5. v.), who assume TA— as 
the root, which also appears in the old Epic imperative 77, “ take,” 
in the Latin tango, and the English take. 

Βηλοῦ, gen. sing. of βηλός, οὔ, ὁ, “a threshold,” on which one 
treads, and hence probably from βαίνω. ; 

Θεσπεσίοιο, Epic and Ionic for ϑεσπεσίου, gen. sing. masc. of ϑεσ- 
πέσιος, a, ov, and also oc, ov, “ divine.”—Strictly and originally said 
of the voice, ‘ divinely sounding,” ‘divinely sweet.’ Then, ‘that 
can be spoken by none but a god,” and so, ‘‘ unspeakable,” “unuttera- 
ble.” Hence in most of the Homeric passages it has the general 
signification of ϑεῖος, “divine.” It is also said of any thing ‘‘ sent, 
caused, or proceeding from a god,” and so, “ unspeakable,” “ awful,” 
“fearful,” &c.—From ϑεός, and εἰπεῖν, ἔσπετε. 

"Hyap, accus. sing. of ἦμαρ, ἥμᾶτος, τό, poetic form for 
TARE DOR ἡμέρα, “day,” especially in Homer, though sometimes he 
also uses ἡμέρη. Compare the Hebrew yum. 

Φερόμην, Epic and Ionic for ἐφερόμην, 1 sing. imperf. indic. pass. 
of φέρω, “ to bear along,’’ “ to carry.” 

Ἠελίῳ, Epic and Ionic for ἡλίῳ, dat. sing. of ἥλιος, ov, ὁ, “ the 
sun.” The term ἥλιος often occurs also in Homer as a proper name 
for Helios, or the sun-god, though it is often doubtful whether the 
poet means the sun or the god. Wolf mostly prefers the proper 
name, because of the fondness which the Greeks had for impersona- 
tion.—In a later age, Helios was identified with Apollo or Phebus, 
but certainly not before Acschylus. 

Καταδύντι, dat. sing. mase. 2 aor. part. act. of καταδύω or κατα- 

diva, “to go down,” ‘to go under the ocean,’’ said here of the sun 
setting; fut. καταδύσω : 1 aor. κατέδυσα : 2 aor. xarédiv.—From 
κατά and δύω or δύνω. 
Κάππεσον, Epic syncopated form for κατέπεσον, 1 sing. 2 
aor. indic. act. of καταπίπτω, “to fall down ;” fut. κατα- 
πτώσω : 2 aor. κατέπεσον : perf. catawémroxa.—From κατά and πίπ- 
τω, ‘ to fall.” ᾿ 

Λήμνῳ, dat. sing. of Λῆμνος, ov, ἡ, “ Lemnos,” an island in the 


Line 593. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 445 


. Line 593-598. 
Egean Sea, between Tenedos, Imbros, and Samothrace, sacred to 
Vulean on account of its voleanic fires. Hence Λήμνιον πῦρ became 
proverbial. The modern name of the island is Stalimene. 

Ἔνῆεν, Epic and Ionic for ἐνῆν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἔνειμι, 
** to be in,” ** to remain in.” 

Livrcec, nom. plur. of Σίντις, toc, ὁ, “a Sintian.”” Only 
Lins 594. found in the plural, as a proper name for the early inhab- 
itants of Lemnos.—From σίντης, “tearing,” “ravenous,” and this 
from σίνομαι, “to tear away,” “to seize and carry off as booty ;” for 
the Sintians are said to have been pirates. (Consult note.) 

*Agap. Consult line 349. 

Κομίσαντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐκομίσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. mid. 
of κομίζω, “ to take up and carry away.” ‘The middle here denotes 
that they bore the god to their own homes, and did this with kind- 
ly feelings ; fut. κομίσω : 1 aor. ἐκόμισα : 1 aor. mid. ἐκομισάμην. 
Μείδησεν, Epic and Ionic for ἐμείδησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
act. of μειδάω, ‘to smile ;’ fut. μειδήσω : 1 aor. ἐμείδησα, 
in which tense Homer always uses it—Compare the Sanscrit s-mi, 
and English s-mile. (Pott, Etym. Forsch., i., 206.) 

Κύπελλον, ov, τό, “a cup,” “a goblet.” Strictly speak- 
ing, a diminutive from κύπη, “a hole,” “a hollow.’ 
᾿Ἐνδέξια, accus. plur. neut. of ἐνδέξιος, a, ov, used adverb- 
ially—From ἐν and δέξιος. (Consult note.) 

Οἰνοχόει, Epic and Ionic for ὠνοχόει, the augment being 
Line 598. dropped, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of oivoyoéw, ‘to pour 
out wine for drinking ;”’ fut. oivoyonow. Homer elsewhere uses 
ἐῳνοχόει, With double augment. (1]., iv., 3.) 

Néxrap, ἄρος, τό, “nectar,” the drink of the gods, as ambrosia 
was their food, according to Homer, Hesiod, and Pindar; while in 
Aleman (16) and Sappho, nectar is their food and ambrosia their 
drink. (Consult Meineke, Com. Fragm., iii., p. 198.) Homer's 
nectar is red (ἐρυθρόν), and poured out like wine, and, like it, drunk 
mixed. At a later period, the term acquired especially the notion 
of fragrance.—Usually derived from ve- (for vy-, “ not”) and κτείνω 
(radical κτάω), “to kill,” and so, strictly, like ambrosia, an elixir 
vite; but this etymology is very doubtful. Pott deduces it from 
vék-Tap, comparing vex- with the Latin nec-em, and making the term 
mean necem effugiens. This, however, is rather worse than the 
other. (Etymol. Forsch., i., 228.) 

Κρητῆρος, Epic and Ionic for κρατήρ, ἤρος, ὁ, “a mixer,” Epic and 

Pre 


Line 595. 


. Ling 596, 


Line 597. 


446 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Line.598-603. 
Ionic form κρητήρ, 7po¢.—From κεράννυμι, “ to mix.” (Consult note 
on line 470.) 

᾿Αφύσσων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of ἀφύσσω, “to draw,” 
said of liquids taken in this way from a larger vessel into a smaller ; 
as in the present case the mixed or diluted nectar is taken from the 
crater, with a small ladle or dipper, and poured into the drinking 
cups. Every thing here is in accordance with human customs; the 
nectar is diluted, as wine generally was, and it is then dipped out 
into cups, as was the common custom at entertainments. 
*Aobeoroc, ov, and also 7, ov, inextinguishable,’”’ from 4, 
priv., and σθέννυμι, “to extinguish.” Homer uses the term 
here in a metaphorical sense, as endless, ceaseless. 

*Evépto, 3 sing. Epic syncopated 2 aor. mid. of ἐνόρνυμι, “to 
arouse ;” fut. ἐνόρσω : 1 aor. évGpoa.—Middle ἐνόρνυμαι, “ to arouse 
one’s self,” “to arise ;” 2 aor. mid. ἐνώρμην, ἐνῶρσο, ἐνῶρτο, &c., for 
ἐνωρόμην, ἐνώρεσο, ἐνώρετο, &c.—From ἐν and ὄρνυμι. 

Μακάρεσσι, Epic and Ionic for μάκαρσι, dat. plur. of μάκαρ, apoc, 

* blessed,” ** happy ;” strictly speaking, an epithet of the gods, who 
are constantly called μάκαρες Seot in Homer and Hesiod, in opposi- 
tion to mortal men; so that its true notion is of everlasting and 
heavenly bliss. When said of men, it indicates the highest degree 
of human happiness. 
Ποιπνύοντα, accus. sing. mase. pres. part. act. of ποιπνύω, 
Linz 600. strictly, «to blow,” “puff,” be out of breath,” from haste 
er exertion; hence, in general, ‘‘ to hasten,” “hurry,” ‘ bustle.” 
(Consult note.)—Not from zovéw, but formed by reduplication from 
πνέω, πέπνυμαι, like παιπάλλω from πάλλω, παιφάσσω from ΦΑ- (φάος), 
ποιφύσσω from φυσάω, and hence its original signification. 

Line 602. Δαίνυντ᾽, x. τ. Δ. Consult line 468. 

Φόρμιγγος, gen. sing. of φόρμιγξ, (γγος, 9, “a lyre,” “a 
phorminz,” a species of cithara or lyre, the oldest stringed 
instrument of the Greek bards, often occurring in Homer, especially 
as the instrument of Apollo.—Strictly speaking, it is the portadle 
cithara, from φέρω, φορέω, φόριμος, because it was carried on the 
shoulder by a strap or belt. 

Περικαλλέος, Epic and Ionic for περικαλλοῦς, gen. sing. fem. of 
περικαλλής, éc, “very beautiful.”,—From περί, in its strengthening 
sense, “very,” and κάλλος, ‘ beauty,” 

Ἔχε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἔχω, “ to hold,” &c., Epic. and 
fonic for εἶχε, the augment hie pial 


Line 599. 


Line 603. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 447 


Line 604-608. 
Μουσάων, Epic and Ionic for μουσῶν, gen. plur. of μοῦσα, 
Linz 604. ne, 7, “α Muse.’’—Probably from the radical ude, “to 
seek out,” “to invent,’’ the Muses being merely personifications of 
the inventive powers of the mind. 

*Aecdov, Epic and Ionic for jecdov, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἀεί- 
dw, “to sing.” Consult line 1. 

’Ori, dat. sing. of dy, ὀπός, ἡ, “the voice.’—From (ἔπω), ἔπος, εἰ- 
πεῖν. 

᾿Αμειθόμεναι, nom. plur. fem. pres. part. mid. of ἀμείθω. Consult 
line 84. 

Karédv, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of καταδύνω or καταδύω. 
Consult line 592. : 

dog, εος, τό, * light,” for which we have also the contracted φῶς, 
φωτός, and then resolved in nom. and accus. φόως : plur. φάεα, rarely 
go7a.—Homer uses φάος and φόως, never φῶς, and forms the oblique 
cases from φάος only. Pindar has only φάος, and so the tragic wri- 
ters almost always in lyrics, while in dialogue they have both φάος 
and φῶς, whereas φῶς alone is used in Attic prose.—From φάω, “to 
shine,” “to be bright.” 

Ἠελίοιο, Epic and Ionic for ἡλίου, gen. sing. of ἥλιος, ov, ὃ, * the 

sun.” Consult line 592. 
Κακκείοντες, nom. plur. Epic for κατακείοντες, pres. part. of 
κατακείω, desiderative form of κατάκειμαι, “to wish to lie 
down,” and hence ‘‘to intend to lie down,” ‘‘in order to lie down.” — 
From κατά and κείω, Epic desiderative from κεῖμαι. 

*E6av. Consult line 391. 

Olxévée, poetic form for οἴκαδε. Consult Excursus v. p. 285. 

Live 607. "Hy, Epie for 7, adverb “ where.” 

Περικλυτός, ή, ὄν, famous,” * renowned.” Strictly, “heard of all 
around.”—From περί, “ around,” and κλυτός, “ heard of,” which last 
from κλύω, “ to hear.’ 

᾿Αμφιγυήεις, ὁ, Homeric epithet of Vulean, “he that halts in both 

legs,” ‘lame of both legs.” —From ἀμφί, “ around,’' and γυιός, “lame.” 
Not from yviov, * a limb.” 
*Idvinot, Epic and Ionic for eidviace, dat. plur. fem. part. of 
Line 608. οἶδα : thus, εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, εἰδώς or εἰδός. As regards the 
terminations of the neuter -ῴς and -é¢, consult Anthon’s enlarged 
Greek Grammar, p. 153. 

Πραπίδεσαιν, Epic and lonie for πράπισιν, dat. plur. of πραπίδες, ai ; 
strictly, ‘“ the midriff,”’ “the diaphragm” (equivalent to φρένες) ; and, 
since this was deemed the seat of the understanding, hence usually, 


Liye 605. 


Line 606. 


448. HOMERIC GLOSSARY, 


Book 2. - Line 608-2. 
like φρένες, “the understanding,” “mind,” “ skill,’ &c.—Probably 
from φράζω, φρήν. 
Ὅν, accus. sing. neut. of the possessive pronoun ὅς, #, ὅν, 
Line 609. Epic form ἑός, ἑή, é6v, which last is more usual in Homer. 

"Hie. Consult line 47. 

᾿Αστεροπητής. Consult line 580. 

Ἔνθα, relative adverb for ὅθε, “‘ where.”’—In the succeed- 
Lins 610. ing line, however, it occurs as the mere adverb of place, 
“* there,” * here,” like the Latin hic, i1.—From ἐν. 

Κοιμᾶθ᾽, Epic and Jonic for ἐκοιμᾶτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of 
κοιμάω, * to lull or hush to sleep,” “to put to sleep; fut. κοιμήσω : in 
the middle, “to lie down,” i. ¢., to put one’s self to sleep, to go to 
rest.—Akin to κεῖμαι, “to lie down ;"’ κῶμα, “deep sleep ;” and the 
Latin cumbo, cubo. . 

Ἱκάνοι, 3 sing. pres. opt. of ἱκάνω, “ to come.”” Consult line 254. 
Καθεῦδ᾽, Epic and Ionic for ἐκάθευδε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. 
act. of καθεύδω, “ to lie down to repose” (consult note) ; fut. 
xabevdjow.—The Attic forms of the imperfect are ἐκάθευδον and 
καθηῦδον. 


Line 611. 


BOOK II. 


Ἱπποκορυσταΐί, nom. plur. of ἱπποκορυστής, οὔ, ὁ, “one who 
Lawe 1. fights armed from a chariot ;” literally, ‘one who arms or. 
equips horses.’—From immog and κορύσσω, ‘‘to arm,” “to equip.” 
(Consult note.) 
Evdov, Epic and Ionic for nidov, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of” 
etda, “to sleep ;” fut. evdj7ow.—The root is the same as that 
of iatw, ἀωτέω, namely, dw, ἄημι, αὔω, “to breathe.” 

Παννύχιοι, nom. plur. mase. of παννύχιος, a, ov, and also o¢, ov, 
“during the whole night,” “all night long.”—From πᾶς, and νύξ, “ the 
night.” 

Ἔχε, Epic and Ionic for εἶχε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἔχω. 

Νήδυμος, ov, “ sweet,” “refreshing.” For a discussion relative to 
this term, consult Buttmann’s Lezilogus, p. 414, ed. Fishlake. The 
difficulty is this, that, if we deduce νήδυμος, as most do, from ἡδύς, 
and follow at the same time the analogy of the language, the word: 
ought to mean “ not sweet,” and be derived from vy, “not,” and ἡδύς. 
Buttmann inclines to the opinion that for νήδυμος and νήδυμον, 
wherever they occur in the Homeric text, we ought to read ἥδυμος 
and ἥδυμον. Now, as ἥδυμος was entitled to the digamma, ξήδυμος,: 


Line 2. 


- 


NUMERIC GLOSSARY, 449 


Book 2. Line 2-11. 
no difficulty as to hiatus could possibly occur; and even when the 
digamma had disappeared from the language, the hiatus which then 
occurred was at first tolerated by the ear of the rhapsodist; while 
wherever the v ἐφελκυστικόν could be introduced, asin Δία δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχε 
ἧδυμος ὕπνος, the later reciters did not scruple to soften the hiatus 
in this natural manner ; they spoke it ἐχενήδυμος. Αἱ a later period 
again, when the old adjective ἤδυμος was no longer in common use, 
and the ear knew not how to separate the words in the Homeric 
passages, whether ἔχε νήδυμος or ἔχεν ἥδυμος, the error of using v7- 
δυμος for 7dvuoc easily arose. 
Μερμήριζε, Epic and Ionic for ἐμερμήριζε, 3 sing. imperf. in- 
dic. of μερμηρίζω, “to ponder,” “to be full of cares,” &c.; 
fut. wepunpifw.—F rom μέρμηρα, 7, poetic collateral form of μέριμνα, 
**care,” * trouble.” 
Line 4. Πολέας. Consult book i., line 559. 
OvAov, accus. sing. masc. of ovAoc, ἡ, ov, “ pernicious,” 
Lint 6. « paneful.” Epic adjective, from ὁλῶ, ὄλλυμι, “ to destroy.” 
Another form is ὀλοός, of frequent occurrence in both Homer and 
Hesiod. 
Ὄνειερον, accus. sing. of ὄνειρος, ov, ὁ, “a dream.” The plural is 
usually the irregular form ὀνείρατα. 
Line 7. Kai μιν φωνήσας, x. τ. Δ. Consult book i., line 201. 
Baoxe, 2 sing. pres. imper. of an obsolete form βάσκω, “ to 
Line 8. go,” akin to βιδάζω, Baivw. (Consult note.) Pott compares 
βάσκειν with the Sanscrit gatshtshh, the combination tshh corre- 
sponding to cx, oy. (Etymol. Forsch., i., 169.) 
Ἴθι, 2 sing. pres. imper. of εἶμε, “ to go.” 
Θοάς. Consult book i., line 12. 
᾿Ατρεκέως, adverb, “ truly.”—From ἀτρεκής, “ strictly true,” 
Ling 10. ὦ. real,” “certain.” This latter word and its derivatives 
are rare in Attic, though Euripides has it once or twice, ἀκριδής be- 
ing used instead. 
"Ayopevéuev, Epic, Doric, and olic for ἀγορεύειν. Earliest form 
ἀγορευέμεναι. 
᾿Ἐπιτέλλω, 1 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἐπιτέλλω, “to enjoin.” Lit- 
erally, “ to put upon,” hence “ to lay upon,” “ to enjoin ;” fut. ἐπιτελῶ. 
—From ἐπί and τέλλω. 
Θωρῆξαι, 1 aor. inf. act. of ϑωρήσσω, “ to arm ;”’ properly, 
Line ll. ὦ to arm with a breast-plate or cuirass ;” fut. ϑωρήξω.--- From 
ϑώρηξ, Ionic and Epic for ϑώραξ, “a cuirass,” &c. 
Καρηκομόωντας, accus. plur. Epic lengthened form for καρηκομῶν- 
Pe2 a 


Lins 3. 


450 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book ἃ. Line 11-20. 

τας, pres. part. of a supposed form καρηκομάω, “to have long hair,” 
“to let the hair grow long.” As there is no such form as καρηκομάω 
in use, some think that the word ought to be written divisim, name- 
ly, κάρη κομάω, κάρη κομῶντες, &C.—From κάρη, Epic and Ionie for 
κάρα, “the head,” and κομάω, “ to cherish long hair,” “to have long 
hair.” 

Πανσυδίῃ, adverb, ‘with all energy,” “ with all one’s might,” 
&c.—From πᾶς and ceva, “to urge on,” “io drive.”’—Strict- 
ly, the dative from a noun πανσυδίη, not in use, from which, also, we 
have the accusative πανσυδίην or πασσυδίην, in same signification. 
(Apoll., Rhod., iii., 195.) 

Εὐρυάγυιαν, accus. sing. fem. of εὐρυάγυιος, a, ov, ““ wide-streeted,” 
‘with wide, roomy streets,”.an Homeric epithet for great cities; as, 
in this case, of Troy.—From εὐρύς and ayvid, “ a street,” “a way.” 
᾿Αμφίς, strictly the same with ἀμφί, like μεχρίς and peypi, 
Line 13. but mostly used as an adverb, “around,” “all around.” 
(Consult note.) 

Φράζονται, 3 plur. pres. indic. mid. of φράζω, “to speak :” 
in the middle, ‘to deliberate,” 7. e., to speak to or with one’s 
self; fut. φράσω : 1 aor. ἔφρασα. 

᾿Επέγναμψεν. Consult book i., line 569, ἐπιγνάμψασα. 

Kydea, nom. plur. of κῆδος, εος, τό, “ trouble ;’? more liter- 
ally, “ care,” ** concern.””—Akin to κήδω, “* to make anxious,” 
‘to trouble.”’ 

Ἔφῆπται, 3 sing. perf. indic. of ἐφάπτομαι, “to be hung over,” “to 
tmpend over.’ Homer has only ἐφάπτομαι (not ἐφάπτω), and this 
only in the 3 sing. perf. and pluperf. ἐφῆπται, éo7770.—F rom ἐπέ and 
ἅπτομαι, “to be connected or fastened to.” 

*Axovoev, Epic and Ionic for ἤκουσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
act. of ἀκούω. Consult book i., line 381. 

Line 17. Καρπαλίμως. Consult book i., line 359. 

*Exiyaver, ὃ. sing. imperf. indic. act. of κιχάνω, “ io find,” 
‘to come upon,” “to light upon.” Observe that κιχάνω is 
a present used in the indicative only, the other moods following a 
collateral form κέχημι : Homeric subjunctive κεχείω, optative κιχείην, 
infinitive κιχῆναι, participle κεχείς, &c. The Attic form is κιγχάνω. 
᾿Αμθρόσιος. Consult remarks on ἀμόρόσιαι, book i., line 
§29. ς 

Κέχυτο, Epic and Ionic for ἐκέχυτο, 3 sing. pluperf. indic. pass. of 
χέω, “ to diffuse,” “ to pour ;” fut. χεύσω : 1 aor. ἔχευσα : Attic Eyea: 
perf. κέχυκα - perf. pass. κέχυμαι : pluperf. pass. ἐκεχύμην, &c. 

Line 20. 577%. Consult book i., line 197. 


Line 12. 


Line 14. 


Line 15. 


Line 16. 


Line 18. 


Line 19. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 451° 


Book 2. Line 20-25. : 

Νηληΐῳ, dat. sing. mase. of Νηλήϊος, a, ov, “ Neléan,” “ of or be- 
longing to Nelews.”” Neleus was the son of Neptune and Tyro, and 
the father of Nestor. (Od., ii, 234.) He was driven from Iolcos, 
in Thessaly, by his brother Pelias, and wandered south into Mes- 
senia in the Peloponnesus, where he founded Pylos. Ina war with 
Hercules he Jost eleven sons; the twelfth one, Nestor, alone re- 
mained, his tender years-having saved him ; and he succeeded his — 
father on the throne. (J/., xi., 691, segq.) 

Yl, Epic dative of υἱός, as if from a stem Yi¢, gen. υἷος, dat. vi, 
aecus. via: dual vie (distinguished from the vocative singular υἱέ by 
the accent): plur. υἷες, dat. vider, accus. υἷας. 

*Eoixoc. Consult book i., line 47. 

Νέστορι, dat. sing. of Νέστωρ, ορος, ὁ, “ Nestor,” son of Ne- 
Line 21. leus, and king of the Pylians. Consult book i., line 247, 
and note. 

T?’, Epic and Ionic for ἔτιε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of tio, “to _ 
honor.” 
᾿Εεισάμενος, nom. sing, masc. Epie and Ionic for εἰσάμενος, 
Lins 22. 1 aor. part. mid. of eidw, “ to see.”,—In the middle, ** to make 
one’s self like to,” “ to liken one's self to ;” fut. εἴσομαι : 1 aor. εἰσάμην. 

Προςεφώνεε. Consult book i., line 332. 

Θεῖος, a, ov, Epic and Ionic ἡ, ov, “ divine.” —From ϑεός. 
᾿Ατρέος, gen. sing. of ᾿Ατρεύς, éoc, ὁ (Attic ἕως), “ Atreus.” 
Consult book i., line 7. 

Δαΐφρονος, gen. sing. of δαΐφρων, ov, “ of warlike mind,” ‘ eager for 
the fray,” and hence “warrior.”"—From ddi¢, “ war,” “ battle,” and 
φρήν, * mind.” 

Ἱπποδάμοιο, Epic and Ionic for ἱπποδάμου, gen. sing. masc. of ἐπ- 
πόδαμος, ov, “ tamer of steeds.”.—From ἵππος and δαμάω, “ to tame,” 
“to subduc.” 

Bovanoddpor, aceus. sing. masc. of βουληφόρος, ov, “ counsel- 
Line 24. bearing,” “ counseling,” a constant epithet of princes and 
leaders.—F rom βουλή, ‘ counsel,” and φέρω, “ to bear.” 

Line 25. Ὧι, i. ε., ᾧ, dat. sing. masc. of ὅς, 7, 6. 

᾿ἘἘπιτετράφαται, Epic and Ionic for ἐπιτετραμμένοι εἰσί, 3 plur. perf. 
indice. pass. of ἐπιτρέπω, “to confide.” Strictly, “to turn over,” “ to 
throw upon ;” fut. éxctpévw: 1 aor. ἐπέτρεψα : passive ἐπιτρέπομαι : 
laor. ἐπετράφθην : perf. éxtrérpaupat.—From ἐπί and τρέπω, “ to 
turn.” 

MéunAev, 3 sing. 2 perf. act., with present signification, “are a 
care,” for-the Attic μεμέληκε, from μέλω, “to be an object of care; . 


Line 23. 


. “τ ΩΝ 


452 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 25-38. 
fut. uweAjow.—After Homer, we now and then find the active μέλω, 
and middle μέλομαι in an active signification, “ io care for,” “to take 
care of,” “ito tend,” like ἐπιμελέομαι. 

Linz 26. ᾿Ἐμέθεν, poetic genitive for ἐμοῦ. 

Ξύνες, 2 sing. 2 aor. imper. act. of ξυνέημι for συνίημι, “to under- 
stand.” Strictly, “to send, bring, or set together ;” fut. Evv7c@:-1 
aor. ξυνῆκα : 2 aor. Sivyy.—Consult, as regards the interchange of ξ 
and a, book i., line 8. 

7Qxa. Consult book i., line 402. 

"Ἄνευθεν, adverb, “away,” “apart from.” Only poetic, and 
Live 27. never Attic.—From ἄνευ, “ without.” 

Κήδεται, 3 sing. pres. indic. mid. of κήδω. Consult book i., 

᾿ἘἘλεαίρει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of éAeaipw, poetic for ἐλεέω, “ to 
take pity upon,”’ ‘‘ to have compassion on.” —From ἔλεος, “ pity,” “ com- 
passion.” 

Aipeira, 3 sing. pres. imper. act. of aipéw, “ to take,” “to 
Tame 34. seize upon ;” fut. αἱρήσω, &c. 

Μελίφρων, ov, “ honeyed,” “ sweet ;” more literally, “ honeyed or 
sweet to the mind.”—From μέλε, “ honey,” and φρήν. 

᾿Ανήῃ, Epic and Ionic lengthened form for ἀνῇ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. 
act. of avinut, ‘to send away,” “to release ;” fut. ἀνήσω: 1 aor. ἀνῆκα: 
perf. aveixa : 2 aor. ἄνην, not used in sing. indicative. 

_ ᾿Απεδήσετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. mid. of azobaive, “ to depart ;” 
Lane 35. fut. ἀποδήσομαι: 2 aor. ἀπεδησόμην, the 2d aorist being 
formed with the characteristic (c) of the first. Consult book i., 
line 428. 

Αὐτοῦ, adverb. Originally the genitive of αὐτός, and, in full, ἐπ᾽ 

αὐτοῦ τοῦ τόπου, “ at the very place, there, here, on the spot.” . 
Τελέεσθαι, Epic and Ionic for τελέσεσθαι, fut. infin. mid. (in 
Linz 36. . passive sense) of τελέω; “to accomplish ;” fat. τελέσω, ἄτα. 
Ἔμελλον. Consult book i., line 564. 
ee $7, Epic and Ionic for ἔφη, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of - 
” nul, “to say.” (Consult note.) 
Ἤματι, dat. sing. of ἤμαρ. Consult book i., line 592. 
Νήπιος, a, ov, Epic and Ionic 7, ov, and also Attic ος, ov; 
Line 38. strictly, “‘ not speaking” (from negative νη- and éxoc), and 
so precisely equal to the Latin infans, our “infant.” Frequently 
used in Homer, especially with reference to one still unfit to bear. 
arms, i. e., until about the 15th year, as J/., ix., 440. Employed 
also figuratively of the understanding, “ child,” “ childish,” “un- 


2 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 453 


Book 2. Line 38-43. 
taught,” &c., and frequently strengthened in Homer by the addition 
of μέγα, as μέγα νήπιος (Il., xvi., 46, &c.). 

"Hidy. Consult book i, line 70. 

Madero, Epic and Ionic for ἐμήδετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of the 
middle deponent μήδομαε, “ to mediiate ;” fat. x7cowar—From μῆδος, 
“plan,” “ resolve,” * counsel.” 

θήσειν, fut. infin. act. of τέθημε, “ to place,” “to put,” &e-. ; 
Tank 39. tot. ϑήσω: perf. τέθεικα. 

"Aiyea. Consult book i., line 2. 

Στοναχάς, aceus. plur. of στοναχή, ἧς, 7, “a groan,” “a groaning,” 
“ @ wailing.” —From στενάχω, “ to groan.” 

‘Youiver, accus. plur. of ὑσμένη, nc, ἥ, “a battle.” An Epic 
Live 40. Jord, with which compare the Sanscrit judh-ma, “a bat- 
tle."—(Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., 252.) 
*Eypero, 3 sing. of the syncopated 2 aor. mid. of ἐγείρω, “to 
Jane 41. arouse :”” in the middle, ἐγεέρομαι, “to arise,” “to awake,” 
“ to rise from sleep : 2 aor. ἠγερόμην, syncopated ἠγρόμην, Epie and 
,lonic (without augment) ἐγρόμην. Some make it an imperfect from 
ἔγρομαε, which, according to them, is a shortened form for ἐγεέρομαι, 
but this is opposed by Buttmann. (Irreg. Verbs, p. 75, ed. Fishlake.) 
᾿Αμφέχυτο, 3 sing. syncopated pluperfect passive for ἀμφεκέχυτο, 
from ἀμφεχέω, “ to pour around,” “to diffuse around ;” fut. ἀμφιχεύσω : 
perf. pass. duducéyvuar: pluperi. pass. dudexextuyv—Some make 
ἀμφέχυτο a syncopated 2 aor. pass., but with Jess propriety. 

Ὄμφή, ἧς, 7, “a voice.” In Homer always ϑείη ὀμφή, ὀμφὴ ϑεῶν or 
ϑεοῦ, “ a divine voice, prophecy, oracle,” especially such as were con- 
veyed in dreams, in the flight of birds, &c., and so any sound or to- 
ken conveying a divine injunction —From the root EIL-, eiz-eiv, ὄψ, 
with u inserted, like στρόμδος, from στρέφω. 

Live 42. "Efero. Consult book i., line 48. 

᾿ὈΟρθωθείς, nom. sing. mase. 1 aor. part. pass., in a middle sense, 
of ὀρθόω, “to raise;” fut. ὀρθώσω. (Consult note.)—From ὀρθός, 
“ erect.” Γ 

Μαλακόν. Consult book i., line 582. 

Ἔνδυνε, Epie and Tonic for évéduve, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of 
évdive, “to put on ;” strictly, “ fo go or get into.”—F rom ἐν and dive. 
_ Xuiréva, aecus. sing. of χετών, ὥνος, ὁ, “a tunic.” (Consult note.) 
—It appears to be an Oriental word, in Hebrew Kéthéneth. Gesenius 
compares cotton. 

Ἐ. Νηγάτεον, aceus. sing. masc. οὗ νηγάτεος, η, ov, “ newly- 
"45. ade.” Probably for νεηγάτος, from νέας and yaw, γέγαα. 
and substituted for it metri gratia. 


454 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 43-50. 

Φᾶρος, eoc, τό, “a cloak.” (Consult note.) 

Ποσσί, Epic for mooi, dat. plural of πούς, ποδός, ὃ, “a 
Line 44. οὶ 
foot. 

Λιπαροῖσιν, dat. plur. mase. Epic and Ionic for λεπαροῖς, dat. plur. of 
λιπαρός, a, ὄν, Epic and Ionic 7, ὄν, “ while,” bright.” Originally, 
“ faity,” “ oily,” “ shiny with oil,” &c., as referring to the custom of 
anointing with oil in the palestra, after bathing. Then applied, gen- 
erally, to the healthy look of the human body or skin, “ shining,” 
“ sleek,’ answering to the Latin nitidus. So, in the present passage, 
the reference is to bright, smooth feet, with an allusion, also, to their 
color, “ bright,” “ white,” as above.—From λέπας, ‘ fat,” “ oil.” 

᾿Εδήσατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. mid. of δέω, “to bind; fut. δήσω : 
1 aor. ἔδησα : 1 aor. mid. ἐδησάμην. 

Πέδιλα, aceus. plur. neut. of wédcAov, ov, τό, mostly used: in the 
plural (always so in Homer and Hesiod), “ sandals,” ‘a pair of san- 
dals.” (Consult note.)—From πέδη, “a covering for the foot,” “a 
Setter,” “a tre,” &e. 

*Quotowv, Epic and Ionic for ὦμοις, dat. plur. of ὦμος, ov, 6, 
“ the shoulder.’—From the same root comes the Latin hu- 
merus.—(Compare Poit, Etymol. Forsch , ii., p. 290.) 

᾿Αργυρόηλον, accus. sing. neut. of ἀργυρόηλος, ov, “ silver-studded.” 
—From ἄργυρος, “ silver,” and ἦλος, “a nail,” “a nail-head,” “a 
stud,” the studs being formed by the heads of nails. 
ἔλφθιτον, accus. sing. neut. of ἄφθιτος, ov, ‘ imperishable.” 
—From 4, priv., and φθένω, “ to perish.” 

Ling 47. Χαλκοχιτώνων. Consult book i., line 371. 
"Hoe, gen. 760¢, contracted ἠοῦς, &c., “ Aurora,” goddess 
ofthe dawn. (Consult note.) 

Προςεθήσετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of προςδαίνω, ‘ to draw near,” 
“to approach ;” fut. προςδήσομαι, &c. Observe that here, as in are- 
θήσετο, the 2d aorist is formed with the characteristic letter (c) of 
the first. Consult line 35 of the present book. 

Znvi, dat. sing. of Ζεύς, “ Jupiter.” The forms Ζηνός, Ζηνΐ, 
Ζῆνα, &c., are more poetic than Διός, Aci, Δέα, &e. 

Φόως, Epic lengthened form for φῶς, which is itself contracted 
from φάος, “light.” Consult book i., line 605. 

*Epéovea, nom. sing. fem. Epic future participle act. for épodca, 
from ἐρέω, Epic and Ionic for ἐρῶ, fut. of the rare present eipa, “to 
declare,” “to announce.” Consult book i., line 76. ; 
Κηρύκεσσι, Epic and Ionic for κήρυξι, dat. plur. of κήρυξ, 


ὕκος, 6, “a herald.” 


Line 45. 


Line 46. 


Line 48. 


Line 49. 


Line 50. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 455 


Book 2. Line 50-71. 

Αιγυφθόγγοισι, Epic and Ionic for λειγυφθόγγοις, dat. plur. of λιγύ- 
φθογγος, ov, “ clear-voiced.””—From λέγυς, “ clear,” “ shrill,” and φθογ- 
77, “α vowe,” “a cry.” 

Κηρύσσειν, pres. infin. act. of κηρύσσω, “to summon ;” fut. 
anpvso.—From κήρυξ, “a herald,” “a crier.” 

᾿Αγορήνδε. Consult book i., line 54. 

Kapyxouowvtac. Consult line 11. 

᾿Ἠγείροντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. mid. of ἀγεέρω, “ to collect,” 
“to bring together ;” fut. ἀγερῶ : 1 aor. ἤγειρα. In the mid- 
dle, ἀγείρομαι, “ to assemble,” “ to come together.” —From ἄγω. 

"Ite, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of i{w, “to sit.’ (Consult 
note.) 

Νεστορέῃ. dat. sing. fem. of Νεστόρεος, ἡ, ov, Epic and Ionic 
for Neordpeoc, a, ov, “of or belonging to Nestor.”—From 
Νέστωρ, opoc, ὃ, “ Nestor.” 

Πυλοιγενέος, Epic and Ionic for Πυλοιγενοῦς, gen. sing. masc. of 

Πυλοιγενής, ἔς, “ Pylos-born.”—From Πύλος,  Pylos,” and γίγνομαι. 
—Consult, as regards Pylos, the residence of Nestor, the note on 
Πύλῳ, book i., line 252. 
Πυκινήν, accus. sing. fem. of πυκιενός, 7, 6v, poetic length- 
ened form of πυκνός, 7, 6v; literally, “close,” ‘* compact,” 
“solid.” Then, “well put together,” “well made,” and figuratively, 
“ skillful,” ‘* shrewd,” &c. 

Ἠρτύνετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of dprive, “ to arrange ;” fut. 
ἀρτύσω, &c. In the middle, ἀρτύνομαι, “to arrange for one’s self,” 
i. €., to arrange, having some particular object in view.—From dpa, 
“to fit,” “to adapt.” 

Κλῦτε, 2 plur. Epic 2 aor. imper. of κλύω, “to hear.’ Thus, 
Link 56. κλῦθι, κλύτω, ἄς. Compare 37, γνῶθι, and consult book 
i., line 37. / 

Ἐνύπνιον, neuter of évirvioc, a, or, “in sleep,’ taken adverbially. 
"Aubpocinv, Epic and Tonic for ἀμδροσίαν, accus. sing. fem. 
of ἀμϑρόσιος, n, ov, Epic and Ionic for ᾿Αμόρόσιος, a, ov.— 
From du6pocia, “ ambrosia.” Consult remarks on book i., line 529. 

Δίῳ, dat. sing. masce. of δῖος, dia, δῖον, “ noble,” &ce. Consult book 
1., line 7. 


Line 51. 


Line 52. 


Line 53. 


Line 54. 


Line 55. 


Line 57. 


"Ayxtora, adverb, superlative of ἄγχι, “very closely,” “very 
nearly.” 
*Eoxet, 3 sing. 2 pluperf. act. of the radical εἴκω, “ to be like: 2 
perf. ἔοικα, with present signification : 2 pluperf. ἐῴκειν, for ἐοίκειν. 
q *Qiyeto, i. €., ᾧχετο, 3 sing. imperf. indie. of the middle de- 
Line 71. “ ” Γ oe 
ponent οἴγομαι. ‘to go,” or, rather, “to he gone,” “to have 


Line 58. 


456 - HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book ἃ. Line 71-79. 
gone,” and so opposed to ἥκω, “to have come,’’ ἔρχομαι; “to go or 
come,” being the strict present to each of them: fut. οἰχήσομαι: 
perf. ᾧχημαι : Ionic οἔχημαι. (Consult note.) 

᾿Αποπτάμενος, nom. sing. masc. 2 aor. part. mid. of ἀφίπταμαι, “to 
fly away,” and assigned to drorérouwat.—From ἀπό and ἵἕπταμαι. This 
present ἔπταμαι, which is the common one in use among the later 
writers, becomes very suspicious as a form of the older language, 
although still found in some passages without any various reading. 
(Porson, ad Eurip., Med., 1.—Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, p. 205, ed. Fish- 
lake.) 

᾿Ανῆκεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of dvinut, “to send away,” “ to 
release,”’ &c. (consult note on line 34); fut. ἀνήσω : 1 aor. ἀνῆκα, &e. 
Θωρήξομεν, Epic for ϑωρήξωμεν (the mood-vowel being 
shortened), 1 plur. 1 aor. subj. act. of ϑωρήσσω, “to arm.” 
Consult line 11. 

Yiac, accus. plur. of υἱός, as if from a stem vic. Consult line 20. 

Line 73. ’Eyév, Epie and Molie for ἐγώ. 

Πειρήσομαι, Epie and Tonic for πειράσομαι, 1 sing. fut. indice. mid. 
of πειράω, “to try ;” fut. πειράσω. But much more frequently as a 
middle deponent, πειράομαι, fut. πειράσομαι, &c.—From πεῖρα, “a 
trial,” ‘an attempt,” χα. 

Θέμις, 7, old-and Epie genitive ϑέμιστος, and) in Homer the only 
form: accus. ϑέμεν (Aisch., Agam., 1431), ἄς. So, too, Homer de- 
clines the proper name Θέμις, Θέμεστος : accus. Θέμιστα : but Attic 
Θέμιτος, accus. Oguv. Common Gr. Θέμιδος, Tonic Ogusoc, voc 
Θέμε (probably from root OE-, τέθημι), “that which is laid down or 
established,” “ law,” like ϑεσμός, not as fixed by statute, but as es- 
tablished by old usage ; answering to the Latin jus or fas, as opposed 
to lex: hence, generally, “ what is right,” “fit,” &c. 

Πολυκλήϊσι, dat. plur. of πολυκλήϊς, idoc, ‘of many bench- 
es,” .“ many-benched.”—From πολύς and κλείς, “a rowing- 
bench,” Epic and Jonie κληΐς. 
Ἐρητύειν, pres. infin. act. of ἐρητύω, “to restrain.” Con- 
sult book i., line 192. 
᾿Ἠμαθόεντος, gen. sing. masc. of ἠμαθόεις, ὄεσσα, dev, 
Line 77. ὦ sandy” (consult note), Epic and Ionic for ἀμαθόεντος, 
from ἀμαθόεις, &C.—From ἄμαθος, “ sand,” and this from ἅμος, 
lengthened form ἄμμος. 

Ἡ γήτορες, nom. plur. of ἡγήτωρ, opoc, ὁ, “a leader,” “a com- 
Lite 70. ander Pahiom occurring in Sas, who usually joins 
ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες, “ leaders and guardians,” i.e., chiefs in the field 
and in council—From ἡγέομαι, “ to lead.” 

we 


Line 72. 


Line 74. 


Laine 75. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 457 


Book 2. Line 79-88. 

Μέδοντες, nom. plur. of μέδων, οντος, ὁ, “ one who provides for,” “a 
guardian,” &c. (Consult remarks on preceding word.)—From μέδο- 
μαι, “ to provide for.” 

Ἔνισπεν, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἐνέπω, “to tell,” ‘to 
Line 80. declare,” a strengthened form of the root or stem of εἰπεῖν 
(ENII-, évéro, like AAK-, AAEK-, and OPT-, dpéyw). The imper- 
fect (according to form) is éverov: the 2 aor. éviorov, ἐνισπεῖν, 
ἐνίσπω, évioromut: fut. ἐνέψω and ἐνισπήσω. Observe that the aorist 
here, as compared with the present, is, by its long syllable, at vari- 
ance with general analogy, but still not without example; as in 
ἑσπόμην, from ἕπομαι. 

Φαῖμεν, Epic for φαίημεν, 1 plur. pres. optative of φημί, ‘to 
Lie 81. say,” “to pronounce.” 

Νοσφιζοίμεθα, 1 plur. pres. optative middle of νοσφίζω, “to put 
away,” “to remove ;” fut. voodiow.—In the middle, νοσφίζομαι, **to turn 
away from,” “ to become estranged.” —From νόσφι, “ away,”’ “apart.” 

Line 82. Εὔχεται. Consult book i., line 91. 

Νέεσθαι, Epic and Ionic for νεῖσθαι. pres. infin. of the mid- 
Line 84. aie deponent véouat, “to go,” “10 depart,” “to come.” Onl 

ponent véouat, “ to go, ὁ depart, Ὁ come. nly 

used in the present and imperfect. In the present usually, like eluc, 
with future signification: to which. however, the infinitive forms 
the most frequent exception.—The Sanscrit root is πὲ, * to lead,” 
with which compare the lengthened forms νείσομαι, νείσσομαι, νίσ- 
σομαι. 

Σκηπτοῦχοι, nom. plur. of σκηπτοῦχος, ον, “ sceptre-bear- 
Line 86. σι" Consult book i., line 279. 

Βασιλῆες, nom. plur. of βασιλεύς, ἕως, Ionic Foc, ὁ, “a king.” 

᾿Επεσσεύοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. mid. of ἐπεσεύω, “to put in mo- 
tion against one.”—In the middle, ἐπισεύομαι, “ to advance hastily ;” 
Epic ἐπισσεύομαι : imperf. indic. ἐπεσσευόμην. 

Ἔθνεα, Epic and Ionic for ἔθνη, from ἔθνος, εος, τό, “a na- 
Lins 87. ,._ ., 
tion. 

Μελιδσάων, Epic and Ionic for μελισσῶν, gen. plur. of μέλισσα or 
μέλιττα, ne, ἡ, “a bee.”—From μέλε, honey.” 

᾿Αδινάων, Epic and Tonic for ἀδινῶν, gen. plar. of ἀδινός, 7, dv, radi- 
eal signifieation, “close,” “ thick.’ Hence, in Homer, “ crowded,” 
“ thronged,” “ closely-thronging.”—From ἄδην, " enough,” “to one’s 


fill.” 
Line 88. ge ene sted of πέτρη, n¢, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for πέτρα, 
ας, 7, “a rock. 


Τλαφυρῆς, gen. sing. fem. of γλαφυρός, 7, ὄν, Epic and Ionic for 
Qa 


458 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 88-94. 
γλαφυρός, ἅ, ὄν, “hollow,” “ hollowed.’’—From γλάφω, “ to dig out,” 
“to hollow out,” &c. 
Βοτρυδόν, adverb, ‘in clusters,” “ cluster-like.”’ —- From 
Line 89. βότρυς, “a cluster.” 

Πέτονται, 8. plur. pres. indic. of the middle deponent πέτομαι, “ to 
fy.” Original meaning, “to spread the wings to fly ;” fut. πετήσομαι, 
in Attic prose usually shortened πτήσομαι, το. 

Eiapivoiocy, Epic and Ionic for eiapevoic, dat. plur. neut. of etapivde, 
7%, 6v, Epic and Ionic for ἐαρινός, 4, ov, “ vernal,” “ of spring.”’—From 
ἔαρ, “ spring.” 

"Aric, adverb, “ in crowds,’ “in great numbers,’ &c. Akin 
Line 90. 16 ἁλής, “thronged.” 

Πεποτήαται, Epie and Ionic for πεπότηνται, 3 plur. perf. indic. pass. 
of the deponent. ποτάομαι, Epic and Attic poetie form for πέτομαι, 
* to fly,” “to wing one’s way ;” fut. ποτήσομαι : perf. πεπότημαι, with 
present signification.—In Epic we find also ποτέομαι. 

Line 91. Νεῶν. Consult book i., line 48. 

Ἠϊόνος, gen. sing. of ἠϊζών, όνος, 7, ‘the shore,” “a sea-bank,” 
Line 92. “ . ” 
a river-bank. 

Βαθείης, Epic and Ionic for βαθείας, gen. sing. fem. of βαθύς, εἴα, 
ύ, &e. 

᾿Ἐστιχόωντο, Epic and Ionic lengthened form for ἐστιχῶντο, 8 plur. 
imperf. indic. middle of στιχάω, “to march,” usually in the middle, 
—From στείχω, στίχες, στίχος, the literal meaning of the verb being, 
‘*to set or place in rows or ranks.” 

Ἰλαδόν, adverb, “in squadrons,” ‘in troops.” Analogous 
Linz 93. to the Latin éwrmatim.—From ἔλη, ‘‘a squadron,” ‘a troop.” 

Ὄσσα, ἧς, 7, “rumor.” —Properly, ‘a voice,” “report,” or “rumor,” 
which, its origin being unknown, is therefore held divine; a word 
noised abroad, one knows not how; hence Ὄσσα, Διὸς ἄγγελος, in 
the present passage.—Akin to 6y, and from it ὀσσεύομαι. But ob- 
serve, that ὄσσομαι has nothing in common with ὄσσα. 

Δεδήει, Epic and Ionic for ἐδέδηει, 3 sing. 2 pluperf. act. of δαίω, 
“to light up,” “to kindle,” and then “to blaze.”"—The Sanscrit root 
is dah, ‘to burn,” whence, probably, daic, datdoc, “ a torch,” &c. 
Ὀτρύνουσα, nom. sing. pres. part. act. of drptvw, “to urge 
Ling 94, ., ‘“ mS) ay 9 x ype 

on,” * to encourage ;”’ fut. dtpivG: 1 aor. ὥτρῦνα, Always 
with collateral notion of zeal and activity. 

Ἄγγελος, ov, 6, “a messenger.’ In general, “one that announces 
or tells.""—The preposition ἀνά appears to enter into the first part of 
this compound (far such it evidently is), while the latter part is 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 459 


Book 2. Line 94-99. 
compared, by Pott, with the root of gallus, the Latin term for the 
domestic fowl, the reference in either case being to proclaiming or 
announcing. (Etymol. Forsch., i., 184.) 

*Ayépovro, Epic and Ionic for ἠγέροντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. mid. 
of ἀγείρω, “to gather together; fut. ἀγερῶ : in the middle, “ to gather 
themselves together,” “ to assemble :” 2 aor. iyepéunv.—From ἄγω. 

Τετρήχει, Epic and Ionic for ἐτετρήχει, 3 sing. 2 pluperfect 
Line. 96. of τάρασσω, ‘to disturb,” “to stir up,” &c.; fut. ταράξω : 
1 perf. terdpaya, “1 have disturbed :” 2 perf. (intransitive) τέτρηχα, 
“Iam disturbed,” “1 am in confusion,’ &c. The common opinion, 
that rérpnya is perfect of a verb τρήχω (from τρηχύς, “ rough’), is re- 
fated by Buttmann (Lezil., s. v.), after the old grammarians. Later 
poets, indeed, acted on this opinioh, so far as to form a present τρήχω, 
‘*to be rough or stiff; as Nicand., Ther., 521; and Apollonius Rho- 
dius (iii., 1393) uses τέτρηχα in this signification —The process of 
formation in τέτρηχα appears to be as follows: ταράσσω, by trans- 
position τραάσσω, contracted, with r absorbing the latent aspirate of 
the p, into ϑράσσω (Attic); fut. ϑράξω : perf. rérpaya: Epic and 
Ionic τέτρηχα. (Carmichael’s Greek Verbs, p. 278.) 

Στεναχίζετο, Epic and Ionic for ἐστεναιχίζετο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. 
mid. of στεναχίζω, “to groan,” “to resound.”—From στενάχω, and 
with a species of frequentative meaning. 

"Opadog, ov, ὁ, “a loud din,” “an uproar,” &¢., said espe- 
finn 9: cially of the confused voices of a large crowd.—From ὁμός, 
ὁμάς, “ the whole,” “ together,” &e. 

Βοόωντες, enlarged Epic form for βόωντες, nom. plur. masc. 
Line 97. pres. part. of Boda, “ to cry aloud ;”’ fut. Sojow.—F rom βοή, 
“ἐᾳ ery,” “a shout.” 

᾿Ἐρήτυον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἐρητύω, “to restrain,” “ to 
hold back ;” fut. éogriow.—Akin to ἐρύω, ἐρύκω, * to draw,” “ to keep 
in,” “to check.” 

᾿Αὐτῆς, gen. sing. of ἀτή, ἧς, 7, “a clamor,” “a cry,” ““α shout.” 

Σχοίατο, Epic and Ionic for σχοῖντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. opt. mid. 
Lin 98. of ἔχω, “to hold,” ‘to restrain.”—In the middle, “to re- 
strain one’s self,” “to refrain :᾽ 2. aor. mid. ἐσχόμην. 

Διοτρεφέων. Consult book i,, line 176. 

Σπουδῇ, dat. sing. of σπουδή, ἧς, ἡ, “ pains,”’ “ trouble,” “ dif- 
Live 99. ficulty,” taken adverbially. (Consult note.) 4 

Ἐρήτυθεν, Epic contracted form for ἠρητύθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. in- 
dic. pass. of ἐρητύω, “to restrain.” Consult line 97. : 

"Edpac, aecus. plur. of édpa, ας, ἡ. Epie and Ionic ἕδρη, ne, 9, “a 
seat,” “a division ot τοῖς of seats.” (Consult note:) 


460 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 100-104. 

Line 100. Kpefwv. Consult book i., line 130. 

Ling 101. "Ἥφαιστος. Consult book i., line 571. 

Κάμε, Epic and Ionic for ἔκαμε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of κάμνω, 
‘to bestow labor upon,” “to labor ;” fut. καμοῦμαι : 2 aor. ἔκαμον .---- 
Lengthened from a root καμ- in the present, this same root appear- 
ing unlengthened in the other tenses.—Bopp compares the Sanscrit 
root ksham, “to endure,” &c. : 

Τεύχων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. of τεύχω, “to fabricate,” “ to 
prepare,” ‘to get ready,” “‘ to make,” &c.; fut. τεύξω: 1 aor. ἔτευξα. 
—Nearly akin to τυγχάνω, the notion implied in which has grown 
out of the perf. pass. of τεύχω, which represents that which has been 
made, and so is existing. Hence, in Epic, the forms τέτυγμαι, ére- 
τύγμην, ἐτύχθην, are substantially the same with τύγχανω, ἔτυχον : 
and the active perfect rérevya, when used intransitively, is used ex- 
actly like τυγχάνω. Farther, τεύχειν is manifestly akin to τέκτω, and 
the German zeugen. 

Διακτόρῳ, dat. sing. of διάκτορος, ov, ὁ, ““α messenger.” 
Ling 103. The meaning of this word is disputed. The usual deri- 
vation is from δεάγω, according to which it would signify ‘ ‘he con- 
ductor,” “ the guide,” which would suit J/., v., 390, where Mercury 
releases Mars; and 1|., xxiv., 339, where he conducts Priam to 
Achilles. Most commonly, however, the term is interpreted “ the 
messenger,” as if 6 διάγων τὰς ἀγγελίας. Later writers certainly used 
it in this sense; as, for example, Callimachus (Fr., 164), of the owl, 
as Minerva’s attendant. Buttmann (Lezil., s. Ὁ.) derives it from 
διάκω, as a collateral form of διώκω, and makes it simply equivalent 
to διάκονος. 

᾿Αργειφόντῃ, dat. sing. of ᾿Αργειφόντης, ov, 6, for ᾿Αργοφονευτής, οὔ, 

“the slayer of Argus.” (Consult note.)—From “Apyoc, and φονέω or 
φονεύω, “ to slay.” 
Ἑρμείας, ov, ὁ, Epic for Ἑρμῆς, οὔ, ὁ, “ Mercury."—As a 
technical term, any four-cornered post ending in a head 
or bust was called 'Ερμῆς, such as were frequent in the public places 
of Athens; in which signification Winckelmann, Lessing, and oth- 
ers, derive the word from ἕρμα, “ a prop,” ** post,” “ support,” &e. 

Πέλοπι, dat. sing. of Πέλοψ, οπος, 6, “" Pelops,” son of Tantalus, 
said to have migrated from Lydia, and to have given his name to 
the Peloponnesus—From πελός, “dark,” and dy, “visage ;” and 
hence Pelops means “ the dark-faced,” ‘or “ swarthy” one, as indica- 
tive of an Asiatic. (Donaldson, Varronianus, p. 25 ) 

Πληξίππῳ, dat. sing. mase. of πλήξιππος, ov, “ the wrger-on of 


Line 104. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 461 


Book 2. Line 104-110. 
steeds; more literally, ‘‘ steed-smiting,” i. ¢., with the lash. An 
Homeric and Hesiodean epithet of heroes, like imzédauo¢.—From 
πλήσσω, “to smite,” and ἵππος, * a courser.” 
*Arpéi, dat. sing. of ᾿Ατρεύς, éo¢, ὁ, “ Atreus.”—Probably 
Live 105. fom a, priv., and rpéw, “to tremble,” “ to fear.” Hence 
Atreus may mean, “ the unfearing.” 

Ποιμένι, dat. sing. of ποιμήν, évoc, 6, ‘a shepherd.”—In general, 
one who keeps or tends, and hence a king is called the shepherd (i. ε., 
the keeper or guardian) of his people-—Probably akin to πέπαμαι, 
perf. of πάομαι, “10 acquire,” ‘‘ to possess,” πᾶμα, “ possession,” ποῦ, 
‘a flock,” &c. 

Πολύαρνι, dat. sing. of πολύαρνος, ov, “rich in lambs or 
Lane 106. sheep,” “with many lambs or sheep.”” Observe that πολύ- 
apvc is here a metaplastic dative. (Consult, on Metaplastic Nouns, 
Anthon's enlarged Greek Grammar, p. 120.)—From πολύς and ἀρνός, 
genitive assigned to ἀμνός, “ a lamb.” 

Θυέστῃ, dat. sing. of Θυέστης, ov, ὁ, “ Thyestes,” son of Pelops, 
grandson of Tantalus, and brother of Atreus, whom he succeeded, 
according to the present passage, in the government of Mycene. 

Θυέστα, olic nominative, gen. Θυέστας, for Θυέστης, ov, 
Line 107. ὁ. (Consult note.) 

Φορῆναι, Epic pres. infin. of φορέω, “‘ to wield,” “to bear.” Another 
Epic fourm of the pres. infin. is φορήμεναι. Compare γοήμεναι, κολή- 
μεναι. ποθήμεναι. 

Line 108. Πολλῇσιν, Epic and Ionic for πολλαῖς. 

*Apyei, dat. sing. of Ἄργος, eoc, τό, “* Argos.” (Consult note.) 

᾿᾽Ερεισάμενος, 1 aor. part. mid. of épeidw, “ to make one thing 
Lint 108. jan against another ;” fut. ἐρείδω.---Ἰὴ the middle, “to prop 
one’s self,” ** to lean upon.” 

Μετηύδα, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of μεταυδάω, “ to speak among,” 
and hence, “ ¢o address.”—From μετά and αὐδάω. 

Live 110. "Hpwec. Consult book i., line 4. 

Θεράποντες, nom. plur. of θεράπων, οντος, 6, “a servant,” “ an at- 
tendant,’” ἄς. In Homer and old authors it always differs from 
δοῦλος, as implying free and honorable service. In Chios, how- 
ever, ϑεράποντες was the name for their slaves. (Arnold, Thucyd., 
viii , 40.) 

"Apnoc, gen. sing. of "Apne, noc, ὁ, Epic and Tonic for "Ἄρης, εος, ὁ, 
“« Mars,” son of Jupiter and Juno, god of war and slaughter, repre- 
sented by Homer as a gigantic warrior. Hence, taken as an ap- 
pellative for “war,” “ slaughter,” “ murder,” &c.—Akin. to ἄῤῥην 

Qe2 : 


462 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 110-117. 
ἄρσην, as Mars to mas; perhaps, also, to ἀνήρ, ἤρως, and German 
herr ; perhaps, also, to αἴρων, évaipw, Latin arma, and to the prefix 
dpt.... From the same root come ἀρετή, dpeiw, ἄριστος, the first no- 
tion of goodness being that of manhood, bravery in war. (Donaldson's 
New Cratylus, p. 365.) 

Line 111. “Ary. Consult book i., line 412. 

᾿Ἐνέδησε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of évdéw, “to bind in,” “ to en- 
tangle ;”” fut. ἐνδήσω : 1 aor. évédyoa.—From ἐν and δέω, “ to bind.” 

Σχέτλιος, a, ov, Epic and Ionic 7, ov, “ cruel,” said proper- 
Line 112. ly of persons doing and enduring, daring, obstinate, rash, 
reckless, &c.—From ἔχω, σχεῖν, in the sense of holding on, enduring. 

Ὑπέσχετο καὶ κατένευσεν. Consult book i., line 514. 

Lrg 113. Ἴλιον. Consult book i., line 71. 

’Exrépoavra. Consult book i., line 19. 

Εῤτείχεον. Consult book i., line 129. 

᾿Απονέεσθαι, Epic and Ionic for ἀπονεῖσθαι, pres. infin. of the mid- 
dle deponent ἀπονέομαι, “to depart,” “to return home.””—From ἀπό 
and véouar, “to go.” 

᾿Απάτην, aceus. sing. of ἀπάτη, ne, 7, “ deceit,” “ fraud,” 
Line 114. &e.—From ἅπτω, déde, “to touch,” i. e., “ to cheat,” an- 
swering to the Latin palpare. (Buttmann, Lezil., ed. Fishlake, p. 118.) 

Βουλεύσατο, Epic and Ionie for ἐδουλεύσατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
mid. of βουλεύω, * to deliberate with another ;” fut. βουλεύσω : 1 aor. 
ἐδούλευσα : in the middle, βουλεύομαι, “to deliberate with one’s self,” 
“to resolve upon,” &c.; fut. βουλεύσομαι : 1 aor. éovdevodunv.— 
From βουλή, “ counsel,” “ advice,” &c. 

Bagh Δυσκλέᾶ, Epic and Ionit for δυσκλεᾶ, aceus. sing. mase. 
Tans 115. of δυσκλεῆῥ, tc): inglorions.”' From dug: and «Aéoc, 
“ glory,” “fame.” : 

*Apyo¢, accus. sing. neut. of "Apyor, eo¢, τό, “ Argos.” Consult 
book i., line 30. 

Ἱκέσθαι. Consult book i., line 19. 

“QAeca, 1 sing. 1 aor. indic. aet. of ὄλλυμι, “ to lose,” “ to destroy ;” 
fut. ὀλέσω : 1 aor. ὥλεσα. " 

Tane 116. Μέλλει. Consult book i., line 564. 

Ὕπερμενέϊ, dat. sing. mase. of ὑπερμενήῆς, ἔς, “ superior in might,” 
“exceeding mighty,” a frequent epithet, in Homer and Hesiod, of 
Jupiter and of kings. In later writers, in a bad sense also, “ over- 
weening,” “ insolent.” —Poetic word, from ὑπέρ and μένος; “ might,” 
“ strength,” &e. baer ebee nc 

Line 117. Πολλάων, Epic for πολλῶν. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 408 


Book 2. Line 117-125. 
᾿ KaréAvoe, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of καταλύω, “ to destroy,” “to 
lay low.” —From κατά and Ava, “ to loosen,” “ to relax,” &c. 

Kdpyva, accus. plur. of κάρηνον, ov, τό, “a head,” “a summit.” By 
the “ summits of cities” are meant, properly, the fortresses or citadels 
of places, that is, their loftiest and strongest parts. 

Αἰσχρόν, hom. sing. neut. of αἰσχρός, a, dv, “ disgrace- 
Line 119. ful,” “causing shame,” and hence derived from αἶσχος, 
“ shame,” &c. 

᾿ἘἘσσομένοισι, Epic and Tonic for ἐσομένοις, fut. part. mid. of εἰμί, 
to be.” 

Md, adverb, “to no purpose,” “in vain.’ ‘This word, 
Line 120. with all its compounds, is solely poetic, and mostly Epic. 
—According to some, from αἶψα, “ quick,” “on a sudden :” better, 
perhaps, from μάρπτω, “to grasp,” 2 aor. infin. Epic μαπέειν, and 
equivalent to ἐμμαπέως, “hastily,” “hand over prise " and so “*rash- 
ly,” “in vain,” ὅτ. 

λπρηκτον, Epic and Ionic for ἄπρακτον, accus. sing. masc. 
Live 121. of ἄπρηκτος, ov, “ fruitless,” “unavailing,” “ unprofitable.” 
—From 4, priv., and πρήσσω (Epic and Ionic for πράσσω), “to ac- 
complish,” ‘to effect.” 

Tlavporépoiot, Epic and Ionic for παυροτέροις, dat. plur. 
masc. of παυρότερος, a, ov, “ fewer,’ comparative of παῦ- 
poc, a, ov, “ few.”—Compare φαῦρος, φαῦλος, and the Latin paulus 
end paucus. 

Πέφανται, 3 sing. perf. indic. pass. of φαίνω, “to show ;” fut. φανῶ: 
later perf. πέφαγκα : 2 perf. (intrans.) πέφηνα : in the middle, φαίνο- 
pat, “to appear ;” perf. pass. (sttienly Inid.) πέφαμμαι, πέφανσαι, πέ- 
φανται, &c. 

Ὅρκια, accus. plur. of ὅρκιον, ov, τό, “ἃ league.” (Con- 
Line 124. sult note.) 

Ταμόντες, nom. plur. masc. 2 aor. part. act. of τέμνω, “to cut,” 
“to strike ;” fut. τεμῶ: 2 aor. ἔταμον, later érevov.—Lengthened 
from a root TEM-, TAM-. 

᾿Αριθμηθήμεναι, Epic and Ionie for ἀριθμηθῆναι, 1 aor. infin. pass. 
of ἀριθμέω, “to number,” “to count ;” fut. dp6ujow.—From ἀριθμός, 
“number.” 


Line 122. 


.. Ἀέξασθαι, 1 aor. infin. mid. of λέγω, “to select ;”” fut. Aéfo. 
Line 125. ‘consult note.) 

᾿Εφέστιοι, nom. plur. masc. of ἐφέστιος, ov, “ απ inhabitant.” Lit- 
erally, ‘on the hearth,” i. e., at home, by one’s own fireside ; and 
hence, “settled in a place,” “having a house anil home,” “ a house 


464 _ HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. - Line 125-130. 
keeper”’ (in the legal sense), or “ householder,’ “an inhabitant,” &c. 
—From ἐπέ, *‘ upon,” and ἑστία, “a hearth.” 

Ἔασιν, Epic for εἰσέ, 3 plur. pres. indic. of εἰμέ, “ to be.” 

Δεκάδας, accus. plur. of δεκάς, δος, ἡ, “α decad,” “a body 
Line 126. of ten men.” Corresponding to the Latin decuria—From 
δέκα, “‘ten,’’ with which gompare the Sanscrit dacan, our ten, and 
the German zehn. 

Διακοσμηθεῖμεν, Epic syncopated form for διακοσμηθείημεν, 1 plur. 
1 aor. opt. pass. of διακοσμέω, “to distribute in order ;” fut. διακοσμή- 
ow.—From διά and κοσμέω, “ to arrange in order.” 

‘EAoiue@a, 1 plur. 2 aor. opt. mid. of aipéw, “ to choose,” 
Live 127. pu 

Oivoyoevetv, pres. inf. act. of οἰνοχοεύω, ‘to pour out wine,” an- 
other form for oivoyoée. Consult book i., line 598. 

Aevoiaro, Epic and [onic for δεύοιντο, 3 plur. pres. opt. of 
Line 138, the middle deponent devoua:, poetic form for δέομαι, “ to 
wan'.” 

Οἰνοχόοιο, Epic and Tonic for οἰνοχόου, gen. of οἰνοχόος, ov, ὁ, a 
cup-bearer.”’"—F rom οἶνος, ““ wine,’ and χέω, “ to pour.” 

Πλέας, accus. plur. of πλέες, Epic comparative of πολύς, 
only found in the nom. and accus. plur. masc.; and hence 
the Doric contracted form πλεῖς. 

Yiac, accus. plur., as from a stem vic. Consult line 20, and also 
book i., line 162. 

Ναίουσι, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of vaiw, “to dwell ;* fut. 
Ling 180. nig. νάσομαι: 1 aor. ἐνασάμην : perf. νένασμαι. The 1 aor. 
act. ἔνασσα (for ἔνασα) is used in a transitive sense, especially in 
poetry, “to make to dwell in or inhabit,” “to give one to dwell in,” 
but this occurs also in the Ist aor. pass. and mid. ; as, πατὴρ ἐμὸς 
"Apyei νάσθη, “my father setiled at Argos’ (Il., xiv., 119); and νάσ- 
σατο ἄγχ᾽ Ἑλικῶνος. (Hes., Op., 637.) 

’Exixovpo, nom. plur. of ἐπέκουρος, ov, ὁ, “an ally,” always cull 
as a substantive by Homer, and especially of the barbarian allies of 
Troy. Properly, however, an adjective, ‘ he/ping,” “ aiding,” “ de- 
fending.” In Attic Greek, especially, of ἐπίκουροι are “mercenary 
troops," also called ξένοι, opposed to the national army, and literally 
μισθοφόροι, “ hirelings,” a less honorable name than σύμμαχοι ---- 
From ἐπί and κοῦρος, “a youth,” “one in youthful prime.” Some 
distinguished ἐπίκουροι from σύμμαχοι, by making the former refer te 
the allies of those attacked or invaded; and σύμμαχοι to the allies 
of those who attack, invade, or bring the war. 


Line 129. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY 465 


Book 2. Line 131-135. 
Πολλέων, Epic fur πολλῶν. Homer takes -d%, arising by 
contraction from the old form in -ἄων, and opens it again 
by the insertion of e, producing thus an ending in -éwy, which, regu- 
larly, must be pronounced as one syllable by synizesis. (Kiihner, 
G. G., § 261, 3.) 

᾿Εγχέσπαλοι, nom. plur. masc. of ἐγχέσπαλος, ov, “ spear-brandish- 

ing,” “wielding the spear or lance.”—From ἔγχος, “@ spear,” and 
πάλλω, “το brandish,” ‘to wield.” 
Πλάζουσι, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of πλάζω, “to cause to 
Line 132. wander ;” fut. πλάγξω : 1 aor. érAaeySa.—In the middle, 
“to cause one's self to wander,” i. e., “ to wander.” —As if from a root 
TIAATX-~. 

Εἰῶσι, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of εἰάω, eid, Epic and Ionic for éda, 

ἐῶ, “to permit,” “ to allow.” Hence εἰῶσε is for ἐῶσι. 
Βεδάασι, Epic and syncopated form for Bebjxace (anothet 
Line 134. syncopated, and, at the same time, contracted form for 
which is βεδᾶσι), 3 plur. perf. indic. act. of βαίνω, “to go.” Homer 
has βεδάάσι. part. Gebdoc, Bebavia, and infin. GebGuev. Later writers 
have also βεδώς, Bebdca, Be6o¢.—All these forms, however, are rare; 
except in poetry. 

᾿Ενιαυτοΐ, nom. plur. of ἐνιαυτός, οὔ, ὁ, “a year.” This word, 
though common in all Greek, is most frequent in the poets. It 
meant any complete space, or period of time; and hence we have (Od., 
i., 16) ἔτος ἦλθε περιπλομένων ἐνιαυτῶν, “ as times rolled on the year 
came round.”’—From ἔνος, “a year,” with which compare the Latin 
annus. The derivations évi αὐτῷ, “ self-contained,” and ἐν, ἰαύω, are 
mere subtleties. 

Δοῦρα, contracted from dovpara, and both these Epic and 
Live 135. Tonic forms for δόρατα, nom. plur. of δόρυ, arog, τό, ** wood,” 
and any thing made therefrom, “the timbers” of a ship, “a spear,” 
&c.—Compare the Sanscrit daru, “the stem of a tree.” (Eichhoff, 
Vergleich., p. 205.) 

Σέσηπε, 3 sing. 2 perf. indic. act. of σήπω, “to make rotten,” “to 
corrupt ;" fut. σήψω : 2 perf. as a present, with intransitive or pass- 
ive force, σέσηπα, “ I am rotien.”—The root, strictly, is ZATI-, as it 
appears in the second aorist passive ἐ-σάπ-ην, σαπ-ῆναι, and in the 
adjective σαπ-ρός. The adjective σαθ-ρός is akin. 

Σπάρτα, nom. plur. of σπάρτον, ov, τό. “a rope,” “a cable.”—From 
σπείρω, “to twist,” according to some, although this same σπείρω 
is found only in the grammarians. Not, certainly, from σπάρτος, 
“ Spanish broom,” which was unknown to the Greeks in Homer's 
time. (Consult note.) 


Liye 131. 


466 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 135-144. 

Λέλυνται, 3 plur. perf. indic. pass. of λύω, “ to loosen,” “to un- 
twist ;” fut. λύσω : perf. λέλυκα : perf. pass. ἥδομαι; &e. 

"Ἄλοχοι, nom. plur. of ἄλοχος, ov, ἧς Consult book i., 
ine 546, 

Νήπια. Consult line 38. 

Eiarai, Epie and Ionic for ἦνται, 3 plur. of ἦμαι, “1 sit.” 
Consult book i., line 565. 

Μεγάροις, dat. plur. of μέγαρον, ov, τό, “a hall ;” properly, any 
large room or chamber. Mostly used in the plural, like edes in Latin, 
because the house consisted of many rooms ; hence ἐν μεγάροις often 
gets the general meaning of “ at home,” with the notion of peace and 
quiet, as opposed to war and traveling.—From μέγας. 

Ποτιδέγμεναι, nom. plur. fem. Epic and Doric for προςδέγμεναι, 
syncopated 2 aor. part. of προςδέχομαι, “to wait for,” “to expect.” 
According to some, προςδέγμεναι is for προςδεδεγμέναι, perf. part. of 
mpocdéxouat ; but consult Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, p. 63, ed. Fishlake, 
and compare book i., line 22, remarks upon déy@ac.—The participle, 
it must be observed, has here the force, not of the aorist properly, 
but merely of watting for, expecting. (Buttmann, l. c.) 

*Auut, Epic and £olie for ἡμῖν. 

Line 138. Αὔτως. Consult book i., line 133. 

᾿Ακράαντον, nom. sing. neut. of ἀκράαντος, ov, “ unfinished,” “ with- 
out result.”— From 4, priv., and κραιαΐνω, “to accomplish ;” Epic 
lengthened form for xpaivw: fut. xpaévd: so that ἀκράαντον is itself 
a lengthened form for dxpavrov. Consult book i., line 41. 

Eivexa, Epic and Ionic for ἕνεκα. 

Φεύγωμεν, 1 plur. pres. subj. act. of φεύγω, “to flee.” Con- 
Line 140. cuit book i., line 173. 

Πατρίδα, accus. sing. of πατρίς, ido¢; strictly, poetic feminine of 
πάτριος, “native,” “ of one’s fathers.” Used especially in conjunc- 
tion with γαῖα, aia, &c., “one’s native land,” “ one’s fatherland.”— 
From πατήρ, “ a father.” 

Line 142. Στήθεσσιν. Consult book i., line 83. 

Ὄρινεν, Epic and Ionic for ὥρινεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of dpive, 

“ to arouse.”—From ὄρω, ὄρνυμι, “to arouse,” * to excite.” 
Πληθύν, aceus. sing. of πληθύς, doc, 7, “a throng,” Tonic 
and Epic form for πλῆθος, εος, r6.—From πλήθω, “ to fill.” 
Κινήθη, Epic and Tonic for ἐκινήθη, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
Lave 144. pass. of κινέω, “to move," “to agitate,” “to excite ;” fut. 
κινήσω: 1 aor. ἐκίνησα, &.—From κέω, “ to go” the literal. meaning 
of xivéw being “to set a going.” 


Line 136. li 


Line 137. 


Line 143. 


ΤΡ HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 467 


Book 2. Line 145-148. 
Πόντου, gen. sing. of πόντος, ov, ὁ, ‘the deep,” “ the open 
Line 145. 54” akin to βένθος, “depth,” βάθος, βυθός, and Latin 
Sundus. ; 

Ἰκαρίοιο, Epic and Ionic for Ἰκαρίου, gen. sing. masc. of Ἰκάριος, 
ἢ, ov, Epic and Ionic for Ἰκάριος, a, ov, " Icarian,” “of or belonging 
to the island of Icaria.’’—F rom Ἰκαρέα, Epic and Ionie Ἰκαρίη, * Ica- 
ria.” (Consult note.) 

Εὖρος, ov, 6, “ the southeast wind,” the Latin Eurus or Vullurnus. 
—According to some, from αὖρα, “the fresh air of morning ;” ac- 
cording to others, from ἠώς, ἕως, “ morning,” as indicating the morn- 
ing. wind. 

Νότος, ov, ὁ, “the south wind,” or, strictly, “ the southwest wind,” 

the Latin Notus. It brought fogs, damp, and rain. That there was 
an original notion of moisture in the word is clear from its deriva- 
tives, νότιος, “ wet,” “damp ;” νότις, “ moisture 3” votive, “to moist- 
en,” &e. 
*Qpope, 3 sing. 2 aor. of ὄρνυμι, “ to raise,” “ to excite,” re- 
Tans 146. duplicated form for ὧρε, according to the analogy of ἤραρε, 
ἤκαχε, &c. Consult the remarks of Buttmann (Irreg. Verbs, p. 193, 
ed. Fishlake), who controverts the earlier opinion, that Spope is a 
perfect with the quantities transposed. 

’Exaifac, nom. sing. masc. 1 aor. part. act. of ἐπαΐσσω, “to rush,” 
“to burst forth;” fut. éraige.—Attic form, ἐπάσσω or ἐπάττω ; fut. 
éxgéo.—From ἐπί and ἀΐσσω, “to rush.” 25 
Κινήσῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of κινέω. Consult line 
Line 147. 144. 

Ζέφυρος, ov, ὁ, “the northwest wind ;” strictly, “the north-north- 
west.’’ (Consult note.)}——-Commonly derived from ζόφος, “ darkness,” 
*« gloom,” which etymology, if correct, will allude to the dark clouds 
it often brought with it; clouds, however, not accompanied by rain, 
but by cold weather. Many, however, make Ζέφυρος “the west 
wind,’’ and, deriving it likewise from ζόφος, consider it equivalent to 
“‘ the evening wind ;” but consult note as above. 

Λήϊον, ov, τό, “ standing corn,” “the crop standing on the jell _— 
Commonly, but not very correctly, it would seem, derived from Ayia, 
for λεία, “ booty,” “ spoil,’ such a crop being an attractive object of 
plunder. The reference, probably, is to its being now ready to be 
borne away by the husbandman. 
Λάδρος, ov, “ impetuous,” “ blustering.”—Probably from a 
root AAB- (compare Aauédvw), as referring to that which 
seizes and bears forcibly away. 


Line 148. 


468 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book2. Line 148-154. 
᾿Ἐπαιγίζων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of ἐπαιγίζω, “lo rush 
upon.”—From ἐπί and αἰγίς, “a rushing storm,” “a hurricane.” 
’Huver, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of jute, “to bend,” “to bow down,” 
“to sink,” &e.; fut. ἡμύσω : 1 aor. ἤμυσα : perf., with reduplication, 
éujudxa; without it, ἤμῦκα.---Α Κίη to wie, “to close,” &c. 
᾿Ασταχύεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for ἀστάχυσιν, dat. plur. of ἄσταχυς, 
voc, ὁ, “an ear of corn.” —From a, euphonic, and στάχυς, “απ ear of 
corn;” and this last akin to the German achel, stachel. 
᾿Αλαλητῷ, dat. sing. of ἀλαλητός, οὔ, ὁ, “a shouting ;” 
strictly, “a war-cry.’—From ἀλαλά, “a war-cry.”’ 
᾿Ἐσσεύοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. mid. of σεύω, “to put in 
Laws, 150. quick motion,” ‘to drive,’ “to urge on:” in the middle, 
“to rush,” “to urge one’s self on.”—Akin to ϑέω, ϑεύσομαι, ‘torun;” 
just as the Laconian dialect changed # into o. 
ὝὙπένερθε, adverb, “ from beneath,’ “ beneath.’’ 
Kovén, Epic and Ionic for κονία, ας, 7, ‘‘ dust,” especially as stir- 
red up by men’s feet.—From κόνις, “dust.” 
“Ioraro, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of Zornuc, * to place :” 
Line 151. in the middle, ‘‘ to place one’s self,” ‘‘ to stand.” 
*Aeipouévy, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. pass. of ἀείρω, “to raise,” 
“to excite,” Epic and Ionic for the Attic αἴρω : fut. depo (Attic dpa): 
1 aor. ἤειρα and ἄειρα (Attic ἦρα). ‘ 
‘EAxéuev, Epic, Dorie, and olie for ἕλκειν, pres. infin. 
Line 152. oct. of ἕλκω, “to drag.” Consult book i., line 194. 
Eig ἅλα δῖαν. Consult book i., line 141. a 
Οὐρούς, accus. plur. of οὐρός, οὔ, ὁ, “a trench” or “ chan- 
Line 158. nel” for hauling up ships and Jaunching them again. 
When these got choked, they had to be cleared out before the ships 
could be launched. In Apollonius Rhodius a trench of this kind is 
called 6Ax6¢.—Probably from OP-, the root of ὄῤνυμι. 
᾿Εξεκάθαιρον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἐκκαθαίρω, “to clean 
out ;” fut. ἐκκαθαρῶ : 1 aor. é&exa6ypa.—From ἐκ and ᾿καθαίρω, “to 
clean.” 
*Airn. Consult line 97. 
_ Ἧκεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of tka, “to go,” &¢c., which is the 
root of ἱκνέομαι. It is used in Epic and in Pindar, never in Heres 
otus, and very rarely in Attic. 
Ἱεμένων, gen. plur. pres. part. mid. of inut, “to min :” in 
Line 154. the middle, ἕεμαι, “10 send one’s self after a thing,” “ff 
desire,” &c. (Consult note.) 
"Hipeor, i. ε., ἤρεον, Epic and Ionic for ἢ ἥρουν, 3 plar. imperf. indie. 
act. of ασἱρέω, ‘to take.” 


Line 149. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 469 


Book 2. Line 154-162. 

Ἕρματα, accus. plur. of Epua,atoc, τό, “a prop.” Consult book i., 

line 486. 
ὝὙπέρμορα, accus. plur. neut., taken adverbially, of ὑπέρμο- 
Line 155. ρος, ov, ‘contrary to fate,” ‘over, above, or beyond fate ;" 
said of those who by their own fault add to their destined share of 
misery. The idea properly involved is that of addition to fate ; and 
so far, therefore, as this is effected, men are said to act contrary to 
fate, bringing upon themselves what fate did not, ¢o that extent, de- 
cree. (Consult note.) 

Νόστος, ov, 6, “a return,” usually home or homeward. — Akin to 
véouat. 

᾿Ετύχθη. 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. pass. of τεύχω, “ to effect,” ‘to make,” 
&ec. Consult line 101. 

Line 157. Πόποι. Consult book i., line 254. 

Αἰγιόχοιο. Consult book’i., line 202. 

᾿Ατρυτώνη, Voc. sing. fem. of ἀτρύτωνος, n, ov,  unwearied,” “ tame- 
less,” an epithet of Minerva. (Consult note.)—From 4, priv., and 
τρύω, ‘to weary.” 

Φεύξονται, 3 plur. fut. indic. of φεύγω, “to flee.” Observe 
Tank 159. rat φεύξομαι, though middle in form, is active in mean- 
ing; and that φευξοῦμαι (Doric) is also occasionally employed in At- 
tic, along with φεύξομαι. 
᾿ Edpéa, accus. plur. neut. of εὑρύς, εἴα, ὕ, “ broad.” 

Nara, aceus. plur. of νῶτος, ov, ὁ, “the back.”” Homer uses only 
the masculine in the singular, and, like Hesiod, only the neuter in 
the plural. Consult, as regards the furce of the plural here, Anthon's 
enlarged Greek Grammar, Ὁ. 59. 

Live 160. Kad. Consult note. 2H 

Εὐχωλήν, aceus. sing. of εὐχωλή, ἧς, ἡ, “a boast.”—From εὔχομαι. 

Ἑλένην, accus. sing. of Ἑλένη, ne, ἡ, “ Helen,” daughter 
Line 161. o¢ Jupiter and Leda, and sister of Castor, Pollux, and 
Clytemnestra. She married Menelaus, and became by him the 
mother of Hermione. She was famed for her beauty, and her ab- 
duction by Paris gave rise to the Trojan war. After this contest 
was ended, she returned to Sparta with Menelaus.—They who re- 
gard the proper names of the principal personages in the Iliad as 
merely descriptive appellations to suit the characters of the parties, 
deduce Ἑλένη from ἑλένη, “ a fire-brand,” “ a torch,” as indicative of 
the cause of the war. 

Ling 162. Τροίῃ, Epic and Ionic for Τροίᾳ, dat. sing. of Τροίη, ης, 

Rr 


- 


470 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 162-169. ° 
ἡ, Epie and Ionic for Tpota, ac, ἡ, ‘* Troy,” “the plain of Troy,” 
which latter is its meaning in the present passage. 

᾿Απόλοντο, Epic and Ionic for ἀπώλοντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. mid. of 
ἀπόλλυμι, &e. 

Ainc, Epic and Ionic for αἴας, gen. sing. of aia, “land,” “ earth,” 
collateral form for yaia.—Déderlein well compares with aia, γαῖα, 
the German Au, Gau. 

Χαλκοχιτώνων, gen. plur. of χαλκοχίτων, wvoc. Consult 
book i., line 371. 

*Ayavoic, dat. plur. neut. of ἀγανός, 7, ὄν, “mild,” “ bland.” 
Line 164. From γάνος, “ brightness,” “ beauty,” &c., the & being 
merely euphonic. . 

ἜἘρήτυε, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of ἐρητύω, “to restrain,” “ to de- 
tain.” 

Φῶτα, accus. sing. of φώς, φωτός, 6, ““α man,” i. ¢., a brave and 
good one ; much like dv7p.—Probably from φάω, φημί, ‘one who has 
the gift of speech,” like uépow. ! 

Ela, 2 sing. pres. imper, act. of εἰάω, “ to suffer,” “to per- 
Line 165. πὶ,» Epic and Ionic for ééw, imperative ἔα. Consult 
line 132. 


᾿Αμφιελίσσας, accus. plur. fem. An Epic adjective used only in 
this feminine form in Homer, and always said of ships; usually 
rendered, ‘‘ impelled on both sides by oars,” “rowed on both sides.” 
But, as Rost remarks, the signification of ἐλίσσω (the word coming 
from ἀμφί and ἐλίσσω, “ to roll,” &c.), and the usage of the later 
Epic writers, may lead to another interpretation ; for they use it in 
the signification of “ twisting in all ways,” “‘ wavering,” “ doubtful ;” 
and so in Homer, probably, ναῦς ἀμφιέλισσα may mean the ship 
“ swaying to and fro,” the “ rocking ship.” 

Live 166. ᾿Απίθησε. Consult book i., line 220. 

Τλαυκῶπις. Consult book i., line 206. 

*AiEaca, nom. sing. fem. 1 aor. part. act. of ἀΐσσω, “to 
Link 167. | 5h 3” fut. aio. Consult line 146. 

Line 168. Καρπαλέμως. Consult book i., line 359. 
"Ixave. Consult book i., line 431. 

Μῆτιν, aceus. sing. of μῆτις, coc, ἡ, “ counsel,” “ the faculty 
of advising.”—Compare the Sanscrit mati, “thought,” 
* counsel :”” from men, “to think ;” and also the German miuth, and 
Latin mens. 

᾿Ατάλαντον, accus. sing. masc. of ἀτάλαντος, ov, “ egual to,” 
“ equivalent to.” Strictly, “equal in weight."—From 4, copulative, 
and τάλαντον, “ weight.” 


Line 163. 


Line 169. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 471 


Book 2. Line 170-183. 
‘Eoraéra, Epic syncopated form for ἐστήκοτα, accus. sing. 
Lane 170. perf. part. act. of ἵστημι, “ to place ;” fut. στήσω : perf. ἔσ- 
τηκα, “1 stand,” &c. 

᾿Εὐσσέλμοιο, Epic and Ionic for εὐσέλμου, gen. sing. fem. of εὖσελ- 
μος, ov, “ well-benched,” “ with good banks of oars.’”"—From εὖ and 
σέλμα, ‘a rowing-bench.” 

Line 171. Ἄχος. Consult book i., line 188. 

*Ayxov, adverb, “near,” equivalent to dyxt.—The form 
Line 172. ἄγχος, which is found in Hesychius, comes nearest the 
root: hence ἔναγχος, ἐγγύς, as also ἄγχω, and Latin ango. Compare 
the German eng, engen. 

Ἱσταμένη, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. mid. of tornuc, “to place.”— 
In the middle, ἔσταμαι, “ to place one’s self,” “to stand,” &c 

Line 173. Acoyevéc. Consult book i., line 337. 

Πολυμήχανε, voc. sing. masc. of πολυμήχανος, ov, “ of many expe- 
dients,” “abounding in resources,’’ “ inventive,” ‘ever ready,” fre- 
quently occurring in Homer as an epithet of Ulysses.—From πολύς, 
and μηχανή, “a contrivance,” “a scheme,” &ce. 

Line 175. Πολυκλήϊσι. Consult line 74. 

"Epos, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of épwéw, “to retreat,” 
“ withdraw,’ “delay.” Strictly, “to flow,” ‘ stream,” 
“« burst out ;” hence the substantive épw7, of any quick motion, but the 
verb has this signification only of sudden checks ; whence the mean- 
ings first given, namely, “ to retreat,” &ce. 

Ξυνέηκε, Epic for συνῆκε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of συνίημι, 
Line 182. , to understand,’ ‘to recognise.” Literally, “to send, 
bring, or set together,” &c. Consult book i., line 8. 

"Ora, accus. sing. of dw, ὀπός, 7, “the voice,’ whether speaking, 

calling, or singing.—From ἔπω (radical form), ἔπος, εἰπεῖν. 

= Epic and Ionie for Seiv, pres. infin. act. of ϑέω, “to 
Line 183. 3” fut. Sevoouar.—Hence Bode, “ swift.”—Akin to ceva, 
where Hb Ὁ or F appears as in the future ϑεύσομαι. Compare San- 
scrit ἀλᾶυ. 
| XAaivay, accus. sing. of χλαῖνα, ne, 7, “a woollen cloak.” (Con- 
sult note.)—No doubt the root was the same as that of the Latin 
lana, “wool; lena, with y prefixed; whence also λῆνος, λάχνη, 
λάχνος, λάσιος : hence, likewise, χλανίς and χλαμύς. 

"Exoutocev, Epic for ἐκόμισεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of κομέζω, 
“to take care of,” “to take up and carry away,” especially in order to 
keep or save, &c. ; fut. couiow, Attic form κομεῶ : 1 aor. enaapaiil 
From κομέω, “to take care of,” ὧς 


Line 179. 


472 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 184-191. 
᾿Ιθακήσιος, a, ov, Epic and Jonic ἡ, ov, “ the Ithacensian,” 
Line 184. 1. e., native of Ithaca, a small island of the Ionian Sea, be- 
tween the coast of Epirus and the island of Cephallenia. It was 
the home of Ulysses. On the question whether the modern Thiaki 
is Homer’s Ithaca, consult Nitzsch, Pref. ad Od., xviii. 

Ὀπήδει, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ὀπηδέω, “to accompany,” “ to 
follow after,” Epic and Ionic for dradés.—From ὀπαόδός (Epic and 
Ionic ὀπηδός), “an atlendant.”—Homer uses only the 3 sing. pres. 
ὀπηδεῖ, and the 3 sing. imperf. ὀπήδει, as in the present passage ; 
the latter always without the augment. 

*Arpeidew, Epic for ’Arpeidov, gen. of ’Arpeidye, ov, 
Line 185. « 4rrides.” The old genitive form ᾿Ατρείδαο is contract- 
ed into ’Arpeidw, and then the final syllable is opened again by the 
insertion of e. (KtAner, §.261, 2.) 

᾿Αντίος. Consult book i., line 535. 

Live 186. Πατρώϊον. Consult note on line 46. 

Line 187. Χαλκοχιτώνων. Consuit book i., line 371. 

"Efoyov, accus. sing. masc. of ἔξοχος, ov, “ distinguished,” 
“prominent ;” more literally, “standing out,” * having 
one's self standing forth to view.”—From ἐξ and ἔχω. 

Κιχείη, 3 sing. pres. opt. of «éynuc, a collateral and unused form 
of κιχάνω, “to meet with,” “ to light upon,” “to find,” &c. Observe, 
however, that κεχάνω itself is a present used in the indicative only, 
the other moods following xéynut. The Attic form is κιγχάνω. 
Consult book i., line 26. 
᾿Ερητύσασκε, 3 sing. of the iterative form (Epic and Ionic) 
of the 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐρητύω, “to check,” “to re- 
strain,” and, consequently, for 7o77vce. This iterative form, which 
occurs in the imperfect and two aorists, is an Epic and Ionic pecu- 
liarity, and is employed to denote a repeated action. (Anthon’s en- 
larged Greek Grammar, p.379.)—Consult, as regards ἐρητύω, line 97. 
Aawmovie, voc. sing. masc. of δαιμόνιος. Consult note, and 
Line 190. 2159 book i,, line 561. 

Δειδίσσεσθαι, pres. inf. of the middle deponent δειδίσσομαι, used 
only in this passage in a passive sense, “éo be terrified;’? every 
where else as an active transitive, i. ¢., deponent verb, “te terrify;” 
fut. decdifouar.—From δείδω. 

Live 191. Κάθησο. Consult book i., line 565. 

*Idpve, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἱδρύω, “to cause to sit down ;” fut. 
idptew.—In the passive, “to be seated,” “ to be still.”—From ta, “to 
cause to sit.” at 


Line 188. 


Linz 189. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 473 


Book ἃ. Line 192-199. 
Πω, adverb, ‘as yet.”” With the circumflex, (πῶ,) it signi- 
Live 192. fies where? and is then said to be Sicilian Doric for ποῦ ; 
—This πω appears to be a Doric genitive from the old radical MOS, 
for ποὺ or πόθεν. 

Σάφα, poetic adverb, “ clearly,” from the adjective σαφής, “ clear,” 
ἄς. The common form is σαφῶς. 

Οἶσθα. Consult book i., line 85. 

᾿Ατρείωνος, gen. sing. of ᾿Ατρείων, ὠνος, * the son of Atreus.” A 

patronymic, the same in force as ᾿Ατρείδης. 
Πειρᾶται, 3 sing. pres. indic. mid. of πειράω, “ to make trial 
Ling 193. of;” fut. πειράσω, &c. : in the middle, wetpdouat, ‘to make 
trial for one's self,’ 1. ε., for purposes best known to one’s self, or for 
one's own private advantage.— From πεῖρα, “ trial.” 

Ἴψεται, 3 sing. fut. of the middle deponent ἔπτομαι ; strictly, “fo 
press hard upon,” “to press down,” and then figuratively, ‘“ to afflict,” 
‘to harm,” “ to hurt,” “to smite ;” fut. hpouar.—From the root ἔπος, 
“ᾳ burden,” ““α heavy pressure.” 

Χολωσάμενος, 1 aor. part. mid. of χολόω. Consult book i., 
Line 195. line 9. 

Ῥέξῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of ῥέζω, “to do;’’ fut. ῥέξω.---ΟὉ- 
serve that ῥέζω is merely a transposed form of ἔρδω, and consult 
book i., line 315. 

Διοτρεφέος, Epic and Ionic for διοτρεφοῦς, gen. sing. masc. 
of διοτρεφής, é¢, “ Jove-nurtured.”’—Consult book i., line 176. 
Μητίετα, nom. sing. Epic and olic for μητιέτης. Con- 
Live 197. sult book i., line 508. 

Δήμου, gen. sing. of δῆμος, ov, ὁ, “the common people.” 
Probably, at first, this word meant “a country district,” 
“ἐᾳ tract of enclosed or cultivated land,” and hence was opposed to 
πόλις : and, therefore, as in early times the common people were 
scattered through the country, while the chiefs held the city, it came 
to signify the lower orders, the commons, &c.—According to some, 
from δέμω, “to build,” “to settle ;” but better, perhaps, from δέω, “ to 
bind,” “to connect.” (Consult Arnold, Thucyd., vol. i., Append. 3.) 

Boéwvra, Epic and Ionic lengthened form for βόωντα, accus. sing. 

mase. pres. part. of Godw. Consult line 97. 
᾿Ελάσασκεν, 3 sing. Epic and Ionic iterative form of 1 aor. 
Line 199. indic. act. of ἐλαύνω, “to strike ;” strictly, ‘to drive or 
urge on,” and hence “‘¢o strike,” as the most effectual mode of driv- 
ingon; fut. ἐλάσω : 1 aor. ἤλασα : and hence ἐλάσασκεν is for ἤλασεν: 
Consult remarks on ἐρητύσασκε, line 189. 
Rr2 


Line 196. 


Line 198. 


474 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 199-205. 

Ὁμοκλήσασκε, 3 sing. Epic and Ionic iterative form of 1 aor. indic, 
act. of ὁμοκλέω, “ to reprove ;” strictly, “to call out, shout to,” whether 
to encourage or upbraid, but mostly in the latter sense. Properly 
speaking, it refers to a number calling out, and so, in the plural, “zo 
call out together ;” though this signification, even in Homer, gave 
way to the other, where the verb is in the singular: fut. ὁμοκλήσω: 
1 aor. ὡμόκλησα : and hence ὁμοκλήσασκε is for ὡμόκλησε. Homer, 
however, never uses the augment. A rarer form of the verb is ὅμο- 
KAdw.—From ὁμός, ὁμοῦ, and καλέω. , 

*Arpéuac, adverb, “ quietly ;” literally, “without trembling,” 
Line 200. 354 so moveless, fixed, ἄς. Before a consonant it is writ- 
ten ἀτρέμα, and before a vowel arpéwac.—From 4, priv., and τρέμω, 
“to tremble.” 
‘Hoo, 2 sing. imperative of μαι. 
᾿Απτόλεμος, ov, “ unwarlike,” poetic form for ἀπόλεμος.--- 
Lint 201. From ἀ, priv., and πτόλεμος, Epic for xé2epoc. 

ἴΑναλκις, doc, 6, 7, “ weak,” “ cowardly.”—From 4, priv., and ἀλκή, 
“* strength.” 

"Evapi6uioc, ov, “ counted in,’ “reckoned in,” “ taken into 
Law 202. 4 count,”  palued.”—From ἐν and ἀριθμός, “number.” 

*Evi, poetic form for ἐν, both Epic and Attic, and occurring also 
in Ionic prose. 
Πως, adverb, “by any means,” “at all.” With the cir- 
Lane 203. cumflex it is interrogative, “how?” “in what way?”— 
Strietly speaking, πῶς is the adverb of πός, whence ποῦ, πῶ, ποῖ, &c. 

Βασιλεύσομεν, 1 plur. fut. indic. act. of βασιλεύω, “to be king,” “to 
rule 3” fat. BacvAeiow. —From βασιλεύς. 

Πολυκοιρανίη, ne, 7, Epic and Tonie for πολυκοιρανία, ας, 9, 
Sane 204. the government of many.”—From πόλύς and κοίρανος, “a 
ruler.” 

Koipavorc, ov, 6, “a ruler,” “a leader,” “ @ commander.”—From κῦ- 
ρος, “ supreme power,” * authority,” &c., like κοινός, from ξυνός. Akin 
to κάρα, xépavor, as also to τύραννος. 

Κρόνου, gen. sing. of Κρόνος, ov, 6, “ Saturn,” son of Ura- 
Linz 205. nos and Gaia, husband of Rhea, and father of Jupiter, be- 
fore whom he ruled in heaven until his son dethroned him. He 
reigned after this in Latiam, and his time was the golden age. La- 
ter writers interpreted his name as equivalent to χρόνος, “ time.” Ὁ 
᾽᾿Αγκυλομήτεω, Epic and Ionie for ἀγκυλομήτου, gen. sing. of ἄγκυ- 
λομήτης, ov, ὁ, ἧς “crafty,” “wily ;” more literally, “crooked of conin- 
sel."—From ἀγκύλος, “crooked,” and μῆτις, “ counsel.” (Consult 
note.) : 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 475 


Book 2. Line 206-213. 
Θέμιστας, accus. plor. of ϑέμες, ἐστος, 9, “ἐᾷ privilege,” ἄς. 
Livz 206. Consult book i, line 238, and book ii., line 73. 
Line φῆ, Κοιρανέων, pres. part. of xotpavéw, “to act as chief,” “to 
be the leader,” &c.—From κοίρανος, “ α leader,” ** a chief,” 
ἄς. 

Δέεπε, Epic and Ionic for δέειπε, 3 sing. imperf. ἱπᾶϊς. act. ef διέπω, 
“to arrange,” “ to manage an affair ;” fat. dcéyo.—From διά and tra, 
“ to be about or with,” “to be busied with,” ὅκα. 

. Lave 208. ’Execcetovro. Consult line 86. 

Ἠχῇ, dat. sing. of ἠχή, ἧς, 9, “ a tumult,” “a noise” of any 
Lass 209. sort, in Homer especially of the confused noise of a 
crowd, the roar of the sea, of trees in a wind, &c. ee 
poetic ; whereas ἦχος is more frequently in prose. 

Πολυφλοίσδοιο. Consult book i., line 34, and also note on the 
same. 

Anat, dat. cing. of οἰγοιλάς; οὔ, ὁ; “the shore) “the 
Ling 210. ,osshore.” According to some, from ἄγνυμε, “to break,” 
and ἄλς, “the sea,” and so, like ἀκτή, that on which the sea breaks ; 
better, according to others, from éiccw, and ἄλς, like aiyic, that over 
Which the sea rushes. 

Βρέμεται, 3 sing. pres. indic. mid. of βρέμω, “to roar,” said of the 
waves, and corresponding in both form and meaning to the Latin 
fremo: in the middle βρέμομαι, with same signification as the active. 
—aAkin to βροντή. Compare the Latin fremo, as above. 

Σμαραγεῖ, 3 sing. pres. indie. act. of cuapayéw, “ to crash,’’ said of 
various loud noises, as of thunder, of the sea, of the battle of the 
Titans, &e., hence “to echo again,” “ to re-echo.”"—The word appears 
to be an onomatopeia, that is, formed in imitation of the sound to 
which it refers. 

Pee, “Efovro, 3 piur. imperf. indic. of ἔζομαι, “to seat one’s 
* self; fat. ἑδοῦμαι. Consult book i., line 48. 

᾿Ἐρήτυθεν. Consult line 99. 
’ Lane 212. Μοῦνος, Epic and Ionic for μόνος, 9, ov, “ alone.” 

᾿Αμετροεπής, ἔς, “intemperate of speech,” “ immoderate in words ;” 
or, according to Déderlein, “not measuring his words.”—From 4, 
priv., μέτρον, “a measure,” and ἔπος. 

Ἔκολῴα, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. ef κολῳάω, “ to be loudly elamor- 
ous,” “to cry,” * shout,” “ baw,” &e—Akin to κολοιάω, “to scream 
like a jackdaw,” and this from κολοιός, a jackdaw.” 

; Tso, ie, jou» Epie and Tonic for αἷς, dat. lr. em. of 
Line 213. ὅς, ῇ, ov, his,” wher,” “ mee 3 


476 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 213-219. 

"Axocua, accus. plur. of ἄκοσμος, ov, **indecorous.” Strictly, ‘with- 
out order,’ ‘ disorderly,” ‘‘ confused.” In Homer, however, it only 
occurs in a moral signification, “‘indecorous,” “unseemly,” ‘ inde- 
cent,” &c.—From 4, priv., and κόσμος, * order.” 

*"Hidn, 1. €., ἤδη. Consult book i., line 70. 

Line 214. Méy. Consult line 120. 

᾿Εριζέμεναι, Epic, Holic, and Doric for ἐρίζειν, pres. infin. act. of 
ἐρίζω, “ to contend ;” fut. épicw.—From. ἔρις, “ strife.” 
ἔσαν, 3 sing. 1 aor. opt. mid. of the radical eida, “‘ to 

see.” —Epie and Ionic, passive and middle, eidouar, * Lo be 
seen,” “to appear,” “to seem;’’ 1 aor. εἰσάμην, &e. 

TeAoiiov, Epic and Ionic for γέλοιον, nom. sing. neut. of yéhows, 

a, ov, “laughable,” “ absurd,” “a subject or cause for laughter.”— 
From γέλως, “laughter.” 
Φολκός, ὄν, “ bandy-legged.” (Consult note.) A verbal 
form, which may be referred to ἕλκω, ὁλκός, as φοξός to 
ὀξύς, φοῖτος to οἷτος, ἕο. Compare the Latin valgus. The old deri- 
vation of the term, in its supposed sense of “" sguint-eyed,” was from 
φάος, ‘‘ the eye,” and ἕλκω, * lo twist,” “ to distort.” 

Χωλός, 4, ὅν, “lame,” “ halting,” “ limping.”—From the same root 
as the Sanscrit Aval, ‘“ titubare,” ‘* vacillare;” our “halt,” “halt- 
ing ;” Latin clodus, claudus. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., p. 265.) 

"Que, nom. dual of ὦμος, ov, ὁ, * the shoulder.” 

Kvpro, nom. dual masce. of κυρτός, 7, ὄν, “crooked,” “curv- 
ed,” “ bent.”-—Akin to the Latin curvus, English curd, &c. 

Συνοχωκότε, nom. dual masc. of the part. of the old Epic and Tonic 
2 perf. (with intransitive force) of συνέχω, “to hold together ;” 2 perf. 
συνόκωχα : and hence συνοχωκότε is, by transposition, for συνοκωχότε. 
The 2 perf. is supposed to have been originally σύνωχα, whence, by 
reduplication, came συνόκωχα, and by transposition cvvéyoxa.—From 
civ and ἔχω, 2 perf. aya, by reduplication é«wya, by transposition 
ὄχωκα. 


Line 215. 


Taine 217. 


Line 218. 


Φοξός, 7, ὄν, “ pointed,” “tapering to a point,” applied to 
Thersites, and indicating, according to some, a species of 
sugar-loaf head—From ὀξύς. Compare the remarks on φολκός, line 
217. 

"Env, Epic and Ionic for ἦν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of eiué. 

¥edv7, nom. sing. fem. of ψεόνός, ἤ, dv, “rubbed off,’ and so 
“ spare,” “ thin,” “ scanty.”—From ψέω, “ to rub off.” 

᾿Ἐπενήνοθε, 3 sing. perf. indic. of ἐπένθω or ἐπενέθω, “to lie upon.” 
Consult Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, p. 95, ed. Fishlake; Lezil., p. 110, 
φέρ. 


Line 219. 


MOMERIO GLOSSARY. 477 


Book 2. Line 219-228. 

Adxvn, n¢, ty “soft woolly hair.”,—The same as ἄχνη, akin to χλαῖνα, 
χλανίς, Latin lena, lana. 

Neckeieoxe, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. iterative form for 
Line 221. ἐνείκει, from νεικέω, “ to revile ;” fut. vercéow—From 
νεῖκος, “railing,” “reproach,” ἄς 

Line 222. ’Oféa, accus. plur. neut. of ὀξύς, εἴα, ὕ, taken adverb- 
ially. 

Κεκληγώς, nom. sing. masc. 2 perf. part. of κλάζω, “to ery out,” 
“to make a loud clamor,” &c. ; fut. κλάγξω: 1 perf. κέκλαγγα : 2 perf. 
κέκληγα, but only Epic. Consult book i., line 46. 

Aéye, Epic and Ionic for ἔλεγε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of λέγω, 
“to utter.” 

’Oveidea. Consult book i., line 291. 

Line 223. ’ExxdyAwe. Consult book i., line 268. 

Koréovro, Epic and Ionic for éxoréovro, 3 plur. imperf. indic. pass. 
of xoréw, © to be incensed.” Consult book i., line 181. 

Νεμέσσηθεν, Epic and Doric for ἐνεμεσήθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. 
pass. of νεμεσσάω, Epic and Ionic for veuecda, “ to be indignant,” * to 
be wroth.” Strictly, to be indignant, &c., at undeserved good or bad. 
fortune ; and so, properly, of the gods: fut. veueovow.—From νέμεσις, 
“anger at any thing unjust or unfitting,” &c. 
Neixee, Epic and Tonic for ἐνείκει, 3 sing. imperf. indie. 
act. of νεικέω, “ to revile,” “to abuse.” Consult line 221. 
pt Og ret Epie, Doric, and Ionic for τένος, gen. of interrogative 

᾿Επιμέμφεαι, Epic and Ionic for ἐπιμέμφει, 2 sing. pres. indic. of the 
middle deponent ἐπιμέμφομαι, ‘to complain ;”’ fut. éxiuéupouat.—From 
ἐπί and μέμφομαι, “ to blame.” 

Χατίζεις, 2 sing. pres. indic. act. of χατέζω, “to want,” “to have 
need of.”’"—From χατέω, “to want.” 

Πλεῖαι, Epic and Ionic for πλέαε, from πλεῖος, for πλέος, 
Line 226. full.” 
Χαλκοῦ, gen. sing. of χαλκός, οὔ, 6. Consult book i., line 236. 
Κλισίῃς, Epic and Ionic for κλισίαις, dat. plur. of κλισία, 
Line 227. ας, #7, “a tent.” Consult book i., line 306. 

᾿ξαίρετοι, nom. plur. fem. of ἐξαίρετος, ov, “ selected from. ect 
ἐξ and αἱρέω, “io take,’ “to choose.” 

Πρωτίστῳ, dat. sing. mase. of πρώτιστος, 7, ov, poetic 

Line 228. superlative of πρῶτος, “ first of all,” “ first of the first.” 
(Consult note.) 

Πτολίεθρον, ov, τό, “a city.” In forma diminutive from πτόλες, 


Line 224. 


478 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Lane 228-237. 
poetic for πόλιες; but in usage just equal to πόλις. Frequent in 
Homer and Hesiod, never found, however, in the form πολίέεθρον. 
Ἐπιδεύεαι, Epic and Ionic for ἐπεδεύει, 2 sing. pres. indic. 
Ling 229. of the middle deponent ἐπιδεύομαι ; fut. ἐπιδευήσομαι, “ to 
be in want of,” Epic and Ionic for éxidéouar; fut. ἐπεδεήσομαι. 
Live 230, Ἱπποδάμων. Consult line 23. 
"Ἄποινα. Consult book i., line 13. 
Line 231. ᾿Αγάγω, 1 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. of ἄγω, “ to lead away.” 
Line 232. ’"Hé, poetic, and especially Epic, for 7, “or.” 
Μέσγεαι, Epic and Ionic, with the shortened mood-vowel, for 
μίσγῃ, 2 sing. pres. subj. mid. of μέσγω, “to unite.”’ Old form μίσγη- 
at: Epic and Ionic μέσγηαι (μίσγεαι) : Attic uicyy.—Akin to Latin 
misceo, German mischen, English mix, Sanscrit mischia, 
“ at « ” 
τὰν api adverb, “ apart.”—From ἀπό and νόσφι, “ apart, 
Κατίσχεαι, Epic and Ionic for κατισχῇ, 2-sing. pres. subj. mid. of 
κατίσχω, * to hold back,” ‘‘ to retain ;” collateral form of κατέχω, the 
mood-vowel being shortened ; consult note. 
tie wok beh accus. sing. of ἀρχός, οὔ, ὁ, “a leader,” “a 
er. 
᾿Επιθασκέμεν, Epic, Doric, and AZolic for ἐπεδάσκειν, pres. inf. act.. 
of ἐπιθάσκω, “to lead en,” &c. (Consult note.) 
Πέπονες, voc. plur. of πέπων, ov, gen. ovoc, ‘ faint-heart- 
Line 235. 04. Strictly, said of fruit, “cooked by the sun,” i. ει» ripe: 
hence, in general, “ mellow,” “ soft,” and so, figuratively of persons, 
“ἐ faint-hearted,” ‘ effeminate,” &c.—The root is the same as πέσσω, 
‘to soften,” of which πέπτω, “to cook,” is another form. 
᾿Ἐλέγχεα, voc. plur. of ἔλεγχος, coc, τό, “ a reproach,” “a disgrace.” 
In Homer especially, “ shameful cowardice,” the bitterest reproach in 
the heroic age. Not to be confounded with ἔλεγχος, ov, 6, “ proof,” 
“trial,” ἄτα. 
᾿Αχαιΐδες, Epic and [onic for ’Ayaidec, voc. plur. of ᾿Αχαιΐς, idoc, ἢ 
(Attic ᾿Αχαΐς, δος, ἡ), “a Grecian woman.” The term is properly. an 
adjective, γυνή being understood. So, ’Ayatic, “ the Achaian land: rg 
supply γαῖα or γῆ. 
fot bas: Ἀρήμεβε, 1 plur. pres. subj. of νέομαι, “ to go back,” “to 
return.” 
᾿Εῶμεν, 1 plur. pres. subj. act. of ἐάω, ὥ, “ to permit,” &c. 
oes ων ee plur. of γέρας, “a prize,” &c. Consult book 


Πεσσέμεν, Epic, Doric, and Aolic for πέσσειν», pres. infin. of πέσσω, 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 479 


Book 2. Line 237-247. 
“to enjoy.” Original meaning, “‘ to soften,” “ to make soft ;’’ hence, 
of the sun, “to ripen ;”’ and of artificial means, ‘‘¢o bozl,’’ ‘to cook,” 
“to dress :’’ then, of the action of the stomach, “o digest ;’’ and 
hence, “ to feed on,” “to brood over,’ ‘ to enjoy ;” fut. πέψω : perf. 
pass. πέπεμμαι. Homer only uses the present.—The root, no doubt, 
is ΠΕΠ--, as appears from the collateral form πέπ- τω, and the deriv- 
ative πόπ-ανον, “any thing baked,” It occurs, also, in the Sanscrit 
pach, With which compare the German dachen, and the Phrygian 
Béx-o¢. 
Προςαμύνομεν, 1 plur. pres. indic. act. of προςαμύνω, “ to 
aid,” “to come to the aid of one; fut. προσαμῦνῶ, &e.— 
From πρός and ἀμύνω. 
“Eo, Epic and Ionic for od, pronoun of the third person in 
Line 239. a reflexive sense, 

Φῶτα. Consult line 164. 

Line 240. Ἠτίμησεν, x. τ. Δ. Consult book i., line 11. 

Line 241. XéAoc, ov, ὁ. Consult book i., line 81. 

Μεθήμων, ov, gen. ovoc, “ careless,” remiss.” —From μεθίημι, “to 
be remiss.” 

Line 242. Ἦ γὰρ ay, x. τ. 2. Consult book i., line 232. 

Line 244. Ὧκα. Consult book i., line 402. 

Παρίστατο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of παρίστημι, ἄτα. 

Live 245. Ὕπόδρα. Consult book i., line 148. 

‘Hvixare, 3 sing. lengthened.form of 2 aor. indic. act. of évixrw, 
“to rebuke ;" fut. ἐνίψω : 2 aor. ἤνιπον, lengthened by the Epic. wri- 
ters into #vixaxov.—Homer has also-another 2d aorist, évévirre, for 
which Buttmann, with Wernicke (ad Tryphiod., p. 355), proposes 
every where to follow several MSS. in reading évévire. (Lezil., s. v. 
ἀνήνοθεν.) ν 

Line 246. Θερσῖτᾶ, voc. sing. of Θερσέτης, ov, ὁ, “ Thersites.” 

᾿Ακριτόμυθε, voc. sing. of ἀκριτόμυθος, ov, “ recklessly or confusedly 
talking,” “ arandom babbler.” (Consult note.)—From ἄκριτος,  un- 
arranged,” “confused,” and μῦθος, “any thing delivered by word of 
mouth.” 

Acytc. Consult note, and also book i., line 248. 

᾿Αγορητής, οὔ, ὁ, “a declaimer ;”’ generally, “a speaker,” “an ha- 
ranguer,” before an ἀγορά, or public assembly. ᾿ 

Ἴσχεο, Epic and Ionic for ἔσχου, 2 sing. pres. imper. mid, 
Line 947. oF ἴσχω; to hold,” “to check,” &c. Consult book i., line 
214. 
Οἷος. Consult book i., line 118. 


Line 238. 


480 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 248-260. 
Χερειότερον, accus. sing. mase. of χερειότερος, a, dv, Epic 
Line 248. oq Ionic η, ov, “baser,” poetic, and especially Epic com- 
parative for χερείων, itself also an Epic form for χείρων; irregular 
comparative of κακός, but formed from the old positive γχέρης. 
' Βροτόν, accus. sing. of βροτός, οὔ, ὁ, “a mortal.”—Akin to μόρος, 
μορτός, Latin mori, mors, Sanscrit mri. 
᾿Ατρείδῃς, Epic and Ionic for ᾿Ατρεΐδαις, dat. plur. of 
Line 249. ᾿Ατρείδης, ov, ὁ, “ Atrides,” “son of Alreus.”"—In the 
plural, ’Arpetdac, “ the Atrida,” “ the sons of Atreus.” 
Ling 251. Soe. Consult book i., line 73. 
Φυλάσσοις, 2 sing. pres. opt. act. of φυλάσσω, “to be on the watch 
for.” More literally and commonly, “ to guard ;”’ fut. φυλάξω. 
"Iduev, Epic, Doric, and Ionic for ἔσμεν, 1 plur. of οἶδα, “1 
Live 252. know,” &c.—The regular forms, οἴδαμεν, οἴδατε, οἴδασι, 
appear only seldom in the Ionic and later writers. (Kithner, ὁ 
240, 1.) 
Noorjoouev, 1 plur. fut. indic. act. of vooréw, “to return 
Tang 253. home ;” fut. voorj7ow.—From νόστος, “a return.” 
᾿Ονειδίζων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. of ὀνειδίζω, “ to 
Lint 255. jap abuse upon ;” fut. dvediow.—From ὄνειδος, “ abuse,” 
“ reproach.” 
Keprouéwy, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of xeprouéw, 
Lins 356. .. ., taunt, mock, or sneer at,” “to scoff,” &c.; fut. κερτο- 
pijow.—From xéprouoc, ov, strictly, “heart-cutting,” hence “ sting. 
ing,” * taunting.” 
Live 257. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔκ τοι, x. τ᾿ A. Consult book i., line 212. 
᾿Αφραίνοντα, accus. sing. masc. pres. part. of ἀφραένω, “to 
Lint 258. play the fool,” *to be silly ;” agpavd.—From ἁφρῶν, “ silly,” 
foolish.” 
Κιχήσομαι, 1 sing. fut. indic. mid. of κεχάνω, “ to catch,” “to find.” 
Consult note, and also line 188. 
Képn, Epic and Ionic for κάρα, τό, “the head.” Indeclina- 
Tint 259. b16 in Homer, or, rather, used by him only in the nomina- 
tive and accusative singular. Later writers, however, supplied the 
defective cases, as if κάρη were of the 1st declension, namely, κάρης, 
κάρῃ, képnv.—Sanscrit ciras, cirsha (compare κόρση, “ the side of the 
head,” “ the temple”), with which compare Latin cere-brum, German 
gehirn, ἄς. ' 
Τηλεμάχοιο, Epie and Tonic for Τηλεμάχου, gen. of Τηλέ- 
Line 260. μαχος, ov, ὁ, * Telemachus,” son of Ulysses and Penelope; 
so called, according to Eustathius (ad Od., iv., 11), because rear- 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 481 


Book 2. Line 260-266. 
ed when his father was fighting afar; from τῆλε, “afar,” and μά- 
xoua, “to fight.” When grown up, lie sought his father, and was 
accompanied by Minerva, in the guise of Mentor. On bis return to 
Ithaca he found his parent already there, and aided him in destroy- 
ing the suitors. 

KexAnuévog εἴην, 1 sing. perf. opt. pass. of καλέω, “ to call ;” fut. 
καλέσω. . 

Eiuara, accus. plur. of elua, aroc, τό, “a vestment,” “a 
garment.” —From ἕννυμι, “to attire.” 

Δύσω, 1 sing. fut. indic. act. of δύω, “ to enter ;” fat. δύσω : 1 aor. 
ἔδυσα. Observe that δύω has in the present, as also in the future 
and first aorist active, the transitive meaning, likewise, of ‘to wrap 
up,”’ and hence in the present passage, when united in translation 
with ἀπό, we have the signification “ to strip.” 

Line 262. Χλαῖναν. Consult line 183. 

Χιτῶνα, accus. sing. of χιτών, ὥνος, ὁ, “a tunic,” “an under-gar- 
ment or frock,’ answering in some measure to the Latin tunica, and 
said both of men and women. Consult note on line 42. 

Αἰδῶ, accus. sing. of αἰδώς, όος, contracted οὔς, ἡ, ‘ nakedness.” ἡ 

᾿Αμφικαλύπτει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἀμφικαλύπτω, “ to cover,” 
“ to cover all around.” —From ἀμφί and καλύπτω. 
᾿Αφήσω, 1 sing. fut. indic. act. of ἀφίημι, “to send away ;” 
fut. ἀφήσω, ἄτα. ᾿ 
Πεπληγώς, nom. sing. masc. part. 2 perf.-of πλήσσω, “to 
strike,” “to whip,” “to chastise ;” fat. πλήξω : 2 perf. πέ- 


‘Line 261. 


Line 263. 


Line 264. 


πληγα. 
᾿Αεικέσσι, Epic for ἀεικέσι, dat. plur. fem. of ἀεικής, ἔς, “ disgrace- 
ful,” “ unseemly:” Consult book i., line 341. 
πληγῇσιν, Epic and Ionic for πληγαῖς, dat. plur. of πληγή, ae, ἡ, 
“a blow,” ‘a stripe.”-—From πλήσσω, “to strike,” &e. 
Μετάφρενον, ov, τό, “ the back ;” strictly, “the part behind 
Line 265. the midriff” (from μετά, “after,” and φρένες, “ the midriff”); 
hence “the part between the shoulder blades,” and, in general, “ the 
back.” i 
"Que, accus. dual of ὦμος, ov, ὁ, “ the shoulder.” 
Πλῆξεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of πλήσσω, “to strike;” 
Line 206. tut, Agios 1 aor. ἐξλήξαι Epic*and Ionic πλῆξα; with- 
out augment. ; 
Ἰδνώθη, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. pass. of idvéw, “to bend,” “ to crook,” 
“ to bow.” —Observe that the passive aorist has here a middle force: 
to bend one’s self,” “to double one’s self up.” ' 
Ss 


482 HOMBRIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 266-273. 

Θαλερόν, nom. sing. neut. of ϑαλερός, a, 6v, Epic and Ionic 7, ὅν. 
(Consult note.)—From ϑάλλω, ‘to bloom,” ‘ to be luxuriant,” &c. 

Ἔκπεσε, Epic and Ionic for ἐξέπεσε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of 
ἐκπίπτω, ‘to fall from,” &c.; fut. ἐκπτώσω : 2 aor. ἐξέπεσον. 
Σμῶδιξ, ἐγγος, ἡ, “a weal,” “a swollen bruise,” especially 
from a blow, answering to the Latin vibez. 

Αἱματόεσσα, Epic and Ionic for αἱματοῦσσα, nom. sing. fem. of ai- 
ματόεις, όεσσα, ev, Epic and lonic for αἱματοῦς, αἱματοῦσσα, αἱματοῦν, 
* bloody.” —From αἷμα. 

Τάρδησεν, Epic and Ionic for ἐτάρδησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. in- 
Line 268. dic. act. of tapbéa, ‘‘ to be terrified,” ‘‘to be alarmed,”’ “to 
fear ;” fat. ταρδήσω. An intransitive verb.—From τάρθος, “fright,” 
“alarm,” “terror.” 
᾿Αλγήσας, nom. sing. 1 aor. part. act. of ἀλγέω, “to suffer 
pain.”’—From ἄλγος, any pain, whether of body or of mind. 
᾿Αχρεῖον, accus. sing. neut. of ἀχρεῖος, ov, rarely a, ov, ‘‘useless,”’ 
“unprofitable,” “good for nothing.” Homer uses the word twice : viz, 
of Thersites, in the present passage, after being beaten by Ulysses, 
‘having looked foolishly,” or, more closely, ‘‘ having given a helpless 
or puzzled \ook’’ (consult note) ; and of Penelope, trying to disguise 
her feelings, ἀχρεῖον ἐγέλασσε, “she laughed without usé or cause,” 
4. e., made a forced laugh. (Od., xviii,, 163.)—From 4, priv., and 
χρεία, “use.” 

᾿Απομόρξατο, Epic and Ionic for ἀπεμόρξατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
mid. of ἀπομόργνυμι, “ to wipe away;”’ fut. dxoudpSw.—In the middle, 
ἀπομόργνυμαι, “to wipe away from one's self ;” fut. ἀπομόρξομαι: 1 
aor. arenopfdunv.—F rom ἀπό and ὀμόργνυμι, ‘‘ to wipe.” 
᾿Αχνύμενοι, nom. plur. masc. pres. part. mid. of ἄχνυμαι, 
“to grieve,” “to trouble one’s self.” Only used in present 
and imperfect.—From ἄχος, “ grief,” &c. 

Τέλασσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἐγέλασαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. o 
γελάω, * to laugh ;” fut. γελάσω : 1 aor. ἐγέλᾶσα. 

Eireoxev, 3 sing. iterative form of the 2 aor. of the radical 
Ling 271. ἔπω, “to say,” “to speak ;” 2 aor. εἶπον, iterative εἴπεσκον. 
Consult remarks on ἐρητύσασκε, line 189. 

Line 272. Μυρίᾳ. Consult book i,, line 2, 

Ἔσθλά. Consult book i., line 108. 

*Eopyev, 3 sing. 2 perfect of ἔρδω, “to do,” “to perform ;” fat 
ἔρξω : 2 perf. éopya. 

᾿Ἐξάρχων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of ἐξάρχω, “ to 
Tine 273. originate,” “to begin,” &c.; fut. &4pfa—From ἐξ and 


ἤἄρχω, ** to begin.” 


Line 267. 


Line 269. 


Line 270. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 483 


Book 2. Line 273-282. 

* Κορύσσων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of κορύσσω, “to arouse.” 
Strictly, “to arm with helm,” “¢o helm” (consult note) ; fut. κορύξω. 
—From κόρυς, “a helmet.” 

"Epegev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ῥέζω, “to do,” &e. ; 
Line 274. fut. ῥέξω : 1 aor. ἔρεξα. Consult book i., line 444. 
Awb6ntipa, accus. sing. of λωδητήρ, ἦρος, ὁ, ‘a slanderer,” 
“a reviler.’—From Awbdouat, ‘to insult,” “to revile,’’ “ to 
outrage 3” and this from λώθη, “ outrage,” “insult,” &e. 

’"Exeo6oAov, accus. sing. masc. of ἐπεσθόλος, ov, “ of unbridled 
tongue,” “abusive.” Strictly, “throwing words about.”—From ἔπος 
and βάλλω. 

Ἔσχε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἔχω, “10 restrain,” &c. More 
literally, “ to hold in,” i. e., “to check.” 

᾿Αγοράων, Epic and Ionic for ἀγορῶν, gen. plur. of ἀγορά, ae, 7, 
* an harangue,” &c. 

Ov, enclitic particle, used chiefly in Epic, rarely in Attie 
Line 276. oileacs Ὁ sme oe 

poetry : akin to δή, and expressing strong conviction ; 
“assuredly.” (Consult note.) 

᾿Ανήσει, 3 sing. fut. indic. act. of dvinut, “to excite.” Literally, 
“10 send up or forth,” hence, “to let go,’ ‘to let loose” (as a dog) ; 
“0 set upon,” “ to excite,” &c.; fut. ἀνήσω, &c.—From ἀνά and tinue. 

᾿Αγήνωρ, opoc, 6, ἡ, “insolent.” Literally, “manly” (from ἄγαν 
and ἀνήρ); but, in Homer, frequently with the collateral notion of 
“ headstrong, haughty, insolent,” &c. 
᾿Ονειδείοις, dat. plur. masc. of ὀνείδειος, ov, abusive,” &c. 
—From ὄνειδος, “abuse,” “ reproach,” &c. 

Φάσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἔφασαν, 3 plur. imperf. indic. 
Line ds act. of gpl. 

Πτολέπορθος, ov, ‘ city-sacking.”—From πτόλις, old form for πόλιες, 
and πέρθω, “to sack.” 

Line 279. Τλαυκῶπις. Consult book i., line 206. 
Eidouévy, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. mid. of eidw. Con- 
Line 280. suit line 22. 

Σιωπᾶν, pres. infin. act. of σιωπάω, “ to be silent ;” fut. σιωπήσομαι: 
1 aor. ἐσιώπησα. 

᾿Ανώγει, Epic and Tonie for ἠνώγει, 3 sing: pluperf. indic. act. as- 
signed to ἄνωγα, an old Epic perfect with a present signification, “I 
command,” “ I order ;” hence ἀνώγειν, “ I commanded,” “1 ordered.” 
—Derivation uncertain. Buttmann derives it from an old root ἄγγω, 
thus connecting it with dyyéAro. | 

Line 282. ᾿Επιφρασσαίατο, Epic and Ionic for ἐπιφράσαιντο, 3 plur. 


Line 275 


Line 277. 


484 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 282-291. 
1 aor. opt. mid. of ἐπιφράζω, “to say besides.” But more usually ἐπὶ- 
φράζομαι, in the middle, “to ponder upon,” “to percewe,” “ to under- 
stand.”,—From ἐπί and φράζω. Consult book i., line 83. 
ΝΕ 283. Ὃ σφιν éigpovéwr, x. τ. A. Consult book i., line 73. 
᾿Ελέγχιστον, accus. sing. masc. of ἐλέγχιστος, ἡ, ov, irreg- 
ular superlative of ἐλεγχής, “most disgraced,” ‘ most visit- 
ed with reproach.” —From ἔλεγχος, “ reproach,” &c. 

Θέμεναι, Epic, Holic, and Dorie for ϑεῖναι, 2 aor. infin. act. of 
τίθημι, &e. 

Mepérecot, Epic and Ionic for μέροψι, dat. plur. of μέροψ, οπος. 
Consult book i., line 250. 

Ἐκτελέουσιν, Epic and Ionic for ἐκτελοῦσιν, 3 plur. pres. 
indic. act. of ἐκτελέω, “to fulfill,” “ to perform ;” fut. ἐκτελ- 
éow.—F rom ἐκ and τελέω. 

“Ὑπόσχεσιν, accus. sing. of ὑπόσχεσις, ewe, 7, “a promise.””—From 
ὑπισχνέομαι. 

ὝὙπέσταν, Epic and Aolic for ὑπέστησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. 

of ὑφίστημι, “to stand under,” “to undertake ;” fut. ὑποστήσω : perf. 
i aac a —From ὑπό and ἕστημι. 
Στεέίχοντες, nom. plur. pres. part. act. of oreiyw, “to come,” 
“to go,” ‘to. proceed ;” especially, “‘io go one after an- 
other,” “to go in line or order,’ i. e., to battle, &c. ; fut. στείξω: 1 
aor. ἐστειξα : 2 aor. éoreyov.—The root appears to ἣν found in the 
Latin ve-stig-ium. 

Ἱπποδότοιο, Epic and Jonie for ἱπποδότου, gen. sing. of immé6oroc, 
ov, * steed-nurluring ;” more literally, “‘ fed on by horses,” i. e., good 
for their grazing.—From ἔππος and Bécka, “ to feed.” 

Live 288. Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽, x. τ. Δ. Consult line.113 
Neapoé, nom. plur. masc. of νεαρός, a, ὄν, “ young.” Most- 
ly a poetic term, or else occurring in late prose, as in 


Line 285. 


Line 286. 


Line 287. 


‘Live 289. 


Plutarch. : 

Xjpat, nom. plur. fem. of χῆρος, a, ον, also o¢, ov, “ widowed ;” 
literally, “ bereaved,” “ bereft.”—The root XH-, XHP-, occurs in the 
‘Sanscrit Ad, hi, ‘to desert,” “to abandon,” so that χῆρος is strictly 
“deserted,” * left.” 

- *Odvpovrat, 3 plur. pres. indic. of middle deponent ὀδύρο- 
Line 290. peat, ** to wail,” “to mourn,” &c. No active ὀδύρω occurs. 
—From the same root as δύη, “misery,” &c., and ὀδύνη, “ pain,” 
distress.” 

᾿Ανιηθέντα, Epic and Ionic for ἀνεαθέντα, accus. sing. masec. 


Jann 291-5 sion, part. pass. of ἀνεάω, “ to distress,” “ to trouble,” “ to 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 485. 


Book 2. Line 291-296. 

annoy,” “to expose to privations,” &c. ; fut. dvidow: 1 aor. ἠνίασα: 
1 aor. pass. ἠνεάθην : Epic and Ionic ἀνιήσω, ἀνίησα, ἀνιήθην, &e. 

Μῆνα, accus. sing. of μήν, μηνός, ὁ, “ amonth.”—From μήν 
Link 292. oomes μήνη, and these, with our moon, the German mond, 
and Latin men-sis, may all be traced to the Sanscrit ma, “‘ to meas- 
ure.” The Persian word for month is also mah. (Pott, Etymol. 
Forsch., i., p. 194.) 

"He, gen. sing. fem. of the possessive ὅς, 7, dv, ‘his, her, its.” 

᾿Ασχαλάᾳ, Epic and Ionic for ἀσχαλᾷ, 3 sing. pres. indic. 
Linz 293. act. of ἀσχαλάω, * to be vexed,” “ to be grieved,” ἄρ. Only 
used in the present, of which Homer has, besides ἀσχαλάᾳ, the fol- 
lowing irregular forms: 3 plur. ἀσχαλόωσι : infin. ἀσχαλάαν : part. 
ἀσχαλόων. He also once has the form ἀσχάλλω. (Od., ii., 193.) 
Both forms oecur now and then in the tragic writers. The form 
ἀσχάλλειν is found in Herodotus (iii., 152), and late prose: some- 
times even in Attic prose —According to Dindorf and Grashof, akin 
to ἄχος, as icyw to ἔχω. 

Πολυζύγῳ, dat. sing. fem. of πολύζυγος, ov, “of many benches,” 
‘* many-benched ;’’ referring to the rowers’ benches.—From πολύς 
and ζυγόν, “a rowing bench.” 

“AeA Aa, nom. plur. of deAAa, ne, 7, “a blast,” “ a tempest.”—Prob- 

ably akin to efAw, “to drive.” 
Χειμέριαι, nom. plur. fem. of χειμέριος, a, ov, wintry,” 
LINE 394. siormy.”—From χεῖμα, “winter,” the root of which is 
XI-, or hi-, which appears in χιών, “‘ snow.’ Compare the Sanscrit 
himan, “ snow,’ whence the Himalaya mountains, 1. e., the house of 
snow; also Mount Imaus, and likewise Emodus. The Latin hiems 
is related to χεῖμα, as hir to χείρ, heres herinaceus to χήρ. 

Eidéwow, Epic and Ionic for εἰλῶσιν, 3 plur. pres. subj. act. of 
εἰλέω, ὦ, “to hem, shut, or coop in” (consult note) ; fut. εἰλήσω. 

’Optvouévn, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. pass. of ὀρένω, “ to agitate ;” 
fut. dpivé.—In passive, ὀρίνομαι, * to be agitated,” “to be troubled.” — 
Akin to dpa, ὄρνυμι. 

Line 295. Eivaroc, Epie and Ionic for ἔννατος, “the ninth.” 

Περιτροπέων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. of περιτροπέω, “to re- 
volve,” Epic and Ionic collateral form of περιτρέπω. 

Ἔνιαυτός. Consult line 134. 

Μιμνόντεσσι, Epic and Ionie for μέμνουσι, dat. plur. pres. 
Line 296. part. of ziuvw, “to remain,” lengthened by reduplication 
from μένω, and, therefore, shortened from μιμένω. It is used for 

Ss2 3 


480 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 296-300. 
μένω, When the first syllable is wanted to be long, and hence is only 
poetic, and only employed in the present and imperfect. 

Νεμεσίζομαι, 1 sing. pres. indic. of middle deponent νεμεσίζομαι 
(like veueodw), “to he angry with one,” “to blame one.”—Compare 
remarks on νεμεσάω, line 223. be 
Κορωνίσιν, dat. plur. of xopwvic, ἔδος, ἡ, “ of bending stern,” 
“curved,” “ bending,’ “ crooked-beaked ;” in Homer an 
epithet always applied to ships from the outline of their prow and 
stern, especially the latter.—From κορώνη, the curved stern of a 
ship, especially the crown, ornamented top of it. 

Ἔμπης. Consult book i., line 562. 

Δηρόν, aceus. sing. neut. of δηρός, 4, ὄν, “ long,” used adverbially, 
which is commonly the case in Homer.—From δήν, “ long,” “ for a 
long time.” 

Kevedy, aceus. sing. neut. of κενεός, 7, 6v, Epic and Tonie for xe- 
voc, 7, ὄν, * empty,” “ empty-handed,” used adverbially. 

Τλῆτε, 2 plur. 2 aor. imper. act. of τλάω, ‘to endure,” “ to 
Lenn 322, bear ;” strictly, ‘to take upon one’s self.”—Observe that 
τλάω is a radical form never found in the present, this being replaced 
by the perfect τέτληκα, or the verbs τολμάω, ἀνέχομαι, ὑπομένω, ἄτα. ; 
fat. τλήσομαι: 2 aor. ἔτλην (as if there were a present τλῆμι, which 
there is not. Pors., Phen., 1740): 2 aor. imper. τλῆθι : perf., with 
present signification, rérAnxa.—TA-dw is radically the same as τολ- 
pao, Sanscrit twl, Latin tul-isse, tol-erare, (t)latus, &c. 

Μείνατε, 2 plur. 1 aor. imper. act. of μένω, “to remain ;” fat. μενῶ: 
1 aor. ἔμεινα. 

Δαῶμεν, 1 plur. 2 aor. subj. pass. of δάω, an old root, with the sig- 
nification of “to teach,’ “to learn,” the latter of which meanings 
applies here. To this sense of ‘‘¢o learn” belong the future δαήῆσο- 
pac: the perfect forms dedénxa, δεδαηκώς, dedanuévoc: the 2 aor. 
pass. ἐδάην, subj. dad, δαείω, infin. δαῆναι, δαήμεναι, part. δαείς.---- 
Akin to dja, Latin di-sco. Consult Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., p. 185. 
Ἔτεόν, accus. sing. neut. of éredc, a, dv, “ true.” Homer 
Line 300; only employs the neuter, and usually as an adverb, “in 
truth,” “really,” “verily,” answering to the Latin revera; more 
rarely, as in the present passage, with the meaning of “truly.” Seem- 
ingly never found as a masculine or feminine adjective. The Io- 
nians also use the dat. fem. ére7 as an adverb, “in truth.” 

Μαντεύεται, 3 sing. pres. indic. of the middle deponent μαντεύομαι, 
“to divine,” “to predict ;” fut. uavtedoouat—From μάντις, ‘a di- 
viner,” ““α predicier.” 


Line 297. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 487 


Book 2. Line 301-307. 
_ Lane 301. Ἴδμεν. Consult book i, line 124. 
Μάρτυροι, nom. plur. of μάρτυρος, ov, ὃ, a witness.” Older 
Line 302. Epic form for μάρτυς. The grammarian Zenodotus 
wholly rejected this form. 

Κῆρες, nom. plur. of Κήρ, κηρός, ἡ, “the goddess of death,” also 
“ goddess of fate,” especially as bringing violent death ; often occur- 
ring in Homer, who sometimes, as in the present instance, has also 
the plural Κῆρες, ‘the Fates.” 

Ἔδαν. Consult book i., line 291. 

Χθιζά, adverb, “ yesterday.”—From χθιζός, 7, dv, “of yes- 
Live 303. jday,” and this from 0é.—Observe that χθές is the 
Sanscrit hyas, Latin hest and hesiternus, afterward heri and hesternus. 
Compare the German gestern, English yestreen, yesterday, &c. 

Πρώϊζα, adverb, “ the day before yesterday.”—From πρώϊζος, and 
this from πρωΐ. 

Αὐλίδα, accus. sing. of Αὐλίς, idoc, 7, *‘ Aulis,” a small place in 
Beotia, near which was a large harbor, where the Grecian fleet had 
their rendezvous before sailing against Troy, and where they were 
detained by head winds until Iphigenia was sacrificed to Diana by 
Agamemnon, the father of the former. It was situate on the shores 
of the Euripus, and nearly opposite to Chalcis in Eubea. The 
modern name of the harbor is Vathi. 

᾿Ἠγερέθοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of ἠγερέθομαι, Epie form: 
Ling oy. of dyeipouat, as a passive verb, “to be gathered together.” 
Homer uses it only in the 3 plur. present and imperfect. 
Κρήνην, accus. sing. of κρήνη, ης, ἡ, “a spring,” “a fount- 
Lin 906. ain.”—From the same root as κρουνός, “a spring,’’ and 
perhaps κάρα, κάρηνον, like the Latin caput aque. 

Βωμούς, accus. plur. of βωμός, οὔ, ὁ, “an altar.” Consult book i., 


line 440. 
"Epdouev, 1 plur. imperf. indie. act. of ἔρδω, “to offer up.” 

Line 306. Consult book i., line 315. 

TeAnécoac. Consult book i., line 315. 

‘Exaréu6ac. Consult book i., line 65. 
Πλατανέστῳ, dat. sing. of πλατάνιστος, ov, ἡ, “a plane- 
Line 307. tree.” Same as wAdtévoc, “ the Oriental plane.’ Latin 
platanus, a tree of the maple kind.—From πλάτος, “ breadth ;” πλα- 
τύς, “ broad ;” because of its broad leaves and spreading form. 

‘Péev, Epic and Ionic for ἔῤῥεεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ῥέξω, 
“to flow ;” fut. ῥεύσομαι : 1 aor. ἔῤῥευσα. In Attic, more usually, 
fut. ῥυήσομαι, and 2 aor. ἐῤῥύην, always in an active signification : 


488 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 307-312. 
hence is formed the perfect 26$i7xa.—The root is PE-, PY-, San- 
serit sru. 

*AyAady, nom. sing. neut. of ἀγλαός, 7, ὄν, “limpid,” “clear.” An 

old Epic and Lyric word, being found only twice or thrice in the 
Attic poets.—Akin to alyAn, “ brightness,”’ and ἀγάλλομαι. 
Ἐφάνη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. pass., in a middle sense, of 
φαίνω, “to show ;" fut. φανῶ : 1 aor. ἔφηνα : later perfect 
πέφαγκα. In the middle, φαίνομαι, “to appear,”’ i. e., to show one’s 
self: 2 aor. pass. ég¢avyv.—Lengthened from root @A-, which ap- 
pears in φάος, “light.” Compare Sanscrit bhd, “lucere.” (Pott, 
Etymol. Forsch., i., 194.) 

Σῆμα, aroc, τό, “a sign,” “ omen.”—Probably connected with ϑέα 
and ϑεάομαι, by the common Laconian change of into o, and so, 
strictly, ‘‘ that by which something is seen.” 

Δράκων, οντος, 6, ‘a dragon,” ““α large serpent.” A species of 
Homeric creation. The poet describes it as a creature of huge size, 
coiled like a snake, of blood-red color, or shot with many changing 
tints: indeed, in J/., xi., 40, he describes a three-headed one.—Sup- 
posed to come from δέρκω, ‘‘ to look earnestly or piercingly ;” 2 aor. 
ἔδρακον : part. δρακών, from its fabled keenness of vision. 

Nara, accus. plur. of νῶτον, ov, τό, “ the back.” Consult line 159. 

Δαφοινός, 6v, late also 7, ὄν, “all blood-red.”’—From da, intensive, 
and φοινός, “ blood-red,” and this from φόνος, “ bloodshed,” &c. 
Σμερδαλέος, a, ov, Ionic 7, ov, “ fearful to the view,” “ ter- 
rible to behold.” 

ἯΚκε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἕημι, “to send ;” fut. ἤσω : 1 aor. 
ἧκα. 

Φόωςδε, adverb, “to the light,” “into the light.”—From φόως, length- 
ened Epic form of φῶς, which is itself contracted from φάος, and the 
suffix de, denoting motion toward. 

Ὕπαΐξας, nom. sing. mase. 1 aor. part. of ὑπαΐσσω, “to 
glide from under ;” fut. iraite—From ὑπό and ἀΐσσω. 

Ὄρουσεν, Epic and Ionic for ὥρουσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
ὀρούω, “to dart forward ;” fut. ὀρούσω : 1 aor. Gpovoa.—From ὄρω, 
“to arouse,” ** to excite.” 3 

Line 311. Ἔσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἤσαν, 3 plur. imperf. of εἰμέ. 

Στρουθοῖο, Epic and Ionic for στρουθοῦ, gen. sing. of. στρουθός, οὔ, 
ὁ and ἡ, “a sparrow.” 

Neooooi, nom. plur. of νεοσσός, οὔ, 6, a young bird ;” hence veoo- 
coi, “the young ones.”-—From νέος. 

Line 312. "Of, dat. sing. of ὄζος, ov, ὁ, “ a bough,” “ a branch.” — 


Line 308. 


Line 309. 


Line 310. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 489. 


Book2. Line 312-318. 
Perhaps akin to ὄσχος, the German ast, and, according to Pott, to 
angere. (Etymol. Forsch., i., 223.) 

Πετάλοις, dat. plur. of πέταλον, ov, τό, “a leaf. ” In the dative 
plural it forms πέταλσι as well as πετάλοις. (Buttmann, Ausf. 
Gr., § 56, Anm., 13, n.)}—From πετάννυμε, “to spread out,” “ to ex- 
pand.” 

ὝὙποπεπτηῶτες, Epic and Ionic syncopated form for ὑποπεπτηκότες, 
nom. plur. masc. perf. part. act. of ὑποπτήσσω, “to cower beneath,” 
“to crouch under ;” fut. ὑποπτήξω : perf. broxéxrnxa.—From ὑπό and 
πτήσσω, ‘*to crouch,” “ to cower down.” 

Ἔλεεινά, accus. plur. neut. of ἐλεεινός, 7, dv, “ piteous,” 
Line 314. ,, spares taken adverbially, “ piteously.”—From ἔλεος, 
* pity, 7 (ἐξ compassion.” 

Κατήσθιε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of κατεσθίω, ** to rans * to 
eat up ;” fut. xarédouar—From κατά and éofiw, “to eat.”—To this 
verb κατέφαγον is assigned as a second aorist. 

Τετριγῶτας, Epic and Ionic for τετριγότας, accus. plur. masc. perf. 
part. of τρίζω, “to twitter,” “to cry sharp and shrilly ;” fut. τρίξω: 
perf., with present signification, rérptya. 
᾿Αμφεποτᾶτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of the middle deponent 
Line 315. ἀμφιποτάομαι, ‘to fly or flutter around.”—From ἀμφέ, and 
ποτάομαι, Epic and Attic-poetic form for πέτομαε, “ to fly.” 

᾿Ελελιξάμενος, 1 aor. part. mid. of ἐλελίζω, “ta wind,” * to 
Link 316. sir] round,” &e.; fat. ἐλελίξω.---ἴα the middle, “to wind 
one’s self round,” “to form one’s self into a coil.” 

Πτέρυγος, gen. sing. of πτέρυξ, vyoc, 7, “a wing.’—From πτερόν, 
“@ wing.” 

᾿Αμφιαχυῖαν, accus. sing. fem. irregular perfect participle of ἀμ- 
φιάχω, “to sound on all sides,” “to make a loud cry round about ;” fut. 
ἀμφιαχήσω : perf. ἀμφίαχα : perf. part. ἀμφιαχώς, via, 6¢.—From ἀμφέ 
and ἐάχω, “to cry aloud.” 

_ _ *E¢gaye, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act., with no present φάγω in 
Live 317. use, but used as the 2d aor. of ἐσθέω, “10 eat,” which is 
itself only used in the present and imperfect ἤσθιον, other tenses 
‘being supplied by ἔδω, and the aorist being, as already remarked, 


Vv. 
*Apit{niov, accus. sing. neut. of ἀρίζηλος, ov, also 7, ov, 
-Line 318. Paice form for ἀρίδηλος, “very conspicuous.” —From ἀρί-, 
intensive, and δῆλος, “ manifest,” &c.. (Consult note.) 
Ἔφηνεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of φαίνω, “ to show,” “ to display 
to view.” 


490° HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book2. Line 319-331. 
- Aday, accus. sing. of Adac, gen. Adoc, dat. Adi, accus. λᾶαν, 
Linz 319. ,, i 
a stone. 

᾿Αγκυλομήτεω, Epic and Ionic for ἀγκυλομήτης, ov, 6. Consult line 
205. 
'‘Eoraérec, Epic and Ionic syncopated form for ἑστηκότες, 
nom. plur. masc. perf. part. act. of ἴστημι, “to place,” &c. ; 
fut. στήσω : perf. ἕστηκα, with intransitive force, “ I stand.” 

Θαυμάζομεν, Epic and Ionic for ἐθαυμάζομεν, 1 plur. imperf. indic. 
act. of ϑαυμάζω, “to wonder ;’’ fut. Savudow: perf. τεθαύμακα. 
_ ’Erty6n, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. pass. of τεύχω, “to do,” &c. Consult. 
line 101. 


Line 320. 


Πέλωρα, nom. plur. neut. of πέλωρον, ov, τό, ‘a prodigy.” 

—From πέλωρ, τό, indeclinable, “a monster,” “a prodi~ 
gy,” and this probably from πέλω. 

‘Exaréubac. Consult book i., line 65. 

Line 322. Θεσπροπέων. Consult book i., lines 85 and 109. 

Line 823. Τίπτ᾽. Consult book i., line 202. 

- "Avéw, adverb, “without a sound,” “mute.” Less correctly writ- 
ten ἀνέῳ, as if a nominative Ῥίαγαὶ from the obsolete adjective (At- 
tic form) dvewe, gen. ἄνεω, ὁ, ἡ. (Consult note.) 

“Καρηκομόωντες. Consult line 11. 

Tépac, accus. sing. of τέρας, aroc, Epic aoc; τό, “a sign,” 
Dine 924. 04 wonder,” “a marvel.” Nom. plur. τέρατα, Epic répaa: 
gen. τερῶν, Epic τεράων : dat. τέρασι, Epic repdeoot.—Akin to τέρμα. 

Mnriera, nom. sing.—Consult book i., lines 175; 508, &c. 

Ὄγψιμον, accus. sing. neut. of ὄφεμος, ov, “ late in coming.” 
Linz 325. Poetic form of éyo¢.—From ὀψέ, “ late.” 

᾿Ὀψιτέλεστον, accus. sing. neut. of ὀψιτέλεστος, “ late of fulfill 
‘ment,” “to be late ee From ὀψέ and teréw, * to fulfill,” “ to 
accomplish.” 

’OAeirat, 3 sing. fut. eit, of ὄλλυμι, * to destroy.” —Middle, ὄλλῦ- 
pat, ‘to perish,” “to pass away ;” fut. ὀλοῦμαι : 2 aor. GAdunv. 

: Τοσσαῦτα, Epic for τοσαῦτα, accus. plur. of τοσοῦτος, τοσ- 
Linz 328. αὕτη, τοσοῦτο, “80 many,” “80 much.” 

Πτολεμίξομεν, 1 plur. fut. indice. aet. of πτολεμέζω, Epie form for 
πολεμίζω, “to war,” “to wage war ;” fut. rroAeuiz=w.—From πτόλεμος, 
Epic form for πόλεμος. 

Τελεῖται, 3 sing. pres. indic. pass. of teAéw, “to accom- 

plish ;”” fut. τελέσω. 

Miuvers, 2 plur. pres. imper. of μέμνω, “to remain.” Con- 
* sult line 296. ve 


Line 321. 


Lis 330. 


Line 331 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 491 


Book ἃ. Line 331-339 
ἘΕὐκνήμιδες. Consult book i., line 17. 
Eicé«ev, conjunction, “ until.” In Homer usually joined 
with the subjunctive or future indicative.-—Compounded 
of εἰς 6 κεν or κε. 
Ἴαχον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of idya, “‘ to shout ;’’ fut. 

Line 333. ἰαχῆσω : perf. iaya.—Probably from ia, “a voice,” “a cry.” 
Kovd6ycav, Epic and Ionic for ἐκονάθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. 
Line 384. indic. act. of covabéw, “to resound,” “to ring ;” fut. κονα- 
éjow: 1 aor. éxovabyoa.—F rom κόναθος, “a resounding,” “ ringing,” 
and this, according to Buttmann, from κόμπος, “a noise,” “ din,” &c. 

᾿Αὐσάντων, gen. plur. mase. 1 aor. part. act. of αὔω, ‘to shout ;” 
fut. déow: 1 aor. ἤῦσα (for, in the present and imperfect, av- is a 
diphthong; but in the future ad, and in aor. two syllables).—The 
root in Sanscrit is wa, ‘to blow,’’ &c. 
Γερήνιος, ὁ, “ the Gerenian,” an Homeric epithet of Nes- 
Erne 336. tor. (Consult note.) ᾿ 

Ἱππότα, Epic and olic nominative (gen. ἱππότας) for ἱππότης, 
ov, 6, ‘ruler of steeds ;” more literally, “‘a horseman,” “a driver of 
steeds,’’ &c.—From ἵππος. 
᾿Αγοράασθε, Epic lengthened form for ἀγορᾶσθε, 2 plur. 
Lins 337. pres. indic. of the middle deponent ἀγοράομαι, “to ha- 
rangue ;” more literally, ‘‘¢o meet in assembly,” “ to sit in debate,” 
ἄς. ; fut. dyopdcouac: Epic and Ionic ἀγορήσομαι, &e.—From ἀγορά, 
‘an assembly,” Epic and Ionic ἀγορή. 

Νηπιάχοις, dat. plur. masc. of νηπέαχος, ov, “ infant,” 
“young.” Poetic form for νήπιος, ‘infant,’ the —ayo¢ 
being a mere termination. Consult line 38. 

Μέλει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. (impersonal form) of μέλω, “ to be a 
care to,”’ “ to be an object of concern to ;” fut. weAjow.—Akin to μέλλω. 
Consult book i., line 564. ; 

Πολεμήξα, Epic and Ionic for a supposed form πολέμεια, nom. 
plur. neut. of πολεμήϊος, ov, “ warlike,” “ appertaining to war,” Epic 
and Ionic for a supposed form roAéuecoc.—F rom 76Aguoc.—The com- 
mon form is πολέμιος. 

Πῇ, interrogative adverb, “whither,” equivalent here to 
Link 399. 37, and the dative, in fact, of an obsolete form πός, of 
which πῶς is the adverb. 

Συνθεσίαι, nom. plur. of συνθεσία, ac, 7, “an agreement.”—From 
συντίθημι. 

. “Opxca, nom. plur. of ὅρκιον, ov, τό, “a sworn pledge.” (Consult 
note.)—From ὅρκος, “ an oath.” . 


Line 332. 


Line 338. 


492 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 340-346. 
Tevoiaro, Epic and Ionic for γένοιντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. opt. 
Liner 340. 
of γίγνομαι. 

Μήδεα, nom. plur. of μῆδος, εος, τό, “a plan,” “a resolve,” “any 
thing planned and done cunningly or skillfully.” Wardly found save 
in the plural u7dea.—Akin to μῆτις. 

Σπονδαΐ, nom. plur. of σπονδή, ἧς, 7, ‘a libation,” “ a drink- 

Lemp BAA, offering,” the Latin libatio—From the same root come the 

Latin spondeo, sponsus, sponsio, originally used of solemn covenants. 

ἤΑκρητοι, Epic and Ionic for ἄκρᾶτοι, nom. plur. fem. of ἄκρητος, 

ov, Epie and Ionic for ἄκρᾶτος, ov, “pure,” “unmixed.” (Consult 
note.)—From ἀ, priv., and κεράννυμι, “ to mix.” 

"Hic, i. €., ἧς, Epic and Ionic for αἷς, dat. plur. fem. of ὅς, 7, 6, “who, 
which, what.” 

᾿Ἐπέπιθμεν, 1 plur. of the Epic syncopated form of the 2 pluperf. 
of πείθω, “‘ to persuade,” &c., for ἐπεποίθειμεν. The 2 perf. πέποιθα 
has an intransitive force, “I confide in,” “1 rely on;” hence the 2 
pluperf. ἐπεποίθειν, "1 confided in,” “ I relied on.” 
᾿Εριδαίνομεν, 1 plur. pres. indic. act. of ἐριδαίνω, “to con- 
Line 342. nd,” to wrangle,” &c. Consult book i., line 574. 

Μῆχος, εος, τό, a remedy,” “an expedient.” An old poetic root of 
pnxavy.—Akin, in all likelihood, to μῆδος, μήδομαι, μῆτις. 

Evpéuevat, Epic, Doric, and olic for εὑρεῖν, 2 aor. infin. 
Line 343. act. of εὑρίσκω, “ to devise ;” fut. εὑρήσω, &e. 
Δυνάμεσθα, Epic for δυνάμεθα, 1 plur. pres. indic. of δύναμαι, “ to 


be able.” 
᾿Αστεμφέα, Epic and Ionic for ἀστεμφῆ, accus. sing. fem. 
Line 344. of ἀστεμφής, ἔς, “ unshaken,” “ firm.”—From 4, priv., and 
στέμθω, * to shake by stamping.” Compare the Sanserit stabh, “niti;” 
stambha, “ columna;” and the English stamp, step. , 
*Apyeve, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of ἀρχεύω, “to rule over,” 
Line 345.5 5, command,” “to lead.’ Poetic form for apy. 
'Youivac, accus. plur. of ὑσμίνη, ἧς, 7, “a conflict,” “a fight.” In 
this same book of the Iliad (v. 868), and also in viii., 56, we havea 
metaplastic Epic dative ὑσμῖνι, as if from ὑσμίν or vouic.—Pott com- 
pares the Sanscrit judh, “to fight,” and judh-ma, “a battle.” (Etym. 
Forsch., i., p. 252.) 
Ἔα, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἐάω, “to suffer,” “io let,” “to 
Line 346. permit ;” fut. ἐάσω : 1 aor. εἴασα, ὅκα. 
Φθινύθειν, pres. inf. act. of φθινύθω, “to perish,” “to waste away,” 
&c. Poetic form for φθένω, the more usual present for φθέω, “to 
perish,” ἄτα. ; fut. φθίσω. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 493 


Book 2. Line 346-356. 
Toi, Epic and Ionic for oi, “ who.” 
Ling 347. Νόσφιν. Consult book i., line 349. 
"Ανυσις, ewc, 7, “an accomplishment.” —From ἀνύω, “to accomplish.” 
Line 348. *Apyocde, adverb, “to Argos.” Consult note on book 
i., line 30. 
Τνώμεναι, Epic, Doric, and olic for γνῶναι, 2 aor. inf. of 
Line 349. γιγνώσκω, “to know ;” fut. γνώσομαι, &c. Consult book 
i., line 199. 
'Yrécxeote, ewe, 7, “a promise.”’—From ὑπισχνέομαι, “to promise.” 
Live 350. Karavetoa:. Consult book i., line 514. 
Line 351. Ἤματι. Consult book i., line 592. 
᾿Ὠκυπόροισιν. Consult book i., line 421. 
Φόνον, accus. sing. of φόνος, ov, ὁ, “* slaughter,” “ carnage,” 
Lime 352. analogous to the Latin cedes.—F rom the radical ¢éve, “ to 
slay.” 
Κῆρα, aceus. sing. of Κήρ, κηρός, 7, “ Fate,” “death.” (Consult 
note, and compare book i., line 228.) 
᾿Αστράπτων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. of ἀστράπτω, “to 
Line 353. fags forth lightning,” “to lighten ;” fat. dorpéyo.—From 
ἀστραπή, “a flash of lightning.” 
᾿ἘἘπιδέξια, accus. plur. neut. of ἐπιδέξιος, ov, “ to the right,” taken 
adverbially—From ἐπί and de&iéc.—In Homer the term always car- 
ries with it the meaning of motion toward, namely, ‘from left to 
right,” “toward the right,” &c. But with the post-Homeric writers 
the signification of motion toward died away, and the word became 
equivalent, in general, to δεξιός, “ on the right ;” as, τἀπιδέξια (Arist., 
Av., 1493), “‘ the right side.’ (Compare, however, Arist., Pac., 957.) 
*Evaioma, aceus. plur. neut. of évaisiuoc, ov, “* auspicious,” “ favor- 
able.” Literally, “ sent by destiny,” “ fated,” but especially in a good 
signification —From ἐν and αἶσα, “ fate,” “ destiny.” 
᾿Ἐπειγέσθω, 3 sing. pres. imper. middle of ἐπείγω, “to 
Line 354. urge or drive on another ;” fut. ἐπείξω : in the middle, 
ἐπείγομαι, “to hasten,” “ to make haste,” i. e., “to urge one’s self on.” 
Τίσασθαι, 1 aor. infin. mid. of tive, “to pay a price,’ by 
Line 356. way of a return or recompense (whereas τίω is confined 
to the signification of paying honor); fut. tiow: 1 aor. érica : perf. 
rérixa: in the middle, τένομαι, “ I make another pay the price or pen- 
alty of a thing,” “ I take vengeance,” “ I avenge ;” fat. τίσομαι: aor. 
ἐτισάμην. ! ᾿ ᾿ 
᾿ς Ὁρμήματα, aceus. plur. of ὅρμημα, ατος, τό, “ vexation,” “any vio- 
lent act or feeling,” &c. (Consult note.)—From ὁρμάω. t 
Tr 


494 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 356-362. 

Στοναχάς, accus. plur. of στοναχή, ἧς, 7, “a groan.”—From στε- 
νάχω, “ to groan.” 

Ἐκπάγλως, adverb. The special meaning, “terribly,” 
Jann 857. fearfully’ (consult book i., line 268), frequently passes, 
as in the present instance, into the general notion, “greatly,” 
“exceedingly,” “ beyond measure.”” Among the post-Homeric wri- 
ters it implies merely the notion of something astonishing, won- 
derful. 

: 'Ἀπτέσθω, 3 sing. pres. imper. middle of ἅπτω, “to connect,” 
“ fasten to,” &c.: in the middle, ἅπτομαι, “to touch,” “to 
lay hands upon.” 

"He, gen. sing. fem. of ὅς, #, ὄν, “ his, her, its.” 

᾿Εὐσσέλμοιο. Consult line 170. 

Line 359. Πρόσθε, adverb, “‘ before,” “ sooner than.” 

Πότμον, accus. sing. of πότμος, ov, ὁ, “ fate,” “ destiny,” especial- 
ly, ‘‘an evil fate,” “ ἃ mishap,’ in which sense Homer always em- 
ploys it——From a root IIET-, analogous to the Sanscrit pat, “to 
fall,” 1. e., “to fall out,” “to befall,” and whence we have ἔπεσον, 
&e., πίτνω, πίπτω, ἄτα. 

ἜἘπίσπῃ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. of ἐφέπω, “ to go after,” “to seek 
after,” “to pursue.” A frequent Homeric phrase is ϑάνατον καὶ 
πότμον ἐπισπεῖν, “to seek out death and fate,” i. e., “to incur” them: 
2 aor. ἔπεσπον. 

Μήδεο, Epic and Ionic for μήδου, 2 sing. pres. imper. of 
Jane 360, μήῆδομαι, “to deliberate’ (consult note); fut. uAcouat.— 
From μῆδος, “ plan,” “ deliberation,” &c. 

᾿Απόδλητον, nom. sing. neut. of ἀπόδλητος, ov, “ deserving 
Luge 361. of being rejected ;” more literally, ‘‘to be thrown or cast 
away as worthless.”—From ἀπό and βάλλω. 

Kpive, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of κρένω, “to separate,” “to 
Lane $62, parcel off,” “to tell off ;” fut. xpiva: perf. xéxptka. Com- 
pare the Sanscrit ἀτῆ, “to separate,” and the Latin cerno. 

Aa, accus. plur. of φῦλον, ov, τό, “a tribe.” More generally, “a 
stock, race, kind.’ (Consult note.) 

Φρήτρας, accus. plur. of φρήτρη, ης, 7, Epic and Ionic for ¢pérpa, 
ac, 7. “a family,” “a kindred,” “a body of persons of kindred race” 
(consult note), and forming a component part of a φῦλον, or tribe. 
This appears to have been its meaning in heroic times. In historical 
times it denoted a political division of people, which no doubt took its 
first rise from ties of blood and kinship. Every φυλή at Athens con- 
sisted of three φρώτραι or dpatpiac, whose. members were called 


Line 358. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 495 


Book 2. Line 361-371. 
φράτερες, and were bound together by various religious rites pecu- 
liar to each.—If we suppose that the root of the word is to be traced 
in the Latin frater, Sanscrit bhratri, English brother, the original 
“sense of the word φρατρία will be ‘ brotherhood.” 
Φρήτρῃφιν, dat. sing., with the suffix -φιν, of ὀρήτρη, ne, ἧ. 
Lang 508, Consult page 283, segg., remarks on the suffix gc or Φεν. 
᾿Αρήγῃ, 3 sing. pres. subj. act. of ἀρήγω, “ to lend aid.’ Consult 
book i., line 521. 
Ἔρξῃς, 2 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of pda, “todo.” Consult 
Linz 364. book j., line 315. | 
Τνώσῃ, 2 sing. fut. indice. mid. of γιγνώσκω, fut. γνώσομαι, 
&c. The Attic form is γνώσει. 
*Enot, Eric and Ionic for ἢ (intermediate form ἔῃ), 3 sing. 
pres. subj. of εἰμέ, “to be.” 
Σφέας, Epic and Ionic for σφᾶς, accus. plur. of σφεῖς: 
Μαχέονται, Epie and Ionic for μαχέσονται, 3 plur. fut. indic. of 
saxonat, “to fight ;” fut. μαχέσομαι, Epic and Ionic μαχέομαι, Attic 
μαχοῦμαι. : 


Laine 367. 


Line 365. 


June 366. 


Τνώσεαι, Epic and Ionic for the common form γνώσῃ (Attic 
γνώσει), 2 sing. fut. indic. of γεγνώσκω.----ΟἸὰ form γνώσεσαι, 
Epic and Ionic γνώσεαι, common form γνώσῃ, Attic γνώσει. 

Θεσπεσίῃ, dat. sing. fem. of ϑεσπέσιος, a, ov, and also og, ov, “ di- 
“ine.” Consult note, and also book i., line 591. 

᾿Αλαπάξεις, 2 sing. fut. indic. act. of ἀλαπάζω, “to sack; more 
‘iterally, “to empty,” “drain,” especially of power and strength; 
fut. ἀλαπάξω : 1 aor. nAawasa.—From ἀ, euphonic, and λαπάζω, “ ἐὃ 
-mply.” 
Κακότητι, dat. sing. of κακότης, ntoc, 7, cowardice ;’ lit- 
Lara 868. erally, ‘‘ badness,” “unfitness for a thing ;’ hence of men, 
and especially warriors, ‘ cowardice.’’—From κακός. 

᾿Αφραδίῃ, Epic and Jurie for ἀφραδίᾳ, dat. sing. of ἀφραδίη, ne, 9, 
€pie and Ionic for ἀῴρχδ a, ας, ἡ, “inexperience,” “want of proper 
Peliberation,” “ignorance.” Epic word for the prose term ὑνη: 
—From 4, priv., and φράζομαι, “to reflect, consider,” &c. 
Mav, Epic and Doric for μήν, an affirmative particle, “in 
truth,” “verily.” Not rare in the Iliad, but occurring in 
‘he Odyssey only once (xvii., 170). It is sometimes, as in the pres- 
ent instance, strengthened by the addition of 7:—It is probable that 
μάν, and μά the particle of swearing, are near of kin. ; 
Ai, adverbial exclamation of strong desire, “ would that!” 
“0 that!” and answering to the Latin utinam. Homer 


INE 370. 


Line 371. 


496 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 371-381. 

always joins α γάρ, al yap δή; the Attics have ei γάρ or ἦ yap: itis 
only in AXolic and Doric that ai stands by itself. 
Συμφράδμονες, nom. plur. of συμφράδμων, ovoc, ὁ, “a fellow- 
counselor.” Properly an adjective, ‘advising with one.” 
—From συμφράζομαι, ““ to counsel with one,” “ to deliberate together.” 

Elev, contracted form for εἴησαν, 3 plur. pres. opt. of εἰμί. Very 
common afterward in Attic Greek. 

Ἠμύσειε, 3 sing. Epic and “olic 1 aor. opt. act. of ἠμύω, 

Line 373. «, to sink in ruins,” “to bow down,” ἄς. Consult note, 
and also line 148. 
Ἡμετέρῃσιν, Epic and Ionic for ἡμετέραις, dat. plur. fem. 
of ἡμέτερος, ὅτε. 

᾿Αλοῦσα. nom. sing. fem. 2 aor. part. act. (in a passive sense) of 
diicxouat, * to be taken,” a defective passive, the active (ἁλίσκω) be- 
ing supplied by aipéw: fut. (with passive signification) ἁλώσομαι : 2 
aor. act. (with passive signification) in the form ἥλων, Attic usually 
éd2wy: 2 aor. part. ἁλούς, (“taken”): perf. ἥλωκα, ἑάλωκα, also pass= 
ive in meaning, ‘I have been taken,” &c. 

Περθομένη, nom. sing. fem. of pres. part. pass. of πέρθω, “ to sack.” 
Consult book i., line 125. 
᾿Απρήκτους, accus. plur. masc. of ἄπρηκτος, ov. Consult 
line 121. 
Neixea, accus. plur. of νεῖκος, εος, τό, “α quarrel,” “a contention.” 
Μαχεσσάμεθα, Epic and Ionic for ἐμαχεσάμεθα, 1 plur. 1 
aor. indic. mid. of μάχομαι, “ to contend ;’’ fut. μαχέσομαε : 
1 aor. guayeodgunv.—From μάχη. 

Κούρης. Consult book i., line 98. 

Line 378. ᾿Αντιδίοις. Consult book i., line 304, 
_ KaAteraiveyv, nom. sing. mase. pres. part. act. of χαλεπαίνω, “to 
become angry ;” strictly, “to be hard, severe, grievous ;” then used 
metaphorically of men, “to deal severely, harshly,” especially from 
anger, “to be harsh,” *‘ to be ill-tempered,” “ to become bitterly angry,” 
‘&e.—From χαλεπός, “ harsh,” “ severe,” ὅτε. F 

᾿Ανάθλησις, ewe, 7, “a deferring,” “a putting of.”—From 

Lint 380. αναδάλλω, * to defer.” 
- Ἠδαιόν, accus. sing. neut. of ἠδαιός, 7, 6v, Epic and Tonic for βαιός, 
“small,” “little”? &e., taken adverbially : hence οὐδ᾽ ἠδαιόν, * not 
even in a small degree,” i. e., not in the least. 
Δεῖπνον, ov, τό, “a meal,” used by Homer, quite generally, 
sometimes as equivalent to the ἄρεστον, or morning meal, 
which is the case here ; sometimes for the δόρπον, the afternoon or 


Line 372. 


Line 374. 


Line 376. 


Line 377. 


Live 381. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 497 


Book 2. Line 381-387. 
evening meal. Nitzsch regards it as the principal meal, whenever 
taken: in Attic certainly it means the chief meal, and answers to 
our dinner, or the Latin coena, begun toward evening, and often pro- 
longed till night. 

Ξυνάγωμεν, 1 plur. pres. subj. act. of ξυνάγω, “ to join ;” fut. ξυνάξω, 
&e. 

"Apna, Epic and Jonic for "Ἄρεα, accus. sing. of “Apne, εος, 6, 
“ Mars,” god of war; put here, figuratively, for the fight itself. 
Θηξάσθω, 3 sing. 1 aor. imper. middle of ϑήγω, “ to sharp- 
Line 382.» "fut. ϑήξω - L-aor. ἔθηξα : in the middle, ϑήγομαι, to 
sharpen something belonging to one’s self ;” fut. ϑήξομαι : 1 aor. ἐθηξά- 
pnv.—Compare the Sanscrit #7, “to sharpen,” which points to a 
connection with ϑιγεῖν, ϑιγγάνω, &e. 

᾿Ασπίδα, accus. sing. of ἀσπίς, idoc, 7, “a shield,” a round shield, 
in Homer large enough to cover the whole man, usually of bull's 
hide, and overlaid with metal plates, with a boss (ὀμφαλός) in the 
middie. At a later period it belonged to the Greek heavy-armed 
troops (ὁπλῖται), as opposed to the Thracian πέλτη, and Persian 
yéppov. 
᾽Ωκυπόδεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for ὠκυπόδεσιν, dat. plur. of 


Line 383. ὠκυποδής, ἔς, “ swift-footed.” Poetic term for ὠκύπους, 
ποδος. 
Line 384. ΓἌρματος, gen. sing. of ἅρμα, ατος, τό, “a chariot,” espe- 


cially **a@ war-chariot,” with two wheels, in Homer used 
very often in the plural for the singular. 

Μεδέσθω, 3 sing. pres. imper. of μέδομαι, “to think of,” “ to pre- 
pare for.”’—Observe that μέδομαι is an older form than μήδομαι, the 
latter being merely an Ionic form for the former. 

Line 385. Πανημέριοι. Consult book i., line 472. 

Στυγερῷ, dat. sing. masc. of στυγερός, a, ὄν, “ hateful.”—From 
στυγέω, * to hate.” 

Κρινώμεθα, 1 plur. pres. subj. mid. of κρίνω, “to separate :” in the 
middle, κρίνομαι, “ to single out for one’s self,” i. e., ἃ combatant or 
opponent, and thus “‘ éo contend.” 

"Αρηΐϊ, dat. of "Apyc. Consult line 381. 

7 ἢ ᾧ ἐς 9 66 ste 22, 4 
τὰς — Ps rest,” “a resmte.”"—From παύω, “to 

Meréocerat, Epic and Ionie for μέτεσται, 3 sing. fut. of μέτειμι, “to 
be between,”’ “‘ to intervene.” 

Line 387. Διακρινέει, Epic and Ionic for διακρινεῖ, 3 sing. fut. 
Tr2 


498. HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 387-395. 
ind. act. of διακρίνω, “to part,” “to separate.” Old form διακρίνε- 
oe, Epic and Ionic διακρινέει, Attic δεακρινεῖ. 
- Mévoc. Consult book i., line 103. 
Ἱδρώσει, 3 sing. fut. indice. act. of idpdw, “to sweat,” “to 
Link 388. cerspire ;” fut. ἱδρώσω---- Ῥτοτὰ ἱδρώς, “ sweat.” 

Tev, Epic, Ionic, and Doric for tivé¢.—Observe that τεῦ, on the’ 
other hand, is for the interrogative τίνος. 

Τελαμών, Gvoc, ὁ, “a strap,” “a belt.” (Consult note.}—No doubt’ 
from τλῆναι, “to bear,’? whence, also, the hero Telamon probably 
took his name. 
᾿Αμφιθρότης, gen. sing. fem. of ἀμφίθροτος, ἡ, ov, “ man-pro- 
Tyan 209, tecting,’’ “ covering the whole man.” Consult remarks on 
the Grecian ἀσπίς, line 382. 

Ἔγχεϊ, dat. sing. of ἔγχος, coc, τό, “a spear,” consisting of two 
parts, αἐχμή and δόρυ, head and shaft, Ii., vi., 319, where its length 
is eleven cubits: the shaft was usually ashen. The ἔγχος served 
for both throwing and thrusting, but, from its weight, was only used 
by the stoutest men, and when near the enemy; hence the most 
honorable weapon. 

Καμεῖται, 3 sing. fut. indic. of κάμνω, “ to toil,” “to labor,” “to be 
fatigued ;” fut. καμοῦμαι : perf. κέκμηκα. 

᾿Εὔξοον, accus. sing. neut. of évfooc, ov, “ well-polished,” 
Line 390. bright.”—From εὖ and ξέω. 

Tiraivev, nom, sing. masc. pres. part. act. of τιταίνω, “to draw ;” 
fut. τιτανῶ : 1 aor. ἐτέτηνα. .An Epic verb synonymous with τεένω, 
τανύω, and signifying, literally, “to stretch.” 

Μιμνάζειν, pres. infin. act. of μιμνάζω, “to linger,” “to 
Line 392. stay,” “to remain,” “ ἐο loiter.” Poetic form for μέμνω. 

Κορωνίσιν. Compare line 297. 
ἤΑρκιον, nom. sing. neut. of ἄρκιος, a, ov, and o¢, ov, “on 
Lint 393. sch one may rely,” “safe,” “sure.” (Consult note.)— 
From ἀρκέω, ‘to be of use,” “ to suffice,” &c. 

Ἐσσεῖται, Epic and Doric 3 sing. fut. indic. of siué, from a Doric 
form ἐσσοῦμαι, for the common ἔσομαι. 

Φυγέειν, Epic and Ionic for φυγεῖν, 2 aor. infin. act. of φεύγω, “ to 
escape ;” fut. φεύξομαι : perf. régevya: 2 aor. ἔφυγον. 

Line 394. “Iayov. Consult line 333. 4 
᾿Ακτῇ, dat. sing. of ἀκτή, ἧς, 7, “the shore,” “the beach,” 
Line 395. ,, the strand ;” strictly, the place where the waves break, and 
thus opposed to λιμήν. Hence it is usually accompanied by epithets 
denoting a high, ragged coast, as in the present instance.—From 
ἄγνυμι, “to break.” 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 499. 


Book 2. Line 395-403. 

Ὑψηλῇ, dat. sing. fem. of ὑψηλός, 7, dv, * lofty,” “ high-towering.” 
—From ty, “on high; whence, also, ὕψος, “ height.’ 

Νότος, ov, ὁ, ‘the south wind.’’ Consult line 145. 

Προδλῆτι, dat. sing. of προθλής, τος, ὁ, ἡ (without neuter), 
Link 396. projecting,” ‘jutting ;” strictly, “thrown before or for- 
ward.” —From πρό and βάλλω. 

Σκοπέλῳ, dat. sing. of σκόπελος, ov, ὁ, “a rock,” “a lofty rock;”? 
strictly, like σκοπιά, “a look-out place.” Compare the Latin scopu- 
lus.—From σκοπέω, “ to take a survey,” &c. 

Παντοίων, gen. plur. masc. of παντοῖος, a, ov, “of all 
kinds,” “ of all sorts.”—From πᾶς. 

᾿Ανστάντες, nom. plur. masc. of the Epic shortened form 
(for ἀναστάντες) of the 2 aor. part. act. of ἀνίστημι, ‘to 
place up,” &c. ; fut. ἀναστήσω : 2 aor. ἀνέστην, “ Tarose,”’ “1 stood up.” 

*Opéovto, Epic and Ionic for Spodvro, 3 plur. imperf. indic. mid. of 
ὀρέομαι, ‘*to make a rush.”—From épw. 

Κεδασθέντες, nom. plur. masc. 1 aor. part. pass. of κεδάννυμι or 
κεδάζω, “to disperse,” “ to scatter ;” fut. xeddow. A poetic form for 
σκεδάννυμι. 

Κάπνισσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἐκάπνισαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. 
Line 399. indice. act. of καπνίζω, “to make a smoke,” “to raise a 
smoke ;” fut. xarviow.—From καπνός, “ smoke.” 

ἝἜλοντο, Epic and Ionic for efAovro, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. mid. of 
αἱρέω, “ to take ;” 2 aor. mid. εἱλόμην. 

"Epece, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ῥέζω, a transposed 
Line 400. γί for ὅρδω, ‘to sacrifice.” Consult book i, lines 444 
and 315. 


Αἰειγενετάων, Epic for ἀειγενετῶν, gen. plur. of ἀειγενετής, ἔς, “ ever- 
lasting,” “ immortal.”—From αἰεί, Epic and Ionic for def, “ ever,” 
and the radical γένω. 

Live 401. Εὐχόμενος. Consult book i., line 43. 

Μῶλον, accus. sing. of μῶλος, ov, ὁ, “ toil.”—Referred by Pott to 
the same root as μῶλυ : perhaps, also, akin to μολεῖν, and the Latin 
moles, molior ; and so, again, to μόγος, μόχθος. 

“Apnoc, Epic and Ionic for "Apeoc, gen. sing. of “Apc. Consult line 


381. 

Ἱέρευσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἑερεύω, “to offer up,” 
Line 402. ,, to sacrifice ;” fut. ἱερεύσω : 1 aor. Ἱέρευσα, Epic and Ionic: 
‘tépevoa.—F rom ἱερός, ‘* sacred.” 
Πίονα, accus. sing. masc. of πέων, ovoc, ὁ, ἡ, “fat,” “ well 
Sed,” “ sleek.” Compare book i., line 40. 


Line 397. 


Linz 398. 


Line 403. 


500 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book ἃ. Line 403-412. ; 

Πενταέτηῤον, accus. sing. masc. of πενταέτηρος, ov, “ five years 
old.” Poetic form for πενταετής, é¢.—From πέντε and ἔτος, “ a year.” 
Κίκλησκεν, Epic and Ionic for éxixAnoxev, 3 sing. imperf. 
indic. act. of κικλήσκω, “to invite,” Ionic form for καλέω, 
used only in the present and imperfect. 

᾿Αριστῆας, accus. plur. of ἀριστεύς, ἕως, ὁ, Epic and Tonic joc, and 
hence ἀριστῆας, for ἀριστέας. Consult book i., line 227. 

Παναχαιῶν, gen. plur. of Παναχαιοί, oi, “all the Greeks.”” Literal-- 
ly, “ all the Achaians.” (Consult note.) 

Ἰδομενῆα, Epic and Ionic for Ἰδομενέα, aecus. sing. of Ἰδομ- 
Lie 405. ενεύς, ἕως, ὁ, Epic and Ionic joc, “ Idomeneus.” Consult 
book i., line 145. 

Αἴαντε, accus. dual of Αἴας, avroc, ὁ, “ Ajax.’ Consult 
Linz 406. 1 ook i, line 138, and note on this line. 

Τυδέος, gen. sing. of Τυδεύς, éo¢, ὁ, Epic for Τυδεύς, ἕως, ““ Tydeus,” 
father of Diomede. He was the son of CEneus, king of Calydon in’ 
£tolia, and, having slain his uncle Alcathous, fled to Adrastus at 
Argos. Here he received in marriage Deiphyle, one of thedaughters> 
of the Argive monarch. He went with Polynices to the Theban 
war, and was slain by Melanippus. 

*Exrov, accus. sing. masc. of ἕκτος, ἡ, ov, sixth.””—From 
Linz 407. BE,“ six.” 

᾿Οδυσῆα, κι τ. A. Consult line 169. 

Αὐτόματος, ἡ, ov, and Attic o¢, ον, “acting of one’s own 
will,” “ὁ one’s own accord,” ‘ unbidden,” “ uncalled.”"— 
From αὐτός, and the radical μάω (uéuaa), “ to strive after,” “to at- 
tempt,’’ “to desire,” &c. 

Βοήν, aceus. sing. of βοή, ἧς, 7, “a cry,” whether of joy or grief, 
“ shout,” “cry for succor.” In Homer, however, it is usually “ the’ 
battle-cry,” “ the alarm,” and even the battle itself. (Consult note.) 

*Hidee, i.¢., ἤδεε, 3 sing. uncontracted form of the pluper- 
Line 409. fect for ἤδη. Consult book i., line 70. 

᾿Ἐπονεῖτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. of the middle deponent πονέομαι, 
“ἐ ἐρ toil,” “to labor.” In early Greek this deponent alone appears ; 
in later Greek, the form zovéw takes its place. : 
Περιστήσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. mid. of περιέστημι, “to” 
Ixus 410. place around :” in the middle, ‘to place one’s self around,” 
&e. Observe that περιστήσαντο is Epic and Ionic for περιεστήσαντο. 

Οὐλοχύτας. Consult book i., line 449. 

᾿Ανέλοντο. Consult book i., line 449. 

Line 412. Κύδιστε, voc. sing. masc. of κύδιστος, ἡ, ov, “ most glo- 


Line 404. 


ΛΕ 408. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 501 


: 
Book 2. Line 412-417. ® 
rious.” Superlative of κυδρός, a, ὄν (formed, however, in reality, 
from κῦδος : as, αἴσχιστος, from αἶσχος). Compare book i., line 122. 

Κελαινεφές, voc. sing. mase. of κελαινεφής, ἕς, “dark cloud-envel- 
oped.” Consult book i., line 397. 

Αἰθέρι, dat. sing. of αἰθήρ, ἔρος, ὃ, “ ether,” “ the upper regions of 
air,” “the pure sky,” as opposed to ἀήρ, the lower atmosphere. 
Hence “‘keaven,” as the abode of the gods.—From αἔθω, “ to light 
up,’’ “to kindle.” 

Ναίων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. of vaiw, to inhabit.’? Consult 
line 130. 

Δῦναι, 2 aor. infin. act. of δύω, “to enter,” i. ε., in the 
Line 413. present case, the ocean, ‘‘ to go down,” as said of the sun; 
fut. dicw: 1 aor. ἔδυσα : 2 aor. ἔδυν. 
. Kvégac. Consult book i., line 475. 
Πρηνές, accus. sing. neut. of πρηνής, ἔς, “ headlong,” 
Line 414. ς prone.” Observe that πρηνής is Epic and Ionic for the 
Dorie and Attic πρᾶνής, with which compare the Latin pronus. 

Βαλέειν, Epic and Ionic for βαλεῖν, 2 aor. infin. act. of βάλλω, “ to 
hurl.” 

MéAa@pov, accus. sing. of μέλαθρον, ov, τό, “a palace,” “a hall,” 
ἄς. Properly, “the ceiling of a room,” especially the large cross 
beam which bears it. Then, generally, “a roof,” “a house,” “a 
mansion,” &c.—Derived by some from μελαένω, “ to blacken,” as re- 
ferring to the blackening effects of the smoke in passing through the 
καπνοδόχη, or hole in the ceiling for that purpose. Compare the 
Latin atrium, similarly derived from ater. ; 

Αἰθαλόεν, accus. sing. neut. of αἰθαλόεις, όεσσα, dev, “ blaz- 
TAME S16. > «sorebpped ix flames.” —Frota αἴθαλος, and, this frot 
alba. 

Πρῆσαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of πίμπρημι, “to burn;” fut. πρήσω: 1 
aor. ἔπρησα, as if from xp740.—Lengthened from the root IIPH-, 
which root appears in the German brennen and English burn. 

Δηΐοιο, Epic for δηέου, gen. sing. of djioc, ἡ, ov, Epic and Ionic for 
ddioc, * hostile.” 

Θύρετρα, aceus. plur. of ϑύρετρον, ov, τό, “a gate,” “a door.”— 
From ipa. 

‘Exrépeov, accus. sing. masc. of ‘Exrépeoc, a, ov, “ of Hec- 
Line 416, tor.”°—From Ἕκτωρ. 

Δαΐξαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of δαΐζω, “to sever;” fut. δαΐξω: 1 aor. 
ἐδάϊξα. From data, “ to divide.” 

Lane 417. ῬΡωγαλέον, accus. sing. masc. of ῥωγαλέος, a, ov, ‘ rent,” 


502 HOMERIC GLOSSARY, 


a Book 2. Line 417-438. 

“torn,” “ broken.”—From ῥώξ, ῥωγός, 7, “a rent,” “a cleft?” akin to 
ῥήγνυμι, ῥήξω. 

Πολέες, Epic and Ionie for πολλοί, and so πολέων, πολέεσσι, πολέας, 
for πολλῶν, πολλοῖς, πολλούς. 
Πρηνέες, Epic and Ionic for πρηνεῖς, and this for the Doric 
and Attic πρᾶνεῖς. Consult line 414. 

Kovinow, Epie and Ionic for κονέαις, dat. plur. of kovin, nc, 7, Epie 
and Ionic for xovia, ας, 7, ““ dust.”? Consult line 150. 

70daé, adverb, “with the teeth,” “by biting with the teeth.”—From 
δάξ, “with the teeth,” akin to δάκνω. Compare the Latin mordicus. 

Aafoiaro, Epic and Ionic for λάζοιντο, 3 plur. pres. opt. of λάζομαι, 
“to seize ;” poetic deponent for Aav6évw.—Observe that the future 
λάξομαι (Herod., vii., 144), “ to receive,” does not belong to this verb, 
but to Acyyévw.—F rom AAB-, Aaubdvw. Compare νίζω vinta, δίζημι 


διφάω. 
᾿Ἐπεκραίαινε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἐπικραιαίνω, 

Line 419. Foie lengthened form of ἐπικραίνω, “to accomplish,” “to 
fulfill 3? fat. ἐπικραιανῶ, for ἐπικρανῶ, &c.—From ἐπέ and xpaivo, 
‘* to accomplish,” &c. 
Aéxro, Epic and Ionic for ἔδεκτο, 3 sing. syncopated 2 aor. 
Line 420. of δέχομαι, “to receive ;” fut. δέξομαι : perf. δέδεγμαιε : 2 aor. 
ἐδέγμην, ἔδεξο, ἔδεκτο, &c. 

᾿Αμέγαρτον, accus. sing. masc. of dueyaproc, ον, “ severe,” “un- 
happy,” “wretched.” Strictly, “unenvied,” “‘unenviable.” The mean- 
ing “ abundant,” “large,” &c., which some interpreters assign to 
this word, is refuted by Buttmann, Lezil., s. v. 

Ὄφελλεν, Epic and Ionic for ὥφελλεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. 
of ὀφέλλω, “ to increase ;” fut. ὀφελῶ : 1 aor. ὥφειλα. An old poetic 
word. 


Line 418. 


Λεγώμεθα, 1 plur. pres. subj. middle of λέγω. (Consult 
note.) 
᾿Αμθαλλώμεθα, Epic and Ionic for ἀναθαλλώμεθα, 1 plur 
Line 436. pres. subj. mid. of ἀναδάλλω, “to put off,” “to delay.”— 
From ἀνά and βάλλω. 

᾿Ἐγγυαλίζει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἐγγυαλίζω, “ to put into one’s 
hands,” “io bestow ;” fut. ἐγγυαλίξω. Consult book i., line 353. 
᾿Αγειρόντων, for ἀγειρέτωσαν, 3 plur. pres. imper. act. of 
ἀγείρω, “to gather together,’ “to assemble.” —This abbre- 
viation of -érwcayv into -όντων occurs regularly in Attic, and fre- 
quently in Epic, Ionic, and Doric. On Doric monuments we. even 
find the ending rw fur των, answering to the Latin termination of 


Line 435. 


Line 438. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 503 


Book 2. Line 438-450. 
the 8 pers. plural of the imperative; as, ποιούντω (faciunto): Ae- 
γόντω (legunto), &c. Ν 
᾿Αθρόοι, nom. plur. masc. of ἀθρόος, a, ov, very rarely o¢, 
ov, “assembled,” “gathered in crowds, heaps, masses,” 
“crowded together.”’ Frequently occurring in Homer, but only in the 
plural. The singular first appears in Pindar.—From 4, copulative, 
and ϑρόος, “a noise as of many voices.” 
Ἴομεν, Epic and Ionic for ἔωμεν, the mood-vowel being 
shortened, 1 plur. pres. subj. of εἶμι, “ to go.” 

"Eyeipouev, Epic and Ionic for ἐγείρωμεν, 1 plur. pres. subj. act. of 
ἐγείρω, “ to arouse,” “‘ to excite,” the mood-vowel being shortened. 

Line 441. ᾿Απίθησεν. Consult book i., line 220. 

Ling 442. Αὐτίκα κηρύκεσσι, x. τ. 2. Consult line 50, segq. 

Θῦνον, Epic and Ionic for ἔθυνον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. 
coiled dive, “to move rapidly to and fro,” “to rush fast and 
furious,” “ to dart to and fro.” 
Αἰγέδα, aceus. sing. of Αἰγίς, idoc, ἡ, “the Aegis.” (Con- 
Line 447. sult note.)—From αἴξ, αἰγός, ὁ, 7, ‘‘a goat,” i. e., accord- 
ing to the legend, the goat Amalthea, that suckled Jupiter. (Consult 
note.) 

ἜἘρίτιμον, accus. sing. fem. of ἐρίτιμος, ov, “ highly prized,” “ pre- 
cious.’ — From épz, inseparable prefix, “very,” “ abundantly,” and 
τιμή, “value.” 

᾿Αγήραον, accus. sing. fem. of ἀγήραος, ov, “ uninfluenced by age,” 
“never growing old ;᾽) more freely, “undying,” “undecaying.”—From 
ἀ, priv., and γῆρας, “ age.” 

Θύσανοι, nom. plur. of ϑύσανος, ov, ὁ, “a tassel.”—From 
Lume 448. ϑύω, from their constant motion. 

Ἠερέθονται, 3 plur. pres. indic. (with aoristic force) of ἠερέθομαι, 
“to hang waving in air,” “to wave in air.” This verb is generally 
regarded as a passive one, but certainly, here at least, is to be re- 
garded as middle in its force. It is only found, moreover, in the 3 
pers. plur. of the pres. and imperf., and is, in fact, a lengthened Epic 
form of ἀείρομαι. 
᾿Εὐπλεκέες, nom. plur. masc. of ἐϊπλεκής, ἔς, “ well-twist- 
Live 449. νὰ.» and Epic and Ionic for εὐπλεκεῖς, from εὐπλεκής; ἔς. 
—From εὖ and πλέκω. 

‘Exarépboroc, nom. sing. masc. of ἑκατόμδοιος, ov, “ of the value of 
a hundred oxen,” “ worth a hundred oxen.”,—From ἑκατόν and Bote. - 
Παιφάσσουσα, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. act. of παιφάσσω, 
“to look fiercely around,” “to look wildly,” “ to stare wildly 


Line 439. 


Line 440, 


Line 450. 


504 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 450-458. 
about.” Among later writers, in general, “to run wildly about,” “to 
rush.’’—A reduplicated form from @A-, daive. 

Διέσσυτο, 3 sing. syncopated 2 aor. mid. of διασεύομαι, ‘to move 
rapidly through,” “to rush through ;” 2 aor. mid. διεσσύμην, &e.— 
From διά and cetw, “to put into quick motion,” “to drive :” in the 
middle, “to put one’s self into quick motion,” “ to rush,” &c. 
᾿Οτρύνουσα, nom. sing. fem. pres. part. act. of ὀτρύνω, “to 
urge,” “to rouse,” “to stir up,” &c.; fut. dtpivG: 1 aor. 
&tpiva.—Poetical verb. 

Σθένος, aceus. sing. of σθένος, εος, τό, strength,” “might.” Chiefly 
poetical. 

*Qocev. Consult book i., line 10. 

"Αλληκτον, aceus. sing. neut. of ἄλληκτος, ov, poetic for 
Line 452. ἄληκτος, ov, “unceasing,” “incessant.” The form GAAnk- 
τὸν is here used adverbially, “unceasingly,” ‘‘ without ceasing.” — 
From 4, priv., and Arye, “ to cease.” 

Line 453. “Agap. Consult book i., line 349. 

Τλαφυρῇσι, Epic and Jonic for γλαφυραῖς, from γλαφυρός, 
a, ὄν, “ hollow.”’ Consult line 88. 

᾿Αΐδηλον, nom. sing. neut. of ἀΐδηλος, ov, “ invisible,” and 
then “destructive.” (Consult note.)—From 4, priv., and 


Line 451, 


Liye 454. 


Line 455. 
ἰδεῖν. 

Ἐπιφλέγει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ἐπεφλέγω, “to consume ;” fut. 
éxigAeio.—From ἐπέ and φλέγω, “to burn up.” 

ΓἌσπετον, accus. sing. fem. of ἄσπετος, ov, “immense.” Literally, 
“unspeakable,” “ unutterable ;’ hence, in Homer and Hesiod, mostly 
in the sense of “unspeakably great,” “immense,” “ vast.”—From 4, 
priv., and εἰπεῖν. 

Οὔρεος, Epic and Ionic for ὄρεος, from οὖρος, eoc, τό, for 
Line 456. ὄρος, εος, τό, ‘*a mountain.” —Perhaps from the same root 
as ὄρνυμι, and so, strictly, “any thing rising.” 

Κορυφῇς, Epic ‘and Ionic for κορυφαῖς, dat. plur. of κορυφή, ἧς, 7, 
“a summit,” ‘a top.” 

*Exaev, adverb, “ from afar.”,—From ἑκάς, “ afar.” 

Αὐγή, ἧς, 7, “light,” “ glare,” &c.—Perhaps from the same root 
as the Latin oc-ulus, German aug-e, Sanscrit ike, “ to see.” 

Line 457. Θεσπεσίοιο. Consult book i., line 591. 

Αἔἴγλη, ne, ἡ, “a brilliance,” “a glittering.”—Akin to Ado, 
Love 458. ἀγλαός : γλαύσσω, γλαυκός : γλήνη : λεύσσω, λευκός. 

Παμφανόωσα, Epic lengthened form for παμφανῶσα, as if from 

παμφανάω, of which, however, no other forms but παμφανόων and 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 505 


‘Book 2. Line 458-462. 
παμφανόωσα occur, “ all-resplendent,” “all-beaming.”—From παμ- 
daive, ‘to shine brightly ;’ and observe that παμφαίνω itself is not 
derived from πᾶν and φαένω, which would be against all analogy, but 
is a poetic form of gaivw, strengthened by reduplication, like παιπάλ- 
Aw from πάλλω : παφλάζω from φλάζω : παιφάσσω from φάω, ἄτα. 
‘Ikev. Consult book i., line 317. 

᾿ Πετεηνῶν, gen. plur. of πετεηνός, 7, ὄν, Epic lengthened 
Line 459. form for πετηνός, “ able to fly,” hence “ winged,” “ flying,” 
a frequent epithet, in Homer, of birds in general.—From πέτομαι, 
“to fly.” ᾿ 

Χηνῶν, gen. plur. of χήν, χηνός, ὁ, 7, “a gander,” “a 

Lint 460. cose,” so named from its wide billi—Probably from XA-, 
xaive, “to gape.” With the Doric χάν compare the Sanscrit hansa, 
German gans, English gander, Latin anser, &c. Then is dropped 
in the Persian kay and Scandinavian gaas, as well as English 
£00se. 

Τεράνων, gen. plur. of γέρανος, ov, ἡ, later also ὁ, “a crane.” 

« Κύκνων, gen. plur. of κύκνος, ov, ὁ, “a swan.” 

Δουλιχοδείρων, gen. plur. of δουλιχόδειρος, ov, Epic and Ionic for 
δολιχόδειρος, ov, “long-neckéd.”—From δολιχός, “long,” and δειρή, 
* the neck.” 
᾿Ασίῳ, dat. sing. of “Actoc, a, ov, “ Asian.” (Consult 
note.) 

Λειμῶνι, dat. sing. of λειμών, voc, 6, “a mead,” “any moist or 
grassy place.” —Probably from λείδω, “to pour forth,’ “to flow,” as 
σεμνός from σέδω. 

Καύστρίου, gen. sing. of Katorpioc, ov, 6, Epic for Κάῦστρος, ov, ὃ, 
“ the Caister,” a river of Ionia, rising in Lydia, and emptying into 
the sea near Ephesus. Near its mouth was the Asian meadow. 
(Consult note.) 

Ῥέεθρα, accus. plur. of ῥέεθρον, ov, τό, Epic and Ionic for ῥεῖθρον, 
ov, τό, ** a stream,” ‘‘ a river ;’”’ in the plural, “ waters.’—From ῥέω, 
“to flow.” 

Liive £68 Ποτῶνται, 3 plur. pres. indic. of ποτάομαι, Epic and Attic 
* form for wérouat, “ to fly,” “to be on the wing ;” fut. ποτή- 

σομαι : perf. texérnuat.—In Epie we also find ποτέομαι. 
᾿Αγαλλόμενα, nom. plur. neut. pres. part. mid. of ἀγάλλω, “ to make 
glorious,” “ to glorify,” “ to honor ;” fut. ἀγαλῶ : 1 aor. ἤγηλα. Inthe 
middle, ἀγάλλομαι, “ἰο pride one’s sebf in,’’ “to exult,” “ to rejoice.” 
The middle is not found beyond the present and imperfect ; and the 
active is not earlier than the age of Pindar.—Commonly, but errone- 

Ur 


Live 461. 


506 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 462-471. 

ously, derived from ἄγαν and dAAouer.—Akin, according to Deeder- 
lein, to yeAdw 
Kiayyndév, adverb, “ with a loud noise,” “ with a clang or 
clamor.’—From κλαγγή, “ a clang,” “a clamor,” &c., and 
this akin to κλάζω, fut. κλάγξω. . 

Suaoayei. Compare line 210. 
Tlediov, aceus. sing. of πεδίον, ov, τό, “a plain,” “ flat, 
open country,” &c. Γ 

Προχέοντο, Epic and Ionic for προεχοῦντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. 
mid. of xpoyéw, “ to pour forth ;” fut. προχεύσω.--- rom πρό and χέω. 

Σκαμάνδριον. aceus. sing. neut. of Σκαμάνδριος, ἡ; ov, “ Scaman- 
drian,” “lying along the Scamander,” “watered by the Scamander.”— 
From Σκάμανδρος, “ the Scamander,” a river of Troas. (Consult 
note.) 

Χθών. . Consult book i.. line 88. 

Κονάδιζε, Epic and Ionic for ἐκονάθιζε, 3 sing. imperf. in- 

Line 466. dic. act. of κοναδίζω, “to resound ;” fut. xovabicw. Poetic 
form for cova6éw, and this from κόναδος, “ a resounding,” “ ringing,” 
ἄς. Consult line 334. 

Line 467. Ἔσταν. Consult book i., line 535. 

᾿Ανθεμόεντι, dat. sing. masc. of ἀνθεμόεις, becca, dev, “ flowery,” 
“blooming.” —From ἄνθεμον. “a flower,” and this from ἀνθέω. 
Μυιάων. Epic and Jonic for μυιῶν, gen. plur. of μυῖα, ac, 9, 
“aq fly.’—Compare the Latin musca, Sanscrit makctka, 
German miicke, English midge. 

᾿Αδινάων, Epic and Ionic for ἀδινῶν, gen. plur. of ἀδινός, 7, ὅν, 
“ thickly swarming,” “crowded,” “ thronged.” Radical signification, 
“ close,” “ thick.” (Buitmann, Lezil., 8. v.\—From ἄδην, “ to one’s 
ful,” “ enough.”’ 
Σταθμόν, accus. sing of σταθμός, οὔ, ὁ, “a pen,” “a fold,” 
“ἐᾷ standing place ;” as shelter for men and animals, &c. 
—From ἵστημι. S 

Ποιμνήϊον, Epic and Tonic for a supposed form ποιμνεῖον, accus. — 
sing. masc. of ποιμνήϊος, ἡ, ov, “ of or belonging to a shepherd,” &c., 
for ποιμνεῖος, a, ov—From ποίμνη, “a herd of cattle,’ “a flock of 
sheep.” 

Ἠλάσκουσιν, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of 7Adoxw, Epic form of ἀλάο- 
Hat, to wander,” *‘ to stray.” 
Εἰαρινῇ, Epic for ἐπρινῇ, from εἰαρινός, 7, dv, Epie and 
Ionic for ἐαρινός, 7, dv, rarely ὅς, ὄν, “of spring,” “ver- 
nal.”"—From elap, Epie for ἔαρ, “ the spring.” : 


Line 463. 


Line 465. 


Line 469. 


LryeE 470. 


Line 471. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 507 


Book ἃ. Line 471-479. 

TAdyoc, εος, τό, “ milk.” Poetic form for γάλα, “ milk.” 

*Ayyea, accus. plur. of ἄγγος, εος, τό, “a vessel,’ “a pail.” 

Δεύει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of δεύω, “to fill” with liquid; fut. 
δεύσω. Homer uses only the present and imperfect act. and pass.— 
Akin to diaivw, with which compare δέφω, and the English “ dew,” 
* bedew.”’ 

-"Ieravro, 3 plur. imperf. indic. mid. of ἵστημι, “to place :” 
middle, ‘to place one’s self,” “to stand.” 

Διαῤῥαῖσαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of διαῤῥαίω, “ to break through.”” (Con- 
sult note.)—From διά and paiw, “to break,” “ to smash,” “ to shiver,” 
which is probably akin to ῥήγνυμι. 

Μεμαῶτες, nom. plur. masc. perf. part. of μάω. Consult book i., 
line 590. 


Line 473. 


Αἰπόλια. accus. plur. of αἰπόλιον. ov, τό, “a flock of goats.” 
— From αἰπόλος, "ἃ goatherd,” and this from aig, “a 
goat,” and πολέω, “to go round about,” “‘to tend.” 

Πλατέα, accus. plur. neut. of πλατύς, sia, ὕ, “ broad,” * wide- 
spread.’’—Compare German platt, English flat, whence plate, &c. 

τ Αἰγῶν. Consult book i., line 41. . : 

Αἰπόλοι, nom. plur. of αἰπόλος, ov, ὁ, ‘a goatherd.” Observe that 
αἰπόλος is for αἰγοπόλος, from aif, “a goat,” and πολέω, “ to go round 
about,” “to tend.” 

Lins 475. ‘Peta, Epic for ῥέα, adverb assigned to ῥάδιος, “ easily.” 

Διακρίνωσιν, 3 plur. pres. subj. of διακρίνω, “to separate.”—Ob- 
serve that the subjunctive here indicates, not an action really taking 
place at the time, but some thing, the actual occurrence of which is 
strongly expected. 

Νομῷ, dat. sing. of νομός, οὔ, ὁ, “a pasture.”—From νέμω, “ to 
pasture.” 

Μιγέωσιν, Epic and Ionie for μέγωσιν, 3 plur. 2 aor. subj. pass. of 
μίσγω, “ to mingle.” Homer and Herodotus, for the present μέγνυμι, 
μίγνυμαι, always use μέσγω, uicyouat, which also occur in Attic : fut. 
μίξω : fut. mid. μέξομαι : 2 aor. pass. éutynv. 

Διεκόσμεον, Epic and Tonic for διεκόσμουν, 3 plur. imperf. 
Linz 476. indie. act. of διακοσμέω, “to. marshal,” “to arrange in 
order.” ms 
Line 477. Ὑσμίνηνδε, adverb, “ to the fight.” Consult line 40. 
Line 478. Ἴκελος, ἡ, ov, Epic for εἴκελος, ἢ, ov, “like,” “resembling.” 
Τερπικεραύνῳ. Consult book i., line 419. 
Line 479. "Αρεῖ, dat. sing. of "Ἄρης, gen. εος, ὁ, “ Mars.” 
"Ζώνην, accus. sing. of. ζώνη, ne, 7, “a belt.’ (Consult note.) 


Line 474. 


508 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line 480-490. 

Line 480. ᾿Αγέλῃφι, Epic dative singular of ἀγέλῃ, ης, ἡ, “a herd.” 

*Efoyvoc. Consult line 188. 

Ἔπλετο, 3 sing. imperf. indie. of πέλομαι, “ to be.” Consult book 
i., lines 284, 418, and note on this last. 

Βοέσσι, Epic and Ionic for nis dat. plur. of βοῦς, βοός, 

Linz 481. hae 

᾿Αγρομένῃσιν, Epic and Ionic for sieensiin dat. plur. fem. of 
ἀγρόμενος, syncopated pres. part. eae of ayeipw, “to assemble,” for 
ἀγειρόμενος, το. 
’*Exaperéa, Epic and Ionic for ἐκπρεπῆ, accus. sing. masc. 
of ἐκπρεπής, ἔς, “ distinguished.” —From ἐκ and πρέπω. 

Ἡρώεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for ἥρωσιν, dat. plur. of ἥρως, ‘a hero.” 
Consult book i., line 4. 
*Eorere, Epic imperative of εἰπεῖν, for εἴπατε, 2 plur. 1 aor., 
occurring four times in Homer, but only in the Iliad, and 
in the phrase ἔσπετε viv μοι Μοῦσαι. 

Μοῦσαι. Consult book i., line 604. 

᾿Ολύμπια δώματα. Consult book i., line 18. 
Ildpeore, 2 plur. pres. indic. of πάρειμι, “to be present ;” 
fut. παρέσομαι. 

Ἴστε, 2 plur., from olda. Consult Anthon’s enlarged Greek Gram- 
mar, Ῥ. 375. 
Κλέος, accus. sing. of κλέος, τό, “report,” “rumor.”—No 
cases except the nom. and accus. sing. and plur. seem to 


Line 483. 


Line 484. 


Line 485. 


Line 486. 


occur. 

Οἷον, accus. sing. neut. of οἷος, ἡ, ov, “ alone.””—Akin to ἔος, ia, 
same as εἷς, μέα ; also to the Latin wnus, the old form of which was 
onus. 

"Iduev. Consult book i., line 124. 

Line 487. Κοίρανοι. Consult line 204. 

Πληθύν, accus. sing of πληθύς, toc, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for 
πλῆθος, εος, τό, “ the multitude,” ‘ the main body.” 

Μυθήσομαι, 1 fut. indic. of the middle deponent μυθέομαι, “ to tell,” 
“to declare; fut. pvOjoouar.—From μῦθος, ‘any thing delivered by 
word of mouth,” &c. 

’Ovounve, 1 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of dvouaive, “to name;” fut. 
ὀνομᾶνῶ : 1 aor. Ovéunva.—From ὄνομα, “a name.” 

Elev. Consult line 372. : 

“Appnxtoc, ov, “not to be broken.” —From 4, priv., and piy- 
-vuut, “ to break.” 
᾿ Χάλκεον, nom. sing. neut. of χάλκεος, a, ov, Epic and Ionic ἡ, ov, 


Line 488. 


Line 490. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 309. 


Book 2. Line 490-493. Book 3. Line 1-3. 
“ brazen.” —From χαλκός, “ brass ;’ more literally, “ bronze.’’ Con- 
sult book i., line 236. 

"Hrop. Consult book i., line 188. 
᾽Ολυμπιάδες, nom. plur. of ᾿Ολυμπεάς, ἄδος, peculiar femi- 
lave 491. nine of ᾿Ολύμπιος, "" Olympian,” first occurring as an epi- 
thet of the Muses in the present passage; afterward, in general, ‘a 
dweller on Olympus,” “a goddess.” 

Θυγατέρες, nom. plural of ϑυγάτηρ. Consult book i., line 
13. 

Μνησαίατο, Epic and Ionic for μνήσαιντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. opt. mid. 
of μιμνήσκω, “to remind :” in the middle, “ to remind one’s self,” ‘to 
remember,” “to remember a thing aloud,” i. e., ‘to mention,” “ to make 
mention of.” 

"Apxove, accus. plur. of ἀρχός, οὔ, ὁ, “a leader,” “a com- 
mander.” Homer also joins ἀρχὸς ἀνήρ. 


Line 492. 


Line 498. 


BOOK III. 


KéounGev, Epic contracted form for ἐκοσμήθησαν, 3 plur. 1 
Line 1. aor. indic. pass. Of κοσμέω, “to arrange,” “to marshal.”— 
From κόσμος, “ order.” 

‘Hyeuévecarv, Epic and Ionic for ἡγεμόσιν, dat. plur. of ἡγεμών, 
ὄνος, 6, ‘a leader.” —From ἡγέομαι, “ to lead.” 
Κλαγγῇ, dat. sing. of κλαγγήῆ, ἧς, ἡ, ““α clamor.’— From 
κλάζω, tut. κλάγξω, “to make a loud outcry,” &e. 

ἜἘνοπῇ, dat. sing. of ἐνοπή, ἧς, 7, “a battle-ery ;” in general, “a 
call,” “a cry.”’"—From évéro. 

Ἴσαν, Epic for jecav (intermediate form j#icav, Epic and Ionic), 3 
plur. imperf. indic. of elus, “to go.” 
Πέλει, 3 sing. pres. indic. of πέλω, for which the deponent 
Line 3. πέλομαι is much more commonly employed. The original 
meaning of the verb is “to be in motion,’ but this seems soon to 
have been lost, a trace of it, however, being found in the present 
passage. The signification, however, is plain in the compound par- 
ticiples ἐπιπλόμενος and περιπλόμενος. The more usual meaning is 
“to be ;” but it is usually distinguished from εἶναι in implying a con- 
tinuance, “ to be wont to be,” &c., and is hence often used in similes, 
as in the present instance. 

Οὐρανόθι, Epic for οὐρανοῦ, (Consult note.) 
Uv2 


LINE 2. 


510 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 4-8. 
Χειμῶνα, accus. sing. of χειμών, Gvoc, 6, “a wintry storm,” 
“wintry weather.”—From χεῖμα, “ winter.” 

Φύγον, Epic and Ionic for ἔφυγον, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of φεύγω, 
‘Sto flee ;” fut. φεύξομαι : 2 aor. ἔφυγον. 

᾿Αθέσφατον, accus. sing. masc. of ἀθέσφατος, ov, “immense,” 
“vast,” “inexpressibly large ;” literally, “ beyond even a god’s power 
to express.”’—F rom 4, priv., ϑεός, and φατός, from φημί. 

"Ομόρον, accus. sing. of ὄμθρος, ov, ὁ, “rain,” “ a rain-storm,” espe- 

cially “ὦ storm of rain with thunder,” as it is always in Homer and 
Hesiod, being so distinguished from ὑετός, a common rain.—Pott 
compares the Sanscrit abhra, “nubes,” from ab, “aqua.” (Etymol.’ 
Forsch., i., 3.) 
Tlérovrac, 3 plur. pres. indic. of the middle deponent πέτομαι, 
“to spread the wings lo fly,” ‘to wing one’s way,” “ to fly ;” 
fut. πετήσομαι, in Attic prose usually shortened πτήσομαι : 2 aor. 
(syncopated) ἐπτόμην, &c.—Akin to πετάννυμι, the original signifi- 
cation being that of “to spread the wings to fly,” as first given. 

’Qxeavoio, Epic and Ionic for ’Qxeavod, from ’Qreavdc, od, ὁ, ** Oce- 
anus.”’ (Consult note.)—Probably from ὠκύς and νάω, “the rapid- 
flowing.” Perhaps, also, akin to ᾽Ὡγήν, ’Qyevdc, ᾿Ωγύγης. Others, 
however, make ὠγένιος equivalent to παλαιός, and hence deduce 
ὠκεανός. (Consult Anthon’s Classical Sree s. v. Oceanus, 
sub fin.) 

‘Podwy, Epic for ῥοῶν, gen. plur. of 607, ἧς, ἡ, “a river,” “a 
stream,” “a flood:’” inthe plural, ῥοαΐ, “ waters.”.—From ῥέω, “ to 


flow.” 
Line 6. 


Line 4. 


Line 5. 


Πυγμαίοισι, Epic and Ionic for Πυγμαίοις, dat. plur. masc. of 
Tivypaios, a, ov,  Pygmean.” Hence ἀνέρες Tvypaior, “ the 
Pygmy-men.” (Consult note.) + 

Φόνον καὶ Κῆραβ. Consult book ii., line 352. 

Ἠέριαι, nom. plur. fem. of ἠέριος, a, ov, Epic and Tonic for 

Line 7. ἀέριος, a, ov, “early in the morning,” as indicating the time 
when all things are yet wrapped in mist (47p).—From ἀήρ, “ mist,” 
&c., as Voss first rightly explained the term. Buttmann, however, 
derives it straight from ἦρι; “ early,” and connects this with ἠώς. 

Ἔριδα, accus. sing. of ἔρις, doc, 7, “ strife.’ Homer has usually 
the accusative form ἔριδα : the strict form, however, is ἔριν, a 
he also has four times in the Odyssey. 

Line 8. Ἴσαν. Consult dine 2. 

Mévea, accus. plur. of μένος, εος, τό. (Consult book i., line 103.) 
Rarely occurring in the plural in Homer, and that mostly in the 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 511 


Book 3. — Line 8-16. : 
phrase μένεα πνείοντες, where, perhaps, the number of μένεα follows 
that of πνείοντες. 

IIveiovrec, Epic and Ionic for πνέοντες, nom. plur. masc. pres. part. 
act. of mvéw, “to breathe ;” fut. πνεύσω, and later πνεύσομαι, usually 
πνευσοῦμαι : 1 aor. ἔπνευσα : 1 aor. pass. éxvetoOnv.—The root is 
IINE-, or IINY-, whence πνεῦμα, πνόη, &e.: πνέγω is probably akin. 

Linge 9. Μεμαῶτες. Consult book i., line 590. 

᾿Αλεξέμεν, shortened from ἀλεξέμεναι. Consult book i., line 590. 

Karéyevev, Epic for κατέχεεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
Line 10. καταχέω, ‘to pour down ;” fut. καταχεύσω : 1 aor. κατέχεα : 
Epic xaréyeva.—From κατά and χέω, “to pour.” Observe that the 
ferms éyevoa, χεῦσαι, of the Ist aorist, from the fut. χεύσω, now 
and then still quoted (as, for example, by Carmichael, p. 309), are 
probably not Greek. Hence no such form as κατέχευσα ought to be 
imagined. 

Ὀμέχλην, aceus. sing. of ὀμέχλη, ne, 7, “a mist.”—Derived by Pott 
from the Sanscrit mih, “to pour.” 

Ποιμέσιν, dat. plur. of ποιμήν, évoc, 6, “a shepherd.” Con- 
Line 11. cuit book ii, line 105. 

Κλέπτῃ, dat. sing. of κλέπτης, ov, ὁ, “a thief.’—From κλέπτω, ** to 
steal,” the root of which is KAEII-, KAAII-, which appears in κλέπος, 
“ἐᾳ theft ;” 2 aor. pass. κλαπ-ῆναι : Latin clep-ere: probably akin to 
κρύπτω and καλύπτω. 

᾿Επιλεύσσει, 3 sing. of ἐπιλεύσσω, “ to look wpon or over a 
Line 12. space.”—From ἐπέ and λεύσσω. 

Adav. Consult book ii., line 319. 

Ἴησιν, 8 sing. pres. indic. act. of tinue, “to send ;” fut. fow: perf. 
εἶκα. 

Κονίσαλος, ov, 6, “dust,” “a cloud of dust.”—From κόνις, 
“dust,” with which compare the Latin cinis. 

Ὥρνυτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. middle of ὄρνυμε, “to rouse ;” fut. 
ὄρσω: 1 aor. 6poa.—In the middle, ὄρνυμαι, ‘to rouse one’s self,” “ to 
rise.”—From a root OP-, from which come also ὀρούω, ὀρίνω, dp- 
θιος, ὄρθρος, the Latin orior, ortus, hortor, &c. 

*AehAne, ἔς, “ eddying.”’—From ἄελλα, “an eddy.” (Consult note.) 
Διέπρησσον, Epic and Ionic for διέπρασσον, 3 plur. imperf. 
indic. act. of διαπρήσσω, for διαπράσσω, * to accomplish,” “to 
accomplish a route,” “to traverse,” in which sense κέλευθον, “a way,” 
“ἐᾳ route,” is supposed to be understood. Hence διέπρησσον πεδίοιο, 
“ they traversed the plain.” 

Linz 16. Προμάχιζεν, Epic and Ionic for προεμάχιζεν, 3 sing. im- 


Line 13. 


Line 14. 


512 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 16-20. 
perf. indic. act. of προμαχίζω, “to fight in front of,” “to advance to. 
batile in front of.” —From πρόμαχος, ov, 6, ‘a foremost combatant.” 
Properly, an adjective, ‘‘ fighting before,” “fighting in front,” and this 
from πρό and μάχομαι. 

᾿Αλέξανδρος, ov, ὁ, “ Alexander,” the usual name of Paris in the 
liad. According to the legend, he obtained this name, as a title of 
honor, from his fellow-shepherds on Mount Ida, in consequence of 
his often defending them and their flocks from robbers. Hence 
᾿Αλέξανδρος means “defending men,” or “ man-defender,”’ and comes 
from ἀλέξω, “to defend,” and ἀνήρ. 

Θεοειδής, ἐς, ** godlike :” in Homer always said of outward form ; 

as, “divine of form,” “‘ beauteous as the gods,” and usually applied to 
young heroes, such as Paris, Telemachus, &c.—F rom ϑεός and εἶδος, 
κε form,” “ appearance.” 
Παρδαλέην, aceus. sing. of παρδαλέη, ne, 7, “a panther’s 
skin.” Properly, an adjective, having δοράν, “a skin,” un- 
derstood.—From πάρδαλις, “a panther.”—The older form-was πόρ- 
δαλις, Which is every where found in the text of Homer, though Aris- 
tarchus preferred πάρδαλις, and the moderns have also retained παρ- 
δαλέη. According to Apion and Hesychius (ii., p. 1006), πόρδαλις 
was the male, and πάρδαλις the female. 

Καμπύλα, aceus. plur. neut. of καμπύλος, ἡ, ov, “ curved.”—From 
κάμπτω, “ to bend.” 

Δοῦρε, Epic and Ionic for the regular form dépare, accus. 
Line 18. dual of δόρυ, “a spear.” (Consult Anthon’s enlarged Greek 
Grammar, p. 108.) 

Kexopv§uéva, Epic and Ionic for xexopvouéva, accus. plur. neut. 
perf. part. pass. of κορύσσω, “to head,” “to tip ;” fut. κορύξω : perf. 
pass. κεκόρυσμαι : part. kexopvozévoc.—Observe that κορύσσω strictly 
signifies “to helm,” “ to furnish with a helmet.” Then, “to make 
crested,’ ‘to raise to a head,’ and hence “ to head,” “to tip,” &e. 
Πάλλων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of πάλλω, “to 
Line 19. 5, andish,? “to wield ;”? 1 aor. ἐπηλα: Epic 2 aor. part. πε- 
παλών, &c.—IldAAw is originally only another form of βάλλω, and. 
hence the Latin pello, palpo, palpito, &c. 

Προκαλίζετο, Epic and Ionic for προεκαλίζετο, 3 sing. imperf. in- 
dic. of the middle deponent προκαλέζομαι, “ to challenge ;*’ more liter- 
ally, ‘to call forth for one’s self,” i. e., to meet one’s self. Probably 
only found in the present and imperfect. 

’*Avribcov, accus. sing. neut. of ἀντίδιος, ἡ, ov, “ opposing ;” 
taken adverbially, “ face to face."—From ἀντέ and Bid. 


Line 17. 


Line 20. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 513. 


Book 3. Line 20-26. 

Aivg, dat. sing. fem. of aivéc, 7, dv, "" dreadful,” “ cect Con- 
sult book i., line 552. 

Δηϊοτῆτι, dat. sing. of δηϊοτής, 7To¢, 7, “ fight,” “battle,” ‘ combat.” 

—From δήϊος, Epic and Ionic for δάϊος, “ hostile.” 
’Apnidtioc, ov, dear to Mars,” “ favored of the god of war.” 
A frequent epithet of warriors in Homer. The active sig- 
nification, “loving Mars,” is very doubtful.—From ΓΑρης, “ Mars,” 
and φίλος, “dear.” : 

Line 22. Προπάροιθεν. Consult note on book ii., line 92. 

Ὁμέλου, gen. sing. of ὅμξλος, ov, ὁ, “ a throng,” “ thickarray.” The 
term often refers to a band of warriors, whether drawn up in array 
or mingled in battle, the mélée—Derived by some from ὁμός, ὁμοῦ, 
and ἴλη, “a band or body of men.” 

Μακρά, aceus. plur. neut. of μακρός, a, dv, “ long,” taken adverbially. 

Βιδῶντα, accus. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of βιθάω, poetic collat- 
eral form of Baive, “to stride.” 

Ἐχάρη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. pass., with active meaning, of 
χαίρω, “to rejoice ;” fut. χαιρήσω : 2 aor. pass. ἐχάρην. 

Κύρσας, nom. sing. masce. 1 aor. part. act. of κύρω, “to light upon;” 
fut. κύρσω : 1 aor. ἔκυρσα. Radical form of κυρέω, very rare in the 
present active, and only poetic. 

*EAagor, accus. sing. of ἔλαφος, ov, 6, ἡ, “astag.” Consult 
book i., line 225. 

Κεραόν, accus, sing. masc. of xepadc, a, όν, and-later ὅς, Gv, ‘ horn- 
ed,” “ horn-bearing.”’—From κέρας, “a horn.” 

ΓΆγριον, accus. sing. masc. of ἄγριος, a, ov; also o¢, ov, “wild,” 
literally, living in the fields or open air; and hence “ wild,” generally 
of animals.—From ἀγρός, “a field,” ἄς. 

Πεινάων, nom. sing. pres. part. act. of πεινάω, “to be hun- 
gry ;” fut. πεινήσω, more rarely πεινάσω ; but, from Aris- 
totle downward, we also find the un-Attic forms πεινᾷς, -d, ἂν, &c. 

Κατεσθίει, 8 sing. pres. indic. act. of κατεσθίω, “to devour ;” fut. 

xatédouat. Always said of animals of prey. 
Σεύωνται, 3 plur. pres. subj. pass. of cevw, “to put in quick 
motion,” “to drive,’’ with o doubled in the augmented tens- 
es; 1 aor. éoceva: perf. pass. ἔσσῦμαι. In the middle, “to stir one’s 
self,” &c., 1 aor. mid. ἐσσευάμην : syncopated 2 aor. mid. ἐσσύμην, 
ἔσσῦο (for ἔσσυσο), ἔσαῦτο (Epic σύτο), &c 

Ταχέες, Epic and Ionic for ταχεῖς, nom. plur. masc. of ταχύς, εἴα, 
v, “* swift.” 


Κύνες. Consult book i., line 4. 


Line 21. 


Live 23. 


Line 24. 


Live 25. 


Line 26. 


514 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Lame 26-32. 

Gaizgoi, nom. pler. mase. of ϑαλερώς, ὦ, cz, “mgerous;” literally, 
“jleomme,” antl so “ fresh,” “young,” “youthful,” ἄς. Not used 
by Homer in its original sense of plants, bat frequently of mea.— 
From ϑάλλω, “ito ize” 

Αἰζηαῖ, nom. plor. mase. of eilpic, dv, “lurely,” “ ectare,” in Homer 
always said of youths, and, im the present passage, taken 2s a noun, 


“@ youth”—From (ew, ζω. According to Daderiein, however, akin= — 


to alfa, ἠάθεος. 
dare, Epic: and Jonic for ἄβατα, 3 sing. denperf: indicanid. 

Pe RI She en pm ἀσονεανον 
self.” = to think ;° impert. ἐράμην. 
Ticrofe:, fat. infin. md. of rwe. Consult book ii, line 356... 
᾿Αλείτηχω, aceus. sing. of dizirgr, ov, ὦ, “ome who leads or goes 
estray,” “ἃ sumer,” “α wicked onc.”"—From ἅλα, “« wandering" 
“ἃ rewming.” τῷ 
βρῖεξς Ὄχέωυ, gen. plur. of ὄχυς, εος, τά, “a chart ;” of frequent 

eecurrence in Homer, especially ἐπ the Iliad, bat always 
im the pharal, even if, 2s in the present instance, only one chariot is 
spoken of. Stnetly speaking, an old neuter collateral form of éyor, 
ow, ᾧ (“ any thing winch helds™), bat always im the special significa- 
thon of « chariet_—From ἔχω, “is held,” “to conten.” 
Tesyesw, dat.-plar. of τεῦχος, εος, τό ; strictly (like ὅπλον and ἔν. 
vee), “a taal,” “implement,” “utensil.”—In the plural, “arms,” τε, 
᾿πθδόνομα st mpe:- infin ot eee ee 


ly, τεέχω, τυχεῖν. ξ - 


“Aare Consult book i, line 532. 

Xemate, adverb, “te the ground.” pod ential nenasadiaiaalll 
Formed like ἔραζε, dipole, ᾿Αθήταζε, but with different accent. Ar-- 
ecadius, indeed, writes it χαριάζε, but Draco and others expressly 

quote χαμᾶζε 23 2m EXception. 
"Evegorr, 3 sing. 1 aor. indie. act. of vote, “io perceize,” 
Loxs 30. “to be aware of one’s presence,” &c.; fat. ro7ou—From 
νάας, vou, “the sum.” 


LaseSl. Layer, ov, ὦ, “a foremest combatant.” Propetiy an adjective, 
“ fightmg before,” “ fightmg ἐκ front.”—From πρό διὰ μάχομαι: 
Κατεπλήγῃ, 3 sing. 5 δοῖ- ease eee rere 

with dismay ;” fut. καταπλήξω, (Consalt note.) a4 
Linn 32. ‘Ay. Cousalt book i, line 60. - bas sane “ἡ ae 
‘Erégev. Consult book i, lines 349 and 179. eo 
Ἔχέζετο, 3 sing. moperf. indie. of the middle deponent yevouss, “to 


πρινέμν οὶ, δῆτ πριν lei Sor tpeqiigaic, abs ραν εν ὦ 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 515 
Book 3. Line 32-38. 
retreat ; strictly, “to Icave an opening,” “to give way;” fut. χάσομαι. 
The present active χάζω is very rare —Lengthened form from the 
root XAA-, XA-, which latter appears in yé-oc, yai-vw, χάσσκω: 
Latin hi-o, hisco, and the former in χανδάνω. _ 
Kijpa. Consuit book ii., line 352. 
᾿Αλεείνων, nom. sing. mase. of ἀλεείνω, “to avoid,” “to shun.”— 


From ἄλη, “wandering” 
Δράκοντα, accus. sing. of δράκων, ovroc, 6. Consult book 
Lane 33. ii jine 308. 
Παλίνορσος, ov, “ springing back,” “rushing back.”—From πάλιν. 
« back,” and ὄρνυμι. 


᾿Απέστη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἀφίστημι, “to remove out of the 
way ;” fut. ἀπυστήσω : 2 aor. ἀπέστην, ἄς. © 
Οὔρεος, Epic and Ionic for ὄρους, gen. sing. of οὖρος, eor, τό, 
Lane 34. top ὅρος, coc, τό, “a mountain.”—From dpe, perhaps, and 
580, strictly, “‘any thing rising.” * 
Βήσσῃς, Epic and Ionic for βήσσαις, dat. plur. of βῆσσα, ης, 7, “a 
glade,” “a woody glen.” 
Tpduoc, ov, 6, “a trembling.”—From τρέμω, “ to tremble.” 
*E7Aabe, Epic and Ionie for ἔλαδε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of λαμ- 
6avu, “to seize ;” fat. λήψομαι, &e. 
Tvia, accus. plar. of yviov, ov, τό, “a limb.” Of frequent occur- 
rence in Homer, but always in the plural. 
Ὦχρος, ov, 6, or perhaps better, coc, τό (Bultmann’s Ausf. 
Lure 35. Gr., § 119, 41, 2, note), “paleness."—From ὠχρός, 4, ὅν, 
“ pale.”"—'Qypoc (i. €., G-xp-oc) is probably the same as the Sanscrit 
hari, with prefixed ὦ. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., p. 141.) 
Mw, for αὖτόν. Consult book i., line 29. 
Ἐΐλε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of αἱρέω, “to seize upon ;” fat. αἱρήσω: 
2 aor. εἶλον. 
Παρειάς, accus. plur. of παρειά, Gc, 7, “ a cheek.”—Probably from 
παρά, as indicating the side of the face. 
"Edv, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of δύω, or δύνω, “to enter,” 
[απ 86. 6615 plunge into ;” fut. δύσω - 2 aor. ἐδυν. 
᾿Αγερώχων, gen. plur. of ἀγέρωχος, ov, “ haughty.” (Consult note.) 
According to the old grammarians, equivalent simply to γεράοχος, 
but the etymology is very doubtful. 
Neixeocev, Epic and Jonic for éveixecev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indie. 
Line 38. act. of vetxéw, “to upbraid ;” fat. νεϊκέσω : 1 aor. éveixeca. 
Αἰσχροῖς, dat. plur. neut. of αἰσχρός, «, ὄν, “reproachful,” “dis- 
grace-inflicting.” More literally, *‘shame-causing."—From αἶσχος, 
“ shame,” it] disgrace.” = 


510 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. - Line 39-44. 
Δύςπαρι, voc. sing. of Δύςπαρις, dog, ὁ, “ evil-bringing 
ἴανε 39. Paris,” equivalent somewhat to “ Paris, bird of evil omen.” 
—From δύς and Πάρις, ‘« Paris.” 

Τυναιμανές, voc. sing. of γυναιμανής, ἐς, “licentious.” Literally, 
“mad after women.”—From γυνή, “a woman,” and μαίνομαι, “to 
rave.” 

Ἠπεροπευτά, voc. sing. of ἠπεροπευτής, ov, ὁ, “a deceiver.” —From 
ἠπεροπεύω, ‘to deceive,” “to cajole.”’ Properly, “to mislead by bland 
words.” —From ἔπος, εἰπεῖν, ἠπύω, “to talk over ;” not from ἀπάτη, 
“ἐ deceit.”” 

Line 40. Αἴθε. Consult book i., line 415. 

Ὄφελες, Epic, Ionic, and also later, in Attic prose, for ὥφελες, 2 
sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ὀφείλω, “ to owe.” —Observe that the 2 aor. 
is employed particularly to express a wish in the literal sense of “I 
ought to have,” &c. (Consult note.) Another Epic form for this 
tense is ὦφελλον, often occurring in Homer; and ὄφελλον in Od.,, 
Viii., 312. 

ἴἌγονος, ov, “unborn.” (Consult note.)—From 4, priv., and γόνος. 

“Ayauoc, ov, “ unmarried.”—From 4, priv., and yauéw, “ to marry.” 

᾿Απολέσθαι. Consult book i., line 117. 

Κέρδιον, nom. sing. neut. of κερδίων, ov, gen. ovoc, a com- 
Line 41. parative (with no positive in use), formed from κέρδος 
(“ gain,” “ advantage’), “ better,” ‘‘ more advantageous,” “ more gain- 
ful.” The first of these meanings is the more common one. 

Ἦεν, Epic for ἦν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of εἰμέ, “to be.” 

AGé6nv, accus. sing. of A067, nc, 7, ‘a scandal.” — Literally, 
Tine 42. ,, outrage,” ‘‘ maltreatment,’ “ dishonor ;” then, an_ outrage 
to the feelings of others, by reason of dishonorable conduct; and 
hence, “a scandal,” “an object of foul reproach.’’—Akin to λύμη.---- 
From λώδη comes the Latin lades. ς 

ὝὙπόψιον, accus. sing. masc. of ὑπόψιος, ov, “ viewed with looks of 
angry distrust.” Literally, “ viewed from under.” (Consult note.)— 
From ὑφοράω, fut. ὑπόψομαι. 
Καγχαλόωσι, Epic lengthened form for καγχαλῶσι, 8 plur. 
Laker 45. pres. indic. act. of καγχαλάω, “to laugh aloud,” “to raise a 
loud laugh,” the idea of scorn being frequently implied, as in the 
present instance.—From καγχάζω, “ to laugh aloud,” or more correct- 
ly, perhaps, καχάζω. The root is probably found in χάω, yaive, “to 
gape,” unless it be rather formed by onomatopeia, like χλάζω, καχ- 
λάζω. ῳ 

Line 44. Φάντες, nom. plur. πιᾶβο. imperf. part. (in an aorist 


~ 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 517 


Book ὃ. Line 44-49. 

sense) of φημί, to say,” “to suppose; fut. φήσω: 1 aor. ἔφησα: 
imperfect ἔφην is used just like an aorist; and the infinitive φάναι 
was so generally referred to ἔφην in an aorist sense, that λέγειν or 
φάσκειν are used instead of the infinitive present. The same remark 
holds good of the imperfect middle with the inf. pres. Hence φάντες 
here is to be rendered “having supposed,’ the active having a sort 
of middle force ; “having said to themselves.” Consult line 28. 

᾿Αριστῆα, Epic and Ionic for ἀριστέα, accus. sing. of ἀριστεύς, éo¢ 
(Epic and Ionic joc), 6, “a warrior.”’"—From ἄριστος, “ very brave.” 

Πρόμον, accus. sing. of πρόμος, ov, “ foremost,” “ fighting in the 
front rank.” Equivalent to πρόμαχος. Later, in general, “ a chief,” 
answering to the Latin primus, princeps. 

"Em, for ἔπεστι, “is upon (thee),’’ 3 sing. pres. indic. of 
Lane 45. ἔπειμι, “ to be upon.” 

᾿Αλκή, fie, ἡ, “ spirit,” “ courage.” Properly, “ bodily strength,” 
κε force,” especially in action, and so distinguished from ῥώμη, mere 
strength. 

Ποντοπόροισιν, Epic and Ionic for ποντοπόροις, dat. plur. ot 
ἔμπα 46. ποντόπορος, ον, “ocean traversing,” ‘‘ sailing over the sea.” 
—From πόντος, “ the deep,” and πείρω, “ to pass through.” 

*ExixAdéoac, nom. sing. masc. 1 aor. part. act. of ἐπιπλόω, 
lane AT. «40 sail upon,” ‘to sail over ;” fut. ἐπιπλώσω : 1 aor. ἐπέπ- 
λωσα. An Ionic verb for ἐπιπλέω : fut. ἐπιπλεύσω:; 1 aor. ἐπέπλευσα. 
—From ἐπί and 726, for πλέω. 

’Epinpac, accus. plur. of the metaplastic plural form ἐρίηρες, as- 
signed to épinpoc, ov, “ faithful,” “trusty.” Literally, “ fitting exact- 
ly.”—From épi, “ very,” and dpe, “to fit.” (Consult note.) 

᾿Αλλοδαποῖσι, Epic and Ionic for ἀλλοδαποῖς, dat. plur. : 
Lane 48. mase, of ἀλλοδαπός, 7, Gv, “ οὗ a foreign land,” “ foreign,” 
ἄς. Hence, in the plural, ἀλλοδαποί, “ men of a foreign land,” 
“ strangers,” “ foreigners."-—Probably a mere lengthening of ἄλλος, 
like ποδαπός, ἡμεδαπός. According to others, compounded with 
ἔδαφος, ‘ foundation,” “ base’’ on which any thing rests, &c. 

Evedéa, aceus. sing. fem. of εὐειδής, ἔς, ‘ beauteous,” “fair of 
mien,” &c.—From εὖ and εἶδος. 

᾿Ανῆγες, 2 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἀνάγω, “to lead away.” 

Line 49. ᾿Απίης, gen. sing. fem. of ἄπιος, “ distant:”’ (Consult note.) 

Νυόν, aceus. sing. of νυός, οὔ, 7, “a daughter-in-law ;” here, how- 
ever, taken in a wider sense, “a female related by marriage unto.” 
(Consult note.)}—Compare the Sanscrit snuca, Latin nurus, Anglo- 
Saxon snoru, old German schnur. 

Xx 


518 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 49-55. 

Alyunréer, Epic for αἰχμητῶν, gen. plur. of αἰχμητής, οὔ, 6, “a 
spear-man,” “a warrior.”"—From αἰχμή, “ a spear-point,” “a spear.” 
Πῆμα, aroc, τό, “a source of evil,” “a harm,” “an injury,” 
Line 50. a - Akin το πάσχω, «ὔδομαι; πέπηϑα; fe. 

Πόληε, Epic and Tonic for πόλει, dat. sing. of πόλιες, “ @ city,” gen. 
eec, and roc, 7, Epic and Tonic, gen. πόληος, dat. πόληϊ, &e—An- 
other Ionic genitive is πόλεος, which is likewise found in Doric. 

Ajay. Consult book ii., line 198. 

Δυομενέσιν, dat. plur. of δυςμενής, ἔς, “ ill-affected,” “ hos- 
Live 51. 537,» in the plaral, δυςμενεῖς, “ enemies."—From δύς διὰ 
μένος, “ spirit,” “inclination,” &c. 

Xdpua, ατος, τό, “a source + af joy,” “@ delight.”"—From χαίρω, “to 
rejoice. ” 

Κατηφείην, accus. sing. of κατηφεΐη, ης, 7, Epic and Tonic for κατη- 
geia, ac, 7, “a source of shame ;” strictly, “a casting of the eyes down- 
ward 1 hence, in general, “dejection, sorrow, shame.”—From κατά, 
“ down,” and φάος, “the eye ;” like κατωπός, “with downcast look,” 
from κατά and dw. 

Meivevac, 2 sing. Lolic 1 aor. opt. act. (for μεέναις) of μένω, 
Jane Re “to await ;” fut. μενῶ : 1 aor. ἔμεινα. 
᾿Φωτός. Consult book ii., line 164. 
Θαλερήν, accus. sing. fem. of θαλερός, 7, ὄν, Epic and Tonic 
Lane 53. tor ἅ, ὄν, “blooming.”—From ϑάλλω, “to bloom.”—Com- 
pare book ii., line 266. 

Παράκοιτιν, accus. sing. of παράκοιτις, voc, ἧ, “a wife,” “a spouse.” 
—From παρά and κοΐτη, “a couch.” 

Χραΐσμῃ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act. of χραισμέω, “to aid.” 
Line 54. Consult book i., line 28. 

Κέθαρις, voc, 9, “a lyre 3’ same as κιθάρα, which latter form, how- 
ever, Homer never uses.—Compare the Latin cithara, whence our’ 
guitar. 

*Adpodirne, gen. sing. of Ἀφροδίτη, nc, 7, “* Venus,” goddess of ove; 
grace, and beauty. The name is commonly derived from ἀφρός, 
“ foam,” as referring to the legend of her springing from the foam 
of ocean. Homer, however, never alludes to her as “ foam-born,” 
except in Hymn V. Others, again, seek to connect the name 
᾿Α-φροδ-ἔτη with that of Frid-a, the Scandinavian guadens: of love. 
(Consult Anthon’s Class. Diet., p. 1377.) 

Κόμη, ne, 9, “locks,” “hair,” answering to the mon. 
Lang 55. Rarely occurring in the plural. 
Κονΐῃσιν. Consult book ii., line 418. 


a 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 519 


Book 3. Line 55-62. 
Μιγείης, 2 sing. 2 aor. opt. pass. of μίσγω, “to mingle.” Consult 
book ii., line 475. 
Δειδήμονες, nom. plur. masc. of δειδήμων, ονος, “ cowardly,” 
** timid.”’—From δείδω, “to fear.” 
Adivov, aceus. sing. masc. of Adivoc, ἡ, ov, “of stone,” 
Last 57. « stony,” S&e.—From λᾶας, “a stone,” like λίθενος, from 


Live 56. 


λέθος. ῇ 

"Ecco, 2 sing. pluperf. pass. of ἔννυμι, “to put on;” fat. ἔσω: 1 
aor.écca. In the middle, Evyvyat, “to put on one’s self,” “ to clothe 
one’s self with ;” fat. ἔσομαι : 1 aor. mid. ἑσσάμην : perf. pass. εἶμαι, 
εἶσαι, εἶται, &c.: pluperf. pass. ἕσμην, ἔσσο, ἕστο, &e. Observe that 
the pluperf. pass. is here used in a middle sense. (Kihner, ᾧ 221, 1-) 

Ἔοργας, 2 sing. of Zopya. Consult book ii., line 272. 

Alcav, accus. sing. of αἶσα, yc, 7, “one’s appointed lot,” 
Line 59. fate,” “destiny; hence ‘a measure and term,” and so 
“* that which befits one, 1s due to one ;7 aes spank what is 
“right, befitting,” &c., equivalent to τὸ καθῆκον. 

Line 60. Kpadin. Consult book i., line 395. 

Πέλεκυς, ewe, ὁ, lonie soc, “an aze,” “ hatchet,’ double-edged.— 
Compare the Sanscrit paracu. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., 117, 231.) 

"Aretonc, ἔς, “unwearied 3” literally, “not to be rubbed or worn 
away.” (Consult note.)—From 4, priv., and teipw, “to rub.” 

Line 61. Eicwy, 3 sing. pres. indice. act. of εἶμι, “ to go.” 

Δουρός, Epic and Ionic for δόρατος, gen. sing. of δόρυ, “wood.” 
Thus, gen. δόρατος, Epic and Ionie δούρατος, contracted δουρός (in 
Attic poets, also, δορός) : dat. δόρατι, δούρατε, δουρί, dopi—Elsewhere, 
“ἀρ 24. e., the wood or shaft of a spear. 

Νήϊον, accus. sing. neut. of νήϊος, 4, ov, later, also, o¢, ov, 
Line 62. “naval : in Homer usually joined with δόρυ : as, νήϊον 
δόρυ, “ ship timber,” ** naval tember.” In the present passage, how- 
ever, it has this meaning without the addition of δόρυ, wagers 
ing easily implied from δουρός, which precedes. 

"Ἐκτάμνησιν, Epic and Ionic for ἐκτάμνῃ, 3 sing. pres. subj. act. of 
ἐκτάμνω, Epie and Ionic for ἐκτέμνω, “to hew out,” “to shape,” “to 
fashion ;” fat. ἐκτεμῶ —From ἐκ and τέμνω. 

“Ὀφέλλει, 3 sing. pres. indic. act. of ὀφέλλω, “ to increase.” Consult 
book ii, line 420. ἐνῷ 

"Ἐρωήν, acens. sing. of ἐρωή, ἧς, ἦ, “the force ;” properly said of 
any quick, violent motion. Thus, δουρὸς ἐρωή, “the rush of a spear” 
(1., Xi., 357): λικμητῆρος ἐρωή, “the force or swing of the winnow- 
er's shovel” (Ji., xiii, 590). So in the present passage, “the force 


520 HOMBRIC GLOSSARY. 


Book.3, Line 62-77. 

or impetus of the man.”-—From épwéw, ‘to flow, stream, burst 
out,” &c. 

Line 63. Στήθεσσιν. Consult book i., line 83. 

᾿Ατάρθητος, ov, “intrepid,” ‘ undaunted.”—From 4, priv., and ταρ- 
θέω, “ to be terrified.” 
Ἔρατά, accus. plur. neut. of ἐρατός, 7, dv, poetic for ἐραστός, 
Line 64. ἤ, ὄν, “ beloved,” “ much desired,” ‘‘ yearned after,” or, more 
freely, ‘‘ lovely,’’ “ charming.” —From ἐράω, “ to love.” 
᾿Απόθλητα, nom, plur, neut. of ἀπόδλητος, ov, “to be reject- 
εἰ, “ to be cast away as worthless.” —From ἀπό and βάλλω. 

*Epcxvdéa, nom. plur. neut. of ἐρικυδής, ἔς, “very glorious,” an epi- 
thet in Homer of the gods and their descendants, and, in the pres- 
ent instance, of the gifts which they bestow.—From épu, “ very,” 
and κῦδος, “ glory,” “renown.” 
Ἑκών, ἑκοῦσα, éxdv, “of one’s own free-will,” ‘ willingly.” 


Ling 65. 


Line 66. Opposed to ἄκων, and akin to ἕκητι. 

Κάθισον, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. act. of καθέζω, “to cause to 
Line 68. sit down;” fut. καθίσω : 1 aor. ἐκάθισα. 

Συμθάλετε, 2 plur. 2 aor. imper. act. of συμθάλλω, “to 
Ling 79. match,” “to bring together.” 

Κρείσσων, ov, “ superior.’—Kpeicowy is usually called an 
Line 71. 


irregular comparative of ἀγαθός, but consult book i., line 80. 
Line 73. “Opxia. Consult book ii., line 124. 

᾿Εριθώλακα, accus. sing. of ἐριδώλαξ, axog, ὁ, ἡ, “ very fer- 
tile.’ Consult book i., line 155. 

Νεέσθων, Epic, Ionic, and Doric for νεέσθωσαν, 3, plur. pres. im- 
per. of νέομαι, ‘to return.” 

Ἱππόδοτον, accus. sing. neut. of ἱππόθοτος, ov. Consult 
book ii., line 287. 

Καλλιγύναικα, aceus. sing. of καλλιγύναιξ, αἰκος, ὁ, ἡ, “ abounding 
in beauteous women.” More literally, ‘‘of beawteous women.” Homer 
uses only the accusative. Sappho (135) has the genitive, and Pin- 
dar (Pyth., ix., 131) the dative... The nominative seems never to 
have been used.—From. κάλλος, ‘ beauty,” and γυνή, “ a woman.” 
’Avéepye, Epic and Ionic for ἀνεῖργε, 3 sing. imperf. ind. 
act. of ἀνείργω, ‘to keep back.” —From ἀνά and eipya, “to 


Lane 74, 


Line 75. 


Lrg 77. 


keep off.” 

Φάλαγγας, aceus. plur. of φάλαγξ, ayyoc, ἡ, “a line,” “a rank,” 
“an order of battle.’ Always used by Homer in the plural (“the 
lines,”’ or “ranks,” of an army in battle array) except in J/., vi., 6. 
—The term φάλαγξ was also applied in a later day to a special mode 


HOMERIC GLUSSARY. 521 


Book 8. Line 77-82. 
of arranging the Greek infantry, namely, in a close, compact mass, 
drawn up in files usually of 8 deep. The depth, however, was often 
much inereased, especially by the Thebans, who formed 25 deep at 
Delium, and brought the phalanx to great excellence under Epam- 
inondas ; though Philip of Macedon brought it to perfection.—The 
word φάλαγξ has also the meaning of “a roller,” for moving heavy 
loads, in Latin palange@ ; and it has been suggested that this sense 
of “rollers”’ was the first, and that hence arose the Homeric usage 
of φάλαγγες, namely, ‘ranks of men rolling one behind another.” But 
the sense of rollers occurs too late to allow us to adopt this conjec- 
ture. 
Ἱδρύνθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. pass. of ἑδρύνω (a supposed 
Lins 78. present), “ ἐο make to sit down.” Hence ἱδρύνθην is assigned 
commonly, along with ἱδρύθην, to idptw. Dindorf thinks that ἱδρύν- 
θην, in Homer, is so written, for idpv@yv, through ignorance of the 
fact that the v is long by nature. But consult Lobeck, ad Phryn., 37. 
᾿Επετοξάζοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of the middle deponent 
ἐπιτοξάζομαι, “to direct or bend the bow at one.”—From ἐπί 
and τοξάζομαι. 
ἸΙοῖσιν, Epic and Tonic for ioic, dat. plur. of ἰός, οὔ, “ an ar- 
Lure 80. row,” with the heterogeneous plural τὰ id (Jl., xx., 68).— 
Probably from i-évaz, i-re, “to go ;”’ like the Sanscrit ishu, from ish. 
(Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., p. 269.) 

Τιτυσκύμενοι, nom. plur. masc. pres. part. of the middle deponent 
τιτύσκομαι, ‘to take aim,” “to aim αἱ." This verb is only used by 
the Epic writers in the present and imperfect, and combines the 
significations of the kindred verbs τυγχάνω and τεύχω : hence, like 
τυγχάνω, “to aim at,’ which is its more frequent meaning ; and, 
also, like τεύχω, “to make,” “ make ready,” “prepare.” —In the Alex- 
andrian poets, such as Aratus and Lycophron, we find an active form 
τιτύσκω, as also. in Antim., Fr., 26. 

Λάεσσι, Epic for λάεσι, dat. plur. of Adac, ὁ, “a stone; gen. λᾶος: 
dat. Adi: accus. λᾶαν: gen. plur. Adwy: dat. λάεσι : Epic λάεσσι, all 
which forms occur in Homer, except λάεσι. In Attic, also, contract- 
ed 6 λᾶς, accus. τὸν Adv: but accus. Ada, Call., Fr., 104. 

Μακρόν, aceus. sing. neut. of μακρός, a, dv, taken adverb- 
ially, “ from afar,’”’ i. e., 80 as to be heard afar. 

"Αὔσεν, Epie and Ionic for jicev, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of αὔω, 
“0 shout.” Consult book ii., line 334. 

Ἴσχεσθε, 2 plur. pres. imper. middle of ἔσχω, “ to hold,” “ to 
restrain.” Consult book i., line 214. 
X x2 


Line 79. 


Line 81. 


Line 82. 


§22 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 83-99. 
Στεῦται, 3 sing. pres. indic. of the Epic deponent creduac. 
(Consult note.)—From ἕστημι.---Τ is used by Homer only 
in the 3 sing. pres. and imperf. στεῦται, στεῦτο, and by Eschylus 
(Pers., 49) in the 3 plur. στεῦνται. 

Ἔρέειν, Epie and Ionic for ἐρεῖν, fut. infin. Consult book i., line 
76, remarks on ἐρέω. 

Κορυθαιόλος, ov, “ moving the helmet quickly,” i. e., “of the glancing 
helm.” A frequent epithet of Hector, as an active, restless warrior. 
—From κόρυς, ‘a helmet,” and αἰόλος, “ quickly moving,” “ easily 
turning.” 

Ἔσχοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indice. middle of icyw. Consult 
Linz 84. line 82. 

*Avéw. Consult bookii.,line 323. 
᾿Εσσυμένως, adverb, “ quickly,” “ hastily,” &c.—From ἐσσύ- 
μενος, part. of cedw (according to signification and accent, 
a present, but reduplicated as if a perf. part.), “driven,” “ urged on,” 
“hurried,” &c. 

Κέκλυτε, 2 plur. 2 aor. imper. of κλύω, ‘‘to hear,” with po- 
Line 86. etic reduplication for κλῦτε: so, κέκλυθι for κλῦθι. 

Live 87. "Opwpev. Consult book ii., line 146. 

Κέλεται, 3 sing. pres. indic. of κέλομαι, “to bid.” Consult 
book i., line 74. 

Line 89. Tedyea. Consult line 29. 

᾿Αποθέσθαι, 2 aor. infin. middle of ἀποτίθημι, “to lay aside (for an- 
other) :” in the middle, ‘to lay aside for one’s self or what belongs to 
one’s self.”’ 

Πουλυδοτείρῃ, Epic and Ionic for zoAv6oreipa, dat. sing. of πολυδό- 
τειρα, ἡ, “ nourisher of many,” an epithet of the earth.—From πουλύς, 
for πολύς, and βότειρα, fem. from βοτήρ, ‘she that feeds or nourishes.” 
_ ᾿Ακήν, originally an accusative from ἀκή, but only found as 
Line 95. on adverb, “still,” “quite still,” “stilly,” &c. Used by 
Homer only in the phrase ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ. Pindar has a Doric 
dative dxd, or, as an adverb, ἀκᾶ, in the signification of “ quietly,” 
“ gently.” (Pind., Pyth., iv., 277.) For Buttmann’s etymology, con- 
sult note. : f 

Live 97. ’Eueio, Epic and Ionic for ἐμοῦ, gen. sing. of ἐγώ. 

*Adyoc. Consult book i., line 2. 

‘Ixdvet... Consult book i., line 254. 

Διακρινθήμεναι, Epic, Doric, and ABolice for διακριθῆναι, 1 
Linz 98. 3 ᾿ a ς 
aor. inf. pass. of διακρίνω, “to separate.” (Consult note.) 

Line 99. Πέποσθε, 2 plur. 2 perf. of πάσχω, “ta suffer,’ syncopated 


Liye 83. 


Line 85. 


Linz 88. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 523 


Book 3. Line 99-106. 

for πεπόνθατε, like ἐγρήγορθε for ἐγρηγόρατε. This is done by an 
imitation of the passive termination: that is to say, as soon as in 
πεπόνθατε the & preceded the 7, it was changed to o, and the ν was 
dropped, making, with a syncope of the a, πέποστε : a transition was 
then made to a passive form πέποσθε. 
Τέτυκται, 3 sing. perf. indic. pass. of τεύχω, “ to prepare ;᾽" 
fut. τεύξω : perf. rérevya: perf. pass. τέτυγμαι. 
TeOvain, 3 sing. perf. opt. (syncopated form) of ϑνήσκω, 
“to die ;” fut. ϑανοῦμαι : perf. τέθνηκα : whence the com- 
mon syncopated forms τέθνᾶμεν, τέθνᾶτε, τεθνᾶσι: perf. infin. τεθνἄ- 
vac: perf. opt. τεθναίην : perf. imper. τέθνᾶθι: perf. part. τεθνεώς, 
ὥτος : fem. τεθνεῶσα, &c. 

Διακρινθεῖτε, Epic for διακριθείητε, 2 plur. 1 aor. opt. pass. of δια- 
κρένω, “to separate.” Consult line 98. 

Oicere, 2 plur. Epic and Attic aoristic imperative; neither 

Line 103. from the future ofow, as some maintainy nor from a new 
theme οἴσω, as appears to others, but coming from the stem at once, 
and, as regards the ordinary aorist form, of an anomalous character ; 
something like such second aorists as ἐδύσετο, ἐθήσετο. (Bultmann, 
Ausf. Gr., p. 419.—Id., Irreg. Verbs, ed. Fishlake, p. 251.—Kiihner, 
§ 176, 2.) 

ἴΑρνε, actus. dual of ἀρνός, τοῦ, τῆς, a genitive without any nomi- 
native (dpc) in use; the nominative assigned to it being ἀμνός, for 
which later authors, such as Alsop, have ἀρνός. . Early writers give 
gen. ἀρνός, dat. dpvi;accus. ἄρνα : dual dpve : plur. ἄρνες, gen. ἀρνῶν, 
dat. ἀρνάσι (Epic ἄρνεσσι), accus. ἄρνας: “α lamb,” answering to 
the Latin agnus, agna.—Akin to aries, and probably to the English 
ram. ‘The Sanscrit drndju means “woolly.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., 
j.; 223, and ii., 407.) : 
Οἴσομεν, 1 plur. fut. indie. act. of φέρω, “ to bring ;” fut. 
οἴσω, ὅκα. [ sib ἊΝ 
ἤλξετε, 2 plur. Epic aoristic imperative, formed anomalous- 
Live 106, ly from the stem of ἄγω. (Consult remarks on οἴσετε, line 
103.) The poet by this means avoids the obstruction to the metre 
which ἀγάγετε, the regular form, would have occasioned. (Butl- . 
mann, Ausf. Gr., p. 418.) ; Σ 

Ὕπερφίαλοι, nom. plur. mase. of ὑπερφίαλος, ον. “ overbear- 

Ling 106, ing,” “ overweening,” “ haughty,” © arrogant.’ It 1s prob- 
able, however, that the word originally meant only ‘‘ exceeding in 
power,” ‘* most puissant,” without any bad signification, as would ap- 
pear from Od., xxi., 289, where Antinois uses it of himself and the 


Line 101. 


Line 102. 


Line 104. 


524 MOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Laine 106-112. 

rest of the suitors; and so; in Pindar (Fr., 93), it is simply “ most 
huge,” “mighty.” This original notion appears most clearly in the 
adverb ὑπερφιάλως, “ exceedingly,” “ excessively,” whence the adverb 
also passes into the signification of “ haughtily,” “arrogantly.” It 
is plain, therefore, that the bad signification is only so far, in the 
word itself, as it denotes excess. (Consult Buitmann, Lezil., s. v.) 
—The derivation is very doubtful. Two have been suggested: first, 
by poetic dialectic change from ὑπέρδιος (quasi brepbiadoc) ; second, 
by £olic change of υ for ὑπερφυής, which is maintained by Butt- 
mann (Lezil., 5. v.). Others, again, deduce it from φιάλη, “α cup,” 
ἢ. €., running over the cup’s brim; but this is very far-fetched. That 
of the old grammarians, perjured, breakers of truces made by libations, 
from φιάλαι, is worst of all. 

'Yrepbacin, dat..sing. of ὑπερθασίη, nc, ἡ, Epic and Ionic 
for trepbacia, ac, 7, ‘an act of transgression,” “any wan- _ 
ton violence.” —From ὑπέρδασις, “an overstepping,” and this from 
vrepbaive. 

Δηλήσηται, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. of the middle deponent δηλέομαι, “to 
break,” ‘to destroy ;” more literally, “to enjure ;” fut. δηλήσομαι. 
Ὁπλοτέρων, gen. plur. of ὁπλότερος, a, ov, superlative ὁπλό- 
τατος, ἡ, ov, Without any positive in use; poetic for vedre- 
ρος, νεώτατος, “ younger,” “youngest.” ‘The superlative is not found 
in the Iliad, whereas Hesiod uses the superlative merely, though 
only in the Theogony. The original signification, as is evident from 
the root ὅπλον, was “more, most fit for bearing arms ;” and so we 
find ὁπλότεροι, simply “the youth,”’ “‘ young men,” i. e., those capable 
of bearing arms, the, serviceable men, just like μάχιμοι, and opposed 
to the old men and children. But as the youngest are the last born, 
ἄνδρες ὁπλότεροι also means “ the latter generations,” “men of later 
days.” (Theocr:, xvi., 46.) * 

Ἠερέθονται, 3 plur. pres. indic. mid. of ἠερέθομαι. Consult book 
ii., line 448, 

Live 109. Μετέῃσιν, Epic for μετῇ, 3 sing. pres. subj. of μέτειμι. 

Πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω. Consult book i., line 343. 

Λεύσσει, 3 sing. pres. indice. act. of λεύσσω, “to see,” &c. 
Lixe 110. Consult book i., line 120. 

*Oxa, adverb, “by far.’ Consult book i., line 69. 
᾿Εχάρησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. pass. of yaipw, “to re- 
joice,” &e. Ἶ ὃ 
’"EAréuevot, nom. plur. mase. pres. part. mid. of ἔλπω, “to 
cause to hope.” In the middle, ἔλπομαι, “ to hope.” 


Liye 107. 


Line 108. 


Lave 111]. 


Ling 112. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 525 


Book 3. Lane 112-121. 

᾿Οἰζυροῦ, gen. sing. of ὀϊζυρός, d, dv, “ mournful,” “ unfortunate.” 

Consult book i., line 417. 
*Epvéay, Epic and Ionic for ἤρυξαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. 
LINE 113. aot. of ἐρύκω, “to rein back ;” fut. ἐρύξω : 1 aor. ἤρυξα : 
more literally, “to keep ἐπ," “to hold in,” and then “to curb,” “to 
rein in.” ‘ 

Στέχας, aceus. plur. of orig, στιχός, 7, “a rank,” “ line,” “ file.”— 
Observe that the nominative στίξ does not actually occur, the word 
being only used in the genitive singular, and in the nominative and 
accusative plural, oriyec, στίχας, the other cases being taken from 
στίχος, ov, ὁ, Which is, in general, most used in prose—From a root 
ΣΤΙΧ--, which appears in a lengthened form in στείχω. 

Ἔδαν. Consult book i., line 391. 

᾿Εξεδύοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. middle of ἐκδύω, “to take 
Line 114. 56» “10 strip off;” fat. ἐκδύσω - 2 aor. ἐξέδυν (with in- 
transitive meaning), *‘¢o go out,” “to come out” of a thing. In the 
middle, ἐκδύομαι, “ to take off from one’s self.” 

KaréGevro, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. mid. of κατατίθημι, “ to put down.” 
*Apoupa, ac, 7, “a space of ground.” The proper meaning 
of the word is, “ tilled or arable ground,” ‘ seed-land,”’ 
“corn-land ;” then, generally, like γῆ, “‘ ground,” “land,” “ soil. °— 
From ἀρόω, fut. ἀρόσω, “to plough,” “ to till.” 

IIpori, an old, and, especially, Epic and Doric form for 
πρός, of frequent occurrence in Homer. In the Cretan 
dialect, zopr¢.—Compare the Sanscrit prati. 

Line 117. "Apvac. Consult line 103. 

Καλέσσαι, Epic for καλέσαι, 1 aor. infin. act. of καλέω, “ to sum- 
mon ;” fut. καλέσω. 

Liye 118. Προΐει. Consult book i., line 326. 

Ταλθύδιον. Consult book i., line 320. 

Line 119. TAadvpdc. Consult book ii., line 88. 

*Apva, accus. sing. Consult line 103. 
᾿Οἰσέμεναι, Epic, Doric, and Holic for οἴσειν, which last is 
Line 120. itself an Epic infinitive, with the force of an aorist, and 
falling under the same class of words with oicere (line 103) and 
ἄξετε (line 105). (Consult Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, ed. Fishlake, p. 
251, note.) 

᾿Απέθησε. Consult book i., line 220. 
Ἶρις, dog, ἡ, accus. "Ipev, voc. "Ipz, “ Iris,” the messenger 
Line 121. of the gods among themselves, or, more frequently, from 
gods to men. But, conversely, in 7), xxiii., 198, she is the carrier 


Line 115. 


Line 116. 


526 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book3. Line 121-126. 
of Achilles’s wishes. Her epithets all point to swiftness ; as, ταχεῖα, 
ἀελλόπος, ποδήνεμος, πόδας ὠκέα, χρυσόπτερος, &c. In the Odyssey 
she is never named, Mercury being there the sole messenger of the 
gods. Hesiod calls her the daughter of Thaumas ( Wonder).—Usual- 
ly derived from ἐρῶ, eipw, the speaker, announcer. Hermann deduces 
it from eipw, sero, as if Sertia. 

Λευκωλένῳ, dat. sing. fem. of λευκώλενος, ov, “ fair-armed.”—From 
λευκός, “white,” “ fair,” and ὠλένη, “an arm.” 

Line 122. Eidouévyn. Consult book ii., line 280. 
ει Ταλόῳ, dat. sing. of γάλοως, gen. γάλοω, 4, “a sister-in-law.” 
Compare the Latin glos. The corresponding masculine form is 
δαήρ. (Consult Pott, Eiymol. Forsch, i., p..131.) 

*Avtnvopidao, Epic for ᾿Αντηνορίδου, gen. sing. of ᾿Αντηνορίδης, ov, 
6, ‘son of Antenor.” Patronymic noun.—From ᾿Αντήνωρ. Con- 
sult line 148. 

Δάμαρτι, dat. sing. of δάμαρ; aproc, 7, “a wife,” “a spouse.” —From 
δαμάω, “ to tame,” ‘to subdue ;” strictly, therefore, “‘ one that is tamed 
or yoked ;” like the Latin conjux, whereas an unwedded maiden was 
ἀδάμαστος, ἀδμής. ΐ 
᾿Ἑλικάων, ovoc, 6, ‘ Helicaon,” son of Antenor, and hus- 
band of Laodice, daughter of Priam. 

Meydpy, dat. sing. of μέγαρον, ov, τό, “an apartment,” “a 
Laws 186. woman's apartment,” &c. Consult book ii., line 137. - 

Ἱστόν, accus. sing. of ἱστός, οὔ, ὁ, ‘a web; properly, “the bar 
or beam of the loom ;” then, generally, ‘‘ the loom ;” hence “ the warp 
that was fixed to the beam ;” oud so, ‘the web.” Consult book i., 
line 31. 

Ὕφαινεν, 3 sing. ἜΞΒΣ indic. act. of ὑφαίνω, “to weave ;” fut. 
ὑφῶνῶ : 1 aor. tonva.—Lengthened from the root ὙΦ--, which ap- 
pears in 167, ὑφάω, Sanscrit vé, vap, and our pin web.. (Poit, ay 
mol. Forsch., i., p. 230, 259.) 

Δέπλακα, accus. sing. of δίπλαξ, ακος, 7, “a double clot, » 
Linn126, ἢ. €., of double fold. (Consult note.)—From διπλάζω, “to 
double.” 

Πορφυρέην, Epic and Tonic for πορφυρέαν, accus. sing. fem. of πορ- 
gvpéoc, a, ov, Epic and Ionic ἢ, ov, “purple ;’’ strictly, “ ae 
but varying in color. Consult book i., line 482. 

Πολέας, Epic and Ionic for zoAAotvc. . Consult book i., line 559. 

*Evéraccey, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἐμπάσσω, “ to risa in 
or on;” fut. ἐμπάσω : 1 aor. évéraca.—Metaphorically employed to 


Linz 123. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 527 


Book ἃ. Line 126-137. 
denote the working or weaving in of rich patterns. (Consult note.) 
—From ἐν and πάσσω, “ to sprinkle.” 
- *Aé@Aovc, Epic and Ionic for ἄθλους, accus. plur. of ἄεθλος, ov, ὁ, 
for ἄθλος, ov, ὁ, “a contest,’ “ toil,’ * trouble.” 
*Eéev, Consult book i., line 114, and the note on that 
Line 128. passage. 

Παλαμάων, Epic and Ionic for παλαμῶν, gen. plur. of παλάμη, ne, 7, 
“the palm of the hand :” in general, however, “ the hand” merely, as 
in the present passage.—Compare the Latin palma. 

’Qxéa, Epic and Ionic for ὠκεῖα, nom. sing. fem. of ὠκύς, 
Ling 129. . , 
éla, v 

Live 130: Δεῦρο. Consult book i., line 153. 

Ἴθι, 2 sing. pres. imper. of εἶμι, “ to come.” 

Νύμφα, voc. sing. of νύμφη, with short final vowel. (Consult note.) 

Θέσκελα, accus. plur. neut. of ϑέσκελος, ov. Originally, “ godlike,” 
“ divine ;’’ but as early as the time of Homer, this sense was con- 
fined to the full form ϑεοεέκελος, so that ϑέσκελος was only used, in 
general, for “ strange,” “ supernatural,” ‘‘ marvelous,” “wondrous,” 
- and always of things, as ϑεοείκελος always was of persons.—From 
ϑεός and ἐΐσκω, “to liken,’ ‘“‘ to make like.” 

Ἴδηαι, Epic αν] loni¢:& for ἴδῃ, 2 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of the radi- 
cal εἴδω, “ to see.’ 

Φέρον, Epic and Ionic for ἔφερον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. 
Line 132. f ἢ 
οἱ φέρω. 

Πολύδακρυν, accus. sing. of πολύδακρυς, voc, ὁ, 7, “ tearful,” “ pro- 
ductive of many tears.”—-From πολύς and δάκρυ. 

’OAooio, Epic and Ionic for ὀλοοῦ, gen. sing. of ὀλοός, #, 
Like 188, ov, “ destructive.”-—From ὄλω, ὄλλυμι. 

Αιλαιόμενοι, nom. plur. masc. pres. part. of the depgnant verb λι- 
λαΐομαι, “ to long for,” “to desire.” 

Ἕαται, Epic and Ionic for ἦνται, 3 plur. of ἦμαε, “I sit,” 
Line 184. Seo. 
Κεκλεμένοι, nom. plur. masc. perf. part. pass, of κλένω, “to 
Line 185. recline ;” fut. κλινῶ : perf. κέκλικα : perf. pass. κίλιμαι: 

*Eyxea. Consult book ii., line 389. 

Tléxnyev, 3 sing. 2-perf. of πήγνυμι, “to fiz,” “to make fast ;” fat. 
πήξω: 1 aor. ἔπηξα: 2 perf. πέπηγα, “I am fixed,” “ stand fixed,” 
** stick fast.” —Lengthened from a root παγ-, which appears in 2 aor. 
pass. ἐ-πάγ-ην. 

Μακρῇς, Epic and Ionic for μακραῖς, dat. plur. fem. of μα- 
Line 137. κρός, %, ov, Epic and Tonic for a, ὄν, “long.” : 


595 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 137-143. 

᾿Ἐγχείῃσι. Epic and Tonie for ἐγχείαις, dat. plur. of ἐγχείη, ἧς, ἡ, 
““@ spear.” 

Κεκλήσῃ, 2 sing. 3 fut. pass. of καλέω, “io call ;” fut. κα- 
Line 138. Aéow: 3 fut. pass. xexA7couar.—({Consult note.) 

ΓΑκοιτιίς, toc, ἡ, “a wife,” “a spouse.”—From a, copulative, and 
κοίτη, ‘a couch.” 

Ἵμερον, accus. sing. of ἵμερος, ov, 6, desire,” “longing 
Lawe139. Jor.’"—From ἱμείρω, “to desire,” “to long for,” and this, 
perhaps, from ἕεμαι, middle of tinue. 

Ἔμδαλε, Epic and Ionic for évé6a2e, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of éu- 
642.20, “ to infuse into ;” more literally, “to fling into.” 

Toxjwv, Epic and Ionic for roxéwy, gen. plur. of τοκεύς, 
Line 140. ἕως (Epic and Tonic joc), 6, “ one who begets,” “ a father.” 
In Homer always, and in Hesiod usually, in the plural τοκῆες, rox- 
eic, “parents.” Homer and Hesiod usually have the Ionic forms 
τοκῆες, τοκήων, &ec., yet in the Iliad we have also the gen. τοκέων. ~ 
‘The dative τοκέσι occurs in an epigram in Bockh’s Inseript., i., p. 535. 
᾿Αργεννῇσι, Epic and Ionic for dpyevvaic, dat. plur. of ἀρ- 
γεννός, 7, 6v, Holic and Doric for ἀργός, “ white.” 

Καλυψαμένη, nom. sing. fem. 1 aor. part. mid. of καλύπτω, “to en- 
velop,” “to hide from view ;” fut. καλύψω : 1 aor. ἐλάλυψα. In the 
middle, καλύπτομαιε, “ to envelop one’s self.” 

Ὀθόνῃσιν, Epic and Ionic for ὀθόναις, dat. plur. of ὀθόνη, ne, 9, “a 
linen robe.” (Consult note.)—Always used in the plural by Homer. 
Ὡρμᾶτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of ὁρμάω, “to set in 
motion,” ‘to urge on ;’ fat. épujow.—In the middle, ὁρμά- 
oat, “to put one’s self in motion,” “to advance,” ‘to move with rapid 
steps.” —From ὁρμή, “ any violent or rapid pressure onward.” 

Θαλάμοιο, Epic and Ionic for ϑαλάμου, gen. of ϑάλαμος, ov, 6, “an 
apartment,” “the women’s apartments,” in the interior of the house. 

Tépev, accus. sing. neut. of τέρην, evva, ev, &e., “tender ;” strictly, 
“rubbed down” (from τείρω, “to rub”), and so, “ smooth,” “ soft,” 
“ delicate,” “ tender,” &¢e.—Akin to τέρυς, τεράμων, as also to the 
Latin teres, tener, from tero. 
᾿Αμφίπολοι, nom. plur. of ἀμφίπολος, ov, strictly, “being 
Line 143. 15 5u2>« busied about ;” butin Homer-and:Herodotus ised 
only as a feminine substantive, ἡ ἀμφίπολος, gen. ἀμφιπόλου, * 
handmaid.”’—From ἀμφί and πολέω, “ to be busied about.” a" 

*Exovro, Epic and Ionic for εἵποντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of the 
middle deponent ἕπομαι, *‘ to follow ;” fut. ἔψομαι : 2 aor. (with aspi- 
rate) ἑσπόμην, &e. 


Taner 141. 


Line 142. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 529 


Book 3. Line 144-150. 
: Αἴθρη, nc, 7, Epic and Ionic for Αἴθρα, ac, ἡ, “ Aithra.” 
Line 144. (Consult note.) 

Κλυμένη, ne, 7, “ Clymene.” (Consult note.) 

Βοῶπις. Consult book i., line 551. 

Line 145. Alva. Consult book i., line 303. 

Ἵκανον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ixdvw, ‘to come.’ Epic 
lengthened form for ἵκω. 

"Ox, adverb, poetic for οὗ, “ where.” 

Σκαιαΐ, nom. plur. fem. of σκαιός, a, dv, “left,” “on the left hand 
or side.” Then, “western,” “ westward,” as explained in the note. 
Hence the name Σκαιαὲ πύλαι, “ the Scean gates,” given to the west- 
ern gate of Troy. (Consult note.) 

Πάνθοον, accus. sing. of Πάνθοοςγου, ὃ, “* Panthius.” (Con- 
Line 146. sult note.) 

Θυμοίτην, accus. sing. of Ovuoirnc, ov, ὁ, “ Thymetes.” (Consult 
note ) 

. ‘Ikerdova, aceus. sing. of Ἱκέτάων, ovoc, 6, ** Hicetaon.” 
Lune 147. (Consult note.) 

Ὄζον, aceus. sing. of ὄζος, ov, ὁ, “a branch,” “a scion or shoot.” 
Consult book i., line 234. 

Live 148. Οὐκαλέγων, οντος, 6,  Ucalegon.” 

᾿Αντήνωρ, opoc, ὁ,  Antenor.” (Consult note.) 

Πεπνυμένω, nom. dual Epic perf. part. pass. of πνέω, with present 
_ signification, “ to have breath or soul ;’’ usually, however, employed 
metaphorically, ‘to be wise,” “ discreet,” “‘ prudent.” Hence πεπνυ- 

μένος, * discreet,” “prudent.’—From an old root IINY-, some re- 
mains of which are to be found in the compounds ἀμπνύω, ἄμπνυμι, 
i. ¢., ἀναπνύω, ἀνάπνυμι. 
Eiaro, Epie and fonie for ἦντο, 3 plur. of juny, assigned 
Lang: M49. as an imperfect to jac, but in reality a pluperfect. Con- 
sult book i., line 512. 

Δημογέροντες, nom. plur. of δημογέρων, οντος, 6, “an elder of the 
people.”"—From δῆμος and γέρων. 

Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν, Epic and Ionic, for Σκαιαῖς πύλαις. 

Typai, dat. sing. of γῆρας, τό, “old age ;’ Homeric gen, 
Link 160. , Ἂ ᾿ Σ Ὰ 

γήραος, Attic contracted γήρως, and very late γήρατος: 
dat. γήραϊ, Attic contracted ynpe.—The Sanscrit root is jri, “ senes- 
cere,” “ conteri.” 

᾿Πεπαυμένοι, “ having ceased,” nom. plur. masc. perf. part. of παύ- 
qua, ‘to cease ;”’ middle voice of παύω. 

Mey 


530 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 150-158. 

᾿Αγορηταί, nom. plur. of ἀγορητής, οὔ, ὁ, “a speaker.”—From dyo- 
péoua, “to speak in public,” “ to harangue.” 

Τεττίγεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for τέττιξε, dat. plur. of τέττιξ, 
Lane 151. ἔγος, 6, ‘a cicada.” (Consult note.) 

᾿Εοικότες, nom. plur. masc. of ἐοικώς. Consult book i., line 47. 
ἘΣ isd. Sabine dat. sing: of ater, ov, τό, Epic and Jonie for 

ἕνδρον, ov, τό, “a tree. 

᾿Εφεζόμενοι, nom. plur. pres. part. of the middle deponent ἐφέζομαι, 
“to sit upon ;” fut. édedodjuac.—An active is only used in the aorist 
ἐφεῖσα. 

Ὄπα, accus. sing. of dW, ὀπός, 7, “a voice,” “a note ;” dat. ὀπί: 
accus. éra.—From ἔπω, ἔπος, εἰπεῖν. 

Λειριόεσσαν, accus. sing. fem. of λειριόεις, ὄεσσα, dev, “ delicate.” 
Strictly, ‘‘of or belonging to a lily,” “ of the nature or color of a lily ;” 
but as early as Homer used in a metaphorical sense, χρὼς λειριόεις, 
“lily skin :᾽ and in the present case, speaking of the note of the 
cicada, “ delicate.’—From λείριον, “ a lily.” 

Ἱεῖσιν, 3 plur. pres. indic. act. of ἕημι, ‘to send forth,” to emit.” 

ἯΝντο, 3 plur. imperf. (strictly pluperfect) of ἦμαι, for which 
Line 153. the Epic and Ionie form efaro occurred in line 149. 

Πύργῳ, dat. sing. of πύργος, ov, ὁ, “a tower,” especially such as 
were atfached to the walls of a city. (Consult note.)—Akin to 
πέργ-αμος, also to the German burg, old German purg, English burgh, 
which words are probably akin to berg, “a hill.” (Pott, Etymol. 
Forsch., ii., p. 118.) 

Eidovro, 3 plur. 2 aor. indice. middle of εἴδω, ‘to see,” “ to 
Line 154. 5,751.7 Homer more frequently employs the Epic form 
of the same'tense, namely, ἰδόμην. 

*Hxa, adverb, “in alow tone.”” (Consult note.)—The radi- 
Live 155. 6.) signification is “not much,” “ slightly,” and the word 
must be akin not only to ἤκεστος, with initial lenis, “ gentlest,” but 
also to ἥσσων, ἥκιστος, being, in truth, their positive; also to ἀκέων, 
ἀκήν, ἀκαλός. (Buttmann, Lezil., 5. v.) 

᾿Αγόρευον, Epie and Tonic for ἠγόρευον, 3 plur. imperf. of ἀγορεύω, 
“to ulter.”” 
Νέμεσις, coc, ἧς (Consult note, and also remarks on ve- 
μεσίζομαι, book ii., line 296.) ᾿ 
Αἰνῶς, adverb, “wonderfully,” “greatly.” Consult book 
Line 158: -  }. nines 

1., line 555. 
᾿Αθανάτῃσι ϑεῆς, Epic and Tonic for ἀϑανάταις Beate. 
"Qra, accus. sing. of dy, ὠπός; ἡ, “ look.” 


Line 156. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY: 531 


Book 3. Line 160-173. 
Texéeoor, Epic and Ionic for τέκεσι, dat. plur. of τέκος, εος, 
Line 160. τό, poetic term for τέκνον, ov, τό, and often employed thus 
in both Homer and Hesiod. 
Ἔφαν, Epic and olic for ἔφασαν, 3 plur. cept indic. 
act. of φημί. 
Ἴζευ, Epic and Ionic for ἕζου, 2 sing. pres. imper. middle 
Line 162. of tw, “to cause to sit ;” in the middle, ἔζομαε, * to sit.” 
Line 163. Ἴδῃ, 2 sing. 2 aor. subj. middle of eidw, * to see,” &e. 
Πηούς, accus. plur. of πηός, οὔ, ὁ (Doric πᾶός, which became the 
common form), “a kinsman,’ especially by marriage; “‘a@ marriage 
relation or connection.” Never used by the ancients expressly of 
blood-relations.—From πέπαμαι, the παοΐ being ἐπίκτητοι συγγενεῖς. 
Αἰτίη, Epic and Ionic for αἰτία, nom. sing. fem. of αἴτιος, 
Linz 164. ἡ, ov, Epic and Ionic for a, ov, “in fault,” ‘bearing the 
blame,” &c. 
᾿Εφώρμησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἐφορμάω, “to stir 
up against one ;” fut. é¢opujow.—F rom ἐπέ and ὁρμάω, * to 


Line 161. 


Line 165. 


urge on.” 
Πολύδακρυν, aceus. sing. of πολύδακρυς. Consult line 132. 
Πελώριον, accus. sing. masc. of πελώριος, a, ov, “ extraor- 
Lure 166: dinary,” “ remarkable.”—From πέλωρ, τό, “a prgdigy.” 
᾿Εξονομήνῃς, 2 sing. 1 aor. subj. of ἐξονομαίνω, “to mention by 
name ;” fut. ἐξονομᾶνῶ : 1 aor. &wvdunva.—From ἐξ and ὀνομαίνω. 
Line 167. ’Hic, neut. 7%, “gallant,” Epic and Tonic for ἐῦς, neut. ἐΐ. 
*Eaow, Epic and Ionic for εἰσέν, 3 plur. pres. indic. of 


Line 168. εἰμὶ 

pee, accus. sing. masc. of yepapéc, a, dv, Epic and Ionic 
Lave. 170. ἥ, 6v, “ of stately bearing.” —From γεραίρω, “ to honor,” “ to 
reward.” 


Βασιλῆϊ, Epic and Ionic for βασιλεῖ, dat. sing. of βασιλεύς, ἕως, ὁ, 
Epic and Ionic joc, &c. Taken here as a kind of adjective. 
Δῖος, a, ov, “ divine,’ “noble“’ Contracted for the less 
common δίϊος. —From Ζεύς, gen. Διός. 
Αἰδοῖος, οἷα, oiov, “an μϑλμδι of veneration,” “regarded with 
reverence.” 

Ἔσσι, Epic and Doric for εἰς or el, 2 sing. pres. indic. of eizé. 

‘Exvpé, voc. sing. of ἑκυρός, od, ὁ, “ a father-in-law,” and equivalent 
here to πενθερός. Strictly, however, ‘a step-father.” —Compare the 
Sanscrit cvacré, and the Latin socer. 
Ὄφελεν, Epic and Ionic for ὄφελεν, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. 
act. of ὀφείλω, “to owe.” Consult line 49. 


Live 171. 


Line 172. 


Line 173. 


532 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Lane 173-177. 

‘Adeiv, 2 aor. infin. act. of dvdéve, “ to please ;” fut. ἁδήσω : 2 aor. 
éadov, besides which Homer has εὔῶδον and ἅδον : perf. éada. 

Ὑἱέϊ, dat. sing., as if from a nominative vietc, gen. υἱέος : 
dual υἱέε, υἱέοιν : plur. υἱεῖς, υἱέων, υἱέσιν, υἱεῖς, a son.” 

Ἑπόμην, Epic and Ionic for εἰπόμην, 1 sing. imperf. indic. of the 
middle deponent ézoyaz, “ to follow.” 

Θάλαμον, accus. sing. of ϑάλαμος, ov, ὁ, “a nuptial chamber,” i. €., 
the marriage bed. Consult line 142. 

Τνωτούς, accus. plur. of γνωτός, 7, 6v, generally, ‘‘ known,” “ well 
known ;” but in Homer, especially, often used as a substantive, “a 
relation,” “a kinsman,” “ἃ brother ;” and so in the present instance. 
Tyavyérny, aceus. sing. fem. of τηλύγετος, ἡ, ov, ‘in the 
bloom of early life.” (Consult note.)—The etymology of 
the word is very doubtful. The ancients mostly held it to be a com- 
pound of τῆλε or τῆλυ, “ afar off,” and yiyvouat, hence “born afar off,” 
i.e., when the father was away, like τηλέγονος : or “ born at a distant 
time,”’ ‘‘ late-born,” like ὀψέγονος. But the former interpretation will 
not suit the passages in Homer where the term occurs ; and, for the 
other, the sense of time given to τῆλε is unexampled, except in the 
late word τηλεδανός, which itself is not without suspicion. Other 
ways, therefore, have been tried. That of Doderlein has been re- 
ferred to in the notes, and has been adopted by us as the best. Butt- 
mann’s is as follows: he assumes that τῆλε, τῆλυ, is of the same 
root with. τέλος, τελευτή, τελευταῖος, so that we may interpret τηλύ- 
γετος (with Orion, ap. Etym. Gud., p. 616, 37) as ὁ τελευταῖος τῷ 
πατρὶ γενόμενος, one born at the end,” “ the last-born.” 

ὋὉμηλικίην, accus. sing. of ὁμηλικίη, ης, 7, Epic and Ionic for dun- 
λικία, ac, 7, “ sameness of age,” but taken here asa collective, or the 
abstract for the concrete, “ those of the same age,” ‘‘ companions in 
years.” —From ὁμῆλιξ, “of the same age,” and this from ὁμός and 
ἡλιξ, “ of age,” “ of the same age.” : 

᾿Ἐρατεινήν, accus. sing. fem. of ἐρατεινός, 7, dv, “lovely,” * beloved.” 

—From ἐρατός, 7, ὄν, poetic for ἐραστός, “ beloved.” 
Térnxa, 1 sing. perf. indic. act. of τήκω, ‘to pine away ;” 
fut. r7éw: perf. τέτηκα, Which has here, as often else- 
where, an intransitive signification, ‘to be in a melting state,” “to 
pine away.” The primitive meaning of τήκω is “to melt,” “to meit 
down,"’ ‘to cause to melt,” especially “‘ to smelt’? metals; and hence 
‘to let the heart melt,” “to pine away.”—Probably akin to τέγγω : 
from a like root comes the Latin éabeo, tabesco. 

Line 177. ’Aveépeat, Epic and Tonic for éveipec, 2 sing. pres. indic. 


Line 174. 


Line 175. 


Line 176. 


HOMERIC ομπβακυ. 533 


Book 3. Line 177-184. 
of the middle deponent ἀνείρομαι, Epic and Ionic for ἀνέρομαι, “ to 
ask,” “to interrogate about ;” so that ἀνείρεαι is, in fact, for ἀνέρει. 

Μεταλλᾷς. Consult book i., line 550. 

Line 178. Εὐρυκρείων. Consult book i., line 102. 

Line 179. ᾿Αμφότερον. (Consult note.) 

Αἰχμητής. Consult book i., lines 290 and 152. 

Δαήρ, ἔρος, ὁ, “a brother-in-law,” ‘a husband's brother,” 
answering to the feminine ydAwc, “a sister-in-law.”— 
Strictly, a digammated word, da/7, with which compare the San- 
scrit dévri, and Latin levir; and for a similar change of ὦ into J, 
compare δάκρυ and lacryma. 

*Eoxe, Epie and Ionic for ἦν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of εἰμί. 

Κυνώπιδος, gen. sing. of κυνῶπες, ioc, 7, “a shameless woman ;” 
literally, “4 dog-eyed woman.”’ The term ‘‘dog,”’ as a word of re- 
proach, occurs frequently in Homer, and is especially applied to 
women to denote skamelessness or audacity, but was much less 
coarse than among us, for Helen here calls herself so, Iris Minerva 
CL, viii., 423), and Juno Diana (J/., xxi., 481). The dog was a 
type, among the ancients, of impudence and effrontery. Consult 
book i., line 159. 

"Env, Epic and Ionic for ἦν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of εἰμέ. 
"Hydocaro, Epic and Ionic for ἠγάσατο, 3 sing. Laor. indic. 
of the middle deponent ἄγαμαι, “to regard with looks of ad- 
miration,” “to wonder at;” fut. dydoouat: 1 aor. ἠγασάμην. The 
more usual aorist, however, is ἠγάσθην, though ἠγασάμην occurs 
even in Attic, as in Dem., 296, 4. 

Μάκαρ, voc. sing. masc. of μάκαρ, apoc, 6, ἡ, “ happy.” 
Consult book i., line 599. 

Μοιρηγενές, voc. sing. mase. of μοιρηγενής, ἔς, “ child of destiny,” 
i. ¢., favored by the Fates; literally, “favored by destiny at one’s 
birth."—From μοῖρα, “destiny,” and γένος. 

_ Ὀλθιόδαιμον, voc. sing. Of ὀλδιοδαέμων, ov (gen. ovoc), 6, ἡ, “a for- 
tunate man ;’’ more literally, “ of blessed lot. ”—From ὄλδιος, “ happy,” 
“ blessed,” and δαίμων. 
Aedujaro, Epic and Ionic for ἐδέδμηντο, 3 plur. pluperf. 
Line 183. indie. pass. of δαμάω, “ to make subject,” “ to subject ;” fat. 
δαμάσω : 1 aor. ἐδάμᾶσα : perf. dédunxa: perf. pass. δέδμημαι : plu- 
perf. édedujunv.—Compare the Sanscrit dam, “to be tame,” the 
Latin dom-are, English tame, German zahm. 
Φρυγίην, accus. sing. of Φρυγίη, nc, ἡ, Epic and Ionic for 
Φρυγία, ac, 7, “ Phrygia.” (Consult note.) 

Yr2 


Line 180. 


Lie 181. 


Line 182. 


Jane 184. 


584 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 184-189. 

Εἰςήλυθον, Epic for εἰςῆλθον, 1 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of eicépyo~ 
pat, "το go into ;” fut. εἰςελεύσομαι, &c. 

᾿Αμπελόεσσαν, accus. sing. fem. of ἀμπελόεις, deaca, dev, “ abound- 
ing in vines.”—From ἄμπελος, ** a vine.” 

Αἰολοπώλους, accus. plur. masc. of αἰολόπωλος, ov, * act- 
Lane 185. ively managing steeds ;’’ more freely, “of fleet steeds.” 
(Consult note.)—From αἐόλος, * quickly turning,” “ easily moving,” 
&c., and πῶλος, ‘a young steed,” “a steed,” generally. 

’Orpioc, Epic and Ionic for ’Orpéwe, gen. sing. of ᾿Οτρεύς, 
Live 186. ἕως, ὁ, Epie and Tonic joe, ὁ, * Otreus.” (Consult note.) 
Another Ionic form for the genitive is ’Orpéoc. 

Muydovoc, gen. sing. of Μύγδων, ovoc, ὁ, “ Mygdon.” (Consult 
note.) 

᾿Αντιθέοιο, Epic and Ionic for ἀντιθέου, gen. sing. of ἀντίθεος, ov, 
“equal to the gods.” Consult book 1., line 264. ἢ 

᾿Εστρατόωντο, Epic and Ionie lengthened form for ἐστρα- 
Line 187. 7-20, 3 plur. imperf. indie. middle of στρατάω, as if from 
a form orparéw, “to encamp.” (Consult the remarks of Butimann, 
Ausf. Gr., δ᾽ 105, Anm. 6.) ‘The regular form would be ἐστρατεύοντο, 
from στρατεύω. 

Ὄχθας, accus. plur. of ὄχθη, n¢, 7, older form of ὄχθος, ov, ὁ, “ any 
height or rising ground,” natural or artificial. In Homer usually 
plural, “the banks” of a river, more or less elevated. Many, both 
ancients and moderns, have thought that ὄχθη is always the “bank 
of a river,” &c., and ὄχθος always “‘a hill ; but consult the remarks 
of Mehlhorn, ad Anacr., Xxii., 2, p. 98: still it is true that ὄχθος does 
not seem to be used of a bank. 

Layyapiowo, Epic and Ionic for Σαγγαρίου, gen. sing. of Σαγγάριος, 
ov, 6, “ the Sangarius,” a river of Bithynia. (Consult note.) 

Line 188. ’Exixovpoc. Consult book ii., line 130. 

᾿Ἐλέχθην, 1 aor. indic. pass. of λέγω, original signification “to lay” 
(German legen) ; in the passive, “to lie’ (German liegen). Hence 
all the other significations may be derived; so that it is needless, 
as Buttmann (Lezil., 5. Ὁ.) does, to assume a separate root λέχω for 
this signification. Then, ‘to lay in’ order,” “ iqarrange,” &c.; and 
hence, “ to lay among,” “ to count,” &c., fut. λέξω. 

᾿Αμαζόνες, nom. plur. of ᾿Αμαζών, ὄνος, ἡ, “an Amazon.” 
Line 189. More ‘usually, as here, in the plural, “the Amazons,” a 
warlike nation of females. The name is usually derived from 4, 
priv., and μαζός, “ the breast,” from the fable that they either took off, 
or checked the growth of, the right breast, that it might not inter- 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 535 ~ 


Book 3. Line 189-197. 

fere with the use of the bow. But consult Anthon’s Class. Dict., s. 
v. Amazon. : 

᾿Αντιάνειραι, nom. plur. of dvridverpt, ἡ (like βωτιάνειρἄ, κυδιά- 
γμειρᾶ), a feminine form of a masculine in -évwp or -ἥνωρ (for the & 
shows that it can not come from a nominative in -o¢), “a match for 
men.” In the Iliad always as an epithet of the Amazons; but in 
Pindar (Ol., xii., 23), στάσις ἀντιάνειρᾶ, “faction, wherein man is set 
against man.” —From ἀντί and ἀνήρ. 

Line 190. ‘EAixwrec. Consult book i., lines 98 and 388. 

: ’Epéewve, Epic and Ionic for ἠρέεινε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. 

Tank 191. act. of ἐρεείνω, “to ask,” like ἔρομαι, and derived from it. 
Tepaiog. Consult book i., line 35. 

Μεέων, neut. μεῖον, gen. μείονος, irregular comparative of 
Live 193. μικρός and ὀλέγος, * less,” “ smaller,” * shorter.”-—Accord- 
ing to Pott, the earlier form was μνείων, from an old positive μενύ, 
traces of which remain in the Latin minus. (Etymol. Forsch., ii., 
p. 66.) 

Ἰδέ, Epic and Ionic for ἠδέ, conjunction, “and,” “and 
Live 194. also.” Often occurring in Homer; but only once in the 
tragic writers (Soph., Ant., 969). 

Στέρνοισιν, Epic and Ionic for στέρνοις, dat. plur. of στέρνον, ov, 
τό, ‘the breast.” Used by Homer in both singular and plural. — 
Akin to στερεός, “ hard,” “ firm.” The root is probably STA- 

Line 195. Πουλυδοτείρῃ. Consult line 89. 

Κτίλος, ov, ὁ, “a tam.”—Akin to κτέζω, “ to produce,” “ to 
Line 196. gencrate.”—Not to be confounded with κτέλος, ov, “ tame ;”’ 
and yet this also appears to come from the same verb, in the sense 
of “to inhabit,” and to denote that which is accustomed ¢o dwell 
among men. (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., i., p. 203.) 

᾿Επιπωλεῖται, 3 sing. pres. indic. middle of ἐπεπωλέομαι, “ to move 
about among,” said of a general moving about among and inspecting 
his troops. 

Στίχας. Consult line 113. 
ΝῊ ᾿Αρνειῷ, dat. sing. of ἀρνειός, οὔ, 6, “a young ram,” just 

* full-growns (Consult note.) Originally a masculine ad- 
jective, as appears from ἀρνειὸς dic, “a male sheep.” (Od., x., 572.) 
—Akin to ἄῤῥην. . 

᾿Εΐσκω, 1 sing. pres. indie. act. of ἐΐσκω, “ to liken,” “ to think like.” 
An Epic word.—From isoc, Epic éicoc, whence also icxw. Accord- 
ing to others, from ἔοικα, like εἰκάζω. 

Πηγεσιμάλλῳ, At. sing. mase. of i pasar ov, “ thick-fleeced.” 
—From πήγνυμι and μαλλός, “a fleece.” 


536 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 198-207. 

᾿Οΐων, Epic and Ionic for οἰῶν, gen. plur. of dic, gen. ὄϊος, 
* aceus. div: nom. plur. ὄϊες, gen. ὀΐων, dat. οἴεσι, but usual- 
ly in Homer ὀΐεσσι, Epic shortened form decor: accus. diac: con- 
tracted nom. and accus. dic, “a sheep.” The Attics, on the other 
hand, contract all cases: nom. οἷς, gen. οἷός, dat. οἐΐ, accus. οἷν : 
nom. plur. ofec, gen. οἰῶν, dat. oioi, aceus. οἷας : and the nom. and 
accus. are still farther contracted into οἷς. Of these Homer has 
only οἐός and oiéy.—From ὄϊς, with the digamma, ὄνξις, comes the 
Latin ovis. 

Πῶῦ, eoc, τό, “a flock ;” plural πώεα, ra —Akin to ποιμήν, πᾶμα, 
πέπαμαι. 

᾿Αργεννάων, Epic and Ionie for ἀργεννῶν, gen. plur. of ἀργεννός, 7, 
ov, * white,’ * white-hued.”’_ Consult line 141. 
*Exyeyavia, nom. sing. fem. part. of the Epic perfect éx- 
yéyea, assigned to éxyiyvouar, “ I spring from ;” fut. éxye- 
νήσομαι : perf. ἐκγέγονα : Epic perfect éxyéyaa: part. ἐκγεγαώς, éxye- 
yavia, éxyeyads, “ sprung from.’’—From ἐκ and yéyaa, and this from 
the radical yao, but assigned to γίγνομαι, as an Epic form for γέγονα. 

Line 200. Πολύμητις. Consult book i., line 311. 
Τράφη, Epic and Ionic for ἐτράφη, 3 sing. 2 aor. indie. 
pass. of τρέφω, ‘to nurture,” “to rear.” Consult book i., 


Line 198 


Line 199. 


Line 201. 


line 251. 
Δήμῳ. Consult book ii., line 198. 
Ἰθάκης. Consult book ii., line 184. 
Κραναῆς, gen. sing. fem. of xpavaée, 7, ὅν, “rocky,” “ rugged.” — 
Derivation uncertain. The word is akin, perhaps, to κράν-ον, the 


cornel-tree, the idea of hardness of wood and stony fruit being im- 


plied in the latter name. 

Line 202. Εἰδώς, nom. sing. mase. perf. part., assigned to οἶδα. 

Δόλους, aceus. plur. of δόλος, ov, 6, “ wile,” “ craft,” “artifice,” &c. 
Strictly, ‘a bait for fish,” and akin to déAoc, δέλεαρ, “ bait.” 

Πυκνά, accus. plur. neut. of πυκνός, 7, ὄν, “ prudent,” for which we 
have also the Epie lengthened form πυκενός, 7, ὄν. Consult book 
ii., line 55. 

Line 203. Ἰεπνυμένος. Consult line 148. 

Hida. Consult book 1., line 92. 

Νημερτές, accus. sing. neut. of νημερτής, éc, * ue” “un- 


Line 204. failing,” “unerring.”~ Consult book i., line 514. 


Lie 207. act. of ξεινίζω, * to entertain,’ “to receive as a guest ;” fut. 


ξεινίσω : 1 aor. ἐξείνισα. Observe that ferrite itself is Ionic for 


Ἐξείνισσα, Epic and Tonic for ἐξείνισα, 1 sing. 1 aor. indie. — 


—— ΩΝ 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 537 


Book 3. Line 207-216. 
ξενίζω, which last is the Attic form.—From ξεῖνος, Ionic for ξένος, “a 
stranger.” 

Φίλησα, Epic and Ionic for ἐφίλησα, 1 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
φιλέω, * to recetve kindly ;” literally, “‘ to love.” 

Φυήν, accus. sing. of φυή, ἧς, 7, “ genius,” “ natural parts,” 
Lore 208. ‘‘talents.” Employed poetically here for @vowc.—From 
φύω. 

᾿Ἐδάην, 1 sing. 2 aor. indic. pass., assigned to the radical δάω, “to 
become acquainted with,” ‘to learn,” &c. 

᾿Αγρομένοισιν, Epic and Ionic syncopated form for dyecpo- 
Line a. μένοις, dat. plur. pres. part. pass. of ἀγείρω, “ to assemble,” 
“to collect ;” fut. dyepo.—F rom ἄγω. 

Ἔμιχθεν, Epic for ἐμέχθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. pass. of μέσγω, 
Homeric form of the present for μίγνυμε, “to mix,” “ to mingle among 
or with ;” fut. wife: 1 aor. pass. éuix6yv—Compare Latin misc-eo, 
German misch-en, Sanscrit misch-ta. 

Ὑπεέρεχεν, Epic for ὑπερεῖχεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. 
Laws 210. of ὑπερέχω, * to overtop,” i. e., ‘to have or hold one’s self 
above ;” fut. bxepéfw.—F'rom ὑπείρ, a poetic form for ὑπέρ (and used 
instead of it when a long syllable is needed before a vowel), and ἔχω. 
‘Efouévw, nom. dual masc. pres. part. of ἔζομαι, ‘to seat 
Lowe 211. one's self,” “ to sit ;’’ fut. édoduar. Observe that there is, 
in fact, no such active as ἔζω, “‘ to set” ΟΥ̓“ place,” in Greek, though, 
as if from it, we have the transitive tenses εἶσα, mid. εἰσάμην: fut. 
mid. εἴσομαι : perf. pass. εἶμαι. 

Tepaparepoc, a, ov, comparative of yepapic, a, dv, “of stately bear- 
ing,” “of dignified mien.”—From γέρας, “rank, prerogative, dig- 
nity,” ἄς 

Line 212. Ὕφαινον. Consult line 125. 
᾿Ἐπιτροχάδην, adverb, “‘ with rapid conciseness ;” literally, 
“runningly.”—From ἐπέ and τρέχω, “ to run.” 

: Παῦρα, accus. plur. neut. of παῦρος, a, ov, “ little,” “ small.” 
Line 214. Usually in the plural, of number, as in the present in- 
stance, “ few,” “ a few things or words.” 

Λιγέως, adverb, from λιγύς, εἴα, ¥. .(Consult note.) : 

Πολύμυθος, ov, “ of many words,” i. e., wordy, talkative -—From 7ro- 
Ave and μῦθος. ‘ 

᾿Αφαμαρτοεπής, ἕς, “ always missing the point,” “a random 
Lame RS: papper Brom ἀπό, ἁμαρτάνω, and, ἔπος. 
᾿λναΐξειεν, 3 sing. ol. 1 aor. opt. act. of ἀναΐσσω, “ to 
spring up,” “to arise ;’ fut. ἀναΐξω. Consult book ii., 


Line 213. 


Line 216. 
line 146. 


538 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 217-228. 
Στάσκεν, 3 sing. Epic iterative form of 2 aor. indic. act. of 
Lins 217. ἵστημι, and put for ἔστη. 

Ὑπαΐ, poetic, especially Epic form for ὑπό. 

*Ideoxe, 3 sing. Epic iterative form of 2 aor. indic. act. of eida, “to, 
see,” “to look,” and put for ide. 

Πήξας, nom. sing. 1 aor. part. act. of πήγνυμι, “ to fix ;” fat. πήξω : 
1 aor. ἔπηξα. 

Line 218. Σκῆπτρον. Consult note on book i., line 15. 

Προπρηνές, accus. sing. neut. of προπρηνής, ἔς, ‘bent forward ;” 
taken here adverbially, “ forward,” and opposed to éxioow.—From 
πρό and πρηνής, é¢, “ bent forward,” &e. 

’Evoua, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ywude, * to turn,” “ to move,” 
said of any thing which one holds in his hand, as a sceptre, a weap- 
on, &c.; fut. νωμήσω : 1 aor. ἐνώμησα. ---- From νέμω, the original 
meaning of vwudw being “ to deal out,” “ to distribute,” &e. 

Line 219. ᾿Αστεμφές. Consult book ii., line 344. 

Ἔχεσκεν, 3 sing. Epic iterative form of the imperf. indic. act. of 
ἔχω, and put for εἶχεν. 

’Aidpei, Epic and Jonic for didpe:, dat. sing. of ἄϊδρις, , gen. toc and 
εος, “ignorant,” ‘‘ unskilled in art.” 

Ζάκοτον, accus. sing. masc. of ζάκοτος, ov, “ exceedingly 
Line 220. angry.”—From (a-, intensive prefix, and κότος, ‘ anger,” 
“ wrath.” 

Line 221. “Ora, accus. sing. of ὄψ, gen. ὀπός, 7, “a voice.” 

Ἵει, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act., from a radical form ἑέω, ‘‘ to send,” 
and used by the Epic, Ionic, and Doric writers for the corresponding 
part of inue. 

Νιφάδεσσιν, Epic and Ionic for νιφάσιν, dat. plur. of vidde, 
Line 222. άδος, ἡ, “a snow-flake.”—From νίφω, * to snow.” 

Χειμερίῃσιν, Epic and Ionic for χειμερίαις, dat. plur. fem. of χειμέρ- 
tog, a, ov, * wintry.” —From χεῖμα, ‘ winter.” 

Ἐρίσσειε, Epic and Ionic for épicece, 3 sing. Aolic 1 aor. 
opt. act. of ἐρέζω, * to vie ;” fut. épiow: 1 aor. Zpica.—From 
ἔρις, “vying,” “contention,” &e. 

᾿Αγασσάμεθα, Epic and Ionic for ἠγασάμεθα, 1 plur. 1 aor. 
indic. of the middle deponent ἄγαμαι, “to wonder ;” fat. 
ἀγάσομαι: 1 aor. ἠγασάμην : but usual aorist ἠγάσθην. 

Line 227. "Efoyoc, ov. Consult note, and also book ii., line 188. 
Τανύπεπλος, ov, “long-robed,” “of flowing robe.”’—From 
τανύω, “to stretch,” “to extend,” and πέπλος, “a female 
robe.” The peplus was made of fine stuff, usually with rich patterns; 


Line 223. 


Line 224. 


Line 228. 


Ξ HUMERIC GLOSSARY. 539 


Book 3. Line 228-238. 
and being worn over the common dress, fell in rich folds about the 
person; answering, therefore, to the male /xariov or χλαῖνα. That 
the peplus might cover the face and arms is plain from Xenophon 
(Cyr., v., 1, 6), but it must not be hence inferred that it was mere- 
ly a veil or a shawl. 

Line 229. Πελώρεος. Consult note, and also line 166. 

*Epxoc, soc, τό, “the rampart,” i. e., the great defender.—From 
ἔργω, elpyw, “lo shut eul,” “to keep or drive off.” 

Κρήτεσσι, Epic and Ionic for Κρῆσι, dat. plur. of Κρής, 
Kpnréc, ‘a Cretan.” 

*Ayot, nom. plur. of ἀγός, οὔ, ὁ, “a leader,” “a chieftain.” 
Line 381. prom ἄγω. 

*Hyepovrat, 3 plur. pres. indic. of ἠγερέθομαι, Epic form of ἀγείρο- 
μαι. Consult book ii., line 304. 

Κρήτηθεν, adverb, “ from Crete.” —From Κρήτη, ἡ, “ Crete,” 
now Candia. 

Οὔνομα, aroc, τό, Epic and Tonic for ὄνομα, aroc, τόὄ. In 
Homer, the form ὄνομα is more frequent than οὔνομα. 
Herodotus, on the other hand, employs the Ionic οὔνομα alone. 
Ao, accus. dual, “ two ;” strictly, the dual of δοιοί.  Itis 
indeclinable in Homer, who usually has it masculine. 

Κοσμήτορε, accus. dual of κοσμήτωρ, opoc, 6, “a leader,” “a com- 
mander ;” literally, “‘ one who marshals or arranges.”—From κοσμέω, 
* to order,” “ to arrange.” 

Κάστορα, accus. sing. of Κάστωρ, opoc, 6, “ Castor,” son 
Line 237. of Leda, brother of Pollux, and uterine brother of Helen, 
and famed for his skill in the management of chariots. 

Πύξ, adverb, “αὐ the fist,” “with clinched fist,” 7. e., in boxing or 
pugilistic encounters.—Hence πύκτης, “a boxer ;” πυγμή, “a boxing 
match,” &c. ; 

TloAvdevxea, accus. sing. of Πολυδεύκης, eoc, 6, “ Pollux,” son of 
Leda, brother of Castor, and uterine brother of Helen, and famed for 
his skill as a πύκτης, or boxer —Consult Metrical Index. 

Αὐτοκασιγνήτω, accus: dual of αὐτοκασίγνητος, ov, 6, “an 
Line 238. own brother.” She calls Castor and Pollux her “ own two 
brothers,” because born of thé same mother with her, namely, Leda. 
—From αὐτός and κασίγνητος, “a brother.” 

τώ, Epic and Ionie for ὦ, accus. dual of ὅς, 7, 6. 

Teivaro, Epic and Ionie for ἐγείνατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. mid. of 
yeivouat, from an obsolete active γείνω, for which γεννάω is in use. 
In the passive, “to be engendered,” “ to be born ;”_in the middle, “ to 


Line 230. 


Line 233. 


Line 235. 


Line 236. 


540 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 238-247. 

bear,” ‘to bring forth.”—Observe that γένω is the common root of 
γείνω, γείνομαι, and γίγνομαι. Compare the Latin gigno, genui. 
‘EoréoOnv, 3 dual 2 aor. indie. of the middle deponent 
ἕπομαι, ‘ to follow ;” fut. ἔψομαι : 2 aor. ἑσπόμην, &e. 

Λακεδαίμονος, gen. sing. of Λακεδαίμων, ovoc, 7, ‘‘ Lacedemon,’” the 
capital of Laconia, also Laconia itself. 

᾿Ερατεινῆς. Consult line 175. 
Ἕποντο, 3 plur. imperf. indie. of ἕπομαι, and Epic and 
Ionic for εἵποντο. 
Ἡοντοπόροισι. Consult line 46. 
Karadtueva:, Epic, Dorie, and ASolic for καταδῦναι, 2 aor. 
ΤΑΝΒΜΕΙ, infin. act. of καταδύω or καταδύνω, “to engage in.” Prop- 
erly, “10 get deep into,” “to get into the throng or thick of a thing.” 
The literal meaning is, ‘to go under,” “‘ to sink ;” fut. καταδύσω: 1 
aor. κατέδυσα : 2 aor. κατέδυν.--- rom κατά and δύω, or δύνω. 

Line 242. Aicyea, aceus. plur. of αἶσχος, εος, τό, “a disgrace.” ᾿ 
Δειδιότες, Epic and Ionic for δεδιότες, nom. plur. mase. perf. part. 
of δείδω, “to fear ;’ fut. δείσομαι : 1 aor. ἔδεισα : perf. δέδοικα, and 
also δέδια (which last is rare in Attie prose), with syncopated forms 

δέδιμεν, δέδιτε, imperative δέδιθι, part. δεδιώς. 

’Oveidea. Consult book i., line 291. 

Line 243. Φάτο, Epic and Ionic for ἔφατο. Consult book i., line 33. 

Karéyev, Epie and Ionic for κατεῖχεν, 3 sing. imperf. indie. act. of 
κατέχω. 

Φυσίζοος, ov, ‘life-bestowing,” “ producing or sustaining life.’— 
From φύω, “ to sustain,” and ζωή, “ life.” 
’"Etgpova, Epie and Ionic for εὔφρονα, accus. sing. masc. 
of εὔφρων, ονος, * ated “ cheering.” —From εὖ and 


Line 239. 


Line 240, 


Line 246. 


φρήν. 
᾽Αρούρης, gen. sing. of ἀρούρῃ, nc, 7, Epic and Ionic for ἄρουρα, ac, 
7. Consult line 115, 
᾿Ασκῷ, dat. sing. of ἀσκός, οὔ, 6, “a bottle of skin,” “a 
wine-bag,’” ‘a leathern bag,” mostly of goat-skin. —Ac- 
cording to Pott, akin to σκύτος, with @ prefixed. 
Αἰγείῳ, dat. sing. masc. of αἴγειος, a, ov, Epie and Ionic ἢ, ov, 
lengthened form for aiyeog, “of goat-skin ;” literally, “of a FRET a 
From αἴξ, αἰγός, “a goat.” 
Κρητῆρα, accus. sing. of κρητήρ, jpoc, ὁ, “ a mizer.” Consult note, 
and also book i., line 470. 
Φαεινόν, accus. sing. masc. of φαεινός, 7, dv, “bright,” “ shining.” 
From φάος, “light,” “ brightness.” 


Line 247. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 541 


Book 3. Line 248-261. 
Χρύσεια, accus. plur. neut. of χρύσειος, ἡ, ov, Epic and Ion-. 
ie for χρύσεος, ἡ; ov, Attic contr. χρυσοῦς, ἢ, οὖν, “ gold- 
en:’—From χρυσός, “ gold.” 

Κύπελλα. Consult book i., line 596. 

᾿Ὥτρωνεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ὀτρύνω, “to urge ;” 
Line 989. tut: ὀτρῦνῶ : 1 aor. ὦτρῦνα. 
Ὄρρσεο, Epic for ὄρσο, 2 aor. imper. middle of ὄρνυμε, “ to 
raise,” “to arouse ;” fut. ὄρσω : 1 aor. opoa. In the mid- 
dle, ὄρνυμαι, ‘to arise,” “to arouse one's self,” 2 aor. Opduny: or, 
more frequently, by syncope, ὥρμην, ὧρσο, ὦρτο, &c., 2 aor. imper. 
ὄρσο, Epic ὄρσεο (like ἀείσεο, λέξεο), contracted dpcev. (Butimann, 
Trreg. Verbs, p. 193, ed. Fishlake.—Consult, also, note.) 
_ Aaouedovriddn, voc. sing. of Λαομεδοντιάδης, ov, 6, “ son of Laome- 
don.” Patronymic, from Λαομέδων, οντος, ὁ, “* Laomedon,” father of 
Priam. 

Taine 252. “Opxca. Consult book ii,. line 124. 

Τάμητε, 2 plur. 2 aor. subj. act. of τέμνω. 
Néovtat, With shortened mood-vowel, for νέωνται, 3 plur. 
pres. subj. middle of νέομαι, “to return.” 

‘Piynoev, Epic and Ionic for ἐῤῥίγησεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. in- 
dic. act. of ῥιγέω, “to shudder ;” fut. ῥιγήσω : 2 perf. ἔῤῥτι- 
ya (with present signification). In Homer, only metaphorically, to 
shudder with fear or horror; among the post-Homeric writers, to 
shiver or shudder with cold.—From ῥῖγος, “ frost,” ‘ cold.” 
Zevyviuevat, Epic, Dorie, and Aolic for ζεύγνυναι, pres. 
infin. act. of ζεύγνυμι, “ to yoke,” “to harness ;᾽" fut. ζεύξω : 
1 aor. &evSa.—The root is ZYT-, which appears in the 2 aor. ζυγ- 
ἤναι, and the substantive ζύγ-ον, and recurs in the cognate languages ; 
as, Sanscrit yuj, Latin jung-ere, German joch, our yoke, &c. (Pott, 
Etymol. Forsch., i., Ὁ. 237.) 

᾿Οτραλέως, adverb, ‘ quickly,” ‘ zealously.’”— From ὀτραλέος, 
“quick,” “ zealous,” and this akin to ὀτρύνω, * to urge.” 

"Av, shortened Epic and Doric form of ἀνά, “up.” Butt- 
mann prefers dv (Ausf. Gr., § 117, An. 4); but consult 


Line 248. 


Line 250. 


Line 257. 


Line 259. 


Line 260. 


Line 261. 


note. : 
Ἡνία, wr, τά, “the reins,” often occurring in Homer, who uses 
this neuter form only, and always in the plural: the singular ἡνέον 
is late. Strictly, “ the dit.” Another form, ἡνία, ας, 7, occurs in the 
post-Homeric and tragic writers, and is usually, like the former, em- 
ployed in the plural. 
Τεῖνεν, Epic and Ionic for ἔτεινεν, 1 aor. sesinies act. of τείνω, “to 
Zz 


542 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 261-271. 
draw, “io stretch;” fat. revG: 1 aor. érecva.—The root is TAN-, 
or TEN-, as in Sanscrit tan, “extendere,” τάνυμαι, taviw : hence 
τένος, τένων, Latin tendo, teneo, tenus, tenor, tenuis, German eee, 
English thin, &c. 
Πάρ, shortened form for παρά. Consult previous line, re- 
marks on ἄν. 

Περικαλλέα, aceus. sing. masc. of περικαλλής, éc, “ very beautiful.” 
Consult book i., line 603. 

. Βήσετο, Epic and Tonic for ἐδήσετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. jndic. middle of 
Baive, with the characteristic (c) of the first aorist. Consult book 
i., line 428. 

Δίφρον, aceus. sing. of digpoc, ov, ὁ, and later 7, with metaplastic 
plural τὰ δίφρα : properly, “ the chariot-board,” on which two could 
stand, the driver (ἡνέοχος) and the combatant (παραιθάτης). But in 
the Iliad, the word often occurs, as in the present instance, in the 
sense of “a chariot,” “ a war-chariot.”—From δίς and φέρω, from its 
carrying two. 

Line 263. Té, nominative dual of ὁ, 7, τό 

Σκαιῶν. Supply πυλῶν, and consult line 145. 

Ilediovde, adverb, “to the plain,” ἃ. ¢., from the high ground on 
which the city stood. 

*Eyov, Epic and [onie for εἶχον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of ἔχω. 

Line 266. ᾿στιχόωντο. Consult book ii., line 92. Ἶ 
"Ὥρνυτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. middle of ὄρνυμι, “ to raise,” 
Line 267. ὡς to arouse.” In the middle, ὄρνυμαι, “to arise.” Con- 
sult line 250. 

’Ayavol, nom. plur. masc. of ἀγαυός, 7, ὄν, “illustrious ;” 
Line 268. strictly, “‘admirable.’ In Homer almost always said of 
kings, heroes, &c., “illustrious,” ‘“ noble,” “ high-born.” — From 
ἄγαμαι. 

Lrne 269. 


Line 262. 


Σύναγον, Epic and Ionic for σύνηγον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. 
act. of συνάγω. 
Micyov, Epie and Ionic for ἔμεσγον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. 
act. of μέσγω, “to miz,” which present Homer always 
uses for uiyvvus.—Consult line 209. 

Ἔχευαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of χέω, “to pour ;” fut. χεύσω : 
1 aor. Epic éyeva: 1 aor. Attic éyea. The form éyevoa of the 151 
aorist, from the usual future χεύσω, is probably not Greek. 

Line 271. ᾿Ερυσσάμενος. Consult book i., line 190. 

Xeipecot, Epic and Ionic for χέρσξ, dat. plur. of χείρ, χειρός, ἦ, “the 
hand.” 2 


Line 270. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 543 


Book 3. Line 271-279. 

Μάχαιραν, accus. sing. of μάχαιρα, ac, 7, “ a large knife,” worn by 
the heroes of the Iliad next the sword-sheath, and used by them on 
all occasions instead of an ordinary knife. (Consult note.) Ina 
later age, the μάχαιρα was a sabre or bent sword, opposed to ξέφος, 
the straight sword.—Derivation uncertain. 

Ξίφεος, gen. sing. of Sipoc, εος, τό, ““α sword.” Consult 
book i., line 194. 

Κουλεόν, od, τό, same as κουλεός, οὔ, ὁ, “a sheath.’ These are 
the Ionic forms. The Attic writers, on the other hand, have ko- 
Aedc. Consult book i., line 194. 

"Awpto, 3 sing. pluperf. pass. (in the sense of an imperfect) of 
deipw, “to hang.’ The regular form would be ἦρτο or ἤερτο, but 
this is one of the verbs which change their vowel to o in both per- 
fects ; as, ἔῤῥωγα, from ῥήγνυμι: πέπτωκα, from πίπτω : εἴωθα for 
εἶθα, from fw: ἕωκα, ἀφέωκα (whence, in the New Testament, ἀφέ- 
wvrtat), for eixa, ἀφεῖκα, ἀφεῖνται, ἄς. (Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, ed. 
Fishlake, p. 6, note.) 

Live 273. ᾿Αρνῶν, gen. plur., from gen. sing. ἀρνός. Consult line 103. 

Tauve, Epic and Ionic for érauve, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of 
τάμνω, “ to cut,” Epic and Ionic for τέμνω. 

Τρίχας, accus. plur. of Spit, τριχός, 7, “ the hair,” both of man and 
beast, ‘‘ the hair of the head.” 

Νεῖμαν, Epic and Ionic for ἔνειμαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. 
Line 274. y oo, ᾿ Ἂ 
act. of νέμω, “ to distribute ;” fut. νεμῶ : 1 aor. ἔνειμα. 

Line 275. ’Avacyov. Consult book i., line 450. 

Line 276. Ἴδηθεν, adverb, “ from Ida.”—F rom Ἴδη, ne, 9, “ Ida.” 

Μεδέων, οντος, a participial form, though no present μεδέω is found : 
“ ruling.’’—Then, taken with a kind of substantive force, “a guar- 
dian,” “a ruler,” over special places. 

Live 278. Tata, ac, 7, poetic form for γῆ, “ earth.” 

Καμόντας, accus. plur. masc. 2 aor. part. act. of κάμνω, “ to labor ;” 
fut. καμῶ : 2 aor. ἔκαμον. 

‘TivvoGoy, 2 dual pres. indic. of the middle deponent rivy- 
Line 279. ς Β hg Pe 
μαι, poetic for τένομαι, “ to punish. 

*Oric, Epic and Ionic for ὅστις. 

᾿Επίορκον, accus. sing. neut. of ἐπίορκος, ov, “ swearing falsely,” 
“perjured.”” In the present instance, however, it is taken as a sub- 
stantive, and ἐπίορκον ὀμνύναι is “ to swear falsely,” “to take a false 
oath.’ —From ἐπί, denoting opposition, and dpxoc, an oath.” 

Ὀμόσσῃ, Epic and Tonic for ὀμόσῃ, 3 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of du- 
νυμι, “to swear ;” fut. ὀμοῦμαι : perf. ὀμώμοκα : 1 aor. ὦμοσα. 


Line 272. 


δ44 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 280-294. 

Line 280. Μάρτυροι. Consult book i., line 338. 

Φυλάσσετε, 2 plur. pres. imper. act. of φυλάσσω, ‘to keep,” “to 
guard,” “to watch over ;” fut. φυλάξω : perf. tegvAaya.—In the mid- 
dle, φυλάσσυμαι, “ to be on one’s guard against,” ‘to beware of,” an- 
swering to the Latin caveo. 

Καταπέφνῃ, 3 sing. 2 aor. subj. act., as if from a present 
καταπέφνω, “ to slay,’’ which, however, is notinuse. The 
aorist participle καταπέφνων is accented like a present.—From κατά 
and éxegvov (πέφνον being shortened from the reduplicated form 
πέφενον, like λελαδέσθαι, λελαϑεῖν, πεπιθεῖν), assigned to obsolete 
root ¢éva, ‘to slay.” 

᾿Αποτινέμεν, Epic, Doric, and olic for ἀποτίνειν, pres. 
infin. act. of droriva, “ to pay,” “ to render back.” —From 
ἀπό and rive, “to pay a price” by way of return or recompense ; 
whereas τέω is confined to the signification of paying honor. 
᾿Εσσομένοισι, Epic and Ionic for ἐσομένοις, fut. part. of 
εἰμί. 

Πέληται, 3 sing. pres. subj. of iegas: Consult book i., line 284. 

Line 291. Ete, Epic for ἕως, * until.” 

Κιχείω. Consult book i., line-26. 

Line 292. Ἦ, for ἔφη. Consult book i., line 219. 

Στομάχους, accus. plur. of σξόμαχος, ov, ὁ, strictly, a mouth;” “an. 
opening :” hence, 1. In the oldest Greek, “the throat,” ‘‘ the gullet :” 
2. Later, usually, “the orifice of the stomach,” and so, ‘‘ the stomach” 
itself, frequently in Galen. In Hippocrates, also, “the neck of the 
bladder ΟΥ̓ uterus.” 

_’Apvév. Consult line 103. 

. Τάμε, Epie and Ionie for ἔταμε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act.of τέμνω, 
“to cut ;” fut. τεμῶ : 2 aor. ἔταμον. 

Νηλέϊ, Epic and Ionic for νηλεῖ, dat. sing. of νηλής, ἔς, and this 
Epic and Lyric for νηλεής, ἔς, “cruel ;” literally, “without pity,” 
“‘ pitiless,” ‘“ruthless.’—From v7, “not,” and ἔλεος, ‘* pity,” “ com- 
passion.” ‘ 

Κατέθηκεν, 9. sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of κατατίθημι, “ to put 

Line 293. down,” ‘‘ to deposit ;” fut. καταθήσω : 1 aor. κατέθηκα. 

- ᾿Ασπαίροντας, aceus. plur, masc. pres. part. act. of ἀσπαίρω, * to 
gasp,” “to struggle convulsively.”—From a, euphonic, and σπαίρω, 
“to gasp,” &c. 

Δευομένους, accus, plur, masc. pres. part. of dedoua, “ 
want,” Epic form for δέομαι, fut. δεήσομαι, &c. 

᾿Ἑἴλετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. mid. of αἱρέω, “ to take ;”’ fut. ἡ»: 
2 aor. mid. εἱλόμην. 


Line 281. 


Line 286. 


Line 287. 


Live 294. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. ; δά. 


Book 8. Line 295-306. 
᾿Αφυσσάμενοι, Epic for ἀφυσάμενοι, nom. plur. 1 aor. part. 
middle of ἀφύσσω, ‘to draw” (consult book i., line 598) ; 
fut. ἀφύξω : 1 aor. ἤφῦσα : 1 aor. mid. ἠφυσάμην. 

Aerdeco.v. Consult book i., line 471. 

*Exyeov, Epic and Ionic for ἐξέχεον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. 
act. of éxyéw, “to pour out ;” fut. ἐκχεύσω. 

Αἰειγενέτῃσιν, Epie and Tonic for αἰειγενέταις, dat. plur. mase. of 
αἰειγενέτης, ov, ὁ, Epic for ἀειγενέτῃς, ov, ὁ, “ everlasting,” “ ever-ex- 
isting.”"—From αἰεί, for ἀεί, and the radical γένω. 

Εἴπεσκεν, 3 sing. Epic and Ionic iterative form of the 2d 
aor. indic. act. for εἶπεν. 
Πημήνειαν, 3 plur. Holic 1 aor. opt. act. of πημαίνω, “ to 
commit wrong,” ‘to harm,” δ to injure ;” fat. πημανῶ : fut. 
mid. (in an active sense by Aristophanes, Ach., 842: in a passive 
one by Sophocles, Aj., 1155) πημανοῦμαι : 1 aor. pass. ἐπημάνθην.---- 
From πῆμα, “ harm,” “injury,” &e. 

"Eyxédadoc, ov, 6, “the brain.” Properly, an adjective, 
Line 300. ἐγκέφαλος, ov, “ within the head,” where μυελός is usually 
supplied, ‘“‘ head-marrow,” for which Galen has μυελὸς ἐγκεφαλίτης. 

Xauddic, adverb, Epic for χαμᾶζε, ‘on the ground,” “to the 
ground.” Compare oixadic, for olxade.—From yauai, “on the 
ground.” 

Ῥέοι, 3 sing. pres. opt. act. of ῥέω, “ to flow ;” fut. petow. 
Aaueiev, for δαμείησαν, 3 plur. 2 aor. opt. pass. of δαμάω, 
**to subjugate,” ‘to enslave,’ &c.. The shortened form 
of the optative in -ev, as here employed, came into regular use at a 
later day. (Kiihner, ὁ 115, 7.) 

Line 302. ’Exexpaiacve. Consult book ii., line 419. 

Δαρδανίδης, ov, 6, ‘descendant of Dardanus.”’ Patronymic, 
Line 303. from Δάρδανος, ov, ὁ, “ Dardanus,” son of Jove, founder 
of Dardania, or Troy. 

Line 305. Eu. Consult note on book i., line 169. 

TIporé. Consult line 116. 

Ἤνεμόεσσαν, Epic and Ionic for ἀνεμόεσσαν, accus. sing. fem. of 
ἠνεμόεις, όεσσα, dev, Epie and Ionic for dveugerc, όεσσα, dev, “ lofty,” 
“high ;” literally, ** windy,” “ airy,” and so “ high,” “lofty,” “ situ- 
ate on high.’—From ἄνεμος, “ wind.” 

Τλήσομαι, 1 sing. fut. indic. middle of the radical form 
τλάω, Which is never found in the present, this being re- 
placed by the perfect τέτληκα, or the verbs τολμάω, ἀνέχομαι, ὑπομέ- 
va, &c., “to endure,” “lo bear.” : 

Ζτ2 ᾿ 


Line 295. 


Line 296. 


Line 297. 


Line 299. 


Line 301. 


Line 306. 


546 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 306-316. 

Ὁρᾶσθαι, pres. infin. middle of ὁράω, in an active sense, “to be- 
hold,” ‘to see.”” Consult book i., line 198. 
Μαρνάμενον, accus. sing. pres. part. of μάρναμαι, ‘to con- 
tend.” 
Πεπρωμένον, nom. sing. neut. perf. part. pass., for which 
there is assumed as a present the form πόρω, strictly, “ to 
bring to pass,” “to contrive ;” hence ‘‘to give,” “to offer,’ “ to um- 
part; perf. pass. πέπρωμαι, “to be one’s portion or lot,” hence 3 
sing. perf. pass. πέπρωται, “it has been fated, foredoomed,” &c., and 
the perf. part. pass. πεπρωμένον, “ fated,” “ decreed,” “ foredoomed.””— 
Assigned by some to a root ILOP-, by others regarded as a synco- 
pated perfect from περατόω : thus, πέπρωμαι for πεπεράτωμαι : but 
this is too far-fetched. The true root appears to be the preposition 
πρό, “ before,” “ beforehand.” 

Line 310. Ἦ, for ἔφη. Consult book i., line 219. 

Géro, Epic and Ionic for ἔθετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. middle of τέθημι. 

᾿Ισόθεος, ov, “ godlike ;” literally, “ equal to the gods.” Of frequent 
occurrence in Homer, as an epithet of distinguished heroes.—From 
ἶσος and ϑεύς. 

Φώς. Consult book ii., line 164 

*Awoppor, nom. plur. of ἅψοῤῥος, ov, strictly, a shortened 

Line 813. form for ἀψόῤῥοος, ov, “ back-flowing ;” but in Homer usual- 
ly in the general signification, “ going back,” “ moving backward.” — 
From ἄψ and ῥέω. 

᾿Απονέοντο, Epic and Ionic for ἀπενέοντο, 3 plur. imperf. indic. of 
ἀπονέομαι. 


Line 807. 


Line 809. 


Διεμέτρεον, Epic and Ionic for διεμέτρουν, 3 plur. imperf. 
indic. act. of διαμετρέω, “ to measure off.” Literally, “to 
measure through or throughout ;” fut. dcauetppow.—From διά and 
μετρέω. 


Line 315. 


Κλήρους, accus. plur. of κλῆρος, ov, 6, ‘alot.”,—Perhaps from > 
κλάω, “το break,” because twigs, potsherds, or other xAdo- 
para were used for the purpose.—At a later day dice were called 
κλῆροι, because used to decide any thing doubtful. 

Κυνέῃ, dat. sing. of xuvén, ne, 7, “a helmet,” contracted by the At- 
tics into κυνῆ. Originally a feminine adjective from κύνεος, ἡ, ov, 
having dopa, “a skin,” understood, and signifying, therefore, “a dog’s 
skin.” Butas this material was used for making soldier’s caps, κυνέῃ 
is, in Homer and Hesiod, “a cap or helmet,” not necessarily of dog’s 
skin, for we find κυνέη ravpein, κτιδέη, &c., nay, even κυνέη πάγχαλ- 
«og (Od., Xviii., 378. Consult note on line 336, p. 262.) 


Line 316, 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 547 


Book 3. Line 316-326. 

Χαλκήρεϊ, Epic and Ionic for χαλκήρει, dat. sing. fem. of χαλκήρης, 
zc, ‘‘ brass-adorned ;” more literally, ** furnished or fitted with brass.” 
—Probably from χαλκός and dpw, “to fit.”’ Consult remarks on 
κυνέῃ preceding. 

Βάλλον, Epic and Ionie for ἔθαλλον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of 
βώλλω, “to cast.” (Consult note.)}—The imperfect here denotes that 
the two lots were thrown into the helmet one after the other, not 
both together. 

’Adein, 3 sing. 2 aor. opt. act. of ἀφίημι, “to hurl,” “to 
send forth ;” fut ἀφήσω, &e. 

ἮἨρήσαντο, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. of the middle deponent 
ἀράομαι, “to pray ;” fut. ἀράσομαι, Epic and Ionic ἀρήσο- 
pat: 1 aor. mid. ἠρασάμην, Epic and Ionic ἠρησάμην, &c.—From ἀρά, 
Epic and Ionic ἀρή, “a prayer.” 

᾿Ανέσχον, 3 plur. 2 aor. indic. act. of ἀνέχω, ‘to hold up.” 

Line 320. Medéwv. Consult line 276. 
᾿Αποφθίμενον, ‘‘ having perished,” accus. sing. masc. syn- 
copated 2 aor. part. middle of ἀποφβίνω or ἀποφθίω, * to 
perish,” “to die away ;” fut. ἀποφθίσω: 1 aor. ἀπέφθισα, always 
transitive, ‘ to destroy :” 2 aor. mid. syncopated ἀπεφθίμην (same in 
form with the pluperfect passive): part. ἀποφθίμενος. (Buttmann, 
Irreg. Verbs, p. 256, ed. Fishlake.) 

Δῦναι. Consult book ii., line 413, and compare book iii., line 241. 

."Aidoc, gen. sing. of the obsolete nominative “Aic, ‘* Hades.” Con- 
sult book i., line 3. 

Line 324. Ἔφαν. Consult line 161. 

Κορυθαΐολος. Consult line 83. 

Πάλλεν, Epic and Ionie for ἔπαλλεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of 
πάλλω, “ to shake ;’’ 1 aor. ἔπηλα.: Epic 2 aor. part., in reduplicated 
form, πεπᾶλών, used by Homer only, in composition, with ἀνά, as in 
ἀμπεπαλών. 

‘Opéwv, Epic lengthened form for ὁρῶν, pres. part. of ὁράω. 
Line 325. Consult book i., line 56. 

Θοῶς, adverb, “ quickly.”—From ϑοός, 4, dv, “ quick.” 

Ὄρουσεν, Epic and Ionic for ὥρουσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
ὁρούω, “to rise and rush violently on or forward,” “ to leap,” “to dart 
forward ;" fut. ὀρούσω : 1 aor. dpovea.—F rom dpa, ὄρνυμι. 

"ICovro, 3 plur. imperf. indic. mid. of iw, ‘to cause to sit :” 
in the middle, iCouat, ‘to seat one’s self,” “to sit.”’—The 
root is EA-, which occurs in éd-oc, ‘a seat,” and in the Latin sed-eo, 

"Hx, Epic for 9, “where.” 


Line 317. 


Line 318. 


Line 322. 


Line 326. 


δ48. HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 8. Line 327-334. 
᾽᾿Δερσίποδες, nom. plur. of ἀερσίπους, 6,7, gen. ποδος, “ light- 
footed ;” more literally, “lifting up the foot,” i. e., fleet, 
briskly-trotting.—From ἀείρω, “ to lift up,” and πούς, * the foot.” 
᾿δύσετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. middle (with the character- 
istic o of the first aorist) of δύω or dive, “to gel into,” &e. 
Hence, “‘ to put on,” said of clothes, armor, &c.—Consult, as regards 
the peculiar form of the second aorist here, book i., line 428. 
Πόσις, coc, ὁ, ‘a husband,’ “a spouse.’"*—Probably its 
original: sense was that of lord, master. Compare San- 
scrit pati, “lord,” “ husband,’’ and consult the remarks on πότνια, 
book i., line 357. 
Κνημῖδας, aceus. plur. of κνημίς, idoc, 7, “a greave.” (Con- 
sult note.)—From κνήμη, “ the bone of the leg from the knee 
to the ankle,” the part protected by the greave. 

Κνήμῃσιν, Epic and Ionic for κνήμαις, dat. plur. of κνήμη, ne, 7, “a 
leg ;” strictly, “ the bone of the leg.”” Consult previous word. 
᾿Αργυρέοισιν, Epic and Ionic for ἀργυροῖς, dat. plur. of ἀρ- 
γύρεος, a, ov, contracted ἀργυροῦς, a, οὖν, “of silver.”— 
From ἄργυρος, “silver.” 

᾿Επισφυρίοις, dat. plur. of ἐπεσφύριον, ov, τό, “an ankle-ring,” which 
secured the greave on the leg. (Consult note.) The term properly 
denotes “ something laid or placed upon the ankle.”"—From ἐπί, ‘‘upon,” 
and σφυρόν, “ the ankle.” 

᾿Αραρυΐας, “ filted,” “ secured,” accus. plur. fem. of perf. part. act. 
of the obsolete present ἄρω, “ito fit,” &c. The active present in use 
is ἀραρίσκω, formed from the 2-aor.; fut. ἀρῶ, Ionie ἄρσω : 1 aor. 
ἦρσα, Ionic ἄρσα : 2 aor. ἤρᾶρον, Ionic ἄρἄρον : perfect active, with 
intransitive and present signification, dpdpa, Epic and Ionic ἄρηρα, 
part. ἀραρώς, Epic and Ionic ἀρηρώς, fem. ἀραρυῖα, but Epic (metri 
gratia) ἀρᾶρυϊζα : pluperf. ἠράρειν, Epic and Ionic ἀρήρειν. 

Odpyxa, accus. sing. of ϑώρηξ, nxoc, Epic and Ionic for 
Line 332. Sepak, ἄκος, 6, “a corselet.” 
: ’ 9% 

*Edvvev, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of dive, “to put on,” &e. 

Oio, Epic and Ionic for od, “his,” gen. sing. of the pos- 
sessive pronoun ὅς, 7, dv, *‘ his, her, its.” 

Κασιγνήτοιο, Epie and Ionic for κασιγνήτου, gen. of κασίγνητος, ov, 
ὁ, “a brother.” —From κάσις, “a brother,” and γεννάω. 

“Hpyooe, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἁρμόζω, ““ἐο fit;” fut. ἁρμόσω : 
1 aor. fpuoca.—From ἁρμός, οὔ, ὁ, * a fitting,” and this from dpe, 
“ to Sit.” : 

Line 334. ᾿Αργυρόηλον. Consult book ii., line 45, 


Line 327. 


Line 328. 


Line 329. 


Line 330. 


Live 331. 


Line 333. 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 549 


Book 3. Line 335-339. 

“Zdxoc, eoc, τό, “a shield.” The earliest shields were of 
Line 335. wicker-work or wood, covered with one or more ox-hides: 
if more than one, they were parted by metal plates (that of Ajax 
had seven hides, and an eighth layer of metal (J/., vii., 222): hence 
the epithets χάλκεον, χαλκῆρες, τετραθέλυμνον, ἑπταθόειον. It-was 
concave, and hence sometimes used as a vessel to hold liquid. 
(Z2sch., Theb., 540.) 

Στιθαρόν, accus. sing. neut. of στιδαρός, d, ὄν, “ strong,” “ stout ;” 
strictly, “ close-pressed,” and hence “ thick,” “ stout,’ &c.—From 
στείδω, “to tread with the feet,” “ to pack close by treading.” —Akin to 
stipo, stipes, stuppa, our step, stop, stamp, stump, &c. 

Line 336: Kpari. Consult book i., line 530, remarks on κρατός. 

‘I¢Giuw. Consult book i., line 3, remarks on ἐφθίμους. 

Κυνέην. Consult line 316. 
~ Εδτυκτον, accus. sing. fem. of εὔτυκτος, ov, “ well-made.”—From 
εὖ and τεύχω. : 

Ἵππουριν, accus. sing. fem. of ἵππονρις, δος, 4, “ horse- 
Lawn 337. ited ιν detkid with ἃ Novte-tail?From ἐκτὸς and δρᾷ 
“a tail.” 

Λόφος, ov, 6, the crest” of a helmet, usually of horse-hair. The 
term properly denotes “‘ the back of the neck,” ** the neck,” especially of 
draught cattle, because the yoke rests upon and rubs it (λέπει): then, 
metaphorically, “a ridge of ground,” “a rising fill,” like the Latin 
jugum and dorsum; and hence of any high and crowning object, as 
the crest of a helmet, &c.—From λέπω, “to rub,” “to chafe,” as above. 

*Evevev, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of νεύω, “to nod ;” fut. νεύσω : 
perf. νένευκα, &c.—Compare Latin nuo. 

Παλάμῃφιν, Epic dative, with φὲ suffixed, for the common 
Line 338. παλάμῃ, from παλάμη, ἧς, 7, “ihe hand; strictly, “the 
palm of the hand.” Consult, as regards the Homeric suffix gc or dcr, 
page 283, seqq. 

᾿Αρήρει, Epic and Ionic for ἠράρει, 3 sing. pluperf. indic. act: of 

ἄρω, “to fit,” and having here the force of an imperfect. Consult 
line 331. : 
*Evrea, accus. plur. neut. ἔντεα, ὧν, τά, “armor,” “arms ;’ 
Lin 339. properly, “‘instrumenis, gear, tools” of any kind. Homer, 
however, mostly uses it simply for “ fighting gear, arms, armor,” 
especially a coat of mail, like ϑώραξ. In the Odyssey, however, we 
have ἔντεα δαιτός, “ the furniture, appliances of a banquet.” Pindar 
has ἔντεα νηός, “ rigging,” “tackle: ἔντεα ἵππεία, “ horse-trappings,” 
&e.—From ἕννυμε, “ to put on,” &e , according ta some. — 


5 


550 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 8. Line 340-348. 
Ἑκάτερθεν, adverb, for ἑκατέρωθεν, “from each side.”— 
Line 340. From ἑκάτερος, “each of two,” &c., and the local suffix Sev. 

Ὁμίλου. Consult line 22. 

Θωρήχθησαν, Epic and Ionic for ἐθωρήχθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. 
pass. of ϑωρήσσω, “io arm;” properly, with a cuirass or corselet : 
then, in general, “‘to arm,” &c.; fut. ϑωρήξω : 1 aor. ἐθωρήχθην.-τ-- 
From ϑώρηξ, Epic and Ionic for ϑώραξ. 

Line 341. ᾿Εστιχόωντο. Consult book ii., line 92. 

Line 342. Δερκόμενοι, nom. plur. masce. pres. part. of dépxouat, “to 
look,” “to appear,” &c. 

Oduboc, εος, τό, “ amazement,” answering to the Latin stupor.— 
—From a root ϑάομαι, akin to τέθηπα and ϑαῦμα. 

Eicopéwvrac, Epic lengthened form for εἰςφορῶντας, aceus. plur. 
pres. part. act. of εἰςοράω, &e. 

Στήτην, 3 dual 2 aor. indic. act. of ἔστημι, Epic and Ionic 
for ἐστήτην. 

Διαμετρητῷ, dat. sing. masc. of διαμετρητός, dv, “ measured off.” — 
From διαμετρέω, “ to measure off.” Consult line 315. 

Σεέοντε, nom. dual pres. part. act. of ceiw, “ to brandish ;” 
fut. σείσω : perf. pass. σέσεισμαι : 1 aor. pass. ἐσείσθην.---- 
Akin to σεύω, “ to urge,” “to drive.” 

᾿Ἐγχείας. Consult line 137. 

Koréovre, nom. dual pres. part. act. of xoréw, “to cherish wrath,” 
“to be incensed ;” properly, “10 bear one a grudge.”—From κότος, 
“ grudge,” “rancor.” 

Προΐει, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of προζέω, Epic and Ionic 
Line 346. form for zpoinut, “to hurl.” Consult book i., line 25, re- 
marks on ἀφΐει. 

Δολιχόσκιον, accus. sing. neut. of δολεχόσκιος, ov, “long shadow- 
casting,” i. e., “long, tall.”—From δολιχός, “ long,” and σκιά, “a 
shadow.” Some, however, derive it from ὄσχος, “ the shaft or handle 
of a spear.” But consult note. 

Line 347. ’Arpeidao. Consult book i. line 203. 

Πάντοσε, adverb, “ every way,”’ “in all directions.” 

Ἐξ σην, Epic lengthened form for ἔσην, accus.. sing. fem. of ἔϊσος, 
tion, ἔϊσον, Epic for ἶσος, ἴση, ἴσον, * equal.” ᾿ 
ἜἜῤῥηξεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indie. act. of ῥήγνυμι, ‘to break,” 
Line 348. ., to rend;”’ fut. ῥήξω : 1 aor. ἔῤῥηξα.----Γ δ root is PHT-, 
PAT-, or, rather, FPHT-, FPAT-. Compare the Latin frang-o, freg-i, 
our break, wreck, the German brechen, &c. 

᾿Ανεγνάμόθη, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. pass. of ἀναγνάμπτω, ‘to bend 


Line 344. 


Line 345. 


HOMERIC. GLOSSARY. 551 


Book 2. Line 348-358. 
back ;” fut. ἀναγνάμψω : | aor. ἀνέγναμψα : 1 aor. pass. ἀνεγνάμφθην. 
—From ἀνά and γνάμπτω. 
Αἰχμή, ἧς, 7, ‘the point of a spear.”—Akin to dicow, as δραχμή to 
δράσσω (Donaldson's New Cratylus, p. 224): also, perhaps, to ἀκή, ἀκμή. 
Ὥρνυτο, 3 sing. imperf. indic. mid. of ὄρνυμι, “ to rouse,” 
* “to stir up;” fut. ὄρσω : 1 aor. ὦρσα. In the middle, dp- 
vuuat, “to rouse one’s self,” “ to arise,” &c. 
"Ava, voc. sing. of ἄναξ, ἄνακτος, ὁ, “ king,” “ monarch,” 
used only in addresses or prayers unto the gods. Sappho 
is said to have used it, also, for ὦ ἄνασσα, “Ὁ queen !”—It is of rare 
occurrence in the tragie writers. The last syllable is never elided. 
(Herm. h. Apoll., 526.) 
Ticac@a:, 1 aor. infin. mid. of rivw. Consult book ii., line 356. 
"Eopyev. Consult book ii., line 272. , 
Line 352. ᾿Εμῇς, Epic and Ionie for ἐμαῖς. 
Δάμασσον, Epic for δάμασον, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper. act. of δαμάω. 
Consult book i., line 61. 
"Epplyyet, Epic for ἐῤῥιγῇ (consult book i., line 129), 3 sing. 
2 perf. subj. act. of peyéw, ‘to shudder ;” fut. ῥιγήσω : 2 
perf. (with present signification) ἔῤῥῖγα. Consult line 259. 
᾿Οψιεγόνων, gen. plur. masc. of dviyovoc, ov, “ late-born.” Homer 
usually employs it in the plural, “ they who are born afterward,” “ de- 
scendants,” “ posterity.”,—From ὀψέ, “ late,” and γένος. 
Ξεινοδόκον, accus. sing. of Fecvoddxoc, ov, ὁ, ** a host,’ Epic 
and Ionic for fevodéxoc. Strictly, an adjective, ξεινοδόκος, 
ov, “receiving guests,” &c.—From ξεῖνος, Epic and Ionic for ξένος, 
and δέχομαι, ** to receive.” 
Ῥέξαι, 1 aor. inf. act. of ῥέζω, “ to do,” “ to perpetrate ;” fat. ῥέξω : 
1 aor. ἔρεξα. Consult book i., line 315. , 
Φιλότητα, aceus. sing. of φιλότης, nroc, 9, ‘a friendly or hospitable 
reception.” —From φίλος, “ friendly.” 
᾿Αμπεπαλών, nom. sing. masc. 2 aor. part. act. (redupli- 
Line 355. cated form) of ἀναπάλλω, “to brandish,” “io swing to and 
fro.” Consult note, and also remarks on πάλλεν, line 324. 
"Οὔριμον, nom. sing. neut. of ὄδριμος, ov, “ powerful,” ἄτα. 
The form ὄμδριμος (consult note) is not used by the Epic, 
but is the prevailing form in Lyric writers.—From the intensive 
prefix βρι-- (whence βριθύς, βρίθω, Bpidw, &c.), with o prefixed. 
Πολυδαιδάλου, gen. sing. masc. of πολυδαίδαλος, ov, 
Bane 868: ἢ wrought with much ingenious art.”—From πολύς, and 
δαίδαλος, “ cunningly wrought.” 


Line 349 


Line 351. 


Line 353. 


Line 354. 


Line 357. 


559 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 358-363. 
. "Hphpecoro, 3 sing. pluperf. indic. pass. (with reduplication), for 


ἤρειστο, οἵ épeidw, “to force,” “to drive ;” strictly, “to make one thing _ 


lean against another ;” then, “to prop or stay.” Hence “to fix firm,” 
‘to plant,” and, figuratively, ‘‘to dash,” ‘to hurl,” ‘to force,” ‘to 
drive,” &c.; fut. épeiow: perf. pass., without reduplication, ἤρεισμαι: 
with reduplication, ἐρήρεισμαι : pluperf., without reduplication, ἠρείσ- 
μὴν: with reduplication and augment, ἠρηρείσμην, &c. 

᾿Αντικρύ, adverb, “ right on,” ‘through and through.” If 
Lins 359. the old grammarians be credited, this is rather the mean- 
ing of ἀντικρύς, while they assign to ἀντικρύ the signification of 
“over against,” &c. On this supposition, ἀντικρύ must here be re- 
garded as equivalent to évrixpic. But the rule above referred to 
has not as yet been established with certainty. 

Tlapai, Epic for παρά. Hence the Latin pre. 

Λαπάρην, Epie and Ionic for λαπάραν, aceus. sing. of λαπάρη, ne, 
7, Epic and Ionic for λαπάρα, ac, 7, * the soft part of the body between 
the ribs and the hip,”’ “ the flank,” ‘the loins,” corresponding to the 
Latin ilia. Strictly, the feminine of λαπαρός, a, ov, “ soft,’ “ slack,” 
** loose,” &c. 

Διάμησε, Epic and Ionic for διήμησε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
διαμάω, ‘to mow through,” “to cut through,” “to pierce ;” fut. δια- 
μήσω : 1 aor. dujunoa.—From did and dude, “to mow,” &e. 
"ExiivOy, Epic and poetic for é«Ai@n, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
pass. (with middle signification) of κλένω, “ to bend,” “ to 
bend sideways ;” fat. x2ivG:; 1 aor. éxAzva: 1 aor. pass. ἐκλίθην. In 
the middle, κλίνομαι, ‘* to bend one’s self.”—Homer uses both ἐκλίν- 
θην and ἐκλίθην, yet the former is exclusively Epic and poetic. 

. ᾿Αλεύατο, Epic and Ionic for ἠλεύατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. of the 
middle deponent ἀλεύομαι, same as ἀλέομαι, “ to avoid,” “to shun.” 

Kjpa. Consult book ii., line 352. 

Line 361. ’Epvsoduevoc. Consult book i., line 190. 

᾿Αργυρόηλον. Consult book ii., line 45. 

Line 362. Πλῆξεν. Consult book ii., line 266. 

᾿Ανασχόμενος, hom. sing. masc. 2 aor. part. middle of ἀνέχω. Con- 
sult book i., line 450, remarks on ἀνασχών. 

Κόρυθος, gen. sing. of Képuc, ὕθος, ἡ, “a helmet,” accus. κόρῦθα 
and κόρυν, both in Homer.—Akin, no doubt, to κάρα, κέρας, Latin 
cornu, &c. 

Φάλον, accus. sing. of ngage, ov, ὃ, “ the metal ridge of a helmet i in 
which the plume was fixed.” (Consult note.) 

Line 363. Τριχθά. adverb, poetic form for τρίχα, “into three ἐμὲ 


Line 360. 


= ye” = 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. Ἵ 553 


Book 3. Line 363-370. 

Τετραχθά, adverb, poetic form for rétpaya, “ into four pieces.” - 

Διατρυφέν, nom. sing. neut. 2 aor. part. pass. of διαθρύπτω, “ to 
shiver,” ‘to break into pieces ;"’ fut. διαθρύψω : 1 aor. διέθρυψα: 2 
aor. pass. διετρύφην. 

Ἔκπεσε, Epic and Ionic for ἐξέπεσε, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of 
ἐκπίπτω, ‘to fall out of,” “to fall from;” fut. ἐκπτώσω : 2 aor. ἐξ- 
έπεσον. 

Ὦιμωξεν, i. ε., ᾧμωξεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of οἰμώζω, 
Line 364. ,, to groan,’ ‘‘ to raise the cry of grief,” &c.; strictly, * to 
ery οἴμοι :᾽" fut. οἰμώξομαι (for οἰμώξω only occurs in the Orac. Sib.) : 
1 aor. ᾧμωξα. --- From οἴμοι, “wo is me!” like οἴζω from ol, αἰάζω 
from ai, φεύζω from. φεῦ, and many other Greek verbs formed from — 
natural sounds. Compare the German dchzen, from ack! 

’ORoGrepoc, a, ov, ‘more hurtful.” Comparative of ὀλοός, 
Line 365. ,, hurtful.” The moral signification, “ malignant,” &c., is 
foreign to the word, for it always relates to the infliction of some 
special ill; and hence the ϑεῶν ὀλοώτατος (1]., xxii., 15) is not “ the 
most malignant of the gods,’’ but “ ihe god who-causes the greatest ill.” 
.—From dio, ὄλλυμι. 

Kaxoryroc, gen. sing. of κακότης, τος, ἡ, “wickedness,” 
Line 366. ,, worthlessness.’—From κακός. 

Ling 367. Χεέρεσσιν. * Consult line 271. 

"Ayn, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. pass. of ἄγνυμε, “to break.” (Consult 
note.)—The ordinary form of the 2 aor. pass is ééynv, with the a 
long. 

Ἠΐχθη, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. pass. of ἀΐσσω, “ to cause to 
Line 368. start forth,” “to rush,” &c. ; fut. ἀΐξω : 1 aor. ἤϊξα : 1 aor. 
pass. ἠέχθην. The Attic form is ἄσσω or ἄττω : fut. ἄξω : 1 aor. ἧξα: 
1 aor. pass. ἤχθην. τὰ 

Παλάμηφιν, Epic for παλάμης. Consult page 283, seqq. 

Ἐτώσιον, nom. sing. neut. of ἐτώσιος, ov, ‘without effect,” “ to no 
purpose,” ‘in vain.”—From ἐτός, “in vain,” ἄτα. 

- Line 369. ᾿Επαΐξας. Consult book ii., line 146. . 

Ἱπποδασείης, Epic and Ionic for ἱπποδασείας, gen. sing. of a femi- 
nine ἕπποδάσεια, without any masculine ἑππόδασυς in use (Loheck, 
ad Phryn., 538); in Homer always an epithet of κόρυς, “ with bushy 
horse-hair crest.” 

Ἔλκε, Epic and Jonic for εἷλκε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. 

le 320, of ἕλκω, “10 drag 3” fut. ἔλξω : 1 aor. εἴλξα, but only late, 

the derivative tenses being mostly formed from ἑλκύω, namely, fut. 

ἑλκύσω : 1 aor. εἵλκυσα, ὅτα. 
Aaa 


Ce = 


SSL ‘HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 2. Line370-374 

"Extorpéwac, nom. sing. masc. 1 aor. part. act. of ἐπιστρέφω, “ to 
‘turn about ;” fut. ἐπεστρέψω : 1 aor. ᾿ἐπέστρεψα. 

*"Ayyxe, Epie and Tonie for ἦγχε, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. 
Line 371. of ἄγχω, “to press tight,” especially the throat, “to 
choke,” ἄτα. 

᾿Ηολύκεστος, ov, * richly embroidered.”—From πολύς and κεστός, 
“ embroidered,” and this last akin to κεντέω, κένσαι, “to prick,” &e. 

Ἱμάς, ἄντος, 6, ‘a strap.” (Consult note.)—The root is to be 
found in the Sanscrit si, “to bind,” rather than in ζημι. Compare 
the old Saxon simo, “a bond.” (Pott, Etymol. Forsch., ii., p. 174.) 

᾿Απαλήν, accus. sing. fem. ‘of ἁπαλός, ἦ, ὄν, “ tender.”—Perhaps 
‘from ἅπτω, 467, “" a touching,” the primitive meaning of the adjective 
being “ soft to the touch.” . 

Δειρήν, aceus. sing. of δειρῇ, ἧς, 7, “ the neck,” “the throat.” (The 
Attie form is δέρη, 7¢.)—Probably from dépw, “to skin,” “to flay.” 
Compare remarks on the etymology of λόφος, line 337. 

Line 372. ᾿Ανθερεῶνος. Consult book i., line 501. 

᾿Ὀχεύς, ἕως (Ionic joc), 6, “ any thing for holding or fastening,”’ “ the 
holder of a helmet.” (Consult note.)—From ἔχω, “ to hold,” a collat- 
eral form of which is ὀχέω. 

Τέτατο, Epic and Ionic for ἐτέτατο, 3 sing. pluperf. indic. pass. of © 
τείνω, ‘to stretch; fut. tevO: perf. réraxa: perf. pass. τέταμαι: 
pluperf. pass. éreréunv.—The root, as before remarked, is TAN-, 
TEN-, as in Sanserit tan, “extendere.” Compare Latin tenuis, 
German diinn, English thin, &c. 

Ῥρυφαλείης, Epic and Yonic for τρυφαλείας, gen. sing. of τρυφαλεία, 

ac, 7, “a helmet.”—Usually derived from rpic and φώλος, “a helmet 
with three φάλοι,᾽" otherwise called τριφάλεια : but Buttmann (Leril., 
s. v. φάλος, fin.) remarks, that τρυφάλεια is a more general name, not 
the name of any special sort. Hence he derives it from tpvw, * to 
pierce,” “to perforate,’ as a helmet with a projection (φάλος), pierced 
to receive the plume. . 
Ἐξρυσσέν; Epic and Ionic for ἔρυσεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. 
-Lawe 378. act. of εἰρύω, “ to drag away,” “to draw,” &c. ; fat. ξἰρύσω: ξ 
1 aor. εἴρυσα, all Epic and Tonic forms for ἐρύω, ἐρύσω, Epvea, &e. 
(Buitmann, Irreg. Verbs, ed. Fishlake, p. 103, seq.) 

"Aoretov. Consult book ii., line 455. τ 

Ἤρατο, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. middle of aipw, “ to take up ;7 fut. ἀρῶ: 

1 aor. ἦρα. In the middle, αἴρομαι, ‘to take up for one’s self, » to 
gain,” “to acquire ;" 1 aor. ἠράμην. 

Line 374. 'O&%, aeens. sing. nent. of ὀξύς, εἴα, ὕ, “Keen,” 


--* 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 555 


Book 3. Line 374-881. 
® sharp,” “quick,” taken here adverbially, “ quickly.”— Akin to 
ὠκύς. 
4 Ῥῆξεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ῥήγνυμι, ‘to break,” and 
Lint 875. ic and Ionic for ἔῤῥηξεν : fut. ῥήξω : 1 aor. ἐῤῥηξα. 

"Ide. Consult book i., line 38. 

' Κταμένοιο, Epie and Ionic for κταμένου, gen. sing. masc. 2 aor. 
part. mid. (with passive signification) of κτεΐνω, “10 slay;’’ fut. 
κτενῶ: 1 aor. éxrecva: perf. ἕκτονα (still later, non-Attic. perf. ἔκτα- 
ka and ἐκτόνηκα) : 2 aor. mid. ἐκτάμην : part. κτάμενος, &c. 

Κεινή, Epic and Ionic for κενῇ, nom. sing. fem. of κειψνός, 
Line 376. 7, 6v, Epie and Tonic for κενός, 7, ὄν, “ empty.” 

Ἔσπετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. mid. of ἕπομαι, “to follow ;” 2 aor. ἑσπόμην. 

Tlayein, Epic and Ionic for rayeég, dat. sing. fem. of παχύς, εἴα, ὕ, 
“Ἔ stout.’—Akin to πήγνυμι, 2 aor. pass. παγ-ῆναι. 

᾿Επιδινήσας, nom. sing. 1 aor. part. act. of ἐπιδινέω, “ to 
Line 378. 1 hi] around,” “to swing round before hurling or throw- 
ing."—From ἐπέ and δινέω, “to whirl,” and this from δίνη, “a 
whirling.” 

Κόμισαν, Epic and Tonie for ἐκόμισαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indic. act. of 
κομίζω. Consult book ii., line 183. 

Ἐρίηρες. Consult line 47. 

᾿Ἑπόρουσε, 3 sing. 1 aor. indice. act. of éropotw, “to rush 
Line 879. on 3” fut. ἐπορούσω : 1 aor. (with ἐπό 

upon ;” fu opovow aor. (without augment) ἐπόρουσα. 
Only a poetic verb.—From ἐπέ and ὄρνυμι. 

Κατακτάμεναι, Epic, Doric, and olic for κατακτάναι, 2 aor. inf. 
act. of κατακτείνω, ‘to slay at once,” “to slay;’? 2 aor. κατέκτην. 
Consult remarks on κταμένοιο, line 375. 

Meveaiver, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. of zeveaive, “ to desire 
earnestly.”’"—From μένος, with regard to which consult book i., line 
103. 

᾿Ἐξήρπαξε, Epic and Doric for ἐξήρπᾶσε, 3 sing. 1 aor. in- 
Live 380. dic. act. of ἐξαρπάζω, “to snatch away; fut. (Epic and 
Doric) ἐξαρπάξω : (Attic) ἐξαρπάσω : 1 aor. ἐξήρπαξα (as always in 
Homer), but in Attic ἐξήρπασα: perf. é&jpraxa.—From ἐξ and 


ἁρπάζω. 
του δὰ Ῥεῖα, adverb ; poetic, especially Epic, for ῥέα, “ easily.”— 
Ῥέα is regarded as the adverb of ῥάδιος. 
Θεός, οὔ, 7, “a goddess.” 
"ExdAvwe, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of καλύπτω, * to conceal.” Con- 
sult book i., line 460. 
᾿ς Ἠξρι, Epic and Tonie for ἀέρι, dat. sing. of ἀήρ, ἀέρος. ἡ. (Con- 


556 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 381-385. 

sult note.)}—Observe that this word is feminine in Homer and He- 
siod ; but, from Herodotus downward, mascaline. The passages in 
Il., v., 776; viii.,50; H.in Cer., 383, can not be quoted for the mas- 
culine usage, since there πουλύς and βαθύς need not be masculine. 
So, aér was feminine in Ennius. (Aul. Gell., xiii., 20.) The Epic 
and Ionic form is dip, gen. ἠέρος, 7, in Hippocrates 779.—From do, 
dnt, as αἰθήρ from αἴθω. 

Line 382. Kad. Consult book ii., line 160. 

' Else, 3 sing. 1 aor: indic. act., as if from a present ἔζω, “to set,” 
** to place,” to which same supposed present are commonly assigned 
such tenses as εἰσάμην (1 aor. mid.) : εἴσομαι (fat. mid.) : εἶμαι (perf. 
pass.). In truth, however, they ought to be ranked under ἔζομαε. 

Θαλάμῳ. Consult line 142.. 

Εὐώδεϊ, Epic and Ionic for εὐώδει, dat. sing. masc. of εὐώδης, ες, 
“ fragrant.”’—From εὖ and ὄζω, ‘to smell,” perf. ddwda. 

Κηώεντι, dat. sing. masc. of κηώεις,. ὥεσσα, Gev, “ smelling as of 
burning incense.”-—Usually derived from «dw, καίω, ‘to burn,” and 
ὄζω, **to smell ;” but probably there was an old substantive κῆος, 
equivalent to ϑύος, “incense,” and which was to xaiw as, in Latin, 
fragro to flagro. 

Καλέουσα, Epic for καλέσουσα, nom. sing. fem. fut. part. 
Line 383. of καλέω, “ to summon,” “ to call ;” fut. καλέσω. 

*Ie, Epic for jec (intermediate forms, also Epic, #ie and je), 3 sing. 
imperf. indic. act. of ewe, “to go.” 

᾿Ἐκέχανεν. Consult book ii., line 18. 

Line 384. Πύργῳ. Consult line 153. 

“A2ic. Consult book ii., line 90. 

Nexrapéov, gen. sing. neut. of νεκτάρεος, a, ov, Epic and 
Line 385. Ionic ἡ, ov, “nectarous,” i. e., “fragrant,” ‘ sweet-scent- 
ἢ, ον, ᾿ » “fragrant, sweet-scen 
ed ;” or, as others explain it, ‘ divine,” “ beauteous.”" The former 
is preferable.—From νέκταρ, with regard to which consult book i., 
line 598. 

‘Eavod, gen. sing. of ἑανόν, οὔ, τό, “a robe,” usually a rich one, fit 
for goddesses, ladies of rank, &c., to wear.—There is also an adjec- 
tive ἑανός, 7, ὄν, “fit to wear,” “ fit to put on,” ὅς. In the Iliad, the 
a of the adjective is long (ἐᾶνός), but that of the substantive short 
(ἑᾶνόν). Later authors, however, use ὦ or ἄ, as suits the metre. 
Buttmann is led by this difference of quantity to assume a twofold 
root: 1. ἕννυμι for the substantive. 2. ἐάω for the adjective, which 
would then have for its original signification, “ yielding,” “ giving 
way,” and so, “flexible,” “ pliant,” “ clasping.” Nor is this very im- 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 557 


Book 3. Line 385-393. 
probable, since the substantive, like ἕννυμι, has the digamma, where- 
as the adjective has not. 

’"Erivage, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of tevdocw, “to idk 3” fut. τις 
νάξω : 1 aor. érivaga.—Akin to τείνω, τανύω. 

Toni, dat. sing. of γρηῦς, gen. γρῆός, Epic and Ionic for 
Line 386, γραῦς, gen. ypadc, dat. γραΐ, &c., “an aged female.”—From 
the same root as γέρων, γεραιός, &c. 

Eixvia, nom. sing. fem. of εἰκώς, εἰκυῖα, εἰκός, shortened form for 
ἐοικώς, ἐοικυῖα, ἐοικός, part. of ἔοικα, 2 perf., with present significa- 
tion, from the radical εἴκω, “ to be lke,” **to resemble.” The Attics 
preferred the form εἰκώς, especially in the neuter εἰκός, and we find 
in Homer once εἰκώς (Il., xxi., 254), and frequently the feminine 
εἰκυῖα. ; 

Παλαιγενέϊ, Epic and Ionic for παλαιγενεῖ, dat. sing. fem. of πα- 
λαιγενής, ἕς, “ far advanced in years ;” more literally, “ born long ago,” 
or “long before.’—From πάλαι and γέγνομαι. 

Eipoxéum, dat. sing. of εἰροκόμος, ov, 7, ‘a wool-dresser.” 
Line 387. Properly an adjective, elpoxduoc, ov, “ wool-dressing.” —- 
From elpoe, “ wool,” and κομέω, “to dress.” 

Ναιεταώσῃ, dat. sing. fem. pres. part. act. (lengthened form for 
vatetéon), from vaterdw, * to dwell.”,—Only an Epic word. 

Ἤσκειν, Epic for ἤσκεεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of ἀσ- 
Line 388... ,, dt: jie 

κέω, “ to prepare,” “to dress ;” fut. doxjnow.—According to 
Pott, from σκεῦος or ξέω, with @ prefixed. 

Elpca, accus. plur. of εἴριον, ov, τό, Epic and Ionic for ἔριον, ov, τό, 
“ἐᾳ fleece.” 

Φιλέεσκεν, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. (iterative form for ἐφίλει) of 
φιλέω, “ to love ;᾽" fut. φιλήσω, &c. 

Live 389. ᾿Ἐεισαμένη. Consult book ii., line 22. 

Line 390. Δεῦρ᾽ ἴθ. Consult line 130. 

Δινωτοῖσι, Epic and Ionic for δινωτοῖς, dat. plur. neut. of 
Linz 391. δινωτός, 7, ὄν, “rounded.” (Consult note.)—From δινόω, 
“to round.” 

Κάλλεϊ, Epic and Ionic for κάλλει, dat. sing. of κάλλος, 
Line 392. εος, τό, “ beauty.”—From καλός. 

Στίλδων, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. act. οἵ στέλδω, “ to glisten ;” 
fut. oriApo. 

Εΐμασιν, dat. plur. of elua, ατος, τό, “a garment,” &c. In the plu- 
ral, εἵματα, " raiment,” * vestments.” —From ἕννυμε. 

Xopévée, adverh, “to a dance.”—From χορός, “a dance,” 
with the suffix de, denoting motion toward. 
Aaad - 


Line 393. 


558° HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 3. Line 394-406. 
Λήγοντα, accus. sing. pres. part. act. of λήγω, ‘to cease 
from.” Consult book i., line 210. 
- Line 395. Θυμὸν évi στήθεσσιν, k. τ. ἃ. Consult book ii., line 142. 
Ἱμερόεντα, accus. plur. neut. of iuepoere, όεσσα, dev, “ love- 
Line 397, ly,” “ exciting love or desire.”—From ἵμερος, “ desire.” 

Mapyaipovra, accus. plur. neut. pres. part. act. of μαρμαίρω, “to 
flash,” *‘to sparkle brightly ;” fut. μαρμαρῶς Homer uses only the 
present participle.—From μαέρω, “ te sparkle,” by a sort of redupli- 
cation, either strengthening the signification, or expressing a quick 
repetition and continuousness of the action —From μαρμαίρω, again, 
come μάρμαρος, μαρμαρύσσω, μαρμαρυγή, &c., and to this same family 
belongs the Latin marmor, the idea involved in all these words be- 
ing that of a sparkling brightness of surface. 

Line 398. Θάμδησεν. Consult book i., line 199. 

ἜἜπος τ᾽ ἔφατ’, «. τ. ἃ. Consult book i., line 361. 

Λιλαίεαι, Epic and Ionic for λιλαέΐει, 2 sing. pres. indic. of 
the middle deponent AcAaiouat, “ to desire,” only used in 
the present and imperfect.—From the obsolete Ada, “to wish,” by a 
sort of reduplication, as in μαρμαίρω, line 397. 

Ἠ περοπεύειν, pres. infin. act. of ἠπεροπεύω, “to deceive ;” fut. 
ἠπεροπεύσω.--- ῬΓΟΌΔΟΙΥ from ἔπος, εἰπεῖν, ἀπύω, ἠπύω, “ to talk over ;” 
not from ἀπάτη. 

Προτέρω, adverb, “ farther on,” “farther before.” Assign- 
Line 400. ed as a species of comparative to πρό. 
p 

Πολίων, Epic and Ionie for πολέων, gen. plur. of πόλιες, ἑως, Epic 

and Ionic coe, 7, “ a city.” - 
‘Edvatouevdwr, Epic and Tonic for εὐναιομενῶν, gen. plur. fem. of 
εὐναιόμενος, ἡ, ov, “ well-inhabited.” A participle in form, though no 
such verb as εὐναίω or εὐναίομαι occurs.—From εὖ and vaio, “ to 
inhabit.” 


Line 394. 


Line 399. 


« Κεῖθι, adverb, Epic and Ionic for ἐκεῖθε, “there,” “ at that 
Line 402. lace.” 
place. 
Line 403. Otvexa. Consult book i., line 11. 
Totivexa, contracted for τοῦ ἕνεκα, “on this account,” “ for 
this reason,”’ ** therefore.” 
᾿ Aodogpovéovea, nom. sing. fem. of doAogpovéwy, ovea, ov, “ medita- 
ting wiles,” “ planning craft.” Participle in form, though no such 
verb as doAogpovéw exists.—From δολόφρων, ‘* wily-minded,” and this 
from δόλος and φρήν... : 
Line 406. "Hoo. Consult book ii., line 200. 7 
Ἰοῦσα, nom. sing. fem. of ἰών, ἰοῦσα, ἰόν pres. part. of εἶμι, “ to go.” 


Line 405. 


HOMERIC GLUSSARY. 55D 


Book 8. Line 406-414, 
᾿Απόεικε, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἀποείκω, “to withdraw from ;” fat. 
aroeigw.—F rom ἀπό, and εἴκω, “lo yield,” “to retire.” ᾿ 
Κελεύθου, gen. sing. of κέλευθος, ov, 7, with the poetic heterogene- 
ous plural τὰ κέλευθα, “ @ path,” “a way.”,—According to Buttmann, 
from ἐλεύθω. 

Πόδεσσιν, Epic for ποσί, dat. plur. of πούς, ποδός, ὁ, “the 
foot.”’—The Sanscrit root, as before remarked, is pad, “to 
go:” hence Sanscrit pad, Latin pes, ped-is, English pad, foot, Ger-. 
man fuss, &c.—Akin, also, to πέδον, which is equivalent to the San- 
scrit pada, and probably to πηδάω. 

ὝὙὝποστρέψειας, 2 sing. Zolic 1 aor. opt. act. of ὑποστρέφω, “ to turn 
back ;” fat. ὑποστρέψω : 1 aor. vréozpewa.—From ὑπό and στρέφω. 

'Oitve, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of ὀϊζύω, “to wail,” “to 

mourn,’ “to lament,” and hence “to be miserable.”’ With 
the Attics it is a trisyllable, oi{i@.—From οὗ, exclamation of grief, 
pain, &c., “oh!” “ah!” ἄς. 

Line 409. Eicéxe. Consult book ii., line 332. 

*Adoxov. Consult book i., line 546. 


Keice, Epic and Ionic for ἐκεῖσε, “ thither.”’-—From ἐκεῖ, 
Line 410. ,, there.” 


Line 407. 


Live 408. 


Νεμεσσητόν, Epic for νεμεσητόν, nom. sing. neut. of νεμεσητός, dv, . 
“causing indignation or wrath.” (Consult note.)—From νεμεσάω, 
“ to be wrath,” &c., and this from νέμεσις, “anger” at any thing un- 
just or unfitting. 

Πορσυνέουσα, nom. sing. fem. Epic and Ionic for πορσυ- 
νοῦσα, fut. part. act. of πορσύνω, ‘to prepare ;” fut. zopov- 
vO. (Consult note.) The form πορσύνω is often confounded with 
the synonymous πορσαΐνω, but the latter is unknown to the most an- 
cient Epic, as also probably to Attic poetry. Even πορσύνω is a 
- poetic word, though used by Xenophon (Cyr., i., 6, 17; iv., 2, 47). 
Μωμήσονται, 3 plur. fut. indic. of the middle deponent μω- 
μάομαι (Tonic μωμέομαι), ‘to blame,” “to find fault with ;” 
fut. wounocowar.—From μῶμος, “ blame,” “ ridicule.” 

“"Ayea, accus. plur. neut. of ἄχος, coc, τό, “sorrow,” “ grief,” &c. 

*Axptra, aecus. plur. neut. of ἄκριτος, ov, “unarranged,” “ con- 
fused,” “crowded together.”—From 4; priv., and κρίνω, “ to separate,” 
“to distinguish,” &c. 

Live 413, Χολωσαμένη. Consult book ii., line 195. 

Ἔρεθε, 2 sing. pres. imper. of ἐρέθω, “τὸ provoke,” “to 
Lane ΕἾΝ, cir ὦ anger.” The derivative ἐρεθίζω is more usually | 
employed.—Akin to ἔρις. 


Line 411. 


Live 412. 


560 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. s 


Book 3. Line 414-422. 
- Σχετλίη, Epic and Tonic for σχετλέα, voc. sing. fem. of σχέτλιος, a, 
ov, ‘wretched,’’ miserable.” Compare book ii., line 112. 

Xwoauévn, nom. sing. fem. I aor. part. of the middle deponent 
χώομαι, * to be incensed,” “to be enraged at ;” fut. χώσομαι : 1 aor. 
ἐχωσάμῃν. : 

Μεθείω, Epic and Ionic for μεθέω, and this for μεθῶ, 1 sing. 2 aor. 
subj. act. of μεθίημέ, “to fling away,” * to abandon ;” fut. μεθήσω : ἃ 
aor. μέθην. 

_ Téc, demonstrative adverb, answering here to ὥς, i. e., 
Line 415. οὕτως, “50 much,” ‘as much.” 

᾿Απεχθήρω, 1 sing. 1 aor. subj. act. of ἀπεχθαίρω, “to hate ;” fut. 
ἀπεχθαρῶ : 1 aor. axnyOnpa.—From ἀπό and ἐχθαίρω. 

Ἔκπαγλα, adverb, “ greatiy;” strictly, the accus. plur. neut. of 
ἔκπαγλος. Consult book ii., line 223. 

Mécow, Epic and Ionic for μέσῳ, dat. sing. of μέσος, 7, ov, 
Line 416. ΡῈ 

Μητίσομαι, 1 sing. 1 aor. subj. (with shortened mood-vowel, for 
μητίσωμαι) of the middle deponent μητίομαι, “to devise ;” fut. μητί- 
couat.—From pric, “ skill,” “ cunning,” “ craft,” &e. 

Avypd, accus. plur. neut. of Avypoc, a, ov, mournful,” “ gloomy,” 

—Akin to Aevyarede, λοιγός, λοέγιος, and Latin lugeo, luctus. 
Oirov, accus. sing. of οἶτος, ov, 6, “ fate,’ “ lot,” * doom.” 
—Usually derived, like οἶμος, οἴμη, from the same root as 
οἴσω, fut. of φέρω, like the Latin fors from fero; but better, perhaps, 
from οἵ, akin to οἶκτος. 

Ὄληαι, Epic and Ionic for ὄλῃ, 2 sing. 2 aor. subj. mid. of ὄλλυμι. 

Line 418. ’Exyeyavia. Consult book iii., line 199. 

Κατασχομένη, nom. sing. fem. 2 aor. part. mid. of κατέχω, 
Line 419. ὦ to cover,”’ “ to envelop.” : 
Ἑανῷ. Consult line 385. 
᾿Αργῆτι, dat. sing. of ἀργής, ῆτος, ὁ, ἡ, “ white.”"—Akin to ἀργός. 
Λάθεν, Epic and Tonic for ἔλαθεν, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. 
Line 420. of λανθάνω, “to escape observation ;” fut. λήσω : 2 aor. EAa- - 
Gov. The first aorist ἔλησα is only found in the Homeric ἐπέλησε, 
and in later Epic. (Lobeck, ad Phryn., 719.)—Lengthened from root 
AA®-, with which compare the Latin Za/-co. 

Line 422. ᾿Αμφίπολοι. Consult line 143. 

Τράποντο, Epic and Ionic for ἐτράποντο, 3 plur. 2 aor. indice. middle 
of τρέπω, “to turn:” in the middle, “to turn one’s self,” “to turn: 
one’s attention ;” fut. τρέψω : 1 aor. cab 2 aor. ἔτραπον : 2 A +g 
mid. ἐτραπάμην. : 4 


Line 417: 


HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 561 


Book 3. Line 423-436. 
Ὕψόροφον, accus. sing. masc. of ὑψόροφος, ov, “ high-roof- 
Lune 423. 0.7.» «sith high ceiling.”—From ὕψι; “on high,” and ὀροφή, 
“a roof,” “a ceiling.” 

Kiée. Consult book i., line 348. 

Δέφρον, accus. sing. of δίφρος, ov, ὁ, and later 9, “‘a seat,” 
Line 424. ,, stool,’ ἄς. The primitive meaning of the term is “ the 
chariot-board.”” Consult line 310. 

Φιλομμειδῆς, ἔς, * smile-loving,” an epithet of Venus.—From φιλέω 
and μειδάω, “to smile.” (Consult note.) 

*Avtia, aecus. plur. neut. of ἀντίος, taken adverbially, 
* “ opposite,” ‘“‘ over against.” . 

Κάθιζε, Epic and Tonic for ἐκάθιζε ( Kizhner, § 106, 3), 3 sing. 
᾿ jmperf. indic. act. of καθίζω, taken here in an intransitive 
sense, “ fo sit down.” 

Line 427. "Ooce. Consult book i., line 104. 

Πάλιν, adverb, “away,” “ back.” Consult remarks on παλίμ 
” πλαγχθέντας, book i., note on line 59. 

K2ivaca, nom. sing. fem. 1 aor. part. act. of κλίνω, “to bend,” “to 
turn,” &¢c.; fut. κλίνῶ : 1 aor. ἔκλινα. 
Πόσιν. Consult line 163. 

*Hvizaze. Consult book ii., line 245. 

"Qoerec, 2 sing. 2 aor. indic. act. of ὀφείλω, “to owe.” 
Line 428. ‘Consult book 1., line 415. 
Αὐτόθι, adverb, “there.” Equivalent to αὐτοῦ. 
Aaueic, nom. sing. masc. 2 aor. part. pass. of δαμάω, “to 
subdue.” Consult book i., line 61. 
Etyeo, Epic and Ionic for ηὔχου, 2 sing. imperf. indic. of 
Live 430. the middle deponent εὔχομαι, “to boast ;” fut. εὔξομαι: 1 
aor. ηὐξάμην .--- ΤῊ common notion is probably that of loud ete 
for the word is clearly akin to adyéw, kavydouat. 
Προκάλεσσαι, Epic for προκάλεσαι, 2 sing. 1 aor. imper 
ἴανε 432. middle of προκαλέω, “to call forth,” “to challenge to the 
combat ;"" fut. προκαλέσω : 1 aor. προεκάλεσα : Attic προὐκάλεσα.--- 
From πρό and καλέω. 

Line 434. Κέλομαι. “ Consult book i., line ste 

Ξανθῷ. Consult book i., line 197. 
’Avribcov (consult line 20), to be taken. here adverbially, 
“against,” not as an adjective agreeing with πόλεμον. 
᾿Αφραδέως, adverb, “ rashly,” ** foolishly.”—From ἀφράδης, 
Lins 436. ,, thoughtless,” “inconsiderate,” “ without reflection,” and 
this from.4, priv., and φράζομαι, “ to reflect,’ “ to deliberate.” 


Line 425 


Line 426 


Line 429. 


Line 435. 


562° HOMERIC GLOSSARY. . 


Boor 3. Line 436-447. 

Δαμήῃς, Epic lengthened form for δαμῇς, 2 sing. 2 aor. indic. pass. — 
of δαμάω, “to subdue,” &e: 

Ἔνιπτε, 2 sing. pres. imper. act. of ἐνέπτω, “to assail,” 
“to attack,” “to upbraid ;” fut. ἐνέψω. Consult remarks 
on ἠνίπαπε, book ii., line 245. 

Τραπείομεν, Epic and Ionic (with shortened mood-vowel) 
Lame ett. for τραπέωμεν, and this for τραπῶμεν (which, again, is, by 
metathesis, for ταρπῶμεν), 1 plur. 2 aor. subj. pass., in a middle 
sense, of τέρπω, “to delight ;” fut. τέρψω : 1 aor. ἔτερψα : 2 aor. ἔταρ- 
mov, by metathesis érparoy: 2 aor. pass. ἐτάρπην, by metathesis 
érparnv. A similar metathesis takes place in ἔπαρθον, ἔπραθον, 
from. πέρθω. (Consult the remarks of Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, ed. 
Fishlake, p. 236, who successfully combats the formation of tparei-' 
ouev, &c., from τρέπω.) 

Ἑὐνηθέντε, nom. dual 1 aor. part. pass., in a middle sense, of ev- 
νάω, ‘to lay.on a couch,” “to lull to repose: in the middle, “ to re- 
tire to the couch,” “to lie on the couch,’ &c.; fut. edy7ow.—From 
εὐνή, ““α couch.” 

Line 442. Ἔρως, ὠτος, ὁ, “ love.’—Akin to ἐράω. 

᾿Αμφεκάλυψεν, 3 sing. 1 aor. indic. act. of ἀμφικαλύπτω, “ to en- 
wrap,” “to envelop; fut. ἀμφικαλύψω : 1 aor. dudéxaAvpa.—From 
ἀμφί, “ round about,” and καλύπτω, “ to cover.” 

Ἔπλεον, 1 sing. imperf. indic. act. of πλέω, “to sail ;” fut. 
Ling 444. πλεύσομαι, or, usually, πλευσοῦμαι : 1 aor, ἔπλευσα. 

‘Apragac, Epic and Doric for ἁρπάσας, nom. sing. masc. 1 aor. 
part. act. of ἁρπάζω, “to carry οἵ." Compare remarks on ἐξήρπαξε, 
line 380. 


Line 438. 


Κρανάῃ, dat. sing. of Kpavan, yc, 7, “ Cranaé,” an island 
Line 445. on which Paris and Helen first landed after their flight 
from Sparta. According to some authorities, it is the island Helena, 
near the southern extremity of Attica. Others, however, make it 
to have been asmall island in the Sinus Laconicus, now Marathonisi ; 
and in this latter opinion Miller coincides. (Orchom., p. 316.) 
Ἔραμαι, 1 sing. pres. indic. of the deponent ἔραμαι, “1 
Lie 446. love,” &c.; fut. ἐρασθήσομαι: 1 aor. ἠράσθην. The usual 
prose form is ἐράω. 
"Apye, Epic and: Ionic for ἦ ἦρχε, 3 sing. imperf..indic. act. 
Line 447, of ἄρχω, “ to begin ;” fut. ἄρξω : imperf. ἦρχον. 

Aéxocde, adverb, “to the couch.”—From λέχος, “a couch.” 

Κιών, nom. sing. masc. pres. part. of xia, ‘‘to go.” The present 
is not used in the indicative, but the verb is frequently employed by 


MOMERIC. GLOSSARY; 563 


Book ὃ. Line 447-458, 
Homer and others in the optative κίοεμε, part. κεών, κιοῦσα : imperf. 
ἕκιον, Without augment κέον. Κίω seems to belong to iw, the reot of 
Ξ εἶμει, and from it come κεάθω, κινέω, and the Latin οἷο, creo. 

"Axoeres, coc, 9, “ἃ spouse,” “a wife,” feminine of 4 erates. —From 
ἀ, copulative, and «oity, “a couch.” 

Τρητοῖσι, Epic and Ionic fur τρητοῖς, dat. plur. neut. of 
Line 448. τρητός, H, ὄν, “perforated.” (Consult papengide vA τι-. 
τράω, “ to perforate.” 

Κατεύνασθεν, Epic fer κατευνάσθησαν, 3 plur. 1 aor. indie. pass, in 
ἃ middle sense, of κατευνάῳ, “ to lay down on a couch,” &c.: in the 
middle, “to liedown.” Consult remarks on εὐνηθέντε, line 441. 
᾿Εφοέτα, 3 sing. imperf. indic. act. of φοιτάω, “ to move up 
and down,” “ to wander,” &c.; fat. φοιτήσω. 

Onpi, dat. sing. of ϑήρ, ϑηρός, ὁ, “ a wild beast,” “a beast of prey.” 
—Compare the German ‘hier, English deer, and, with the 4Zolic form, 
φήρ, likewise the German e-ber, English bear, bear. 
᾿Εςαθρήσειεν, 3 sing. Lolic 1 aor. opt. act. of ἐςαϑρέω, “to 
espy ;” fut. ἐςαθρήσω, &c.—From ἐς (εἰς) and ἀθρέω,᾽ “ to 
see,” “to observe,” &c., and this last from the same root as ϑεωρέω. Ὶ 
Κλειτῶν, gen. plur. masc. of κλειτός, 7, ὄν, “ distinguish- 
ed,” “tllustrious.”’—From κλείω, “ to celebraie,” “to ren- 
der famous.” 

*Excxotvpev. Consult book ii., line 130. 

Δεῖξαι, 1 aor. inf. act. of δείκνυμι, “to point out,” “ to 
Line 452. show ;” fut. δείξω: 1 aor. éecEa.—Buttmann traces both 
this verb and δέχομαι to a common root dex-, with the common no- 
tion of stretching out the right hand (δεξιά), either to point, as in δείκ- 
vupt, or to welcome, as in δέχομαι. The usual signification of deix- 
vuut, to show,” is that of the Sanscrit dic, with which compare the 
Latin dic-ere, doc-ere, in-dic-are, whence, perhaps, dig-itus, δάκ-τυλος. 
᾿Εκεύθανον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of κευθάνω, “ to con- 
Live 453. ceal,”’ a poetic form for κεύθω. 
᾿Απήχθετο, 3 sing. 2 aor. indic. of ἀπεχϑάνομαι, “to be hate- 
ἴαν 454. ful 3” fat. ἀπεχθήσομαι : 2 aor. ἀπηχθόμην. Some make 
ἀπήχθετο here the imperfect of ἀπέχθομαι, but the aorist is far pref- 
erable, and may very well be rendered as a pluperfect, “had made : 
himself hateful.” (Consult Buttmann, Irreg. Verbs, ed. Fishlake, p. 


110.) 

ΞΡ Δάρδανοι, wv, οἱ, “the Dardani.” According to the Ho- 
2 meric topography, the Dardani, who were subjeci to An- 

chises, and were commanded by his son neas, occupied a small 


Line 449, 


Lrnz 450. 


Linz 451. 


564 HOMERIC GLOSSARY. 


Book 8. Line 456-461 
district which lay between the territory of Abydus and the Rhetean 
promontory, beyond which point the Trojan land, properly so called, 
and the hereditary dominions of Priam commenced. 
*Exdore, 2 plur. 2 aor. imper. of éxdidwur, “to give up ;” 
Titres 459. fut. ἐκδώσω : 2 aor. éédov.—From ἐκ and δίδωμι. 
’Arorivéuev, Epic, Doric, and Zolic for ἀποτίνειν, pres. inf. act. of 
ἀποτίνω. Consult line 286. 
Line 460. *Hre καὶ, x. τ. Δ. Consult line 287. 
__ ἬΝΨεον, i. e., ἤνεον, 3 plur. imperf. indic. act. of αἰνέω, “to 
Line 461. applaud,” “to give plaudits,” “ to praise ;” fut. αἰνέσω, Epic 
alvjow: 1 aor. ἤνεσα. 


GLOSSARY. 


INDEX TO 
A. 

Page 
ἀάπτους 440 
ἄγαγε . 404 
ἀγάγω 478 
ἀγαλλόμενα 505 
᾿Αγαμέμνονι 323 
ἄγαμος 516 
ἀγάννιφον. τ 415 
ἀγανοῖς 470 
ἀγασσάμεθα ᾿ 538 
dyavot “ . 542 
ἄγγεα 507 
ἄγγελος 459 
ἄγγελοι 401 
ἄγε. . 398 
ἄγειν. ᾽ 350 
ἀγείρομεν . 360 
ἀγειρόντων ‘ 502 
ἀγέλῃφι - δ08 
ἀγέμεν , 399, 419 
ἀγέραστος ‘ 355 
Gyépovto . 459 
ἀγερώχων 515 
ἄγη. 553 
ἀγήνωρ ‘ 483 
Gynpaov . - 503 
ἀγκυλομητέω . 474 
@yaae « 4 0 323 
ἀγλαόν 488 
Gyot . 539 
ἄγονος 516 
ἀγοράασθε 491 
ἀγοράων ὃ 483 
ἀγόρευε 489 


ἀγορεύεις 
ἀγορευέμεν. 
ἀγόρευον 
ἀγορεύω 
ἀγορήν 
ἀγορήνδε 
ἀγορήσατο. 
ἀγορηταί 
ἀγορητής 
ἄγριον 
ἀγρομένῃσιν 
ἀγρομένοισιν 
ἄγχε. 
ἄγχιστα -. 
ἀγχοῦ 

ayo . 
ἀδάκρυτος. 
ἁδεῖν. 
ἀδινάων 
ἀέθλους . 
ἄειδε. 
ἄειδον ᾿ 
ἀείδοντες 
ἀεικέα 
ἀεικέσσι « 
ἀειρομένη . 
ἀέκοντε . 
ἀέκοντος 
ἀέκουσα 
ἄελλαι. 
ἀελλής . 
ἀερσίποδες. 
ἁζόμενοι 


ἀθανάτοισιν 


Bas 


. 


566 


ἀθέριζον 


, ἀθέσφατον. 
᾿Αθηναίην. 


Αἴθρη 


αἱματόεσσα. 


αἰνά, 
αἰνῇ. 
αἰνότατε 


a 


INDEX TO 
Page 

387 

510 

‘ 374 
¢ 372 
503 

339 

. . 495 
> . 503 
. 359 

. 388 

᾿ . 840 
Φ 475 
. B74 

. 604 

2 . 435 
330 

᾿ . 329 
é .« 504 
314 

‘ . » 631 
547 

. 638 

. . 481 
‘ . 334 
3 » 499 
τ . τ-δά5 
Ν . 992 
" + 514 
~ «ft 
x * 501 
. oy 414 
. ὦ 501 
. «Ald 
4 » ye A22 
δ » 529 
ἢ + 482 
3 . 414 
᾿ « 4513 


GLOSSARY. 


αἰνῶς 
ἀΐξασα 
αἰολοπώλους 
αἰπόλια 
αἰπόλοι 
αἱρείτω 

aica . 
αἶσαν 


ἄκριτα ‘ 
ἀκριτόμυθε.. 
ἀκτή . 

ἔν 
ἄλαδε é “ 
ἀλαλητῷ . 


|| ἀλαπάξας. 


ἄλγεα. Ν 
ἀλγήσας. 
ἀλεγίζεις ς 
ἀλεγ, ἔζω ' 
ἀλεείνων. 
ἀλείτην : 


᾿Αλέξανδοος — 


, ο-»ἦ ’ 


. -"» ,ς ΕΣ ’ 


ἘΕΕΞΕΕΞΕΞΕ 


INDEX TO GLOSSARY.- 


Page 

. 611 

- 443 

. 552 

. 436 

. 458 

. . δὶ 
» 355 

. 504 

. 517 

.. ὦ 49 
. 466 

. 448 

. 868 

. 437 
. 4356 

. B64 

. δ84 

. 602 

:- 494 

, 450 

. 6502 

. 447 

A . 854 
. 4% 
. 337,409 
~ 4 684 
. 551 

τ .- 41:8 
- 849 

Ὁ . 840 
. or pan 
arn ἡτροθαῖν 
. 489 

Ὁ . 453 
.- 332, 

-. 489 

- - 329 
δὶ . 498 
. 447 

+ 470 

ἁ .- 481 


ἀμφικύπελλον 
ἀμφιμέλαιναι 
ἀμφίπολοι. 

2 ᾿ 4 s 

ἄμφω 


ἄν ((οχ ἀνάγ, 
ἄν 


ἐξξε 8 


ν 


8 


ἴ ’ 


peteeeee 


wo 
δ 


ὃ 


ω 
@ 


1 


rs 


EREEEESSSESERSEEESRERES: 


γί 


~ 


568 


ἄνεσχον 
ἄνευθεν 
ἄνεω. : 
ἀνῆγες 
ἀνήῃ. : 
ἀνῆκεν 
ἀνήσει 
ἀνθεμόεντι. 
ἀνθερεῶνος. 
ἀνιηθέντα. 
ἀνιστάμενος 
ἀνόρουσε 
ἄνσταντες. 
ἀνστήτην 
ἀντάξιον 
ἄντην . 
᾿Αντηνορίδαο 
ἀντία. 
ἀντιάνειραι 
ἀντιάσας 
ἀντιάω 
avribinv . 
ἀντιθίοισε. 
ἀντίθιον 
ἀντίθεον . 
ἀντικρύ 
ἀντίοι 
ἀντίον 
ἀντιόωσαν. 
ἀντιφέρεσθαι 
ἄνυσις Ξ 
ἀνώγει . 
ἄνωγεν. 
ἄξετε ᾿ 
ἄξω. i 
ἁπαλήν 


ἀπαμειδόμενος. 


ἀπάνευθε .. 
ἀπατηλόν. 
ἀπάτην 

ἀπεδήσετο . 


INDEX TO 
Page 

. . 547 
: . 452 
. . 490 
i . 517 
. . 452 
. . 456 
. . 488 
. . 506 
Ἶ . 429 
ἣ . 484 
‘ . 336 
. . 384 
5 . 499 
. . 395 
. . 359 
. 370 

. . 526 
. - 6561 
. - 535 
. . 340 
. . 921 
. . 390 
ν . 395 
-- 512,561 
. 388 

᾿ «᾿ 552 
- 435 

‘ . 380 
. 327 
. 443 

. . 493 
. . 488 
δ 997 
. « 523 
. . 359 
- 554 

. 346 

. - 328 
434 

+ 462 

- 416,452 


GLOSSARY. 


ἀπεδέξατο. 
ἀπειλεῖς 
ἀπειλήσας. 
ἀπέλυσε 
ἀπερείσια. 
ἀπέστη 
ἀπεχθήρω. 
ἀπήμων 
ἀπηνέος 
ἀπηύρων 
ἀπήχθετο 
ἀπίης 
ἀπίθησεν 
ἀποαιρεῖσθαι 
ἀποαίρεο 
ἀποθλητά 
ἀποθλητόν. 
ἀποδῦναι 
ἀπόεικε 
ἀπόειπε 
ἀποθέσθαι. 
ἄποινα 
ἀποκτάμενος 
ἀπολέσθαι. 
ἀπόλεσσαν.. 
᾿Απόλλωνος 
ἀπόλοντο 


ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι. 


ἀπομόρξατο 
ἀπονέεσθαι. 
ἀπονέοντο.. 
ἀπονοστήσειν 


| ἀπονόσφιν.. 


ἀποπαύεο. 
ἀπόστιχε 
ἀποτινέμεν 
ἀποτίσομεν.. 
ἀποφθίμενον 
ἀπούρας 
ἅπρηκτον 
ἀπρήκτους . 


ἀπριάτην 
ἁπτέσθω 


᾿Αργείων 
ἀργεννάων. 
ἀργέννῃσι . 
ἀργῆτι 
ἼΑργος 
*Apyocde 
ἀργούς 
ἀργυρέῃ 
ἀργυρέοιο. 
ἀργυρέοισιν 
ἀργυρόηλον 
ἀργυρόπεζα 
ἀργυρότοξε. 
ἀρείοσιν 
"Apna 
ἀρήγειν 
ἀρήγῃ 
"Apni . “ 
᾿Αρηΐφιλος. 
ἀρῆξαι . 
ἀρήξειν . 
"Apnoc 
ἀρήρει 
ἀρητῆρα 
ἀρίζηλον. 
i βμηθή 


ἀριστῆα. 


.- 523 


GLOSSARY. 


apvelw 
ἀρνύμενοι. 
ἀρνῶν 
ἄρουρα 
ἀρούρης 
ἁρπάξας 
ἄῤῥηκτος 
ἄρσαντες 
ἄρχε. 
ἄρχευε 
ἀρχόν 
ἀρχός 
ἀρχούς 
ἄσδεστος 
᾿Ασίῳ. 
ἀσκῷ. 
ἀσπαίροντας 
ἄσπετον 
ἀσπίδα 
ἅσσα. 
ἄσσον é 
ἀσταχύεσσιν 
ἀστεμφέα 
ἀστεροπητής 
ἀστράπτων. 
ἀσχαλάᾳ 


᾿Ατρείδεω. 
᾿Ατρείδης 


ΒΒΒ2 


αὐγή. 

αὐδή. 

αὐέρυσαν 

αὖθι... 

αὖθις. . ς 
Αὐλίδα. 
ἄῦσαν 
ἀὐσάντων. 
αὐτάρ 

αὐτῆμαρ 

ἀὐτήν 

ἀὐτῆς 

αὐτίκα 

αὗτις . 

αὐτόθι 

αὐτοῖσι . 
αὐτοκασιγνήτω. 
αὐτόματος. 
αὐτοῦ 

αὐτώ. 
αὕτως. 
ἀφαιρεῖται. 
ἀφαιρήσεσθαι 
ἀφαμαρτοεπής 
ἄφαρ. -. 
ἀῤέθονο.. ς΄ ς 
ἀφέλεσθε . . 
ἄφενος 

ἀφέξει 

ἀφήσω . 
ἄφθιτον . 


ἀφραδέως 


ἀφραδίῃ ε ᾿ 


INDEX ΤΟ 


GLOSSARY, 


ἀφραίνοντα 
᾿Αφροδίτης. 
ἀφύξειν 
ἀφυσσάμενοι 
ἀφύσσων 
᾿Αχαεΐδα 
᾿Αχαιΐδες. 
᾿Αχαιοῖς 
ἄχεα. 
᾿Αχιλεῦ 
᾿Αχιλῆος 
᾿Αχιλλῆος. 


βάλλον. 
βαρείας .͵ 
βαρυστενάχων 


| βασιλεύσομεν 


βασιλῆες 
βασιλῆι . 
βασιλήων. 
βάσκε . 
βάτην 


| βεθάασι 


βεθήκει 
βέλεσσιν Ξ 
βένθεσσιν. 


[βῆ - ri 


318, 390, 531 


407. 


- . 


474 
457 


GLOSSARY. : 


΄ 


yeveai 
yévero 
γένηται 
γενοίατο 
ΝΣ =, 
γεραιός͵ 
γεράνων 
γεραρόν .. 
γεραρώτερος. 
γέρας. 
Γερήνιος 
γέρον... 
γηθήσαι 
γήραϊ... 
γῆρας. 
γλάγος. .͵ 
γλαυκῶπις. 
γλαφυρῆς 
γλαφυρῇσι. 
γλυκίων 
γλώσσης 


Yep. -. 
‘| γνώμεναι 


572 


δαῖτα 
δαΐφρονος. 
δάκρυα 
δακρύσας 
δακρυχέων.. 
δαμᾷ.. . 
δάμαρτ. 
δαμεῖεν . 
δαμείς 
δαμήῃς 
Δαναοῖσι 
Δαναῶν 
Δαρδανίδης 
Δάρδανοι 
δασμός 
δάσσαντο 
δαφοινός 
δαῶμεν 
CE. 
δέδασται 
δεδήει 
δεδμήατο 
δειδήμονες.. 
δειδιότες 
δειδίσσεσθαι 
δείδοικα 
δειλός 
δεινῆ .° 
δεινώ. Η 
δεῖξαι " 
δεῖπνον 
δειρήν 
δεκάδας 
δεκάτη 
δέκτο. 
δέμας. 
δενδρέῳ 
δέξασθαι 
δεξιτερῇ 
δεπάεσσιν. 
δέπας͵ 


INDEX TO 
Page 

416, 423 
450 

331 

404 

406 


GLOSSARY 


δερκόμενοι.. 
δερκομένοιο 
δεύεο 
δευοίατο 
δευόμενον. 
δευομένους. 
δεῦρο. 
δέχεσθαι 
δέχθαι 
on. i 
δηθύνοντα.. 
δηΐοιο 
δηϊοτῆτι 
δηλήσηται. 
δημοθόρος : 
δημογέροντες 
δήμου 

δήν 

δηρόν 


διακοσμηθεῖμεν. 


διακρινέει. 
διακρινθεῖτε 
διακρινθήμεναι 
διακρίνωσι. 
διακτόρῳ 
διεμέτρεον. 
διαμετρήτῳ 
διάμησε 
δῖαν. 
διάνδιχα 
διαπρήσσουσα 
διωῤῥαῖσαι.. 
διαστήτην . 
διατρυφέν. 
διείρεο . 
διεκόσμεον.. 
δίεπε. 
διέπουσι 
διεπράθομεν 
διέπρησσον 
διέσσυτο 


διέτμαγεν . 
Aci 
δικαζέμεν 
δικασπόλοι 
δινωτοῖσι 
διογενές 
δῖος, a, ov . 
Διός. 
διοτρεφέος. 
διοτρεφέων. 
δίπλακα 
δίπτυχα. 
δίφρον 

δίῳ 

δοῖεν. 

dow . ‘ 
δολιχόσκιον 
δολομῆτα 
δόλους 
δολοφρονέουσα 
δόμεναι 
dog. 
δόσαν 
δουλιχοδείρων 
δοῦρα 
δοῦρε. 
δουρί. 
δουρός 
δράκοντα 
δράκων 
Δρύαντα 
δῦναι. 
δυνάμεσθα. 
δύνασαι 
δυνήσεαι 
δυσκλέα 
δυςμενέσιν.. 
Δύςπαρι 
dbGw 
oo. 
δωδεκάτῃ 


INDEX TO 


Page 
435 


343 


557 
402 


. * 817, 355, 531 


315 
473 
368 
526 


349 

. 402 
365, 409 
505 

465 

512 

394 

519 

515 

488 

387 

501 

492 

410 

382, 439 
462 

518 
616 
. oir gat 
δ «|. 
. Bernas 


GLOSSARY. 


δώῃσιν 
δῶκε. 
δῶμα. 
δώματα 
δώσει. 
ὁῷσι. 
δώσουσι 
δώωσιν 


é6av . é 
ἐγγυαλίζει.. 
ἐγγυαλίξει. 
ἐγείρομεν 
ἐγκέφαλος. 
ἔγνω. 
ἔγρετο 
ἔγχει. 
ἐγχείῃσι 
ἐγχέσπαλοι 
ἐγών. 
ἐδάην 
ἔδδεισεν 
ἔδειραν 
ἐδέξατο 
ἐδεύετο 
ἑδέων 
ἐδηλήσαντο 
ἐδητύος 
ἔδησαν 
ἐδήσατο 
ἕδρας. 
ἔδυ. 
ἔδυνεν 


404 

. 440 
321, 378 
349 


ἐδύσετο . 
ἔδωκεν rs 
ἐείκοσιν 
ἔειπες ° 
ἐεισάμενος. 
ἐέλδωω . 
ἕζετο. ° 
ἐζομένω . 
ἕζοντο Ξ 
ἕηκεν. 
ἔην. ° 
ἐῆος. ; 
ἔξῃσι. . 
ἔθεεν.. F 
ἔθελε. P 
ἐθέλῃσι . 
ἐθέλῃσθα 
ἔθελον ὺ 
ou . 
ιν . 
ἔθεν ὲ 
ἔθεσαν 
ἔθηκεν 
ἔθνεα. 
εἴα. A 
εἰαρινῇ - 
εἰαρινοῖσιν. 
εἴαται - 
elaro . . 
εἴδεται . 
εἰδήσεν . 
εἴδομεν . 
εἰδομένη . 
eidovto . 
εἰδυίῃ τὶ 
εἶεν. Ξ 
ἐΐκτην . 
εἰκυῖα a 
elegy ὁ 
εἵλετο . 
αἰλέωσιν . 
oie 


GLOSSARY. 


εἰλήλουθας. 
tluacyy . 
elu . ᾿ 
εἴνατοι. . 
εἵνεκα 
εἶπε. 
εἴπερ. ; 
εἴπεσκεν. 
εἴπη. 
εἴποι. 
εἴρετο 
εἴρια. 
εἰροκόμῳ 
εἴρομαι 
εἰρύαται 
εἰρύσσασθαι 
εἴρυσσεν 
εἰς. 
εἴσαιτο 
ἐΐσας. 
elcev . 
εἴσεται 
ἐΐσην. 
ἐΐσκω. 
εἴσοκεν 
εἰσορόωντας 
εἴσω. . 
elre . 
tlac . ; 
εἰῶσι. 
ἑκάεργον 
ἕκαθεν ὶ 
ἐκάλυψαν. 
ἐκάλυψε 
ἑκάτερθεν. 
ἑκατόγχειρον 
ἑκατόμθης. 


᾿ 
ἦν 
ab 


374 


Exdore 
ἐκεύθανον . 
éxna . 
ἑκήθολος 
ἑκηθόλου 
ἐκίχανεν 
ἔκλαγξαν -: 
ἐκλζθη. 
ἔκλυε 
ἔκλυες 
ἔκλυον 
ἐκολῴα 
ἐκόμισσεν . 
ἔκπαγλα 
ἐκπαγλότατε 
ἐκπάγλως .- 
ἐκπέρσαι 
ἔκπεσε 
ἐκπρεπέα 
ἔκρινεν 
ἐκτάμνῃσιν. 
ἐκτελέουσιν 
ἕκτον. 

Ἕ κτόρεον . 
“Ἕκτορος 
ἑἐκυρέ. 
ἔκχεον 
ἑκών. 
ἐλάσασκεν . 
ἐλαύνετον . 
ἐλάφοιο 
fre. 
ἐλεαίρει 
ἐλέγχεα 
ἐλέγχιστον.. 
ἐλεεινά 
ἐλελιξάμενος 
ἐλέλιξεν 
ἐλεύσεται . 
ἐλέχθην 
ἔλεψεν 


INDEX TO 


GLOSSARY, 


ἐλθέμεναι. 
Ἑλικάων. 
ἑλίκωπες - 
ἑλικώπιδα . 
ἔλιπε. 
ἐλίσσετο. 
ἑλισσομένη . 
δ΄άε., s 
ἑλκέμεν 
ἔλκεο. 
ἕλκετο. 
ἔλλαθε ΄ 
ἑλοίμεθα , 
ἔλονται . 
ἑλόντε ΄ 
ἐλπόμενοι. 
ἔλσαι. ° 
ἔλωμαι 
ἑλών. β 
ἑλώρια ‘ 
ἐμά. “ 
ἐμάχοντο. 
ἔμδαλε. 
ἕμε. : 
ἐμέθεν : 
ἐμεῖο. ἢ 
ἐμεῦ. ; 
ἔμιχθεν . 
ἐμήνιε : 
ἐμοί. . 
ἔμμεναι 
ἔμμορε 
ἐμόγησα 
ἐμπεφυυῖα . 
ἔμπης . 
ἐναίσιμα 
ἐναρίζοι . 
ἐναρίθμιος - 
ἐνδέξια 
ἔνδοθι 
ἔνδυνε 


ἐνέδησε 
ἐνέπασσεν 
ἔνευεν 
ἔνηῆεν. -. 
ἔνθα. 2 
ἐνθάδε i 
oe... 5 
éviavrot . 
ἔνιπτε 3 
ἔνισπν . 
ἐννῆμαρ 
ἐνόησεν . 
ἐνοπῇ 
ἔντεα. μ 
ἕντο. Ἶ 
ἐνύπνιον . 
ἐνώμα ᾿ 
ἐνῶρτο © 
ἐξὰ. 
ἔξαγε. 5 
Ἐξάδιον . 
ἐξαίρετοι 
ἐξαλαπάξει 
ἐξάρχων 
ἐξαύδα ᾿ 
ἐξεδύοντο. 
ἐξείης. 
ἐξείνισσα. 
ἐξεκάθαιρον 
ἐξερέω - 
ἐξέταμον 
ἐξήρπαξε. 
ἔξοχον Β 
ἔοικεν - 
ἐοικώς d 
ton . 

ἐόν . 
ἐόντα a 
Eopyag . 
fopyey - 
foo. - 


INDEX TO 


GLOSSARY. 


éwayeipew . 
ἐπαιγίζων. 
ἐπαΐξας 
ἐπαίτιοι 


ἐπεπείθετο. 
ἐπέπλεον. 
ἐπεῤῥώσαντο 
ἔπεσιν 


wo 
. mm « 
wo 


BRESEE Sz 


- 
mo 
wo 


SRESSESESSSSSERESLERSR ESSER LRU RTE 


‘INDEX TO 

Page 

ἐπίκουροι. ᾿΄. ; . 464 
émtActocet’. : : . 511 
ἐπιμέμφεαι.. 4 3 . AT7 
ἐπιμέμφεται ς , . 839 
ἐπίορκον . ", : . 543 
ἐπιπείθεο ΄. ἃ ς - 440 
ἐπιπείθηται 4 : ΨΥ 
ἐπιπλώσας. : : . $17 
ἐπιπωλεῖται ς ᾿ : 635 
ἐπίσῃ. - : ᾿ - 494 
ἐπιστρέψας ‘ ὶ . 554 
ἐπισφυρίοις. ᾿ ᾿ . δ48 
ἐπιτέλλεο . ὦ : . 393 
ἐπιτέλλω + Ἵ . 449 
ἐπιτετράφαται. * . 451 
ἐπιτηδές - . Ἢ . 3860 
ἐπιτοξάζοντο . > . $21 
ἐπιτροχάδην : : . 537 
ἐπιφλέγει . , : . 504 
ἐπιφρασσαίατο . : . 483 
ἐπιχθονίων. ᾿ : . 389 
ἔπλεο ᾽ ε ξ . 414 
ἔπλεον Α 3 : . 562 
ἔπλετο ᾿ 3 . 430,508 
ἐποίσει ᾿-. ᾿ ς . 948 
ἐποιχομένν . . - 827 
ἑπόμην : > ᾿ - 682 
ἐπονεῖτο . * ὃ 500 


ἕποντο 4 3 . 416,528 
ἐπόρουσε . . ‘ . 535 


éxpabouev . . 356 
ἐπῴχετο . 334 
ἔραμαι . 562 
ἐρατά Ὁ 520 
ἐρατεινήν . : ᾿ 2 δ82 
i τς .. . 854 
ἔρδομεν ᾿ ς 487 
ἔρδον. : . 397 
ἐρέειν 522 
ἐρέεινε : - 635 
ἔρεθε - : : - > 659 


GLOSSARY. 


ἐρέθῃσιν 
ἐρέθιζε 
ἐρείομεν “- 
ἐρεισάμενος 
ἔρεξεν 
ἐρέοντο 
ἐρέουσα 
ἐρέτας 
ἐρετμοῖς 
ἔρεψα 
ἐρέω. 
ἐρήτυε 
ἐρητύειν 
ἐρήτυθεν 
ἐρήτυον 
ἐρητύσασκε 
ἐρητύσειε 
ἐριθώλακα. 
ἐριθώλακε . 
ἔριδα. 
ἐριδαίνετον 
ἔριδι. 
ἔριδος 
ἐριζέμεναι ". 
ἐρίζω.. 
ἐρίηρας 
ἐρικυδέα 
ἔρις 
ἐρίσαντε 
ἐρίσσειε 
ἐρίτιμον 
ἕρκος. 
ἕρματα 
Ἑρμείας 
ἔρξῃς.. 
ἔρον . ".. 
ἐῤῥίγῃσι “. 
ἔῤῥηξεν - 
ἔρυξαν 
ἐρύσαντο 
ἔρυσσαν 


σοσο 


. 503 
391, 538 
427, 469 


518 


ἐρυσσαμενος 
ἐρύσσομεν. 
ἔρχεσθον. 
ἔρχεται . 
ἔρχομαι 
ἐρώει. 
ἐρωήν . 
ἐρωήῆσει . 
ἔρως. ὶ 
ἐςαθρήσειεν 
ἔσαν. ζ 
ἔσεαι. 
ἔσεται = 
ἐσθλόν . 
ἑσπέσθην 
ἔσπεε . 
ἕσπετο 
ἑσπόμεθα 
ἐσσεῖται 
ἔσσεται 
ἐσσεύοντο . 
ἐσσί. 
ἔσσο. ΄ 
ἐσσόμενα 
ἐσσομένοισι 
ἔσταν ‘ 
ἑσταότα . 
ἐσσυμένως. 
ἑσταότες - 
ἔστησαν . 
ἐστιχόωντο 
ἐστόν: ᾿. 
ἔστω .. 
ἔστων ; 
ἐστρατόωντο 
ἔσφαξαν . 
ἔσχε. ᾿ 
ἔσχοντο 
ἑταίρῳ 
ἑτάροισιν 
ἔτεκες 


INDEX TO 


Page 
. 371 


GLOSSARY. 
ἐτελείετο 
ἐτέλεσσας. 
ἔτελλεν 
ἑτέρωθεν 
ἐτήτυμον. 
ἔτι 
ἐτίναξε 
ἔτισας 
ἔτισεν 
ἔτλη. ‘ 
ἑτοιμάσατε 
ἐτράπετο 
ἔτρεφον . 
ἐτύχθη 
ἐτώσιν . 
εἷς .᾿ 
ἐδόμητον. 
εὗδον. Ε 
εὐειδέα 
εὐζώνοιο 
εὔκηλος 
ἐὐκνημῖδες.. 
εὐναιομενάων 
εὐναιόμενον 
εὐνηθέντε. 
εὐξαμένοιο.. 
εὐξαμένου. 
εὔξαντο . 
ἐύξοον A 
ἐὐπλεκέες 
εὐρέα. 
εὑρέμεναι . 
Εὐρός 
εὐρυάγυιαν 
Evpvbarqy . 
εὐρυκρείων 
εὐρύν. . 
εὐρύοπα . 


SEBEESESBE RE: 


~ 
"»᾿ 
τ». 


SESE 


517 


SEess 


> 
® 


1 


TT 


8 


eeegesseegs 


. 


ὰν 
μα 
-_— 


INDEX TO GLOSSARY. 


8 ὃ 8 δ δ ἐ ὃ ἃ ὃ ὁ δὲ 8 8 


BESESEEES 


410 


ΞΕΡῸ: 


oo 
— ψὺ 
OO ν» 


8 


SSRRSESE 


SHPEESESSERSRBSREEESS 


Be 
m 
~ 


580 


ἠέλιος - 
ἠελίῳ 


ἣεν 


ἠέρι. 
ἠέριαι 
ἠερίη. 
Ἠετίωνος . 
ἤθελον 
Rie. 
ἠΐχθη. 
ἠϊόνος 

ἧκα 

ἧκε (ἴημι). 
ἧκε (Kw) . 
ἤκουσεν 
ἤλασαν 
ἠλάσκουσιν 


ἠμύσειε - 


ἥνδανε : 


ἠερέθονται .- 


INDEX TO 


Page 
* . 425 


. - 444 
- 408,516 


GLOSSARY. - 


ἠπεροπευτά 
ἠρᾶτο 
ἤρατο 
Ἤρη. 
ἠρήρει 
ἠρήσαντο 


ἡρώεσαιν .. 


ἡρώων. 


i ν 
ῃς . - 
δέν. Ξ' 


ἧσθαι 


ϑεοειδής 


ϑέτο . ΕΣ 


INDEX TO 
Page 

P . 518 
z . 514 
F 482 
a 373 
« 550 
᾿ . 386 
. . 3357 
A 346 
: 348 
Ξ 490 
Fe 313 
Ε . 471 
y . 443 
. 360 

. 451 

᾿ 484 
. 456 
382, 475 

- 512 

: 357 
- 326 
352 

347 

347 

399 

. 461 
479 
. 418 

- υ 527 
.. 495 

7 . 444 
: - 341 
é . 413 
J . 546 
- Ree 
P . 407 
. . 336 
‘ . 483 
: 497 
- 563 

R . 388 


GLOSSARY. 
ϑήσειν ‘ 
Viva . 
ϑνῆσκον. 
ϑνήσκοντας. 
ϑνητῶν. 
ϑοάς. » 
Bog . ὰ 
ϑοῶς. : 
ϑυγατ. ἃ 
ϑύγατρα . 
ϑύει. ς 
Θύεσα . 
Θυέστῃ -. 
Θυμοίτην . 
ϑυμῷ. é 
ϑῦνον . 
ϑύρετρα. 
ϑύσανοι 
ϑώρηκα . 
ϑωρῆξαι 
ϑωρήξομεν - 
ϑωρηχθῆναι. 
ϑωρήχθησαν 
ξ'»»"..:.. 
ἔαχον. = 
ἰδέ . 
ἔδεσκε a 
i » ᾧ 
ἴδηαι . -. 
Ἴδηθεν 
ἴδμεν. 
ἐδνώθη. . 
Ἰδομενεύς. 
Ἰδομενῆα. 
ἴδον. $ 
idpve . . 
id; ia 6: a 
idpdcee . 
id: ἔν; τ 


Q 
a 
Ω 
ὲἐϑ 


segegesgegay & 


582 


idapat 
ἰδών. 
fei F 
tec 

ἱεῖσιν. 
ἱεμένων 
ἰέναι. 
ἱερά. 
ἱέρευσεν 
ἱερῆα. 
ἱερήν. 

ile 

igev 

ἕζοντο 
ἴησιν. 
Ἰθακήσιος . 
ἴθι 

ἱκάνει 
ἕκανεν 
ἱκάνοι 
ἵκανον τ 
Ἰκαρίοιο 
ἔκελος 
ἧκεν. 
ἕκεσθαι . 
ἱκέσθην - 
Ἱκετάονα 
ἵκηται ; 
txevov -. 
ἵκοντο 
ἵκωμαι . 
ἰλαδόν 
tAaog . Σ 
ἱλάσκεσθαι. 
ἱλάσκοντο. 
ἱλασσόμεσθα 
ἱλάσσεαι 
ἱλασσάμενοι 
ἽἼλιον 
ἱμάς. 
ἵμεν. 


INDEX TO 


Page | 


387 
400 

. 536 
426, 538 
530 

468 

379 

361 


- 507 
398, 468 
322 


GLOSSARY. 


ἱμερόεντα. 
ἵμερον 
ἕξεται. 
ἰοῖσιν ° 
ἴομεν. 
δ. ῳ 
ἰόντα. 
ἰοῦσα 
ἱπποδότοιο. 
ἱππόδοτον. 
ἱπποδώμοιο . 
ἱπποδασείης: 
ἱπποκορυσταί 
ἱππότα 
immovupiv 
ἵππους 
Ἶρις. 
ἴσαν. 
ἰσόθεος 
ἶσον. 
ἱσταμένη 
ἵσταντο 
ἵστατο 
ἴστε. 
ἱστία. 
ἱστοδόκῃ 
ἱστόν. 
ἔσχεο 
ἴσχεσθε 
teh: 
την. 
ἴφθιμος 

ἶφι 

ἵἴψαο. 
ἔψεται. 


΄ 


ἰών 


καγχαλόωσι 
"Kad 


καθάπτεσθαι 


417 
πο 
327, 418, 526 
376,479. 

521 


καθέζετο -.᾿ 
ἐδδῦσα 
καθῆστο. 
κάθιζε ᾿᾽ . 
κάθισον . 
καῖε. . 
Καινέα δ 
καΐοντο 
κακά. 
κακκείοντες 
κακότητε. 
κακότητος. 
καλεοίμην. 
καλέουσα 
καλέουσι. 
καλέσαντο.. 
καλέσσαι 
καλέσσατο. 
κάλλεϊ ἢ 
καλλιγύναικα 
καλλιπάρῃον 
καλυψαμένη 
Κάλχαν. 
Κάλχαντα. 
Κάλχας 
κάμε. ri 
καμεῖται . 
καμόντας . 
καμπύλα. 
κἄπνισσαν. 
καπνῷ Σ 
κἄππεσον . 


κάρη. 


καρηκομόωντας͵ 


κάρηνα. 
καρήνων. 
καρπαλίμως 
καρπόν. 
καρτερός. 
κάρτιστοι. 
κασιγνήτοιο 


INDEX TO 
eel 
‘ . 406 
ς 440 
. 440 
561 
; 520 
a 422 
- 383 
4 335 
: 352 
447 
‘ . 495 
: 553 
z .- 393 
; 556 
: 411 
᾿ 389 
> B25 
x ~ doo 
Ξ 557 
‘ 520 
Ξ . 360 
‘ - 528 
rt . 347 
a . 35st 
Ξ . 341 
- 460,544 
- 498 
. . 543 
. > 512 
- . 499 
3 . 398 
2 . ᾿ 444 
» . 480 
“Ὁ ae 
: . 463 
ὰ ‘loos 
é . 406 
" . 363 
= . 868 
: . sss! 
5 . 548 


GLOSSARY. 


Κάστορα 
κατά. 
καταδύμεναι 
καταδύντι. 
κατακτάμεναι 
κατάνευσον © 
κατανεύσω. 
καταπέφνῃ .᾿ 
καταπέψῃ . 
κατασχομένη 
κατέδυ 
κατέθεντο .᾿ 
κατέθηκεν. 
κατέλυσε 
κατεπλήγη. 
κατέρεξεν. 
κατεύνασθεν 
κατεσθίει 
κάτεχεν .᾿" 
κατέχευεν. 
κατήσθιε 
κατηφείην. 
κατίσχεαι. 
Kaiorpiov . 
κέ, κέν ᾿ 
κεδασθέντες 
ἀδῆθε =.” 
κείμενα. .᾿ 
κεινή. 

κεῖνοι é 
κείνοισι 
κεῖσε. : 
κεκάμω᾽. 
κεκληγώς. 


κεκλημένος aay 


κεκλήσῃ. 
κεκλιμένοι. 


κέκλυτε 


Spor erie 
κελαινεφέϊ. 


κελαινεφές. 


584 


κελαινν . 
κέλεαι 
κέλεται 
κέλευθα 
κέλευθον 
κελεύθου 
κελόμην 
κενεόν 
κεραόν $ 
κερδαλεόφρον 
κέρδιον 
κερτομέων. 
κερτομέοισι 
κεῦθε. : 
xeyapolato 
κεχολώμενον 
κεχολώσεταε 
κέχυτο ; 
κήδεα . 
κήδεται 
κήδετο 
κηδομένη 
κῆλα. 

κῆρ 

κήρ 

Κῆρες 
κήρυκε 
KnpvKecot . 
κηρύσσειν. 
κηώεντε . 


κίεν. Β 
κίθαρις . 
Κῶλαν . 
κινηθέντες. 
κινήθη 
κινήσ, . 
κιχείη 
κιχείω 
κιχήσομαι. 
κιών. 


eb 


INDEX TO 


Page| 


394 
343, 358 
522 
397 
- 427 
- 559 
409 
- 486 
- 513 
362 
516 
480 


. . 333 


GLOSSARY. 


κλαγγῇ . 
κλαγγηδόν. 
κλαίεις 
κλειτήν 
κλειτῶν 
κλέος 
κλέπτε 
κλέπτῃ 
κλήρους 
κλίνασα 
κλισίας 
κλισίηθεν. 
κλισίηνδε. 
κλισίῃς 
κλῦθι. 
Κλυμένη 


Κλυταιμνήστρης : 


κλῦτε 
κλυτοτέχνης 
κνέφας 
κνήμῃσιν 


κνημῖδας . 


κνίσῃ 
κνίσης , 
κοίλῃσιν 
Koma 
κοιμήσαντο 


κοιρανέων . ; 


κοίρανος 
κολεοῖο 
κολῳόν 
κόμη. 
κόμης 
κόμισαν. 
κομίσαντο . 


κονάδησαν. 


κοφάῤιζε . 


κονίη 
κονίῃσιν 


κονίσαλος. ; 
κορυθαίολος 


κόρυθος 


κορύσσων. 


κορυφῇ 
κορυφῇς 


κορωνίσιν. 


κόσμηθεν 


κοσμήτορε. 


κοτέοντε 
κοτέοντο 


κοτέοντος. 


κότον 
κουλεόν 
κούρην 
κουριδίης 
κραδίην 
Κραναῇ 
Κραναῆς 
κρατέει 
κρατέειν 
κρατί. 
κρατός 
κράτος 
«κρατερόν 
κρείσσων 
κρείων 
κρήγυον 
κΚρήηνον 
κρήνην 
Κρήτεσσι 


Κρήτηθεν. 


κρητῆρα 
κρητῆρας 
κρητῆρος 
κρῖνε. 


κρινώμεθα. 


Κρονίδη 
Κρονίδην 
Κρονίωνι 
Κρόνου 
κρυπτάδια 
Κταμένοιο 


INDEX TO 


Page 
552 


κυνώπιδος .- 
κύπελλον 


΄ 


κυρτώ. 


586 


λειριόεσσαν 
λέλοιπεν 
λέλυνταε . 
λέξασθαι 
λευκώλενος 
λευκωλένῳ. 
λεύσσει 
λεύσσετε 
λέχος. ; 
Aéyoode . 
λῆγε. . 
λήγοντα 
λήθετο 
λήθω. 
λήϊον. ὡ 
Λήμνῳ . 
Λητοῦς ‘ 
Auacbeig 
λιγέως . 
λιγύς. 
λιγυφθόγγοισι 
λιλαίεαι 
λιλαιόμενοι 
λιμένος 
λιπαροῖσιν. 
λίσαι. ὁ 
λίσσομαι. 
λοίγια 
λοιγόν 
λοιμός 
λόφος 
λόχονδε 
λυγρά. . 
λύματα . 
λῦσαι 
λῦσαν ὃ 
᾿ λυσόμενος. 
λύσω. 

λύω ; 
λώδην F 
λωδήσαιο. 


INDEX ΤῸ 
Page 

530 

᾿ . 881] 
᾿ . 466 
ἢ . 468 
. 336 

526 

ὃ . 524 
ῳ .":. 888 
ἃ . 927 
‘ . 562 
.. $76,379 
: . 558 
τ . 428 
. . 439 
‘ . 467 
᾿ 444 
318 

404 

537 

384 

> 455 
538 

é . 827 
δ ..417 
‘ . 4564 
410 

321, 367 

" . 482 
. 940 
᾿ .. 998 
- 549 

᾿ da 9379 
‘ 560 
397 

‘ . B22 
395 

319 

326 

. 319 

- 516 

. 380 


GLOSSARY. 


‘Awbytiipa . 
λώϊον Ὰ ς 


feet, : . 
μακάρεσσι. 
μακάρων. ar rae 
μακρά 

μακρῇς 

μακρόν 

μάλα. 
μαλακοῖσιν. ag 
μάλιστα 

μάν 

μαντεύεσθαι 
μαντεύεται. 
μάντιν 
μαντοσύνην 
μαρμαίροντα 
μαρνομένοιϊν 
μαρνάμενον 
μάρτυροι 
μάχαιραν 
μαχέοιτο 
μαχέονται. ‘ 
μάχεσθαι 
μαχεσσαμένω 
'μαχέωνται.. 
μαχησόμενος 
μάχομαι 
μαχόμην. 

pap . δ ‘ 
μέγα. . - 
μεγάθυμοι . : ‘ 
μέγαλα ᾿ 
μέγαν : ᾿ . 
μεγάροις . . 
μεγάροισιν. . ° 
μεγάρῳ : 
μεδέσθω . ἢ . 
pedéoy = « ws 


613 
527 


-, 411,513 . 


. B67 
442 
321 

.- 495 

« 352 

- 486 
338 


μέδοντες 
μεθείω 
μεθέμεν 
μεθήμων 
μείδησεν 
μεῖζον 
μεῖναι 
μείνατε 
μείνειας 
μείων 
μέλαθρον 
μέλαιναν 
μέλει." 
μελήσεται. 
μελισσάων.. 
μέλιτος 
μελίφρων 
μέλλει . 
μεμαῶτα . 
δ ΩΤΕς 
μέμηλεν 
μένεα. . 
μενεαίνων. 
μένειν 
Μενελαῷ 
μένεος . 
Μενοιτιάδῃ 
μερμήριζε 
μερμήριξεν. 
μερόπεσσι. 
μερόπων 
μετάλλα. 
μεταξύ 
μετατρέπῃ ." 


μεταφρασόμεσθα .᾿ 


μετάφρενον © 
μετέειπεν. 
μετέῃσιν 

μετέσσεται. 
μετέφη . 
μετηύδα . 


INDEX TO 
Page 

. Ὁ ΡΥ 
: 560 
391 

5 479 
445 

. ses 
435 

“ 486 
, 518 
5 535 
: 501 
4 360 
491 

433 

457 

. 385 
ea | 
439 

Ὰ 443 
. 507 
451 
«810 
565 

. 368 

Fi 804 
ὲ . $51 
. 396 
449 

: 371 
; een 
: 385 
437 

5 364 
: 365 
. 359 

. 481 
343 
οὖτος, 624 
5 497 
. 336 

461 


GLOSSARY. 


μετόπισθεν. 
μεῦ 

wht 
μήδεα 
μήδεο 
μήδετο 
μῆνα. 
μήῆνιε ." 
μῆνιν." 
μῆρα. 
μηρία 
μηροῦ 
μηρούς. 
μητίετα 
μῆτιν. . 
μητίσομαι. 
μῆχος 
μιγείης. 
μιγέωσιν 
μιμνάζειν 
μίμνετε ". 
μιμνόντεσσι 
pie ." 
μίνυνθ 
μινυνθάδιον ' 
μίσγεαι 
μίσγον 
μίστυλλον. 
fevnoaiato . 
μνήσασα 
μοῖραν 
μοιρηγενές. 
μολπῇ . 
μοῦνος 
Μουσάων. 
Μύγδονος. 
μυθήσασθαι 
μυθήσομαι. 
μῦθος. 
μυιάων ᾿. 
Μυρμιδόνεσσιν 


ναιεταώσῃ . 
ναίουσι 
ναΐων 
γαῦς. 
véapot 
γέεσθαι͵ 
γεέσθων . 
vénat . f 
νείκεα τ 
veikee - 
veel — z 
vecxeleone . 
γνεικείῃσι 
νείκεσσεν . 
γεῖμαν - 
νέκταρ i 
vextapéov . 
γεκύων 
γεμεσίζομαι 
νέμεσις 
γνεμέσσηθεν. 
νεμεσσητόν. 
γέοε. Ξ 
νέον. . 
νέονται . 
νεοσσοί 
Νεστορέῃ . 
Νέστορι 
Νέστωρ 
νεφεληγερέτα 
νεώμεθα 
νεῶν... 
γνεωτέρω 
νῆα 


νῆας. 


INDEX TO 
Page 

400 

: 313. 
4 499 
» - 559 
= 557 
‘ 464 
2 501 
- 919 

; 484 
457 

‘ 520 
= « 9327 
᾿ A496 
Ἢ » 477 
᾿ . 433 
Ἂς . 477 
442 

ξ - 515 
543 

. 445 

Α 556 
335 
486 

530 

- 477 

κ 559 
422 

Ἄ 409 
841 

7 - 488 
455 

451. 

384 

431, 

478. 

333 

. et 
360, 319 
919. 


GLOSSARY. - 


νηγάτεον 
νήδυμος 


| νήεσσι 
| νήϊον. 


νηλέϊ. 
Νηληΐῳ 
νημερτές 
νηός. ᾽ 
νηπιάχοις. 
νήπιος 
νηυσί. ‘ 
νιφάδεσσιν. 
νοεούσῃ . 
νοῆσαι Ἢ 
νοήσῃ, 
νομῳ . 5 
νοστήσομεν. 
νόστος 
νόσφι. 


νοσφιζοίμεθα. 
Νότος -͵ 


νοῦσον ‘ 
νόῳ 


* 


νυ 


νύμφα. 


ννόν. ὃς 


νώμησαν 
νῶτα. 


ξανθῆς. 


| ξεινοδόκον. 


Page 
. 453 
. 448 
342 
. 519 
. 544 
. 451 
342, 536 
. 330 
. 491 
452 
. 3825 
538 
442 
. 403 
433 
. 507 
480. 
469 
. 404 
457 
. 467. 
. 318 
358, 407 
. B25. 
527 
517 
424 
. 469 
a 
. 551 
372. 
. 497 
410 
317 
. 452. 
. 356 
317 


INDEX TO 
0. 
Page 
ew... Ὁ. 0 ee 
ὅ af ΝΙΝ 


ὀδελοῖσιν. ᾿ ᾿ . 423 
ὄδριμον . . . . 551 
ὄδαξ. ; ᾿ ε .. 502 
ὀδύρονται. : PF . 484 
Ὀδυσῆος. F é . 989 
ὄζον. = . ~ ee 
ὄζους. " ‘ 3 . 38h 


ὅθε. 1 ie E « 529. 
| ὀλοῇσι. 


ὄθομαι . 369 
ὀθόνῃσ é 529 
ober: 342 
οἵ 385 
οἷδε. . 408 
ὀΐεαι. 2 ξ ὁ . 438 
bivve . 3 Ξ ᾿ . 559 
ὀϊζυρός ὃ ; . . 414 


ὀϊζυροῦ . 3 F - 625 
οἴη. ᾿ F 4 . 410 
οἴκαδε ; ; 7 - 322 


οἴκοι. é ἃ ὲ . 3853 
oivobapéc . ‘ ᾿ . 379 
οἴνοπα : ᾽ 3 - 404 
οἰνοχόει 445 
οἰνοχοεύειν é Σ . 464 
οἰνοχόοιο . .. . . 464 
οἵο . moat 548 
ὀΐομαι 344 
οἷον. 2 . 387 
οἷος. z 3 .. 8565 
πος . 396 
οἴσεμεν ᾿ . 523 
οἰσέμεναι 2 525 
οἴσετε 523 
οἶσθα. Σ . 847 
ὀϊΐστοί Z 332 
οἶτον . ὃ 560 


GLOSSARY 


οἴῳ 

ὀΐω 
οἰωνοῖσι 
ὀΐων. 
οἰωνοπόλων 
ὀλϑιόδαιμον 
ὀλεῖται. 
ὀλέκοντο 
ὀλέσσῃ 
ὄληαι 
ὀλίγον 
ὄλλυμι 


ὀλοοῖο. . 
ὀλοώτερος. 
Ὀλύμπια 
᾿Ολυμπιάδες. 
᾿Ολύμπιε 
Ὀλύμπιος. 
ὅμαδος 
ὄμθρον 
ὁμηγερέες. 
ὁμηλικίην. 
ὁμίλου 
ὀμέχλῃ. 
ὀμίχλην 
ὁμοίης. 
ὁμοιωθήμεναι 
ὁμοκλήσασκε 
ὀμόσσῃ 
ὄμοσσον 
ὁμοῦ. 

ὀμφή 
ὁμῶς 
ὅν 
ὄναρ. 
ὀνείδεα ' 
ὀνειδείοις ., 
ὀνειδίζων 
ὀνείδισον 


ὄνειρον 


Dop 


590 


ὀνειροπόλον 
ὄνησα 
ὀνόμαζεν . 
ὀνομήνω 


ὀξέα : _ 


ὀξύ 

ὅπα. ξ 
ὀπήδει 

ὀπί 

ὄπιθεν. . 
ὀπίσσω 
ὁπλοτέρων. 
ὁππότε 
ὅπως. ; 
ὁρᾶσθαι 
ὁρᾶτο 
ὀρεγνύς 
ὀρέοντο 
ὀρεσκῴοισι. 
ὄρεσσι . 
ὀρθωθείς 
ὄρινεν 
ὀρινομένη. 
ὅρκια. 
ὅρκον. 
ὁρμήματα 
ὅρμον. 
ὄρνυμι 
ὄρνυτο. 
ὄρουσεν 


. ia 
ὁρόων ." 


ὄρσεο. 
Ὄσσα 
ὄσσε. 
ὀσσόμενος. 
ὅσσον 
ὅτις. 
ὀτραλέως 
᾽Οτρῆος 
ὀτρηρώ. 


ὀτρύνουσα .. 


INDEX TO 


Page 

338 

430 

347 

. .- 508 
. - 477 
371, 554 
471, 530, 538 
472 

- . 447 
. . 1373 


2 485 
463, 491 
381 

493 

τοῦ ae 
stg 828 
511 

488, 547 
404, 547 


GLOSSARY. 


r 


οὗ. ς 
οὐδέν. 5 
οὐλομένην. 
οὗλον 
οὐλοχύτας. 
Οὐλύμποιο 
Οὔλυμπόνδε 
οὕνεκα 
οὔνομα 
οὕπω .° 
Οὐρανίωνες 
οὐρανόθεν. 


| οὐρανόθι 


οὔρεα. 
οὔρεος 
οὐρῆας 
οὖρον. 
οὐρούς 
οὔτε. 
οὐτιδανοῖσιν 
οὔτις. 
οὗτοι. 
ὄφελεν. 
ὄφελες 
ὀφέλλει 
ὄφελλεν 
ὀφέλλωσιν.. 
ὄφρα. 
ὀφρύσι. 
ὄχα. 
ὀχεύς. 
ὀχέων - 
ὄχθας. 
ὀχθήσας 
ὀψιγόνων 
ὄψιμον. 
ὀψιτέλεστον. 


παιήονα 
παῖς. 


παιφάσσουσα 


II. 


. 


346, 355, 364 


. 393 
. 531 
414, 516 
519 
405, 502 
430 


434 
341 
554 
514 
534 
432 
. 551 
. 490 
. 490° 


425° 
322, 
503° 


ry 


INDEX TO 

Page 

παλαιγενέϊ. ὥ F . 557 
TaAaudwy . ‘ ἡ . 527 
παλάμῃς. > . - 382 
παλάμῃφιν. > : . δ49 
παλίλλογα. : . ὩΣ 9567 
παλιμπλάγχθεντας . . 337 
πάλιν é . 547,561 
παλινάγρετον . : . 433 
παλίνορσος . . . 515 
Παλλάδα. ° “ wu 
Παλλάς . 411 
πάλλν .. . ° » 512 
πάμπαν. . . . 415 
maudavioca . : . 504 
Παναχαιῶν R 4 . 500 
πανημέριοι. ᾿ . + 424 
Πάνθοον. . = - 529 
παννύχιοι .. . ὸ . 448 
πανσυδίῃ. rt aor - 450 
πάντεσσι .. . . - 392 
πάντη Ἶ ; . . 409 
παντοίων. ° o =» 9499 
παντόσε . . : - 550 
πάρ. . ᾿ ° « 542 
παραΐ . 4. ὁ . 852 


παράκοιτιν 4 Ε . 518 
παράφημι. . ° . 441 
παρδαλέην.. . . . 512 
παρειάς. ᾿ ot. | SETS 
παρείπῃ . : ‘ . 438 
mapé&leo . . . . 412 
παρελεύσεαι . : . 868 
πάρεστε. as τ . 508 


παρέσσεται ‘ ° . 376 
παρήμενος. Ὰ ᾿ . 415 
αὔϑδϑιθεν . . . « 406 
πάρος : : - - 421 
πᾶσι. : 315 


GLOSSARY. 


παῦε. 
παῦρα 
παυροτέροισι 
παύσαντο. 
jmavoovea . 
παυσωλήῆ 
παχείῃ. .: 
πέδιλα. 
πεδίον. 
πεδίονδε 
πείθεο" 
πείθεσθαι. 
πείθηται 
πείθονται. 
πείθοντο 
πείθω 
πεινάων 
πειρᾶται 
πείρησαι 
πειρήδομαι.. 
Πειρίθοον. 
πείσεσθαι. 
πέλασαν 
πέλει... 
πέλεκυς 
πέλεται 
πέληται 
Πέλοπι. 
πέλωρα. 
πελώριον. 
πέμπουσιν. 
πεμπώθολα. 
πένθος 
πένοντο 
πενταέτηρον 
πεπαρμένον 
πεπαυμένοι 
πέπηγεν 
πεπίθοιμεν ." 
πεπληγώς .- 
πεπνυμένω... 


527 


592 


πεποίθῃς 
πέπονες .. 
πέποσθε .. 
πεποτήαται 
πεπρωμένον 
πέρ . 
περθομένη. 
περί. 
περικαλλέα 
περικαλλέος 
περικλυτός. 
περιστήσαντο 
περίσχεο 
περιτροπέων. 
ee 
πεσσέμεν 
πετάλοις 
πετεηνῶν 
nétacoayv . 
πέτονται 
πέτρης 
πέφανται. 


Th. . 
πηγεσιμάλλῳ 
Πηλείδη 
Πηλείωνι. 
Πηλέος. 
Πηλεύς. 
Πηληϊάδεω... 
πῆμα.. 
πημήνειαν .. 
πήξας οἱ 
πίθεσθε .. 
πίθηαι. .. 
πίθηται 
πίμπλαντο. 
πίονα. : 
πίπτωσε . 
πλάζουσι 
πλατανίστῳ. 
πλάτει. .. 


INDEX TO 


Page 


.- . 433 


GLOSSARY. 


πλέας 


478 πλεῖαι. 


522. 


πλεῖον 
πλεόνεσσιν 
πληγῇσιν. 
πληθύν 
πλῆξεν 
πληξίππῳ. 
πνείοντες. 
ποδάρκης 
πόδας. 
πόδεσσι 
ποθέεσκε 
ποθή. 
ποθί. 
ποιμένα 
ποιμένι. 
ποιμέσιν. 
5| ποιμνήϊον. 
ποιπνύοντα 
πολέας 
πολέες. 
πολεμήϊα 
πολεμίζων. 
πόλεμος 
πόληϊ . 
πολιῆς. 
πόλιν 
πολίων 
πολλά. 
πολλάκι 
πολλάς, 
πολλάων 
πολλέων 


πολυδειράδος 
Πολυδεύκεα 
πολυζύγῳ.. 
πυλύκεστος. 
πολυκλήϊσι. 
πολυκοιρανίη. 
πολύμητις. 
πολυμήχανε . 
πολύμυθος. 
πολύστονα. 
Πολύφημον 
πολυφλοίσδοιο 
πόντον. 
ποντοπόροιο. 
ποντοπύροισιν 
πόντου ° 
πόποι. 
πορσυνέουσα 
πορφύρεον. 
Ποσειδάων. 
Toot .. 


ποτέ. 
ποτέ. ὶ 
ποτιδέγμεναι 
πότμον. ..- 
πότνια. 
ποτοῖο " 
ποτῶνται 
πουλυδοτείρῃ. 
πραπίδεσσιν - 
πρηνέες 
πρηνές 
πρῆξαι 
πρῆσαι 
πρῆσσεν. 
Πριαμοῖο . 


INDEX 


TO GLOSSARY.: 


Page 
429 | πρίν. 

539) πρό. . 
485 προδάλοντο 
554 | mpobébovAa 
456 | mpobAjre 
414} προέρυσσαν | 
396 | προέρυσσεν 
471 | προές.. -. 
537 προθέουσιν. 
420 προΐαψεν 
388 | προΐει. 


. 828 | προκάλεσσαι 


405 προκαλίζετο. 
419 | προμάχιζεν. 
517 | προμάχοισι. 
467| πρόμον. .. 
386 | προπρηνές.. 
342 | προςαμύνομεν. 
559 | mpocebjcero 
526 | προτέφη. 

426 | προςεφώνεον. 
411 mpocnida 
454 | πρόσθεν. 
423 | πρόσω. 

548 | προτέρῳ 
363 | προτί 


416 | προτόνοισιν. 


466 | πρόφρων. 
494 | xpoyéovro . 
406 | rptuvag 
424 | πρυμνήσια. 
505 | paiva 


3560] πρῶτα. .. 


522} πρώτιστα 
Δ47} πτερόεντα. 
502 | πτέρυγος 
501 πτολεμίξομεν 
439 | πτολίεθρον 
501 πτολίπορθος 
426 Πυγμαιοῖσι 
322)| πυθοίατο 
Dpp2 


8888 888 Hele op eee 


ϑ mn el δ ΝῊ ΚΕ, ου «ΞΕ ae ὃ. Ὁ ΥΩ ΣΕΥ ἘῸΝ . 
δι ΚΦ PW ef sie et 2 Cee ὦ SF ae 6 ἃ συ Δ΄ QBs C4 Δ ΤῊΝ ιν ΨΥ... 


jakaundl Tn sdiniidelelledla 
" 


419 on afl 


PLLELLLLELLEL tine 233 ὅξεδηλῆληι 


᾿ ᾿ ᾿ Γ . ᾿ ᾿ , , Γ , , \ ᾿ ᾿ ,᾿ , ,᾿ ᾿ “ , ᾿ , , . Γ᾿ , , Γ , ᾿ , ᾿ , . ’ , 


INDEX TO GLOSSARY. 


i ‘s . . . ᾿ , , , . . , , ΓῊ . , . , ᾿ , , . ᾿ . . " ᾿ , ᾿ νὴ , , τ ὲ , ᾿ , , , 


ξ Η ΤῊΣ ἀμ με} ΒΗ 


59δ᾽ 


ἐξ ΕΣ EET Pep μ sd ὡς 8885 566 6 8 5555 88 888 


τέτλαθι 


lie 


INDEX TO GLOSSARY. 


lien 
ἐ8 8 


mint iil 


£ 
3 ἕ 
pEpaRENSS SEES #5855 8598 8 29 


Hillaiaaaeddel Gal 


be whee - 
στυγέῃ 

στυγεῷᾳεξ; . 
σιμδάλλετο 


‘ ᾽ ᾿ . ᾿ ‘ . ᾿ ᾿ . . . ᾿ . ᾿ “" 


596 


τεῦχε : 
τεύχει Ὰ 
τεύχεσιν 
τεύχων 
Τηλεμάχοιο 
τηλόθεν . 
τηλόθι . 
τηλυγέτην.. 
TT. a 
Tie. ° 
Tap. oi 
τίθει. 
τίθημι ὃ 
τίκτω 

τιμήν Ὡς 
τίμησας -.. 
τίμησον 
τιμήσουσι. 
τινά. 
τίνυσθον 
τε... 

τίς 
τίσασθαι 
τίσειαν. 
τίσεσθαι 
τῖσον.. 
τίσωσιν. 
τιταίνων 
τιτυσκόμενοι 
τλήσομαι 
τλῆτε 
τόδε. = 
Tee. 
τοί (for coi) 
tot (for ol). 
τοιγάρ . 
τοῖο. 
τοίους. 
τοκήων 


INDEX TO 
Page 
sna 
— σας 
wae 
: 460 
ἐν τη θῇ 
: Σ ας ββα 
327 
' 532 
>. wea 
᾿ 354 
oo eae 
okey 
. 419,430 
314 

329 

364 

421 

430 

368 

338 

. 543 

; 874 
817 

493 

331 
eee 
«+ 430 
.. x) 480 
; 498 
521 

545 

. 486 
330 

- 325 
330 

420 

343 

. + 408 
cs DOF, 
528 

381 


GLOSSARY. 


τόξα. 
τόσσα 
τοσσαῦτα 
τόσσον 
τοὔνεκα 
τόφρα x 
τραπείομεν. 
τράποντο 
τράφεν 
τράφη | 
τρητοῖσι 
τριπλῇ 
τριτάτοισιν 
τρέχας 
TpexOa | 
Tpoin 
Τροίην. 
τρόμος. 


τρυφαλείης.. 


Τρώεσσιν. 
Τρώων. 

τώ 

τῳοῖ. ; 
τῷ (for ὦ). 
τώγε... 
TOG). 
Τύδεος. 
τυτθόν.. 


ἃ . 339 
349, 392, 558 
430 

562 


ὑπέδδεισαν 


ν᾿ ΄ 
ὑπείξομαι. 
ὑπείρεχεν. 
ὑπελύσαο. 


INDEX TO 

Page 
. . 4123 
. αὐ 
Ὁ νδ87 
. ae 
᾿ 468 
oe 
. δα 
> eae 
. 375 

523 

484 
~ wee 
Ξ 861 
. 488 
~ ae 

432 
or 
oT 
.. 453,492 
a 
. «880 
“κω δρῶ 
: 526 
~ eel 
- « 499 
«405 
- « 661 
—. 
oi) enna 
é 540 
er δα 
πε 
: « 520 
ἐν og 
: 425 
- >. 516 
- οὐ δ ἔα 
- οἶδ 
=a -- 


GLOSSARY, 
φάσαν " 
φάσγανον. 
φάσθαι = 
gato. . 
φέροις . 
φερόμην . 
φέρον . 
φέρτερον 
φέρτατος. 
φέρων 
φεῦγε . 
φεύγωμεν. 
φεύξονται. 
7 ae 
φηρσίν . 
26iy . - 
Φθίηνδε . 
φθινύθειν. 
φθινύθεσκε. 
“eee 
φιλέεσκεν . 
φιλέουσα 
φίλην 
φίλησα 
φιλοκτεανώτατε 
φιλομμειδής 
φιλότητα 
φίλῳ. 
φλοιόν 
Φοῖϊδος 
φολκός 
φόνον 
φοξός. 
φορέουσι 
φορῆναι 
φόρμιγγος - 
φόως. 
φόωςδε ς 
φράζει . 
φράζονται. 
φράσι . 


cr 


598 


φρένες 
φρεσί. 
φρήτρας .. 
φρήτρῃφιν΄. 
Φρυγίην. 
φυγέειν 
φύγοιμεν 
φύγον 
φυήν. οὐ 
φύλα. ss 
φυλάσσετε. 
φυλάσσοις .. 
φύλλα. 
φύσει .- 
φυσίζοος « 
φώνησεν - 


φῶτα. ‘ 


χαίρετε -. 


χαίρῃς. . 
χαίρων 

χαῖται 

χαλεπαίνων - 
χάλκεον 

χαλκηρέϊ 

χαλκοδατές. 
χαλκός -. 
χαλκοῦ 

χαλκοχιτώνων 
χαμάδις 

χαμᾶζε - 
χαρίεντα . 
“χᾶρμα - 
χατίζεις - 
χειμέριαι . 
χειμερίῃσιν. 
χειμῶνα - 
χείρεσσι -. 
χέουσα Μ 


χερείονα , 


INDEX TO 


Page 


: . B51 


. 335 
494 
495 
533 
498 
337 


GLOSSARY. 


χερειότερον 
χερείων 
χέρηϊ. 
χερνίψαντο 
χερσίν. 
χηνῶν 
xnpat 
χθιζά.. 
χθιζός . 
χθονί. 
χιτῶνα 
χλαῖναν 
χόλοιο 
χόλον 
χολόω 
χολωθείς 
χολωσάμενος 
χολωσέμεν.. 
χορόνδε 
χραισμεῖν. 
χραίσμῃ 
χραίσμωσιν.. 
χρειώ.. 

xen 
χρύσεια... 
χρυσείοις. 
χρυσέῳ 
Χρύση = 
Xpvonidog . 


Χρύσην (Χρύση) ὁ 
Χρύσην (Χρύσης). 


χωλός. 
χωόμενος 
ἀλωσαμένη . 
χώσεται - 


ψαμάθοις . 
ψεόνή 6. 


- 


453, 481 
. 471 
. 379. 
. 345 
318 
318 
473 


7 


ᾧ 
ὦκα. 


ὠκέα. 
ὠκεανόν 
ὠκύμορος 


ὠκυμορώτατος 
ὠκυπόδεσσιν 
ὠκυπόροισιν 


ὠκύς. 
ὦλεσα 
ὡμίλησα 


ὠμοθέτησαν 


ὦμοισιν 
ὦμω. 


ᾧμωξεν 


INDEX TO 
Page 

. 451 
. 411 
. . 527 
. . 415 
. 414 
. - 430 
. 497 
. 415 
. 931 
‘ . 462 
. . 387 
: . 422 
332, 454 
476, 481 

. . 553 
THE 


GLOSSARY. 
ὦνησας ἢ 
ὦπα. . 
ὦπτησαν. 
ὥρμαινε. 
ὦρνυτο 
ὦρορε Ε 
ὦρσε “ 
ὥς " 
ὧσε < 
ᾧτε. . A 
ὦτρυνεν. 
ὦφελες . 
ᾧχετο 3 
ὦχθησαν. 
ὠχόμεθα . 
ὦχρος 


END. 


ἀδέδιν 
ΕΥ ᾿ “a 
Atoms oo 
ΐ Ἂ = ἣν 
Wigs ha”. 
Bet: τυ βόγόο 


τον ΑΜ ἀφ, 
rene > Ca alain 
ee” . 


a Ἢ 


Kp 
ge 


τ τω 

ze rs 
νι aA 

ἀπ are iat 


IMT 


non 


Il 


ΞΞΞΞΞ-ξ 


